View Bid Results For Distributed Control System Tenders

We found 165 Bid Results related to distributed control system tenders. You can find Contractor details who won distributed control system tenders along with contract details in Bid awards announcements section.

Filters
Stage
124
30
11
Tender Publishing Platform
38
127
State / UT
26
21
21
20
19
13
12
7
6
5
5
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Contract Value
45
18
63
39
Publish Date
1
0
0
0
0
Sector
21
38
31
26
21
8
7
7
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Ownership
5
79
38
35
11
2
Within keyword
Active filters:
Showing 1–4 of 165 tenders matching your filters
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 24.40 Crore
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 1
Maharashtra View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 4
4.
Educational and Research Institute #11299551 Price Bid
Tender For Supply Of Library Books , Library Books (Refer Nit) , Industrial Safety And Human Behaviour Kaila 9788174734532 , Engineering Mechanics Vela Murali Bks456005 , Earthquake Resist Design Structural Shashikant Dugg Bks643652 , Surveying And Levelling Subramanian 9780198085423 , Practical Railway Engineering, 2Nd Ed Clifford Bonnett 9780000990136 , Geographic Information Systems Gis For Disaster Management 2Ed Brain 9781032552460 , Design Of Structural Elements Chanakya 9781138046436 , Wind Loading Of Structures 3Rd Edition John D. Holmes 9780367241803 , Structural Analysis 3/Ed Menon 9788184877342 , Concrete Pipes And Pipelines Joshi Bks426990 , Strength Of Materials Basavarajaiah 9788173714580 , Geotechnical Engineering Debashis Moitra 9788173719905 , Textbook Of Environmental Studies For Undergraduate Courses 3 Ed Bharucha 9789389211788 , Intelligent Transportation Systems Srinivasa Kumar 9788195400928 , Transportation Engineering Srinivasa Kumar 9789389211160 , Structural Analysis With Finite Elements Hartmann 9788132208945 , Strength Of Materials Vol 1 Binu Sukumar 9789388005029 , Geospatial Technology Dwivedi 9789380381480 , Heavy Metal And Metalloid Contamination Of Surface And Underground Water Gupta A. 9781032728582 , Fundamentals Of Environmental Engineering Danny D Reible 9781566700474 , Computer-Aided Highway Engineering S Goswami 9781032728483 , Fundamentals Of Hydrology Davie 9781032251936 , Highwall Mining : Applicability, Design & Safety Porathur J. L. 9781032728919 , Environmemtal Pollution Control Engineering 4Ed Rao 9788122472288 , Plane Surveying 3Ed Chandra 9788122438802 , Design Of Reinforced Cement Concrete Vol 1 Structural Elements Bhavikatti 9788122440515 , Strength Of Materials, 2/Ed Jindal 9789352861521 , Fundamentals Of Hydraulic Engineering Sy Houghtalen 9789332507593 , Geotechnical Engineering Coduto,Yeung 9789332587427 , Strenth Of Materials Jindal 9788131759097 , Dynamics Of Structures 2Nd Ed Jain 9789357059350 , Finite Element Method With Cd Eldho Desai Shah 9788131724644 , Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering Purushotama Rai 9788131790816 , Engineering Mechanics - Statics & Dynamics Shames Rao 9788177581232 , Dynamics Of Structures In Si Unites 5Ed Chopra 9789353945251 , Elementary Engineering Hydrology Deodhar 9788131708057 , Environmental Studies Basak 9788131721186 , Introduction To Finite Elements In Engineering 5/E Tirupathi 9781009461818 , Strength Of Materials Rao 9781108454285 , Plumbing Engineering Nikhil Anthony 9788119365128 , Fundamental Of Ground Improvement Engi Prof.Dr.R.K. Khit 9788195916948 , Surveying And Levelling : Part - 1 Kanetkar Kulkarni Bks644037 , Surveying And Levelling : Part - 2 Kanetkar Bks644038 , A Textbook Of Strength Of Materials Rajput 9789355010704 , Building Construction Bhavikatti 9789325960794 , Fundamental Of Reinforced Concrete Chandra Bks498526 , Irrigation Engineering And Hydraulic Structures Sharma Bks535826 , Surveying I Anne Mary 9788183717304 , Highway Engineering Subramanian 9788183716888 , Strength Of Materials Bansal Bks534222 , Reinforced Cement Concrete Design (Reinforeced Concrete Structures) Punima 9788131809426 , Building Construction Rangwala Bks502124 , Civil Engineering Drawing Rangwala Bks440591 , Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering Modi 9788189401306 , Engineering Materials Rangwala Bks385325 , Bridge Engineering Rangwala Bks554100 , Harbour Dock And Tunnel Engineering Srinivasan Bks502125 , Solid Hazardous Watse Management 2Ed Rao 9789389354621 , Textbook Of Remote Sensing And G.I.S 4Ed Reddy 9789381075975 , Reinforced Concrete Design P.B Sharma 9789391910419 , Energy Environment Ecology And Society Anil Kumar 9788178002576 , Solved Problems In Geotecnical Engineering Sharma 9789395038478 , Highway Engineering Suganthi Bks411034 , Highway And Railway Engineering Santhanam Bks638485 , Construction Materials & Tech Mathankumar Bks638450 , Prefabricated Structures Soundrarajan Bks638488 , Structural Analysis-I Santhanam Bks479564 , Green Building Design Molykutty Bks503088 , Irrigation Engineering Basak 9780074635384 , Estimating Construction Costs Peurifoy 9780071239455 , Design Of Steel Structure Duggal 9780070260689 , Concrete Technology Gambhir 9781259062551 , Engineering Mechanics Timoshenko 9781259062667 , Flow In Open Channels Subramanya 9789353166298 , Reinforced Concrete Design 4Ed Pillai 9789354601026 , Surveying Vol - Ii 5Th Edn Duggal 9789353167523 , Surveying And Levelling Basak 9789332901537 , Prestressed Concrete 6Ed Krishna Raju 9789387886209 , Fluid Mechanics White 9789355322043 , Strength Of Materials Rattan 9789385965517 , Surveying Vol - 1 Duggal 9789353167509 , Environmental Studies-3Ed Joseph 9789352605170 , Construction Planning, Equipment Peurifoy 9780070706996 , Fluid Mechanics Fundamentals And Applic Cengel 9789353166212 , Schaums Outline Of Finite Element Analysis Buchanan 9789389691375 , Wind Energy Theory And Practice 3Ed Ahmed Bks662294 , Bituminous Road Construction In India Kandhal 9789391818821 , Mechanics Of Composite Structures Vasiliev 9781138582101 , Satellite Towns In Neometropolitan Development In India Amit Chatterjee 9789811932052 , Sustainable By Design Walker 9781032973685 , Management Of Quality In Construction Ashford 9781138607163 , Disaster Managament 2/Ed Pandey 9789357461610 , Remote Sensing And Image Interpretation Thomas Lillesand 9789354642104 , Composite Structures Of Steel And Concrete 3Ed Johnson 9788126539819 , Strength Of Materials 2Nd/Ed Debabrata Nag 9788126534876 , Reasoning Ability And Quantitative Aptitude Tcy Online 9788126559008 , Green It Strategies And Applications Using Envir Intell Bhuvan Unhelkar 9781032054025 , Bioenergy For Sustainability And Security Behera 9789381891438 , Textbook Of Engineering Geology Annadurai 9789385259937 , Structural Dynamics Mukhopadhyay 9788180520907 , Matrix And Finite Element Analysis Mukhopadhyay 9788180520754 , Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures Suresh 9789383656899 , Strength Of Materials 2Ed Vendateshan 9789383656646 , Concrete Technology Job Thomas 9788131526682 , Steel Design Segui 9788131526651 , A First Course In The Finite Element Methods Logan 9789353507855 , Civil Engineering Materials Sivakugan Tuladhar 9789386650382 , Soil And Water Conservation Engineer Fangmeier 9788131524985 , Principles Of Foundation Engineering 9Th Ed Das 9789355738110 , Elements Of Civil Engineering Balasubramanya 9789387511576 , Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering Huat Prasad 9788131529591 , Principles Of Foundation Engineering Das 9789386650955 , Analysis Of Structures On Elastic Tsudik 9788131518953 , Strength Of Materials : Mechanics Gupta 9789355737717 , Steel Design With Mt Segui 9789386650887 , Prestressed Concrete Structures, 6Ed Dayaratnam 9788120417915 , Fundamentals Of Reinforced Cement Concrete Designs Gahlot 9789385915611 , Instrumental Methods Of Analysis Willard 9788123909431 , Tb Of Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering:Geo Technical Engg Murthy 9788123913629 , Civil Engineering Through Objective Type Questions 3Ed Gupta 9788123907970 , Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design 3Ed Raju 9788123929606 , Design Of Reinforced Concrete Structures 4Ed Dayaratnam 9788120414198 , Structural Dynamics Paz 9788123909783 , Modern Prestressed Concrete Libby Bks465269 , Textbok Of Solid Wastes Managemnt Khan 9788123909448 , Analysis & Design Of Substructures, 2Ed Swami Saran 9788120417007 , Building Repair And Maintance Management Gahlot 9788123912431 , Advanced Foundation Engineering Murthy 9788123915067 , Modern Construction Management 7Ed Harris 9788126572298 , Groundwater Hydrology Rushton 9788126539772 , Textbook Of Highway And Traffic Engineering Saxena 9788123924175 , Airport Engineering Saxena 9788123915500 , Construction Dewatering And Groundwater Control 3Ed Powers 9788126541669 , Quality Management Of Cement Concrete Construction (Pb) Gahlot 9788123916989 , Tb Of Water Supply And Sanitary Engineering Husain 9788120416833 , Design Of Bridges 5Ed Raju 9788120417984 , Essentials Of Bridge Engineering 6Ed Victor 9788120417175 , Building Construction Handbook Chudley 9789381269169 , Design And Construction Of Concrete Shell Roofs Ramasamy 9788123909905 , Strength Of Materials, Vol-Ii:Advanced Theory And Problems Timoshenko 9788123910772 , Construction And Project Managment 2Ed (Pb 2018) Krishnamurthy 9789386217790 , Water And Wastewater Calculations Manual 2Ed Lin 9789353162863 , Design Of Stell Structures Abu-Saba 9788123905389 , Prestressed Concrete Problems And Solutions Raju 9788123925424 , Water Resources And Irrigation Engineering Ganesaguru Bks588955 , Dam Engineering Asthana 9789381891469 , Sedimentary Rocks In The Field A Colour Guide Stow 9781874545699 , Soil Mechanics Basic Concepts & Engineering Aysen 9780415383936 , A Tb Of Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines Bansal Bks493063 , Intelligent And Sustainable Cement Production Chatterjee A.K. 9781032728445 , Total Quality Management 5Ed Besterfield 9789353066314 , Matrix Methods Of Structural Analysis Kothandaraman 9789357059190 , Hydraulics And Fluid Mechanics Hydraulic Machine Modi , Seth Bks291963 , Limit State Design Of Steel Structures Duggal 9789353164874 , Schaums Outline Of Reinforced Concrete Everard 9789389538656 , Earthquake Resistant Design Of Structures Agarwal Bks344533 , Building Materials Varghese 9788120350915 , Total Quality Management 2Ed Mukerjee 9788119364299 , Principles Of Geotechnical Engineering 10 Th Ed Das 9789355738103 , Building Materials Products Properties And Systems Gambhir 9780071077606 , Gate 2025 Civil Engineering - Guide By Gkp C L Educate 9789356817593 , Gate 2025 Mechanical Engineering Guide Gkp 9789356817746 , Engineering Design Dieter 9789355322258 , Economics And Principles Of Management Vinoth Kumar 9788194244646 , Vector Mechanics For Engineers Dynamics Beer 9789353166656 , Aviation Maintenance Management Kinnison 9780071076838 , Theory Of Machines S S Rattan 9789353166281 , Turbomachinery Dubey 9789353161156 , Engineering Mechanics 4/E Kumar 9780070681811 , Modern Compressible Flow: With Historica Anderson 9789355320070 , Programming In Matlab Patel Mittal 9789332524811 , Finite Element Analysis Moaveni 9788131760642 , Non Conventional Energy Resources Sobh Nath Singh 9789332543577 , Additive Manufacturing And 3D Printing Technology Awari Thorat 9781041049562 , Practical Guide To Vehicle Refinishin Woodstock 9781032963570 , The Internet Of Mechanical Things The Iot Framework Sami Salama Hussen 9781041038573 , Energy Storage Systems And Components Alfred Rufer 9781041049470 , Metal Cutting Theory & Practice Stephenson 9780824758882 , Classical Mechanics Problems And Solutions Carolina C Llie 9781032983608 , Product Design Baxter 9781032967882 , Thermal Measurements & Inverse Tech Orlande 9781439845554 , The Induction Machines Design Handbook Boldea Bks331229 , Modeling And Control Of Engineering Systems Clarence W. De Silva 9781420076868 , Fundametals Of Production Planning And Control Chapman 9788131717394 , Applied Thermodynamics For Engineering Technologist 5Ed Eastop 9788177582383 , Classical Mechaincs Goldstein 9788131758915 , Introduction To Robotics Saha 9789355326461 , Thermodynamics-Basc And Applied Ganesan 9789353161279 , Ethics In Engineering 5/Ed Martin 9789355325075 , Digital Marketing Chaarlas 9788119243983 , Non Conventional Energy Resources Khan 9789352601882 , Supply Chain Logistics Management Bowersox 9789353162580 , Mechanical Metallurgy Appuraj Thiyagrajan Deiter 9781307834840 , Schaums Outline Of Continuum Mechanics Mase 9789389691283 , Schaums Outline Of Statics And Mechanics Of Materials Nash 9789389691399 , Maleev & Hartmans Machine Design 6Ed Grover 9788123926322 , Mass Transfer Theory And Applications Narayanan Bks440952 , Manual Of Fire Safety Prakash 9788123919904 , Gpropulsion Systems For Space Applications Satyanarayana 9789395038553 , Mechanics Of Materials Si Version 5Ed Philpot 9789354643293 , Introduction To Robotics 3/Ed Niku 9789357461306 , Advanced Mechanics Of Materials 6Ed Boresi 9788194726395 , Design And Analysis Of Experiments Douglas & Montgomery 9788126540501 , Machine Component Design Robert C.Juvinall 9788126559732 , Callisters Materials Science And Engineering, 2Nd Ed Balasubramaniam 9788126541607 , Process Dynamics And Control 4Ed Dale Seborg 9789354248429 , Engineering Optimization Theory And Practice 5Ed Rao 9789357461238 , Principles Of Modern Manufacturing Si Version Groover 9788126573059 , Convective Heat And Mass Transfer South Asian Edi Mostafa Ghiassiaan 9781107511811 , Continuum Mechanics Jog C S 9781108437141 , Singers Engineering Mechanics Statics & Dynamics ( Si Units ) 3Ed Vijay Kumar 9788178002194 , Analytical Mechanics Fowles 9788131501115 , Thermal Sciences Potter Scott 9788131529461 , Physical Metallurgy Principles Abbaschian 9788131520697 , Additive Manufacturing Technology Hari Prasad 9789353500481 , Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Ghosh Dastidar 9788131533079 , Internet Mrketing With Mt Zahay 9789355734570 , Mechanical Vibrations Theory And Applications Kelly 9788131526033 , Mechanics Of Materials, Enhanced Edi Goodno--Gere 9789355737847 , Fundamentals Of Mechatronics Jouane 9788131526026 , Mechanics Of Materials Strength Of Materials Pilli/Bala 9789386668509 , Workshop Manufacturing Practices Ai Juneja 9789387994614 , The Finite Elements Methods - Its Basis & Fundamentals 7/Ed Zienkiewiez 9789351071587 , Automation And Collaborative Robotics (Dp) Mathews 9781484277102 , The Robotic Process Automation Handbook : A Guide To Implementing Ri Systems Taulli 9781484275306 , Materials Selection In Mechanical Design 5Ed Ashby 9789351073864 , Industry 4.0 : The Industrial Internet Things Gilchrist 9781484249703 , The Finite Element Method A Practical Course 2Ed Liu 9789351071594 , Elasticity-Theory, Applications & Numerics 2Ed Sadd 9789351072270 , Energy Resources And Their Utilisation R.K. Khitoliya 9789394917040 , Workshop Theory And Practice Delilah Sam 9788119365098 , New Persp. In Hybrid Vehicle Technology Samual Rodrigues 9788119365418 , Natural Gas Engineering Selvin 9788119365197 , Machine Shop Theory Samual Rodrigues 9788119205639 , Applied Mechanics Laboratory Samual Lobo 9788119365760 , Robotics: Emerging Opportunities Adrian Dsilva 9788119523702 , Advances In Hypersonic Vehicles Samual Rodrigues 9788119365500 , Machine Elements Samual Rodrigues 9788119205691 , Work And Energy Parth Chavda 9788119365234 , Design Thinking : A Comprehensive Textbook Tiwari 9789357468640 , Welding Technology Sanfras Monteiro 9788119523023 , Combustion Engineering Samual Rodrigues 9788119205943 , Fluid Machinery Noel Vincent 9788119365029 , Renewable Energy Roy 9789384007157 , Engineering Graphics Using Autocad 7/Ed {Pb} Elanchezhian C 789387938564 , Introduction To Micromachining 2Ed Jain 9788184873610 , A Systems Approach To Automotive Technology Erjavac 9788131512111 , Emotionally Intelligent Design Pavliscak 9789352138029 , Mechanics Of Solids Binu Sivakumar 9789380381671 , Mechanics Of Solids Christian Johnson 9789385983085 , Jet Engines Jaganathan 9789380381497 , Essentials Of Management, 11Ed Koontz 9789353168148 , Disaster Management Subramanian Bks481407 , Engineering Fluid Mechanics Kumar Bks613447 , A Textbook Of Fluid Mechanics Rajput Bks648302 , A Textbook Of Thermal Engineering ( Lpspe ) Khurmi Bks613483 , Materials Science And Engineering Raghavan 9788120350922 , Engineering Economics 2Nd Ed Panneerselvam Bks661039 , A Tb Of Theory Of Machine Gupta R Khurmi Bks408347 , Energy Security And Sustainability Shukla A. 9781032728926 , Mechanical Engineering Jain Bks554131 , Engineering Materials And Metallurgy Annamalai 9789386235046 , Kinematics Of Machinery Baskar Bks462932 , Thermal Engineering Swaminathan Bks638475 , Engineering Materials And Metallurgy Baskar Bks638439 , Lean Manufacuring Kalyana Chakravarthy Bks638464 , Elements Of Mechanical Engineering Singh Bks448529 , Fundamentals Of Manifacturing Engineering Singh 9789380156002 , Strength Of Machine Elements Ghorpade 9789384726003 , Observability Engineering Achieving Production Excellence Majors 9789355422996 , Research Methodology 5Ed Kothari 9789389802559 , The Automotive Body Vol 2 Morello 9788132208884 , Kinematics Of Machines Kumar 9789388005425 , Essentials Of Heat And Fluid Flow In Porous Media Narasimhan 9789382127215 , Analysis Of Composite Structures Decolon 9789380931463 , Theory Of Elasticity Chandramouli 9789380381633 , Principles Of Composite Material Mechanics 3Ed Gibson Bks380369 , Introduction To Combustion Engineering Basic And Applied Amitava Sarkar 9789357053129 , Textbook Of Finite Element Analysis Seshu Bks414440 , Engineering Thermodynamics Savithiri Bks442773 , Automobile Engineering Vol-Ii Kirpal Singh 9788180142512 , An Introduction To Mechanical Engine 4Ed Wickert Lewis 9789353507473 , Welding Engineering & Technology Parmar Bks53191 , Manufacturing Technology Vol 1-Foundry Forming Rao 9789353160500 , Manufacturing Technology Singh 9789381162385 , Dynamics Of Machines Balaguru 9789386668608 , Unconventional Machining Vivekanandhan Bks613041 , Basic Civil And Mechanical Engineering Shanmugam 9789355329547 , Engineerin Drawing 2Ed Shah / Rana 9788131710562 , Materials For Engineers And Technicians 7Ed Bolton 9781032973722 , Fuel Cell Technology Handbook Hoogers Bks333321 , Robots And Robotics Miller 9789387572966 , Non Destructive Testing And Materials Vivekanandhan Bks476859 , Engineering Mechanics Nelson 9780070146143 , Engineering Tribology 4Ed Stachowiak 9789351071679 , Materials Selection In Mechanical Design 5Ed Ashby 9789351073864 , Automobile Engineering Ayyappan Karthikeyan Bks464418 , Thermal Engineering Swaminathan Bks638475 , Automobile Engineering Babu Singh Bks587323 , A Textbook Of Production Technology Sharma Bks479783 , A Textbook Of Mechatronics Rajput Bks554009 , Automobile Engineering Jain 9780070445291 , Engineering Mechanics Statics & Dynamics Khanchani 9788180521089 , Basic Mechanical Engineering Prabhu 9788183715737 , Powder Metallurgy Ramakrisnan 9789381714485 , Additive Manufacturing Technology Hari Prasad 9789353500481 , Switching And Finite Automata Theory Jha 9780521176804 , Introduction To Mechanics 2Nd Ed Mahendra K Verma 9788173719813 , Basic And Applied Thermodynamics - A Ready Recknor Bhat 9789388005074 , Basic Refrigeration And Airconditioning 4Ed Ananthanarayanan 9781259062704 , Engineering Mechanics Applied Mecha Gupta 9789353505240 , Mechatronics Sathish Kumar Bks476759 , Automobile Engineereing Vol I Singh Bks247106 , Process Planning And Cost Estimating Selvakumar Bks480422 , Non Conventional Energy Resources Sawhney 9788120346093 , Non Conventional Energy Resources Sobh Nath Singh 9789332543577 , Introduction To Micromachining 2Ed Jain 9788184873610 , Vector Mechanics For Engineers Statics/Dynamics (Sie) Beer 9789353166625 , Fluid Mechanics &Hydraulics Rev &Updated Edn Ukarande 9789381162538 , Mechanical Measurements - Revision 6Ed Beckwith 9789353945633 , Vibration Monitoring Testing And Instrumentation C W.De Silva 9781032292137 , A Treatise On Turbomachines Gopalakrishnan Bks321517 , Construction Materials Vs Karthikeyan Bks476834 , Design Of Machine Elements Bhandari 9789390177479 , Mechanical Vibrations Bhava 9788131732489 , Design Of Transmission Systems Baskar Bks476758 , Engineering Materials And Metallurgy Baskar Bks638439 , Manufacturing Technology Vivekanandhan Bks638476 , Design Of Machine Elements Arunraja Bks638441 , Mechanical Vibrations Nag 9788126530908 , Power Plant Engineering Dhanasekar Bks505300 , Statistical Quality Control A Modern Introduction 6Ed Montgomery 9788126525065 , Additive Manufacturing Technologies Shiva Ahuj Shukla 9789357462419 , Hydraulics And Pneumatics Dixon Bks638479 , Engineering Principles Of Ground Modification Hausman 9789351341871 , Engineering Thermodynamics 6Ed Nag 9789352606429 , Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Arora 9789390385843 , Enterprise Resource Planning 4Th Edn Leon 9789353167820 , Foundations Of Material Science And Engg 6Th Edn Smith 9789355322173 , Shigleys Mechanical Engineering Design Budynas 9789390219636 , General Studies Paper - I ( 2025 ) Mhe 9789355327796 , Erp Demystified 3/Ed Leon 9789383286676 , Heat And Mass Transfer 6Ed Cengel 9789390185283 , Engineering Noise Control: Theory And Practices 4Ed Bies 9780415487078 , Rapid Prototyping And Engineering Applications Frank W.Liou 9781138569577 , Strength Of Materials Vol Ii Binu Sukumar 9789388005418 , Mechatronics A Foundation Course Clarence W.De Silva 9781138569553 , Design And Analysis Of Randomized Algorithms Hromkovic 9788132231592 , Metrology And Measurements Annamalai 9789388005463 , Fluid Mechanics And Machinery Molykutty 9789391549725 , Micro Electro Mechanical System Design Allen 9780824758240 , Micromachining Of Engineering Materials J Mcgeough 9781032419794 , Gas Turbine Combustion-3 Rd Ed Lefebvre 9781138569584 , Ergonomics Laboratory Exercises Joseph Gallwey 9781032973005 , Introduction To Biofuels Mousdale 9781439812075 , Environmental Engineering Charles Monteiro 9788119205509 , Power Plant Engineering Lijo Thomas 9788119365036 , Industrial Engineering Richard Carvalho 9788119205523 , Design & Operation Of Heat Exchanger Gerhard Rott 9788119365425 , Hydro Power Gerhard Rott 9788119205912 , Air Conditioning And Ventilation Systems Lijo Thomas 9788119365401 , Materials Science And Engineering Raghavan 9788120350922 , Automation And Collaborative Robotics (Dp) Mathews 9781484277102 , Design Management : Create, Develop And Lead Effective Design Teams Picchi 9781484283615 , Heat And Mass Transfer 2Ed Karwa 9789811926099 , Testing Of Metallic Materials 2Ed Suryanarayana 9788178001340 , Introduction To Engineering Materials 2/Ed Murray George 9781032530772 , Mechanics Of Composite Materials 2/Ed Jones R.M 9781138571075 , Reliability Evaluation Of Enginnering Systems 2Ed Billinton 9788181285522 , Workshop Practice Manual 6/Ed Reddy 9788178003078 , Finite Element Analysis 2D Lakshmi Narasai 9789389354225 , Engineering Mechanics Pb Lakshmi 9789390211609 , Engineering Mechanics 2Ed Harbola 9788131518298 , Environmental Science And Engineering Rajesh Gopinath 9789387511569 , Materials Science And Engineering Periodical Renewal Gilmore 9788131520451 , Environmental Science With Mt 16 Th Ed Miller 9789355738899 , Fluid Mechanics Munson Huebsch 9788126553433 , Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, Si Version Meriam Bolton 9788126565375 , Engineering Mechanics Statics And Dynamcs James Meriam Kraige 9789354248566 , Engineering Fluid Mechanics Elger 9788126564491 , Engineering Mechanics Applied Mecha Gupta 9789353505240 , Machine Design Data Book Ramana 9789387593879 , Heat Transfer Alan 9789332575066 , Theory Of Machines 3Ed Bevan 9788131729656 , Introduction To Enviromental Engineering And Science Masters 9789332549760 , Heat And Mass Transfer Mayilsamy 9788131733837 , Engineering Thermodynamics 4Ed Rogers 9788131702062 , Operations Research :An Introduction-10Th Ed Hamdy Taha 9789352865277 , Engineering Mechanics - Statics & Dynamics Shames Rao 9788177581232 , Automation, Production Systems, And Computer - Integrated Manufacturing 5Th Ed Groover 9789361592959 , Introduction To Materials Science For Engineers 9E/D Shackelford 9789357059978 , Fundamentals Of Engineering Drawing Luzadder 9789332549982 , Engineering Materials Properties And Selection 9Ed Budinski Naraimhulu 9789332574045 , Thermodynamics Rajadurai Bks471287 , Environmental Science And Engineering Kaushik 9788122436471 , Engineering Optimization 4Ed Rao 9789395161800 , Cad/Cam/Cim 5Ed Radhakrishnan 9789395161855 , Finite Element Analysis With Ansys Workbench Tickoo 9789355513007 , Industrial Waste Management Mathankumar Bks480053 , Metrology And Measurements Vivekanandan Bks638442 , Finite Elements Analysis Baskar Bks534307 , Environmental And Agriculture Kavitha Bks638465 , Energy Materials Bandarenka A.S 9781032530789 , Digital Twin Ranjan Ganguli 9781032934198 , Industry 5.0 The Future Of The Industrial Economy Uthayan 9781032600130 , Quantum Computation Helmut Bez 9781032983738 , Wind Electrical Systems Bhadra, 9780195670936 , Metal Fatigue In Engineering Stephens 9788126539215 , Introduction To Industrial Internet Of Things And Industry 40 Sudip Misra 9781032146751 , Sustainable Manufacturing For Industry 4.0 Jayakrishna K. 9781032728728 , Reverse Supply Chains: Issues And Analysis Gupta S.M. 9781032729039 , Industry 5.0 The Future Of The Industrial Economy Uthayan 9781032600130 , Gas Turbine Heat Transfer Cooling Je-Chin Han, Sandip Dutta 9781439855683 , First Course In Aerial Robots And Drones (A) Bestaoui Sebbane 9781032963518 , Handbook Of Induction Heating Rudnev 9780824708481 , Fracture Mechanics (Forth Ed) T.L Anderson 9781032292120 , Fire Safety Engg Design Of Structures, 2Ed Purkiss 9788131220085 , Future Energy Improved Sustainable And Clean Opitons Letcjer 9788131220849 , Introduction To Finite Elements In Engineering 5/E Tirupathi 9781009461818 , Fundamentals Of Gas Dynamics Babu 9781910390009 , Fundamentals Of Propulsion Babu 9788180522529 , Engineering Metrology 3Rd Ed Narayana Bks396066 , Engineering Mechanics Kumaravelan Bks315205 , General Aptitude For Competitive Examinations Pattanaik Bks670722 , Dictionary Of Heat Power Engineering Ramalingam 9789386923035 , Environmental Pollution Principles Narayana Bks353570 , Production Processes Luqman 9788123918983 , Tractors And Their Power Units, Hb Lijiedahal 9788123905013 , Metal Cutting Principles Shaw 9788123901367 , Sheet Metal Press Tools Design And Making A Practical Approach Luqman 9788123925134 , Solid State Physics Wahab 9788184877786 , Practical Non - Destructive Testing, 3Ed Baldev Raj 9788173197970 , Mechanics Of Machines, 3Ed Ramamurti 9788173198922 , Handbook On Quality And Productivity Improvement Of Concrete Nayak 9788184876390 , Environmental Studies 4Ed Rajagopalan 9789354978944 , Finite Element Methods Dhanraj 9780198073901 , Fluid Dynamics Raisinghania Bks320511 , Entrepreneurship 11/Ed Hisrich 9789390113309 , Thermodynamics 9Th Ed Cengel 9789353165741 , Cad / Cam : Computer - Aided Design & Manufacturing Groover 9788177584165 , Engineering Vibration, 4/E Inman 9789332518483 , Thermodynamics 9Th Ed Cengel 9789353165741 , Schaums Outline Of Mechanical Vibration Graham Kelly 9789389538861 , Enterprise Resource Planning Singla 9789360531485 , Machine Drawing 51Ed Bhatt 9789385039560 , Heat Treatment : Principles And Techniques 3Ed Rajan 9788119364077 , Total Quality Management 2Ed Mukerjee 9788119364299 , Heat Treatment : Principles And Techniques 3Ed Rajan 9788119364077 , Operations Research Panneerselvam 9789354437892 , Design Thinking Teun Den Dekker 9781032786018 , Aeroplane Ramalingam 9788193103159 , Faqs In Control Systems Engineering Pattanaik 9789394639003 , Mass Transfer - Theory & Practice Begum/Anantharaman 9788120341692 , Total Quality Management 5Ed Besterfield 9789353066314 , Production &Operations Management 3Ed Panneerselvam Bks477079 , Manufacturing Technology Vol 2-Metal Cutting Rao 9789353160524 , Engineering Drawing Agrawal 9789353167448 , Cad / Cam : Computer - Aided Design & Manufacturing Groover 9788177584165 , Engineering Mechanics : Statics & Dynamics Kottiswaran Bks307984 , Power Plant Engineering Hegde 9789332534100 , Hydraulics And Fluid Mechanics Hydraulic Machine Modi , Seth Bks291963 , Fundamentals Of Heat And Mass Transer Kothandaraman Bks481435 , Alternative Fuels For Ic Engines Krishnasamy 9789364441995 , Mechatronics Electronic Control Systems In Mechanical And Electrical Eng Bolton 9789357052849 , Manufacturing Technology Vol 2-Metal Cutting Rao 9789353160524 , Fundamentals Of Heat And Mass Transer Kothandaraman Bks481435 , Mechatronics Electronic Control Systems In Mechanical And Electrical Eng Bolton 9789357052849 , Production &Operations Management 3Ed Panneerselvam Bks477079 , Engineering Drawing Agrawal 9789353167448 , Mass Transfer - Theory & Practice Begum/Anantharaman 9788120341692 , Industrial Robotics Control Frigeni 9781484294154 , Gate 2025 Production And Industrial Eng Gkp 9789356818170 , Engineering Vibration, 4/E Inman 9789332518483 , Fundamentals Of Engg Heat And Mass Transfer-5Ed Sachdeva 9789386070968 , Internet Of Nanothings And Wireless Body Area Networks Fadi 9781032599144 , Modern Machining Processes Pandey 9789386761835 , Materials Science For Mechanical Engineering Palanisamy 9789386923059 , Materials Science For Mechanical Engineering Palanisamy 9789386923059 , Textbook Of Fluid Dynamics Chorlton 9788123908816 , Engineering Mechanics : Statics & Dynamics Kottiswaran Bks307984 , Robotics Rajmohan Bks480419 , Hmt Data Book Kothandaraman 9788812243594 , Design Data (Data Book) Psg Bks58578 , Digital Signal Processing 2Ed Paulo Diniz 9781108406703 , 8086 Microprocessor And Applications 3Ed Kani 9789354661327 , Wireless Telecommunication System & Network Mullett 9788131520123 , Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits Lal Kishore 9788177585667 , Mobile Computing Principles Bfar 9780521696234 , Microprocessors & Programmed Logic 2Ed Short 9788131709160 , Design With Pic Microcontroller Peatman 9788177585513 , Digital Systems Design With Access Code Nagoor Kani 9789354667688 , Introduction To Biomems Folch 9781032568225 , Introduction To Biomedical Equipment Technology 4Ed Carr 9788177588835 , Antennas & Wave Propagation Raju 9788131701843 , Raspberry Pi For Dummies Cook 9789357460422 , Digital Signal Processors : Architectures --Op Kuo 9788131717936 , Principles Of Electromagnetics, 6Ed Sadiku 9780199461851 , Advanced Digital Design With The Verilog Michael.D.Ciletti 9789332584464 , Neural Networks Kumar 9781259006166 , Embedded System 2Nd Ed Peckol 9789357463966 , Microprocessor And Peripherals Chowdhury Bks405737 , Networks & Systems Roy Choudhury 9789389802535 , Microcontroller Theory And Application With The Pic Rafiquzzaman 9788126548354 , Digital Signal Processing For Anna University Kani 9789354661006 , Digital Signal Processing 3Ed Kani 9789354661167 , Analog And Pulse Circuits Lakshmaiah D 9789389354201 , Electronic Devices And Circuits Orient 9789386235305 , Quantum Chemistry 7 Ed Levine 9789332558533 , Engineering Circuit Analysis 9/Ed Hayt 9789390185139 , Gate 2025 Electronics And Communication Eng.Guide Gkp 9789356819306 , Chip Design For Submicron Vlsi : Cmos Layout And Simulation Uyemura 9788131501955 , Microelectronics Neamen 9789354601637 , Neural Networks And Learning Machines Haykin 9789332570313 , Electronic Circuits : Fundamentals And Applications 5Ed Tooley 9781032726687 , A Course In Digital Signal Processing Pucca Bundh Porat 9788126534913 , Signals And System Apte 9781316615393 , Digital Design 6Ed Mano 9789353062019 , Principles Of Signal Processing And Liner System Lathi 9780198062288 , Fiber Optic Communications 5Ed Palais 9788131717912 , Circuits And Networks Sudhakar 9789339219604 , Introduction To Communication Systems Madhow 9781316608241 , Analog Communication Rao 9780070704800 , Arduino Based Embedded Systems Singh 9781032964058 , Next Generation Wireless Lans 2Nd Ed Perahia 9781107414617 , Arm Microprocessor System Tahir 9781138387539 , Digital Communication Mutagi Bks478677 , Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals Bhurchandi 9781259006135 , Vlsi Design Chitra 9788183716598 , Television And Video Engineering Salai Thillai 9788183712194 , The Design Of Cmos Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits Lee 9780521613897 , Network Security : Private Communication In A Public World Charlie Kaufman 9788196874339 , Sensors And Transducers Patranabis 9788120321984 , Neuro Fuzzy And Soft Computing Jang Sun Mizutani 9789332549883 , Network Analysis Channa Venkatesh 9788131533215 , Circuits Carlson 9788131505861 , Op Amps And Linear Integrated Circuits : Concepts And Applications Fiore 9788131512340 , Mobile Computing Principles Bfar 9780521696234 , Instrumental Methods Of Analysis Willard 9788123909431 , Vlsi Circuits And Embedded Systems Hasan Babu 9781032906003 , Computer Organization And Embedded System-6 Th Ed Hamacher 9789339218317 , Network Analysis And Synthesis, 2Ed Singh 9789353166724 , Handbook Of Biomedical Instrumentations Khandpur 9789355328021 , Security And Privacy In Internet Of Things Lots Hu Fei 9781032707150 , Television & Video Engineering Veeralakshmi 9789380156699 , Power Quality Sankaran 9781138569249 , Introduction To Microcontroller Programming For Power Electronic Control Applications Rossi 9781032972183 , Communications System Laboratory Preetham Kumar 9781138603288 , Digital Signal Processing And Its Applications Senthil Kumar 9788195268726 , Multimedia Enabled Sensors In Iot Fadi 9781032599205 , Novel Wearable Antennas For Communication And Medical System Albert Sabban 9781041049579 , Internet Of Things Using Single Board Computers : Principles Of Iot And Python Programming Kanagachidam Baresan 9781484299258 , Handbook Of Optical Communication Networks Ilyas 9781498798037 , Communications System Laboratory Preetham Kumar 9781138603288 , Digital Watermarking And Steganography 2Nd Edition Shih 9781032972121 , Propagation Handbook For Wireless Communication System Design Crane 9780849308208 , The Internet Of Things In The Cloud Honbo Zhou 9781498770354 , Arduino Based Embedded Systems Singh 9781032964058 , 5G Mobile Communications Concepts And Technologies Saad Asif 9781032663159 , Electronic Devices 10Ed Robert Floyd 9789354493935 , Semiconductor Physics And Devices, 3Ed Sze 9789354243226 , Digital Fundamentals 11Ed Floyd 9789332584600 , Electronic Devices And Circuits--11 Ed Boylestad Nashelsky 9789332542600 , The 8051 Microcontrollers & Embedded Systems 2Ed Mazidi 9788131710265 , A System C Primer 2Ed Bhasker 9788178001418 , Household Electricity And Appliances P.B Bhagava 9789390211265 , Image Processing Analysis And Mach Sonka 9789386858146 , Verilog Hdl 2Ed +Cd Palnitkar 9788177589184 , Modern Semiconductor Devices For Integration Hu 9788131730249 , Analog Integrated Circuit Design Isv 2Nd Ed Chan Carusone 9788126543939 , Textbook Of Digital Electronics Vasudevan 9789381714539 , Microwave Engineering 4Ed Das 9789390113347 , Analysis Of Microcontrollers For The Students Kothari 9789381714294 , Digital Signal Processing : For C.S.I.T Palani 9789380618388 , Fundamentals Of Digital Images Processing Jain 9789332551916 , Signals And Systems Sreenivasa Reddy 9789389354041 , Satellite Communications Pratt 9789354243035 , Analog Signals And Systems Kudeki 9788131787984 , Embedded Systems Handbook 2Ed System Design And Verification Zurawski Bks331222 , Vlsi Design And Eda Tools 2Nd Ed Sarkar 9788183714976 , Vlsi Design Das 9780198094869 , 8085 Microprocessor Pramod Borole 9789382127581 , Fundamentals Of Communication Systems Proakis 9788131705735 , Short Range Wireless Communication 3Ed Bensky 9789351073994 , Introduction To Fiber Optics Ghatak Ajoy 9781316644010 , The Definitive Guide To Arm Cortex M3 And Cortex M4 Processors Yiu 9789351071754 , Rf Circuit Design Ludwig 9788131762189 , Electric Circuits For Be/Betch 2Ed Kani 9789354663925 , Control Systems Nagoor Kani 9789389239010 , Digital Logic Circuits Nagoor Kani 9789354669989 , Microwave And Rf Design Steer 9789380381305 , Electrical Measurement And Measuring Instruments Rajput Bks543993 , Digital Signal Processing 3Ed Kani 9789354661167 , A Handson Course In Sensors Using The Arduino And Raspberry Pi Ziemann Volker 9781032791470 , Signal And Systems Simplified 2Ed Nagoor Kani 9789354661013 , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering 2/Ed Bhattacharya 9789332586505 , Ad Hoc Wireless Networks : Architectures & Protocols Murthy 9788131706886 , Ad Hoc And Wilreless Sensor Network Athawale 9789356066137 , Digital Circuits Design Kothari 9789332543539 , Solid State Electronic Devices Streetman 9789332555082 , Wireless Communication Goldsmith 9780521704168 , Probability And Stochastic Processes 3Ed Yates 9789354243455 , Signals, Systems And Inference Oppenheim 9789356064676 , Electromagnetic Field And Waves Salivahanan 9788119896677 , Analog Design For Cmos Vlsi Systems Maloberti 9788181284341 , Vlsi Design Michael 9780849318764 , Cognitive Sensors And Iot Fadi 9781032599236 , Digital Design & Computer Organization Farhat 9780849311918 , Digital Intergrated Circuits Evegni 9780849330575 , Introduction To Iot With Machine Learning And Image Processing Using Raspberry Pi Ambaji Kulkarni 9781032966885 , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering Murugan 9789384726072 , Adaptive Antenna Arrays Chandran 9788181289322 , Networks Lines & Fields 2Ed Ryder 9789332559516 , Data Compression : The Complete Reference Salomon 9788184898002 , Electric Circuits Bell Bks321194 , Digital Signal Processing Oppenheim 9789332550339 , Iot Standards With Blockchain : Enterprise Methodology For Internet Of Things Upadrista 9781484284278 , An In Depth Guide To Mobile Device Forensics Chuck Easttom 9781032785905 , Digital Signal Processing Oppenheim 9789332550339 , Digital Modulation & Coding Wilson 9788131721438 , Fundamentals Of Mobile Computing 2Ed Pattnaik Bks534717 , Introduction To Iot With Machine Learning And Image Processing Using Raspberry Pi Ambaji Kulkarni 9781032966885 , Biomedical Instrumentations And Measurements Cromwell 9789332556911 , Artificial Neural Networks For Engineers And Scientists Chakraverty S. 9781032729121 , Digital Communication Bhattacharya 9780070591172 , Signals And Systems 2/Ed Oppenheim 9789332550230 , Fundamentals Of Modern Vlsi Devices Yuan Taur 9781316649794 , Digital Systems:Principles&Design(Anna) Rajkamal 9789332535916 , Principles Of Cognitive Radio Vincent 9781107439900 , Digital Signal Processing 4Ed Proakis 9788131710005 , Op Amps And Linear Integrated Circuits Gayakwad 9789353949037 , Microwave And Radar Engineering Rao 9788131799444 , Introduction To Pspice Using Orcad For Circuits And Electronics Rashid 9789332555174 , Basic Electronics Saha 9781316632932 , Linear Integrated Circuits Salivahanan 9789353163808 , Principles Of Electronic Communication Orient 9789386235107 , Optoelectronic Devices And Optical Fiber Communication Chakrabarti 9789354667947 , Introduction To Vlsi Design Flow Sneh Saurabh 9781009200813 , Antennas And Wave Propagation Kraus 9789352606184 , Network Analysis Revised 3Ed Van Valkenburg/ Rathode 9789353433123 , Communication Systems : Analog And Digital, 3Rd Singh 9781259004605 , Internet Of Things The : How Smart Tvs Sm Miller 9789332552456 , Microwave Devices & Circuits 3Ed Liao 9788177583533 , Fundamentals Of Mobile Computing 2Ed Pattnaik Bks534717 , 5G Mobile And Wireless Communication Technology Pauline Cullen 9781009590921 , The Intel Microprocessors : 8086/8088,80186/80188,80286,80386,80486,Pentium, Pentium Pro Processor, Pentium Ii - 8Ed Brey 9788131726228 , Circuits Analysis Theory And Practic Robbins 9788131519028 , Medical Instrumentation 5Ed : Application And Design : An Indian Adaptation Webster 9789354249150 , Microwave Engineering, An Indian Adaptation Theory And Techniques Pozar 9789388991087 , Wireless Communications 2Ed Molisch 9789354248795 , Controll System Eng. 8/Ed Norman 9789357463980 , Signals, Systems, And Transforms, 4/E Phillips 9789332518490 , Antenna Theory And Applications 4Ed Balanis 9789354248474 , Gate 2025 Electronics And Communication Eng.Guide Gkp 9789356819306 , Introduction To Analog And Digital Communication 2Ed Haykin 9789354644337 , Digital Image Processing Gonzalez 9789353062989 , Power Electronics (An Indian Adaption) Ned Mohan 9789354640278 , Dorfs Introduction To Electric Circuits Wiley India Edition Richard 9788126573493 , Electronic Devices 10Ed Robert Floyd 9789354493935 , Communication Systems 5Ed Haykin 9789354640896 , Modern Control Engineering Ogata 9789332550162 , Electric Circuits With Mt Kang 9789386650344 , The Intel Microprocessors : 8086/8088,80186/80188,80286,80386,80486,Pentium, Pentium Pro Processor, Pentium Ii - 8Ed Brey 9788131726228 , Modern Digital Electronics-5Th Edtion Jain 9789355321770 , Analog And Digital Electronics Roth 9789353502355 , Introduction To Communication Systems Madhow 9781316608241 , Voip Handbook Application Technologies Ahson 9781420070200 , Embedded Systems Handbook 2Ed Network Embedded System Zurawski Bks331227 , Matlab: An Introduction With Applications 6Ed Amos Gilat 9789357462174 , Fiber Optic Communication Systems 5Ed Agrawal 9789357461245 , Crc Handbook Of Modern Telecommunications 2Ed Morreale Bks331221 , Mathematical Aspects Of Signal Processing Sircar 9781107175174 , Rf And Microwave Semiconductior Device Handbook Golio 9780849315626 , Electronic Systems Maintenance Handbook, Second Edi Whitaker Bks322864 , The 8051 Microcontroller Ayala 9788131502006 , Digital Systems Design Using Vhdl W/ Roth 9788131518304 , Fundamentals Of Engineering Electromagnetics Cheng 9789332535138 , Basic Electronics-2Ed Kothari 9789352606467 , Power Electronics Essentials & Applications Umanand 9788126519453 , An In Depth Guide To Mobile Device Forensics Chuck Easttom 9781032785905 , Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook Navet Bks335190 , Wavelet Analysis With Applications To Image Process Prasad 9780849331695 , Primer On Wavelets And Their Scintific Applications Walker 9781032963617 , Face Detectin And Recognition: Theory And Practice Datta A.K. 9781032728964 , Fiber Optics & Optoelectronics Khare 9780195669305 , Mobile Cellular Telecomm 2E Lee 9780070635999 , Cmos Vlsi Design : A Circuits And Systems Perspective, 3Ed Weste 9788131762653 , Antennas Blake 9789380381268 , Mobile Communications, 2Ed Schiller 9788131724262 , Introduction To Wireless Systems Black 9788131726389 , Ad Hoc And Wilreless Sensor Network Athawale 9789356066137 , Linear Integrated Circuits Sathishkumar Bks476847 , Linear Integrated Circuits Dhanasekar Bks638493 , Embedded And Real Time Systems Ramprabu Bks476848 , Transmission Lines And Rf Systems Shanmugaraja Sivakumar Bks490771 , Transmission And Distribution Gayathri Bks476751 , Wireless Communication Santhosh Krishna Bks638491 , Digital System Design Edwindhas Bks638462 , Power Quality & Distributed Generation Jayaprakash 9788184876987 , Digital Signal Processing Antoniou 9780070636330 , Power System Engineering 3 Ed Kothari 9789353165116 , Digital Integrated Circuit 2/Ed Rabeay 9789332573925 , Principles Of Electronic Materials Kasap 9789390113866 , Digital Logic Circuits With Vhdl And Verilog Programs Nagoor Kani 9789354669606 , Principles Of Electronic Materials Kasap 9789390113866 , Wireless Communications : Principles Rappaport 9789356066212 , Communication Networks Fundamentals Leon 9780070595019 , Interoperability In Iot For Smart Systems Roy M. 9781032728100 , Basic Elec & Linear Circuits Bhargava 9781259006463 , Brain Computer Interface Eeg Signal Processing Panigrahi 9781032851181 , Learning Basics And Electronic Science Through Mcqs Priya 9789394639249 , Fundamentals Of Logic Design Roth 9789360535650 , Engineering Circuit Analysis 10E/D Hayt 9789364441094 , Programmable Logic Controllers 6Th Ed Petruzella 9789355325860 , Modern Wireless Communication Haykin 9788131704431 , Signals And Systems 5Ed Ramesh Babu Bks505218 , Digital Signal Processing Ramesh Babu Bks503977 , Digital Image Processing 2Ed Sridhar Bks643706 , Digital Logic Circuits With Vhdl And Verilog Programs Nagoor Kani 9789354669606 , Wireless Communications : Principles Rappaport 9789356066212 , Digital Integrated Circuit 2/Ed Rabeay 9789332573925 , Brain Computer Interface Eeg Signal Processing Panigrahi 9781032851181 , Internet Of Nanothings And Wireless Body Area Networks Fadi 9781032599144 , Phyiscs For Electronics & Information Science Palanisamy 9789386923134 , Vlsi Design Sathyah Bks665018 , Basic Elec & Linear Circuits Bhargava 9781259006463 , Communication Networks Fundamentals Leon 9780070595019 , Linear Integrated Circuits Salivahanan 9789353160487 , Wireless Communications : Principles Rappaport 9789356066212 , Linear Integrated Circuits Salivahanan 9789353160487 , Digital Logic & Computer Design Mano 9789332542525 , Digital Electronics Bignell 9788131520710 , Design Of Analog Cmos Integrated Circuit-2Ed Razavi 9789387067844 , Fundamentals Of Logic Design Roth 9789360535650 , Engineering Circuit Analysis 10E/D Hayt 9789364441094 , Digital Electronics Bignell 9788131520710 , Design Of Analog Cmos Integrated Circuit-2Ed Razavi 9789387067844 , Applied Machine Learning Gopal 9789354601590 , Essentials Of Digital Signal Process Using Matlab Ingle/Proakis 9788131517727 , Arm System On Chip Architecture Furber 9789332555570 , Smart Grid In Iot Enabled Spaces Fadi Ai Turjman 9781032598543 , Power Plant Engineering Nag 9789354600050 , Mathematical Analysis A Straightforward Binmore 9781107526235 , Algebra 2Nd Edition Michael Artin 9789353432751 , Discrete Mathematics Dhami 9780199452798 , Statistics And Numerical Methods 10Ed Vijayakumari 9789356062733 , Algebra, 3Ed Sahai 9788173198250 , Algebraic Topology M J Greenberg , J R Harper 9780367475604 , Algebra, 4Ed Sahai 9788184876208 , Concept Of Modern Algebra Pandey 9788184877069 , Friendly Introduction To Number Theory Silverman 9789353433079 , Elementary Differential Equations 8Ed Richard 9789332571617 , Introduction To Graph Theory West 9789332549654 , Linear Algebra Ubaidullah 9789391549893 , Higher Algebra Barnard 9789385923326 , Sequences And Series Arumugam 9789388005128 , Modern Analysis Arumugam 9789388005111 , Intorduction Topology And Modern Analysis Simmons 9789387465916 , Higher Algebra Hall Knight 9788174731043 , Analytical Geometry Veerarajan 9789388005142 , Transforms And Partial Diffrential Equations 3Rd Ed Muthucumaraswamy 9789391549473 , Multilevel Analysis: Techniques And Applications 3/E Hox 9781032938035 , Thomas Calculus 15Ed Hass 9788119896608 , Calculus Vil I 2Ed ( An Indian Adaptation) Apostol 9789354642630 , Calculus 10Ed Saturmino Salas Einar Hille Ga 9789390421961 , Introduction To Linear Regresion Analysis, 6Ed Montgomery 9789357461283 , Matrices Advanced Calculus & Complex Stewart 9789360534509 , Operations Research Mote 9788126556380 , Topology 2Ed James Munkres 9789353432775 , Linear Algebra 5Ed Friedberg 9789390168132 , Multivariate Calculus Joshi Bks498996 , Mathematical Analysis 6Ed Malik Bks413195 , Stochastic Processes 5Ed Medhi 9789389802245 , Human Resource Management Aswathappa 9789355323675 , The Elements Of Complex Analysis 3Ed Choudhary 9789388818780 , Probability And Statistics For Engineering Devore 9789353506247 , Operations Research Panneerselvam 9789354437892 , The Elements Of Complex Analysis 3Ed Choudhary 9789388818780 , Optics 8Ed Ghatak 9789355328595 , Outline Of Beginning Physics Schaum 9789389538984 , Outline Of Astronomy Schaum 9789389538939 , Introductory Nuclear Physics 3/Ed Krane 9789354640834 , Physics Vol 2 5Ed David Halliday Resnick 9789354640438 , Physics For Scientists And Engineers Serway 9789355739223 , Non Conventional Energy Source Math 9789388005081 , Nuclear Physics Theory And Experiments 3Ed Roy 9788122449884 , Gravitation : Foundations And Frontiers (South Asian Edition) Padmanabhan 9780521178761 , Electricity And Magnetism Murugeshan 9789352837342 , Introductory Nuclear Physics Wong 9788126546060 , Modern Physics Murugeshan Bks367126 , Introduction To Electrodynamics South Asia Ed - 4/Ed David J. Griffiths 9781108822909 , Theoretical Astrophysics Vol 2 Padmanabhan 9781107400603 , Heat Thermodynamics And Statistical Physics Lal Subramanian Bks460942 , Classical Dynamic Of Particles Thornton 9788131518472 , Materials For Engineers And Technicians 7Ed Bolton 9781032973722 , Statistical Mechanics 2Ed (An Indian Adaption) Kerson Huang 9789354247736 , Atomic And Molecular Spectroscopy Rita Kakkar 9781108413206 , Laser Fundamentals Silfvast 9780521138475 , Engineering Chemistry 2E : Fundamentals And Applications Shikha Agarwal 9781108724449 , Organic Name Reations Sanjay Bari 9789389354737 , Basics Of Environmental Science Khosla 9788184874013 , Environmental Chemistry Singhu 9788122427318 , Biomaterials Principles And Applications Joon Park 9781032934167 , Organic Reaction Mechanisms Ahluwalia Bks366263 , Organic Synthesis Concepts And Methods 3Ed Pb 2014 Jurgen Hinri 9788126547227 , Engineering Chemistry Palanna 9789352605774 , Engineering Chemistry 2Nd Ed Wiley 9788126543205 , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry Dara Bks561640 , Engineering Chemistry Vairam & Kalyani 9788126543342 , Chemical Applications Of Group Theory Albert Cotton 9788194726364 , Environmental Science And Engineering Yuganath 9788183717014 , Environmental Science Isv 8Th/Ed Botkin, Killer 9788126534142 , Chemical Reaction Engineering 3Ed (An Indian Adaptation) Octave Levenspiel 9789354244605 , Outline Of Thermodynamics Schaum 9789389538540 , Textbook Of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Narayanan 9788120347472 , Communication Skills, 3Ed Sanjay Kumar 9789354978555 , English For Science & Technology-I Chellammal 9781009224796 , English For Science & Technology-Ii Francis 9781009251181 , Effective Technical Communication Rizvi 9789352605781 , Research Methodology Vinod 9789352863518 , Placement Interviews Skills For Success Anandamurugan 9780070700956 , Prowess Orient 9789354421242 , Research Methodology Panneerselvam 9788120349469 , Academic Writing A Handbook For Students Stephen Bailey 9781138615533 , Design Thinking In Technical Communication Jason C K Tham 9781041004356 , Principles Of Scientific And Technical Mohapatra 9789355327482 , Critical Thinking Idea Innovation And Creativity Richard H Mccuen 9781041000846 , Literature For Language Skills 2Ed Mahanand 9789388005470 , Academic Writing P.B Ajay Semalty 9789390211739 , Teaching English Through Folktales Mahanand 9789391549077 , An Introduction To Literary Studies Mario Klarer 9781032785974 , Heritage Of Tamils Muthuramalingam 9789391549718 , A Short History Of English Literature Saintsbury 9788174733054 , The English Language Wrenn 9788174733368 , An Introduction To The Study Of English Litetrature Hudson 9788174731197 , Rabindranath Tagores Ideational Challenges Bidyut Chakrabarty 9789356400122 , English Literature Long Bks476291 , Test Of Reasoning 7Th Edn Thorpe 9789389811513 , Science And Technology 8Ed Agarahri Ravi 9789355326324 , Excel Reasoning Arun Sharma 9789355329455 , Aptipedia Aptitude Encyclopedia 2 Ed Wiley 9788126569502 , Excel Quantitative Apititude Arun Sharma 9789355327970 , Verbal Ability And Reasoning For Competitive Examinations Anand Lalit Singh 9788126554294 , Intermediate Engligh Grammer With Answers, 2Ed Murphy 9788185618517 , Design Thinking Teun Den Dekker 9781032786018 , Spotting Errors Lakshminarayanan Bks670723
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 3
6.
Educational and Research Institute #11191269 AOC
Tender For Supply And Installation Of Furniture At Library And Computer Building. , Furniture , Library Chair -01 -Seat Size: 50.0Cm. (W) X 48.0 Cm. (D) -Back Size: 53.0 Cm. (W) X 39.0Cm. (H) -Injection Moulded Seat With High Resilience Polyurethane Seat Foam With Density 45 Kg/M³ & Hardness 16 Kgf. (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -M.S. Powder Coated Frames (Dft 50 Microns) For 4 Leg Chairs -M. S Pipe Dia 25Mm (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Glass Filled Polypropylene Armrest With The Tubular Frame. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawings With All Dimensions. , Office Chair Seat Size- 53.5 Cm. (W) X 51.0 Cm. (D), Of 1.5 Cm Thickness Plywood Preferably Hot-Pressed, Furnished With Fabric Covers -Mesh Back Size- 51.0 Cm. (W) X 70.0 Cm. (H) -Seat With High Resilience Polyurethane Seat Foam With Density 45 Kg/M³ And Hardness 16 Kgf (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Glass Filled Nylon Armrest With The Tubular Frame Of 6 Cm Hight(Adjustable) -Center Tilt Synchro Mechanism With Seat Slide & Multi Lock, Revolving 360° -Head Rest Sub-Assembly With Hight Adjustment Up To 4 Cm. -Pneumatic Height Adjustment Of 9.5Cm, Pedestal Assembly Of Polished Aluminium With Twin Wheel Injection Moulded Soft Castors Of Nylon With Pu Lining, Having Up To 6 Cm Wheel Diameter. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Workstation Chair Seat Size- 53.5 Cm. (W) X 51.0 Cm. (D), Of Thickness 1.5 Cm Plywood Preferably Hot-Pressed, Furnished With Fabric Covers. -Mesh Back Size- 51.0 Cm. (W) X 70.0 Cm. (H) -Seat With High Resilience Polyurethane Seat Foam With Density 45 Kg/M³ And Hardness 16 Kgf (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Glass Filled Nylon Armrest With The Tubular Frame Of 6 Cm Hight(Adjustable) -Center Tilt Synchro Mechanism With Seat Slide & Multi Lock, Revolving 360° Anti-Shock Mechanism. -Pneumatic Height Adjustment Of 9.5Cm, Pedestal Assembly Of Polished Aluminium With Twin Wheel Injection Moulded Soft Castors Of Nylon With Pu Lining, Having 6 Cm Wheel Diameter. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Conference Chair Seat Size: 49.0 Cm. (W) X 51.4 Cm. (D) Of Thickness 1.2 Cm Plywood Preferably Hot-Pressed, Furnished With Synthetic Leather Over Moulded High Resilience Polyurethane Foam. -Mid Back Size: 51.6 Cm. (W) X 65.7 Cm. (H) -Seat With High Resilience Polyurethane Seat Foam With Density 55 Kg/M³ And Hardness 16 Kgf (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Chrome Plated Up-Down Adjustment Armrest Of 8 Steps. -360° Revolving Type Front Pivot Synchro Mechanism, 4-Position Locking With Anti-Shock Feature, Tilting Ratio Of 1:2, Single Point Control. -Back Height Adjustability, Adjusted In 5 Positions. -Pneumatic Height Adjustment Of 10Cm, Pedestal Assembly (Pedestal- 65 Cm, Pitch-Center Dia. 75Cm) Of Polished Aluminium With Twin Wheel Injection Moulded Castors. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Study Chair With Writing Pad Seat Size : 50.0Cm. (W) X 48.0 Cm. (D) Furnished With Fabric Covers And Moulded Polyurethane Foam -Back Size : 53.0 Cm. (W) X 39.0Cm. (H) -Seat With High Resilience Polyurethane Seat Foam With Density 45 Kg/M³ And Hardness 16 Kgf (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -M.S. Powder Coated Frames Dia 25Mm (Dft 50 Microns) For 4 Leg Chairs With Glass Filled Polypropylene Shoe (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -The Full Desklet Made Of 1.3 Cm. Thick, Compact Laminate Board. Having Front And Back Adjustment Of 4 Cm -Outer Dimension 59.5±0.1Cm. (W) X 29.0±0.1Cm -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Conference Table With Seating Capacity Of 18Seats 2 Str Main - 1350 X 600 X 740 - 2 Nos. -2 Str Shared - 1350 X 600 X 740 - 2 Nos. -2350W - 2350 X 850 X 740 - 2 Nos. -Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board With A High-Quality Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping; Plastic Access Flap Is Provided For Easy Access To Wires And Cables -Under Structure Consists Of 18Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping -Modesty Panel-Made Of 18Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping -Powder Coated Accent Metal Strip Provided Below Work Surface Made Of 0.8Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Or Equivalent Steel, Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Dft 40-60 Microns). (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Wire Management- An Array Of Panels Made Of 0.8Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Or Equivalent, Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Dft 40-60 Microns) Is Used For Flow Of Wires And Cables. Provision To Mount 6 Module Electric Switch Plate Is Provided Below Worktop. Cut-Out On Top With Two-Piece Injection Moulded Plastic Part Polymer Component Is Fitted To Pull Out Audio, Video Cables Onto Worktop And Connect Devices Charger To Power Socket Below Worktop. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Conference Table With Seating Capacity Of 30 Seats 2 Str Main - 1350 X 600 X 740 - 2 Nos. -2 Str Shared - 1350 X 600 X 740 - 8 Nos. - 2Str -2350 X 850 X 740 - 2 Nos. -Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board With Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping; Plastic Access Flap Is Provided For Easy Access To Wires And Cables -Under Structure Consists Of 18Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping -Modesty Panel-Made Of 18Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping -Powder Coated Accent Metal Strip Provided Below Work Surface Made Of 0.8Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Or Equivalent Steel, Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Dft 40-60 Microns). (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Wire Management- An Array Of Panels Made Of 0.8Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Or Equivalent, Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Dft 40-60 Microns) Is Used For Flow Of Wires And Cables. Provision To Mount 6 Module Electric Switch Plate Is Provided Below Worktop. Cut-Out On Top With Two-Piece Injection Moulded Plastic Part Polymer Component Is Fitted To Pull Out Audio, Video Cables Onto Worktop And Connect Devices Charger To Power Socket Below Worktop. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Two-Seater Sofa Seat Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu.Mtr With An Additional Top Layer Of Super Soft Pu Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette.(Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Back Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu. Mtr With Two Additional Top Layers Of Super Soft Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette. -Under Structure Is Made Up Of 1.2 Cm. Thick Hot-Pressed Plywood With Moisture Resistance & Termite Proof. -6 Nos. Per Seat & 3.8Mm Dia Zigzag Spring Assembly Is Mounted Over Under Structure For Cushioning Purpose. -Leg Assembly Is A Welded Assembly Made In Stainless Steel Tube & Plate With Plastic Endcap Of 146 X 90 X 85.5 Cm With Seat Height Of 45 Cm. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Three-Seater Sofa Seat Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu.Mtr With An Additional Top Layer Of Super Soft Pu Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette. (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Back Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu. Mtr With Two Additional Top Layer Of Super Soft Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette. -Under Structure Is Made Up Of 1.2 Cm. Thick Hot-Pressed Plywood With Moisture Resistance & Termite Proof. -6 Nos. Per Seat & 3.8Mm Dia Zigzag Spring Assembly Is Mounted Over Under Structure For Cushioning Purpose. -Stainless Steel (Grade Ss 202) O Equivalent Grade Tube Welded Leg Assembly With Plastic Endcap Of 206 X 90 X 85 Cm Seat Height 45Cm. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , One Seater Sofa Seat Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu.Mtr With An Additional Top Layer Of Super Soft Pu Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette. (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Back Is Made Up Of Pu Foam In Density 28 Kg/Cu. Mtr With Two Additional Top Layers Of Super Soft Foam Furnished With Fabric Or Leatherette. -Under Structure Is Made Up Of 1.2 Cm. Thick Hot-Pressed Plywood With Moisture Resistance & Termite Proof. -6 Nos. Per Seat & 3.8Mm Dia Zigzag Spring Assembly Is Mounted Over Under Structure For Cushioning Purpose. -Stainless Steel (Grade Ss 202) Or Equivalent Grade Tube Welded Leg Assembly With Plastic Endcap Of 86 X 90 X 85 Cm Seat Height 45Cm. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. Under Structure Is Made Up Of 1.2 Cm. Thick Hot-Pressed Plywood With Moisture Resistance & Termite Proof. -6 Nos. Per Seat & 3.8Mm Dia Zigzag Spring Assembly Is Mounted Over Under Structure For Cushioning Purpose. -Stainless Steel (Grade Ss 202) O Equivalent Grade Tube Welded Leg Assembly With Plastic Endcap Of 86 X 90 X 85 Cm Seat Height 45Cm. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Mobile Compactor Storage Unit-01 3 Bay Drive Type Compactors With 3 Bay Sd - 1 No, 3 Bay Td - 1 No, 3 Bay Sl - 1 No. 3 -Size Of Compactor 2361H Mm X 915 W Mm X 457D Mm, 3 Bay Channel 2400 Mm - 3 No, 3 Bay Channel 800 Mm - 3 No. -Main Body: Rigid Knock Down Construction Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick. Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having 5 Loading Levels Formed By 4 Adjustable Shelves For 1980 Mm Height Body And 6 Loading Levels With 5 Adjustable Shelves For 2361Mm Height Body. -Main Body Finish: Antirust Surface Treatment Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Shelf Construction: Rigid Knock Down Construction Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel. Each Body Block Consists Of 1 Main Unit & Then Add-On Units. -Front Cover Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Which The Handles Drive Unit Having Holes On The Front Surface For Ventilation Purpose. -Back Cover Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Which The Handles Drive Unit Having Holes On The Front Surface For Ventilation Purpose. -Back Panel Made Of 0.6 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Fixed Together Using Machine Screws To Prevent Access To Inside Files From The Outside. -Door Frame Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Of 2 Vertical Door Stiffeners Providing Rigidity To The Entire Body. -Shelf Finish: Antirust Surface Treatment Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Shelf Construction 12-Bend Panel Made Of 0.7 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having Max Load Bearing Capacity Is 100 Kg Uniformly Distributed Per Shelf, Height Of 351Mm Between Two Shelves. The Last Loading Level For Shelf Is 1721Mm From Ground Level For 1980H Body And 2107Mm From Ground For 2361H Body. Shelves Are Mounted On Support Brackets & Shelf Level Can Be Adjusted At Approx. 25.4 Pitches. There Are 4 Adjustable Shelves Per Body For 1980H And 5 Adjustable Shelves Per Body For 2361H, Giving 5 And 6 Loading Levels For 1980H And 2361H Body Respectively. -Storage Capacity Made Of 0.8Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having Hinged Door Have Recessed Die Cast Handle Cum Lock With 3 Way Locking Through A Lever & Shooting Bolt And Can Hold Up To 10 Nos. Of Box Files -Under Structure Construction Welded Frame Suitably Fabricated To Bear The Loads Based On Configuration Consists Of The Main Channel, Body-Fixing Channel, U-Channel, And Z-Channel Made Of Hr Sheet 3 Mm Thick. -Under Structure Construction Finish Epoxy Polyester Powder Coat Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Movements Of The System Is Drive Type Configuration Achieved By Rotating A Pu Hand Wheel Connected To The Rollers Through A ‘Sprocket-Chain Arrangement Mounted On The Side Of The Body Covered By A 1 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Sheet Drive Unit Cover With Dimensions 1202Mm X 398Mm X 87Mm -Rail Channels- A ‘C Section 3 Mm Thick Hr Sheet On Which Rail Ms Bright Bar Of Sq 25.4Mm Is Firmly Fixed From Bottom Using Counter Sunk Screws. The Rail Channels Are Of 3 Lengths I.E., 800Mm, 1600Mm And 2400Mm. Label Holder Is An Aluminium Extrusion Of Length 453Mm For Ld/Sd And 910Mm For Td, Fitted On To Front Cover Of Body. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Mobile Compactor Storage Unit -02 3 Bay Drive Type Compactors With 3 Bay Sd - 1 No, 3 Bay Td - 2 No, 3 Bay Sl - 1 No. -Size Of Compactor 2361H Mm X 915 W Mm X 457D Mm, 3 Bay Channel 2400 Mm - 1 No, 3 Bay Channel 800 Mm - 1 No. -Main Body : Rigid Knock Down Construction Made Of 0.8 Thick. Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having 5 Loading Levels Formed By 4 Adjustable Shelves For 1980 Mm Height Body And 6 Loading Levels With 5 Adjustable Shelves For 2361Mm Height Body. -Main Body Finish: Antirust Surface Treatment Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Shelf Construction: Rigid Knock Down Construction Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel. Each Body Block Consists Of 1 Main Unit & Then Add-On Units. -Front Cover Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Which The Handles Drive Unit Having Holes On The Front Surface For Ventilation Purpose -Back Cover Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Which The Handles Drive Unit Having Holes On The Front Surface For Ventilation Purpose. -Back Panel Made Of 0.6 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Fixed Together Using Machine Screws To Prevent Access To Inside Files From The Outside -Door Frame Made Of 0.8 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Of 2 Vertical Door Stiffeners Providing Rigidity To The Entire Body -Shelf Finish: Antirust Surface Treatment Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Shelf Construction 12-Bend Panel Made Of 0.7 Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having Max Load Bearing Capacity Is 100 Kg Uniformly Distributed Per Shelf, Height Of 351Mm Between Two Shelves. The Last Loading Level For Shelf Is 1721Mm From Ground Level For 1980H Body And 2107Mm From Ground For 2361H Body. Shelves Are Mounted On Support Brackets & Shelf Level Can Be Adjusted At Approx. 25.4 Pitches. There Are 4 Adjustable Shelves Per Body For 1980H And 5 Adjustable Shelves Per Body For 2361H, Giving 5 And 6 Loading Levels For 1980H And 2361H Body Respectively. -Storage Capacity Made Of 0.8Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Having Hinged Door Have Recessed Die Cast Handle Cum Lock With 3 Way Locking Through A Lever & Shooting Bolt And Can Hold Up To 10 Nos. Of Box Files -Under Structure Construction Welded Frame Suitably Fabricated To Bear The Loads Based On Configuration Consists Of The Main Channel, Body-Fixing Channel, U-Channel, And Z-Channel Made Of Hr Sheet 3 Mm Thick. -Under Structure Construction Finish Epoxy Polyester Powder Coat Of Approved Colour & Shade With A Dry Film Thickness Of Minimum 40 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Movements Of The System Is Drive Type Configuration Achieved By Rotating A Pu Hand Wheel Connected To The Rollers Through A ‘Sprocket-Chain Arrangement Mounted On The Side Of The Body Covered By A 1 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Sheet Drive Unit Cover With Dimensions 1202Mm X 398Mm X 87Mm -Rail Channels- A ‘C Section 3 Mm Thick Hr Sheet On Which Rail Ms Bright Bar Of Sq 25.4Mm Is Firmly Fixed From Bottom Using Counter Sunk Screws. The Rail Channels Are Of 3 Lengths I.E., 800Mm, 1600Mm And 2400Mm. Label Holder Is An Aluminium Extrusion Of Length 453Mm For Ld/Sd And 910Mm For Td, Fitted On To Front Cover Of Body. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Magazine Stand Overall Dimensions 900Mm(W)X450Mm(D)X1830Mm(H). -Steel Periodical Display Rack Providing, Placing And Supplying Of Display Rack. -Rigid Knockdown Construction, Panels Shall Be Made From Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel 0.6 Mm Thick -Front Frame Shall Be Made From Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel 0.8 Mm Thick. Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel D Grade. -There Shall Be 5 Level Racks, Suitable For Full Cape Size Magazines, Periodicals, Aesthetically Appealing Metal Tray At An Angle For Easy Viewing. -Receding Facility To Access The Storage Behind. -Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Per Each Shelf Is 40 Kg. -Shall Be Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Storage Cabinet 1 Body Made From 18Mm Plb With All The Edges Sealed With 0.8 Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band. The Shelves Is Made From 18 Mm White Plt And Edges Are Sealed With 0.8 Mm Edge Band. The Back Panel Is 9Mm White Plt Assembled With Suitable Fittings. The Bottom Shelf Is Fixed And Other Shelves Have One Step Adjustment For Optimizing The Space. -Doors Made From 18 Mm Plb With 2 Mm Edge Band On All Edges Ad A Flush Plastic Handle Is Fitted Vertically At The Centre Of The Door Having Suitable Hinges And Hdu Is Fitted With Height Adjustment And Has A Three-Point Lock. -All The Storages Are Fitted With A 6 Mm Leveller At Bottom For Levelling As Per Order. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Storage Cabinet -02 Body Made From 18Mm Plb With All The Edges Sealed With 0.8 Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band. The Shelves Is Made From 18 Mm White Plt And Edges Are Sealed With 0.8 Mm Edge Band. The Back Panel Is 9Mm White Plt Assembled With Suitable Fittings. The Bottom Shelf Is Fixed And Other Shelves Have One Step Adjustment For Optimizing The Space. -Doors Made From 18 Mm Plb With 2 Mm Edge Band On All Edges Ad A Flush Plastic Handle Is Fitted Vertically At The Centre Of The Door Having Suitable Hinges And Hdu Is Fitted With Height Adjustment And Has A Three-Point Lock. -All The Storages Are Fitted With A 6 Mm Leveller At Bottom For Levelling As Per Order. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Library Table 1 1650 X 600 Desk Based Modular Workstation With System Ht-750 Mm. -Partial Screens: Fabric T- Mould, 19Mm Thick Screen Of 450Mm Ht., Mounted On Studs. -Legs: Providing Metal Powder Coated Cube Leg Vertical (40X40Mm)& Rigid Support (50X30Mm). Legs Are For Standard Workstation Height Of 750Mm. All Legs Have Levelling Screws For Adjustment In Case Of Uneven Floor. -Understructure Comprising Of Metal Powder Coated Cross, Made Up Of Metal Powder Coated Finish -Wire Management: Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module For Power And Data Points. -Worksurface - 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lipping Edge Banding Of Size 1650 Mm W X 600 Mm D. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Library Table -2 2400 X 1200 Providing And Placing Modular Workstation Desk Based Modular Workstation With System Ht - 750 Mm. -Legs: Providing Metal Powder Coated Cube Leg. Legs Are For Standard Workstation Height Of 750Mm. All Legs Have Levelling Screws For Adjustment In Case Of Uneven Floor. -Understructure Comprising Of Metal Powder Coated Cross, Made Up Of Metal Powder Coated Finish -Wire Management: Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module For Power And Data Points. -Worksurface - 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lipping Edge Banding Of Size 2400 Mm W X 1200 Mm D. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Reception Table Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High Quality Wood And Approved Shade Confirming To Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. -Wire Managementu-Access Flap Along With A Grommet Is Provided On Work Surface For Wire Management. Power Box Made With 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel, With Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module Which Is Fixed With Worktop Along The Width Ataccess Flap Position. Wire Riser Made Of 0.8Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Is Provided For Proper Wire Management. -Modesty Panel & Side Skirting - Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High Quality Wood And Approved Shade, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. -Under Structure And Top Shelf - Made Of 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood And Approved Shade, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping - Hinge Door + Drawer Unit - Made Of 18Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High Quality Wood And Approved Shade, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Drawer Bottom Is Made Of 5.5Thick Mdf Whiteboard Handle Is Provided For Ease Of Opening. Hdu And Drawer Are Provided With Cam Lock For Security. -Organizer Plate Made Of 1.2Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Is Provided For Magnetic Sticky Notes. -Bag Hanger Hook Made Of 1.2Mm Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Is Provided For Bag Hanging 2400 X 1770 X 870 Mm , Side Table Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Side Table. -Side Table Glass Is 10 Mm Thick Black Tinted Toughened Glass Uv Glued With Bushes Made In Ss 202 Grade Or Equivalent For Facing With Under Structure. -Under Structure Is A Welded Assembly Made In Ss202 Or Equivalent Grade -Width Of Table= 60.0 Cm, Depth=60.0 Cm, Height=34.9 Cm. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Central Table Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Coffee Table. -Center Table Glass Is 10 Mm Thick Black Tinted Toughened Glass Uv Glued With Bushes Made In Ss 202 Or Equivalent Grade For Facing With Under Structure. -Under Structure Is A Welded Assembly Made In Ss202 Grade Or Equivalent -Width Of Table= 112.0 Cm, Depth=60.0 Cm, Height=34.9 Cm. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Round Table Circular 900Mm Providing And Placing Meeting Tables With Worktop Height - 750 Mm. Cube Legs Vertical (40X40Mm).Rigid Support-(50X30Mm) Are Available For Work Top Level 750 Mm From Base. -Worktop Is 25Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Pvc Lipping As Per Order. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Table A- 750X1500 Providing And Placing Desk Based Modular Workstation With System Height - 750 Mm. -Legs Providing Metal Powder Coated Cube Leg Vertical (40X40Mm) Rigid Support (50X30Mm). Legs Are For Standard Workstation Height Of 750Mm. All Legs Have Levelling Screws For Adjustment In Case Of Uneven Floor. -Under Structure Made Up Of Metal Powder Coated Finish And The Entire Assembly Are Fixed To The Worktop. -Wire Management Will Be Provided With Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module, Considered For Power And Data Points. . (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Metal Modesty And Wooden Modesty Are Mounted On The Worktop Perforated With The Help Of The Modesty Mounting Brackets At 400 Mm From Ground. -Worksurface Of 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lipping Edge Banding Of Size 1500X 750 Mm For Main Table As Per Order. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Meeting Table Eight-Seater 2350 X 1150 Mm Work Top Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood; Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Access Panels Provided With Soft Closing Hinges. -Under-Structure Consists Of Mixture Of 25Mm And 18Mm Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood; Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Access Panels Provided With Soft Closing Hinges. Aluminium Alloy 63400 Or Equivalent - Wp Profile Is Added At Bottom Edges For Improving The Aesthetics. -Wire Management Will Be Provided With Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module, Considered For Power And Data Points. Beside Each Cut-Out, An Additional Cut-Out With Plate Is Provided For Mounting Audio-Visual Cables (E.G. Hdmi, Vga-A, Etc.) Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Table B Supplying And Placing In Position Main Table, Of Dimension 1800X2100X750 Mm. -Primary Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board With 0.4Mm Pvc. -Secondary Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board With 0.4Mm Pvc. -Under Structure Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High Quality Wood, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Integrated Pedestal Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping.  Drawer Fronts Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board With 0.4Mm Pvc Membrane Pressed On To Top. Pedestal Construction Is Box-Box-File Type Which Uses Powder Coated 400 Mm Long Metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer Extension Is 325 Mm. Drawers Have A Soft Closing & Anti Slam Mechanism. Handles Are Provided For Ease Of Opening. Pedestals Are Provided With Lock For Security. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Modular, Space-Optimizing Desk With Bench N (Three-Seater Curved) Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Desk Cum Bench N Seater Product Which Provides An Elegant, Modular Solution With 360-Degree Swivel Seat For Easy Entry/Exit And Height-Adjustable -Legs Are Made Of Ms Erw Or Equivalent Tube Section Of Size 75X25X2 Mm Thick Oval Tube With 5 Mm Thick Hr Bracket Sand 2Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Brackets On To The Tubes. -Assembly Is Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester. Leg Height Varies From 705 To 1005 In Pitch Of 50 As Per Layout. Sturdy Anchoring By Anchor Bolts On To Base Of 8Mm Thick Plate For Proper Resting Of Leg. Shoe Made Of Nylon Are Provided At The Bottom For Covering The Base Plate. -Two Side Clads Made Of E18 Mm Thick Plate With 0.8Mm Thick Pvc Lapping And On The Outside Covered With Welded Metal Structure Made Of 2 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester. -Worktop Are Made Of 25 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Board Of High-Quality Wood; All The Edge Of Work Surface Should Provide With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band Glued With Hot Melt Glue. -Seat Has Self-Closing Mechanism. Seat Under Structure Is Made From Combination Of Welded Fabricated Structure Of 5Mm Thick Hr And 8Mm Thick Ply With Moulded Pu Foam Of Density 55 Kg/Cu.Mtr. With Stitched Fabric Made Of Leatherette Or Foam Back Fabric. (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Seat Back Is Made From Combination Of 8Mm Thick Ply With Moulded Foam On Top Which In Turn Is Covered With Stitched Upholstery Made Leatherite As Per Or Foam Back Fabric. (Vendor To Submit Foam Density And Hardness Laboratory Test Certificate) -Seat Support Frame Is Made From Combination Of Ms Erw Or Equivalent Grade Tube Section Of Size 80X40X2.5 Mm Thick Rectangular Tube And Ms Erw Tube Section Of Size 48X19.1X2 Mm Thick Oval Tube Welded Together. Assembly Is Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester. -Modesty Is Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of High-Quality Wood, All The Edge Of Modesty Are Provided With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band Glue With Hot Melt Glue. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions . , Table C 1650X600X770Mm Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Conference Table With Product Size 1650 X 600 X 770Mm -Worktop Should Be Made Of 25Mm Thick High-Quality Wood, Edges Shall Be Provided With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping Glued With Hot Melt Eva Glue. -All Tables Are Provided With Heavy Duty Table Connector Made With Metal Integrated Engineering Plastic. -Modesty Should Be Made Of 15Mm High Quality Wood, Edges Shall Be Provided With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping Glued With Hot Melt Eva Glue. -Recta Table Modesty Is Provided With A Latch Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel And Is Powder Coated With Min 45-Micron Thickness Of Epoxy Polyester Coating. Latch Is Fixed With Knurled Bush Made Of 20Mm Dia Ms Rod In A Black Finish. Latch Can Be Used To Align Modesty If Two Or More Recta Tables Are Connected Side By Side. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Modesty Is Provided With Rubber Stopper Made Of Tpe Rubber To Reduce Banging While Folding Table. -Legs Should Be Made By Welding The Combination Of Ms Erw Or Equivalent Grade Round Tube Ø63.5 X 2Mm Thick, Flanges Made Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Sheet Of 1.6Mm Thick And 1.2Mm Thick Inside Plates Made Of Hr 5Mm Thick Sheet. Assembly Is Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Min 45 Micron). -Legs Are Provided With Casters Of Ø65 Mm Lockable Type For Ease Of Movement And Can Be Locked When Required At Any Position. Each Castor Is Also Provided With 2 Knurled Disk Of 50Mm Dia And 5 Mm Thick Made Of Ms Bar With Zn Black Finish For Levelling Adjustment Of 10Mm.. -Table Top Connected With Spring Loaded Mechanism With Pull Handle Made Of Ms Erw Ø16X1.2Mm Thick With An Insert Tube Of Ø12.7X1.6Mm Thick Tube. Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated (Min 45 Micron) To Operate Table Top. (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) -Table Top With Modesty Folds Upside At Offset Centre Pivot Provided On Support Bracket Which Is Aluminium Alloy Pressure Die Cast Part Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coat (Min 45 Micron). Modesty Is Connected To Worktop With 90 Deg Rotating Hinge Made Of Engineering Plastic. -All Type Of Tables Are Provided With Power Box Which Has Two Universal Power Socket Of 2 Annual Periodical Maintenance Each, One Switch Of16 Annual Periodical Maintenance And 1 Fuse Of 4 Annual Periodical Maintenance With 1000Mm Cable With Male And Female Gst Connector. -All Tables Are Provided With Wire Channel And Wire Clip Made Of 1.2Mm Thick Spring Steel And Is Powder Coated With Min 45 Micron Thickness Of Epoxy Polyester Coating (Vendor To Submit Powder Coating Laboratory Test Certificate) Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Workstation L Type Providing And Placing Desk Based Modular Workstation With System Height - 1200 Mm. -Partial Screens: Fabric T- Mould, 19Mm Thick Screen Of 450Mm Ht., Mounted On Studs. -Legs Providing Metal Powder Coated Cube Leg. Legs Are For Standard Workstation Height Of 750Mm. -Under Structure Made Up Of Metal Powder Coated Finish And The Entire Assembly Is Fixed To The Worktop. -Wire Management Will Be Provided With Electric Switch Plate Of 8+3 Module, Considered For Power And Data Points. -Worksurface Of 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lapping Edge Banding Of Size 1500X1500X600 Mm. -Metal And Wooden Modesty Are Mounted On The Worktop With The Help Of The Modesty Mounting Brackets. -Nova Free Standing Pedestal With Flat Metal Front Of Size 390W X 435D X 646Ht, 1Dr = 1 Box + 1 File, Central Locking. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Workstation 2 -900X600Mm Providing And Placing High-Functionality, Modular Office Workstation System & Tile Based Modular Workstation, With Partition Thickness As 52.4 Mm Thick And Ht - 1200 Including Powder Coated Aluminium Trims. -Fin Are 22.5 Mm Thick Panel Which Are 18 Mm Thick Ply Boards Wrapped With Fabric At Intermediate Level. Top Block Finished In Fabric Finish. Bottom Block Is Finished In Metal Finish. -Wire Management: Wires Shall Be Taken Into The System Through Cable Ducts From The Junction Boxes And It Is Carried Up To The Panels Through Concealed Conduits Inside The Blocks. -Half Screen With Frame At Intermediate Position Between 2 People And At The End Above Worktop In Fabric Finish. -Metal Powder Coated Legs At The End And Shared Condition. System Shall Also Have 120 Mm High Powder Coated Standalone Panel Legs To Give The System An Elevated Look. All Partitions And Side Panels Have Levelling Screws For Adjustment In Case Of Uneven Floor -Work Surface Of 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lapping Edge Banding Of Size 900 Mm W1 X600 Mm D As Per Order. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Workstation 3- 900X600Mm Providing And Placing High-Functionality, Modular Office Workstation System & Tile Based Modular Workstation, With Partition Thickness As 52.4 Mm Thick And Ht - 1050Mm Including Powder Coated Aluminium Trims. -Fin Are 22.5 Mm Thick Panel Which Are 18 Mm Thick Ply Boards Wrapped With Fabric At Intermediate Level. Bottom Block Is Finished In Metal Finish. -Wire Management: Wires Shall Be Taken Into The System Through Cable Ducts From The Junction Boxes And It Is Carried Up To The Panels Through Concealed Conduits Inside The Blocks. -Half Screen With Frame At Intermediate Position Between 2 People And At The End Above Worktop In Fabric Finish. -Metal Powder Coated Legs At The End And Shared Condition. System Shall Also Have 120 Mm High Powder Coated Standalone Panel Legs To Give The System An Elevated Look. All Partitions And Side Panels Have Levelling Screws For Adjustment In Case Of Uneven Floor -Work Surface Of 25 Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Flat Pvc Lapping Edge Banding Of Size 900 Mm W1 X600 Mm D As Per Order. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions. , Main Table 1650 X 750, Eru- 1200W X 450D With Pedestal Modular Desk-Based System Of Height 750 Mm. -Cube Legs Are Fabricated By Argo Shield & Have A Square Section. Cube Legs(40X40Mm) And Rigid Support (50X30Mm) Are Available For Work Top Level 750 Mm From Base. -Wire Management: Single Power Box With Raiser For Manager Modules, Single Tables (8+3 Anchor Roma). Soft Closing Access Flap With Brush. -Metal Modesty Is Made From 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel. Metal Modesty Is Mounted On The Worktop With The Help Of The Modesty Mounting Brackets. -Worktop Of 25Mm Thick Prelaminated Particle Board With Pvc Lapping. -Nova Free Standing Pedestal With Flat Metal Front Of Size 390X435X646 Mm, 1Dr = 1 Box + 1 File, Central Locking. Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions , Modular, Space-Optimizing Desk Legs Are Made Of Ms Erw Or Equivalent Grade Tube Section Of Size 75X25X2 Mm Thick Oval Tube With 5 Mm Thick Hr Brackets And 2Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Brackets Welded On To The Tubes. Assembly Is Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester. Leg Height Varies From 705 To 1005 In Pitch Of 50 As Per Layout. Sturdy Anchoring By Anchor Bolts On To Base Of 8Mm Thick Plate For Proper Resting Of Leg. -Shoe Made Of Nylon Are Provided At The Bottom For Covering The Base Plate. -Two Side Clads Made Of 18 Mm Thick Plate With 0.8Mm Thick Pvc Lapping And On The Outside Covered With Welded Metal Structure Made Of 2 Mm Thick Crca Or Equivalent Grade Steel Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester. -Worktop Are Made Of 25 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Board Of El-P2 Grade And Approved Shade. All The Edge Of Work Surface Are Provided With Machine Pressed 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band Glued With Hot Melt Glue. -Modesty Is Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of E1-P2 Grade And Approved Shade. All The Edge Of Modesty Are Provided With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Edge Band Glue With Hot Melt Glue As Per Order. -Vendor Should Submit Detail Shop Drawing With All Dimensions.
Contract Date: Jun 06, 2026 Contract Value : 6.64 Crore
Government Departments No of Bidders 8
Maharashtra View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 1.22 Crore
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 1
Maharashtra View Result →
9.
Defence #10735412 AOC
Tender For Comprehensive Maintenance Of Otm Accn At Dscc Under Ge Dronachal; 1 Demolition of Brick or Stone Masonry built in cement mortar etc completecomplete all as specified and directed. 2 M & L for brickwork with Fly ash Bricks, in straight or curved on plan exc 6m mean radius, built in CM 1:6 complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 3 M & L for brickwork with sub-class `B` bricks, straight or curved on plan to any radius in half brick thick walls built in CM 1:4 complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 4 Demolition of cement concrete in ground floor, (unreinforced) paving nexc 15 cm thick (below or above GL) incl tiling if any complete all as specified and directed 5 M&L forcement concrete 1:4:8 type D-2 (using 40 mm graded stone agg) as infoundation, filling, subbase and mass concrete complete all as specified & directed. 6 M & L PCC (1:3:6) type C-2 using 40mm graded stone aggregate 75 mm thick as in plinth protection finished fair even laid in bays n.exc 2m in length and joints filled with bitumen mastic 1:3 complete all as specified and directed 7 Demolition of stone slabs and tiles of any description or thickness in floors, aprons etc laid bedded and pointed in any mortar complete all as specified and directed. 8 M & L for Non-Skid coloured ceramic tiles 7 to 8mm thick (square/rectangular) area of each tiles exceeding 0.11sqm but not exceeding 0.18 sqm in floors etc set and jointed in neat cement slurry and pointed in white or coloured cement to match with colour of tiles over and incliding screed bed 15mm in CM (1:4) complete all as specified and directed. 9 M&L glazed ceramic colour tiles, in vertical surfaces350x 250x 7 mm/ 450X 350X 7mm thick thick set and jointed in neat cement slurry and pointed in white or colou cement to match fixed over 10mm thick CM (1:3) as in backing coat complete all as specified and directed. 10 M&L for Vitrified ceramic coloured light shade 10mm thick(square/rectangular) polished,area of each tile not exceeding 0.36 Sqm as in floors over and including 20mm thick screed bed in CM 1:6 etc set and jointed in neat cement slurry and pointed in white or coloured cement to match the shades of tiles complete all as specified& directed 11 M&L for Vitrified ceramic coloured light shade 10mm thick(square/rectangular) polished,area of each tile not exceeding 0.36 Sqm on vertical surfaces such as skirting, dado and risers to steps etc over & including 10 mm thick rendering in CM 1:4 set& jointed in neat cement slurry & pointed in white or coloured cement to match complete all as specified & directed. 12 M&L Sand filling under floor/pavementor in foundation including watering and consolidation 13 M&L machine pressed precast concrete interlocking paver block in any shape and size confirming to IS-15658-2006of 60 mm thickness M-35 grade with grey cement andpigment (reflective type) complete all as specified and as directed. 14 M&L Granite of 20mm thick (of any type and colour) work (table rubbed/grinding/ moulding and polished) in steps,jambs,pillars, window cills,cooking platforms, wash basin counter and likeover and icluding 20 mm screed bed in CM 1:3all as specified and directed. 15 M&LPCC 1:2:4 type B1(using 20mm graded stone aggregate) in roof kerbs or mud stops, rounded or chamfered on edges in lintels upto 1.5m clear span, cills, steps; seismic and other similar bands, plinth courses, string courses, lacing courses, parapets and railings upto 60 cm in height, copings, kneelers, apex stones, bed plates, water troughs, mass filling/ levelling coarse as it bedding coarse and the like including weathering, slightly rounded or chamfered angles and throating, as directed complete all as specified and directed 16 M&L for Taking down of cement plaster in any description on brick or stone wall etc., incl hacking out joints for key scrubbing down with water etc. all as specified and directed 17 M&L for 20 mm thick rendering in CM 1: 4 on faces of brick or concrete surface, shall be done in two coats comprising 5mm thick in CM 1:4 mixed with water proofing compound @3% by weight of cement and over a backing coat of 15mm thick in CM 1:4and finished with trowel to an even and smooth surfaces without using any extra cement complete all as specified and directed.Note : Water proofing compound shall be measured and paid in respective item 18 Supply only Integral water proofing compound 19 M&L for 15 mm thick renderingbrick or concrete surface in CM 1: 6 finishing the surfaces fair & even without using extra cement complete all as specified and directed. 20 M&L for 10mm thick rendering onfair faces of brick or concrete surface in cm 1:3 finishing the surfaces fair & even without using extra cement as in ceiling complete all as specified and directed. 21 M & L Preparation of new plastered surface wall and applying two coat of Exterior weather proof water base emulsion paint over a coat of white cement basedputty complete all as specified and directed. 22 M & L for preparation of newly plastered surfaces of wall and applying two coats of acrylic washable distemper over a coat of chalk whiting, on plastered surfaces, preparatory to distempering complete all as specified and directed by the Engr-in Charge. 23 M&L for prepration of new ceiling surfaces, applying 3coat of white wash on ceiling all as specified. 24 Taking down chowkats or frames with shutters (without taking off shutters from the frames) not exc. 1.5 sq. m each complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 25 Taking down chowkats or frames with shutters (without taking off shutters from the frames) exc. 1.5 sq. m but not exc 4 sq. m each complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 26 Taking down and re-fixing of old aluminum doors Shutter in same opening with necessary required repairs and fittings including galss rubber bedding door frame rubber bedding and glazing clips(Glass pan, floor hydraulic spring handles, mortice lock and tower bolt will be measured and paid separately) area exc 1.50 sqm but n.exc 4.00 sqm each 27 S&F Solid PVC door frame of size 50 mm x 47 mm made out of 5 mm plain colour PVC sheet reinforced with MS square tube supplying and fixing in opening as per specification and drawing complete all as specified. 28 Factory made solid panel PVC door shutter 30 mm thick (style) consisting of frame made out of MS tube for top and bottom rails.MS frame shall be covered with heat moulded plain colour PVC C channel having a PVC sheet strip of 20mm width stuck inside with solovent cement for stiles and plain colour PVC sheet for top rail, lock rail and bottom rail on either side & as gap insert for top rail and bottom rail, panelling of plain colour PVC sheet to be fitted in M.S. frame welded sealed to the stiles and rail with suitable PVC sheet beading and jointed together with solvent cement supply and fixing in the frame at site as per specification and drawing. 29 S&F Powder Coated (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) Anodised aluminium frame for doors, windows, ventilators with one or more rebates including joining cleat for fixing etc.complete all as specified and as directed. 30 Hacking out old glass (any thickness size quality or description) from wooden frame or stone, concrete or brick surrounds glazed with putty or fixed with beads all as specified and directed. 31 S&F 3 mm thick sheet glass ordinary quality and glazing with oil putty in square n.exc .50 sqm in each panels complete all as specified and directed 32 S&F 4.8 mm thick sheet glass ordinary quality and glazing with oil putty in square n.exc .50 sqm in each panels complete all as specified and directed 33 M&L12mm thick Prelaminated particle board, exterior grade,prelaminated both side with decorative choice lamination , fixed to aluminium door, partitions complete all as specified and as directed. 34 S&F in repairs galvanised mild steel wire cloth 0.56 mm nominal dia of wire and average width of aperure 1.180 mm and fixed and with tinned tacks or galvanised wire staples, complete all as specified. 35 S&F Door closer hydraulically regulated, designation No. 3, universal type, suitable for door shutters of 851 to 1000 mm in width and of weight between 61 to 80 kgaluminium extruded section body complete all as specified and as directed. 36 S&F for floor door stopper of 140mm long cover plate of aluminium alloy body and tongue anodised with hard drawn steel spring, fixed in floor complete all as specified and directed 37 S&F for 150 mm aluminium handles, cast type, anodised complete all as specified. 38 S&F for ISI Marked 200mm long aluminium, anodized, barrel tower bolts of extruded section complete all as specified. 39 S&F 300mm long aluminium allooy anodised sliding door bolts with hasp and staple (bolt type) & fixing clip of sheet cast or extruded section & fixing bolt & sliding bolts of extruded section or cast aluminium alloy complete all as specified and directed. 40 S&F for 100mm Mild steel butt hinge complete all as specified and directed. 41 S&F 4-levers Aluminium Mortice lock, vertical type, size 100 mm complete all as specified and directed 42 M&L Double action floor spring hydraulically regulated made up of minimum 1.25 mm thick aluminium alloy sheet foundation box, main body with stainless steel cover, governing pivot made of brass, other parts made of mild steel heavy duty and fixed complete all as specified and directed. 43 S&F Solar control film 25 micron reflective type sticked to glass panes as per instructions of manufacturers complete all as specified. 44 Dismantling of wall and celing hard boards/AC sheets and plywood in any thickness & any positionincluding cover filletscomplete all as specified and directed 45 S & F Anodised aluminium snap grid of size 605 x 605mm frame work for false ceiling all as specifiedcomplete all as specified and as directed. 46 M&L Exposed metal frame ceiling with calcium silicate board of siliceous and calcareous material reinforced with cellulose fibre for fixing in 600 mm x 600mm grid (Frame work for ceiling shall be measured and paidseparately) complete all as specified and directed 47 Dismantling asbestos cement (corrugated, semi corrugated, etc.) sheets in roof coverings complete all as spfd. 48 Dismantling timber scantlings 40 sq. cm and over in section, for unframed work in any position complete all as specified and as directed. 49 S&F steel work as in rafter, purlins, posts tubular (round/square/rectangular shape of pipes as approved by Engr-In-Charge) including postspecial shaped washers etc complete incl necessary nut bolts wind ties and gusset plates etc using ERW or induction butt welded tubes conformining to IS 1161-1998 grade St-240 Complete all as specified and as directed. 50 S&F pre- painted galvalume aluminum zinc coating GI Based corrugated steelsheeting 0.50mm thick of an colour having tensile strength of 550 Mpa as in roof covering / cladding to wall, chajjas,fixedwith self tapping screws complete all as specified & directed 51 S&F in repair 6mm thick coloured polyicarbonate sheet (ISI marked) with shelf drilling steel screw with washer on roof and joint of two sheet will be filled with silicon weather proof sealent and cover with aluminum strip of size of 50x3 mm top and bottom and fixed with shelf drilling steel screw with washer on roof complete all as specified and directed. 52 S&F in repair for 3 mm thick Fibre glass reinforced translucent corrugated sheeting with two corrugations side lap fixed with bolts and washer in roof, wall etc complete all as specified. 53 Taking up or down 15mm bore steel tubing and connections, including cleaning for refixing or removal to store complete all as specified. 54 Supplying and laying of GI tubing Dia 15mm medium weight incl fittings on walls / ceilings or Laying in floors complete all as specified. 55 Taking up or down 20mm mm bore steel tubing and connections, including cleaning for refixing or removal to store complete all as specified. 56 Supplying and laying of GI tubing Dia 20mm medium weight incl fittings on walls / ceilings or Laying in floors complete all as specified. 57 Taking up or down 25mm mm bore steel tubing and connections, including cleaning for refixing or removal to store complete all as specified. 58 Supplying and laying of GI tubing Dia 25mm medium weight incl fittings on walls / ceilings or Laying in floors complete all as specified. 59 S&F 25mm bore gun metal, globe or gate valve with iron wheel head, screwed both ends for iron pipes and fixed complete all as specified and directed. 60 S & F in repair of ISI marked 15mm bore stop valves/angle valve concealed fancy type cast copper alloy, chromium plated with long shank and cup , screwed down high pressure with crutch or butterfly handle, screwed both ends for iron pipe or for unions and fixed complete all as specified. 61 S&F 15 mm Pillar taps, cast copper alloy, chromium plated fancy type, chromium plated, screwed down high pressure, with or without letter hot or cold with long screwed shanks and fly nuts, screwed for iron pipe and fixing complete all as specified and directed by engr in charge.Make : Prayag or equivalent 62 Supply and fixing in repair for ISI marked 15mm bore, fancy type bib tap of chromium plated with crutch or butterfly handle, screwed down, screwed for iron pipe or for brass ferrule complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 63 S & F in repairs Brass chromium plated shower rose 125mm size with or without swivel joints, including fixing to steel pipe or union complete all as specified and as directed. 64 S & F for in repair soap dish, any type, fixed to plugs with chromium plated brass screws complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 65 S&F brass chromium plated tubular towel ring complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 66 S & Fbrass chromium plated tubular towel rail, 20mm dia, D type, 60cm long between flanges complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 67 S&F in repair for vitreous China wash basin, white, flat back, size 450x300mm including PVC connections 15mm size with PTMT nuts of length 450mm,waste coupling, 40mm pvc waste pipe of suitable length, brackets,and cutting for and pinning in ends of brackets or erecting stand complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 68 S&F in repair vitrous china white oval type under counter WHB of size not less than 195x600x425mm of first quality fixed all as specified and directed. 69 S & F in repairs Vitreous China squatting pan, `Orissa` pattern, size 580 x 440 mm white, with integral foot rests (excluding flushing cistern and flush pipe) with PVC SWR P or S trap complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 70 S&F in repair vitreous china wash down water closed pan (pedestal Pattern), white (excluding fixing bolts, flushing cistern and flush pipe) and including plastic seat cover complete all as specified and directed. 71 Supply and Fixing in repairs for 10 ltrs capacity PVC Valveless, syphonic action type, flushing cistern, low level, white, with inlet, ball valve, float and handle including brackets flushing cistern, PVC flushing pipe of suitable length and PVC connection 450mm long. complete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 72 S&F in repair Vitreous China Urinal, Half stall type,white (excluding flushing cistern, flush pipe and waste pipe) including urinal spreader complete all as specified and directed. 73 S & F 110mm bore PVC (SWR) pipes single socketed, in any length with rubber ring joints,fixed to wall with PVC clamps complete all as specified. 74 S & F 75mm bore PVC (SWR) pipes single socketed, in any length with rubber ring joints, laid in trenches or in floorss complete all as specified. 75 Supply & Fixing repair PVC Bath Cabinet mirrorcomplete all as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge 76 S&F in repair brass CPwall mixer for mixinghot and cold water screwed down for iron pipe and fixed. 77 S&F in repair brass CP centre hole mixer for (WHB) mixinghot and cold water screwed down for iron pipe and fixed 78 S&F in repair waste coupling 40mmsuitable size for kitchen sink of PTMT (half or full threaded) complete all as specified and directed 79 S&Fin repair40mm bore PVC waste pipe for kitchen sink one mtr long complete all as specified and directed. 80 S&F in repair 32mm bore PVC waste pipe for wash basin one mtr long complete all as specified and directed. 81 S&Fin repair 100mm dia CPgrating (Minimum weight 25 gms) all as specified and directed. 82 S&Fin repair PVC connection 15 mm size with PTMT nuts of length 600 mm all as specified and directed. 83 S&F in repair Plastic water closet seat,closed pattern with flat bottom, and cover and mild steel chromium plated or aluminised hinging device complete all as specified and directed. 84 S&F in repair 600mmx450mm bevelled edge mirror of selected quality glass, mounted on 6mm thick AC building board or commercial plywood and fixed to wooden plugs with chromium plated brass screws and cup washers complete all as spfd & directed 85 S&F in repair for replacement of Jet spray with holder on EWC in repairs all as specifie and directed complete Make : As per sample approved by GE 86 S&F in repair health faucets CP with 1.2 mtr long CP flexible pipe complete all as specified and as directed. 87 S&F in repair two way C.P. Bib cock 15mm dia complete all as specified and as directed. 88 Dismantling water tank capacity exc 500 ltrs but nexc 1000 ltrs and removing to stores complete all as specified and directed 89 Hoisting & Fixing 500 Ltr rotational moulded polyethylene water stotage tanks(cylinderical verticle with closed top) hoisted & fixed in position complete all as specified and directed. 90 Hoisting & Fixing 1000 Ltr rotational moulded polyethylene water stotage tanks(cylinderical verticle with closed top) hoisted & fixed in position complete all as specified and directed. 91 M & L for preparation of old plastered surfaces of wall and applying two coats of distempering with 1st quality acrylic distemper (ready mixed) having VOC content less than 50 gms/litre, of approved manufacturer, of required sharde & colour, as per manufacturers specification over a coat of 1mm thick putty complete all as specified and directed by the Engr-in Charge. 92 M & L for preparation of old plastered/unplastered surfaces of Ceiling and applying two coats of distempering with 1st quality acrylic distemper (ready mixed) having VOC content less than 50 gms/litre, of approved manufacturer, of required sharde & colour, as per manufacturers specification over a coat of 1mm thick putty complete all as specified and directed by the Engr-in Charge. 93 M&L for preparation of old plastered/unplastered and applying Two or more coats of 100% Premium acrylic emulsion paint having VOC less than 50 gm/litre and UV resistance as per IS 15489:2004, Alkali & fungal resistance, dirt resistance exterior paint of required shade (Company Depot Tinted) with silicon additives @ 1.43 litre/ 10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 0.90 litre/ 10 sqm over new surfaces and providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 1 mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete all as specified and directed. 94 M&L preparation of old surface of ceiling and applying Two coat white wash complete all as specified and as directed 95 S & F Solid PVC Wall Lining consisting of 5mm thick Plain colour PVC sheet inclusive of solvent cement and fixing at site on PVC frame with5mm thick PVC sheet fillet of width 35mm for wall paneling inclusive of fixing on to wall to make PVC Frame complete all as specified 96 M&L Preparation of old decorated surfaces of wall/ceiling including brooming , scraping down. Smoke spot, moss, efflorescent salts, trading oil, grasy spotsand removing stopping nails and applying two coat of plastic emulsion on walls/ceiling over primer and a coat of 1mm thick white cement based wall care putty all around including complete sanding of existing surface treatment with sand paper or iron patti / flat / mechanical sanding machine complete all as specified and directed. 97 M&L for Preparation of old painted surfaces of Steel/ steel based materials exc 10cm width or girth and applying one coat of synthetic enamel paint as directed and specified. 98 M&L for preparations ofold wooden surfaces of any description over 10 cm width or girth and applying one coat of synthetic enamel paints all as specified and directed. 99 Waterproofing of terrace with Dr. Fixit HydroShield PUD Plus OR Asian SmartCare PU Magnaum Product code 5662 OR Berger PU RoofKoat 100 (A) Surface Preparation(i) All surfaces should be dry and free from contamination such as oil, grease, loose particles, decayed matter, moss, algal growth, laitance and all traces of shutter release oils and curing compounds.(ii) All loose and de-bonded concrete/ screed shall be removed and proper repairing to be carried with polymer modified mortar. Washing the roof-terrace surface and making it dust free.(iii) The careful sealing of existing cracks & joints before the application is extremely important for log lasting waterproofing results. Clean concrete cracks / hairline cracks, of dust, residue or other condemnation. Fill all prepared cracks with acrylic flexible crack filler Dr. Fixit Cracks-X Paste OR Asian SmartCare CrackSeal OR Berger Homeshield Crackfill Paste.(iv) Cracks more than 5mm fill all repaired with Polymer modified cement sand mortar in the ratio of 1:3 duly admix with Dr. Fixit Pidicrete URP OR equivalent product in Asian Paints OR Berger Homeshield Latex Plus @ 10% by weight of cement.(v) Pre wet the surface prior to application of primer and allow surface water to evaporate to make surface saturated dry (SSD) condition 101 (B) Bond Coat(i) Applying Dr Fixit Pidicrete URP OR equivalent product in Asian Paints OR Berger Homeshield Latex Plus a SBR latex based bonding chemical used for repairs & waterproofing, at a ratio 1:1 one part chemical one part cement. Make sure bond coat is done properly and spreader evenly to the entire surface with brush or roller. 102 (C) Pre-Coat Application(i) Applying one coat of Dr. Fixit Pidicrete URP OR equivalent product in Asian Paints OR Berger Homeshield Latex Plus with cement @ 1:1.5 one part chemical, one and a half part cement and lay 45 GMS fiber mesh on still wet coat of URP. Make sure fiber mesh sticks to the surface evenly. 103 (D) Primer Application(i) Apply one coat of acrylic based primer Dr. Fixit Primeseal Primer OR Asian PU Magnum Resin & Asian PU Magnum Hardner OR Berger SealOPrime (diluted with water in the ratio of 2:1) spreading at the rate of 8-10 /Sq.mt /Litre. Allow the primer to air cure for 4-6 hours.(E) Coating Application(i) Stir well before use. Apply 1st coat of Dr. Fixit HydroShield PUD plus OR Asian SmartCare PU Magnum Product 5662 OR Berger PU RoofKoat without dilution spreading at the rate of 0.70/litre/Sq.mt/Coat until all surface is covered. 104 (E) Coating Application (Contd(ii) Allow the first coat to dry for approximately 4-6 hours before applying the 2nd coat at 90° to the first coat and 3rd coat at 90° to the second coat. Ensure there are no pinholes or air bubbles on the membrane surface. (iii) Apply second coat of Dr. Fixit HydroShield PUD Plus OR Asian SmartCare PU Magnum Product 5662 OR Berger PU RoofKoat without dilution spreading at the rate of 0.70/litre/Sq.mt/ Coat. Ensure there are no pinholes or air bubbles on the membrane. (iv) Apply third coat of Dr. Fixit HydroShield PUD Plus OR Asian SmartCare PU Magnum Product 5662 OR Berger PU RoofKoat without dilution spreading at the rate of 0.70/litre/Sq.mt/ Coat to achieve total dry film thickness of 800 to 1000 microns at forced coverage @ 2- 2.1 /litre/Sq.mt in 3 coats. Ensure there are no pinholes or air bubbles on the membrane. (v) Make sure glass fibre mesh is completely embedded. Surface should be smooth after the application. Check to see no void surface is left untreated / uncoated.(vi) All the concrete / masonry pedestals present on the roof, constructed for supporting the water tanks or pipe lines or dish antenna/solar panel, etc., also should be coated with extra coat of same material incorporating reinforcing fabric.(vii) Allow the system to air cure for 7 days prior to carry out ponding test.Note:- System comes with 10 years waterproofing warranty from Manufacturer or Authorized Applicator. 105 Taking down copper/aluminium point wiring (light, fan, socket or power) complete, including fixture and fittings such as switches, ceiling roses, pendants, regulators, sockets, light fitting etc. removing materials to store for keeping in safe custody or for taking credit (credit for above items should be made as per conditions separately) and making good disturbed surfaces of walls, floors, etc. complete all as specified and as directed. 106 M&L for point wiring with and incl 1.5 sqmm (nominal area) PVC insulated multi-stranded copper conductor FRLSH in and incl PVC casing and capping ISI marked 20/30 mm size or as required at site incl with its fittings and fixture such as tees, bends, elbows and juction boxes all moduler type surface mountingetc with 1.5 Sqmm copper conductor cable green in colour as earth continuity conductor connected to main earthing and common earth terminal complete all asspecified and directed.Note :- Modular PVC Surfacemounting boxes and for mounting switch ,socket withmodular frame plate and covercomplete all as specified and directed 107 (a) One light/Fan/Exhaust fan point controlled by one switch. 108 (b) One 3 pin socket outlet 5 Amps on independent board. 109 (c)One 3 pin socket outlet on same board. 110 M&L for wiring complete 2.5 Sq.mm single core multi standard copper conductor FRLS PVC insulated 650/1100 Volts drawn through non metalic rigid PVC casing capping including necessary accessories like bends lees and elbows etc fixed on wall/ceiling including sunken type pressed steel terminal boxes of suitable size with plastic laminated white/coloured top sheet cover 2 mm thick including 1.5 Sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper green wire for earth wire complete for 3/5 pin 15 Amps switch socket combination complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 111 S&F in repairs modular switch flush single pole one way 6 Amps. 112 S&F in repairs socketmodular outlet 5 pin with gang box 6 Amps 113 S&F in repairs socket modular outlet 5 pin 15 Amp with gang box multipurpose. 114 S&F in repairs modular switch flush single pole one way 15/20 Amps. 115 S&F in repairs sheet metalsingle pole and neutral encloserwith a two pin and earth plug and socket complete with one MCB SPN 20 amps, 240 V. 116 S & F in repairs Modular AC Box With 20A SP MCB, Metal Enclosure & Unbreakable Heavy Duty With ISI Plug Top 117 Supply and fixing in repair of MCCB forDPX 415 Volts 100 Amps 4 pole with breaking capacity of 25 KALegrand/ Schinider/ C&S 118 Supply & Fixingin repairs MCB DB TPN 415 Volts 200 Amps rated bus bar having 4 way single door shutter. 119 Supply & Fixingin repairs MCB DB SPN240 Volts 200 Amps rates bus bar having 4 way double door shutter. 120 Supply & Fixing in repairs MCB DB SPN 240 Volts 200 Amps rates bus bar having 8 way double door shutters. 121 S&F in repairs MCB TPN 415 Volts of capacity 63 Amps complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 122 S&F in repairs MCB SPN 240 Volts of capacity 40 Amps complete allas directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 123 S&F in repairs MCB SP 240 Volts of capacity 5 to 30 Amps complete allas directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 124 S&F sub main wiring4 Sqmm with three runs of 4 sqmm single core multi stranded copper conductor in PVC conduit including all fitting fixed on wall/ceiling including4 Sqmm PVC insulated copper earth wire connected to earth including taking down, complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 125 S&F sub main wiring6 Sqmm with three runs of 6 sqmm single core multi stranded copper conductor in PVC conduint including all fitting fixed on wall/ceiling including6 Sqmm PVC insulated copper earth wire connected to earth including taking down, complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 126 Supply & fix in repairs recess mounted LED 15 Watt Ultra slim recess-mounting round LED downlighter designed with excellent thermally managed aluminium pressure die-cast housing with heat-dissipating fins for larger surface area finished in epoxy powder-coated white to deliver high-efficacy light output and uniformity, utilising edge-lit technology. 127 Supply & fix in repairs ceiling mounted LED light fitting 36 Watt Recess-mounting ultra-slim LED 2x2 edge-lit tile in aluminium extruded housing with full opal diffuser suitable for perfect lighting conditions for most varied visual tasks in offices and general areas complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. . 128 Supply & fixin repairsceiling mounted LED light fitting 36 Watt surface panel ultra-slim LED 2x2 edge-lit tile in aluminium extruded housing with full opal diffuser suitable for perfect lighting conditions for most varied visual tasks in offices and general areas complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. . 129 S&F in repairs LED flood light fitting 150 watt LED floodlight luminaire High-efficiency IP65 innovative LED floodlight with pressure die-cast aluminium housing and toughened glass in the front with unique flood optics to ensure uniform distribution and savings upto 50% as compared to conventional system 130 Supply & fixin repairs Wall mounted LED - 20 W Linear Aluminium High Lumens output LED batten made from aluminium extruded channel, powder coated with opaque diffuser for glare free light complete with accessories all as specified and directed. 131 Supply & fix in repairs Wall mounted LED batten 10 watt LED - Linear Batten made from Polymer extruded channel, with opaque diffuser for glare free light, complete with accessories all as specified and directed. 132 S&F in repairs LED lamp 9/10 W, 230VAC, 50Hz, cool white single phase with all fitting and fixing accessories complete all as specified and directed. 133 S&F in repairs LED inverter lamp 20 W, 230VAC, 50Hz, cool white single phasewith all fitting and fixing accessories complete all as specified and directed. 134 S & F in repairs modular stepped type electronic fan regulator flush type on the existingphenolic laminated sheet etc. as reqd 135 S&F in replacement piano type switch single pole 230 volt flush type 5 Amps 136 S&Freplacement piano type switch single pole 230 volt flush type 16 Amps.(Normal switch) 137 S&F in replacement switch socket combination withpvc gangbox 6/16 Amp as per existing ISI mark.(Normal type) 138 S&F in replecement switch socket combination with pvc gangbox6 Amp as per existing ISI mark. 139 Supply and fixing in ,replacement ELCB 63 Amps, 4 pole 140 S & F in repairs Modular Metal flush box 3 module 141 S & F in repairsModular White cover plate 3 module 142 S & F in repairs Modular Metal flush box 6 module 143 S & F in repairsModular White cover plate 6 module 144 S& Fin replacement of PVC 3 Pin plug top 15 Amp complete as specified 145 S& Fin replacement of PVC 3 Pin plug top 5 Amp complete as specified 146 S&F energy saving and enviornment friendly long life LED security light fitting 1 x 36W LED, versatile, pressure die cast aluminium IP-66 protection with high power LED as light source and arcylic cover etc incl all accessories prewired complete including mounting on bracket and necessary connection to ceiling rose etc & suitable bolts and nuts with washers, connecting with PVC insulated multi stranded copper flexible cable of size 0.5 Sqmm three core from ceiling rose to fittingincluding taking down the old one, complete all as specified and directed. 147 M & L for Servicing of1200/1400 mm ceiling Fan by dismantling carefully and taking out unserviceable parts, dust & grease, cleaning of internal parts with kerosene oil, washing, checking of alignment of shaft, oiling and re-greasing of bearing/bushes and painting including replacing of un serviceable part like bearing gun metal bush condensor of suitable capacity and re-assembling the same and complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 148 M & L for Servicing of 250/300/350mm Exhaust Fan by dismantling carefully and taking out unserviceable parts, dust & grease, cleaning of internal parts with kerosene oil, washing, checking of alignment of shaft, oiling and re-greasing of bearing/bushes including replacing of un serviceable part like bearing gun metal bush condensor of suitable capacity and re-assembling the same and complete all as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 149 Supply and fix building security light bracket, bend to 120 degree angle, made out of 32 mm bore, galvanised iron, light grade tubing (approx 1.2 mtr in length) including necessary two nos suitable size of clamps with nuts, bolts and washers, etc.and two coats of synthetic enameled paint over a coat of red oxide primer including taking down the old unserviceable one complete all as specified and directed. 150 Earthing complete with galvanized steel earth plate electrode 60 cm x 60cmx 6.3mm thick buried direcly in ground vertically to a depth not less than 2.25 meters below normal ground level with the top edge of earth plate not less than 1.5 meters below ground level connected to galvanized iron wire of4 mm dia by means of bolts, nuts, check nuts and washers made out of galvanised iron or steel and earth wire protected by galvanized pipe light grade 40 mm bore and thorugh test point including necessary earth work and excavation in any type of strata, andGI light grade 20mm bore watering pipe with funnel and wire mesh, PCC 1:2:4 type B1 chamber with 40mm thick RCC 1:2:4 type B1 design mix cover slab with 6mm kdia MS bars at 100mm c/c both ways with MS Hook 6mm dia MS bars etc complete 151 M&L earthing complete with copper plate of 60×60cm ×3.15mm thick electrode and 20×3mm copper strip as earthing lead electrode buried in ground vertically not less than 2.25mtrs deep below ground level with top edge of the plate not less than 1.5mtrs below ground level withcopper strip 20 x 3 mm as earthing lead including necessary excavation and earth work (in any of strata) providing charcoal dust, salt mixedin continuous layer 15 CM all around the plate and balance pit will be filled with vigitable soil approved byengineer in charge, PCC (1:3:6 ) type C1 in chember ,Precast 50 mm thick in cement ( 1: 2:4) type B.1 with CI framewith cover, 20mm dia bore light grade GI watering pipe furnel etc fixing of GI Pipe of suitable size protection for earthing lead from earth pit to test point complete & making connection 152 M&L for installing and commissioning Copper coatedChemical Earthing electrode oflength 3 mtr, inner dia of 40 mm and outer pipe of dia 76 mm with minimum thickness of 250 micron, after boring 20 metre deep, 150 mm in diain hard/soft soil with help of boring machine,filling the bore hole withblack cotton soil upto 17 mtrs level i.e below the electrode bottom level, filling remaining portion by pouring suitable chemical bentonide compoundduly mixed with water and filling earth enhancement material (minimum approx. 30 kg) into the augured hole in slurry form and allowed to set, covering of the composite structure (earth electrode + earth enhancement material), covering remaining portion with backfill soil/ material, welding copper strip with existing head of earth electrode including necessary PCC earth pit work and including all necessary nut, bolts, washers etc complete 153 Taking down unserviceable geysers of any capacity and make from each location by disconnecting and sealing all electrical and water lines for annual maintenance/servicing. Overhauling, dismantling the same for repair/replacement of unserviceable parts, including brazing to inner tank, cleaning, taking out sludge from inner tank and washing with cleaning solution and reassembling and refixing the same in each original location/ position, connecting all electrical and water connections including provn of 2.5 Sqmm 3 core sheathed multi-stranded copper conductor flexible cable from connector block to geyser and testing complete all as specified and directed. (NOTE (a) New parts shall be measured and paid separately under Supply only rates here-in-after. (b) Minor parts, if any, not mentioned in the schedule but required for smooth functioning of geysers are deemed to be included in the rate of the item.) 154 Supply only PVC inlet pipe, 15mm bore, 450 long including both end check /end nuts and washers. Make 155 Supply only PVC steel braided outlet connection pipe, 15mm bore, 450 mm long including both ends check nut & washer complete. 156 Supply only heating element of any type 1500 Watts. 157 Supply only heating element of any type 2000 Watts. 158 Supply only thermostat of any type suitable for 25 ltrs capacity geyser. 159 Supply only internal assembly complete with packing ring, bolts, nuts & washers suitable for 25 ltrs capacity geyser. 160 Supply only thermal cut off ISI marked suitable for 50/35/25 ltrs capacity geyser. 161 Supply only fusible plug made of brass having lead alloy fuse suitable for 25 ltrs capacity geyser. 162 M & L for painting geyser of capacity 25 ltrs complete, in situ, with two coats of synthetic enamel paint, white, by spraying including filling cavities with filler, denting after scrubbing down old paint using emery paper, cleaning, washing etc. and writing MES No complete all as specified and directed. 163 S&F in repairs change over 32 Amps 4 pole 415 V complete all as directed by engr-in-charge. 164 S&F in repairs change over 63 Amps 4 pole 415 V complete all as directed by engr-in-charge. 165 Attending daily complaints of DSCC and 14 Acre land area by deputing adequate number of Skilled teams of qualified Electrician and helper any time of the day ( Minimum 01 Skilled Electrician & 02 Helper ) for repair / tightening of end terminals of street light fitting, Flood light, LED strip on poles , High Mast light , Post top lanten of any size/capacity at anyheightand repair the street lights, Flood lights and Post Top lanten having minor faults i.e loose connections, carbon deposition , Shiftingand refixing the same etc and makethe light functional.After rectifying the defects of the electricalsystemreplace the U/S items such as street light , flood lights, LED strips, MCBs TPN ,connection plate , thimbles and timmersmall pieces of electrical cables PVC insulated copper multistranded conductor of sizes 2.5 Sqmm to 6 Sqmm twin core and length not increasing 1.5 mtrs completeall as specified and directed by Engr-in-Charge. (Complaint slip shall be part of the bill) and In Addition one 16 mtrs hight hydraulic vehicle with driver & operatorof the same team will opearte and manage day to day street light Complaints and update the status of complaints on daily basis and confirmed throgh concerned JE E/M daily as per directed by Engr-in Charge. 166 Note:- (i)Complaint shall be done within 24 hrs afterintimation by JE E&M Engineer-in-Charge failling whichpenalty of Rs 250 per day per complaint will be levied on contractor.(ii) One supervisorwill report to JE E/M , Engineer -in-Charge on daily basis with complaint register. (iii) Contractor shall be fully responsible for Complaint slip/ Job card prepared and submitted on daily basis ( Format as per provided by the Engineer in Charge.(iv)This item pertains to attending complaints ofstreet light/flood light/LED strips on poles/High mast, MCB, & timer panel including other minor items such as insulating tape, screws etc as required to attend the complaint to the entire satisfaction of user/Engr-in-Charge.(v)Items shall be measured and paid seperately under respective item of Sch A 167 S&F in repair of Automatic Street Light Switch Three phase with Nature Switch-03 as the controlling unit for automatic switching of street lights based on LUX level of Natural light. The Sensor (Nature switch) along with suitable power contractor, MCB and Support Terminals should be enclosed in pole/wall mountable Enclosure made of Rust proof, Electric Shock proof, Termite proof and FR grade special moulding compound (Sintex make SMC Junction box) confirming to IP54. The contractor, MCB and circuit Wiring should suitable enough to take load5 KW equally distributed over 3 phase (4 KW/Phase). The contractor rating 25 Amps (4-pole) and MCB(single pole) rating : 20-25 Amps(SP-03 Nos), complete all as specified and directed.Make. Nature Switch Model No SWADEEP-02EC 5 KW3P or equivalent makes in Legrand/L&T/GE. 168 M & L for replacement of LED aviation light luminaries comprising of aluminium housing with polycarbonate enclosure complete Make : Bajaj/Philips/Havells complete after taking down the old unserviceable one all as directed. 169 M&L for taking down High Mast light fittings mounting on cage from High mast pole of 12.5/16/20 mtrs heightfor repairing of LED/MH light fitting of any size/type and reinstalling the fitting/cage back to its position after carrying out repairs all as directed by EIC (Cost of LED spare parts will be measure seperately) 170 M&L for rewinding ofexisting burntmotor 2 HP of high mast light fitting with replacement winding wire and refixing the same alongwith proper alingment with steel rope etcincluding electrical connection and testing complete all as directed by Engr-in-charge. 171 Supply and replacement of Existing High mast panelfront door openable with 3.0 mmthickness MS sheet of size 0.9x0.6x0.6mpowder coating paint including locking arrangement , Panel internal wiring of suitable size wire alongwith 63 Amp MCCB as incomer and 03 Nos 40 Amps MCB as outgoing and mounting on 40x40x6 mm MS angle and grouted in PCC completeincluding one coat synthetic enamel paint complete all as per directed by Engr-in-charge 172 Supply and fixingin replacementoutdoor type IP66 thermoplastic polycarbonate cable entry junction box of size 155 x 210 x 92 mm, weather proof with knockouts for cable entry- black colour with necessary cable connector link inside the box and fixing arrangement by clamp, nut bolts etc fixied on pole/ walls complete all as specified and as directed. Make - 173 Supply & fixing in replacement of new generation energy saving and environmental friendly long life LED street light 60 watt made up of pressure dia cast aluminium housing with high power LED as lighting source and lens embedded PC cover having top opening separate driver compartment with IP66 protection and impact resistance of IK07by using 2 core PVC insulated cable aluminium conductor 2.5 Sqmm approx 2 m length complete all as specified and directed.Make : Havells, Cat No-ENDURAPEARLNEOL60WLED757PASYTOPC or equivalent of Philips/Jaquar. 174 S&F in repairs aluminium strip of size 25 x 4 mm fixed to wall/ pole with aluminium saddles andscrews for roof/ down conductor above ground/ buried in ground/ drawn in conduit/ fixed to poles or any other indicated situation for loop earthing including connected upto test terminal point complete all as specified and directed.Note : - Insulators/conduit/pipe shall be measured and paid separately under appropriate items here in after 175 S&F in repairs Copper strip of size 20 x 3 mm fixed to wall with copper saddles andscrews drawn in conduit/ fixed to poles or any other indicated situation for loop earthing including connected upto test terminal point complete all as specified and directed.Note : - Insulators/conduit shall be measured and paid separately under appropriate items here in after 176 S&F in repairs fixing Galvanised iron strip of size 32 x 6 mmfixed to wall with Galvanised iron saddles andscrews / buried in ground/ drawn in conduit/ fixed to poles or any other indicated situation for loop earthing including connected upto test terminal point complete all as specified and directed.Note : - Insulators/conduit/pipe shall be measured and paid separately under respective item of works
Contract Date: Apr 25, 2026 Contract Value : 21.99 Lakh
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 6
Madhya Pradesh View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 2
11.
Educational and Research Institute #10502902 Price Bid
Supply Of Library Books , Library Books , Introduction To Database Management System P.K. Yadav , Database Management Systemp.K. Yadav , Concepts Of Database System P.K. Yadav , Software Project Managementrajiv Chopra , Software Testing Rajiv Chopra , Software Testing And Quality Assurance Rajiv Chopra , An Integrated Approach To Software Engineering Rajiv Chopra , Internet Of Things ( Iot ) Rajiv Chopra , Object Oriented Software Engineeringrajiv Chopra , Introduction To Microprocessor Rajiv Chopra , Requrements And Estimation Techniques Rajiv Chopra , Fundamentals Of Computing Rajiv Chopra & Rishbh Anand , An Introduction To Automata Theory & Formal Languages Adesh K. Pandey , Introd. To Automata Theory & Formal Lang.Adesh K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Concepts Of Complier Designadesh K. Pandey , Concepts Of E-Commerceadesh K. Pandey , Internet Fundamentalsadesh K. Pandey , Network Security & Administrationadesh K. Pandey , Internet & Web Designingadesh K. Pandey &Er.Neha Dutta , Introduction To E-Commerce & Erpadesh K. Pandey , A Textbook Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Elements Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Theory Of Automata And Computationadesh K. Pandey , Theory Of Computationadesh K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Electronics Commerce Adesh K. Pandey , Internet Programming Using Javapandey & Pandey , Fundamentals Of Computer Programming In Cs.K.Jha , System Analysis & Designs.K.Jha , Programming In Cs.K.Jha , Pc Organization S.K.Chauhan , Pc Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble Shooting Guide , Neural Network & Fuzzy Logicvinoth Kumar And R.Saravana Kr. , Soft Computingk.Vinoth Kumar , Fundamentals Of Soft Computingk.Vinoth Kumar , Computer Concepts & Programming In Camit Kumar Mishra , Basic Computer Engineeringamit Kumar Mishra , Introduction To Computer Systemamit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , A Textbook Of Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer System And Programming In C Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Architecture & Organizationamit Kumar Mishra , Information Security And Cyber Laws Amit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Programming Amit Kumar Mishra , Fundamentals Of Computer And Programming Amit Kumar Mishra , Software Engineeringbali And Bali , Fundamentals Of Software Engineeringbali And Bali , Thinking In C++ Rajesh Kocher & Sunil K. Pandey , Learn Autocadrajesh Kocher & Sunil K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Computer Programming And Itsunil K. Pandey& V.K. Jain , Object Oriented Programing With C ++ Sunil K. Pandey& Rajesh Kochher , Programming Language Nitin Upadhyay , The Design & Analysis Of Algorithmsnitin Upadhyay , Data Structures And Algorithms Using C Nitin Upadhyay , Question Bank In Computer Sciencenitin Upadhyay, Pankaj Sharma , Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Elements Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Course In Computer Networksdr. Sanjay Sharma , Introduction To Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks-I Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Advanced Computer Networksdr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks-Ii Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Principles Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Computer Network Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Computer Network Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Introduction To Web Technologypankaj Sharma , Fundamentals Of Web Technologypankaj Sharma , Working With Artificial Intelligencepankaj Sharma , Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , Manet And High Speed Networkspankaj Sharma , Computer Organization Pankaj Sharma , Computer Architecture & Organizationpankaj Sharma , System Programmingpankaj Sharma , Expert System Pankaj Sharma , Information Security & Cyber Lawspankaj Sharma , System Programming & System Admin. Pankaj Sharma , Rapid Application Devlop.Using Visual Basic & Visual C++Pankaj Sharma , Parallel Algorithms Pankaj Sharma , Pattern Recognitionpankaj Sharma , Web Developmentpankaj Sharma , Information Storage & Managementpankaj Sharma , Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , System Administration Pankaj Sharma , Information Security Pankaj Sharma , Cloud Computing Pankaj Sharma , Introduction To Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , Web Administration Pankaj Sharma , Dot Net Framework With C# Programming Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented System With C++ Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented System With Javadr. Lalit Arora , Internet & Javadr. Lalit Arora , C# Using .Net Frameworkdr. Lalit Arora , Java Programming & Web Site Designdr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented Techniques Java Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented Programing Using C ++Dr. Lalit Arora , It Skills And Technology Dr. Lalit Arora , Concept Of Programming And Oopsdr. Lalit Arora, Dr. Raj Kumar & Dr. Anjali , Computer Organization & Architecture Dr. Lalit Arora, Dr. Raj Kumar & Dr. Anjali , Computer Graphicsudit Agarwal , Introduction To Computer Graphicsudit Agarwal , Data Structures Using C Udit Agarwal , Data Structures Udit Agarwal , Software Engineeringudit Agarwal , Distributed Systems Udit Agarwal , Distributed Computing Udit Agarwal , Data Mining And Data Warehousingudit Agarwal , Computer Graphics And Multimedia Udit Agarwal , Programming For Problem Solving Udit Agarwal , Operating Systemvijay Shukla , Multimedia System, Technology & Communication Sujata Pandey , Data Mining & Data Ware Housing , Network Programmingkadambri Agarwal , Programming Languages Kadambri Agarwal , Network Technologykadambri Agarwal , System Network Administration Kadambri Agarwal , Graph Theoryk.Patrai , Discrete Structures & Graph Theoryk.Patrai , Mobile Computingvishnu Sharma , Advances Mobile Computingvishnu Sharma , A Course In Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Ij.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Iij.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Iiij.B Gupta , Generation & Economic Considerationsj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Powerj.B Gupta , A Course In Power Systems J.B Gupta , Theory & Performance Of Electrical Machinej.B Gupta , Utilization Of Electric Power & Electric Tractionj.B Gupta , Utilization Of Electrical Energy And Traction J.B.Gupta, R. Manglik, R. Manglik , Switchgear & Protectionj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Installation Estimating & Costingj.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B Gupta , Transmission & Distribution Of Electrical Powerj.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Basic Electricity J.B Gupta , Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instrumentsj.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ij.B Gupta , Electrical Machine - Iij.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Explanation / Solutions To An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering Volume I J.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering Volume Ii J.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineering Volume I J.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineering Volume Ii J.B Gupta , A Text Book Of Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Electrical Science J.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversionj.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversion- Ij.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversion- Iij.B Gupta , Electrical Machines ( Ac, Dc Machine ) J.B Gupta , A Text Book Of Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , Electrical Machines & Automatic Controlj.B Gupta & Hasan , Elements Of Power Systems J.B Gupta , Power System Analysis J.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Switchgear & Protectionj.B Gupta , Electrical Engineering Materials & Semiconductor Devices J.B Gupta , Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ij.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ii J.B Gupta , Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Elements Of Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , A Textbook Of Electrical Science J.B Gupta , A Textbook Of Electrical Engineering Rajeev Manglik , Power System & Protectionn.K.Datta , Theory & Performance Of Electrical Machine Design Dr. N.K.Datta , Principles Of Electrical Machine Designr.K. Agarwal , Electrical Engineering Materialsrakesh Dogra , Electrical Engineering Drawing-Isurjit Singh , Electrical Engineering Drawing-Iisurjit Singh , Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instrumentsm.L.Anand , Basic Electrical Engineeringtarlok Singh , Installation Commissioning & Maintain. Of Elect. Equip.Tarlok Singh , Electrical Measurement & Measuring Instrumentstarlok Singh , Elements Of Electrical & Electronics Engineering Tarlok Singh , Utilization Of Electric Energytarlok Singh , Electrical Machine-Itarlok Singh , Electrical Machine-Iitarlok Singh , Electrical Power-Iitarlok Singh , Fundamentals Of Electrical Engineering Tarlok Singh , Electrical Science Tarlok Singh , Transmission & Distributiontarlok Singh , Modern Electric Traction Tarlok Singh , Energy Managementdr. Sanjeev Singh, Umesh Rathore , Basic Instrumentation System & Programmable Logic Controllerumesh Rathore , Industrial Instrumentationumesh Rathore , Programmable Logic Controller And Microcontrollers Umesh Rathore , A Textbook Of Electrical Workshop Practices Umesh Rathore, Naresh Kumar Sharma , A Textbook Of Energy Science & Engineering Umesh Rathore , Fundamentals Of Managementdr. R.C.Bhatia , Sub-Station Engineering Design, Concepts & Computer Applications Er. R.S.Dahiya , An Introduction To Electric Traction Sachidananda Mallik & Rupali G. Nazar , Fundamentals Of Managementrenu Rana , Special Electrical Machines Simmi P Burman , High Voltage Engineering Simmi P Burman & Nikita Gupta , Electrical Engineering Laboratory Practice P. Tiwari & S. Sairola , Ehv-Ac, Hvdc Transmission And Distribution Engineering Sanjay Kumar Sharma , Basic System Analysissyed Hasan Saeed & Faizan Arif Khan , Power Quality Simmi P. Burman & Bipin Singh , Scada And Energy Management System Er. Tanuj Kumar Bisht , Computer Aided Design Of Electrical Machines V.K. Maurya, Ritu Raj Jallan, Shasya Shukla , A Textbook Of Power System Operation And Control K. Nisha , Electromagnetic Field Theory Syed Hasan Saeed & Faizan Arif Khan , Installation Maintenance And Repair Of Electrical Machines And Equipments Madhvi Gupta , Electrical Engnineering Design, Drawing & Estimation Madhvi Gupta, Ankit Agarwal , Control Systems S.P. Meher , Fundamentals Of Smart Grid Technology Bharat Modi, Anu Prakash & Yogesh Kumar , Electric Vehicle Dr. Nitesh Tiwari , Ssc-Je-Question Bank In Electrical Engineering J.B.Gupta , Ace Academy Gate 2024 Ace Publication , Gate / Ese / Psus Electrical Handbook Ace Publication , Ace Academy Ese Vol 1And Vol 2 Ace Publication , Yct Electrical Engineering Je-Vol And Vol 2 Yct Publications , Yct Electrical Engineering Ae-Vol And Vol 2 Yct Publications , Basic Electrical Engineering Vol 1S Chand Publication, B L Theraja , Ac & Dc Machine Vol 2 S Chand Publication, B L Theraja , Transmission And Distribution Utilisation S Chand Publication, B L Theraja , Electronics Devices And Circuits S Chand Publication, B L Theraja , Power Electronics Khanna Publications, Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Fundamentals Of Electrical Circuits Mc Graw Hill, Charles K.Alexander , Objective Electrical Technology V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta , Principles Of Power System V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta , Principles Of Electrical Machines V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta , Control Of Machines New Age International , Sk Bhattacharya , Linear Integrated Circuits New Age International , Sk Bhattacharya , Programmable Logic Controllerpearson, John.R.Hackworth , Principles Of Electromagnetics Oxford, Sadiku & Kulkarni , A Course In Electrical & Electronics Measurements And Instrumentation Dhanpat Raj & Co , A K Sawhney , Fundamentals Of Digital Circuits Phi, A.Anand Kumar , Power Electronics Devices Circuits And Applicationpearson, Muhammad H. Rashid , Electrical Power System C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International , Modern Power System Analysis Mc Graw Hill, D.P.Kothari , Electrical Machinery Khanna Publications, Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Generalized Theory Of Electrical Machines Khanna Publications, Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Electronics Devices And Circuits S.Salivahanan, Mc Graw Hill , Micro Controller Principles And Applications Ajit Pal, Eastern Economy Edition , Power Plant Engineering Mc Graw Hill, P K Nag , Power System Engineering Lp, R.K.Rajput , Non Conventional Energy G D Rai, Khanna Publication , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering Mc Graw Hill, D.P.Kothari , Repair And Maintenance Bpb Publications, Shashi Bhushan Sinha , Electrical Applications Haynes , Electronic Devices And Circuitsj.B.Gupta , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineeringj.B.Gupta , Linear Integrated Circuitsj.B.Gupta , Fundamentals Of Analog Electronicsj.B.Gupta , Basic Electronics J.B.Gupta , Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B.Gupta , A Textbook Of Basic Electronics J.B.Gupta, Rajeev Manglik, Rohit Manglik , Analog Devices And Circuits J.B.Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electronics Devices & Circuits J.B.Gupta , Electronic Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog & Digital Electronicsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal & Systemsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronics Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Communications Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Electronic Devicesdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Principle Of Digital Signal Processingdr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog & Digital Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal & System Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Communication Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Communication Engineeringdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics And Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Circuits & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communication Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics & Design Aspects Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Devices Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signals & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog And Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Image Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Image Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communication System Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Mobile Computing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Switching Theory And Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Data And Computer Communications Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Switching Theory & Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Analog Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Data Communication And Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Data Communication And Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Wireless Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communicationsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Analog Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Signals & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Solid State Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronics-I Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal Processing And Linear Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Emerging Domain In Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Circuits & Systemsk.M.Soni , Circuit Analysis And Synthesis K.M.Soni , Advanced Control Systemsk.M.Soni , Network Analysis & Systhesisk.M.Soni , Network Analysisk.M.Soni , Network Theory K.M.Soni , Fundamentals Of Network Analysis & Synthesis K.M.Soni , Basic System Analysisk.M.Soni , Signals And Systems K.M.Soni , Digital Electronicsb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Consumer Electronicsb.R.Gupta , Power Electronicsb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Introduction To Electric Drivesb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Question Bank Electronics & Communicationengineeringb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Fundamentals Of Electric Drives And Control B.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Industrial Electronics & Instrumentationsunil Kumar , Optical Fiber Communicationsapna Katiyar , Satellite Communicationsapna Katiyar , Advanced Communication Systemsapna Katiyar , Electronic Switchingsapna Katiyar , Introduction To Optical Communicationsapna Katiyar , Telecommunication Networkssapna Katiyar , Fundamentals Of Optical Fiber Communicationsapna Katiyar , A Textbook Of Optical Fiber Communication Systems Sapna Katiyar , Introduction To Satellite Communcation Sapna Katiyar , Tv And Satellite Communications Sapna Katiyar , Vlsi ( Technology, Design & Basics Of Microelectronics ) Sapna Katiyar , 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded Systemsampath K. Venkatesh , Digital Circuit System Using Vhdlneelu Chaudhary And Shipra Gupta , Digital Logic & Design Pratima Manhas And Shaveta Thakral , Digital Electronicspratima Manhas And Shaveta Thakral , Vlsi Design Pratima Manhas & Shaveta Thakral , Introduction To Microprocessors & Interfacingaashutosh Gupta , Electromagnetic Fields & Wavesr.Gowri , Wireless Communicationaman Kundra And Amrita Sandhu , Trouble Shooting & Maintenance Of Elect. Equipmentsk.Sudeep Singh , Fundamentals Of Television & Radar Engineering K.K Sharma , Fundamentals Of Radar, Sonar & Navigation Engineering K.K Sharma , Fundamentals Of Data Communicationk.K Sharma , Digital & Analog Communicationk.K Sharma , Microwave & Radar Engineeringk.K Sharma , Antenna & Wave Propagation A.K.Gautam , Principle Of Communication Engineering A.K.Gautam , Communication System-Ia.K.Gautam , Microwave Engineering A.K.Gautam , Control System Hasan Saeed , Digital & Analog Communicationbrijesh Verma , Mobile Communicationbrijesh Verma , Telemetry & Data Transmissionr.N.Baral , Electronics Devices & Circuits-I M.L.Anand , Bio-Medical Signal Processing Rakesh Kumar , Medical Electronics O.N. Pandey & Rakesh Kr. , Instrumentation And Process Control O.N. Pandey , Electromagnetic Field Theory Parul Dawar , Digital Circuit And Systems Shipra Gupta , Vlsi Designc.P Verma , Introduction To Vlsi Circuits & Systems Deepak Garg , Vlsi Technology Deepak Garg , Fundamentals Of Vlsi Design Deepak Garg , Basics Of Vlsi Design With Vhdl Deepak Garg , Microprocessor & Interfacingn. Marriwala , Embedded System Design N. Marriwala & Ritu Khullar , Fundamentals Of Radar & Navigation Sachin Gupta , Optical Communication Sachin Gupta , Microwave And Radar Engineeringravi Garg & Ankaj Gupta , Antenna And Wave Propagation Prashant Pandey , Digital Electronics Preeti Sehrawat , Electronic Circuits M. Elangovan , Electromagnetics And Antennas H. Singh , Optoelectronics & Optical Communication Satyajit Das , Control Systems Engineering Dr. S. Panda, S. Padhy & S.R. Das , Microcontroller And Embedded Systems Ankaj Gupta , Microprocessors And Microcontrollers Ankaj Gupta , Fundamentals Of Microprocessors And Embedded Systems Ankaj Gupta , Microprocessors Shweta Goyal & Swati Gargust , Industrial Electronics And Control Of Drives Shweta Goyal & Swati Gargust , Engineering Economics And Industrial Management Dr. R.K. Singal & Er. Rishi Singal , Microwave & Radar Engineering Er. Rajesh Dhiman , Embedded Systems Anurag Arora , Wireless Sensor Networks Sunil Gupta & Dr. Harsh K. Verma , Probability, Random Variables And Stochastic Methods Himanshu Chaurasiya & Dr. K.M. Soni , Relational Database Management System Pooja Sharma & D.S. Sehrawat , Semiconductor Devices And Circuits C.S. Murlidharan Sharma , Industrial Power Electronics Partha K. Ganguly , An Insight To Matlab & Simulink Dr. Shailender Gupta & Bharat Bhushan , Fundamentals Of Optical Communication & Networks Shila Ghosh, Somali Sikder , Digital Image Processing Ketki Kshirsagar, Rajeshree Shinde , Embedded System & Microcontroller Manish Verma & K.B. Singh , Electronic Design Automation & Logic Synthesissarita Chauhan , Artificial Intelligence For Engineers Malvika Gupta, Medha Malik , Principles Of Electronics Dr. S.K. Bhattacharya , Machine Learning Dr. Himanshu Sharma , Strength Of Materials R.S.Khurmi S.Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi , Strength Of Materials S.Ramamirtham Dhanpat Rai , Engineering Mechanics R K Bansal Laxmi Publications Pvt.Ltd. , Building Materials P.C.Varghese Prentice-Hall Of India ( P ) Ltd., I Edition , Building Construction Dr. B.C. Punmia Laxmi Publications ( P ) Ltd New Delhi. , Building Construction S.C.Rangwala Charotar Publishing House, Vii Edition , Surveying Volume I Punmia.B.C. Ashok K.Jain & Arun K. Jain Lami Publications Private Limited, 16Th Edition , Surveying Volume Ii & Iii Punmia.B.C, Ashok Jain & Arun K. Jain Lami, Publications Private Limited., 15 Th Edition, , Fundamentals Of Surveying S. K. Roy Phi Learning Private Limited , Building Planning And Drawing Dr.N.Kumaraswamy Charotor Publishing House , Building Planning And Construction G. Vaidhyanathan, I. Kulasekaran, G. Sathish Kumar , A Guide To Civil Engineering Drawing V.R.Thothathri , Theory Of Structures S. Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi , Theory Of Structures B.C. Punmia, Ashok Jain & Arun Jain Laxmi Publications , Analysis Of Structures V.N. Vazirani & M.M. Ratwani , Fluid Mechanics R.K. Bansal Lakshmi Publications , Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulics Machines S. Ramamirtham Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi , Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulics Machines K.R. Arora Standard Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi , Highway Engineering S.K.Khanna And C.E.G Justo Nem Chand And Bros, Roorkee. , Highway Engineering Rangwala Charotor Publishing House Pvt. Ltd , A Text Book Of Transportation Engineering S P Chandola S Chand & Company Ltd , Bridge Engineering Rangawala Charotor Publishing House , Reinforced Concrete Design N Krishnaraju New Age International Publications, 2012 , Is 456-2000 , Steel Structures Hand Book Sp16 , Limit State Design Of Reinforced Concrete B C Punmia Laxmi Publications, 2007 , Design Of R C C And Structural Elements ( Rcc Vol I ) S S Bhavikatti, New Age International Publications, 2011 , Environmental Engineering B C Punmia Lami Publications, 2010 , Waste Water Engineering B C Punmia , Laxmi Publications, 2010 , Environmental Engineering A.Kamala, D.L.Kanthraotata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi , Concrete Technologym.S. Shetty S.Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. , Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering B C Punmia Laxmi Publications ( P ) Ltd., 2005 , Civil Engineering Drawings.C. Rangwala Charotor Publishing House , Construction Management Sanga Reddy. S Kumaran Publications, Coimbatore , Steel Structures Dr.Subramaniam , Town Planning S.C. Rangwala , Principles And Practice Of Town And Country Planninglewis B. Keeble Estates Gazette, University Of Michigan, 2010 , Estimating & Costing L.N.Dutta Dhanpat Rai & Sons , Estimating & Costingrangawala , Charotor Publishing , Quantity Surveying & Valuation N.A.Shaw Khanna Publishers; , Civil Engineering Competitionsbooks R.Agor Khanna Publishers; , Civil Engineering ( Objective Type ) P Jaya Rami Reddy , Laxmi Publications , Reinforced Concrete Design S.Unnikrishna Pilla & Devadas Menon, Mc Graw Hill Publications , Limit State Design Of Steel Structures S K Duggal , Mc Graw Hill Publications , Basic And Applied Soil Mechanics , Gopal Ranjan & A S R Rao, New Age International Publications , Fluid Mechanics And Fluid Power Engineering Dr. D.S Kumar , Basics Of Mechanical Engineering Dr. D.S Kumar , Mechanical Engineering ( Objectives ) Dr. D.S Kumar , Refrigration And Air Conditioner Dr. D.S Kumar , Total Quality Management Dr.K.C.Arora , Engineering Drawing , Ps Gill , Textbook Of Machine Drawing, Ps Gill , Geomatric Dimensioning And Tolerancing , Ps Gill , Computer Aided Drafting Using Autocad , Ps Gill , Learning Autocad , Ps Gill , Auto Cad 2D Design Fundamentals , Ps Gill , Auto Cad 3D Models Fundamentals Ps Gill , Operation Research , Ap Verma , Textbook Of Industrial Management , Ap Verma & N.Mohan , Industrial Engineering And Management , Ap Verma , Stem Tables Rk Singal , Manufacturing Practices ( Workshop Practices ) Rk Singal , Engineering Metrology And Instrumention , Rk Rajput , Strength Of Materials , Rk Rajput , Textbook Of Material Science , Callister , Workshop Technology , Virendra Narula , Manufacturing Process , Virendra Narula , An Intoduction To Nc And Cnc , S.Vishal , Computer Aided Manufacturing, S.Vishal , Automobile Engineering , Km Moeed , Manufacturing Process I Sandy Khippal , Manufacturing Process Ii Sandy Khippal , Principals Of Powder Meatallurgy , Ps Gill , Inspection And Quality Control, Ap Verma , Automation Of Robotics, Khushdeep Goyal , Industrial Automation And Robotics, Khushdeep Goyal , Cnc Machines And Automation , Khushdeep Goyal , Production Planing And Control , Rk Singal , Theroy Of Machines , Rk Singal , Data Book For Designing Machine Elements , Arunkumar , Entreprenurship Development, Ranbirsingh , Unconventional Manufacturing Process , Rahul Jain , Mechanics Of Solids , Timoshenko , Engineering Mechanics , Timoshenko , Mechanics Of Solids , Egor P Popov , Fluid Mechanics And Fluid Power Engineering, Frank M White , Matlab For Dummies , John Mueller , Machine Learning For Dummies , John Mueller , Thermodynamics , Cengel , The Functional Aspects Of Communication Skills, Dr. P. Prasad , Professional Communication, Dr. P. Prasad , Universal English ( In The Twenty-First Century ) Dr. P. Prasad , Effectual Communication Skills , Bhupender Kaur , Engineering Physics, Dr. Abhijit Nayak , Essentials Of Physicsdr. Rakesh Dogra , Engineering Physics ( Aicte ) Dr. Rakesh Dogra , Applied Physics- Imanpreet Singh , Applied Physics -Iimanpreet Singh , Laser Systems & Applications, Dr. Rajesh Mishra , Engineering Physics-I, Dr. Rajesh Mishra , Fundamentals Of Polymer Science & Technology, Anshu Srivastava & Shakun Srivastava , Nuclear Science, Chanchal Garg , Petrochemicals, Anjana Srivastava , Impact Of Science Technology On Society, Ishwar Singh , Introduction To Bioscience , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Introduction To Bioscience Sweety Israni , A Textbook Of Nanoscience , Dr. Rakesh Kumar & Dr. Kamala Pati Tiwary , Professional Communicationdr. Raavee Tripathi , Technical Writing , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Engineering Economics , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Numerical Analysis Dr. Surbhi Gupta & Dr. Abhilasha Sharma , Business Environment , Anita Sengar , Numerical Methods , Girish Nayyar , Human Values And Professional Ethics , Smriti Srivastava , Discrete Mathematical Structures , Adesh K. Pandey & Rakesh Dube , Effective Technical Communication , Dr. Bharti Kukerja, Dr. Anupama Jain , Human Behaviour , Dr. Amit Jain , Organisational Behaviour , Er. Ishwar Singh, Dr. Bratpal Singh , Universal Human Values And Professional Ethics , Dr. Ritu Soryan , Soft Skills , Dr. Ritu Soryan , Communication Skills, Dr. Ritu Soryan , Constitution Of India , Richa Chaudhary, Arunima Mishra, Imran Khan , Concise Engineering Physics , Dr. Shiva Kant Pathak , Discrete Mathematicsanjana Gupta , Discrete Structures, Adesh K. Pandey , Discrete Structure, Kalika Patrai , Applied Mathematics- I, Dr. Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics- Ii, Anita Sachdeva & Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics- I, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Applied Mathematics- Ii, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Applied Mathematics- Iii, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- I Dr. V.P. Mishra , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- Ii, Mishra & Mishra , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- Iii, Mishra & Mishra , Engineering Mathematics-I , Mishra & Mishra , Question Bank In Engineering Mathematics , Mishra & Mishra , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-I, Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Ii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Iii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Iv , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Engineering Mathematics-Ii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Engineering Mathematics-I ( Calculus & Linear Algebra ) , Dr. Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics-Ii ( Previous Year Papers ) Dr. Hari Arora , Numerical Methods And Optimization Dr. Hari Arora , Probability & Statistics Dr. Hari Arora , Differential Equations And Complex Analysis Dr. Hari Arora , Numerical Methods For Engineers And Scientists Dr. Hari Arora , Engineering Mathematics-Iii Amit Gupta , Mathematics ( Cbse ) ( Class - Ix ) Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics ( Cbse ) ( Class - X ) Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics ( Cbse ) ( Class - Xi ) Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics For Mechanical Engineering ( A Solution Manual ) Salman Hussien Omran, Laith Jaffer Habeeb , A Textbook Of Finite Element Method , Pushpam Kumar Sinha , Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Engineering Chemistry With Experiments , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Comprehensive Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Sunita Rattan , Experiments In Applied Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Theory & Practical Of Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Sunita Rattan , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Engineering Chemistry ( With Experiments ) , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Applied Chemistry- I, Dr. Raman Rani Mittal , Applied Chemistry- Ii, Dr. Raman Rani Mittal , Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Renu Gupta , New Course Engineering Chemistry, Dr. S.K. Bhasin , New Course Engineering Chemistry , Dr. S.K. Bhasin , Realm Of Space Science , Rajeev Garg , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Rajshree Khare , Applied Physics ( Theory & Experiments ) , Ritika Sorot Chauhan, Kavindar Tiwari , Applied Chemistry ( Theory & Experiments ) , Dr. Babita Bhardwaj , Junior English Revised , Haydn Richards => Limited
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 4
12.
Educational and Research Institute #10488347 Price Bid
Development Of Iot Lab At Nsut East Campus Geeta Colony, Delhi 110031--- 1 Civil Work: 1 Providing And Fixing False Ceiling At All Height Including Providing And Fixing Of Frame Work Made Of Special Sections, Power Pressed From M.S. Sheets And Galvanized With Zinc Coating Of 120 Gms / Sqm ( Both Side Inclusive ) As Per Is : 277 And Consisting Of Angle Cleats Of Size 25 Mm Wide X 1.6 Mm Thick With Flanges Of 27 Mm And 37Mm, At1200 Mm Centre To Centre, One Flange Fixed To The Ceiling With Dash Fastener 12.5 Mm Dia X 50Mm Long With 6Mm Dia Bolts, Other Flange Of Cleat Fixed To The Angle Hangers Of 25X10x0.50 Mm Of Required Length With Nuts & Bolts Of Required Size And Other End Of Angle Hanger Fixed With Intermediate G.I. Channels 45X15x0.9 Mm Running At The Spacing Of 1200 Mm Centre To Centre, To Which The Ceiling Section 0.5 Mm Thick Bottom Wedge Of 80 Mm With Tapered Flanges Of 26 Mm Each Having Lips Of 10.5 Mm, At 450 Mm Centre To Centre, Shall Be Fixed In A Direction Perpendicular To G.I. Intermediate Channel With Connecting Clips Made Out Of 2.64 Mm Dia X 230 Mm Long G.I. Wire At Every Junction, Including Fixing Perimeter Channels 0.5 Mm Thick 27 Mm High Having Flanges Of 20 Mm And 30 Mm Long, The Perimeter Of Ceiling Fixed To Wall / Partition With The Help Of Rawl Plugs At 450 Mm Centre, With 25Mm Long Dry Wall Screws @ 230 Mm Interval, Including Fixing Of Gypsum Board To Ceiling Section And Perimeter Channel With The Help Of Dry Wall Screws Of Size 3.5 X 25 Mm At 230 Mm C / C, Including Jointing And Finishing To A Flush Finish Of Tapered And Square Edges Of The Board With Recommended Jointing Compound , Jointing Tapes , Finishing With Jointing Compound In 3 Layers Covering Upto 150 Mm On Both Sides Of Joint And Two Coats Of Primer Suitable For Board, All As Per AnufacturerS Specification And Also Including The Cost Of Making Openings For Light Fittings, Grills, Diffusers, Cutouts Made With Frame Of Perimeter Channels Suitably Fixed, All Complete As Per Drawings, Specification And Direction Of The Engineer In Charge But Excluding The Cost Of Painting With :12.5 Mm Thick Tapered Edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum ( Grg ) Board Conforming To Is: 2095- ( Part 3 ) :1996 ( Boards With Bis Certification Marks ) 2 2 Providing & Fixing False Ceiling At All Heights With Grg ( Glass Fibre Reinforced Gypsum ) False Ceiling Tiles Of Size 595X595 Mm Of Approved Texture, Design And Patterns Having Moisture Content Less Than 2%, Humidity Resistance Of 99%, Nrc0.50 To 0.75 As Per Is 8225:1987, Non Combustible As Per Bs 476 ( Part 4 ) -1970 And Light Reflectance Of 85% ( Minimum ) To Be Laid In True Horizontal Level Suspended On Interlocking Metal T-Grid Of Hot Dipped Galvanised Iron Section Of 0.33Mm Thick ( Galvanized @ 120 Grams Per Sqm Including Both Sides ) Comprising Of Main-T Runners Of Size 15X32 Mm Of Length 3000 Mm, Cross - T Of Size 15X32 Mm Of Length 1200 Mm And Secondaryintermediate Cross-T Of Size 15X32 Mm Of Length 600Mm To Form Grid Module Of Size 600 X 600 Mm, Suspended From Ceiling Using Galvanisedmild Steel Items ( Galvanizing @ 80 Grams Per Sqm ) I.E. 50 Mm Long, 8 Mm Outer Diameter M-6 Dash Fasteners, 6 Mm Dia Fully Threaded Hanger Rod Upto 1000 Mm Length And L-Shape Level Adjuster Of Size 85X25x2 Mm.Galvanised Iron Perimeter Wall Angle Of Size 24X24x0.40 Mm Of Length 3000 Mm To Be Fixed On Periphery Wall / Partition With The Help Of Plastic Rawl Plugs At 450 Mm Center To Center And 40 Mm Long Dry Wall Wood Screws. The Work Shall Be Carried Out As Perspecifications, Drawing And As Per Directions Of The Engineer-In-Charge.With Semi Perforated 12 Mm Thick Micro Tegular Edged Grg False Ceiling Tiles. 3 3 Distempering With 1St Quality Acrylic Distemper, Having Voc ( Volatile Organic Compound ) Content Less Than 50 Grams / Litre, Of Approved Brand And Manufacture, Including Applying Additional Coats Wherever Required, To Achieve Even Shade And Colour.One Coat 4 4 Providing And Placing Of Modular Workstations System Of Size 1500Mm ( W1 ) X 1500Mm ( W2 ) X 600Mm ( D ) X 750 Griha Compliant Having Following Specifications. - Main Partition Panel Having 4 Horizontal Blocks And Consists Of Vertical Extrusions 2Nos And Horizontal Extrusions 5 Nos Made Of 1.2Mm Thick Aluminium With Duly Powder Coated At Every Division Of Tile / Block. Each Panel Shall Have Bottom Frame Fabricated For 52.4Mm Panel Comprises Of 2 Nos. L-Channels Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca ( Cold Rolled, Cold Aneeled ) Steel ( Is: 513 ) , Formed Plates Of 3Mm Thick Hot Rolled Steel ( Is: 2062 ) & Erw Steel Tube Of Size 35X15x1.6Mm Thick In Oval Cross Section ( Is: 7138 ) Welded Together. The Complete Bottom Frame Shall Be Powder Coated With An Average Of 50-60 Microns Thickness Of Epoxy Powder Coating. The Bottom Frame Is Bolted With The Upright Verticals. Each Panel Is Provided With 2Nos Legs Of Height 120Mm Are Fixed At The Bottom Frame Of The Panel. Legs Construction-Adjustment Of The Height By 50Mm. It Will Be Coated With 45-50Micron ------------------------ Locking:10 Lever Cam Lock & Central Rh Locking With Actuator & Lock Channel Mechanism. Top Panel : 0.8Mm Thick Metal Straight Edge Top. Castors : Swiveling Non-Lockable 4Nos Castors Mounted Below The Body Shell. The Total Drawer Unit Is Finished With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns ( + / -10 ) . The Product Should Be Complete And As Per Approved Sample And As Per The Direction Of Engineer-In-Charge. 5 Supplying And Placing In Position Faculty Table Of Following Specifications. Overall Dimension Of The Main Desk Shall Be - 1800Mmw X 750Mmd X 1050Mm Hthe System Shall Be A Desk-Based System With A Platform Understructure Made Up Of A Combination Of Ms. Tubes And Plates. The Product Should Be Greenpro Certified And Should Be Listed In Griha Product Catalogue In The Following Category Griha V.3 Criteria: 34; Griha V.2015 Criteria: 31 & Svagriha Criteria: 14. Understructure - The Slanted Legs Are Connected To The Understructure With The Help Of Pdc Connectors To Provide A Stable And Sturdy Base For The Worktops. Modesty Panel Shall Be Of Acrylic ( 8 Mm Thick Acrylic Both Side Frosted ) Or Of Metal 1.2 Mm Thick Crca. Worktop - Worktop Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Board Conforming To Is: 12823. All The Edges Of Work Surface Shall Be Provided With Machine Pressed 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping Glued With Hot Melt Eva Glue.The Worktop Shall Be Complete With Provisions For Screen Mounting As Well As For Wire Management On The Workstation. Provisions For Fixing Of The Switches Shall Be On The Wire Tray / Channel. A Wire Management - It Shall Be A Part Of The Understructure And Can Be In The Form Of Enclosed Metal Tray Or 2 Level Enclosed Channel To Provide Concealed Wire Management Throughout The Cluster Formation. Wire Riser Leg Or Independent Wire Risers Shall Be Provided As Per The Layout Structure.Ccess Flaps With Soft Closing Technology Shall Be Provided On The Table Tops To Access The Switch Points On The Tray. Pedestal Having 3 Drawers Unit Having Flat Metal Front And Top With Central Locking. The Drawer Unit Consists Of 2Box And 1File Drawers. The Overall Size Of The Drawer Units Is 450Mm ( W ) X 435Mm ( D ) X 646Mm ( H ) . Construction & Material Of Drawer Unit :Welded Assembled Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca For Body Shell, Drawer Front & Tray, Front Side Stiffener, Rear Side Stiffener & Bottom, 1.2Mm Thick Crca Top Stiffene, Bottom Stiffener, Drawer Fronts & Metal Front Straight Edge. All Drawers With Double Extension Precision Ball Slide Shall Be Provided. For Drawer Pulling, Side Wise Tapered Recess Provided In Shell Behind Drawer Fronts. Locking:10 Lever Cam Lock & Central Rh Locking With Actuator & Lock Channel Mechanism. Top Panel : 0.8Mm Thick Metal Straight Edge Top. Castors : Swiveling Non-Lockable 4Nos Castors Mounted Below The Body Shell. The Total Drawer Unit Is Finished With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns ( + / -10 ) . 6 6 Supplying And Placing Stool Of Following Specifications:The Seat Shall Be Made Up Of 1.2±0.1Cm Thick Flat Plywood With Moulded Polyurethane Foam And Are Upholstered With Replaceable Synthetic Leather Covers. The Dimensions Of Seat Shall Be Diameter 40.0 Cm And Adjustments Are 360° Revolving Type. The Back Foam Shall Be Designed With Contoured Lumbar Support For Extra Comfort. The Upholstery Shall Be Available In Synthetic Leather. The Dimensions Of Back Shall Be 45.0 Cm ( W ) Covered With Polyurethane Foam. The Hr Polyurethane Foam Shall Be Moulded With Density = 45 + / -2 Kg / M3and Hardness Load 16 ± 2 Kgf As Per Is:7888 For 25% Compression. The Manual Height Adjustment Shall Be Very Easy To Operate With A Help Of A Knob. It Should Be Easily Locked At The Most Comfortable Position. The Five-Prong Pedestal Shall Be Fabricated From 0.2 ± 0.02 Cm Thick Hr Sheet ( Is : Dd 1079 / Hr ) , Powder Coated ( Dft 40-60 Microns ) And Shall Be Fitted With An Injection Moulded Black Polypropylene Hub Cap And 5 Nos. Twin Wheel Castors. The Pedestal Shall Be 55.0±0.5Cm Pitch-Circle-Diameter ( 65.0±-1.0Cm With Castors ) , Circular-Foot-Ringof Dia 52.0±0.2Cm Shall Be Made Up Of Dia 1.9±0.2 X0.12±0.0096Cm Thk Ms Erw Tube For Foot Support In High-Base Stool.The Twin Wheel Castors Shall Be Injection Moulded In Black Nylon. Overall Dimensions Shall Bewidth- 65.0Cm, Depth- 65.0 Cm, Height- 88.0 To 99.5 Cm, Seat Height- 67.0 To 78.5 Cm. 7 7 Supplying And Placing Revolving Chair With The Cushioned Seat Assembly Consists Of Seat Base Moulded In Glass-Filled Poly-Amide, Moulded Polyurethane Foam & Upholstered With High Stretch Knitted Polyester Fabric. The Cushioned Back Assembly Consists Of Back Inner Moulded In Polypropylene In-Situ Moulded With Polyurethane Foam & Upholstered With High Stretch Knitted Polyester Fabric.* Full Back Size : 45.5 Cm. ( W ) X 53.0 Cm. ( H ) *Seat Size :48.5 Cm. ( W ) X 47.0 Cm. ( D ) The Hr Polyurethane Foam Used In Seat And Back Cushion Is Moulded In Density 45±2 Kg / M3, And Hardness Load 16 ± 2 Kgf As Per 15:7888 For 25% Compression.The Seat And Back Are Firmly Connected To The Base Frame And Are Cantilevered In Such A Way That It Gives A Multi-Dimensional Movement Possibility Just With A Simple Lean On The Sides Or Back, Without Need For Complex Manual Adjustments. The Cantilevered Seat Offers Impact Cushioning While Sitting And Synchronises With The Back Movement During Posture Changes. The 5 Shaped Spines Moulded In High Strength Glass-Filled Poly-Amide And The Spine Connector Moulded In Glass-Filled Poly-Am ) De Form The Back-Spine Structure Involved In Multi-Dimensional Recline Motion.The Variable Tilt Angle Recline Motion Can Be Adjusted With 3 Position Tilt Limit Feature Which Is Inbuilt In Seat Base And The Tension ( Return Force ) Is User Weight Dependent. The Assembly Consists Of Armrest Housing Sliding Over The Armrest Structure, Both Moulded In Glass-Filled Poly-Amide. The Height Adjustment Feature Is Button Operated Having Adjustment Of 6.6±0.5Cm. The Armrest Top Is Made Up Of Integral Skin Pu Moulded Over Plastic Inner Moulded In Glass-Filled Poly-Amide.The Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas-Lift Having An Adjustment Stroke Of 9.2 ± 0.3 Cmthe Pedestal Is Injection Moulded In Glass-Filled Poly-Amide And Fitted With 5 Nos. In Wheel Castors. The Pedestal Is 66.0±0.5 Cm. Pitch Centre Diameter And 76.0±1.0 Cm. With Castors. 5 Nos. Twin Wheel Castors Are Injection Moulded In Poly-Amide Having 5.0±0.1Cm Heel Diameter And Assembled To The Pedestal. The Product Shall Be From One Of The Approved Make Of Godrej, Hermanmiller, Steel Case, Delform Or Vitra Only. 8 8 Supplying And Placing Almirah Of Following Specifications : Almirah Steel Shall Have An Overall Size Of916mm ( W ) X486mm ( D ) X1980mm ( H ) With Welded Construction. It Should Have The Shelf Thickness Of 0.7 Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm ( High Yield Strength ) And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.9Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is:513. The Almirah Steel Should Have A Mazak Handle And Three Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolts. It Should Have A Height Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base. The Finishing Shall Include Epoxy Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns ( + / - 10 ) . Plenty Of Colour Options And Shelving Options Shall Be Available. 9 9 Supplying And Placing Locker Of Following Specificationsoverall Size Of 4 Door Locker Shall Be 380Mm ( W ) X450mm ( D ) X1830mm ( H ) .Stackability Shall Have Add- On Units That Can Be Stacked Width Wise To Form Bank Of Lockers Having Common Side Panel. Locking Shall Have 10 Lever Cam Lock With Lock Lever Plus Option Of Hasp Arrangement . Material Shall Be Crca 0.6 Mm Thickness . Construction Shall Be Rigid Knockdown Construction , Shelf Shall Be Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Per Each Shelf Level Is 35 Kg Maximum . Finish Shall Be Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns . Handle / Label Holder Shall Be Aesthetically Appealing Snap Fit Absplastic Handle . Ventilation Shall Be Attractive Punched Pattern For Ventilation . 10 10 Supplying And Placing Wall Storage Of Following Specifications Overall Dimensions Of Wall Storage 900 W Shall Be 900 Mmw X 328Mm D X 785 Mmh . The Construction Shall Be Aesthetically Appealing Completely Knock Down Construction Made From 0.6 Mm Thk. Crca As Per Is - 513 . Horizontal Stiffener Shall Be Made From 1.2 Mm Thk. Crca As Per Is - 513 . The Doors Shall Be Madefrom 18 Mm Thk. Interior Grade Pre-Laminated Board As Per Is - 12823 Or 18 Mm Thk . Plain Particle Board As Per Is -3087 With 0.6 Thk. With 0.6 Mmthk. Decorative Laminate And 0.6 Mm Thk. Backing Laminate As Per Is - 2046 On Either Side . All Edges Shall Be Duly Sealed With 2 Mm Thk. Pvc Edge Banding . Twodoor Withsingle Lockon Rhdoor . Locking Shall Be 10 Lever Cam Lock Lever At The Bottom Of The Door .Shelving Shall Be Heightwise Adjustable Shelf 1 No. Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of 25 Kg Udl .The Finish Shall Be Epoxy Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns . The Doors Shall Be 448 Mm W X 18 Mm D X 783 Mm H Rh Side Door With Lock. 448 Mm W X 18 Mm D X 783 Mm H Lh Side Door W / Olock . The Doors Shall Be Madefrom 18 Mm Thk. Interior Grade Pre-Laminated Board As Per Is - 12823 Or 18 Mm Thk . Plain Particle Board As Per Is -3087 With 0.6 Thk. With 0.6 Mmthk. Decorative Laminate And 0.6 Mm Thk. Backing Laminate As Per Is - 2046 On Either Side . All Edges Shall Be Duly Sealed With 2 Mm Thk. Pvc Edge Banding .It Shall Have Two Door With Single Lock On Rh Door 11 11 Providing And Fixing Manual Chain Operated Roller Blinds Consisting Of 100% Polyester Fabric, Fabric Thickness 0.50 Mm Fabric Weight = 270 Gsm+- 5% , Fabric Width 230Cms, Tearing Strength 4.5 Kgf Warp, Bursting Strength 34 Kgf, Colour Fastness To Light 5 To 6 Grade In Position Of Standard Quantity And Approved Shade / Colour Including Necessary Accessories, Ms Clamps.Screws And Drilling Etc. As Required All Complete As Per Directions Of Engineer-In -Charge. ( Approved Make: Vista / Mac / Sd ) 12 Electrical Worksh-01 ( Wiring And Accessories ) 1 Wiringforlightpoint / Fanpoint / Exhaustfanpoint / Callbellpoint With1.5 Sq.Mmfrls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable In Surface / Recessedmediumclasspvcconduit, Withmodular Switch, Modularplate, Suitablegiboxandearthing The Point With 1.5 Sq.Mm Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable Etc. As Required.A Group C 13 2 Wiringforgroupcontrolled ( Looped ) Lightpoint / Fan Point / Exhaustfan Point / Call Bell Point ( Without Independent Switch Etc. ) With 1.5 Sq. Mm Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable In Surface / Recessed Pvc Conduit, And Earthing The Point With 1.5 Sq. Mm Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable Etc. As Required.A Group C 14 3 Supply And Fixing Suitable Sizegi Box With Modular Plateand Coverinfrontonsurfaceorinrecess Includingprovidingandfixing6pin, 15 / 16Amps Modular Socket Outlet And 15 / 16 Amps Modular Switch , Connection Etc . As Required . 15 4 Wiring For Light / Power Plug With 2X4 Sq. Mm Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable In Surface / Recessedmediumclasspvcconduitalong With1no.4Sq.Mmfrlspvcinsulatedcopper Conductor Single Core Cable For Loop Earthing As Required. 16 5 Wiring For Light / Power Plug With 4X4 Sq. Mm Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor Single Core Cable In Surface / Recessedmediumclasspvcconduit Alongwith2nos.4Sq.Mmfrlspvcinsulated Copper Conductor Singlecorecablefor Loopearthing As Required. 17 6 Wiringforcircuit / Submainwiringalongwithearth Wire With The Following Sizes Of Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor, Single Core Cable In Surface / Recessed Medium Class Pvc Conduit Asrequired.A ) 2 X 2.5 Sq. Mm + 1 X 2.5 Sq. Mm Earth Wire 18 B ) 2 X 10 Sq. Mm + 1 X 6 Sq. Mm Earth Wire 19 7 Supplying And Drawing Following Sizes Of Frls Pvc Insulated Copper Conductor, Single Core Cable Inthe Existing Surface / Recessedsteelconduitasrequired A ) 3 X 2.5 Sq. Mm 20 B ) 3 X 4 Sqmm 21 C ) 6 X 4 Sq. Mm 22 8 Supplying And Fixing Modular Blanking Plate , On The Existing Modular Plate & Switch Box Excluding Modular Plate Etc. As Required. 23 9 Supplying And Fixing Following Modular Switch / Socketontheexistingmodularplate&Switchbox Including Connectionsbutexcludingmodularplate Etc. As Required.A 5 / 6 A Switch 24 B 3 Pin 5 / 6 A Socket Outlet 25 10 Supplying And Fixing Following Modular Base & Coverplateonexistingmodularmetalboxesetc.As Required.A 3 Module 26 B 6 Module 27 11 Supplying And Fixing Following Size / Modules, Gi Box Alongwith Modular Base & Cover Plate For Modular Switches In Recess Etc. As Required.A 12 Module ( 200Mmx150mm ) 28 Sh-02 ( Distribution Board ) 12 Supplying And Fixing Following Way, Horizontal Type Three Pole And Neutral, Sheet Steel, Mcb Distribution Board, 415 Volts, On Surface / Recess, Complete With Tinned Copper Bus Bar, Neutral Bus Bar, Earth Bar, Din Bar, Interconnections, Powder Painted.A ) 6 Way ( 4 + 18 ) , Double Door 29 13 Supplyingandfixing5ampsto32amps, Rating, 240 / 415Volts, CCurve, Miniaturecircuitbreaker Suitableforinductiveloadoffollowingpolesinthe Existing Mcb Db Complete With Connections, Testing And Commissioning Etc. As Required.A ) Single Pole 30 14 Supplying And Fixing Folowingrating Double Pole 240 Volts, Mcbin The Existing Mcb Db Complete With Connections, Testing And Commissioning Etc. As Required.A ) 63 Amp Doublepole Mcb 31 15 Supplyingandfixingfollowingratingdoublepole 240Volts, Residual Current Circuit Breaker ( Rccb ) , Having Sensitivity Of 30 Ma In The Existing Mcb Db Complete With Connections, Testing And Commissioning Etc. As Required.A ) 63 Amp Dp Rccb 32 16 Supplying And Fixing 63 Amps Rating, 240 / 415 Volts, 10 Ka, “C” Curve, Miniature Circuit Breaker Suitable For Inductive Load Of Following Poles In The Existing Mcb Db Complete With Connections, Testing And Commissioning Etc. As Required.A Single Pole 33 17Supplying And Fixing Tpn Mcb 63 A Rating, 240 / 415 V, 10 Ka, C Curve, Miniature Circuit Breaker Suitable For Inductive Load Of Following Poles In The Existing Mcb Db Complete With Connections, Testing And Commissioning Etc. As Required 34 Sh-03 Light / Fan Fixtures ) 18 Dismantling The Existing Worn Out / Defective Fittings From The Ceiling Andsitc Of Minimum 36 Watt Aluminium Slim Energy Efficient Led Panel Light Fitting Made Of Crca Sheet, Steel Housing Duly Powder Coatedhaving System Efficacy Minimum 100 Lumen / Watt Lm79, Color Temp 6500 Deg K, Symmetric Glare Free Full Opal Diffuser, Ip 20 Illumination In The False Ceiling, Recess Mounting Suitable For Fitting In The 600Mm X 600Mm Square Existing Space Having Complete With All Standard Accessories Including Drivers Etc. Complete As Required. 35 19 Sitc Of Minimum 20 Watt Aluminium Slim Energy Efficient Led Panel Light Fitting Made Of Crca Sheet, Steel Housing Duly Powder Coatedhaving System Efficacy Minimum 100 Lumen / Watt Lm79, Color Temp 6500 Deg K, Symmetric Glare Free Full Opal Diffuser, Ip 20 Illumination In The False Ceiling, Suspended Mounting Suitable For Fitting In The Existing Space Having Complete With All Standard Accessories Including Drivers Etc. Complete As Required. 36 20 Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning Of 1200 Mm Sweep, Bee 5 Star Rated, Ceiling Fan With Brush Less Direct Current ( Bldc ) Motor, Class Of Insulation: B, 3 Nos. Blades, 30 Cm Long Down Rod, 2 Nos. Canopies, Shackle Kit, Safety Rope, Copper Winding, Power Factor Not Less Than 0.9, Service Value ( Cmm / W ) Minimum 6.85, Air Delivery Minimum 215 Cmm, 350 Rpm ( Tolerance As Per Is : 374-2019 ) , Thd Less Than 10%, Remote Or Electronic Regulator Unit For Speed Control And All Remaining Accessories Including Safety Pin, Nut Bolts, Washers, Temperature Rise=75 Degree C ( Max. ) , Insulation Resistance More Than 2 Mega Ohm, Suitable For 230 V, 50 Hz, Single Phase Ac Supply, Earthing Etc. Complete As Required. 37 Sh-04 ( Earthing ) 21 Earthing With Copper Earth Plate 600Mm X 600Mm X 3Mm Thick Including Accessories And Providing Masonryenclosurewithcoverplatehavinglocking Arrangementandwateringpipeof2.7Mtrlongetc With Charcoal, Coke And Salt As Required. ( For Computer Earthing ) 38 22 Providing And Fixing 25 Mm X 5 Mm Copper Strip On Surface Or In Recess For Connections Etc. As Required. 39 23 Providing And Fixing 25 Mm X 5 Mm Copper Strip In 40 Mm Dia G.I. Pipe From Earth Electrode Including Connection With Brass Nut, Bolt, Spring, Washer Excavation And Re-Filling Etc. As Required. 40 Sh - 05 ( Networking ) 24 Supplying And Drawing Of Utp 4 Pair Cat 6 Lan Cable In The Existing Surface / Recessed Steel / Pvc Conduit As Required. 1 Run Of Cable ( Make:- Commscope Systimax Only ) 41 25 Providing And Fixing 24 Port Loaded Straight Patch Panel Of Height 1U In The Existing Data End Rack Including Making Connections, Channel Labellingetc. Complete As Required. 42 26 Supplying And Fixing Following Modular Switch / Socket On The Existing Modular Plate & Switch Box Including Connections But Excluding Modular Plate Etc. As Required.A Rj 45 Information Outlet 43 27 Supplying And Fixing Following Modular Base & Cover Plate On Existing Modular Metal Boxes Etc. As Required.A 1 Or 2 Module 44 28 Providing And Fixing Stranded Low Smoke Halogen Cordage Unshielded Cat 6 Modular Patch Cord Of Length 1 Mtr With Plug Insertion Life Not Less Than 750 Times And Minimum Plug Retention Force Of 133N I / C Making Connections Etc. Complete As Required. 45 29 Providing And Fixing Stranded Low Smoke Halogen Cordage Unshielded Cat 6 Modular Patch Cord Of Length 2 Mtr With Plug Insertion Life Not Less Than 750 Times And Minimum Plug Retention Force Of 133N I / C Making Connections Etc. Complete As Required. 46 30 Sitc Of12u Floor Mount Network Rack With Accessories ( Make:- Rittal / Apw / Emerson ) 47 31 Sitc Of 24 Port Non-Poe Managed Access Switchs Per Specifications In Annexure -A As Per Directions Of Engineer In-Charge 48 32 5 Years 24X7 Onsite Comprehensive Warranty And Support For24 Port Non-Poe Managedaccess Switch As Per Specifications Provided And Installed Under This Contract As Required. A ) For 1St Year 49 B ) For 2Nd Year 50 C ) For 3Rd Year 51 D ) For 4Th Year 52 E ) For 5Th Year 53 33 Suppling And Fixing Of Following Sizes Of Medium Class Pvc Conduit Along With Accessories In Surface / Recess Inculding Cutting The Wall And Making Good The Same In Case Of Recessed Condit As Required.25Mm Pvc Conduit 54 34 Supplying And Fixing Of Upvc Trunking Of Size 100 X 50 Along With Accessories On Surface Complete As Required. 55 35 Dismantling & Buy Back Of Old & Defective Following Items As Per Required. A 4 X 1 Light Fitting. 56 B Ceiling Fans
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 3
13.
Health and Family Welfare #10433257 Price Bid
Supply Of Machine, Equipment And Others , List Of Machine And Equipments , Laproscopic Hd Camera Brand - Karl Storz/Conmed/Olympus Technical Specification Resolution: 1920X1200 Pixes / 1900X1000 Pixes Cable Length: 300 Cm , Ultrasonic Harmonic Scalpel Brand - Johnson Technical Specification Dimensions: (Hxwxd) 5.3 14.5X15.2 Voltage: 100-240 Vac Frequency: 50/60 Hz Rated Current: 3 Amp , Ultrasonic Harmonic Scalpel Brand - Valley Lab Technical Specification Macrobipolar/Bipolar: 473 Khz Sinusoid, 100% Duty Cycle. Seal: 473 Khz Sinusoid Pulsed , Hand Instruments For Laproscopy Brand- Karl Storz/ Olympus Technical Specification I) Veress Needle: It Should Be With Spring Action Blunt Style -12 Cm: 1 No 10 Cm: 1 No 8 Cm: 1 No Ii) Trocar And Cannula:10 Mm: 2 Nos 7 Mm: 1 No. 5 Mm 6 Nos It Should Consists Of Trocar, Cannula With Insufflation And Multifunctional Valve And Must Have Pyramidal Tip. Iii) Reducer/Reduction Sleeve 5 Mm. 1 No Iv) Telescopes: 10 Mm- 0°- 1 Nos -30? - 1 Nos5 Mm-30? 1 Nos Rigid Rod Lens System Provides Good Resolution And The Better Dept Perception. It Should Have Uniform Image Brightness And Autoclavable. The 300 Forward Oblique Angle And Permits For Greater Latitude For Viewing Underlying Areas Under Difficult Anatomical Conditions. V) Suction Cannula: 10 Mm - 1 No 5 Mm -1 Nos Vi) Laparoscopic Scissors: Curved (Monopolar Metzenbaum Dissector 5Mm Diameter): 1 Nos Straight (Bipolar):1 Nosperitoneal Scissor: 1 Nosvii) Unipolar Forceps (Hook & Spatula): 2 Nos Viii) Bipolar Forceps : 2 Nos Ix) Atraumatic Forceps: Maryland Dissector Forceps: : 2 Nos. Fenestrated Forceps: : 2 Nos. X) Needle Holder (Flat Jaw) With Handle : 2Nos Xi) Monopolar Cable (Reusable):1 Nos. Xii) Bipolar Cable (Reusable): 1 Nos Xiii) Allis (Double Row Of Teeth) Grasper: 1 Nosxiv) Aspiration Needle: 1 Nos. Xv) Reducer/ Reduction Sleeve (5Mm): 1 Nos Xvi) Grasping Forceps (Toothed & Rachet 5Mm): 2 Nos Xvii) Laparoscopic Knot Pusher: 1 Nos Xviii) Clip Applicator (Reusable): 5Mm -: 1 Nos : 10 Mm: Ino Xix) Uterine Manipulator: 1 Nos Xx) Clips( Medium & Large) Xxi) Drilling Needle:1 Nos Xxii) Infiltration Needle: 1 Nos Xxiii) Biopsy Forceps (Toothed Punch Biopsy): 1 Nos Xxiv) Myoma Fixation Screw: 2 Nos Xxv) Tissue Morcellator With Base Unit & Accessories: 1 Nos , Dual Wavelenght Laser Brand- Zeiss Technical Specification Laser Type: Diode, Semiconductor Wavelength : 1470Nm+635Nm Max Power: 15 Watts/1470Nm+5Mv/635 Aiming Beam : 635Nm/1, 4Mw Max Or 515Nm/2, 5Mw Max Operation Mode : Continuous Or Modulated Pulsed Time : 0.05Ms-1000Ms Beam Delivery : Sma905 Connector Optic Fiber Compatible : Optic Fibers Having A Core From 200Um To 1000Um, Na=0.22~0.48 Beam Emission Initiation : Footswitch Controller :Microprocessor Display : 10.1 Ips With Touch Panel Medical Approved Cooling :Internal, Air And Thermoelectric Cooling Power Supply Of The Laser: Dc 24V/8.33A From The Separate Ac Power Supply Of Ac Adapter : Single Phase 100-240Va; 50-60Hz, Max 90W Ac Adapterdc 24V/8.33A Medical Approved Laser Dimensions: 27Cm*24,5Cm X 9Cm Laser Weight: 2.75Kg Laser Case Dimensions : 53Cm X 38Cm X 23Cm Weight Of Laser With Cases : 9Kg Environmental Conditions During Work : From +10 To 24°C Degree, Relative Humidity From 30% Up To 60% Cass Of Medical Deviceiib Laser Safety Class 4 Electric Safety Class I Type B Housing Protection Degree Ip20b , Hd Camera Set Brand- Karl Storz/ Olympus Technical Specification (I) Hopkinsa® Forward-Oblique Telescope 30A, Diameter 4 Mm, Length 30 Cm, A Utoclavable, Fiber Optic Light Transmission Incorporated, Color Code Ed :1 Nos (Ii) Telecam C3 : 1 Nos (Iii) Image1 St™ Hx One-Chip Full Hd Camera Head, 50/60 Hz, Fixed Focus, Prog Ressive Scan, Soakable, Gas-And Plasmasterilizable, Focal Length F = 16 Mm, 2 Freely Programmable Camera Head Buttons, For Use With Image1 X-Link Tc301, Tele Pack + And Tp101 : 1 Nos (Iv) Medical Grade Surgical Monitor - Fhd : 1Nos (V) Cold Light Fountain Power Led 175 Scb, With Integrated Karl Storz-Scb, High-Performance Led And One Karl Storz Light Outlet, Power Supply 11-240 Vac, 50/60 Hz Including: 400 A Mains Cord 20090170 Scb Connecti G Cable : 1Nos (Vi) Fiber Optic Light Cable, With Straight Connector, Extremely Heat-Resi Stant, With Safety Lock, Diameter 4. 8 Mm, Length 250 Cm :1 Nos , T U R P Set Brand-Olympus Technical Specification (1) Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath, 22 Fr :1 Nos (2) Telescope Bridge, With 1 Lockable Channel, For Use With Cystoscope Sheaths : 1Nos (3) Working Element, E 1 Working Element (Also For Use With Optical Urethrotome) 2 Cutting Loops2 Coagulat Ng Electrodes 2 High Frequency Cords 1 Protection Tube . The Thumb Support Is Movable. In Rest Position Th Electrode Is Inside The Sheath.:1 Nos (4) Resectoscope Sheath, 26 Fr, 1 Nos (5) Schmiedt Visual Obturator, : 1 Nos (6) Cutting Loop Angled, 24/26 Fr., Units Of 6 : 1Nos Ellik Evacuator:1 Nos (7)Urethrotome Sheath, 21 Fr. Urethrotome Sheath And 2 Luer-Lock Cones.:1 Nos (8) Obturator, For Urethrotome Sheath, 21 Fr.1 Nos Sachse Cold Knife, Straight, Not To Be Used With Hf Current This Artic Le Is Only Available In Units Of 6 :1 Nos , Flexible Cystoscope Brand-Olympus Technical Specification Cysto-Urethro-Fiberscope, With Contrapositive Deflection Mechanism, De Flection Of Distal Tip 210°/140, Direction Of View 0°, Angle Of View 10, Working Channel Inner Diameter 7 Fr., Sheath Size 15.5 Fr., Worki G Length 37 ??, Consisting Of: 11272 Cu1 Cystourethro-Fiberscope 2767 A Case 27023 Fe Grasping Forceps 27023 Ze Biopsy Forceps 13242 Xl Lea Age Tester 11025 E Pressure Compensation Cap 27651 B Cleaning Brush 27 14 Y Lueradaptor , Echocardiography Brand-Ge Healthcare/ Philips / Siemens Healthcare/Bpl Technical Specification A) 2D, M-Mode, Colour M-Mode B) Colour Flow Doppler Imaging C) Fully Steerable Pulsed Doppler D) Fully Steerabie Continuous Wave Recall E) Digital Cine Replay Of All Imaging And Doppler Modalities. F) On Screen Cine Storage & Image Recall G) Digital Image Storage And Patient Archive With True Scanner Frame Rates. H) Full Measurement And Analysis Capabilities. Both On Line And Offline Preferable. I) Imaging Frequencies From 1 Mhz To 15 Mhz J) Review Of Stored Ultrasound Images. K) User Adjustable B Colorization Maps, Gain Settings, Colour Doppler Baseline, Angle Correction And Other Important Parameters With Live/Frozen/Archived Images/Loops. , 12 Lead Ecg Machine (Brand - Bpl/Maestros) Technical Specification Electrocardiograph Should Have Capability Of Recording 12-Lead Ecg And Should Have The Following Features: 1. Should Have Simultaneous Acquisition Of 12 Leads 2. Should Have A Display To Preview The Ecg Waveform Before Printing 3. Should Have 7 Inch Or More Display With High Resolution Screen 4. Should Be Compact, Portable And Easy To Operate 5. Should Have Keyboard For Manual Entry Of Patient Data 6. Should Have Provision For Providing Hospital Name On The Printed Record7. Should Work On Li-Ion Battery8. Should Have A Frequency Response Of 0.01-300 Hz 9. Should Have Sampling Frequency Of 15,000 Hz Or More10. The Device Should Weigh Less Than 5.5 Kgs With Battery11. Should Have A Special Arrhythmia Triggered Mode Of Printing12. Should Have Pacemaker Detection Facility 13. Should Be Able To Record On Different Modes Of Sensitivity: 2.5,5,10,20 Mm/Mv & Agc14. Should Have Different Recording Speeds: 5, 10, 12.5, 25 And 50 Mm/Sec15. Should Have Different Filters Available For Smoothing Of Waveform16. Should Have Ac Filter, Emg Filter: 25 Or 35 Or 45 Hz Or Off17. Should Have Anti-Drift Filter18. Should Have Different Print Formats: 3/6/12, 3X4 With Rhythm Leads, 6X2, 12X119. Should Have A Large Storage Of 700 Ecgs Or More20. In Case Of Error In Lead Connections, The Machine Should Display The Change In Color Of Particular Lead.21. Should Be Able Transfer Data Directly In Pdf Format To Usb22. Should Be Able To Printout Records On Thermal Paper As Well Z-Fold23. Should Have Facility Of Printing In Automatic/ Manual/ Rhythm/ R-R Mode Of Printing24. Should Have Facility For Interpretations And Measurements25. Should Provide Detailed Printout Of Patient Data26. Should Have Paper Of Minimum Width Of 210Mm27. Should Have The Capability To Generate Any Number Of Ecg Copies For Distribution28. Should Be Able To Connect To Pc 29. Should Be Able To Operate To A Maximum Of 4 Hours On A Newly Charged Battery30. Should Have Direct External Printer Connectivity31. The Unit Should Be Portable And Should Be Able To Carry With Help Of A Handle.32. The Product Should Be Ce Certified33. The Manufacturer Should Be Iso Certified34. The Device Should Be Provided With Standard Accessories:A) Ecg Cable (Adult)-1 Nob) Gel Bottle- 1 Noc) Chest Electrodes (Set Of 6)- 1 Nod) Limb Electrodes (Set Of 4)- 1 Noe) Z-Fold Paper - 1 Packf) User Manual-1 No , Multipara Patient Monitor(Brand - Drager/Penlon/ Bpl) Technical Specifications For Multipara Monitor 1. Multiparameter Patient Monitor, Which Is Suitable For Use In Operation Theatres, Icu & Wards. 2. Standard Configuration Of Ecg, Respiration, Spo2,(Massimo),Nibp (Suntech) Temperature.3. Optional Parameter Etco2, Dual Ibp, Agm 4. Should Have12-Inchcolor Lcd Display.5. Should Have Dual Modes Of Operation: Rotary Knob.6. Should Display 7 Waveforms Or More7. Waveform Colour Can Be Changed From Screen Setup Of The Corresponding Layout Screen.8. Ecg: Should Be Able To Monitor Ecg Through 5-Lead Patient Cab Should Have Manual St Analysis Window ,Should Detect 20 Arrhythmias And Generate Alarms. , The Priority Of Arrhythmia Alarms Can Be Configurable, Should Measure Pvc &Pac Should Be Able To Monitor Heart Rate From 10-300 Bpm Should Have User Selectable Modes Like Monitor, Surgery And Diagnosis For Operation In Icu, Ot’S Etcshould Have Pacemaker Detection Facility Respiration: Measurement Range Of 0 To 150 Breaths Per Minshould Have Gain Selection: ×0.25, ×1, ×2, ×4 Should Have Sweep Speed Selection Of 6.25Mm/S, 12.5Mm/S, 25Mm/S Should Have Apnea Detection Facility Apnea Monitoring Limit Range: 10S, 15S, 20S, 25S, 30S, 35S, 40S, 45S, 50S, 55S, 60S 10 Spo2: Should Have Massimo Technologyshould Have Measurement Range Of 0~100 % Should Have On Screen Display Of Numeric Value For Spo2, Pr With Signal Strength Bar And Plethysmograph Should Be Able To Select Sat Sec To Avoid False Alarm 11. Nibp: Must Be Of Suntech Medicaltechnology For Clinical-Grade Blood Pressure Measurement Have Auto, Manual, And Stat Modes Of Operation For Nibp. Should Have A Measuring Range Of 0-280 Mmhg Should Have 2 Channels For Temperature Monitoring Should Have Data Storage Capabilities:72 Hours Of Trend Data Storage. , Bp Machine Brand - Pagoda/ Omron/ Platinium/ Dr Trust/Bpl Technical Specification Should Be Able To Measure Blood Pressure And Pulse Rate In Adult As Well As Pediatric Patients. Should Be Based On Oscillometric Measurement Technology, Using Dynamic Linear Deflation Method. Should Have Backlight Lcd Display With Easy To View Readings In Dim Light. Pressuremeasurement Range Should Be 60 To 250Mm Hg Systolic, And 40 To 200Mm Hg Diastolic. Pressure Display Accuracy Of +/- 3 To 5 Mm Hg Pulse Rate Measurement Range Of 40 To 200 Per Minute Pulse Measurement Accuracy Of Within 5% Should Include Ac Adapter (Input Range 100-240V And Output Voltage Dc 6V), Preferably With Rechargeable Battery (3.6V To 4.8V, 1900 To 2400Mah) Cuff (22 To 32 Cm Size) Should Be Supplied With Standard Adult Size Single Button Operation For Start And Stop Functions With Auto-Inflation Of Blood Pressure Cuff. , Ventilator Brand - Drager/Bpl/Medisys Technical Specification 1. The Ventilator Should Be High-Endventilator Suitable For Ventilating To Adult And Pediatric Application. Should Have Advanced Microprocessor Control System With Individual Selection Of Various Ventilation Parameters. 2. The Unit Should Be With Altitude Compensation For Volume And Btps Correction For Monitoring3. The Unit Should Be Of Wall Independent Gas Delivery System. Demonstration Of The Equipment Is A Must Demonstration Of The Equipment Is A Must4. Should Have Facility For Invasive And Non-Invasive Ventilation;5. The Ventilator Should Have 12” Or More Lcd Screen With Touch Facility For Display Of Waveforms. Should Have Brightness Modes Like Day/Night-Mode. The Real Time Display Of All Parameters/Waveforms Should Be Clearly Visible From All Angles6. Should Have Modes Of Ventilation Equipped With Newer Modes Of Ventilation:A) Assist/ Controlb) Volume Control Modes: Vcv, Vc-Simv, Plvc) Pressure Control Modes: Pcv, Pc-Simv, Bi-Level, Bilevel-St, Pc-Aprvd) Spontaneous Ventilation Modes: Psv, Cpap, Bilevel /Similar, Bilevel St / Similare) Prvc/Pcv-Vg/Dynamic Bilevel/Or Its Equivalent Modef) Closed Looplung Protective Mode- Asv/Nava/Wobov/Alpv/Smart Care (At Least 1 Of The Mentioned Mode Is Mandatory)G) Should Have Pav (Proportional Assist Ventilation) / Pps (Proportional Pressure Support)/ Paps (Proportional Adaptive Pressure Support)H) Cpr (Resuscitation Mode),I)Niv In All Pressure Modes7. Hfot /Nasal Cpap Breathing Therapy Should Be Capable Of Adjusting The Range Up To 60Lpm8 A) Apnea Backup Ventilation In All Modes8 B) It Should Have Weaning Analyzer Tools : Sat & Sbt9. Should Have In-Built Nebulizer With Capability To Deliver Fine Particle Size Of To Be Used In Line10. Should Have Facility To Measure And Display The Following Parameters:A) Airway Pressure (Peak & Mean)B) Tidal Volume (Inspired & Expired)C) Minute Volume (Expired)D) Spontaneous Minute Volumee) Total Frequencyf) Fio2 Dynamicg) Intrinsic Peep, V Trap & Time Constant (Rcexp)H) Resistance & Compliance11. Automatic Compliance And Leakage Compensation For Circuit And Et Tube 12. Should Have Facility Of Logbook, For Events And Alarms With Date & Time 13. Should Have Following Setting & Monitored Parametersa) Tidal Volume; Pre-Set Range For Both Pediatric & Adult Modes To Be Providedb) Inspiratory Pressure (Up To 100Cm Of H2o);C) Respiratory Rate 1 To120 Bpm;D) Apnea Back Up Rate;E) Peep: 0-50 Cmh2of) Inspiratory Flow: 0-120 Lpmg) Max Peak Flow : 280 Lpm Or Betterh) O2 Concentration: 21-100%I) Pressure Support: 1-(100-Peep) Cmh20j) Fio2 Setting Range Between 21% And 100%;K) Pressure Flow & Volume Curves;L) Loop For V-Flow, Flow-P, Flow-Paw And At Least 5 Storage Spaces For Reference Loopsm) I: E Ratio: 150:1 To 1: 299N) Ramp Time: Up To 3 Seco) Inspiratory Time: 0.2 To 15Sp) Pause Time; Exp/Insp Holdq) Pressure Trigger: Up To -10Cmh2o And Flow Trigger Up To 20 Lpm;R) I Flow/T Plateaus) Resistance & Compliance (Cdyn & Cstat)T) Leakageu) P Plateau 14. Should Have Weaning Parameters;Rsbi,Vt Spont, R Spont ,Vt/Ibw15. Should Have Weaning Parameters;Rsbi,Vt Spont, R Spont ,Vt/Ibw16. Facility To Calculate Lower And Upper Inflection Point (P/V Flex Points)Should Have Recruitment Manoeuvre17. Should Have Automatic Suction Routine & O2 Flush18. Should Have A Dedicated Bronchoscopy Function To Allow & Compensate Ventilation While Performing Bronchoscopy19. Should Have Trend Of 7 Days And Above With Facility To Transfer Through Usb Interface20. Alarms Should Be User Friendly, Audio And Visual With Text Message, System Alarm Should Be For:A) Pressure Changes (High/Low)B) Tidal Volume Changesc) Minute Volume Changesd) High Peepe) High/Low O2 Concentrationf) Power Failure And Low Batteryg) Patient Disconnectionh) Apnea 21 A) The Ventilator Should Have Facility For Co2 Monitoring. Should Have Inbuild Etco2 Interface & Software To Accommodate External Optional Volumetric Etco2 In Future21 B) Should Be Upgradable To :Metabolic Monitoring (Indirect Calorimetry).Price To Be Quoted As Optional.22. The Ventilator Should Not Weigh More Than 12 Kgs 23. Ventilator Should Have In Built Non- Consumable Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor That Shouldnot Require Change For At Least 5 Years.24. Flow Sensor Should Be Differential Pressure Technology, Or Ultrasonic.Flow Sensor Must Be At Expiratory End. Should Be Maintenance Free, Reusable And Autoclavable.The Flow Sensor, Inspiratory Port, Expiratory Port Should Be Easily Removable Without Using Any Tools & Should Be Autoclavable.25. Should Have Usb /Serial Interface For Communications With Networked Devices26. The Ventilator Should Have On Screen Help Menu For Alarm, Ventilation Mode & Ventilator Settings. The On Screen Help Menu Should Guide User On Solving The Alarms; Providing Information On Ventilation Modes & Settings. 27. Should Support Dual Limb Circuits Of Any Make And Not Ventilator Model Specific Circuits28. The System Should Have Inbuilt Rechargeable Battery With Backup With Minimum 2 Hours29. Power And Gas Requirements: A) Power Input To Be 220-240Vac, 50Hz (100-240 Vac) B) Gas Input (Air And Oxygen) - 29-100 Psi (29-87 Psi)30. The Ventilator Should Be European Ce Certified Or Us Fda Approved, And The Manufacturing Company Should Be Iso Certified.Accessories/Consumables To Be Supplied With Main Unit I. Icu Ventilator With Trolley – 1Nosii. Reusable Adultcircuit - 1 Nos Iii. Hinged Support Arm – 1 Nosiv. Hme Filters—5Nosv. Bacterial Filters-5Nos Vi. Hepa Filetr-1Nos Vii. Test Lung -1Nos Viii. High Pressure Oxygen Inlet Hose – 1Nos , Projector With Screen Brand - Epson / Benq / Lg Cinebeam Technical Specification Ce Marked, Power Supply: 220-240 V Ac, 50/60 Hz, Transparent Lcd Panel Display System, Minimum 5200 Hours Lamp Life, Min. 5800 Lumens Brightness, Contrast Ration 10000: 1, Aspect Ratio 16: 10, Resolution Xga (1024 X 786) With Hdmi And Vga In, Lan & Usb Support, Wireless Support, Light Weight, Remote Control Etc. , Phaco Emulsifier Machine Brand-Alcon Legion / Zeiss Technical Specification 1. Operating Frequency Should Be Approx. 40 Khz 2. Handpiece: Ultralight Ultrasound 4 Crystal Piezoelectric Hand Piece. 3. Us Modes: Continuous, Pulse, Single Burst, Multi Burst, Continuous Burst, Automated Programmable Modulation (Apm) 4. Automated Ultrasound Power On Demand: Ultrasound Management Technology That Automatically (De)Activates Ultrasound Us Delivered Only When Needed Ept Up To 50% Less & Better Followability. 5. Type Of Infusion: Iop Controlled, Synchronized Fluid Exchange System That Directly Measures And Simultaneously Controls Both Infusion And Aspiration Volumes In Real-Time. It Actively Compensates For Incision Leakage. Quattro Controlled Forced Infusion. 6. Display: 24 Inches Touch Screen. 7. Iop Range: 30-120 Mmhg 8. Vacuum Range 0 To 700 Mmhg 9. Aspiration Flow Rate 0 To 120 Cc/Min 10. Aspiration Control Modes: Vacuum Controlled Mode, Flow Control Mode 11. Chamber Stability: Irrespective Of Type Of Cataract, Surgical Conditions, Leakage (0 -12 Ml/Min) It Keep Chamber Stable & Maintain Targeted Iop Throughout Procedure. 12. Iop Recovery Time After Occlusion Break 200-250Ms For Vacuum In Range Of 200 -600Mmhg. 13. U/S Tips: Coaxial Phaco With Incision Size 2.2 Mm 14. Vitrectomy: Pneumatic Cutting Device15. Type Of Vitrectomy Cutter: 23G Anterior Vitrectomy Cutter16. Anterior Vitrectomy Range:Cut Rate 30 To 5000 Cuts Per Minute. 17. Actuation Medium For Vitrectomy: Compressed Air From Internal Source 18. Diathermy: Bipolar With Fixed And Linear Control Via Foot Pedal. 19. Type Of Diathermy Handpiece: Diathermy Forceps And Diathermy Pencil Eraser. 20. Instrument Tray Arm Length: Should Be 800Mm Or More. 21. Dual Linear Footswitch 22. Should Be Usfda And Ce Approved 23. Online Ups Should Be Providedaccessories: Phaco Hand Piece(Coaxial) -2 Coaxial Handpiece Tip I – 2 I/A Bi Manual Hand Piece – 2Phaco Tip (2.2 Mm)- 10 Phaco Sleeve (Silicone)(2.2Mm) – 10 Test Charnber- 10 Tubing And Cassettes (Disposable) – 100 Diathermy Cable With Forceps – 2 Phaco Wrench-2 Vit Cutter- 23 G; Single Use – 6Sterilization Container/ Tray , Autorefractometer & Keratometer (Ark) Brand-Zeiss- Visuref 150 Technical Specification (A)Device Data.(A) Refraction(1) Sphere -25.00D To +22.00D (In Steps Of 0.12D/0.25D)(Ii) Axix 0 To 180*) (B) Keratometer(A) Corneal Curvature 5.00 To 10.20Mm (In Steps Of 0.01Mm)(B)Corneal Redraction-33.000 ?? 67.50D (In Steps Of 0.12D/0.25D)(C) Corneal Astigment-0.00D To-15.00D50d (In Steps Of 0.12D/0.25D)(D)Axis 0 To 180* (In Seps Of 1*) (E) Corneal Diameter (2.00 To 1200Mm (In Steps Of 0.10Mm) , Humphrey Fied Analyzer ( Hfa3) Brand-Zeiss Technical Specification • High Quality Goldman Standard Automated Full Field Perimetry Of International Standard With Bowl Size Radius = 30Cm. • Computer & Monitor Should Be Integrated In The Perimeter (No External Computer). • Stimulus Size I, Ii, Iii, Iv & V.• Background Illumination 31.5Asb.• Maximum Temporal Range 80Deg.Suitable For Central 30, Neurological Tests As Well As Full Field Testing. • Central Field Test Patterns 30-2, 24-2,10-2, Macula.• Peripheral Field Test Pattern 60-4, Nasal Step, Custom Test. • Threshold Test Strategies Full Threshold, Sita Standard, Sita Fast , Full Threshold, Fast Pack, Sita - Swap.• Screening Field Test P-60, Ff-80, Ff-120, Ff-240,Nasal Step For Periphery .• Screening Test Strategies Two Zone, Three Zone And Quantify Defects.• Glaucoma Hemi Field Test, Heijl –Krakau Blind Spot Monitor• Video Eye Monitoring, Gaze Tracking Monitoring System, .. Vertex Monitoring And Head Tracking. • Touch Screen On Crt Monitor, Keyboard & Provision Of External Monitor & Keyboard.•Internal Hard Disk Drive.• Stimulation Duration 200Ms, Wavelength Broad Band Visible Light• Stimulus/Background Colour White On White.• Swap (Blue On Yellow) Perimetery. • Auto Pupil Measurement. • Kinetic Testing & Custom Kinatic Testing. • Motorised Chinrest, Motorised Table, Laser Jet Printer • Glaucoma Progression Analysis ( Gpa ) Software For Monitoring Disease Progression. With Visit Wise Graph &Visual Field Index (Vfi).• Releye Monitor.• Forum Software For Archiving & Offline Analysis Of Patient Data & Gpa Analysis Etc.• Hfa Dicom Gateway. , Laser Dcr Brand-Medfin Technical Specification Applicationsdacryocystorhinostomy Amplifying Medium Diode Ergonomics Tabletop Wavelength-980Nm Average Power -8W Weight -1.2Kg (2.65Lb) , Automatic Tourniquet System With Hose Cuffs Brand - Zimmer Biomet (Model Ats-5000) Number Of Ports Dual Port Number Of Potential Cuffs Dual Cuff Dual Cuff Mounting Options Table Or Pole Mount Table Or Pole Mount Battery Type And Life Lithium Ion 6 Hrs Lithium Ion 6 Hrs User Interface Touchscreen Touchscreen International Alarm Standard 60601-1-8 Compliant Compliant Display 10.1” Color 7.0 Color Minimum/Maximum Pressure 20/600 Mmhg 50/600 Mmhg Pressure Accuracy ±3 Mmhg (20–600 Mmhg) ±4 Mmhg (50-600 Mmhg) Limb Occlusion Pressure (Lop) Allows For Patient Specific Pressure, Which Allows For The Minimum Pressureto Be Used.Yes Noline Occlusion Detection (Acoustic Reflectometry)A Kinked Pneumatic Tube Can Prevent An Inflated Cuff From Deflating, Resulting In Unintentional Tourniquet Pressure. This Alarm Alerts Or Staff That There Is An Occlusion In The Line To The Cuff.Yes , Battery Opreated Heavy Duty Drill & Saw Brand -Manman/Biotech Specifications--- Drill And Reamer Hand Piece Attachments, Oscillating/S Reciprocating Saw Hand Piece Charger And Sterilization Handpiece For Drilling & Reamingtrigger Type Single Modes Available - Reverse & Forward Modedrill Speed 1000 Rpm Approxdrill Torque 4 Nm (35+ In Lbs)Ream Torque 16.5 Nm (145+ In. Lbs)Weight Of Hp With Batteries 1250 Gms Drilling And Reaming Attachments Hudson/Zimmer/Trinkle Reamer Attachment - Yesao Reamer Attachment - Yesao Type Drill Attachment With Quick Coupling - Yesjacobs Chuck With Minimum 6 Mm - Yeskeyless Chuck -Yes Wire Driver Attachment - Yespin Driver Attachment - Yes Dhs Reamer Attachment With Quick Coupling - Yesoscillating/Sagital Saw Hand Pieceergonomic Pistol Grip Design For Maximum Comfort And Control Yes Weight Of Hp With Batteries.- 1350 Gmssaw Speed - 15000+ Cpmcutting Arc - Between 4 To 5 Degreenoise Level - 60-85 Dblspecial Blades Each For Tkr And Thr (Nos) - 10 Battery Specifications Type Of Battery Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) Number Of Batteries 2 , Electric Cautery Machine Brand - Shalya/Enertech/Eclipse/Valley Lab 1) Unit Should Have Microprocessor-Controlled Tissue Feedback Technology 2) Unit Should Have No Of Bipolar Modes Available 3) Unit Should Have Pure Sinusoidal Output Waveform In Hf Power Output In Cut And Bipolar Modes. 4) Type Of Display Should Be Lcd Touch Screen 5) It Should Adjust Power Level Automatically Depending On Tissue Type. 6) It Should Have Two Monopolar Output Channels. 7) Bipolar Current Meter Bipolar Current Meter 8) Unit Should Deliver Two Coagulation Output At A Time With Independent Control Over Each Output For On & Off. 9) Both Channels Should Work By Foot And Hand Control. 10) It Should Complete Self Testing During Power On. 11) Power Efficiency 98 Or More Than 98 12) Availability Of Advance Cutting Modes For Regular Open Surgery 13) It Should Accept Disposable And As Well As Reusable Patient Plate. 14) Unit Should Have Tissue Feedback, Pulsed Interval-Controlled Pulse Cut Function. 15) It Should Accept Dual Area And Single Area Patient Return Electrode. Should Give Green Indication If Dual Area Patient Plate Applied To Patient & Red Indication With Alarm Tone If The Patient Plate Is Not Applied. 16) Bipolar Should Work Without Patient Plate Or Patient Plate Error Condition. 17)Bipolar Should Have Auto Facility To Start & Stop Working Without Footswitch. 18) Unit Should Have Adjustable Delay Activation In Auto-Bipolar. 19)It Should Have Randomized Spray Coagulation For Larger Area Coverage.20)It Should Be Upgradeable For Argon Delivery Module From The Same Oem.21) Unit Should Be Useful For Underwater Procedures. 22) It Should Have Alarm Facility After Completion Of Bipolar Coagulation. 23) Unit Should Have Time Out Function For Automatic Stop The Hf Output If Prolong Unintended Activation. (Optional)24) Unit Should Have Touch Key Pad For Power And Mode Selection.25) System Should Give Error For Faulty Handswitch Of Footswitch In Monopolar & Bipolar.26) Unit Should Give Error For Faulty Keypad. 27) It Should Have No Of Segments Of Display 3. 28) Unit Should Operate From 180 V To 265 V Without Using External Stabilizer. 29) It Should Have Independent Foot Switch For Monopolar Two Paddle. 30) It Should Have Independent Foot Switch For Bipolar Single Paddle. 31) Unit Should Have Facility To Connect Either Monopolar & Bipolar Footswitch.32) Unit Should Have Remote Power Setting Facility From Sterile Field With Conventional Hand Switching Pencil. 33) It Should Have Iec-60601-1-1, Iec 60601-2-2 Safety And Design Standards Certification. 34)Manufacturer Iso 9001: 2008 & En Iso 13485:2012 Certified Company.35) Warranty Must Be 3 Years Or Higher 36) It Should Be Supplied With Following Reusable And Autoclavable Accessories: -1. Patient Return Electrode …………………….1 No.2. Hand Switching Pencil………………………. 1 No.3. Foot Switching Pencil…………………………1 No.4. Bipolar Forceps …………………………………1 No.5. Cable For Bipolar Forceps……………………1 No.6. Monopolar Footswitch ………………………1 No.7. Bipolar Footswitch ……………………………1 No. 8. Universal Adaptor …………………………….1 No.Set Of Electrode (Angled, Ball And Needle).1No10. Trolley With Lockable Castor Wheel Should Be Supplied1. Unit Should Be Eu Ce (4 Digit Notified Body Certified)2. All Sockets Should Be Of Blinking Light Type When In Use To Identify The Used Mode 3. Availability Of Test Report From Central Govt/ Nabl/Ilac Accredited Lab Covering All Parameters. And Should Have Iec-60601-1-1, Iec 60601-2-2 Safety And Design Standards Certification. , Arthroscopy Set (Brand- Smith +Nephew / Karl Storz) Arthroscopy Set 30° (Arthroscopic, Sheath And Obturator) Wide Angle, Direct View 4K High Definition Arthroscope. Light Guide Insertion On Definitione Direction View With A J-Lock Fixation For Cannula.Working Length Of Not More Than 160Mm Optimal Centre-To-Edge Resolution For Enhanced Picture Quality Angle Of View: 30 Degree Diameter: 4Mm Arthroscopies Should Be Supplied With Compatible Cannulas High Flow, Double Valve, Fully Rotatable With Fenestrated Tip & Conical And Blunt Tip Obturator, Sheath- 5.95 To 6.0Mm, High Flow Diagnostic Cannula, Double Valve, Fully Rotatable Cannula With Fenestrated Tip. Trocar-4.5Mm Conical Obturator To Fit With Cannula. Arthroscopy Set 70° (Arthroscopic, Sheath And Obturator) Wide Angle, Direct View 4K High Definition Arthroscopic Light Guide Insertion On Opposite Side Of The Direction Of View With A J-Lock Fixation For Cannula. Fully Rotatable With Fenestrated Tip & Conical And Blunt Tip Obturator. Sheath- 5.95 To 6.0Mm, High Flow Diagnostic Cannula, Double Valve, Fully Rotatable Cannula With Fenestrated Tip. Trocar-4.5Mm Conical Obturator To Fit With Cannula. Arthroscopic Power Shaver System: Input Voltage Of 100 To 240V, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption Not More Than 350Va. Two Separate Receptacles For Motor Drive And Powered Instrumentation. Shaver Should Have 2 Modes Of Oscillation For Aggressive Cutting Shaver Should Have Button For Flush Lavage Of Joints On Footswitch. Autoclavable Ultra-Light Hand Piece With Suction Facility, With 3 Hand Control Buttons And Replaceable Cable Long 10Ft (3 M). Maximum Torque Should Not Be Less Than 32Oz.In And Weight Should Not Be More Than 212 Gms Pedal Style Footswitch With 3 Operating Modes I.E. Forward, Reverse And Oscillation. On-Line Lcd Display For Speed And Direction Referral. Should Communicate With The Fluid Management System Once Connected With The Cable. Camera Control Unit: System Must Have Inbuilt 4K Uhd Camera Console, Led Light Source & Wifi Enabled Image Management System With Recording Via Usb Port Along With Recording In App Through In Built Wifi. Camera Resolution Must Be 3840*2160 (Native) 4K Camera Head: Camera Head Should Have 4K, 3 Chip Mos Video Sensor Technologymust Have Transport Shock And Vibration Compliance With Ista 3Avideo Field Rate 60 Hz Must Have C-Mount Autoclavable Coupler With 19.5 Mm Coupler Length Opt For 4Mm Scopes Must Have Digital Zoom Video Data Transmission High-Speed, Low-Voltage Differential Serial (Lvds), Digital Transmission Via 12-Foot Camera Cablevideo Output Format Full Uhd 2160P, 100% Compatible With Smpte St-425-5 When Used With The Ccu Altitude: 3000 Meters Maximum 4K Monitor: Monitor Should Have Resolution 4096 * 2160 Pixels Monitor Should Support Picture Size (Diagonal) 789.06 Mm (31 1/8 Inches) 1387.8 Mm (54 3/4 Inches) Monitor Should Support Effective Picture Size 698 * 368.1 Mm (27 1/2 * 14 1/2 Inches)Monitor Should Support Pixel Pitch 0.1704 X 0.1704 Mm Monitor Should Have Aspect Ratio Of 17:09Monitor Should Have Pixel Efficiency Of 0.9999 Size Is -125Mb 1300 Seconds Video / Gigabyte Storage 10000 Images/Gigabyte Storage Airprintt Is Required. , Fess Instruments Set Nus Surgery Fess & Dcr Surgery Instruments Brand -Kalelkar / Besco Blakesley Forceps 0 Blakesley Forceps 45Blakesley Forceps 90° Thrucut Forceps 0Thrucut Forceps 45° Thrucut Forceps 90 Maxillary Sinus Forceps 30, 90, 120Hewiser Forceps Tubular Rotatable Kerrison Punch Straight Kerrison Punch Curved Backbiting Forcep Tubular Rotatable Stammberger Ostrum Punch (Mushroom Forceps)Giraffe Forceps Upturned 55, 70, 90, 110 With Vertical Or Horizontal Opening Fronntal Sinus Bougie Set Of 4Sickle Knife Sharp/Blunt Ball Probe Double Ended Right Angledball Probe With J Hook Double Endedantrum Curette Oval Or Round Cup Suction Canulla 45 Or 90° , Micro Ear Surgery Instrument Set (Ear Surgery Instruments) (Stapedectomy Instruments) Brand -Kalelkar / Besco Technical Specification Sickle Knife , Circular Knife Flag Knife , Sickle And Flag Knife Double Ended , Sickle And Circular Knife Double Ended Circular And Flag Knife Double Ended , House Curette Double Ended, Elevator Pick Straight/Curved/Right Angled , Fisch Perforator 0.3 Mm To 0.8 Mm. Hand Burr , Piston Depth Guage , Stapedectomy Instruments , Piston Cutting Jig Piston Autoclaving Box , Teflon Pistonspistion Crimper Micro Ear Scissor Belluchi Operative Ear Speculam Set Of 4 Black Slotted Or Plain Endural Retractor 2X2endural Retractor Left/Right Plester Micro Suction Canulla 116 To 24Gmicro Suction Canulla Adaptor Silicone Suction Tubecartilage Slicer , Tonsillectomy Instruments Set Brand -Kalelkar / Besco Technical Specification Davis Boyles Mouthgag With 5 Blades Davis Boyles Mouthgag With 5 Slotteddraffin Bipod Stand With Plate Tonsil Holding Forceps Tonsil Dissector Cum Pillar Retractortonsil Dissection Forceps Tonsil Artery Forceps Straighttonsil Artery Forceps Curvedtonsil Artery Forecps Negustonsil Scissor Tonsil Snare Tonsil Snare Wire +Quincy Foreps +Adenoid Curette With Cage + Adenoid Currette Without Cage + Younker Suction Canulla +B.P.Handle No 7 + Negus Knot Tier +Thrroat Instruments Tracheatomy Surgery Instruments + Tracheatomy Tube Chevalier Jackson/Fuller + Mosquito Artery Forceps + B.P.Handle No 3 + B.P. Blade No 11 + Fine Scissor 4 +Tracheal Dilating Forceps + Kilner Catpaw Retractor +Skin Hook + Single Hook Retractor +Double Hook Retractor , Nasal Surgery Instruments Set (Septoplasty Instruments) Brand -Kalelkar / Besco Technical Specificationkillians Nasal Speculam 2 To 3.5 + St. Clair Thomson Nasal Specularm Set Of 4 B.P. Handle No 3+Freersdouble Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator + Symes Double Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator + Howarth Double Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator Symes Double +Suction Elevator + Lucs Forceps Round Or Heart Shape + Jensen Middleton Septum Cutting Forceps + Jensen Middleton Septum Punch Forceps + Turbinectomy Scissor + Ballenger Swivel Knife Bayonet Shape + Tilleys Nasal Gouge Bayonet Shape With V Cut Or. Plain + Hammer (Mallet) + Submucosal Diathermy+ Needle/Ball Probe + Nasal Packing Forceps + Spring Scissor + Catspaw Retractor + Tongue Depressor + Rhinoplasty Surgery Instruments + Raps + Cricoid Hook + Jenkins Chisel + Alar Retractor + Aufritch Nasal Retractor + Ash Septum Forceps + Walsham Septum Forceps + Gillies Osteotome + Nasal Packing Forceps + Silver Nasal Chisel With Guard Left/Right + Skin Hook + Cottle Retractor + S.M.R Instruments + Killians Nasal Speculam 2 To 3.5 + St. Clair Thomson Nasal Speculam Set Of 4 + Freers Double Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator + Symes Double Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator + Howarth Double Ended Mucopericondrial Elevator + Suction Elevator + Turbinectomy Scissor + Ballenger Swivel Knife Bayonet Shape + Tilleys Nasal Gouge Bayonet Shape With V Cut Or Plain + Hammer (Mallet) , Micro Laryngeal Surgery Instruments Set Brand -Kalelkar / Besco Laryngoscope Mls Black Finish Adult/Child/Paediatric With Fiber Optic Carrier Chest Supportlaryngoscope Distending Operating Type Laryngoscope For Filling With Endoscopemls Forceps Cup Type Straight/Left/Right/Upward/Downward Mls Forceps Serrated Type Straight/Left/Right/Upward/Downwardmls Scissor Straight/Left/Right/Upward/Downward Mls Vocal Cord Spreader Mls Mini Larygeal Forceps Triangular End Mld Needle Holdermls Ssickle Knife Mls Circular Knifemls Flag Knifemls Probe 45°, 90°Mls Curettemls Handle For Use With Straight Instumentssuction Tube With Thumb Control Insulated Probe For Coagulationbronchoscope/Esophagoscope & Instrumentsbronchoscope Negue Type Any Size With Fiber Optic Carrier Esophagoscope Any Size With Fiber Carrierhypopharyngoscope (Esophageal Speculam) With Fiber Optic Carrier Forceps Alligator Grasping Single Actionforceps Peanut Soft Tissue Single Actionforceps Cub Biopsy Type Single Action Forceps Patterson Type Single Actionforceps Universal Biopsy & Grasping Single Actionforceps Alligator Grasping Double Actionforceps Peanut Soft Tissue Double Actionforceps Cup Biopsy Type Double Actionforceps Patterson Type Double Actionforceps Universal Biopsy &Ngrasping Double Action Suction Tube Rigid With Thumb Conntrol , Mastoid Surgery Instruments Set Brand -Kalelkar / Besco B.P. Handle No 4 Kilner Catspaw Retractormollison Mastoid Retractor 3X3 Mollison Mastoid Retractor 4X4mahadevaiah Modified Mastoid Retractor Left/Right Jensen Retractorjolls Retractor Periosteal Elevatoroperative Ear Speculam Set Of 4 Black Slotted Or Plain Micro Suction Canulla 11G To 24Gmicro Suction Canulla Adaptor Mastoid Suctioncanulla Set Of 4 With Thumb Grip Sickle Knifecircular Knifeflag Knife House Curette Double Ended Elevator Adsons Toothed Forceps Adsons Non Toothed Forceps Needle Holder 6 Fine Scissor 4Micro Ear Crocodile Serrated Forceps Micro Ear Crocodile Cup Forceps Micro Ear Crocodile Scissors Malleus Nipper Ball Probe 45 Degree/90 Deegre Vien Graft Pressossicle Holding Forceps , Fiberoptic Flexible Video Laryngoscopy System Brand -(Penlon / Karl Storz) Specification 1) It Should Be Very Portable And Light Weight Device With Minimum Display Size Should Be 4 Inch With High Resolution Anti Reflective Display. 2) Should Have 180 Degree Horizontal Screen Rotation With Vertical Movement For Betterclinical Assistance. 3) It Should Be A Lithium Ion Rechargeable Battery-Operated Device With Low Battery Indicator. 4) Minimum Operation Item Should Be 130 Mins. 5) It Should Have Led Light Source At The Tip Of The Blade With Minimum 2 Megapixel Cmos Camera For Better View. 6) It Should Have Channelled And Without Channelled Blade Option. 7) Should Have 4Gb Inbuilt Memory For Continuous Recording & Image Capturing. 8) Blades Sizes Should Be Size 1,2, 3, 4,5 . 9) Blade Should Be Affordable, Sterile Which Connect Laryngoscope Handle With Lock. 10) Battery Life Cycle Should Be Minimum 300 Times. 11) It Should Have Iso & Conformity To Ce. , Fiber-Optic Video Bronchoscope(Brand - Karl Storz /Olympus ) Specification Fiber-Optic Video Bronchoscope Required With Video Illumination To Visualize And Document The Operational Area On Screen. It Should Consist Of Following Features: Monitorscreen 8 To 12 Inch In Size For Display With Touch Screen To Control Features With Hdmi Output For Connecting To A Big Screen Which Can Display Picture Simultaneously On Both Screens.Monitor Should Have Two Ports To Connect Two Video Endoscopes At One Time And Pictures Can Be Swapped Using Touch Screen. Monitor Should Be Chargeable, To Be Supplied With Charger And Should Have Facility To Be Used While Charging. Monitor Resolution Should Be Minimum 1920 X 1200 Pixels In 16:9 Format.Integrated Recording Of Video & Still Images Should Be Possible On Data Card Or Usb Drive With Jpeg And Mpeg Format Which Can Be Easily Transferred To The Computer/Laptop. Documented Videos & Still Images Should Be Easily Recalled On The Monitor. Monitor Should Have A Facility To Connect Flexible Scope Directly Without Any Special Coupler Or Accessory. Monitor Should Have Picture-In-Picture & Side-By-Side Mode To View Images From Flexible Video Scopes. Monitor Should Be Splash Proof According To Ip 54 And Should Be Shock Resistant.Monitor Should Have Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Batteries And Run For At Least 100 Mins. When Fully Charged. Soft Bag From Same Manufacturer Should Be Supplied To Place The Monitor And System Can Also Be Operated Without Taking Monitor Out From The Bag. Same Monitor Should Be Compatible With All The Below Mentioned Scopes Of Same Manufacturing Principal Company .Reusable Fiber Optic Video Bronchoscope.Single Use Flexible Intubation Video Endoscope A Fiber Optic Bronchoscope Is A Medical Device Used To Visualize The Airways During Bronchoscopy, A Procedure Where A Thin, Lighted Tube Is Inserted Into The Lungs To Examine Them. The Specifications Of A Fiber Optic Bronchoscope Typically Include Its Outer Diameter, Working Length, Field Of View, Angulation Capabilities, And The Diameter Of Its Working Channel. Key Specifications:Diameter: Bronchoscopes Come In Various Sizes, With Outer Diameters Ranging From 2.5 To 10 Mm. Smaller Diameters (E.G., 4.9 Mm) Are Suitable For Smaller Patients, While Larger Diameters May Offer Better Image Quality And Suction Capabilities. King Length: The Working Length, Which Is The Distance From The Distal End Of The Bronchoscope To The Insertion Point, Typically Ranges From 30 Cm To 60 Cm. View: This Refers To The Angle Of Vision That The Bronchoscope Offers. A Wider Field Of View (E.G., 110-120 Degrees) Allows For A Broader View Of The Airways. Angulation: The Ability To Bend The Tip Of The Bronchoscope Allows For Maneuvering Into Various Airways. Up And Down Angulation Capabilities Are Typically Around 180 Degrees And 130 Degrees Respectively King Channel Diameter: The Working Channel Is The Passage Through Which Instruments Like Forceps For Biopsies Or Suction Devices Can Be Passed. It Is Typically 1.2-2.3 Mm In Diameter Other Notable Specifications: 26/25 All Above Equipment Should Be From Same Manufacturers And Usfda & Ce Approved , Anaesthesia Workstation Complete With Anaesthesia Gas Delivery System, Vaporiser, Circle Absorber System With Built In Anaesthesia Ventilator & Withmultipara Monitor Brand - -Drager/Penlon/Bpl General • Should Have Provision For Delivery Of Oxygen, Nitrous Oxide And Medical Air • The Machine Should Be Capable Of Delivering Low Flow Anaesthesia. • The Anaesthesia Machine With Circle Absorber, Ventilator And Vaporiser Should Be From Same Manufactureranaesthesia Machine Should Be Ce Notified Body Approved. • Anaesthesia Machine Should Be Cdsco Approved. Vaporizer Should Be Us Fda Approved.Should Have Independent Attachments For Connecting Central Gas Supply And Pin Indexed Cylindershould Have Non-Interchangeable Pipeline Hose Inlet Connection To Pipelines For Medical Oxygen, Nitrous Oxide, And Medical Air Should Have Large Size Pressure Gauges, For Easy Visibility, Colour Coded, Two Each For Oxygen And Nitrous Oxide; One For Airanaesthesia Machine Frame Shall Be Manufactured In Strong But Lightweight Material.The Machine Shall Have A Maximum Of Four Castors/Wheels For Manoeuvrability With Front Two Castors Having Brakesshould Have Minimum Two Non-Lockable And Spacious Drawers For Storing Accessoriesthe Frame Shall Have Gcx Compatible Channels Incorporated For Mounting Other Accessories. • The Option For An Integrated Independent Oxygen Flow Meter For Oxygen Delivery Is Mandatory. Frame Shall Accommodate Up To Two Backup Cylinders One Each For Oxygen And Nitrous Oxideon Activation Of The System On/Off Switch Gas Flow And Vaporization Shall Immediately Be Availableshould Have Selector Switch For Selecting Open And Close Circuit Operation • The Common Gas Outlet Shall Be Mounted At The Front Of The Machine (Not Rear Or Side) To Be Easily Accessible In The Event Of An Emergency And For Use Of Alternate Breathing Circuits • The Option For Illumination Of The Writing Table/Work Surface Is Mandatory • The Frame Should Have Integrated Power Outlets To Supply A Minimum Of Three External Devices • Should Have Top Shelf, Manoeuvring Handle And Footrest • Machine Should Have Table Topwork Space To Keep Drugs. • The Unit Should Have A Battery Back-Up Facility For The Ventilator In The Event Of Power Loss. Minimum 90 Minutes Battery Backup Required. • Input Power :100 – 240 Vac Gas Flow • Antistatic And Cascaded Dual Flow Tubes Should Be Available For All Gases (O2, N2o& Air) To Allow Suitable Resolution And Accurate Control At Low Total Fresh Gas Flows. • The Flow Range Shall Be 150Ml-10 Lpm • Should Have N2o Cut Off Facility If O2 Supply Fails. • Should Have Oxygen Failure Alarm Both Visual And Audible. • Should Have Oxygen Flush Facility Bypassing Vaporiser. O2 Flush Switch Should Be Conveniently Placed For Easy Accessibility. O2 Flush Switch Should Be Non-Lockable. • The Unit Shall Have A Mechanical Anti-Hypoxic Device (Ahd) System To Control The Ratio Of Oxygen And Nitrous Oxide. A Completely Mechanical Ahd System, That Requires No Electricity, Is Mandatory • The Mechanical Ahd System Must Limit Minimum Oxygen Levels To Approximately 25% • Should Have Minimum Mandatory Oxygen Flow Of 100 Ml When Switched On • It Shall Be Possible To Deliver Air With Only Basal Flow Oxygen Independent Of The Abovementioned Hypoxic Control. • Gas Flow Shall Be Controlled Mechanically Only • Visual Display Of Individual Gas Flows Is Mandatory, This Shall Be By Physical Means Such As Glass Flowmeters Independent Ofelectrical Power • Flow Meters Should Have The Option Of Backlight Illumination • In The Event Of Complete Power Loss And Battery Failure It Shall Still Be Possible To Set The Fresh Gas Flow Accurately For Each Gas, Manually Ventilate (With Bag) And Continue To Keep The Patient Anaesthetized. • Anaesthesia Machine, Vaporizer And Ventilator Should Be From Same Oem. • Provide Isoflurane And Sevoflurane Vaporizer With Themachine. Vaporizers • The Unit Should Accommodate At Least Two Vaporizers For Anaesthetic Agent Delivery. • The Manifold Should Only Accept Vaporizers With Approved Back Bar Connections And Prevent Usage Of More Than One Vaporizer Simultaneously. Preferably Selectatec Compatible Back Bar. • Vaporizers Supplied With The Unit Shall Be Routine Maintenance Free For The Life Of The Product • Vaporizers Supplied With The Unit Shall Be Manufactured From Lightweight Materials To Aid In Fitting & Removal • Should Have An Operating Flow Range Of0.2 – 15 L/Min And Nominal Capacity 250 Ml Ventilator • Ventilator Shall Cater For A Diverse Range Of Patient Groups From Neonates To Adult Patients With Restrictive Airways • Ventilator Should Be Pneumatically Driven And Controlled Electronically • Ventilator Shall Have A Large 8.4” Colourtft Display, For Exclusive Use Of Ventilator Control And Monitoring. • Control Ofthe Ventilator User Interface Shall Be By Touch Screen And Rotary Dialventilator Shall Have The Following Ventilation Abilities, Volume Control (Vcv), Pressure Control Ventilation (Pcv), Simv-V And Simv-P ,Spont/Pressure Support Ventilation (Psv),Manuaassisted Modes Of Breathing Shall Be Flow Triggered. Ventilator Shall Compensate For Fresh Gas Flow And Compliance Of The Entire Circuit. Should Have User Adjustable Alarms For Major Parameters Such As Tidal Volume, Minute Volume,Fio2,Airway Pressure, Frequency Apnea Alarms Must Be User Adjustableto Allow For All Operating Conditions And Phases During Anaesthesia Ventilator Should Have The Ability To Display Patient Spirometry Loop Ventilator Should Also Display Waveforms For Flow, Volume And Airway Pressure Stem Absorber & Not Remoted Via Tubes Or Channelsvolume Measurement Sensors Should Not Be Disposable Typeventilator Parameterstidal Volume- 10Ml-1600 Mlfrequency- 4-100 Bpm I:E Ratio- 4:1 To 1:10 Inspiratory Pause - 0-60% Of Ti Peep - Off, 3-30 Cmh2o Pressure Limit - 5-70 Cmh2o Minute Volume-0.5 To 60 Lpm Breathing System • The Breathing System Designed So That It Can Be Removed & Replaced As A Complete Unit Without The Use Of Tools • All Parts Of The Breathing System That Are In Contact With Patient Gas Shall Be Latex Free And Autoclavable Except For Non Autoclavableremovable Part Like O2 Sensor And Pressure Manometer. • Bag/Vent Switch Shall Be Integrated On The Absorber And Should Activate Ventilator In Vent Mode And Vice Versa (One Step Operation). • Breathing System Should Have Heater System To Avoid Water Condensation. • Should Have Quick Release Canister For Sodalime , Capacity Minimum 1.5 Litre • The Breathing System Absorber Canisters Shall Have A Bypass System To Allow For Canister Change Mid-Case Without Loss Of Ventilation Pressure. The Requirement For An Automatic Bypass Without Extra Input From The User Is Mandatory • The Ventilator Bellows Shall Be Clearly Visible And Be Of Upright Design.The Bellows Should Ascend On Expiration To Provide A Quick Visual Indicator For Assisted Breathing, Spontaneous Breathing And System Leaks. • Same Bellows Shall Be Used For Adult And Pediatric Application • Should Have Provision For Fio2 Monitoring Cell And Fio2 Value Should Be Monitored On The Main Screen. • A Bag Arm With Positional Adjustment Shalmulti Parameter Patient Monitor, Which Is Suitable For Use In Operation Theatres, Icu & Wards. 2. Standard Configuration Of Ecg, Respiration, Spo2,( Massimo),Nibp (Suntech) Temperature,Dual Ibp, Agm ( Massimo) Mainstream. 3. Should Have 12-Inch Color Lcd Display. 4. Should Have Dual Modes Of Operation: Rotary Knob. 5. Should Display 7 Waveforms Or More 6. Waveform Colour Can Be Changed From Screen Setup Of The Corresponding Layout Screen. 7. Ecg: ? Should Be Able To Monitor Ecg Through 5-Lead Patient Cable ? Should Have Manual St Analysis Window ? Should Detect 20 Arrhythmias And Generate Alarms. ? The Priority Of Arrhythmia Alarms Can Be Configurable ? Should Measure Pvc & Pac ? Should Be Able To Monitor Heart Rate From 10-300 Bpm ? Should Have User Selectable Modes Like Monitor, Surgery And Diagnosis For Operation In Icu, Ot’S Etc ? Should Have Pacemaker Detection Facility 8. Respiration: ? Measurement Range Of 0 To 150 Breaths Per Min ? Should Have Gain Selection: ×0.25, ×1, ×2, ×4 ? Should Have Sweep Speed Selection Of 6.25Mm/S, 12.5Mm/S, 25Mm/S ? Should Have Apnea Detection Facility ? Apnea Monitoring Limit Range: 10S, 15S, 20S, 25S, 30S, 35S, 40S, 45S, 50S, 55S, 60S 9. Spo2: ? Should Have Massimo Technology ? Should Have Measurement Range Of 0~100 % ? Should Have On Screen Display Of Numeric Value For Spo2, Pr With Signal Strength Bar And Plethysmograph ? Should Be Able To Select Sat Sec To Avoid False Alarm 10. Nibp: ? Must Be Of Suntech Medical Technology For Clinical-Grade Blood Pressure Measurement ? Should Have Auto, Manual, And Stat Modes Of Operation For Nibp. ? Should Have A Measuring Range Of 0-280 Mmhg 11. Should Have 2 Channels For Temperature Monitoring 12. Should Have Data Storage Capabilities: O 72 Hours Of Trend Data Storage. O 2000 Sets Of Nibp Measurement Data. O 200 Alarm Events O Physiological Alarms Can Be Reviewed With 16 Sec Of Associated Waveform Along With Other Parameter Values. Even Print Out These Waveforms With Optional Recorder O 7 Leads Of Ecg Waveform Disclosure At Least Of 1-Hour O Should Have Facility To Transfer The Trend Data To Usb 13. The Monitor Should Have Drug Dose Calculator And Oxy-Crg View Screens 14. Snapshot Facility With Usb Transfer. 16.Should Have Alarm Settings For All Parameters. 17.Should Have Color Coded Alarms And Alarms Priority Can Be Configurable. 18. Should Have Cns Connectivity Of Same Make. 19.Monitor Should Be Able To Directly Connect With Hospital Information System (His 20.Should Have Standby And Night Mode 21.Should Have Li-Ion Battery 22.Battery Should Have 3.5 Hrs Of Operation 23.Monitor Should Be Ce Certified 24.Manufacturer Should Be Iso Certified 13485:2016 , Bi-Phasic Defibrillator Brand - Bpl/Maestros Technical Specifications For Bi-Phasic Defibrillator • The Machine Should Have Facility For Ecg Monitoring, Bi-Phasic Defibrillation,With Facility To Print Ecg Through In-Built Thermal Printer,• Should Be Extremely Light-Weight (Less Than 10 Kgs) • Should Have Monitoring Facility Through Color Tft Display With Screen Size At Least 7” Or Better. • Should Have Both Synchronous And Asynchronous Mode. • The Defibrillator Should Be Biphasic Technology Based Having Energy Selection Of 2-300 Joules• It Must Be Capable Of Monitoring Ecg Through Ecg Cables, Multi-Function Electrodes And External Paddles. • The Machine Should Be Able To Defibrillate Adult, Paediatric Patients. • The Machine Should Have Ecg Wave Form Display On Bright Screen Along With Other Vital Numeric Information. • Should Be Able To Monitor Ecg• Should Have Facility For Auto Testing When Switched On And During Operations. • The Machine Should Be Compact, Portable With Built In Rechargeable Battery. • Should Have External Pacemaker With Fixed Or Demand Mode. • Should Be Able To Deliver A Maximum Of 300J In Aed Mode • Should Have A Minimum 2 Hours Battery Capacity For Monitoring And 1 Hour Battery Capacity For Giving Minimum Of 100 Shocks.• Energy Selectiononfront Panel Button And External Paddle Buttons • Charge Control On Front Panel Button And External Paddle Buttons • Charge Indicator Charging Tone, End Of Charge Tone, Led In Charge• Shock Control Buttons On The External Paddles • Should Have External Defibrillator Adult And Paediatric Paddles.• Charging Time - Less Than 8 Seconds At 300 J With A New And Fully Charged Battery • The Machine Should Have User Selectable Alarm Settings• The Machine Should Store At Least 24 Events For Viewing Or Recording.Ecg: • Should Be Able To Monitor Ecg Through 5-Lead Patient Cable • Should Be Able To Display Lead I,Ii,Iii, Avr, Avl, Avf And One Of The Chest Leads• Should Be Able To Monitor Heart Rate From 15-300 Bpmgeneral Specifications• The Machine Should Work On Mains As Well As Rechargeable Battery. • The Device Should Be Manufactured From An Iso Certified Organization• Machine Should Be Supplied With Standard Accessories• System Should Be Easy To Operate With Facility To Give Print Command, Charge And Energy Selection On Both External Paddles And On The Main Unit.• Should Have Upgradable Facility For Masimo Etco2.• Should Have Upgradable Facility For Spo2.• Should Have Upgradable Facility For Nibp.• Should Have Upgradable Facility For Pacer Also. , Multi Para Monitor With P, Nibp, Ecg Facility (Brand - Bpl/Maestros/Drager)) Technical Specifications For Multipara Monitor 1. Multi Parameter Patient Monitor, Which Is Suitable For Use In Operation Theatres, Icu & Wards. 2. Standard Configuration Of Ecg, Respiration, Spo2,( Oxyset+), Nibp (Suntech) Temperature. 3. Optional Parameter Etco2, Dual Ibp, Agm 4. Should Have 12-Inch Color Lcd Display. 5. Should Have Dual Modes Of Operation: Rotary Knob. 6. Should Display 7 Waveforms Or More 7. Waveform Colour Can Be Changed From Screen Setup Of The Corresponding Layout Screen. 8. Ecg: ? Should Be Able To Monitor Ecg Through 5-Lead Patient Cable ? Should Have Manual St Analysis Window ? Should Detect 20 Arrhythmias And Generate Alarms. ? The Priority Of Arrhythmia Alarms Can Be Configurable ? Should Measure Pvc & Pac ? Should Be Able To Monitor Heart Rate From 10-300 Bpm ? Should Have User Selectable Modes Like Monitor, Surgery And Diagnosis For Operation In Icu, Ot’S Etc ? Should Have Pacemaker Detection Facility 9. Respiration: ? Measurement Range Of 0 To 150 Breaths Per Min ? Should Have Gain Selection: ×0.25, ×1, ×2, ×4 ? Should Have Sweep Speed Selection Of 6.25Mm/S, 12.5Mm/S, 25Mm/S ? Should Have Apnea Detection Facility ? Apnea Monitoring Limit Range: 10S, 15S, 20S, 25S, 30S, 35S, 40S, 45S, 50S, 55S, 60S 10. Spo2: ? Should Have Nellcor Technology ? Should Have Measurement Range Of 0~100 % ? Should Have On Screen Display Of Numeric Value For Spo2, Pr With Signal Strength Bar And Plethysmograph ? Should Be Able To Select Sat Sec To Avoid False Alarm 11. Nibp: ? Must Be Of Suntech Medical Technology For Clinical-Grade Blood Pressure Measurement ? Should Have Auto, Manual, And Stat Modes Of Operation For Nibp. ? Should Have A Measuring Range Of 0-280 Mmhg 12. Should Have 2 Channels For Temperature Monitoring 13. Should Have Data Storage Capabilities: O 72 Hours Of Trend Data Storage. 2000 Sets Of Nibp Measurement Data. O 200 Alarm Events O Physiological Alarms Can Be Reviewed With 16 Sec Of Associated Waveform Along With Other Parameter Values. Even Print Out These Waveforms With Optional Recorder O 7 Leads Of Ecg Waveform Disclosure At Least Of 1-Hour O Should Have Facility To Transfer The Trend Data To Usb 14. The Monitor Should Have Drug Dose Calculator And Oxy-Crg View Screens 15. Snapshot Facility With Usb Transfer. 16.Should Have Alarm Settings For All Parameters. 17.Should Have Color Coded Alarms And Alarms Priority Can Be Configurable. 18. Should Have Cns Connectivity Of Same Make. , Fully Functional Automatic Dental Chair With Inbuilt Suction And Compressor (Brand- Confident / Chamundi) Programmable Dental Chair, Unit Fitted With Floor Mount Light With Led(Faro, Maia) Operating Light Having, On/Off And Intensity Control By Non-Touchsensor Monitor Mounting Arm High And Low Vacum Motorized Crs Suction System Autocalvable 2 Nos Beecool Ii Light Cure Cordless-1 No Modular Trolley System Over The Patient Airotor Points- 2 Nos Supreme Micromotor 35,000Rpm With Digital Display Of Speed Three Way Syringe- 1 Nos Supreme Optic Scaler With Five Scaling Tips With Endo Chuck 1 No Ss Instrument Tray X-Ray Viewer Multi Function Foot Control Comfort Dental Operators Stool Compressor Monobloc Oil-Free Medical Grade Airotor Air Compressor 1.5/2 Hp With Radiator Cooler, Condensor, Silicon Column Filter For Moisture, Dust Filter Microbial Filter Fitted On Ms Tank. , Dental Aerotor(Brand - Nsk) Push Button With Led Light , Dental Micromotor Contrangle(Brand - Nsk) Latch Type , Dental Micromotor Straight With Led Light (Brand - Nsk) , Round, Straight Surgical Bur For Straight Hand Piece Micromotor Carbide Burs(Brand - Nsk/Prima) , Round, Straight, Inverted Cone And Tapered Fissure Burs For Aerotor Diamond Fg (Brand- Dent Ark) , Rotary Files Niti Files Sx, S1 S2 F1 F2 And F3 (Brand- Dent Ark /Nsk) , Ultraound Color Doppler System (Brand -Samsung Hs30/ Ge Logiq / Mindray Mx7 (3D,4D)/Bpl) Technicalspecification 1. The Units Should Be Latest State Of The Art Digital Color Doppler With Broadband Beam Forming For Cardiac, Abdominal,Vascular And Ob/Gynapplication. The Models With Following (Or Higher) Specifications Need To Be Quoted. 2. The Machines Should Be Usa Fda And European Ce Certified And Should Be Latest In Technology And Launched In 2016 Or Later. The Manufacturing Company Should Be Iso Certified. 3. They Should Have At Least 750000 Digital Processing Channels For High –Resolution Imaging. 4. Imaging Modes : 2D, M- Mode, Color Flow Imaging, Pulse Doppler, Power Doppler, Continuous Wave Doppler And Directional Color Flow Mapping, 3D/4D Imaging Modes 5. The Machine Should Be Supplied With Dedicated 3D/4D Package 6. The Machines Should Have Facility For Simultaneous Dual/ Duplex/ Triplex Mode Display 7. Tissue Harmonic Imaging Should Be Available On All The Transducers. 9. Machines Should Be Capable Of Advanced Real Time Compound Imaging. 10. Should Have Frame Rate 1500 Fps Or More 11. Scanning Depth Should Be 40 Cms Or More 12. High Dynamic Range Of 250 Db Or More. 13. The Machines Should Have 256 Grey Shades (8 Bit) Or More. 14. One Touch Image Optimization Should Be Available In 2D Mode With One Button Automatic Adjustment Of Tgc And Receiver Gain And Compression Curve Based On The Range Of Detectable Tissue Signals. 15. There Should Be One Button Automatic Adjustment Of Doppler Prf, Baseline, Dynamic Range And Gain In Doppler Mode. 16. Pulsed Wave Doppler Should Be Available On All Imaging Transducers With Adjustable Sample Volume Size, Simultaneous Or Duplex Mode Of Operation, Simultaneous, 2D, Colour Doppler, Pulsed Doppler, High Prf Capability In All Modes Including Duplex And Triplex And Automatic Adjustment Of Scale And Baseline. The System Should Have Option To Adjust The Color Flow Mode For High Or Low Flows In One Touch. 17. Machines Should Support Broad Band/ Wide Band High Density Probes Spanning With Frequency Range From 1-20 Mhz (+/- 1 Mhz). The System Should Support Latest Technology Single Crystal Probe Or Matrix Array Probes For Better Resolution And Penetration. 18. Automatic Doppler Analysis Should Be Available With Automatic Real Time Calculation Of At Least Sixof Following User Selectable Parameters Peak Systolic Velocity End Diastolic Velocity, Mean Diastolic Velocity, Volume Flow, Time Average Mean Velocity, Time Average Peak Velocity, Resistive Index, Pulsatility Index, Systolic/ Diastolic Ratio, Acceleration/ Deceleration Times. 19. The Machine Should Have Up To 500000 Images Storing Facility And Cine Loop Review Facility With Memory Up To Minimum Of 25,000 Frames 20. The Machines Should Have Facility Of Direct Storage And Retrieval Of B/W And Color Images (Both Frozen And Cine Loop) In The Inbuilt Hard Disk Drive. In Built Hard Disk Storage Should Be Equal To Or More Than 1Tband Solid State Device In Addition With Capacity 120Gb. 21. The Machines Should Support Four Or More Transducers With Universal Ports Allowing Any Transducer To Be Connected To Any Port. 22. Machines Should Have A High Resolution Fully Articulating Non-Interlaced Flicker Free, Anti-Glare Led Display Of 21 Inches Or More With Resolution 1,920X 1,080 Or Better.In Addition, The Machine Should Have 10” Or More Touch Control Panel For Easy Access. 23. The System Should Have Image Enhancement Options Like Speckle Reduction, Spatial Compounding And Filtered Tissue Harmonics. The System Should Have Adaptive Blending Color To Maintain The 2D Resolution While Working In Color Mode. 24. Zoom Facility (Upto 8 Times Or More Magnification) With High Resolution Results And Pan Capacity In Both Real Time And Frozen Images. 25. The System Should Have Cd-Dvd And Usb Archival (Dicom And Pc Format).There Should Be 4 Or More Usb Ports. 26. Machine Should Be Offered With The Following Broadband Probes (I) Cardiac Package Along With Adult Phased Array Transducer With Frequency Ranging 1.0 - 5.0Mhz (+/- 1.0Mhz). (Ii) Convex Transducer Frequency Ranging ( C1-6Ct) Mhz. (Iii) Liner Transducer Frequency Ranging (L3-12T ) Mhz (Iv) Tvs Transducer Frequency Ranging (Ec3-10T) 27. Online 1Kva Upsand Color Inkjet Printer 28. Preference Would Be Given To Products Manufactured In India, Japan, Korea, Europe, Us. , Laproscopic Surgery Set With Hysteroscope And Resectoscope (Brand Ethicon/ Mindray Medical Pvt Ltd/ Karl Storz/ Conmed/Olympus) Unit And Camera Head The System Should Have The Full Hd Resolution-1920 X1080 Internal Medical Grade Recorder For Capturing Full Hd Videos And Full Hd Stills With Storage Capability Internal Of 50 Gb Or External Medical Grade Recorder Should Be Provided From The Same Manufacturer. System Should Have The Facility Of Controlling The Recording Device From The Camera Head. Video Scopes Can Be Connected To The Same. The Camera System Should Be Able To Provide With 1080 P Lines For Hd Resolution Image. Technical Specifications: Image Sensor: 1 Xcmos Agc: Microprocessor Controller Weight: 130Gm Focal Length: 16Mm Control Buttons: 3 (2 Of Them Freely Programmable) Input: Keyboard Input For Character Generator. Power Supply:-100-240 Vac 50/60 Hz Certified To: Iec 601-1, 601-2-18, Csa 22.2 No. 601, Ul 2601 And Ce According To Mdd, Protection Class1/Cf 2 High-Definition Medical Grade Monitor Led Crystal Display. Max. Resolution Of 1920X1080. Screen Diagonal - 27Inches Desk Top With Pedestal. Should Have The Facility Of Pip Mode. Accessories External 24Vdc Power Supply, Mains Cord, Pedestal. Certified To: En 60601-1, Protection Class Ipx 1 Led Light Source With Fiber Optic Cable Color Temperatures 6400K External Light Source Light Outlets - 1 Light Intensity Adjustment: - Continuously Adjustable Manually From Light So Should Be Supplied With Light Cable, Diameter 4.8Mm, Length 250Cm. Certified To :- Iec 601-1 & Ul 544 Ce According To Mdd, Protection Class 1/C Telescopes Forward Oblique 30 Degree Telescope, Diameter 10 Mm, Autoclavable, Length Optic Light Transmission Incorporated. Forward Oblique 30 Degree Telescope, Diameter 5 Mm, Autoclavable, Length 2 Optic Light Transmission Incorporated Co2 Insufflator Technical Specifications: Gas Flow: 0-400 L/Min Cv 625 Laprascopy Set Pressure: 0-30 Mmhg (4000Pa). High Flow Mode (0 To 40 L/Min.) Sensitive Mode Pressure 15 Mm Hg & Flow 15 L/Min For Sensitive Application Electronic Control And Colour Touch Screen, Following Data Are Displayed On Touch Screen: -Insufflation Mode. Set Value Pressure (0-30 Mmhg). Current Patient Pressure. Set Value Gas Flow (0-40 L/Min). Current Gas Flow. Gas Consumption (0-999 1). Reusable Insufflation Tube For Co2 Gas Up To Patient Body. High Flow Mode With Flow Performance Up To 40 L/Min. Easy And Intuitive Use With User Friendly Color Touch Screen 7 Inch For Easy And Precise Setting Of Set Values For Pressure And Flow And Of Insufflation Mode, As Well As For Clear Display Of Corresponding Set Values And Actual Values. Optical And Acoustic Alarm Signals In The Event Of Patient Overpressure Should Have Hose Pipe. Equipment Cart From The Same Manufacture Should Be Quoted With 4 Or More Helves Isolation Transformer Co2 Cylinder Holder Laparoscopic Instruments- Detailed Description • Veress Pneumoperitoneum Needle With Spring Blunt Stylet, Luer-Lock, Length 13 Cm & 15 Cm –2 Nos • Trocar, Size 11 Mm, Color Code: Green, Consisting Of: Trocar Only, With Pyramidal Tip Cannula Without Valve, With Insufflation Stop-Cock, Length 10.5 Cm Multifunctional Valve, Three Part Dismantel, With Washers Pack Of 10 – 4 Nos • Trocar, Size 6 Mm, Consisting Of: Trocar Only, With Pyramidal Tip Cannula Without Valve, With Insufflation Stop-Cock, Length 10.5 Cm Multifunctional Valve, Three Part Dismantel With Washers Pack Of 10 – 4 Nos • Reduction Sleeve, 11/5 Mm – 1 Nos • Reducer 11/5 Mm– 1 Nos • Telescope, Diameter 10 Mm, Length 32 Cm, Autoclavable, Variable Direction Of View From 0°-90, Adjustment Knob For Selecting The Desired Direction Of View, Fiber Optic Light Transmission Incorporated- 1 Nos •Injection Needle, Luer-Lock, Diameter 1. 2 Mm, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm - 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Dissecting And Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet Outer Tube, Insulated Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Dissecting And Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 3 6 Cm, Right Angled, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area, Insert, And Outer Tube, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Dissecting And Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Long, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Dissecting- And Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Alligator Jaws, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle Without Ratchet, With Larger Contacact Area, Insert And Outer Tube, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Grasping Forceps, Siz E 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Atraumatic, Jaws With Multiple Teeth, Fenestrated, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Atraumatic, Jaws With Multiple Teeth, Fenestrated, Long, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Grasping Forceps, 2 X 4 Teeth, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle With Manhes Style With Ratchet Outer Tube, Insulated Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Bowel Grasper, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area Outer Tube, Insulated., Three Parts Dismantle 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Grasping Forceps, Rotating, Dismantling, Insulated, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, With Luer-Lock Connector For Cleaning, Single Action Jaws, Atraumatic, Fenestrated, Curved, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet Metal Outer Sheath, Insulated Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Atraumatic, Fenestrated, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area, Insert And Outer Tube, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Three Plece Laparoscopic Dissecting And Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Heavy, Double Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, With Manhes Style Ratchet Outer Tube, Insulated Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel – 1 Nos • Three Plece Scissor, Rotating, Dismantling, Insulated, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, With Luer-Lock Connector For Deaning, Double Action Jaws, Curved, Length Of Blades 15 Mm, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Insulated, Without Ratchet Metal Outer Sheath, Insulated Scissors Insert For Use With Trocars Size 6 Mm Three Part Dismantel 1 Nos • Single Use Scissor Insert Pack Of 10 (1X10) 1 Nos • Three Piece Laparoscopic Hook Scissors, Rotating, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Jaws Not Crossing With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulati On, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area, Outer Tube, Insert, Three Parts Dismantel 1 Nos • Three Plece Laparoscopic Autoclavable Grasping And Dissecting Forceps, Single Action Jaws, Fenestrated, 360 Degree Rotational Sheath, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Long, Ergonomic Metal Handle With Plastic Finger Rings With Larger Contact Area At The Finger Ring To Avoid Pressure Sores, Can Be Dismantled With The Press Of A Button. 1 Nos • Suction And Irrigation Tube, Anti-Reflex Surface With Two-Way Stopcock, For Single Hand Control, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm 1 Nos • Olsen Suction Or Irrigation Tube, With Protection Basket, With Trumpet Valve, Size 10Mm Length 36Cm. 1 Nos • Dissecting-Electrode, L-Shaped, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Consisting Of: Outer Tube, Insulated Plastic Handle Electrode L-Shaped With Trumpet Handle 1 Nos • Coagulating And Dissecting Electrode, L-Shaped, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Working Length 36 Cm 1 Nos • Coagulating And Dissecting Electrode, Spatula-Sheaped, Blunt With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Working Length 36 Cm 1 Nos • Macro Needle Holder, Ergonomic Axial Handle With Disengage Able Ratchet, Ratchet Release On The Right Side, Left Curved Jaws, With Tungsten Carbide Insert # 5 Mm, Length 33 Cm 1 Nos • Macro Needle Holder, Ergonomic Pistol Handle With Disengage Able Ratchet, Ratchet Release On The Right Side, Right Curved Jaws, With Tungsten Carbide Insert # 5 Mm, Length 33 Cm 1 Nos • Dismantling Needle Holder, Ergonomic Pistol Grip With Disengage Able Ratchet, Ratchet Release On The Left Side, Jaws Curved Left, With Tungsten Carbide Insert # 5 Mm, Length 33 Cm Consisting Of: Insert, Outer Tube, Handle 1 Nos • Unipolar Hf Cord With 4Mm Banana Plug And Length 300 Cm 1 Nos • Clip Applicator, For Use With Ethicon Titanium-Clips Lt-300 (Medium Large), Dismantling, Rotating, With Ratchet To Lock The Jaw Part Holding The Clip, Size 10 Mm, Length 36 Cm, Consisting Of: Metal Handle, With Ratchet Metal Outer Tube Insert, Three Part Dismantel, 1 Nos • Claw Forceps, Rotating, Size 10 Mm, Length 36 Cm, 2 X 3 Teeth, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Metal Handle, With Manhes Style Ratchet Outer Tube, Insulated Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. 1 Nos • Claw Grasping Forceps, Rotating, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm, 2 X 3 Teeth, Single Action Jaws, Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, With Larger Contact Area Outer Tube 1 Nos • Rotatable Bipolar Grasping Forceps, Rotating, Dismantling, With Connector Pin For Bipolar Coagulation, Double Action Jaws, Especially Suitable For Dissection, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, Color Code: Light Blue Outer Sheath Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. – 1Nos • Rotatable Bipolar Grasping Forceps, Rotating, Dismantling, With Connector Pin For Bipolar Coagulation, Double Action Jaws, Fine Atraumatic Serration, Fenestrated, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm Consisting Of: Plastic Handle, Without Ratchet, Color Code: Light Blue Outer Sheath Forceps Insert, Three Part Dismantel. – 1 Nos • Bipolar Hf Connecting Cable Length 300 Cm, Compatible With All Standard Cauteries – 1 Nos • Fascial Closure Instrument For Sub Cutaneous Ligature Of Trocar Incisions – 1 Nos • Myoma Fixation Instrument, Screw Shaped, 5 Mm. – 1Nos • Dismantling Fan Retractor, Distendable, Size 5 Mm, Length 36 Cm.- 1 Nos • High Frequency Needle, For Splitting And Coagulation, Insulated, Retractable, With Connector Pin For Unipolar Coagulation, Size 5 Mm, Length 31 Cm. 1 Nos • Single Use Scissor Insert Pack Of 10 (1X10) - 1 Nos • Uterine Manipulator: Uterine Manipulator For Providing Tissue Tension Needed For Anatomical Surgery. The Manipulator Should Have Application In Tlh, Lash, Lavh And Hysterectomies For Malignant Pathologies 1 Nos • Sterilization Tray For 2 Telescopes (Same Manufacturer) • Sterilization Tray For Instruments (Same Manufacturer) Hysteroscopy Set Hysteroscope Sheath For Diagonostic Continuous Irrigation Size 6.1-6.3Mm Outer Sheath And 5.1-5.3 Mm Inner Sheath For Use With 4Mm Hysteroscope Telescope. Hysteroscope Sheath For Operative Continuous Irrigation Size 5.9-6.1Mm Outer Sheath With Operating Channel 5Fr, Leur Lock Adaptor And 5.3-5.5Mm Inner Sheath For Use With 4Mm Hysteroscope Telescope. With Stopcock & Leur Lock Adaptor And Inflow And Outflow Channe Semi Rigid Instruments For Use With Operating Hysteroscope Scissors Semi Rigid, Blunt Tips, 5 Fr., Length 36-40Cm, Single Action Jaws Scissors Semi Rigid, Pointed Jaws, 5 Fr., Length 36-40Cm, Single Action Jaws, Semi-Rigid Biopsy- And Grasping Forceps Semi Rigid, 5 Fr., Length 36-40Cm, Double Action Jaws Tenaculam Grasping Forceps Semi Rigid, 5 Fr., Length 36-40Cm, Double Action Jaws Bipolar Vaporization Electrode, Semirigid, 5 Fr., Needle Electrode Angled 90°, Length 42Cm Bipolar High Frequency, Should Fit In Most Of The Standard Electrosurgical Unit Having Bana Plug One Side, Length Should Be Not Less Than 250Cm Telescope 12, Enlarged View, Diameter 4 Mm, Length 30 Cm, Autoclavable, Fiber Optic Light Transmission Incorporated Bipolar Working Element To Be Used With 26 Fr Resectoscope Sheath: Motion By Means Of A Spring. The Thumb Support Is Movable. Return Of The Loop Is Control By The Thumb And In Rest Position The Electrode Should Rest Inside The Operating Sheath, To Be Used With 4Mm Hysteroscopy Telescope. Should Work In Saline Bipolar Cutting Loop 24 Fr Should Work In Saline Cutting Electrode 24Fr, Bipolar, Pointed, Should Work In Saline Coagulating Electrode 24Fr, Bipolar, Ball End Should Work In Saline Continuous Flow Resectoscope Sheath 26 Fr., For Bi-Polar, Including Connection Tubes For And Outflow, 2 Luer-Lock Adaptors, 26Fr, Oblique Beak, Rotating Inner Tube, With Ceramic Insulation, For Use With Working Element. Should Work In Saline Obturator, For Use With The Resectoscope Sheath. Fluid Management System (Irrigation & Suction Unit) Pressure Regulated Suction And Irrigation System For Use In Laparoscopy And Gynaecology Unit Should Have Touch Screen As User Interface. Unit Should Have Feature Of Automatically Fixing Maximum Parameters For Laparoscopy And Hysteroscopy Mode By The Choice Of Tubing Unit Should Have Feature Of Simultaneous Display Of Set Values And Actual Values Enabling User For Continuous Monitoring Of Suction And Irrigation Parameters Unit Should Have Feature Of Use Of Disposable/Reusable Cassette Tubing Set For Laparoscopy/Hysteroscopy Procedures. Unit Should Be Supplied With Glass Suction Bottle 5 Lite Unit Should Have Pressure Settings: Hysteroscopy Mode: 0-200 Mmhg Laparoscopy Mode: 100/300/500 Mmhg Unit Should Have Flow Settings: Hysteroscopy Mode: 200/400/600 Ml/Min Laparoscopy Mode: 0-1300Ml/Min Suction Pressure Regulated: Hysteroscopy Mode: 0.1-(-)0.8Bar (-80Kpa) Laparoscopy Mode: 0.1-(-)0.8Bar(-80Kpa) Power Supply: 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz Certified To: Iec 601-1, Ce Nach Mdd Certified To: Iec 601-1, Ce Acc. To Mdd Note: - All The Above Items Should Be Usfda And European Ce Certified And From Same Manufacturer For Better Compatibility And Maintenance , Integrated Electrosurgical Unit And Vessel Sealer Brand -Ensurge/ Hti Digital / Kls Martin / Enertech/Shalya Specifications For Integrated Electrosurgical Unit And Vessel Sealer 1) Advanced Electro Surgical Unit With Vessel Sealing System Have Mono Polar Cut & Coagulation, Bipolar And Vessel Sealing Technology, All Integrated In Single System 2) Type Of Display Should Be Lcd Touch Screen 3) Display Size Should Be 5” Or More 4) Unit Should Have Microprocessor-Controlled Tissue Feedback Technology. 5) The System Should Have Capability To Convert Electrical Energy To Radio Frequency Energy Thus Providing Radio-Frequency Seal 6) Number Of Tissues Sensed Per Sec Should Be 4000 Or Higher 7) Vessel Fusion System Must Be Able To Seal Artery, Veins Along With Tissue Bundle Up To & Including 7Mm In Diameter & Sealed Vessels Should Be Able To Withstand At Least 3 Times The Systolic Blood Pressure. 8) Low Frequency Leakage Should Be 50 Or Higher (In Ma) 9) High Frequency Leakage (Rf) Must Be Less Than 100Ma In Mono Polar And Vessel Sealing Mode And Less Than 70Ma In Bipolar Mode 10) Should Be Provided With Rs 232 Data Input Port For Software Upgrade Facility 11) System Must Have Recall Facility To Recall The Last Setting Used By User Before Turning Off The Power Directly Or Through User Programs. User Can Use Pen Drive With Their Setting To Recall The Setting Saved By Them. 12) System Should Have Bipolar Resection Including Under Water Cutting. 13) The System Should Be Provided With Twin Monopolar Socket (Only One Socket To Be Activated At A Time) With Independent Power Setting 14) 5 Or More Numbers Of Cutting Modes Available In Monopolar 15) Maximum Power Should Be 400W Or Higher 16) Maximum Power Of Blend Mode For Cutting With Homeostasis Should Be Not Less Than 250W 17) Fulgurate/Forced Mode, Spray Mode, Soft Mode Of Monopolar Coagulation Should Be Available. 18) Unit Should Be Supplied With 4 Or More Nos. Of Monopolar Coagulation Modes 19) Coagulation Mode Power (Monopolar) Should Be 150W Or Higher 20) Coagulation Mode Power (Bipolar) Should Be 120W Or Higher 21) Number Of Bipolar Cutting Modes Should Be Or Greater Than 5 22) Maximum Power For Ligation Not Less Than 100W 23) Maximum Power For Resection Not More Than 300W 24) Equipment Should Have On Screen Review Of Error Codes And Diagnostics. 25) System Should Have Patient Plate Contact Quality Monitoring System Giving Audio-Visual Alarm And Deactivating Output If Contact Between Patient And Patient Plate Is Not Proper To Eliminate The Risk Of Patient Burns. It Should Be Mandatory, Should Have Contact Quality Monitoring With Split Style Patient Return Electrode And Deactivates Output If Contact Between Patient And Patient Return Electrode Is Not Proper To Eliminate The Risk Of Patient Burns, Manufacturing By Same Oem 26) Auto Bipolar Start And Stop Along With User Configurable Auto Start Facility Should Be Available 27) Power Output Of Vessel Sealing System (Vss) Not More Than 150W 28) Vessel Sealing System Should Be Able To Seal Vessels Or Tissue Bundles Faster Than Any Conventional Devices (Preferably Within 2-4 Seconds) 29) Product Should Be Ce Certified (4 Digit Notified Body). 30) It Should Have Iec-60601-1-1, Iec 60601-2-2 Safety And Design Standards Certification & Iso 9001: 2008 & Iso 13485:2003 Certified Company. 31) Warranty Of The Unit Should Be 5 Years 32) It Should Be Supplied With All Following Accessories, Should Be Reusable And Autoclavable: - O Patient Return Electrode --- 1 No. O Cable For Return Electrode --- 1No. O Hand Switching Pencil --- 1 No. O Foot Switching Pencil --- 1 No. O Double Pedal Footswitch With Toggle Function (Common/Individual For Monopolar, Bipolar And Vessel Sealing) - 3 No. O Universal Adaptor --- 1 No. O Bipolar Forceps --- 1 No. O Cable For Bipolar Forceps --- 1 Nos. O Set Of Electrode (Angled, Ball And Needle) ------ 1No. O Reusable Sealing Clamp With Cable--- 1 No. O Curved Jaw Vessel Sealer 5 Mm, 32 To 37 Cm -- 1 No. O Autoclavable Reusable Cutting Instrument – 1 No. Additional Terms & Conditions: 1. Vessel Sealing Laparoscopy Instruments Should Have Both Hand And Foot Activation Mode And Should Be Eu Ce (4 Digit Notified Body Certified) Or Usfda Approved. 2. All Sockets Should Be Of Blinking Light Type When In Use To Identify The Used Mode. 3. R.F. Frequency Should Be In Between 350-500Khz For All Modes. 4. It Should Have Bipolar Rf Scalpel Mode For Dissection & Desiccation. Rf Bipolar Scalpel Instruments Should Have Hand Control Button For Coagulation & Cut. 5. Equipment Should Be Usfda Approved/ Eu Ce (4 Digit Notified Body Certified). It Should Have Iec-60601-1- 1, Iec 60601-2-2 Safety And Des , Ctg Machine Brand - Bpl/Maestros/Bistos Specification Foetal Monitor With Display And Printer Should Have 12.1” High Resolution Colour Tft Display With Tiltable Screen For Better Viewing. Should Display Fhr, Toco, Foetal Movementin Numeric Values . Should Display 2 X Fhr And Toco Graphs In Different Colours. Should Have The Facility For Data Save With Play Back & Print Facility Should Have Facility To Monitor Information Of Last 25 Hours Should Have Special High Sensitive Watertight Probe For Better Durability Should Have The Low Ultrasound Power For The Safety Of The Foetus Should Have Automatic Foetal Movement Detection Should Have Event Marking Facility By Mother And User Thermal Printer With Minimum 152Mm Paper Width Is Essential For Broader Printouts Standard Configuration Should Be Fhr, Toco, And Foetal Movement Should Have Volume Control For Fhr Beep Sound And Alarm. Should Have Alarm Setting For Weight Should Be Less Than 4 Kg For Easy Portability. Should Have Foetal Stimulator Built In To Fhr Probe And Activation Key Should Be There On The Front Panel. Stimulation Should Be Recorded On The Recording Paper And Should Be Displayed On The Screen. Built In Rechargeable Li-On Battery For Backup Should Work With Input 200 To 240Vac 50 Hzsupply Central Monitoring System Software Upgradability Should Be Possible (Optional) Should Be Supplied With The Following Standard Accessories: Power Cord- 01 Fhr Probes – 01 Nos Toco Probe -01 Patient Event Marker Belts – 02 Nos Gel – 1 Bottle Thermal Paper- 02 No , Digital Video Colposcope Brand - Bpl/Maestros/Bistos Specification 1. Should Have Led Cold Lighting System Reproduces An Original View Of Tissue. 2. Led Lights Are Replaceable. 3. Should Have Advanced And Fast Auto-Focusing System To Ensure Clear Image. 4. Should Have Remote Capture Control And User-Friendly Keyboard Layout For One Handed Operation. 5. Should Have Electronic Green Filter That Enhances Vascular Image Display Without Compromise Of Illumination. 6. Should Have Working Distance Of 6.7 - 11.8 (170 - 300 Mm). 7. Should Have Magnification Of 1X - 36X. 8. Should Have Resolution Of 3,80,000 Pixels Or More 9. Should Have Horizontal Resolution Of > 470 Lines. 10. Should Have Field Of View Of 0.4 - 5.9 (10 - 150 Mm). 11. Signal/Noise Ratio Should Be = 50 Db. 12. Should Have Signal Output Of S-Video, Pal/Ntsc. 13. Should Have Acetic Acid And Iodine Reaction Test Timer To Precisely Detect Low/High Grade Cin. 14. Should Have Real-Time Display Of Magnification. 15. Should Have Powerful Colposcopic Findings Gallery For Comparison Analysis. 16. Should Have R-Way Evaluation Program Supports Cervical Disease Diagnosis Guidance For Clinical Users. 17. Should Have Dicom 3.0 Supportive. 18. Should Be Manufactured By An Iso Certified Company , Vessel Sealing Device For Open Surgery Shaft Length-23Cm Curved Tip (Box Of 6)(A) Curved Jaw Vessel Sealer Hand Instrument Working Based On Tissue Impedance Sensing Technology. Brand - Enertech/Ensurg/Hti Digital/ Kls Martin A} Curve Jaw Vesselsealer B) Should Be Able To Seal Any Vessel Of 7 Mm Diameter With Automatic Sealing Time 2-4 Sec. C) Sealing Should Withstand 3 Times Systolic Pressure. D) Scaling Length 20 Mm; Cutting Length 18 Mm, Shaft Length 23 Cm; Shaft Diameter 5 Mm E) Jaw Surface Should Be Nano Coated For Faster Cooling And Less Stickiness Jaw Temperature Should Not Exceed 91 Degrees Celsius After Multiple Activation. F) It Should Have Cable With Rf Id And Compatible With Existing Rf Generator. Technical Specification For , Vessel Sealing Laparoscopic Surgery, Shaft Diameter-5Mm, Length-37 Cm Jaw Type Curved Jaw Double Action With Contoured Tips, Shaft Rotation 350 Degrees, Jaw Surface-Textured Ceramic Stops.Jaw Aperture-13Mm Seal Plate Length- 20.3(Box Of 6) Brand - Enertech/Ensurg/Hti Digital/ Kls Martin A) Blunt Tip Vessel Sealer Hand Instrument Working Based On Tissue Impedance Sensing Technology, Capable To Seal Any Vessel Of 7 Mm Diameter With Automatic Sealing Time 2-4 Sec. B) Sealing Should Withstand 3 Times Systolic Pressure. C) Sealing Length 20 Mm; Cutting Length 18 Mm, Shaft Length 37 Cm D) Jaw Surface Should Be Nano Coated For Faster Cooling And Less Stickiness:Jaw Temperature Should Not Exceed 91 Degrees Celsius After Multiple Activation. E) It Should Have Cable With Rf Id And Compatible With Existing Rf Generator. , Vessel Sealing Instrument For Open Surgery, Instrument Length 20.6Cm-21 Cm, Curved Jaw, Hand And Foot Switching(Box Of 6). Brand - Enertech/Ensurg/Hti Digital/ Kls Martin A) Exact Open Instrument Working Based On Tissue Impedance Sensing Technology, Capable To Seal Any Vessel Of 7 Mm Diameter With Automatic Sealing Time 2-4 Sec. B) Sealing Should Withstand 3 Times Systolic Pressure. C) Instrument Length Should Be 21 Cm. D) Curved Jaw In 28 Degrees, Seal Length 19.3Mm, Cut Length: 18.5Mm E) Jaw Surface Should Be Nano Coated For Faster Cooling And Less Stickiness; Jaw Temperature Should Not Exceed 91 Degrees Celsius After Multiple Activation. F) It Should Have Cable With Rf Id And Compatible With Existing Rf Generator. , Vessel Sealing Device Laparoscopic Surgery. Shaft Diameter-5 Mm, Maryland Jaw Curved Device Length 37Cm (Box Of 6) Brand - Enertech/Ensurg/Hti Digital/ Kls Martin A) Curved Jaw Vessel Sealer Hand Instrument Working Based On Tissue Impedance Sensing Technology, Capable To Seal Any Vessel Of 7 Mm Diameter With Automatic Sealing Time 2-4 Sec B) Sealing Should Withstand 3 Times Systolic Pressure. Scaling Length 20 Mm; Cutting Length 18 Mm, Shaft Length 37 Cm; Shaft Diameter 5 Mm C) Jaw Surface Should Be Nano Coated For Faster Cooling And Less Stickiness; Jaw Temperature Should Not Exceed 91 Degrees Celsius After Multiple Activation D) It Should Have Cable With Rf Id And Compatible With Existing Rf Generator. , Vessel Sealing Device For Open Surgery With Shaft Length 18.8 Cm, Jaw Type-Curved Jaw (Box Of 6) Brand - Enertech/Ensurg/Hti Digital/ Kls Martin A) Small Jaw Open Instrument Working Based On Tissue Impedance Sensing Technology, Capable To Seal Any Vessel Of 7 Mm Diameter With Automatic Sealing Time 2-4 Sec. B) Sealing Should Withstand 3 Times Systolic Pressure. C) Instrument Length Should Be 18.8 Cm. D) Curved Jaw In 28 Degrees, Seal Length 16.5Mm, Cut Length: 15.5Mm E) Jaw Surface Should Be Nano Coated For Faster Cooling And Less Stickiness; Jaw Temperature Should Not Exceed 91 Degrees Celsius After Multiple Activation. F) It Should Have Cable With Rf Id And Compatible With Existing Rf Generator. , Ethelene Oxide Sterlization Machine ( Brand - Steri Techno Fab/ Map Industries) 1) Eto Gas Sterilizer Should Be Fully Automatic Type With Software-Controlled Operation System For Low Temperature Sterilization Of Heat And Moisture Sensitive Medical And Surgical Items. 2) The Chamber Should Be Preferably Rectangular With Capacity Of 250 Litters Or 9 Cu. Ft. & Dimension 48”(L) X18”(W)X18”(H). 3) The Operating System Should Be Programming Logical Controller Based And Should Have Touch Screen Human Machine Interface From Where User Should Operate And Observe The Cycle . 4) The Inner Surface Should Be Smoothly Finished To Minimize Gas Deposits. 5) Manufacturer Should Provide The Test Report To Prove Conformity To Specification And Ability Of Eto Unit To Achieve Complete Pathological/Microbiological Elimination. The Test Of Report Has To Be Attached With Technical Bid Document. 6) Surface Heaters Should Mount On The Chamber For Uniform Temperature In Chamber Throughout Cycle. 7) Less Noisy And Vibration Proof Vacuum Generator Should Be Provided For Vacuum Instead Of Vacuum Pump. 8) The Machine Should Be Provided With Plc Based Automation Along With Lcd Hmi Which Allows The Operator For: (A) Change And Set The Parameters (B) Run The Cycle According To Pre-Selected Cycles. (C) Monitor Various Phases / Individual Parameters During The Process. (D) View On/Off Status Of The Various Components Of The Machine While The Cycle Is In Progress. 9) It Should Have Password Protection For Unauthorized Access & Analogue Input Of Process Pressure/Vacuum. 10) It Should Have Digital/Analogue Input For Temperature & Temperature Should Be Indicated In The Sterilization Area, By The Use Of A Temperature Sensor. 11) One Pressure/Vacuum Sensor For Display Of The Current Pressure/Vacuum, That The Load Should Be Subjected To, At All Times During The Process. 12) The Software Should Provide & Maintains Total Records Required For Process Parameters During The Sterilization Cycle. These Records Are Necessary For Meeting Ce Or En 1422 Norms Of Sterilization. 13) All The Fittings For The Accessories And The Main Vessel Should Be Fabricated From Ss 304 Stainless Steel. All The Valves Used In The Process Lines Should Be Ss 304/Brass/Teflon Construction Ball Valves. (All Standard Makes) 14) Pressure Testing And Vacuum Testing As Per Specified Standards. (1.5 Times The Working Pressure) 15) Automatic Operations As Well As Manual Operations In Case Of Technical Problems Should Be In Plc/Hmi. 16) Machine Should Not Open During Sterilization Process, It Should Be Open Only After Complete Cycle Of Sterilization. 17) It Should Be Plc Based Automation System. Plc Should Be Honeywell Or Siemens. System Should Be 21 Cfr Compliances. 18) Automation Should Be 7’’ Touch Screen Display Of Schneider Or Proface Or Equivalent. 19) The Construction Of Chamber Should Be Of Ss316 Grade Stainless Steel. 20) There Should Be Interlocks With Door Mechanism So Cycle Should Start Only After Closing Of Door. 21) Cartridge Puncture Operation Should Be Automatic Into The Chamber No Need Of Manual Puncturing. 22) In Case Of Cartridge Puncture There Should Be Alarm System. 23) One Complete Cycle Should Be Containing All Phases. Time Based Parameter Should Be Mention In Non-Editable Data Sheet. 24) Temperature, Pressure, Humidity, And Other Parameters Should Be Display In Hmi Screen. 25) It Should Be Noise Proof And Vibration Proof Vacuum Generator Should Be Provided For Vacuum Instead Of Vacuum Pump. 26) It Should Be In Built Aeration Phase To Remove Residual Gas Out From Sterile Item. 27) Pre-Requisite Sequence Phases Should Define To Run Cycle In Auto Mode. 28) Pre-Sterilization Phases Should Define To Create Proper Condition For Sterilization (I.E. Humidity& Temperature). 29) Post-Sterilization Phases Should Define To Remove Residual Gas From The Product. 30) Machine Should Have Manual Override Operating Facility. 31) Accessories Needs To Be Supplied With Machine: - ? Suitable Air Compressor Of 1 Hp Capacity. Air Compressor Should Be Oil Free And Less Noisy As Compared To The Traditional Oil-Based Compressor. ? 1 Nos Wire Mesh Type Basket For Loading & Un-Loading Of Sterilization Materials. ? Manual Sealing Machine Suitable Medical Use Sealing. Machine Should Operate On 240 V/50 Hz Operated And Make In India Product. Eto Gas Cartridge Of 1 0 0 Grams- 1 0 Nos. Eto Cartridge Should Be Of Same Make Of Machine. Bidder Must Have To Attach Msds Sheet Of Eto Gas Cartridge With Bid Document. 32) The Manufacturer Shall Have Below Listed Certification To Prove His Eligibility And Copy Of The Certificates Should Be Enclosed With The Offer. ? Iso 9001:2015 For Quality Management System. ? Ce Certificate For Eto Sterilizer & Eto Cartridge Compliance With The Requirement Of Directive Council Directive On Medical Devices 93/42/Eec As Amended 2007/47/Ec. ? Quality Management System For Medical Devices Iso 13485:2016 For Eto Sterilizer & Eto Cartridge. ? Risk Management To Medical Devices Iso 14971:2007 For Eto Sterilizer & Eto Cartridge. ? Safety Requirements For Electrical Equipment For Measurement, Control, And Laboratory Use - Part 2-040: Requirements For Sterilizers And Washer Disinfectors Used To Treat Medical Materials Iec 610102-040:2020 & Iec 61010-1- 040:2020. ? As Eto Gas Toxic And Carcinogenic Properties Environment Management System Certificate. ? Medical Electrical Equipment Iec– Part 1-2: Requirement For The Basic Safety And Essential Performance Of Multifunction Patient Monitoring Equipment. ? Iso 45001:2018 For Occupational Health And Safety Management System. ? Iso 20857:2010 And Rohs Directive (2011/65/Eu) On The Restriction Of Use Of Certain Hazardous Substances In Electrical And Electronic Equipment. ? Fda & Who-Gmp Certificates To Prove Standard Of Manufacturing Practice , Ot Light ( Brand - Shalya/Mattrix/Surgident) Description Of Function Led Surgical Lights Illuminate The Surgical Site For Optical Visualization Of Small Low Contrast Objects At Verifying Depths In Incisions And Body Cavities. 1. General Requirements 1.1. The Light Shall Adopt Led Technology To Create A Homogenous Light Patch Without Emitting Any Infrared Rays. 1.2. The Light System Shall Be Dual Light Heads, One Major And One Satellite. 1.3. Light Should Have Electronic Focusing From Control Panels Without Any Motorized Or Mechanical Movement Of Light Panels. 1.4. All Dome Should Have 2 Colour Led Lamps, White (Cool White) & Amber (Warm White) To Achieve High Cri And Get The Required Shade Of Light As Per Different Surgical Requirements. 1.5. High Power Leds Of 5Watts & Above Should Be Used To Provide High Lumen To Watt Ratio Which Leads To Lesser Energy Consumption And Low Heat At Surgical Area <2 Deg. 1.6. Lights Should Have Higher Watts Leds To Achieve High Lumen To Watt Ratio Which Leads To Lesser Energy Consumption And Low Heat At Surgical Area. 1.7. Pulse Width Modulation-Controlled Led Driving To Ensure Less Heating Of Led Which Increases Life Of Leds And No Change In Light Colour Output And Light Colour Temperature Throughout Life. 1.8. The Major System Shall With Automatic Illumination Control System With Sensors On The Light Head. When Some Part Of Led Is Masked By Surgeon’S Head Or Shoulders, The Remaining Led’S Will Become Brighter Automatically To Compensate For The Losing Illumination. 1.9. Light Intensity Shall Be Adjustable Between 30% -100% And Should Have Low Intensity Light For Endoscopy Mode. Light Intensity, Light Field Diameter And Color Temperature Should Be Controlled From Electronic Touch Control Panel Mounted On Light Arm And Wireless Wall Mount Electronic Touch Control Panel. It Should Also Have Provision To Control The Intensity, Electronic Focus, Depth From Sterile Field Though Capacitive Touch Control Handles. 1.10. The Light Head Shall Be Of Petalled / Winged Shape To Avoid Obstruction To Laminar Flow On Surgical Field. 1.11. The Color Temperature Shall Be Synchronized & Controlled By Either Light Head Control Panel. 1.12. The Light Shall Be Mountable To Ceiling From Single Center With 360-Degree Rotation Of All Arms. Spring Arms Shall Be Rotatable At Least 360 Degrees Around Its Own Axis. Each Dome Head Should Be Rotatable With 360 Degree At Connecting Joint With Spring Arm And At Least 300 Degrees Around Its Own Axis. This Feature Should Be Applicable With A Camera Mounted Dome Also. 1.13. The Maximum Movement Angle Of The Spring Arm Shall Be At Least Up 45°And Down 50 1.14. The Thickness Of The Light Head Shall Be No More Than 70 Mm. 1.15. Each Led Shall Be Replaceable Individually To Save Cost In Case Of Failure, Instead Of Replacing The Module With Several Leds. 1.16. The Surgical Light Should Be Complete With All Components For Celling Mount And Electrical Feed-In, Including Finalized Installation. 1.17. Detachable & Auto Cleavable Handle (3 Nos.) For Each Light Should Be Provided. 2. Technical Requirements Of Both Domes: 2.1 It Should Have 2 Colour Led Lamps, White ( Cool White) & Amber( Warm White) 2.2 The Central Illuminance Should Be 160,000 Lux 2.3 Light Field Diameter Should Be Adjustable From 150Mm To 300Mm 2.4 D10: 300Mm & D50 :160Mm 2.5 Color Temperature (K), Adjustable From 3500-5000K 2.6 Color Rendering Index Ra Should Be 95 Or More And R9 Should Be 93 Or More 2.7 Depth Of Illumination (L1+L2) As Per Iec 60601-2-41 (Ver 2003) Should Be 650Mm And As Per Iec 60601-2-41 (Ver 2008) Should Be 1200Mm. 2.8 Dimming Range Should Be Between 25-100% 2.9 Endoscopy Mode Illumination Should Be Less Than 5% Of 160,000 Lux 2.10 Number Of Led Bulbs The Light Head Should Not Be More Than 70 2.11 Led Service Life Should Be Minimum 60000Hrs 2.12 Light Head Dimension Should Be 700Mm (=/- 20Mm) 2.13 Max. Power Consumption Of All Light Sources Should Be Less Than 100W At Maximum Setting. 2.14 Power Supply Should Be 100-240V Ac, 50-60Hz 2.15 One Dome Should Be Ready For The Wireless Camera Attachment. 3.Standards • Iso 9001:2008 • Iso 13485:2003, • European Ce With 4 Digit Notified Body / Eu Ce With Eu Free Sale Certificate /Us Fda Registered . • Should Compliance With: Iec 60601-1, Iec 60601-2, Iec 60601-2-41, Certificate From Any Nabl Accredited Lab / Any Lab From Country Of Origin For Imported Brands , Suction Machine (Electrical) (Brand -Supreme / Goley) Type: Electrical Pump Type: Oil Immersed Rotary Vane Capacity: High Vacuum Voltage: 220 Vac, 50 Hz, 1 Ph Number Of Wheels: 04 (Antistatic) Air Flow: 35 Ltrs/Min Current: 1.8A Noise (Decibel): 30~35 Dba Power Consumption: 370W Weight: 25 Kgs Flow Rate: 35 Lpm Vacuum Gauge: 100Mm Reservoir Volume: 5000Ml Tubing: Non-Collapsible Suction Tubing Max Vacuum: -720Mmhg Motor:½Hp, Fhp 100% Copper Winding Rpm: 1440 Jars: Polycarbonate 2X2.5 Liters Capacity Filter: Bacterial Filter Autoclavable /Reusable Suction Machine Should Be Is I Marked , Fully Automated Biochemistry Analyser Brand (Erba Transia/ Meril) Random Access System With Stat Capability. Analytical Principle Spectrophotometry & Photometry, Turbidometry Principles. Assay Type End Point, Rate, Fixed Point, Kinetic, Ise (Optional). On Board Parameter - Present. Programmable Tests - Present. On Board Cooling For Reagent Present. Through Put - 200 Test/Hour Or More, Continuous Loading Facility. Sample Types Serum, Plasma, Urine & Other Body Fluids. Sample Volume 0-70 Micro Litres (Approx). Sample Quality Analysis, Clot Detection & Probe Crash Protection - Present. Reagent Volume 10 Microlitre To 300 Microlitre (Approx.). Total Reaction Volume 90 Microlitre To 350 Microlitre. Reaction Cuvettes - Permanent Glass Cuvettes With On Board Laundry. Possibility Of Replacement Of Individual Cuvette. Photometric Range 0-3.0 Od. 15. Wavelength-340-800 With Minimum & Standard Wavelengths (340, 405, 505, 546, 578, 600, 700 Nm) Calibration Autocalibration, Cooled Calibration Position, History Of Graphical Calibration Data Stored. Quality Control At Minimum 4 Level Qc Plot Westgard Rules, Twin Plot, Levey Jennings Graph, Cooled Qc Position. Data Storage Of Patient Present Proper System Of Storage Minimum Water Consumption. Warranty 5 Years Warranty Power Back Up Facility For Instrument. Autopipettes To Be Provided With Instrument 10 Micro Litre (Fixed) 01 Nos. 1000 Micro Litre (Fixed) 01 Nos. 0-100 Micro Litre (Variable) 01 Nos. 0-500 Micro Litre (Variable) 01 Nos. 100-1000 Micro Litre (Variable) 01 Nos. Demo Kit With Instrument Reagents Kits Provided With Instrument: Creatinine, Urea Uric Acid, Triglyceride, Sugar Cholesterol, Tp, Albumin, Sgpt, Sgot, Alkaline Phosphatase, Bilirubin Instrument: Usfda Registered And Ce Ivd Approved , Cbc Machine Brand -(Accurex / Erba/ Meril) Measurement Principle Electrical Impedance For Counting Rbc Wsc & Plateletscolorimetric Estimation Of Hgb At 540 Nm Parameterswbc, Ly#, Mid, Gr, Ly%, Mid%, Gr, Rbc, Hgb, Hct, Mcv, Mch, Mchc, Rdw-Cv, Rdw-Sd, Plt, Mpv, Pdw, Pct, P-Lcr, P-Lcc Throughput- 60 Samples/Hour Micro-Aperturewbc: 100 ?M Rbc/Plt:68 ?M Sample Typewhole Blood Or Pre-Diluted Sample Sample Volumewhole Blood (Venous Blood): 10 ?Lpre-Diluent (Capillary Blood) : 20 ?L Chamberdual Chamber: Rbc/Platelets & Wbc/Hgb Reagents- 3 Reagent System: Diluent, Detergent & Lyse (Non-Cyanide) Measurement Range Linearity Range Acceptable Limits Wbc0x10/L-10.0×109/L<= Plus/Minus 0.3 * 10 ^ 9 / L 10.1×109/L-99.9×109/L 0X102/L-1.00×102/L <= (Plus/Minus 5)%<= Plus/Minus 0.05 * 10 ^ 12 / L Rbc 1.01X102/L-9.99X102/L<= (Plus/Minus 5)% Quality Control - 4 Qc Options: L-J, X-B, X-R & X Qc Graphs Plotted With 31 Data Points Data Memory - Upto 100,000 (With Histogram) Display - 10.4 Inch Color Lcd With 640 * 480 Resolution Printer Built-In Thermal Printer Interface:Support Rs-232C, Standard Network Port And Usb; Keyboard And Mouse Operating Environment - Temperature: 15°C-35°C Electrical Specification-Fuse Specification: 250V/3A Humidity: = 85% Rh Frequency: 50/60 Hz Low: 1 X 3Ml/Normal: 1 X 3Ml/High: 1X3 Ml , Sthetoscope Brand- Bpl/Littman , Pulse Oxymeter Brand - Dr Trust /Beurer/ Bpl Specification Finger Chamber With Smart Spring System Accommodates A Wide Range Of Finger Sizes Pop-Up Menu To Setup Alarm Limits For Spo2 And Pulse Rate Low Battery Indicator Pule Rate: Yes Auto Power-Off: Yes Bright, Large Display For Better Visibility In Daylight Anti-Movement Feature Sturdy, Portable And Light-Weight Very Easy To Operate With Single Switch Operation Warranty ( Only Checking Warranty ) , Nebulizer Machine ( Brand -Bpl/Dr Trust) Operation Mode Table Top Size Compact Application Clinical Purpose, Hospital Medicine Cup Capacity 50 Ml Particle Diameter 1-5 Um , Pns ( Pereferal Nerve Stimulator For Nerver Block) Brand- B Braun / Vygon Sas/ Stimuplex Hns/2 Should Be Suitable To Identify Peripheral Nerves And Giving Percutaneous Stimulation In Neuro Muscular Block. - Should Have A Percutaneous Monopolar/Bipolar Stimulating Handle For Localization Of Nerves Without Puncturing The Nerve Which Should Be Autoclavable. - Should Have Selectable Stimulation Intensity Ranging From 0-60Ma In Steps 0.1Ma With Stimulating Handle And Stimulation Impulse Width From 0.3Ms, 0.5Ms And1.0Ms - Should Continuously Measure & Display Actual Current Passing Through The Patient And Selected Current -Should Have Pause Function To Interrupt Stimulation Without Delivering Impulses Test Function -Should Automatically Switch Off With A Acoustic Warning If Not Operated Over A Period Of 20 Mins -Should Have Lcd Display For Stimulation Current, Impulse Pattern, Pulse Width, Impulse Amplitude. - Should Have Analog And Digital Display Of Selected Current And Actual Current. - Should Have Membrane Touch Pads For Choosing Stimulation Function -Should Be Small (Pocket Size) & Light Weight. Should Be Ce Certified Or Usfda Certified , Nerve Locator With Needle Brand- B Braun / Vygon Sas/ Stimuplex Hns/2 Separate Output For Nerve Stimulator - Mapper And Locator For Safety. Automatic Switch Over From Mains Power Adaptor To Rechargeable 9Vbattery With Low Battery Warning Indicator. Feather-Touch Keypad For Easy Operation, Simple Setting And Extended Reliability. Variable Current Range As Per The Selected Mode(Impedane:0 To 5 Kohm). User Programmable Pulse Width And Frequency. Alphanumeric Lcd Display With Back Light. Automatic Shutdown For Power Saving. Audio And Back Light On-Off Option. Alarm: Audio-Visual-Alarm Is Activated If Flow Of Oxygen Falls Below 1Lpm. , Percussion Hammer Ss 304 , Tuning Fork 128 Hz Satinless Steel , Laryngoscope A Laryngoscope Is A Device Used In Medical Procedures To Visualize The Trachea By Inserting A Blade With A Small Light Into The Patients Mouth , Oxygen Concentrator Brand- Philips/Bpl/Deck&Mount 1. Flow Rate :-0-5L/Min 2. Purity 93+3% 3. Outlet Pressure(Mpa):-0.04-0.07 4. Sound Level :-<50 Dba , High Flow Nasal O2 Cannula (Brand- Drager / Niceneotech ) High-Flow Nasal Oxygen (Hfno) Therapy Delivers Heated And Humidified Oxygen At High Flow Rates (Up To 60 Liters Per Minute) Through A Nasal Cannula , Electric Needle And Syringe Destroyer Hub Cutter Stainless Steel With Auto-Cut Protection , Clinical Thermometer(Digital) , Medical Labrotary Refrigrator ( Brand- Remi / Vav Intruments) Capacity 600 Litres Temperature Range 2°C To 8°C Internal Configuration Adjustable Shelves And Storage Bins For Optimal Space Utilization Cooling Type Uniform Cooling For Consistent Temperature Distribution Display & Controls Digital Display With User-Friendly Controls Power Supply Energy-Efficient Performance , Refrigrator Domestic Single Door Godrej/ Kelvinator/ Bluestar Capacity 200 Litres To 265 Liters Temperature Range 2°C To 8°C , Wieghing Scale Mannual , Knee Hammer , Sahli,S Heamoglobinometer , Artery Forcef Staright 6 (Brand - Jj Instrument) , Double Hook Retractor Standard Size (Brand - Jj Instrument) , B.P Handleno 3 (Brand - Jj Instrument) , Artery Forceps Curved (Fine Tip) 4 Mosquito(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Artery Forceps Curved (Fine Tip) 6 Medium(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Artery Forceps Curved (Fine Tip) 8 Long(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Artery Forceps Curved (Fine Tip) 9 Long(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Allies Forceps Big (Brand - Jj Instrument) , Allies Forceps Medium (Brand - Jj Instrument) , Allies Forceps Small (Brand - Jj Instrument) , Mayo Scissior Str 5 ½ Sttilette Edge(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Mayo Scissiorcvd 6 ¼ Sttilette Edge(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Scissors Straight 6 Medium(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Scissors Straight 5 Small(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Scissors Straight 8 Big(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Steinman Pin Introducer Ss(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Towel Clip 6 Big(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Towel Clip 4 Small(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Wire Cutter 9 Standard Size(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Detnal Wire Standard(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Langenbeck Retractor Medium(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Langenbeck Retractor Small(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Langenbeck Retractor Big(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Cats Paw Retractor Standard Size(Brand - Jj Instrument) , K-Wire Cutter With Tungsten Carbide Tip 7 Standard(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Hintermann Distractor Medium(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Mippo Wire Passer For Long Bone Large(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Wire Bender Standard Size(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Kocher Clamp 8 Standard Size(Brand - Jj Instrument) , Glucometer (Brand-Dr Trust / Dr Morphen/Accucheck/Accurex) Fast Result In 5 Seconds Small 0.5Ul Blood Sample Size Large Memory. 10 Lancets Minimum Blood Sample: 0.5 Microlitre ; It Features A Large Display Screen That Can Store Up To 300 Test Results , Vortex Mixture (Brand -Remi /Borosil/ Benchmark) Type Of Product Cyclomixer Shaking Movement Orbital Orbital Diameter (Mm) 4 Motor Type Shaded-Pole Motor , Bio Saftey Cabinet Type-Ii A Microflow (Brand - Microflow / Thermofisher) Specification Material Of Construction (Main Body) Crca/Gi Powder Coated/Stainless Steel 304 Material Of Construction (Work Table) Stainless Steel 304 Dimensions External (Wxdxh) -1950 X 900 X 2250 Mm Internal (Wxdxh) - 1830 X 610 X 610 Mm Average Air Velocity - 90 ± 20% Fpm Hepa/Ulpa - Efficiency 99.997%/99.999% Class Level - Iso 3/5 (Class 100) Noise Level - 65 ± 5 Db Electrical - 230 V, 50 Hz, Single Phase Special Features - Motor Driven Front Door, Alarm, Hepa Filter Blockage, Timer For Uv Light, Power Socket Inside The Cabinet Pressure Sensor Monitoring, Digital Airflow Verification, Interior Eye Level Display, Display Parameters Including Down Flow Air Velocity, Total Operating Hours. Standards Us Fed Std 209 E, Iso 14644-1, Iest-Rp-Cc-002-2, Bsi Certifications- Ce & Iso , Co2 Incubator (Brand - Remi / Thermofisher) Specification Chamber Volume (150 Liters) Sensor Infrared Co2 Heating Method Air-Jacketed, Pid Control Co2 Range 0~20% V/V Co2 Control Resolution ± 0.1% (Ir Sensor) Temperature Range Rt+5~55°C Temperature Stability ± 0.1°C Humidity Method Natural Vaporization > 95% Co2 Recovery (Door Open 30S, Recovery To 5%) = 3 Min Temperature Recovery (Door Open 30S, Recovery To 37°C) = 8 Min Shelves 2 3 Interior Dimension (Mm) (W X D X H) 400 X 450 X 500 480 X 530 X 610 Exterior Dimension (Mm) (W X D X H) 590 X 687 X 790 670 X 767 X 880 Supply:220-240 Volts, 50 Hz Single Phase , Binocular Microscope - Olympus( Model Ch21i) / Magnus (Model- Pzb 22) (Specification) Optical System: - High Contrast Finite Colour Corrected Optical System Magnification:- 40X To 1000X Visual Magnification. Stand: Aluminium Die-Cast Stand With Hand Rests For Enhanced Comfort And Stability. Observation Head: - Sidentopf Binocular/Trinocular Head, 360° Rotatable, Interpupillary Distance 53-75Mm, With Dual Diopteric Adjustment. Eye-Piece: - Wide Field 10X F.O.V 22Mm, Anti-Fungal & Anti- Reflection Hard Coated (Optional 10X/18Mm). Nosepiece: - Reverse Angle Quadruple Nosepiece (Ball Bearing Type) With Precise Click Stops. Objective: - Qusp Series High-Contrast Flat Shield Plan Din Achromatic Objective 4X, 10X, 40X (S) And 100X Oil, (S), Anti-Fungal & Anti-Reflection Hard Coated. Mechanical Stage: - Rack-Less X Axis Double Plate Stage, Size 190 X 125Mm (+-5Mm) With Cross Travel 90 (X) X 50Mm (Y) On Ball Bearing With Co-Axial Controls. Hard Coated Surface For Scratch Resistance. Double Specimen Holder Clip. Focusing Control: - Co-Axial Coarse And Fine Focusing On Gear Systems For Smooth Operation. Fine Adjustment 0.2Mm/Rotation With Maximum 2-Micron Scale Increment. Condenser: - Sub-Stage Moveable Abbe Condenser, Centerable, Na 1.25 With Aspheric Lens. Iris Diaphragm And Special Frosted White Filter, Swing-In, And Swing-Out Filter Holder. Light Source: Led 3.5W 3V Illumination With Variable Illumination Control Universal Power Supply 110V-240V, Ce Approved. Supply With: Power Cable, Immersion Oil, Spare Bulb (In Led Only) User Manual, Vinyl Dust Cover, Cleaning Cloth, And 01 Units Fuses Optional Accessories: - Wooden Carrying Case, Pointers & Micrometre Reticules , Penta Head Microscope(Brand- Micron/Magnus/Weswox) Optical System- Infinite Optical System Viewing Head Inclination 30 Degree, Ipd: 48-75. 01 Piece Trinocular Head, Inclined At 30°, 360° Rotatable, Phototube With 100:0/50:50 Light Split With Sliding Prism. 04 Piece Compensation Free Binocular Head, Inclined At 30°, 360° Rotatable With Diopter Adjustment. Eyepiece-10 Pairs Of Wide Field Eyepiece Wf10x/22Mm Nosepiece- Inverse Quintuple Nosepiece. Objective Plan Achromatic Objective 4X Plan Achromatic Objective 10X Plan Achromatic Objective 20X Plan Achromatic Objective 40X Plan Achromatic Objective 100X Condenser - Swing Out Condenser N.A.0.9/1.25 Focusing-Coaxial Coarse And Fine Adjusting System With Tightness Adjustment And Upper Limited, Coarse Adjustment Range 30Mm. Fine Adjustment Precision: 0.002Mm Attachment- Multi Head Attachment And Support Stand. Stage- Ceramic Coated Double Layers Mechanical Stage Of 185X142 Mm With Capacity To Hold Two Slides At A Time With Slide Catcher On Left And Motion Control On Right Hand Side Illumination- External Illumination, Led 12V 100W Pointer - Multi Colored Ponters With Intensity Controllable Led Colored Indicator (Blue, Green And Red Led) Pointer 360 Rotatable, Brightness Adjustable, Arrow Control Sticks And Color Selection Dial. Video Adapter C Mount 0.5X Camera - 8Mp Hd Camera 4K Resolution With Removable Hd Card With Sd Card And Compatible Software. Display-43 Inch Hd Display Connected To Penta Head Camera For Live Display With Suitable Stabilizer For Display. Certifications - Ce(Notified), Ios 9001 (Iaf Accredited), Ios 13485 Warranty: 1 Year , All In One Pc ( Brand- Hp/Dell/Lenovo) All-In-One Pc 13Th Gen Intel Core I5 27 (68.6Cm) Fhd 16Gb Ram, 1Tb Ssd, Intel Uma Graphics, 710 White Wireless Keyboard And Mouse Combo (Windows 11 Home, Mso 21, Shell White, 6.72 Kg) 27-Cr0407in , Desktop ( Brand- Hp/Dell/Lenovo) 13Th Gen Intel Core I5 27 (68.6Cm) Fhd 16Gb Ram, 1Tb Ssd, Intel Uma Graphics, Wired Keyboard And Mouse Combo (Windows 11 Home, Mso 21) 27-Cr0407in , Air Conditioner( Brand- Hitachi/ Bluestar/ Daikin/ Carrier) Ac 1.5 Ton05star Smart Inverter Ac With Installation & Extra Wire /Pipe , Air Conditioner( Brand- Hitachi/ Bluestar/ Daikin/ Carrier) Ac 2 Ton05star Smart Inverter Ac With Installation & Extra Wire /Pipe , Lithium Battery 1500Wh Battery 48W 120Ah ( Brand- Luminous /Amaron) , Executive Premium Office Chair, Leather “Adjustable Arms Ergonomic Chair Must Behigh Back ( Brand- Godrej) , Office Table4x3 Feet( Brand- Godrej) , Mid Back Office Chiar ( Brand- Godrej) , Revolving Stool ( Brand - Aliza /Godrej) 3 Leg Ss Top Powder Coated Thicknessminimum- 14 Gauge , Steel Almirah W X H X D: 91.44 Mm X 197.866 Mm X 485.140 Feet For Office Use(Brand- Godrej) , Xerox Machine (Hp/Canon/Ricoh) Print Duplex, Copy, Scan, A3 Black And White Laserjet Printer, Enterprise Departments/ Distributed Workforce, Laser Printers Print Speed Is Up To 22 Pages Per Minute (Ppm) For Black And White Printing , Imcubator Electrical 23 Lts Thermostat , Centrifuge Machine Clinical ( Brand - Remi /Benchtop) , Salters Baby Wieghing Machine , Oto Scope , Chloroscope , Horrock,S Appratus Portable , Sound Level Meter Decible Meter With Lcd Display , Water Depth Sampler , Vaccine Carrier , Mosquito Catching Kit , Craft Water Testing Kit
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 8
14.
Rural Development #10408690 Price Bid
Supply Of Furniture For Wbsrda, Murshidabad Division , Purchaseing Of Furniturfor Wbsrda, Murshidabad Division. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Executive Engineer Table. Dimension Of The Table: 1800W X 2100D X 750H Mm. Primary Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board Confirming To Is-14587:1998 With 0.4Mm Pvc Membrane Pressed On To Top Soft Closing Access Flap With In-Build Power Box Are Provided On Work Surface For Wire Management. Secondary Work Surface Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board Confirming To Is-14587:1998 With 0.4Mm Pvc Membrane Pressed On To Top. Modesty Panel Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board Confirming To Is-14587:1998 With 0.4Mm Pvc Membrane Pressed On To Top. Under Structure Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of E1-P2 Grade And Approved Shade Confirming To Is-12823:1990, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Integrated Pedestal Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Twin Board Of E1-P2 Grade And Approved Shade Confirming To Is-12823:1990, Edge Banded With Matching 2 Mm Thick Pvc Lipping. Drawer Fronts Made Of 25Mm Thick Mdf One Side Pre-Laminate Board Confirming To Is-14587:1998 With 0.4Mm Pvc Membrane Pressed On To Top Pedestal Construction Is Box-Box-File Type Which Uses Powder Coated 400 Mm Long Metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer Extension Is 325 Mm. Drawers Have A Soft Closing & Anti Slam Mechanism. Handles Are Provided For Ease Of Opening. Pedestals Are Provided With Lock For Security. The Product Should Have Iaq Gold, Greenpro, Griha 2019 And Greenguard (By Ul) Certification. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Executive Chair (Normal). The Product Should Have Iaq Gold, Greenpro, Griha 2019, Greenguard (By Ul) And Bifma Level-2 Certification. Seat/Back Assembly : The Cushioned Seat Should Be Made Of Injection Molded Plastic Outer & Inner. Plastic Inner Should Be Upholstered With Leatherette And Moulded High Resilience (Hr) Polyurethane Foam Of Density 45±2 Kg/M3,And Hardness Load 16 ± 2 Kgf As Per Is:7888 For 25% Compression.The Cushioned Back Should Be Made Of Pu Foam With Insitu Molded Ms E.R.W Round Tube Of Size 1.9±0.03Cm X 0.16 ±0.0128Cm. It Upholstered With Leatherette. Seat Size : 47.0 Cm. (W) X 48.0 Cm. (D). High Back Size: 47.7 Cm. (W) X 76.4 Cm. Armrests: The Armrest Top Should Be Moulded From Polyurethane(Pu) And Mounted On To A Drop Lift Adjustable Type Tubular Armrest Support Made Of 03.81±0.03 Cm X 0.2±0.01 Cm Thk M.S. E.R.W Tube Having Chrome Plated Finish.The Armrest Height Adjustable Up To 6.5±0.5Cm In 5 Steps. Active Bio-Synchro Mechanism : The Adjustable Tilting Mechanism Should Be Designed With The Following Features: 360 Revolving Type. Front-Pivot For Tilt With Feet Resting On Ground And Continuous Lumbar Support Ensuring More Comfort. Tilt Tension Adjustment Can Be Operated In Seating Position. 5-Position Tilt Limiter Giving Option Of Variable Tilt Angle To The Chair. Seat/Back Tilting Ratio Of 1: 2. The Mechanism Housing Should Be Made Up Of Hpdc Aluminium Black Powder Coated. Seat Depth Adjustment : Seat Depth Adjustment Should Be Integrated In The Seat Through A Sliding Mechanism. Seat Depth Adjustment Range Should Be Of 6.0±0.5 Cm. Adjustable Back Support: Back Frame Should Be Connected To The Up/Dn Mechanism Housed In Plastic T Spine. It Can Be Adjusted In The Range Of 7.42±0.5 Cm For The Comfortable Back Support To Suit Individual Need. Pneumatic Ht. Adjustment: The Pneumatic Ht Adjustment Has An Adjustment Stroke Of 10.0±0.3 Cm. Pedestal Assembly: The Pedestal Should Be High Pressure Die Cast Polished Aluminium And Fitted With 5 Nos. Twin Wheel Castors. The Pedestal Should Be 65.0 ± 0.5Cm. Pitch-Center Dia.(75.0 ± 1.0Cm. With Castors.) Twin Wheel Castors:The Twin Wheel Castors Should Beinjection Moulded In Black Pp Having 6.0± 0.1Cm Wheel Diameter. Overall Dimensions Of Chair: Seat Height -43.1-53.1Cm Height -112.7-130.2Cm. Width & Depth Of Chair As Measured From Base - Width-76.1 Cm And Depth-76.1 Cm. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of 3-Seater Sofa Cum Bed. Overall Dimension In Sofa Condition:- Length : 200Cm, Width : 104.5Cm, Height : 97.5Cm, Seat Height : 46.5Cm. In Bed Condition:- Length : 200Cm, Width : 155Cm, Height : 77.5Cm, Seat Height :46.5Cm. This Sofa Cum Bed Has Contemporary Looks And Well-Engineered Functionality, It Gives Value For Money Considering The Spaces It Occupies. This Upholstered Sofa Transforms Into A Bed Easily And Has Ample Storage Space, A Perfect Solution For Everyday Use. The Main Feature It Has Is Premium Comfort Plus A Functional Sofa-Cum-Bed Without Compromising On The Aesthetics. The Oem Should Have Iso 9001:2015, Iso 50001:2018, Iso 45001:2018, Iso 14001:2015 (All Iso Certificate Must Be From Nabcb/Iaf Recognized Accreditation Body), Igbc Platinum, Aiota Certification. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Working Table L-Shape Of Size Shall Be 1200 Width X 600 Depthx 750 Height.The Top Shall Be In White Cedar And Black And Shall Be 18 Mm Plb With Pvc Lipping.The Side Panels Shall Be 18 Mm Thickplt With Pvc .The Modesty Panel Shall Be 18 Mm Thick Plt. The Modesty Panel Shall Be In A Combination Of Black & White Cedar. Pedestal Size Shall Be390 Width X435 Depthx529 Height.The Top Is 18 Mm Thick Plb . The Two Drawer Mobile Pedestal Is Available In One Size .The Top And Drawer Fronts Shall Be In White Cedar While The Other Components Shall Be In Black. The Oem Should Have Iso 9001:2015, Iso 50001:2018, Iso 45001:2018, Iso 14001:2015 (All Iso Certificate Must Be From Nabcb/Iaf Recognized Accreditation Body), Igbc Platinum, Aiota Certification. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Tea Table With Glass Top.It Is 10 ±0.3 Mm Thick Black Tinted Toughened Glass Uv Glued With Bushes Made In Ss 202 Grade For Fixing With Understructure. Pisa Center Table: Understructure: It Is A Welded Assembly Made In Ss202 Grade. Dia. 12±0.04 As Per Is:1762. Width Of Table= 112.0 Cm, Depth=60.0 Cm, Height=34.9 Cm. The Oem Should Have Iso 9001:2015, Iso 50001:2018, Iso 45001:2018, Iso 14001:2015 (All Iso Certificate Must Be From Nabcb/Iaf Recognized Accreditation Body), Igbc Platinum, Aiota Certification. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Visitors Chair (Stand). Seat/Back Assembly: The Seat Made From 1.2 ±0.1Cm. Thk. Hot Pressed Plywood Measured And Back Should Beinjection Moulded From Black Co-Polymer Polypropylene Upholstered With Fabric And Moulded Polyurethane Foam Together With Seat And Back Covers. The Back Foam Should Bedesigned With Contoured Lumbar Support For Extra Comfort. Seat Size: 45.0Cm(W) X 42.0Cm.(D). Back Size: 39.0Cm(W) X 38.0Cm.(H). Seat / Back Covers: The Seat And Back Covers Should Beinjection Moulded In Black Co-Polymer Polypropylene. High Resilience (Hr) Polyurethane Foam: The Hr Polyurethane Foam Should Bemoulded With Density = 45 +/-2 Kg/M3 And Hardness Load 16 ± 2 Kgffor 25% Compression. Armrest Assembly : The Armrests Should Bemade Of Black Integral Skin Polyurethane Wtih 50-70 Shore A Hardness And Reinforced With M.S. Insert. The P.U. Armrests Should Bethen Fixed To Black Powder-Coated ( Oft 40-60 Microns ) Armrest Brackets Made Of Of 0.5 ± 0.05 Cm. Thk. Hr Steel And Fitted With Claddings Made Of Injection Moulded Polypropylene. Fixed Type Mechanism: The Fixed Type Mechanism Should Bewithout Back Tilt. Tubular Frame: The Tubular Frame Should Bemade Up Of 0 2.54 ±0.03Cm. X 0.2 ±0.016Cm.Thk. M.S. E.R.W. Tube And Black Powder Coated ( Dft 40-60 Microns). Overall Dimensions Of Chair: Seat Height -49.5Cm. Height -88.5Cm. Width & Depth Of Chair As Measured From Pedestal - Width-56.0 Cm And Depth-54.0 Cm. The Product Should Have Greenguard (By Ul) Certification. , Providing, Supplying And Placing Of Steel Almirah Which Shall Have An Overall Size Of916mm(W)X486mm(D)X1981mm(H) With Welded Construction. It Should Have The Shelf Thickness Of 0.7 Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.9Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is:513. The Storwel Plain Should Have A Mazak Handle And Three Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolts. It Should Have A Height Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base. The Finishing Shall Include Epoxy Powder Coated To The Thickness Of 50 Microns (+/- 10). Plenty Of Colour Options And Shelving Options Shall Be Available. The Product Should Have Iaq Gold, Greenpro, Griha, Greenguard (By Ul) Certification. , Supply, Fitting & Fixing Of Open Type Multiflex Rack As Per The Below-Mentioned Dimension. 1. Height – 2400 Mm 2. Width- 1200 Mm 3. Depth- 448 Mm 4. No Of Panels- 6 (Customised Item) The Oem Should Have Iso 9001:2015, Iso 50001:2018, Iso 45001:2018, Iso 14001:2015 (All Iso Certificate Must Be From Nabcb/Iaf Recognized Accreditation Body), Igbc Platinum, Aiota Certification. , Computer Table: Supplying And Placing In Position Office Table Of The Following Specifications. Its Size Shall Be1200 X 600 X 750.Table Material - The Table Panels Are Made From 18 ±0.5Mm Thk Pre-Laminatedexterior Grade Plt ( Grade I,Type-Ii )(Is 12823) With Pvc Edgebanding On All Sides............. Other Certificates Iso 9001:2015, Iso 14001:2015, Iso 50001:2018, Iso 45001:2018 Is Mandatory. The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. , Over Cabinet With Metal Shutter: Supplying And Placing Of Overhead Storage Unit Product Size - The Overhead Storage Unit Consist Of 1No Main And4 Nos Add-On Unit Type Of Construction With ..............The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. , Over Cabinet With Metal Shutter:: Supplying And Placing Of Overhead Storage Unit Product Size - The Overhead Storage Unit Consist Of 1Nomain And5 Nos Add-On Unit Type Of Construction.............The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. , Over Cabinet With Metal Shutter Supplying And Placing Of Overhead Storage Unit Product Size - The Overhead Storage Unit Consist Of 1 No Main And5 Nos Add-On Unit Type Of Construction ............The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. : , Over Cabinet With Metal Shutter: Supplying And Placing Of Overhead Storage Unit Product Size - The Overhead Storage Unit Consist Of 1 No Main And20 Nos Add-On Unit Type Of Construction ........... The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. , Metal Shelving Racks:Supplying And Placing Of Storage Open Shelf Product Size - 5400(W) X 450(D) X 1950*(H) (Height Of Leveler Is 50Mm And Adjustment Possible Should Be ................The Iso Certificates Should Be Obtained From Nabcb (Central Govt) Accredited Organization Otherwise Certificates Will Not Be Accepted. Sample And Factory Visit Is Mandatory To Inspect As Per The Requisite. , Cable Cubby With Hdmi/Usb Port:Sitc Of Diagonal Size 85,Panel Type 60Hz New Edge, Resolution 3,840 X 2,160 (Landscape) ,Brightness 350 (Without Glass), 220 (With Glass), Contrast Ratio 4000:1 (Typ.), Viewing Angle(H/V) 178:178,Response Time 6 Ms, Display Colors 16.7, Color Gamut 92%, Dynamic C/R Mega,Audio Built In Speaker(10W X4), Input Type Hdmi 2(Rear 1, Front 1), Dp 1, Usb C(Front), Ops I/F, 2(For Soc, Rear/Front), 1 (For External 3.0X1(Front)), Output Type (Basic) Touch Out 1 (Usb Upstream Type),(With Tray) Touch Out 1, No. Of Drawing 20 Touch (Internal/External), * Whiteboarding App Works 4 Drawing, Drawing Speed(Touch Latency) 26Ms, Duty Cycle 16/7, Special Features Ag Flim(Anti Glare),Hydrophobic Coated Pet (Shatter-Proof Flim) Antimicrobial Coating, Touch Module(Ir), , Wifi/Bt Module Embedded, Built In Speaker(40W 4Ch),External Control Touch Input,Rs232c Thru Stereo Jack, Rj45(For Mdc). Safety Ce, Ul & Bis.Approved Make: NecSonySamsung , Mount For Display: Sitc Of Mount For Display. , 4X2 4K/60 Hdmi With 2 Audio Outputs:Sitc Of 4 X 2Hdmi Matrix Switcher With Audio De-Embedding, As Per Specifications..4 X 2Hdmi Matrix Switcher With Audio De-Embedding Which Supports Computer And Video Resolutions Up To 4K/60 @ 4:4:4 , ............... Parity, Defaults: 9600 Baud, 8 Data Bits, 1 Stop Bit, No Parity; Should Support Ethernet Protocol : Arp, Dhcp, Dns, Http, Https, Icmp (Ping), Ieee 802.1X, Ntp, Sftp, Smtp, Snmp, Ssh, Tcp/Ip, Telnet, Udp/Ip Approved Makes: Extron/ Dexon/ Fsr , Ptz Cameras:Sitc Of Full Hd Ptz Camera, Sensor 1/2.8 2.41Mp Cmos, Video Format Hdmi:1080P 60 / 50 Fps,720P 60 / 50 Fps,Usb:1080P 30 / 25 Fps, 720P 30 / 25 Fps, Video Output (Hd) Interface Hdmi / Usb 3.0, Optical Zoom 12X, Digital Zoom 12X (Hdmi Only), Viewing Angle 72°(H) 80°(D), Panning Angle +100° ~ -100°,Panning Speed 100°/ Sec,Tilting Angle +30° ~ -30°, Tilting Speed 100°/ Sec,Aperture F1.6~F2.8,Focal Length F = 3.92 ~ 47.32 Mm,Shutter Speed 1/1 ~ 1/10,000 Sec, Minimum Object,Distance 500Mm (Wide) ~ 1500Mm (Tele),Video S/N Ratio > 50Db,Minimum Illumination 1.6 Lux (F1.8, 50Ire, 60Fps), Focus System Auto / Manual, Gain Control Auto / Manual, White Balance Auto / One-Push / Manual, Exposure Control Auto / Manual, Wdr Yes, 3D Nr Yes, Image Flip Yes, Preset Positions 128, Control Interface Rs-232 In And Out / Usb, Control Protocol Visca / Uvc, Video Stream Yuv422 / Mjpeg, Ir Pass-Through Yes, Ir Receiver Yes, Ir Remote Control Yes, Power Consumption < 13W.Approved Make: Lumens/Sony/Panasonic. , Wall/Ceilingmount For Above Camera: Sitc Of Wall/Ceilingmount For Above Camera , Cable Cubby With Hdmi/Usb Port: Sitc Of Cable Cubby With Hdmi/Usb Port , Hdmi Transmitter:Sitc Of Hdmi Transmitter Transmitting Hdmi Plus Control And Analog Audio Up To 230 Feet (70 Meters) Over Twisted Pair; Supports Computer And Video Resolutions Up To 4K ; Supports Data Rates Up To 10.2 Gbps, Deep Color Up To 12-Bit, 3D, Hd Lossless Audio Formats, And Cec Pass-Through ; Hdcp 2.3 Compliant; Supports Up To 4:4:4 Chroma Sampling; Should Support Maximum Pixel Clock 300 Mhz; Should Support Audio Gain Unbalanced Output: 0 Db; Balanced Output +6 Db, Frequency Response 20 Hz To 20 Khz, ±0.5 Db , Thd + Noise 0.03% @ 20 Hz To 20 Khz At Maximum Output , S/N >90 Db, At Maximum Output (15 Dbu), Balanced (Unweighted) , Stereo Channel Separation >80 Db @ 1 Khz To 20 Khztput Displays.Approved Makes: Extron/ Dexon/ Fsr , Cable Cubby With Hdmi/Usb Port: Sitc Of Twisted Pair Receiver Which Receives Hdmi Plus Control And Analog Audio Up To 230 Feet (70 Meters) Over Twisted Pair; Support Computer And Video Resolutions Up To 4K, Data Rates Up To 10.2 Gbps Or Better And Cec Pass-Through; Hdcp 2.3 Compliant; Edid Management; Support Up To 4:4:4 Chroma Sampling; Should Support Maximum Pixel Clock Of At Least 300 Mhz; Should Support Audio Gain Of Unbalanced Output: 0 Db; Balanced Output +6 Db, Frequency Response Of 20 Hz To 20 Khz, ±0.5 Db, Thd + Noise Of 0.03% @ 20 Hz To 20 Khz At Maximum Output, S/N Of >90 Db, At Maximum Output (15 Dbu), Balanced, Stereo Channel Separation : >80 Db @ 1 Khz To 20 Khz.Approved Makes: Extron/ Dexon/ Fsr , Hdmi And Audio To Usb Scaling Bridge: Sitc Of Hdmi To Usb Converter.Approved Make: Inogeni/Extron/Fsr , Hdmi Cable 25 Ft: Sitc Of Hdmi Cable 25 Ft , Hdmi Patch Cable: Sitc Of Hdmi Patch Cable 6 Ft.Approved Make: Extron/Klotz/Nt , Usb Cable-10 Mtr: Sitc Of Usb Patch Cable 10 Meter.Approved Make: Extron/Klotz/Nt , Usb Cable: Sitc Of Usb Patch Cable 1.8 Meter.Approved Make: Extron/Klotz/Nt , Wired Gooseneck Microphone With Base: Sitc Of 18Goosenecklengthwithdualflexdesign,Shouldoperatewithinthefrequencyrangeof30hz-18Khz Or Better, Elementwithbackelectret-Condenser, Polar Pattern With Cardioid,Lowfrequencyroll-Of With 180Hz,12Db/ Octave,Impedancewith250?±30%(At1000hz),Opencircuitsensitivitywith-57Db±3Db (0Db=1V/Microbar 1000Hz Indicated By Open Circuit,Maximum Input Sound Level With 115Dbspl,1Khzat1%T.H.D.,Dynamic Range With82db1khzatmaxspl,Signal-To-Noise Ratio With 61Db 1Khz At 1Pa, Operating Voltage With Phantom Power11–52Vdc,2Matypical,Switchwithflat,Roll-Off 10Db Pad(Nominal). Should Be Supplied With Base Having On/Offswitch Etc. , Single Ch Wireless Microphone With Handhed Wireless Microphone: Sitc Of Wireless Handheld Microphone With Built In Afs(Automatic Frequency Selection) Technology, Uhf Operating Mode With Frequency Range Of 522 -930Mhz, Should Have Operating Bandwidth 134 Mhz Or Better, Anti Interference Technology Ensures Noiselock Squelch Effectively Blocks Stray Rf Or Better, Microphone Frequency Response Of 45Hz To 18Khz Or Better, Should Have Signal To Noise Ratio Less Then 104Db Or Better, Rf Output Power Of 10/40Mw Or Better, Should Have Maximum 24 Set Can Be Used Simultaneously By Using Multiple Frequency Bands In One Venue, Should Have Die Cast Metal Body, Microphone Element Dynamic Or Better Complete Etc. , Dsp Audio Processor With Acoustic Echo Cancellation, Afc, Agc,8Ch Gpio& Us: Sitc Of Digital Signal Processor With Min. 04Aec Enabled Mic/Line Inputs, 04 Line Outputs Or Better , Input Channel Processing Should Include Pre Amplifier, Signal Generator, Expander, Compressor, 10 Band Parametric Eq Or Better, Output Channel Processing Should Include 31 Band Graphic Equalizer, Delay, Crossover, Limiter Or Better, Other Features Should Include Automatic Mixing Console, Ducker, Feedback Elimination, Noise Elimination, Echo Elimination Or Better, Should Have Built-In Bi Directional Usb For Software Based Vc As Well As For Playing Digital Audio, Should Have Built In Camera Tracking Module, 8 Port Freely Configurable Gpio Or Better With Analog/Digital Dynamic Range Of 114Db Or Better, Sampling Rate Of 48Khz Or Better, Frequency Response Of 20Hz – 20Khz Or Better, Per Channel Phantom Power Module Or Better. Should Be Configurable Thru Software. , Amplifier: Sitc Of Amplifier Having 4X150w @4Ohm Power Or Better, It Should Be 4 Channel Class D Amplifier With Volume Knobs On Each Channel Or Better, W/Ch@8Ohm 90W Or Better, W/Ch@4Ohm 150W Or Better, W/Ch@2Ohm 230W Or Better, W Bridge @ 8Ohm 310W Or Better, W Bridge @ 4 Ohm 400W Or Better, Frequency Range : 20Hz – 20Khz Or Better, Thd + N <0.1% Or Better , S/R Ratio >96Db Or Better, Gain 28Db Or Better , Input Sensitivity 2.21Dbu Or Better, Should Have The Following Protections : Mute On/Off, Dc, Internal Fuse. , Wall Mount Speaker:Sitc Of Wall Mount Loudspeaker Having Low Impedance Power Of Min 40 W Or Better @ 8 Ohm, & 16W Or Better @70/100V. Nominal Impedance Of 8 Ohm Or Better Lf Transducer 5 Woofer Or Better, Hf Transducer 0.5 Tweeter Or Better, Should Have Sensitivity (1W @ 1M) Of 90 Db Or Better, Spl Max 106 Db Or Better With Frequency Range Of 94Hz - 20 Khz Or Better. , Speaker Cable 14 Awg : Sitc Ofmulti-Conductor - High-Conductivity Copper Speaker Cable, Twisted Jacketed Connector, 14 Awg Stranded (42X30) Tinned Copper Conductors, Pvc Insulation, Pvc Jacket., Operating Temperature Range : -20°C To +90°C Or Better , Nec/(Ul) Specification:Cl3 Or Better , Awm Specification : Ul Style 2587 (600 V 90°C) Or Better , Csa Specification : Fas90 Or Better, Eu Directive 2011/65/Eu (Rohs Ii) Compliant Or Better, Eu Rohs Compliance Or Better, Approved Makes : Belden , Klotz , Eurocable. , Microphone Cable: Sitc Of Microphone Cable , Audio Sterio / Control Cable: Sitc Of22 Awg Stranded (7X30 ) Stereo Audio / Control Cable Or Better ,High-Conductivity Tinned Copper Conductors Or Better , Polypropylene Insulation Or Better , Should Have Pvc Jacket, Operating Temperature Range: -20°C To +75°C Or Better , Eu Directive 2011/65/Eu (Rohs Ii) Compliant Or Better ,Non Plenum , Approved Makes : Belden , Extron , Eurocable. , Shielded Cat6 Cable: Sitc Of Shielded Twisted Pair Cable Engineered For Optimum Signal Transmission Between Devices Transmitting And Receiving Signal Over Twisted Pair; The Cable Is Certified To 475 Mhz Bandwidth At Distances Up To 330 Feet (100 Meters) And Has Been Independently Tested And Verified To Meet Performance Requirements Set By The Hdbaset Alliance; The Cable Should Be Engineered And Tested To Exceed Hdmi Error Rate Specifications Of Less Than One Pixel Per Billion At 100 Meters; Should Provide Protection From Outside Interference And Ensures High Quality Signal Transmission; Should Have Sf/Utp Design With Four Unshielded 24 Awg Twisted Pair Conductors Inside An Overall Braid And Foil Shield.Approved Makes:-,Extron,Christie, Rgb. , Xtp Dtp 24 Plug, Package Of 10: Sitc Of Plug Should Be Provided With Shielded Twisted Pair For Devices Transmitting And Receiving Signal Over Twisted Pair; Should Be High Performance Category 6A Rj-45 Plug, Metal Strain Relief And Ground Bonding,Suitable For High Emi/Rfi Environments, Should Be Compatible With Tia/Eia 568A/B Wiring Standards, Conductor Alignment Guide Should Reduce Crosstalk And Signal Interference, Should Have Gold Plated Contacts. Approved Makes:-,Extron,Christie, Rgb. , Standard Av Rack With 600Mm Width, 800 Mm Outer Depth And 17U Height : Sitc Of 12U Av Equipment Rack ,Multi Hollow Extruded Aluminum Frames Structure Across The X, Y & Z Axis To Give An Uninstruct Bolting Mechanism ( Ul ) And Further Reinforced With 8 Nos. Of Corner Bracket Which Ensure Better Stability And Strength,Multi Hollow Extruded Aluminum Frames Structure Across The X, Y & Z Axis To Give An Uninstruct Bolting Mechanism ( Ul ) And Further Reinforced With 8 Nos. Of Corner Bracket Which Ensure Better Stability And Strength,,Top Cover Ventilated On All Sides Along The Width And Depth Thereby Enhancing Exhaust Of Hot Air,Cable Entry Provision Is Both At The Top And Bottom Covers With 35Mm Round Cable Entry Point, The Cable Entry Provision Comprising Of A Gland Plate With Cable Entry Points In Round Cut Outs Edge Protected With Rubber Grommets,Castor – 4 Nos. Of Heavy Duty Castors To Take Care Of Heavy Load Bearing Capacities Are Provided, Earthing Strip – Copper Strip To Take Care .Oem Authorization Format(Tender Specific) To Be Attached For Authenticityof The Grounding,Approved Make:Nt/Valrack/Wq , Delivery, Installation, Commissioning ,Programming , User Training,Schematics Charges: Delivery, Installation, Commissioning ,Programming , User Training,Schematics Charges
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 3
West Bengal View Result →
15.
Educational and Research Institute #10326046 Price Bid
Tender For Purchase Of Furniture; 1 Compactor -The Construction shall be rigid knock down made out of 0.8 thick CRCA steel conforming to IS : 513 . Each body shall have a main unit plus add on units. Finish shall be Epoxy polyester powder coated thickness of 40 microns. Shelf construction shall be made from CRCA steel 0.8 mm thick IS:513 .Uniformly distributed load capacity of 80 Kg . Undercarriage shall have construction in welded frame made of HR sheet 3.15 mm thick conforming to IS : 10748 . Finish shall be epoxy polyester powder coat of approved color & shade with a dry film thickness of minimum 40 microns .The Movements shall be Drive Type configuration. Fittings shall be centralized locking arrangement through locking stiffener mounted onto back of single last unit so that it gets locked on channels when all the units are brought together. The Recess handle lock is of Godrej make & placed at suitable height. This arrangement occupies a space of 90.0 mm. Each Drive Type units shall have Locking Knob near the drive wheel for manual locking of individual units when a person is using those units. Knob shall be rotated to unlock position when units are to be moved. End stoppers shall be provided to prevent derailment. Door locking shall be having hinged doors of recessed die cast handle cum lock giving 3 way locking through a lever & shooting bolts . Guide channels shall have J section 2 mm thick HR & 25 mm Square bright bar. Fasteners shall be galvanized/ blackodised /Zn plated .The label holder shall be made from 2 mm thick clear transparent acrylic sheet. Fascia(tiling) 3 tile pattern fascia option on drive side panel plus 3 tile pattern fascia on non-drive side panel plus 3 tile pattern fascia option on back panel of single last plus 3 tile pattern fascia option on back panel of single static . The tiles are held together by stiffeners & fasteners in 2 vertical metal trims. The productshould bear IGBC Green Pro certificate for the product, ISO Standards – ISO –9001:2015 (QMS Systems), ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental Management Systems) and ISO45001 – 2018 (Occupational Health & Safety Management Systems), And should be BIFMA member having AIOTA (All India Occupational Therapists Association) for OFFICE FURNITURE range for ergonomic design. OEM should have Green Co and Green guard UL certified for Compactor TWO BAY (SINGLE BODY MOVABLE H : 2080mm x W : 457mm X D : 915mm) TWO BAY ()DUAL BODY MOVABLE H : 2080mm X W : 457mm X D : 915mm) TWO BAY (SINGLE BODY FIXED H : 2080mm X W : 457 mm X D : 915mm ) THREE BAY (SINGLE BODY MOVABLE H : 2080mm x W : 457mm x D : 915mm) THREE BAY ()DUAL BODY MOVABLE H : 2080mm X W : 457mm X D : 915mm) THREE BAY (SINGLE BODY FIXED H : 2080mm X W : 457mm X D : 915mm ) 2 Office Chair -TC-V H : 890mm ±10 x W : 600mm ±10 x D : 600mm ±10. Medium Back Chair Made Of Good Quality Products Of MSPL Standard Models. Seat Plywood Made Of 12mm Hot Pressed . Upholstery PVC Structure Moulded With Prime Quality High Stretch Fabric Mesh. Seat Are Firmly Connected To The Base Structure 25mm Dia Round Metal Pipe. Understructure Base Made Of Chrome Plated 25mm Dia Round Metal Pipe Powder Coated. Chair Max Height 930mm. 470W x 450D Base Seat 60mm Thick Moulded With PU Foam D - 45kg/m3, H-20mm & W-470mm x H-530mm Back Seat PP Structure Moulded With Fabric Mesh . 475/580 Arm Rest Fixed Type PP. Arm Rest Height From Seat 180mm. Height From Seat To Ground 460mm. The product should bear IGBC Green Pro certificate for product category. And should be BIFMA member having AIOTA (All India Occupational Therapists Association) for OFFICE FURNITURE range for ergonomic design. 3 Office Table -Legend -02 W: 1500mm x D: 750mm x H: 750mm Table Top 25mm Thick PLPB Board With 2mm PvcEdgebanded Finish With As Per Approved Laminate Shade. Metal Structure Size W: 1450mm x D: 700mm x H: 725mm .Under structure Made Of Prime Quality CRCA 38x38mm Square Metal Pipe. Metal Modesty Panel Perforated Sheet With 0.8mm Thick Powder Coated. Worstation Provided Mobile Drawer ( 3D ) with Telescopic Channel, Fittings & C Type Handles & Lockes. Legs Of The Storage Movable PVC Casters. Legs Of The Workstation Hard Rubber Shoes. All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly and conformity with regulations. CO2 Welding Shall Be Used. All Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil, Grease, Dust, And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form a Layer Of Base Coating Of (iron phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) gm/m² . Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By a Drying Process In a Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process. The product should bear IGBC Green Pro certificate for product category. And should be BIFMA member having AIOTA (All India Occupational Therapists Association) for OFFICE FURNITURE range for ergonomic design.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Local Bodies No of Bidders 3
Madhya Pradesh View Result →
16.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #10192836 Price Bid
Tender For Providing Furniture Items In Govt. Medical College At Village Koriyawas In Mohindergarh Distt.-- 1 Providing and Placing in position Main Table with Back Unit. Overall size of the table shall be 1800 mm (L) x 900 mm (D) x 750 mm (H), Side Table 1200 mm (L) x 500 mm (D) x 750 mm (H) and integrated Pedestals 2Nos fixed type Drawer Units in each table set of size 470 mm (W) x 500 mm (D) x 725 mm (H) - one in Main table and one in Side Table. The Main Table and Side Table tops shall be made of 25mm thick MDF with bottom side pre-laminate confirming to IS-14587:1998 and 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Soft closing access flap within-build power box are provided on work surface for wire management. The modesty panel shall be made of 25mm thick MDF - one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The understructure shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. The drawer unit shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. Drawer Units - Drawer fronts shall be made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Each drawer unit shall contain 3 drawers i.e. BoxplusBoxplusFile type which uses powder coated 400mm long metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer extension shall be 325mm. Drawers shall have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Chrome plated flat type handles shall be provided for ease of opening. Drawer units are provided with lock for security. 2 Providing and Placing in position Disply Unit. Overall size of the unit shall be Display Unit shall be 1650 mm (L) x 500 mm (D) x 1100 mm (H). The Back unit shall comprises bottom sliding storage unit and top hollow storage spcae which are covered with top panels. The top panel of the back unit shall be made up of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminated board confirming to IS:14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on top. Sliding door unit shall be made of made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping for body panels like side, bottom,back and shelves. Shutters are made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Shutters have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Handles are provided for ease of opening. Storage is provided with lock for security. 3 Providing and Placing in position Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be made of injection moulded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner is upholstered with stitched cover and moulded high resiliance polyurethane foam of density 45plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load of 16plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The stitched cover shall be made from spacer fabric and leatherette. Seat size shall be 47 cm W x 48 cm D. The cushioned back shall be made of PU foam with insitu molded MS ERW round tube of size 1.9plus /- 0.03 cm x 0.16plus /- 0.0128 cm. It shall be upholstered with spacer fabric and leatherette. The back size shall be 45 cm W x 75.5 cm D. The armrest top shall be moulded from polyurethane and mounted on to a drop lift adjustable type tubular armrest suport made of 3.81plus /- 0.03 cm x 0.2plus /- 0.01 cm thick MS ERW tube. The armrest height shall be adjustable up to 6.5plus /- 0.5 cm in 5 steps. The armrest structure shall be powder coated DFT 40-60 microns. The mechanism shall be Bio-Syncro Mechanism with following features : 360º revolving, front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground and continuous lumbar support ensuring more comfort, tilt tension adjustment can be operated in seating position, 5-position tilt limiter giving option of variable tilt angle to the chair, Seat/Back tilting ratio 1:2, the mechanism housing shall be made of HPDC aluminium black powder coated. Seat depth adjustment shall be integrated in the seat through a sliding mechanism. Seat depth adjustment range shall be from 6.0plus /- 0.5 cm. The back frame shall be connected up/down mechnism housed in plastic T spine. It can be adjusted in the range of 7.42plus /- 0.5 cm for the comfortable back support to suit individual needs. The pneumatic height adjustment shall have an adjustment stroke of 10plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in black 33% glass filled nylon 66 and fittyed with 5 nos. of twin wheel castors. The pedestal shall be 66.1plus /- 0.5 cm pitch centre dia. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in plastic having 6.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and shall be assembled to the pedestal. Overall size of the chair shall be 76.1 cm W x 76.1 cm D x 113.6 - 131.1 cm H and seat height 44.5 - 54.4 cm. 4 `Providing and Placing in position 2 Seater Sofa for HOD Cabin. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-146.0 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 5 Providing and Placing in position Main Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1800 W mm x 1650 D mm x 750 H mm. Worktop shall be made of Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Access Flap provided on work surface for wire management. Side table shall be Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Modesty Panel shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board (PLT) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Cube legs shall be fabricated from MS ERW Tube of 50 mm x 25 mm x 1.2mm thick and 40 mm x 40 mm x 1.2 mm thick (as per IS: 7138). At the top surface of leg, support brackets of 3 mm thick HR (as per IS: 2062) shall be welded for fixing worktop. These shall be welded together by argo shield welding. This welded structure shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. At the base, a plastic cap with M8 molded insert shall be fixed, on to which a straight M8 leveler fitted which allows for adjustment of the height upto 50mm. Cross Members shall be made from 50mm X 25mm X 1.2mm thick ERW tube (as per IS:7138). These shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. Cross Members shall be assembled by friction fit PDC joinery and grub screws. There shall always two cross members for one table. Soft closing access flap shall be used. Provision for standard size of 8 module electrical shall be offered. Access flap shall be made from Aluminum extrusion, PDC parts made from Aluminum Alloy and plastic parts are made from Nylon 6 and wire brush with nylon bristles. Power box made with 0.8 mm thick CRCA (IS: 513), with switch plate (8 Module cutout provision). This shall be fixed with worktop along the depth at Access Flap position. Hinge Door Unit shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Door shall be fixed with slide on hinges and handle is provided for ease of opening. Drawer shall be provided with ebco metabox slide and lock for security. 6 Providing and Placing in position High Back Chair. The seat shall be made up of 1.2 plus /-0.1 cm thk hot pressed plywood. The Back shall be made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon and upholstered using Micro mesh fabric with high tenacity yarn with 28 density foam Sandwich in lumbar area. SEAT SIZE shall be 47.0 cm. (W) x 51.5 cm (D) and BACK SIZE shall be 45.0 cm. ”(W) x 65.3 cm. (H). The HR polyurethane seat foam shall moulded with density 45 plus /-2 kg/m` and hardness 16plus2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. The adjustable armrest shall be designed with the folIowingfeatures: • Up-Down adjustment— 8 steps (8.0 plus 0.Scm range), • Height adjustable armrest structure which is Powder Coated and fitted with an armrest top, • Fixed Armrest Top is PU moulded over metal insert. The adjustable tilting mechanism shall be designed with the following features: • 360° revolving type, • Single point control, • Front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground ensuring more comfort, • Tilt tension adjustment, • 4-position locking with anti shock feature, • Seat/back tilting ratio of 1:2. The Neckrest assembly consist of polypropylène pad with moulded polyurethane foam and covered with polyester fabric. Neckrest shall be fixed to Back Assembly through Neckrest connector. Neckrest assembly shall have height adjustment of 4.2plus0 5 cm and rotation adjustment of overall 76 plus /- 2 degree. The complète neckrest assembly shall be retro fit to the main chair. The pneumatic height adjustment shall have an adjustment Stroke of 10.0 plus /-0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in black 33% glass-filled Nylons and fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. The pedestal pitch-center dia is 66.1 plus /-0.5 cm. (76.1 plus /-1.0 cm. with castors). The Coat Hanger shall be made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon. The Coat hanger shall be retro fit and is fixed to the back assembly. The twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in black Nylon. 7 Providing and Placing in position Table for Doctor. Overall size of the Table shall be 1350 W mm x 600 D mm x 750 H mm. The top and modesty panel shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Table top shall be provided with Gromet on work surface for wire management. The understructure shall be made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Hinge Doors shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Handle shall be provided for ease of opening. Storage shall be provided with cam lock for security. 8 Providing and Placing in position Reception Chair. The seat assembly shall be made up of 1.2 ±0.1cm. thick hot-pressed plywood and shall be upholstered with fabric upholstery covers and moulded Polyurethane foam. The dimensions of seat shall be 47.0 cm. (W) x 48.0 cm. (D). The back asembly shall be made of powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns) tubular frame of dia 2.54 ±0.03cm.x 0.2±0.016cm thk.MS ERW tube designed with contoured lumbar support for extra comfort. The back shall be upholstered using Net fabric with high tenacity yarn. The dimensions of back shall be 46.5 cm (W) x 60.5 cm (H). The HR polyurethanefoam shall be moulded with density =45 plus /-2 kg/m3 and hardness load 16 ± 2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. The one-piece armrests shall be injection moulded from black Co-polymer Polypropylene. The mechanism shall be designed with 360° revolving type, 17±2° maximum tilt m pivot at centre, Upright position locking., Tilt tension adjustment. The pneumatic height adjustment shall has an adjustment stroke of 11.0 ±0.3cm. The bellow shall be 3 piece telescopic type and injection moulded in Black Polypropylene. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in black 33% glass-filled Nylon66 and fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. The pedestal is 66.3 ±0.5cm.pitch-center dia. (76.3 ±1.0cm with castors). The twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in Black Nylon. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - min 43.3 to max 54.3cm, Height - min89.5 to max 100.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-76.3 cm and Depth-76.3 cm. 9 Providing and Placing in position Visitors Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be made of injection molded plastic inner and outer. Plastic inner shall be upholstered with foam laminate fabric and moulded high resiliance polyurethane foam of density 45 plus /-2 per cubic metre and hardness load of 16 plus /-2 Kgf. Seat size shall be 46 cm W x 48 cm D. Thecushioned back shall be made of PU foam with insitu molded MS ERW round tube of size 1.9 plus /-0.03 x 0.16 plus /-0.0128 cm. it shall be upholstered with foam laminate fabric. Back size shall be 46.6 cm W x 59.6 cm H. The powder coated tubular frame shall be cantilever type and shall be made of 2.54 plus /-0.03 x 0.2 plus /-0.016 cm thick MS ERW tube. The back shall be connected to the frame through powder coated high pressure die cast connector piece. 10 Providig and Placing in poition Waiting Chair. The seat shell shall be a welded assembly ofseat,back and side frame. The seat and back shall be made of 0.12±0.013cm thk CR steel sheet with oblong perforations.They shall be welded to sideframe of size 3.2±0.05cm x 0.5 ± 0.05 cm thk HR steel. The welded assembly shall be powder coated ( DFT 40-60 microns). The seat shall has a front water fall edge to provide popliteal clearance for comfortable seating. It also shall has a buttock support curve that not only provides rear support but also prevents small children from falling through the gap between seat and back. Clean and flatsurfaces of seat and back shall aids in easy maintenance. The dimensions of seat shall be 47.8 cm (W) x 44.6 cm (D) and of back shall be 41.6 cm (W) x 23. cm (H). Understructure assembly shall consists of connecting beam and leg assembly made of M.S.E.R.W. oblong tube of size 7.5±0.03cm x5.0±0.03cm x 0.02±0.016cm thk.The welded structure assembly shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ).The leg assembly shall be fitted with shoes and levellers in Nylon. The leg structure shall be designed with minimal area of contact close to ground providing easy access for cleaning purposes. The shoes fiited to leg assembly shall help in aligning the structure for back to back arrangements. Levelers should take care of uneven flooring .Connecting beam shall be fitted with snap locking end cap.It also aids in side-by-side understructure alignment. Armrest assembly shall consists of armrest frame and armrest pad. The armrest frame shall be made up of size 3.175±0.05cm x 0.47±0.027cm thk HR steel and it shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). Armrest pad shall be injection molded in Nylonand shall be fitted onto the armrest frame. Overall Dimensions shall beSeat Height - 44.1 cm, Height - 78.5 cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-169.5cm and Depth-63.8 cm. 11 Providing and Placing in position Main Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1500 W mm x 1500 D mm x 750 H mm. Worktop shall be made of Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Access Flap provided on work surface for wire management. Side table shall be Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Modesty Panel shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board (PLT) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Cube legs shall be fabricated from MS ERW Tube of 50 mm x 25 mm x 1.2mm thick and 40 mm x 40 mm x 1.2 mm thick (as per IS: 7138). At the top surface of leg, support brackets of 3 mm thick HR (as per IS: 2062) shall be welded for fixing worktop. These shall be welded together by argo shield welding. This welded structure shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. At the base, a plastic cap with M8 molded insert shall be fixed, on to which a straight M8 leveler fitted which allows for adjustment of the height upto 50mm. Cross Members shall be made from 50mm X 25mm X 1.2mm thick ERW tube (as per IS:7138). These shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. Cross Members shall be assembled by friction fit PDC joinery and grub screws. There shall always two cross members for one table. Soft closing access flap shall be used. Provision for standard size of 8 module electrical shall be offered. Access flap shall be made from Aluminum extrusion, PDC parts made from Aluminum Alloy and plastic parts are made from Nylon 6 and wire brush with nylon bristles. Power box made with 0.8 mm thick CRCA (IS: 513), with switch plate (8 Module cutout provision). This shall be fixed with worktop along the depth at Access Flap position. Hinge Door Unit shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Door shall be fixed with slide on hinges and handle is provided for ease of opening. Drawer shall be provided with ebco metabox slide and lock for security. 12 Providing and Placing in position Main Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be consisting of seat base moulded in glass-filled poly-amide, moulded polyurethane foam and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The cushioned back assembly shall be consisting of back inner moulded in Poly-propylene in-situ moulded with polyurethane and upholstered with high stretch knittedpolyster fabric. The back size shall be 45.5 cm x 53 cm H and the seat size shall be 48.5 cm W x 49.0 cm D. The hig hresiliance polyurethane foam used in the seat and back cushion shall be moulded in density 45 plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load shall be 16 plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The seat and back shall be firmly connected to the frame and shall be cantilevered in such a way that it gives a multi-dimensional movement possibility just with a simple lean on the sides or back, without need of complex manual adjustments. The cantilevered seat offers impact cushioning while sitting and synchronises with back movement during posture changes. The `S` shaped spines moulded in high strength glass-filled poly-amide and the spine connector moulded in glass -filled poly-amideform the back-spine structure involved in multi-dimensional recline motion. The variable tilt angle recline motion can be adjusted with 3 positions tilt limit feature which is inbuilt in seat base and the tension shall be user weight dependent. The armrset assembly shall be made of housing sliding over the armrest struture, both moulded in glass-filled polyamide. The height djustment feature shall be button operated having adjustment stroke of 6.6±0.5 cm. The armrest top shall be made of integral skin PU moulded over plastic inner moulded in glass filled polyamide. The seat height can be adjusted with the pneumatic gas-lift having an adjustment stroke of 9.2 plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in glass-filled poly-amide and fitted 5 nos. of twin wheel castors The pedestal shall be 66plus /- 0.5 cm pitch center dia. and 76plus /- 1 cm with castors. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in poly-amide having 5.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled with pedestal. 13 Providing and Placing in position Patient Stool. Overall Dimension: Overall Sizes Diagonal LegDia 538 mmH470 min-655maxTop plate should made of SS 202 made sheet with spin section of thickness 1mm and should be non corrosive. It should have a diameter of 305mm,seat base should made of MS ring and rectangular tube.EN8 Screw having dia of 22 mm should be used for height adjustment of the seat base.The round hub should be made of MS ERW tube having dia of 38mm and thickness 2 mm.The Hub should be welded with the legs and it should accommodate and cover the lead screw mechanism.The understructure should consist of 4 legs made up ofMS ERW tube of diameter 25.4 mm and 1.6mm thick. The press formed pipe leg should give a round and clean look. All the legs should be provided with 4 nos of Nylon-6 bush.All metal componentsshould be pre treated with zinc phosphating in 9 tank porcess and then powder coated with anti microbialepoxy polyster powder coatingto fulfill the requirements for bacterial protection against at least 2 commonly found bacteria in Hospital environment [Gram positive and Gram Negative].Safe working load must be 135kg. 14 Providing and Placing in position Examination Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1830 mm L x600 mm D x 850 mm H. The examination table shall be made of sturdy structure and shall have a ratchet mechanism for tilting the backrest. Leg frame and intermediate frame shall be made of 30x30 section 1.6 mm thick M.S. ERW Tube. Nylon 6 leg shoe shall be provided to avoid wear and tear of the floor. Lying surface shall be made of 1.2 mm thick M.S. ERW Tube. Ratchet shall be made of 5 mm thick M.S. ERW tube and shall provide back tilt at 0º, 15º and 30º asjustment positions. Table shall be epoxy polyxter powder coated and shall have a maximum load bearing capacity of 135 kgs. It shall be provided with 30 mm thick mattress. Providing and Placing in position Single Step Stool. Overall size of the stool shall be 485 W mm x 355 D mm x 210 H mm. It shall be a sturdy stool for supporting patients while accessing the examination table. Understructure frame shall consist of 4 MS 1.2 mm thick Vertical tubes of 19mm Dia, 3 horizontal tubes at the bottom and 3 tubes at the top to support the sheet metal top. Stool top shall be made of 2 mm thick MS sheet for standing purpose. 3 Nos. of 4 mm thick aluminium extrusions strips shall be placed on the sheet metal top for getting a good grip while climbing. Max load bearing capacity shall be 135 Kgs. 15 Providing and Placing in position Plain Almirah. Overall size of the Almirah shall be 916 mm (W) x 486 mm (D) x 1980 mm (H) with welded construction. It should have the shelf thickness of 0.7 mm, Back thickness of 0.8mm, Door thickness of 0.8mm (high yield strength) and all other components shall have a thickness of 0.9mm. These components shall be made of CRCA ‘D’ grade high yield strength as per IS:513. It should have a Mazak handle and Three way locking mechanism with Shooting Bolts. It should have a height wise adjustable shelf mounting which shall have a Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity of max 40 Kg. It shall have 4 no.s full shelves. A4 size box file(85 W x 285 D x 345 H mm) can be stored vertically on three shelves and the clear space above fourth shelf is 240mm. It should also have a M10 Screw type Leveller with Hex plastic base. The finishing shall include Epoxy powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns ( plus /- 10). There shall be 5 loading levels in the almirah. 16 Providing and Placing in position Modular Storage Unit. Overall size of the unit shall be 1800 W mm x 450 D mm x 1950 H mm. It shall be aesthetically appealing completely knock down construction. The add-on units are stack widthwise to form arow of storage. Legs fitted with screw type leveler. It shall be made from combination of Top panel(0.5mm CRCA), side panel(0.5mm CRCA), Bottom panel(0.5mm CRCA) Back panel(0.5mm CRCA), Top Bottom stiffener(1.2mm CRCA) and End Cover(0.5mm CRCA). Shelves shall be a 12 bend panel made of 0.7mm Thick CRCA (D Grade, IS-513)Each shelf has max Load Capacity of 30kg UDL with 4 Nos. of fixed shelves. A4 size Box file (85Wx340Hx285D) can be stored vertically on all loading levels. Doors shall be made of 0.6mm Thick CRCA (D Grade, IS-513) with Soft closing Hinges. Handles shall be Asthetically appealing handle made of Aluminum. It shall be having 3 Way locking provision, with Click action mechanism, with Key removable in locked and unlocked positions. Zinc alloy die cast housing. The unit shall be Epoxy Polyester Powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns ( plus /-10 micron). 17 Providing and placing of panel and tile based modular workstations which are GRIHA compliant and as per BIFMA standards, with partition thickness of 50 mm thick including powder coated aluminium trims and supported on Legs for better air circulation and helps in keeping floor clean. The product should be complete and as per apprroved sample and as per the direction of Engineer-In-charge. Panels Construction - Each panel consists of Vertical extrusions 2Nos and Horizontal extrusions made of 1.2mm thick aluminium with duly powder coated at every division of tile/block. Each panel have Bottom frame fabricated for 50 mm panel comprises of L-channels made of 2mm thick CRCA steel (IS: 513), formed plates of 3mm thick HR steel (IS: 2062) and ERW steel tube of size 35x15x1.6mm thick in oval cross section (IS: 7138) welded together. The complete bottom frame shall be powder coated with an average of 50-60 microns thickness of epoxy powder coating. The Bottom Frame is bolted with the Upright verticals. Each Panel is provided with 2Nos Legs of height 120mm are fixed at the bottom frame of the panel. Legs are fabricated by CO2 welded MS Tube of section 38mm x 25mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 38mm x 25mm x 16bg) with the base plate of the MS plate of 35x22x5mm (IS: 2062, 5mm HR) over which an M8 Leveler is fitted which allows for adjustment of the height by 50mm. It will be coated with 45-50micron thickness of epoxy powder coating. Each Panel consists of 2Nos Intermediate blocks. In a 52.4mm Thick panel intermediate block shall comprise of 38mm thick paper honeycomb with 3mm MDF on each sides and 0.6mm decorative laminate on both sides. Particle board framing shall be used n outer boundary of these blocks as well as intermediately at certain locations forming conduit for passing cables. These blocks will be located in the middle bands of the panels made out of a composite construction of MDF and paper honeycomb. Each Panel consist of TOP TILES/SPLIT TILES. These tiles shall be slide in to the panels from top before fixing the top horizontal. These tiles shall be supported from top and bottom side with clips made from PP co polymer fitted in horizontal extrusion. In case of split tiles it shall be offered in Fabric magnetic tiles, Whiteboard tiles. Each Panel consists a BOTTOM TILE. These bottom tiles shall be press fitted on to the assembly frame of the panel with the help of snap on clips made of nylon-66 and support clips made from PP polymer.All partitions and side panels have levelling screws for adjustment in case of Uneven floor to take care ofplus /- 40 mm of uneven flooring.`Tile Finishes :a FABRIC MAGNETIC TILES: Fabric magnetic tiles shall be fabric upholstered metal tiles in 0.6 mm thick G.I. Grade O as per IS: 277. The fabrics shall be upholstered with adhesives.• FABRIC TACK TILES: Fabric tackable tiles shall be upholstered metal tiles in 0.6mm thick G.I. grade O as per IS: 277, with P.E. foam in the tile for tackablity.The fabric shall be upholstered with adhesives.• WHITE BOARD TILES : White board tiles shall be made of 8.0 mm thick particle board conforming to IS: 12823 laminated with 0.6mm thick white glossy high pressure laminate on outer side and 0.6mm backing laminate on inner surface and will behaving all its edges with minimum 0.5 mm thick PVC edging. `End/Intermediate Panels :It is a 22.8mm Thick panel used at the ends and as a intermediate panle between 2 adjacent workstations. It is conncted to the main panel using screws and provided with trims on the outer edges.`Aluminium Trims : The top trims and end trims for 52.4 mm shall be made from aluminum extrusion. All kinds of extrusions for 52.4mm shall have average wall thickness of 1.2 mm and having finish of powder coating. Top trim in 52.4mm thick panel shall be press fitted on the horizontal extrusion, it shall be slide fitted with the help of top trim connector made from PP copolymer 3530 grade.End trim for 52.4mm thick panel shall be slide fitted with the help of end trim connector made from 2.0mm thick M.S. CRCA Grade D as per IS: 513. End trim for 22.8 mm thick panel shall slide with the help of end trim connector made from nylon-66.``Wire Management - Wires shall be taken into the system through cable ducts from the junction boxes and it is carried upto the panels through concealed conduits inside the blocks. Wires runs through the system from Bottom tile and extended to the top at various locations by the help of 2 nos. vertical Cable Ducts in each panels. Cable duct shall be made from 0.8 mm thick M.S. CRCA Grade D as per IS: 513 - 1994. It is constructed with two parts, one is body and another is cover. It holds the cables and gives aesthetic appearance by covering all cables entry, which are moving upward to the panels. Size of Cable duct is 107mm W X 154 mm H X 21 mm D.`Legs - Metal powder coated legs at the end. System shall also have 120 mm high powder coated standalone panel legs to give the system an elevated look. Single side legs are fabricated by CO2 welded MS Tube of section 38 mm x 25 mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 38 mm x 25 mm x 16bg) with the base plate of the MS plate of 35x22x5mm (IS: 2062, 5 mm HR) over which an M8 Leveler is fittedWorksurface : Worktop shall be made out of 25mm thick prelaminated particle board. All the open edges of work surface shall be provided with machine pressed 2 mm thick PVC lipping glued with hot melt EVA glue. The work surface shall be provided with circular cut out of Dia.65mm as per the requirement, for passing of wires. These cut outs shall be provided with ABS covers. Worksurfaces are fitted to the panels by worksurface brackets. Brackets are made of 2.0mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS : 513. Brackets are slide in between end trim and vertical extrusions.Mobile Drawer : Mobile Drawer Unit having 3 Drawers Unit having flat metal front and top with Central locking. The Drawer Unit consistes of 2Box and 1File Drawers. The Overall size of the Drawer Units is 450mm(W) X 435mm(D) X 646mm(H). Construction and Material of Drawer Unit : Welded Assembled of 0.8 thick CRCA for Body Shell, Drawer Front and tray, Front Side Stiffener, Rear Side Stiffener and Bottom, 1.2 thick CRCA Top Stiffener and Bottom stiffener. Drawer Fronts and Metal Front Straight Edge. All Drawers with Double extension precision ball slide shall be provided. For Drawer pulling, side wise tapered recess provided in shell behind Drawer Fronts. Locking:10 lever Cam Lock and Central Right Hand locking with actuator and lock channel mechanism. Top Panel : 0.8 Thick Metal Straight Edge Top. Castors : Swiveling non-lockable 4Nos Castors mounted below the body shell. The Total drawer unit is finished with Epoxy Polyester Powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns ( plus /-10).Key Board Pullout Tray : Supplying and Fixing of sliding computer key board tray of 480mm (L) X 280mm (D) X 40mm(H) made out of CRCA steel as per IS : 513 made of 0.9mm thick powder coated with sliding channels and other fixing fittings. It should also have a sliding system for accomodating mouse.CPU Trolley :Supplying and Fixing of CPU Trolley of Size - 345mm(W) x 226(D) x 180mm(H) is made of 1.0 mm thick MS CRCA Sheet and Side support is made of 0.8 mm thick MS CRCA Sheet. It consists of 4Nos Non-lockable twin wheel castors made of injection moulded in Black Nylon.Recta - 1200 W mm x 600 D mm x 1200 H mm 18 Providing and Placing in position 2 Dr. Locker for Students. Overall size of the unit shall be 370 mm (W) x 450 mm (D) x 1900 mm(H). It shall be made from combination of Top panel(0.5mm CRCA), side panel(0.5mm CRCA), Bottom panel(0.5mm CRCA) Back panel(0.5mm CRCA), Top Bottom stiffener (1.2mm CRCA) and End Cover(0.5mm CRCA). Shelves shall be a 12 bend panel made of 0.7mm Thick CRCA (D Grade, IS-513). Locking shall be cam lock with 3 way locking provision, with click action mechanism and shall have zinc alloy die cast housing. 19 Providng and Placing in position Optimisers. Size: Overall Dimensions of a body shall be 1200 mm (W) x 400 mm (D) x 2000 mm (H). The Construction shall be rigid knock down made out of 0.8 thick CRCA steel. Eachconfiguration have following type of blocks – Single Static (SS), Single Last (SL),Twin Mobile(TM). Finish: Finish shall be Epoxy polyester powder coated thickness of 40 microns. Construction: Shelf construction shall be made from CRCA steel 0.8 mm. Uniformly distributed load capacity of 100 Kg. Undercarriage: Undercarriage shall have construction in welded frame made of HR sheet 3 mm thick. Movement: The Movements shall be Push-Pull / Drive Type configuration. Locking: Fittings shall be centralized locking arrangement through locking stiffener mounted onto back of single last unit so that it gets locked on channels when all the units are brought together. The Recess handle lock is placed at suitable height .The ‘sprocket-chain’ arrangement is covered by a 1 mm thk. CRCA sheet Drive Unit Cover with dimensions 1202mm x 398mm x 87mm and is fixed onto the side of the body. Fixed unit (SD) does not have the Handle. Each units shall have Locking Knob for manual locking of individual units when a person is using those units. Knob shall be rotated to unlock position when units are to be moved. End stoppers shall be provided to prevent derailment.The nuts and bolts are galvanized / blackodized / Zn Plated.Also total no. of loading levels per understructure shall be 15 for SD3. Label holder: It is an aluminium extrusion of length 396mm for LD/SD and 796mm for TD, fitted on to front cover of body. The Paper is 300GSM matt milky white sticker paper, to be inserted into the aluminium extrusion. The length of paper is 394mm for LD/SD and 794mm for TD. Over that a transparent plastic of corresponding length of 150-200 micron polythene is to be inserted. Rail Pair: It consists of ‘C’ section 2 mm thk HR sheet and Square 25.4mm X 2mm thk ERW tube – both connected by screws. Prior to the grouting of the guide channels with the help of raul plug and screw, ensure the ground is level. The rail channels are of 3 lengths i.e., 800mm, 1600mm and 2400mm. 20 Providing and Placing in position 1$ Seater Meeting Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 3000 W mm x 1150 D mm x 740 H mm. Top shall be made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board, edge banded with matching PVC edge lipping. Access panel shall be provided with soft closing hinges. The understructure shall consist of 25 mm thick * 18 mm thick pre-laminated twin board, edge banded with 2 mm thick matching lipping. Anodised aluminium alloy 63400 - WP profile is added at bottom edges for improving the aesthetics. A wire raiser made of 0.8 mm thick CRCA shall be provided. It shall be epoxy polyster powder coatedc(DFT 40-60 microns) for flow of wires and cables. 21 Providing and Placing in position Meeting Chair. The seat shall be made up of 1.2 ±0.1cm thick hot pressed plywood. The back is made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon and upholstered using net fabric with high tenacity yam. The dimensions of seat should be 47.0cm(W) x 51.5(D) and that of back should be 45.0cm(W) x 65.3cm(H). The moulded polyurethane foam shall be ofdensity 55 plus /-2kg/m ³, and hardness load 16 plus /-2kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. The armrests have up and down adjustment of 8.5 plus /-0.5 cm with top having integrated layer of Thermoplastic Elastomer(TPE). The lumbar support consists of polypropylene pad with moulded polyurethane foam covered with polyster fabric. The lumbar pad has adjustment of 8.0 plus /-0.5 cm. The mechanism of the chair shall have following features : 360° revolving type, Single point control, Tilt tension adjustment, 4 position locking with antishock feature, seat back tilt ratio 1:2, front pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground ensuring more comfort. The chair shall be provided with pneumatic height adjustment which shall have stroke of 10.0plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestial shall be injection moulded in black 33% glass-filled Nylon-66. It shall be fitted with 5 nos twin wheel castor. The size of the pedestal shall be 66.1 plus /- 0.5 cm pitch-centre-dia (76.1plus /- 1.0 cm with castors). The twin wheel castors shall be made of Nylon injection moulded in black Nylon.Overall dimensions of Chair shall be, Width of Chair - 76.1cm, Depth of Chair - 76.1 cm as measured from pedestal below. Height of back from ground - min 98.0 to max 108.0cm. Seat height - min 44.0 to max 54.0cm. 22 Providing and Placing in position Canteen Table. Overall size of 1180 W mm x 1580 D mm x 750 H mm.Top shall be of Stainless Steel brushed with PLBinsert for Durability. Easy to maintain hygiene. The Understructure shall be made of 50.8 mmx 50.8 mm 1.2 mm thick powder coatedERW tubes at base which are welded and fixed to the Top with screws.Tubular stiffeners that are provided between the two vertical frames. The tubes shall be closed with plastic cap. The seats are offered in SS round stool types. Level adjustment shall be provided to take care of unevenness in floor. 23 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Sofa for Waiting Room. The side frame assembly shall be fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It shall be made of 0 3.81 ±0.03cm. x 0.2±0.016cm. thick cmx0.l6cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). The ends shall be fitted with ABS moulded end caps. It shall be the connecting beam assy. which holds the two side frames to each other.2 nostie members shall be used to connect the side frames. The tie-member shall be of dia 3.81 ±0.03cm x 02±0.016cm. thick cm x 0.16cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ). The seat/back assemblies shall be mounted on one of the tie-member which shall has 5.0 ±0.1cm x 5.0 ±0.1 cm x 0.5±0.1cm. thk 5.5 ±0.1cm Long MS. Std. angles welded to mount the seat and back. The seat rest assembly shall be consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /-2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load=25±2kgf as per lS:7888 for 25%compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat rest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The dimensions of seat shall be: 52.0cm. (W) X 50.0cm. (D) X 6.0cm. (T). The backrest assembly shall be flexing type and consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /- 2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load 14± 2 kgf as per lS:7888 for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded backrest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The size of the back shall be 52.0cm. (W) X 59.0cm. (H) X 6.0cm. (T) The adj. glide shall be injection moulded in black Nylon and fitted to the front end of side frame assembly along with ABS moulded adj. Glide base to take care or unleveled floor surface. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - 43.5 cm, Height - 78.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-164.0cm and Depth-70.0 cm. 24 Providing and Placing in position Centre Table. The top shall be made of whichshall be 12 plus /-0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made in SS 202 grade for fixing with understructure. It shallbe a welded assembly made in SS202 grade having dia. 12 plus /-0.04 as per IS:1762. overall dimensions oftable shall be Width of table= 112.0 cm, Depth=60.0 cm, height=35.1 cm. 25 Providing and Placing in position Corner Table. The top shall be made of glass which shall be 12 plus /-0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made in SS 202 grade for fixing with understructure. It shallbe a welded assembly made in SS202 grade having dia. 12 plus /-0.04 as per IS:1762.overall dimensions oftable shall be Width of table= 60.0 cm, Depth=60.0 cm, height=35.1 cm. 26 Providing and Placing in position Table for HOD / Incharge. Overall size of the Table shall be 1800 W x 900 D x 750 H and ERU 1200 W x 500 D x 750 H. The table is made of 25 mm thick MDF – one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Soft closing access flap within-build power box are provided on work surface for wire management. The ERU top is made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The modesty panel is made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The understructure is made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. The pedestal is made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Drawer fronts made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on to top pedestal construction is BOX-BOX-FILE type which uses powder coated 400 MM long metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer extension is 325 MM. Drawers have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Handles are provided for ease of opening. Pedestals are provided with lock for security. 27 Providing and Placing 2 Seater Sofa for Incharge / HOD Cabin. Upper structure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-146.0 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 28 Providing and Placing in position Office Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1200 W mm x 600 D mm x 750 H mm. The top and modesty panel shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Table top shall be provided with Gromet on work surface for wire management. The understructure shall be made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Hinge Doors shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Handle shall be provided for ease of opening. Storage shall be provided with cam lock for security. 29 `Providing and Placing in position Staff Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be consisting of seat base moulded in glass-filled poly-amide, moulded polyurethane foam and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The cushioned back assembly shall be consisting of back inner moulded in Poly-propylene in-situ moulded with polyurethane and upholstered with high stretch knittedpolyster fabric. The back size shall be 45.5 cm x 53 cm H and the seat size shall be 48.5 cm W x 49.0 cm D. The hig hresiliance polyurethane foam used in the seat and back cushion shall be moulded in density 45 plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load shall be 16 plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The seat and back shall be firmly connected to the frame and shall be cantilevered in such a way that it gives a multi-dimensional movement possibility just with a simple lean on the sides or back, without need of complex manual adjustments. The cantilevered seat offers impact cushioning while sitting and synchronises with back movement during posture changes. The ``S`` shaped spines moulded in high strength glass-filled poly-amide and the spine connector moulded in glass -filled poly-amideform the back-spine structure involved in multi-dimensional recline motion. The variable tilt angle recline motion can be adjusted with 3 positions tilt limit feature which is inbuilt in seat base and the tension shall be user weight dependent. The armrset assembly shall be made of housing sliding over the armrest struture, both moulded in glass-filled polyamide. The height djustment feature shall be button operated having adjustment stroke of 6.6±0.5 cm. The armrest top shall be made of integral skin PU moulded over plastic inner moulded in glass filled polyamide. The seat height can be adjusted with the pneumatic gas-lift having an adjustment stroke of 9.2 plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in glass-filled poly-amide and fitted 5 nos. of twin wheel castors The pedestal shall be 66plus /- 0.5 cm pitch center dia. and 76plus /- 1 cm with castors. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in poly-amide having 5.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled with pedestal. 30 `Providing and Placing in position Conference Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 4200 W mm x 1500 D mm x 740 H mm. Top shall be made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board, edge banded with matching PVC edge lipping. Access panel shall be provided with soft closing hinges. The understructure shall consist of 25 mm thick * 18 mm thick pre-laminated twin board, edge banded with 2 mm thick matching lipping. Anodised aluminium alloy 63400 - WP profile is added at bottom edges for improving the aesthetics. Bottom cabinet with door shall be provided for flow of wires and cables. Cutout provision below access flap at 4 locations shall be provided. 31 `Providing and Placing in position High Back Conference Chair. The seat shall be made up of 1.2plus0.1cm thk. hot pressed plywood. The Back shall be made up of injection mou1ded glass filled nylon and upholstered using Mesh fabric with high tenacity yarn.SEAT SIZE : 47.0 cm. (W) x 51.5 cm (D) and BACK SIZE : 45.0 cm. (/V) x 65.3 cm. (H). The HR polyurethane seat foam shall be moulded with density 45 plus /-2 kg/m° and hardness 16plus2 kgf for 25% compression. The adjustable armrest shall be designed with the following features : Up-Down adjustment— 8 steps (8 0 plus 0.Scm range), Height adjustable armrest structure which is Powder Coated and fitted with an armrest top. The Lumbar support consists of polypropylene pad with moulded polyurethane foam and covered with polyester fabric. The Height of Lumbar pad can be adjusted through two projecting knobs provided on the rear side of the pa6. Lumbar pad has an adjustment of 8.0plus0.5 cm in height. The adjustable tilting mechanism shall be designed with the following features: 360° revolving type, Single point control, Front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground ensuring more comfort, Tilt tension adjustment, 4-position locking with anti-shock feature, Seat/back tilting ratio of 1:2. The Neckrest assembly consist of polypropylene pad with moulded polyurethane foam and covered with polyester fabric Neckrest is fixed to Back Assembly through Neckrest connector Neckrest assembly has height adjustment of4.2plus0.5 cm and rotation adjustment of overall76” plus2”. The complete neckrest assembly is retro fit to the main chair. The pneumatic height adjustment shall have an adjustment stroke oi 10.0plus0.3 cm. The pedestal is injection moulded in black 30% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. H=The pedestal pitch center dia is 66.1 plus 0.5 cm. The Coat Hanger is made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon. The coat hanger is retro fit and is fixed to the back assembly. The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in black Nylon. 32 `Poviding and Placing in position Medium Back Conference Chair. The seat shall be made up of 1.2plus0.1cm thk. hot pressed plywood. The Back shall be made up of injection mou1ded glass filled nylon and upholstered using Mesh fabric with high tenacity yarn.SEAT SIZE : 47.0 cm. (W) x 51.5 cm (D) and BACK SIZE : 45.0 cm. (/V) x 65.3 cm. (H). The HR polyurethane seat foam shall be moulded with density 45 plus /-2 kg/m° and hardness 16plus2 kgf for 25% compression. The adjustable armrest shall be designed with the following features : Up-Down adjustment— 8 steps (8 0 plus 0.Scm range), Height adjustable armrest structure which is Powder Coated and fitted with an armrest top. The Lumbar support consists of polypropylene pad with moulded polyurethane foam and covered with polyester fabric. The Height of Lumbar pad can be adjusted through two projecting knobs provided on the rear side of the pa6. Lumbar pad has an adjustment of 8.0plus0.5 cm in height. The adjustable tilting mechanism shall be designed with the following features: 360° revolving type, Single point control, Front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground ensuring more comfort, Tilt tension adjustment, 4-position locking with anti-shock feature, Seat/back tilting ratio of 1:2. The pedestal is injection moulded in black 30% glass filled nylon and fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. H=The pedestal pitch center dia is 66.1 plus 0.5 cm. The twin wheel castors are injection moulded in black Nylon. 33 Providing and Placing in position Waiting Chair. The seat shell shall be a welded assembly ofseat,back and side frame. The seat and back shall be made of 0.12±0.013cm thk CR steel sheet with oblong perforations.They shall be welded to sideframe of size 3.2±0.05cm x 0.5 ± 0.05 cm thk HR steel. The welded assembly shall be powder coated ( DFT 40-60 microns). The seat shall has a front water fall edge to provide popliteal clearance for comfortable seating. It also shall has a buttock support curve that not only provides rear support but also prevents small children from falling through the gap between seat and back. Clean and flatsurfaces of seat and back shall aids in easy maintenance. The dimensions of seat shall be 47.8 cm (W) x 44.6 cm (D) and of back shall be 41.6 cm (W) x 23. cm (H). Understructure assembly shall consists of connecting beam and leg assembly made of M.S.E.R.W. oblong tube of size 7.5±0.03cm x5.0±0.03cm x 0.02±0.016cm thk.The welded structure assembly shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ).The leg assembly shall be fitted with shoes and levellers in Nylon. The leg structure shall be designed with minimal area of contact close to ground providing easy access for cleaning purposes. The shoes fiited to leg assembly shall help in aligning the structure for back to back arrangements. Levelers should take care of uneven flooring .Connecting beam shall be fitted with snap locking end cap.It also aids in side-by-side understructure alignment. Armrest assembly shall consists of armrest frame and armrest pad. The armrest frame shall be made up of size 3.175±0.05cm x 0.47±0.027cm thk HR steel and it shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). Armrest pad shall be injection molded in Nylonand shall be fitted onto the armrest frame. Overall Dimensions shall beSeat Height - 44.1 cm, Height - 78.5 cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-169.5cm and Depth-63.8 cm. 34 `Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Lounge Sofa. The side frame assembly shall be fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It shall be made of 0 3.81 ±0.03cm. x 0.2±0.016cm. thick cmx0.l6cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). The ends shall be fitted with ABS moulded end caps. It shall be the connecting beam assy. which holds the two side frames to each other.2 nostie members shall be used to connect the side frames. The tie-member shall be of dia 3.81 ±0.03cm x 02±0.016cm. thick cm x 0.16cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ). The seat/back assemblies shall be mounted on one of the tie-member which shall has 5.0 ±0.1cm x 5.0 ±0.1 cm x 0.5±0.1cm. thk 5.5 ±0.1cm Long MS. Std. angles welded to mount the seat and back. The seat rest assembly shall be consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /-2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load=25±2kgf as per lS:7888 for 25%compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat rest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The dimensions of seat shall be: 52.0cm. (W) X 50.0cm. (D) X 6.0cm. (T). The backrest assembly shall be flexing type and consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /- 2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load 14± 2 kgf as per lS:7888 for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded backrest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The size of the back shall be 52.0cm. (W) X 59.0cm. (H) X 6.0cm. (T) The adj. glide shall be injection moulded in black Nylon and fitted to the front end of side frame assembly along with ABS moulded adj. Glide base to take care or unleveled floor surface. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - 43.5 cm, Height - 78.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-164.0cm and Depth-70.0 cm. 35 `Providing and Placing in position Stretcher. Overall dimension should be 2005 mm (L) x 666 mm (W) x 827 mm (H). It should be removable stretcher on trolley mointed on castors.. The trolley should be made of 31.75 mm and 25.5 mm dia 1.2 mm thick and 1.6 mm thick ERW tube. The casters should be 200 mm dia diagonal lockable castors. te stretcher understructure should be made of 25.4 mm dia 1.6 mm thick ERW tube and the top should be made of 1.2 mm thick CRCA sheet. The stretcher should have provision to mount IV pole at four corners. The product should be pre treated and powder coated with Epoxy polyster powder coating.The maximum load bearing capacity should be 135 kg. , 36 Providing and Placing in position Single Bed with understorage. Overall size of the bed shall be 2046 L mm x 919 D mm x 910 H mm with Bedstead height of 440 mm. Bed structure shall be made of metal frame of thickness 25mm square, Pipes in 1.2 mm thickness and MS Channel in 1.0 mm thickness. Partition Panel and plinths shall be made of 25 mm thickness Prelaminated Particle Board. Headboard, tailboard, side board, mattress panel and bottom panel shall be made of 18 mm thickness Prelaminated Particle Board. All exposed edges shall be banded with 0.8 mm thickness PVC edge banding. Overall size of understorage shall be 1491 L mm x 758 D mm x 265 H mm. Body panels shall be made of 18 mm hick prelaminated particle board. Drawer front shall be made of 18 mm thick prelaminated particle board. Drawer bottom shall be made of 9 mm thick prelaminated particle board. All exposed edges shall be banded with 0.8 mm thickness of edge banding. The bed shall be provided with 100 mm thick mattress. 37 Providing and Placing in position Bedside Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 460 W mm x 461 D mm x 510 H mm. Body panels shall be made of 18 mm hick prelaminated particle board. Drawer front shall be made of 18 mm thick prelaminated particle board. Drawer bottom shall be made of 9 mm thick prelaminated particle board. All exposed edges shall be banded with 0.8 mm thickness of edge banding. 38 Providing and Placing in position Study Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 900 W mm x 450 D mm x 750 H mm. Top panel shall be made of 18 mm thick Prelaminated Particle Board. All the exposed edges shall be edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC edge banding. Structure shall be made of metal frames made of M.S. 25 mm Square Pipes in 0.9 mm Thickness. Drawer assembly shall be made of drawer front made of 0.6mm CRCA sheet, drawer tray of 0.8mm CRCA sheet. 39 Providing and Placing in position Study Chair. The seat-back shall be made of blopw molded high-density polyethyleneand shall be fixed on the understructure assembly with the help of stainless steel pop rivets. Seat shall be made of bloe molded high-density polyethylene and shall be fixed on the understructre assembly. All the metal frames and cross-connectors of the understructre shall be made of Mild Steel ERW Tubes, 40 x 20 x 2 mm thick which shall be welded together. The welded structure and cross-connectors shall be coated with 45 microns thickness of epoxy polyster coating. Bag storage tray shall be made of mild steel rod forms a cage at bottom and shall be welded to the main structure. Plastic cap made of polypropylene shall be provided on the foot rest side tubes and back leg tubes adding more aesthetic value to the product. Overall size of the chair shall be 426 mm W x 420 mm D x 771 mm H. 40 Providing and Placing in position Dining Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 1500 W mm x 900 D mm x 760 H mm. The Table top shall be 19 mm thick and shall be made of MDF with Okume Veneer. It shall be 4 legged Table. Legs of the table shall be made of Solid Wood. The legs shall be L shaped. Finish of the table shall be Veneer. 41 Providing and placing in position Dining Chair. Overall size of the chair shall be 430 mm W x 565 mm D x 933 mm H. The understrcuture of the chair shall be made of solid wood and shall be PU coated. The seat and back shall be provided with cushion and shall be upholstered with PVC. The chair shall have sleek and contemporary design with high back support. 42 Providing and Placing in position Round Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 900 Dia x 720 H mm. The worktop shall be made of 18 mm thick MDF. The understructure shall consist of an inner tube assembly with Top Plate, for worktop mounting and an outer tube assembly with round bottom plate. The ineer and outer tube assemblies shall be telescopically connected. The top plate shall be made of 5 mm thick HR steel plates and the bottom plate shall be made of 8 mm thick HR Plate. The inner tube assembly shall be made of 82.5x2 thick round electric resistance welded tubes and 8 mm thick HR steel plates welded together using tungsten insert gas welding. The outer tube assembly shall be shall be made of 89x2.5 thick and round electric resistance welded tubes and 8 mm thick HR steel plates welded together using tungsten insert gas welding. The whole structure shall be epoxy polyster powder coated.(DFT 40-60 microns). 43 Providing and Placing in position Multipurpose Chair. The seat and back are made up of injection moulded high impact strength polypropylene polymer with indoor gate UV resistance. The dimensions of Back shall be 51.6cm. (W) X 40.5cm. (H) and of seat shall be 52.5cm. (W) X 53.2cm. (D). The Tubular welded frame is made of made of 3.5±0.03cm x 1.5±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W.tube and welded connecting tube made of dia 2.22±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk stainless steel 202 grade tube. The tubes are buff polished to give shiny finish. The shoes are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grade UV resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. 44 Providing and Placing in position Sofa for Recreation Hall. Overall size of the Sofa shall be 1500 W mm x 705 D mm x 790 H mm. Seat understructure shall be made using combination of 12mm plywood vertical panels and pine-wood longitudnal members. 2 mm thick kraft-board shall be stapled on the front side for foam sticking surface. Seat shall be made with 100 mm PU slab stack foam pasted on the seat ply. 12 mm PU slab stack foam shall be pasted along the front and sides. The seat shall be upholstered in fabric. The sofa shall be provided with 2 nos. of 6A electrical sockets with individual switches. The electrical shall be safely housed in the box mounted on pinewood section within the seat and power shall be supplied through a 1.5 m AC cord with ceramic fuse. Back understructure shall be made using combination of 12mm plywood vertical panels and pine-wood longitudnal members. 2 mm thick MDF board shall be stapled on the front side for foam sticking surface. Back shall be made with 50mm PU Slab stack foam, while 12 mm PU slab stack foam shall be pasted along the back and sides. The back shall be upholstered with fabric. The legs shall be made using FSC-certified seasoned teakwood finished with a clear matt coat of PU lacquer. The seat and back are connected using bolts, washers and nuts. Legs shall be assembled using bolts, washers and drive-in T-nuts. 45 Providing and Placing in position Multipurpose Stool. Overall size of the stool shall be 450 W mm x 450 D mm x 453 H mm. The seat shall be made of synthetic leather upholstered on PU slab stack foam of 65( plus /-0.5cm). It shall be fitted on the upholstered wooden batten box by bolting from the inside. Holding plate shall be made of HR steel of 0.3 cm ( plus /- 0.2 cm) thickness. which shall be bolted to the upholstered seat assembly. Seat size shall be 42 cm W x 42 cm D. Casing of teh stool shall be made of 1 cm ( plus /-0/02cm) MS Rod. Casing shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). Also, casing shall be coated with nano coat to improve the abrasion resistance of teh surface. Casing size shall be 44 cm W x 44 cm D x 37.5 cm H. Side panel of wooden batten box shall be made of 0.9 cm ( plus /-0.05cm) plywood. The four corners of the batten box shall be made of solid wood which forms the radius. Bottom portion of the batten box shall be covered with 1.2 cm ( plus /- 0.05cm) rubberwood panel ehich shall be finished with clear matt coat of PU lacquer. Sied of wooden batten box shall be upholstered with synthetic leather with backing of slab stack foam of 0.6 cm. Upholstered wooden box can be flipped in the reverse way to use it as a desk surface by keeping it on the casing. Batten box size shall be 40 cm W x 40 cm D x 27.4 cm H. 46 Providing and Placing in position Single Bed. Overall size of the bed shall be 1980 W mm x 900 D mm x 400 H mm. Bed frame assembly shall be welding of side frame, inner slat. The side frame shall be made of rect. Tube of size 50.8 x 25.4 x 1.2 mm, welded to inner slat of sq. tube of size 19x1 mm MS ERW tube. Cladding shall be made of 12 mm thick ply. Head board and tail board shall be made of sq. pipe 38.1x1.2 mm and sq. pipe of size 25.4x1 mm thick MS ERW tube and support bracket of 3.2 mm thick ms sheet. 47 Providing and Placing in position Study Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1000 W mm x 480 D mm x 720 H mm. Table top shall be made of 15 mm thick MDF board. Drawer front and inner left and right of the drawer shall be made of 15 mm thick MDF board. Drawer bottom shall be made of 3 mm thick MDF board. Modesty and side panels of the table shall be made of 15 mm thick Particle Board. 0.18 mm thick PVC vaccum lamination shall be done on table top and drawer front, and 0.4 mm thick PVC vaccum lamination shall be done on modesty and side panels. 48 Providing and Placing in position Café Chair. The seat and back are made up of injection moulded high impact strength polypropylene polymer with indoor gate UV resistance. The dimensions of Back shall be 51.6cm. (W) X 40.5cm. (H) and of seat shall be 52.5cm. (W) X 53.2cm. (D). The Tubular welded frame is made of made of 3.5±0.03cm x 1.5±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W.tube and welded connecting tube made of dia 2.22±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk stainless steel 202 grade tube. The tubes are buff polished to give shiny finish. The shoes are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grade UV resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. 49 Providing and Placing in position Café Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 2329 W mm x 1175 D mm x 750 H mm.Top shall be made of 25 mm thick( plus /-1mm) base material shall be 25 mm MDF board. On top PU painting of minimum 2H hardness with 75% glass as per color chart. Combination color graphics on the centre. Brown Laminate on bottom specially profiled edges for comfort. The Understructure shall be having bend pipe structure of MS powder coated. Pipe dia 38 mm, 2 mm thick and it shall be fitted with top by SS machine screws. Legs shall be of MS powder coated and 38 mm dia. pipe legs are fixed with inderstructure and table top. Glide shall be of Plastic fixed at the understructure to prevent the damage of table top during stacking. 50 Providing and Placing in position Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1500 W mm x 1500 D mm x 750 H mm. Worktop shall be made of Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Access Flap provided on work surface for wire management. Side table shall be Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board (PLB) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Modesty Panel shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board (PLT) of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Cube legs shall be fabricated from MS ERW Tube of 50 mm x 25 mm x 1.2mm thick and 40 mm x 40 mm x 1.2 mm thick (as per IS: 7138). At the top surface of leg, support brackets of 3 mm thick HR (as per IS: 2062) shall be welded for fixing worktop. These shall be welded together by argo shield welding. This welded structure shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. At the base, a plastic cap with M8 molded insert shall be fixed, on to which a straight M8 leveler fitted which allows for adjustment of the height upto 50mm. Cross Members shall be made from 50mm X 25mm X 1.2mm thick ERW tube (as per IS:7138). These shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. Cross Members shall be assembled by friction fit PDC joinery and grub screws. There shall always two cross members for one table. Soft closing access flap shall be used. Provision for standard size of 8 module electrical shall be offered. Access flap shall be made from Aluminum extrusion, PDC parts made from Aluminum Alloy and plastic parts are made from Nylon 6 and wire brush with nylon bristles. Power box made with 0.8 mm thick CRCA (IS: 513), with switch plate (8 Module cutout provision). This shall be fixed with worktop along the depth at Access Flap position. Hinge Door Unit shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Door shall be fixed with slide on hinges and handle is provided for ease of opening. Drawer shall be provided with ebco metabox slide and lock for security. 51 Providing and Placing in position High Back Chair for Warden. The cushioned seat assembly shall be consisting of seat base moulded in glass-filled poly-amide, moulded polyurethane foam and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The cushioned back assembly shall be consisting of back inner moulded in Poly-propylene in-situ moulded with polyurethane and upholstered with high stretch knittedpolyster fabric. The back size shall be 45.5 cm x 53 cm H and the seat size shall be 48.5 cm W x 49.0 cm D. The hig hresiliance polyurethane foam used in the seat and back cushion shall be moulded in density 45 plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load shall be 16 plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The seat and back shall be firmly connected to the frame and shall be cantilevered in such a way that it gives a multi-dimensional movement possibility just with a simple lean on the sides or back, without need of complex manual adjustments. The cantilevered seat offers impact cushioning while sitting and synchronises with back movement during posture changes. The `S` shaped spines moulded in high strength glass-filled poly-amide and the spine connector moulded in glass -filled poly-amideform the back-spine structure involved in multi-dimensional recline motion. The variable tilt angle recline motion can be adjusted with 3 positions tilt limit feature which is inbuilt in seat base and the tension shall be user weight dependent. The armrset assembly shall be made of housing sliding over the armrest struture, both moulded in glass-filled polyamide. The height djustment feature shall be button operated having adjustment stroke of 6.6±0.5 cm. The armrest top shall be made of integral skin PU moulded over plastic inner moulded in glass filled polyamide. The seat height can be adjusted with the pneumatic gas-lift having an adjustment stroke of 9.2 plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in glass-filled poly-amide and fitted 5 nos. of twin wheel castors The pedestal shall be 66plus /- 0.5 cm pitch center dia. and 76plus /- 1 cm with castors. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in poly-amide having 5.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled with pedestal. 52 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-205.5 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 53 Providing and Placing in position 1 Seater Sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-86.0 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 54 Providing and Placing in position Round Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1050 Dia. mm x 733 H mm.The Round Table Worktop shall be made up of 25 mm thick PLT. The Round Tableshall haveKnocked Down Understructure made from 8 mm HR plate with levellers and a vertical support tube of diameter 90 and 2 mm thickness . 55 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Lounge Sofa. The side frame assembly shall be fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It shall be made of 0 3.81 ±0.03cm. x 0.2±0.016cm. thick cmx0.l6cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). The ends shall be fitted with ABS moulded end caps. It shall be the connecting beam assy. which holds the two side frames to each other.2 nostie members shall be used to connect the side frames. The tie-member shall be of dia 3.81 ±0.03cm x 02±0.016cm. thick cm x 0.16cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ). The seat/back assemblies shall be mounted on one of the tie-member which shall has 5.0 ±0.1cm x 5.0 ±0.1 cm x 0.5±0.1cm. thk 5.5 ±0.1cm Long MS. Std. angles welded to mount the seat and back. The seat rest assembly shall be consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /-2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load=25±2kgf as per lS:7888 for 25%compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat rest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The dimensions of seat shall be: 52.0cm. (W) X 50.0cm. (D) X 6.0cm. (T). The backrest assembly shall be flexing type and consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /- 2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load 14± 2 kgf as per lS:7888 for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded backrest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The size of the back shall be 52.0cm. (W) X 59.0cm. (H) X 6.0cm. (T) The adj. glide shall be injection moulded in black Nylon and fitted to the front end of side frame assembly along with ABS moulded adj. Glide base to take care or unleveled floor surface. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - 43.5 cm, Height - 78.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-164.0cm and Depth-70.0 cm. 56 Providing and Placing in position Dining Hall Chair. The seat and back are made up of injection moulded high impact strength polypropylene polymer with indoor gate UV resistance. The dimensions of Back shall be 51.6cm. (W) X 40.5cm. (H) and of seat shall be 52.5cm. (W) X 53.2cm. (D). The Tubular welded frame is made of made of 3.5±0.03cm x 1.5±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W.tube and welded connecting tube made of dia 2.22±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk stainless steel 202 grade tube. The tubes are buff polished to give shiny finish. The shoes are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grade UV resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. An upholstery cover can be retro fitted on to seat and back. The seat cover is made from High abrasion resistance fabric with foam lamination and 2.5cm PU foam insert. The back cover is made from high abrasion resistance fabric with foam lamination and 0.1 cm PU foam insert. 57 `Providing and Placing in position High Back Chair for Warden. The cushioned seat assembly shall be consisting of seat base moulded in glass-filled poly-amide, moulded polyurethane foam and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The cushioned back assembly shall be consisting of back inner moulded in Poly-propylene in-situ moulded with polyurethane and upholstered with high stretch knittedpolyster fabric. The back size shall be 45.5 cm x 53 cm H and the seat size shall be 48.5 cm W x 49.0 cm D. The hig hresiliance polyurethane foam used in the seat and back cushion shall be moulded in density 45 plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load shall be 16 plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The seat and back shall be firmly connected to the frame and shall be cantilevered in such a way that it gives a multi-dimensional movement possibility just with a simple lean on the sides or back, without need of complex manual adjustments. The cantilevered seat offers impact cushioning while sitting and synchronises with back movement during posture changes. The ``S`` shaped spines moulded in high strength glass-filled poly-amide and the spine connector moulded in glass -filled poly-amideform the back-spine structure involved in multi-dimensional recline motion. The variable tilt angle recline motion can be adjusted with 3 positions tilt limit feature which is inbuilt in seat base and the tension shall be user weight dependent. The armrset assembly shall be made of housing sliding over the armrest struture, both moulded in glass-filled polyamide. The height djustment feature shall be button operated having adjustment stroke of 6.6±0.5 cm. The armrest top shall be made of integral skin PU moulded over plastic inner moulded in glass filled polyamide. The seat height can be adjusted with the pneumatic gas-lift having an adjustment stroke of 9.2 plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in glass-filled poly-amide and fitted 5 nos. of twin wheel castors The pedestal shall be 66plus /- 0.5 cm pitch center dia. and 76plus /- 1 cm with castors. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in poly-amide having 5.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled with pedestal. 58 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-205.5 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 59 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Lounge Sofa. The side frame assembly shall be fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It shall be made of 0 3.81 ±0.03cm. x 0.2±0.016cm. thick cmx0.l6cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). The ends shall be fitted with ABS moulded end caps. It shall be the connecting beam assy. which holds the two side frames to each other.2 nostie members shall be used to connect the side frames. The tie-member shall be of dia 3.81 ±0.03cm x 02±0.016cm. thick cm x 0.16cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ). The seat/back assemblies shall be mounted on one of the tie-member which shall has 5.0 ±0.1cm x 5.0 ±0.1 cm x 0.5±0.1cm. thk 5.5 ±0.1cm Long MS. Std. angles welded to mount the seat and back. The seat rest assembly shall be consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /-2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load=25±2kgf as per lS:7888 for 25%compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat rest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The dimensions of seat shall be: 52.0cm. (W) X 50.0cm. (D) X 6.0cm. (T). The backrest assembly shall be flexing type and consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /- 2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load 14± 2 kgf as per lS:7888 for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded backrest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The size of the back shall be 52.0cm. (W) X 59.0cm. (H) X 6.0cm. (T) The adj. glide shall be injection moulded in black Nylon and fitted to the front end of side frame assembly along with ABS moulded adj. Glide base to take care or unleveled floor surface. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - 43.5 cm, Height - 78.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-164.0cm and Depth-70.0 cm. 60 Providing and Placing in position Office Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1200 W mm x 600 D mm x 750 H mm. The top and modesty panel shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Table top shall be provided with Gromet on work surface for wire management. The understructure shall be made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Hinge Doors shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, edge banded with 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Handle shall be provided for ease of opening. Storage shall be provided with cam lock for security. 61 `Providing and Placing in position Chair for Lecture Hall. The seat sub-assembly shall be made up of 1.2±0.1cm Thk Plywood, upholstered with polyester fabric over moulded foam and covered with an injection-moulded polypropylene outer cover. The seat can be manually tipped-up when not in use. The back sub-assembly shall be made up of injection-moulded glass filled polypropylene inner upholstered with polyester fabric over moulded foam and covered with an injection-moulded polypropylene outer cover. Both these sub-assemblies shall be fixed to the tubular structure. Back size : 46.3 W cm x 59 H cm. Seat size : 47 W cm x 49.5 D cm. The support structure shall be made of a U-bent Ø3.81±0.03cm x 0.2 ±0.016cm Thk M.S.E.R.W round tube and shall be supported using two Ø3.81±0.03cm x 0.2 ±0.016cm Thk M.S.E.R.W round tube at the bottom. The tip-up seat assembly shall be pivoted on a welded support assembly of a straight and bent tube of Ø2.22±0.03cm x 0.25 ±0.016cm Thk M.S.E.R.W round tube which shall be welded to the main U-Bent Leg. The Back assembly is mounted on a 3.15mm thick Armrest bracket using Screw. The frame structure shall be grouted using 3 Bolts on a 5mm thick base plate which shall be welded to the upper frame structure. Thebolts with base plate shall be enclosed using PP foundation bolt cover. The HR polyurethane foam shall be moulded with density = 45 ±2 kg/m³ and Hardness load for Seat 16 ± 2 kgf and Hardness load for back 14 ± 2 kgf for 25% compression. The armrest shall be made of Injection moulded PP compound. The Armrest shall be mounted on a 3.15mm thick HR sheet which shall be welded on the tubular frame. The desklet assembly shall be flip-up type and shall be supported by a welded assembly of extension tube and a bent support tube of 1.9 ±0.02cm dia x 0.2 ±0.016cm ThkM.S.E.R.W. tube. The PLT desklet top shall be PP edge moulded. Rubber Bangers shall be installed to prevent banging and scratch in the bottom part of desklet. The desklet can be adjusted by 50 mm in depth as per comfort and reach requirement. Steel components shall be epoxy polyester powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). 62 Providing and Placing in posirion Desk Cum Bench for Lecture Halls. The top shall be made of 25mm thk PLB, legs shall be made of 2mm thk oval tube with 5mm thk HR bracket, Seat understructure shall be made of 5mm thk HRplus8mm thk ply and Modesty shall be made of 25mm thk pre laminted twin board. Seat support frame and side clads shall be made of 18mm thk plate. Legs shall be made of MS ERW tube section (IS7138) of size 75x25x2 mm thick oval tube with 5mm thk HR brackets and 2mm thick CRCA brackets welded on to the tubes. Assembly shall be powder coated with epoxy polyester. Legs height varies from 705mm to 1005mm in pitch of 50 as per layout. Sturdy anchoring by bolts on to base of 8mm thk plate for proper resting of leg. The shoes shall be made of bolts on to base of 8mm thk plate for resting of leg. The two side clads shall be made of 18mm thk plate with 0.8mm thk PVC lipping and on the outside covered with welded metal structure made of 2mm thk CRCApowder coated with epoxy polyster. The worktops shall be made of 25mm thk PLB. All edges of work surface shall be provided with machine pressed 2mm thick pvc edge band glued with hot melt glue. The seat shall have self closing mechanism which will operate by means of dead weight. Seat understructure shall be made from combination of welded fabricated structure of 5mm thk HR and 8mm thk ply with moulded PU foam of density 55kg/cu. mt on top which in turn shall be covered with stiched uplholstery made of leatherite. Seat assy shall be covered on both sides by means of seat cover made of pp. The seat back shall be made from combination of 8mm thk ply with moulded foam on top which in turn shall be covered with stitched upholstery made leatherite. The seat support frame shall be made from combination of MS ERW tube section of size 80x40x2.5 mm thk rectangular tube and MS ERW tube section of size 48x19.1x2 mm thk oval tube welded together. Assembly shall be powder coated with Epoxy polyester. Cap made of ultramid are provided from front to cover the oval tubes. The modesty shall be made of 25mm thk pre laminated twin board. All the edges of modesty shall be provided with machine pressed 2mm thk pvc edge band glue with hot melt glue. 63 Providing and Placing in position Main Table. Overall size of the table shall be 2350 mm (L) x 1150 mm (D) x 750 mm (H), Side Table 1200 mm (L) x 500 mm (D) x 750 mm (H) and integrated Pedestals 2Nos fixed type Drawer Units in each table set of size 470 mm (W) x 500 mm (D) x 725 mm (H) - one in Main table and one in Side Table. The Main Table and Side Table tops shall be made of 25mm thick MDF with bottom side pre-laminate confirming to IS-14587:1998 and 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Soft closing access flap within-build power box are provided on work surface for wire management. The modesty panel shall be made of 25mm thick MDF - one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The understructure shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. The drawer unit shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. Drawer Units - Drawer fronts shall be made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Each drawer unit shall contain 3 drawers i.e. BoxplusBoxplusFile type which uses powder coated 400mm long metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer extension shall be 325mm. Drawers shall have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Chrome plated flat type handles shall be provided for ease of opening. Drawer units are provided with lock for security. 64 Providing and Placing in position Display Unit. Overall size of the Display Unit shall be 1800mm(L) x 500mm(D) x 1800mm(H). The Back unit shall comprises bottom sliding storage unit and top hollow storage spcae which are covered with top panels. The top panel of the back unit shall be made up of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminated board confirming to IS:14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on top. Sliding door unit shall be made of made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping for body panels like side, bottom,back and shelves. Shutters are made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Shutters have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Handles are provided for ease of opening. Storage is provided with lock for security. 65 Providing and Placing in position High Back Chair. The cushioned seats shall be made of injection moulded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner shall be upholstered with pure leather and moulded high resiliance polyurethane foamof Density = 45±2 kg/m³, and hardness load 16±2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% of compression. Seat size shall be 47.6 cm W x 49.2 cm D. The back shall be cushioned and shall be made up of PU foam with insitu moulded MS ERW round tube of size 1.9±0.03 cm x 0.16±0.0128 cm, upholstered with pure leather. Back size shall be 47.5 cm W x 77 cm D. The armrest top shall be moulded from polurethane, and shall be upholstered with pure leather and mounted on ot a drop lift adjustable type tubular armrest support made up of Ø3.81±0.03 cm x 0.2±0.01 cm thick MS ERW tube having chrome plated finish. The armrest hieght shall be adjustable upto 6.5±0.5 cm in 5 steps. The adjustable tilting mechanism shall be designed with the following features : 360° revolving type, front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground and contionuous lumbar support ensuring more comfort, Tilt tension adjustment can be operated in seating position, 5-position tilt limiter giving options of variable tilt angle to the chair, seat/backtilting ratio 1:2, the mechanism housing is made up of aluminium black powder coated. Seat depth adjustment shall be integrated in the seat through a sliding mechanism. Seat depth adjustment range shall be 6.0±0.5 cm. Back frame shall be connected to the up/down mechanism housed in plastic T spine. It can be adjusted in the range of 7.4 ± 0.5 cm for the comfortable back support to suit individual need. the pneumatic height adjustment shall have an adjustment stroke of 10±0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be high pressure die cast polished aluminium and fitted with 5 nos. of twin wheel castors. The pedestal shall be 65.0±0.5 cm pitch centre dia. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in plastic having 6.0±0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled to pedestal. 66 Providing and Placing in position Vistors Chair. The cushioned seats shall be made of injection moulded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner shall be upholstered with pure leather and moulded high resiliance polyurethane foamof Density = 45±2 kg/m³, and hardness load 16±2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% of compression. Seat size shall be 47.6 cm W x 49.2 cm D. The back shall be cushioned and shall be made up of PU foam with insitu moulded MS ERW round tube of size 1.9±0.03 cm x 0.16±0.0128 cm, upholstered with pure leather. Back size shall be 47.5 cm W x 77 cm D. The tubular frame shall be cantilever type and made of Ø2.54±0.03 cm x 0.2±0.016 cm thick SS 202 tube. The back shall be connected to the frame through chrome plated high pressure die cast connector piece. 67 Providing and Placing in position 3 seater Sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-205.5 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 68 Providing and Placing in position 2 seater sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-146.0 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 69 Providing and Placing in position Center Table. The top shall be made of whichshall be 12 plus /-0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made in SS 202 grade for fixing with understructure. It shallbe a welded assembly made in SS202 grade having dia. 12 plus /-0.04 as per IS:1762. overall dimensions oftable shall be Width of table= 112.0 cm, Depth=60.0 cm, height=35.1 cm. 70 Providing and Placing in position Corner Table. The top shall be made of glass which shall be 12 plus /-0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made in SS 202 grade for fixing with understructure. It shallbe a welded assembly made in SS202 grade having dia. 12 plus /-0.04 as per IS:1762.overall dimensions oftable shall be Width of table= 60.0 cm, Depth=60.0 cm, height=35.1 cm. 71 Providing and Placing in position 1 Seater Sofa. Upperstructure shall be a single shell 1.2 ±0.1cm.thick hot pressed plywood. Dia 4mm zig-zag type assembly is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. The seat is made up of PU foam with density 32 plus /-2 Kg/m3 having an additional top layer of PU foam with density 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The back is made up of 28 plus /-2 Kg/m3 with additional top layer of PU foam with density 23 plus /-2 Kg/m3, upholstered with fabric or leatherette. The leg is a welded assembly made up of stainless steel (grade SS 202) tube and plate. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall beSeat Height - 45.0 cm, Height - 82.0cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-86.0 cm and Depth-92.0 cm. 72 Providing and Placing in position Main Table. Overall size of the table shall be 2100 mm (L) x 1050 mm (D) x 750 mm (H), Side Table 1200 mm (L) x 500 mm (D) x 750 mm (H) and integrated Pedestals 2Nos fixed type Drawer Units in each table set of size 470 mm (W) x 500 mm (D) x 725 mm (H) - one in Main table and one in Side Table. The Main Table and Side Table tops shall be made of 25mm thick MDF with bottom side pre-laminate confirming to IS-14587:1998 and 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Soft closing access flap within-build power box are provided on work surface for wire management. The modesty panel shall be made of 25mm thick MDF - one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The understructure shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. The drawer unit shall be made of 25mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2mm thick PVC lipping. Drawer Units - Drawer fronts shall be made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Each drawer unit shall contain 3 drawers i.e. BoxplusBoxplusFile type which uses powder coated 400mm long metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer extension shall be 325mm. Drawers shall have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Chrome plated flat type handles shall be provided for ease of opening. Drawer units are provided with lock for security. 73 Providing and Placing in position Display Unit. Overall size of the Display Unit shall be 1800mm(L) x 500mm(D) x 1100mm(H). The Back unit shall comprises bottom sliding storage unit and top hollow storage spcae which are covered with top panels. The top panel of the back unit shall be made up of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminated board confirming to IS:14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on top. Sliding door unit shall be made of made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping for body panels like side, bottom,back and shelves. Shutters are made of 25mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Shutters have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Handles are provided for ease of opening. Storage is provided with lock for security. 74 Providing and Placing in position High Back Chair. Overall size of 76.1 cm W x 76.1 cm D x 112.7 – 130.2 cm H x 43.1 – 53.1 cm Seat Height. The seat is cushioned seat made of injection molded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner is upholstered with leatherette and molded high resilience polyurethane foam of density 45±2 kg/m³, and hardness load of 16±2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. Seat Size is 47.0 W cm x 48.0 D cm. The back is cushioned made of PU foam with insitu molded M.S. ERW round tube of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16±0.0128cm, upholstered with leatherette. The back size is 47.7 W cm x 76.4 D cm. The armrest top is molded from polyurethane and mounted on to a drop lift adjustable type tubular armrest support made of Ø3.81±0.03cm x 0.2±0.01cm thick M.S. ERW tube having chrome plated finish. The armrest is height adjustable up to 6.5±0.5 cm in 5 steps. The adjustable tilting mechanism is designed with following features : 360° revolving type, front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground and continuous lumbar support ensuring more comfort, tilt tension adjustment can be operated in seating position, 5-position tilt limiter giving option of variable tilt angle to the chair, Seat/back tilt ratio 1:2, The mechanism housing is made up of HPDC aluminium black powder coated. Seat depth adjustment is integrated in the seat through a sliding mechanism. Seat depth adjustment range is of 6.0±0.5cm. Back frame is connected to the up/down mechanism in plastic T spine. It can be adjusted in the range of 7.42±0.5 comfort the comfortable back support to suit individual need. The pneumatic height adjustment has an adjustment stroke of 10.0±0.3cm. The pedestal is high pressure die cast polished aluminium and fitted with 5 nos. of twin wheel castors. The pedestal is 65.0±0.5cm pitch centre dia. (75.0±1.0cm with castors). 5 nos. of twin wheel castors are injection molded in plastic having 6.0±0.1cm wheel diameter and assembled to pedestal. 75 Providing and Placing in position Visitors Chair. Overall size of 60.9 W m x 64.2 D cm x 98.2 H cm x 44.8 Seat Height cm. The seat is cushioned seat made of injection molded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner is upholstered with leatherette and molded high resilience polyurethane foam of density 45±2 kg/m³, and hardness load of 16±2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. Seat Size is 47.0 W cm x 48.0 D cm. The back is cushioned made of PU foam with insitu molded M.S. ERW round tube of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16±0.0128cm, upholstered with leatherette. The back size is 47.7 W cm x 76.4 D cm. The tubular frame is cantilever type and made of Ø2.54±0.03cm x 0.2±0.016 cm thick SS 202 tube. The back connected to frame through chrome plated high pressure die casted connector pipe. 76 Providing and Placing in position Main Chair. The seat shall be made up of 1.2 plus /-0.1 cm thk hot pressed plywood. The Back shall be made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon and upholstered using Micro mesh fabric with high tenacity yarn with 28 density foam Sandwich in lumbar area. SEAT SIZE shall be 47.0 cm. (W) x 51.5 cm (D) and BACK SIZE shall be 45.0 cm. ”(W) x 65.3 cm. (H). The HR polyurethane seat foam shall moulded with density 45 plus /-2 kg/m` and hardness 16plus2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. The adjustable armrest shall be designed with the folIowingfeatures: • Up-Down adjustment— 8 steps (8.0 plus 0.Scm range), • Height adjustable armrest structure which is Powder Coated and fitted with an armrest top, • Fixed Armrest Top is PU moulded over metal insert. The adjustable tilting mechanism shall be designed with the following features: • 360° revolving type, • Single point control, • Front-pivot for tilt with feet resting on ground ensuring more comfort, • Tilt tension adjustment, • 4-position locking with anti shock feature, • Seat/back tilting ratio of 1:2. The Neckrest assembly consist of polypropylène pad with moulded polyurethane foam and covered with polyester fabric. Neckrest shall be fixed to Back Assembly through Neckrest connector. Neckrest assembly shall have height adjustment of 4.2plus0 5 cm and rotation adjustment of overall 76 plus /- 2 degree. The complète neckrest assembly shall be retro fit to the main chair. The pneumatic height adjustment shall have an adjustment Stroke of 10.0 plus /-0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in black 33% glass-filled Nylons and fitted with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. The pedestal pitch-center dia is 66.1 plus /-0.5 cm. (76.1 plus /-1.0 cm. with castors). The Coat Hanger shall be made up of injection moulded glass filled nylon. The Coat hanger shall be retro fit and is fixed to the back assembly. 77 Providing and Placing in position 3 Seater Sofa for Waiting Room. The side frame assembly shall be fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It shall be made of 0 3.81 ±0.03cm. x 0.2±0.016cm. thick cmx0.l6cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). The ends shall be fitted with ABS moulded end caps. It shall be the connecting beam assy. which holds the two side frames to each other.2 nostie members shall be used to connect the side frames. The tie-member shall be of dia 3.81 ±0.03cm x 02±0.016cm. thick cm x 0.16cm and black powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ). The seat/back assemblies shall be mounted on one of the tie-member which shall has 5.0 ±0.1cm x 5.0 ±0.1 cm x 0.5±0.1cm. thk 5.5 ±0.1cm Long MS. Std. angles welded to mount the seat and back. The seat rest assembly shall be consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /-2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load=25±2kgf as per lS:7888 for 25%compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat rest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The dimensions of seat shall be: 52.0cm. (W) X 50.0cm. (D) X 6.0cm. (T). The backrest assembly shall be flexing type and consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with High Resilience (HR) Polyurethane foam having density = 45plus /- 2 Kg/cm3 with Hardness load 14± 2 kgf as per lS:7888 for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded backrest assembly shall be covered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The size of the back shall be 52.0cm. (W) X 59.0cm. (H) X 6.0cm. (T) The adj. glide shall be injection moulded in black Nylon and fitted to the front end of side frame assembly along with ABS moulded adj. Glide base to take care or unleveled floor surface. Overall Dimensions of Chair shall be Seat Height - 43.5 cm, Height - 78.5cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-164.0cm and Depth-70.0 cm. 78 Providing and Placing in position Conference Table. Overal size of the Table shall be 6250 L mm x 2350 D mm x 740 H mm. The table top shall be made of 25 mm thick pre-laminated twin board, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PWD edge banding. Plastic ABS access flap shall be provided for easy access to wires and cables. The Understructure shall be made of mixture of 18mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Aluminium alloy 63400 - WP profile shall be used for connecting panels together. Modesty Panel shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Powder coated accent metal strip shall be provided below work surface to enhance aesthetics. It shall be made of 0.8mm CRCA as per IS 513, and shall be epoxy polyester powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). Wire Management shall be an array of panels made of 0.8mm CRCA MS IS:513, and shall be epoxy polyester powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns) shall be used for flow of wires and cables. Provision to mount 6 module switch plate shall be provided below worktop. Cutout on top with two piece injection moulded plastic part polymer component shall be fitted to pullout audio,video cables onto worktop and connect devices charger to power socket below worktop. 79 Providing and Placing in position Compactors for Record Room. Size: Overall Dimensions of 1200 mm (W) x 400 mm (D) x 2000 mm (H). The Construction shall be rigid knock down made out of 0.8 thick CRCA steel. Eachconfiguration have following type of blocks – Single Static (SS), Single Last (SL),Twin Mobile(TM). Finish: Finish shall be Epoxy polyester powder coated thickness of 40 microns. Construction: Shelf construction shall be made from CRCA steel 0.8 mm. Uniformly distributed load capacity of 100 Kg. Undercarriage: Undercarriage shall have construction in welded frame made of HR sheet 3 mm thick. Movement : The Movements shall be Drive Type configuration. Locking: Fittings shall be centralized locking arrangement through locking stiffener mounted onto back of single last unit so that it gets locked on channels when all the units are brought together. The Recess handle lock is placed at suitable height .The ‘sprocket-chain’ arrangement is covered by a 1 mm thk. CRCA sheet Drive Unit Cover with dimensions 1202mm x 398mm x 87mm and is fixed onto the side of the body. Fixed unit (SD) does not have the Handle. Each units shall have Locking Knob for manual locking of individual units when a person is using those units. Knob shall be rotated to unlock position when units are to be moved. End stoppers shall be provided to prevent derailment.The nuts and bolts are galvanized / blackodized / Zn Plated.Also total no. of loading levels per understructure shall be 15 for SD3. Label holder: It is an aluminium extrusion of length 396mm for LD/SD and 796mm for TD, fitted on to front cover of body. The Paper is 300GSM matt milky white sticker paper, to be inserted into the aluminium extrusion. The length of paper is 394mm for LD/SD and 794mm for TD. Over that a transparent plastic of corresponding length of 150-200 micron polythene is to be inserted. Rail Pair: It consists of ‘C’ section 2 mm thk HR sheet and Square 25.4mm X 2mm thk ERW tube – both connected by screws. Prior to the grouting of the guide channels with the help of raul plug and screw, ensure the ground is level. The rail channels are of 3 lengths i.e., 800mm, 1600mm and 2400mm. 80 Providing and Placing in position Main Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be consisting of seat base moulded in glass-filled poly-amide, moulded polyurethane foam and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The cushioned back assembly shall be consisting of back inner moulded in Poly-propylene in-situ moulded with polyurethane and upholstered with high stretch knitted polyster fabric. The back size shall be 45.5 cm x 53 cm H and the seat size shall be 48.5 cm W x 49.0 cm D. The hig hresiliance polyurethane foam used in the seat and back cushion shall be moulded in density 45 plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load shall be 16 plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The seat and back shall be firmly connected to the frame and shall be cantilevered in such a way that it gives a multi-dimensional movement possibility just with a simple lean on the sides or back, without need of complex manual adjustments. The cantilevered seat offers impact cushioning while sitting and synchronises with back movement during posture changes. The `S` shaped spines moulded in high strength glass-filled poly-amide and the spine connector moulded in glass -filled poly-amideform the back-spine structure involved in multi-dimensional recline motion. The variable tilt angle recline motion can be adjusted with 3 positions tilt limit feature which is inbuilt in seat base and the tension shall be user weight dependent. The armrset assembly shall be made of housing sliding over the armrest struture, both moulded in glass-filled polyamide. The height djustment feature shall be button operated having adjustment stroke of 6.6±0.5 cm. The armrest top shall be made of integral skin PU moulded over plastic inner moulded in glass filled polyamide. The seat height can be adjusted with the pneumatic gas-lift having an adjustment stroke of 9.2 plus /- 0.3 cm. The pedestal shall be injection moulded in glass-filled poly-amide and fitted 5 nos. of twin wheel castors The pedestal shall be 66plus /- 0.5 cm pitch center dia. and 76plus /- 1 cm with castors. 5 nos. of twin wheel castors shall be injection moulded in poly-amide having 5.0plus /- 0.1 cm wheel diameter and assembled with pedestal. 81 `Providing and Placing in position Office Table. Overall size of the table shall be 1500 W mm x 750 D mm x 740 H mm. Worktop shall be made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated board, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Access Flap provided on work surface for wire management. Modesty shall be made of 18mm Thick Pre-laminated twin board, Edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. Legs shall be fabricated from MS ERW Tube of 50 mm x 25 mm x 1.2mm thick and 40 mm x 40 mm x 1.2 mm thick (as per IS: 7138). At the top surface of leg, support brackets of 3 mm thick HR (as per IS: 2062) shall be welded for fixing worktop. These shall be welded together by argo shield welding. This welded structure is coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. At the base, a plastic cap with M8 molded insert is fixed, on to which a straight M8 leveler fitted which allows for adjustment of the height upto 50mm. Cross Members shall be made from 50mm X 25mm X 1.2mm thick ERW tube (as per IS:7138). These shall be coated with 50 micron epoxy polyester coating. Cross Members shall be assembled by friction fit PDC joinery and grub screws. There are always two cross members for one table. Soft closing access flap shall be used in Table. Provision for standard size of 8 module electrical shall be offered. Access flap shall be made from Aluminum extrusion, PDC parts made from Aluminum. Alloy and plastic parts shall be made from Nylon 6 and wire brush with nylon bristles. Power box shall be made with 0.8 mm thick CRCA (IS: 513), with switch plate (8 Modulecutout provision). This shall be fixed with worktop along the depth at Access Flap position. 82 Providig and Placing in poition Waiting Chair for Counsellor Room. The seat shell shall be a welded assembly ofseat,back and side frame. The seat and back shall be made of 0.12±0.013cm thk CR steel sheet with oblong perforations.They shall be welded to sideframe of size 3.2±0.05cm x 0.5 ± 0.05 cm thk HR steel. The welded assembly shall be powder coated ( DFT 40-60 microns). The seat shall has a front water fall edge to provide popliteal clearance for comfortable seating. It also shall has a buttock support curve that not only provides rear support but also prevents small children from falling through the gap between seat and back. Clean and flatsurfaces of seat and back shall aids in easy maintenance. The dimensions of seat shall be 47.8 cm (W) x 44.6 cm (D) and of back shall be 41.6 cm (W) x 23. cm (H). Understructure assembly shall consists of connecting beam and leg assembly made of M.S.E.R.W. oblong tube of size 7.5±0.03cm x5.0±0.03cm x 0.02±0.016cm thk.The welded structure assembly shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns ).The leg assembly shall be fitted with shoes and levellers in Nylon. The leg structure shall be designed with minimal area of contact close to ground providing easy access for cleaning purposes. The shoes fiited to leg assembly shall help in aligning the structure for back to back arrangements. Levelers should take care of uneven flooring .Connecting beam shall be fitted with snap locking end cap.It also aids in side-by-side understructure alignment. Armrest assembly shall consists of armrest frame and armrest pad. The armrest frame shall be made up of size 3.175±0.05cm x 0.47±0.027cm thk HR steel and it shall be powder coated (DFT 40-60 microns). Armrest pad shall be injection molded in Nylonand shall be fitted onto the armrest frame. Overall Dimensions shall beSeat Height - 44.1 cm, Height - 78.5 cm, Width and Depth of Chair as measured from pedestal - Width-169.5cm and Depth-63.8 cm. 83 Providing and Placing in position Café Table. Overall size of the Table shall be 1135 W mm x 1175 D mm x 750 H mm. Top shall be 25 mm thick( plus /-1mm) base material shall be 25 mm MDF board . On top PU painting of minimum 2H hardness with 75% glass as per color chart .Combination color graphics on the centre . Brown Laminate on bottom specially profiled edges for comfort . The Understructure shall be having bend pipe structure of MS powder coated . Pipe dia 38 mm , 2 mm thick and it shall be fitted with top by SS machine screws . Legs shall be of MS powder coated and 38 mm dia. pipe legs are fixed with inderstructure and table top . Glide shall be of Plastic fixed at the understructure to prevent the damage of table top during stacking . 84 Providing and Placing in position Café Chair. The single piece seat back shell shall be made up of injection moulded high impact strength glass filled polypropylene polymer compound. SHELL SIZE shall be 44.0 cm. (W) x 50.2 cm. (D) x 40.5 cm. (H). The powder coated (DFT 50±10 microns) welded tubular frame shall be made from Ø 2.22 ± 0.03 cm x 0.16 ± 0.0128 cm M.S. E.R.W tube. The 0.16 ± 0.008 cm thk CRCA sheet shall be welded to tubes for fixing shell to the frame. The shoe shall be made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound and are fitted at the end of the tubular frame. 85 Providing and Placing in position Main Table for SHO Office. Overall size of the Table shall be 1800 W x 900 D x 750 H and ERU 1200 W x 600 D x 750 H. The table is made of 25 mm thick MDF – one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. Soft closing access flap within-build power box are provided on work surface for wire management. The ERU top is made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The modesty panel is made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to top. The understructure is made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. The pedestal is made of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990, edge banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping. There shall be 2 Nos. of Drawer Units i.e., 1 Nos. under Main Table and 1 Nos. under ERU, where Drawer fronts shall be made of 25 mm thick MDF one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998 with 0.4 mm PVC membrane pressed on to top pedestal construction is BOX-BOX-FILE type which uses powder coated 400 MM long metal Panel Drawer Slides. Drawer extension is 325 MM. Drawers have a soft closing and anti slam mechanism. Handles are provided for ease of opening. Pedestals are provided with lock for security. 86 Providing and Placing in position Chair with Desklet for Teaching Room. The seat and back are made up of injection moulded high impact strength polypropylene polymer with indoor gate UV resistance. The dimensions of Back shall be 51.6cm. (W) X 40.5cm. (H) and of seat shall be 52.5cm. (W) X 53.2cm. (D). The powder-coated (DFT 40-60 microns ) frame structure shall be made of 3.5±0.03cm x 1.5±0.03cm x 0.16±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W.tube and welded connecting tube made of dia 2.22±0.03cm x 0.16±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W. SQUARE tube to form the Mainframe assembly. The shoes are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grade UV resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. The paper tray is made of dia 0.4plus /- 0.005cm M.S. rod which is spot welded to form a mesh typestructure. It is powder coated(DFT 50 plus /-10 microns). The size of the tray is 40.1 (W) x 36.1 (D) x 22.0 (H) cm. The `L` shape desklet is madeup of 1.8 plus /-0.05cm thk pre laminated particle board with 0.2 plus /-0.05cm thk injectio moulded polypropylene all around. Desklet has front and back adjustment of 4.4cmplus /-0.5 cm. The outer dimensions of desklet are 31.5 plus /-0.1cm (W) x 47.0 plus /-0.1 cm (D). An upholstery cover can be retro fitted on to seat and back. 87 Providing and fixing Laboratory Tables Understructure of required colour scheme consists of D-Frames Assembly, Horizontal members with Granite Top and Cover Panels. These understructures shall be of 750mm or 900mm height as per site requirement or as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The Top surface area of under structure shall be measured for payment. The understructure shall comprises of following components :-. The Product must comply with SEFA -10 Standards and OEM must be the Member of SEFA for last 9 years. D-Frame Assembly`All D-Frames assemblies shall be manufactured from standard hollow metal sections: confirming to latest I.S. Code 7138 (Indian Standard specification for steel tubes for furniture) and all sheet metal components shall be of CRCA confirming to latest IS Code 513. The dimensions of D Frame shall depend upon the depth of the understructure. The overall depth (F) of DFrame shall be 705mm for 750mm Depth Structure and 555mm for 600mm depth (as per Drawing) and Depth of Extended Frame (G) shall be 255 mm for 750mm Depth and 110mm for 600mm depth (as per drawing). All frame-work shall be pre-treated with superior powder coated finish with 40-60 micron thickness. The structure of D-frame with horizontal units shall withstand 10 degree tilt (backwards) without toppling. The D-Frames shall have a provision to fix suspended storage cabinets. Side frame shall be of welded MS ERW tube of dimension 30 x 30 x 1.6mm thickness. Bracket for pipe : MS CRCA 2mm thick. Wall bracket : MS CRCA 2mm thick. Levelling screws: 2 nos. of M-10 levellers (MSplusNylon) Adjustments possible with range 20mm. `HORIZONTAL MEMBERSHorizontal members shall join two D-Frames to form the structure. Horizontal members shall be made from rectangular pipes of 1.6mm thickness. Cross-sectional dimensions of the pipe shall be 30 x 30mm with a minimum of 1.6 mm thickness. They shall be made of CRCA MS sheet powder coated of 40-60 micron thickness. Horizontal members connect two D-Frames together by using C-clamps/U-clamps together with the D-Frames and Horizontal Members . The skeletal structure of the work-bench is formed on which the worktop shall be placed and the hanging-type storage cabinets shall be suspended. Horizontal Members determine the width of the lab workbench as they form the member (distance) between two adjacent DFrames. They shall be available in various widths of 450mm, 600mm, 900mm, 1050mm, 1200mm, 1350mm, 1500mm, 1650mm and 1800mm (Toleranceplus /- 10mm). These horizontal units together constitute a table set. COVER PANELSAll side cover panels and back panels, filler panels shall be made from CRCA MS panels of minimum 0.8mm thickness with epoxy powder coating with thickness of 40-60 microns, bracket of min.1.2mm thickness WORKTOPThe complete structure shall be provided with a Worktop of 20mm ( plus /- 2mm) thick Jet Black Granite. The exposed edges of the worktop shall be chamfered and polished . The bottom of cantilever portion ofthe worktop shall be polished andV-groove shall be provided throughout the length of the exposed edges to protect the cabinets from coming in contact with the spillages. The overhang on the storage cabinet is 25 mm at the front side and 30mm at the sides. The backing materialshall be neoprene mat of 6 mm thickness. All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. 88 `Providing and fixing Work bench Storage cabinets of required colour scheme as per following:- The storage cabinet shall be Welded body with load bearing members such as top, bottom and stiffeners made of 0.8mm thick CRCA Sheet. A drawer separator shall be provided made of 1.2mm thick CRCA sheet. The storage unit shall be provided with a shelf made of 0.8mm thick CRCA sheet which is adjustable to 6 slots of 4060mm. Each shelfshall have load carrying capacity of 40 kgs. Shutter providedis overclosing with 270 degree opening. It has a sandwich construction with profile as a sound dampener.The drawer shall be provided as per the manufacturers specifications and direction of Engineer -in-Charge. The complete storage unit shall bepowder coated with thickness of 40-60 microns and is suspended from tubular understructure, with an overlay shutter. The cabinet has a corrosion resistance magnetic strip as shutter catch, shutter and drawer are equipped with 180 degree cam lock. Semi recessed handle and five knuckle overlay hinge(SS-304) with 270 degree opening. Drawer and Shutter shall be provided with a lock 180 Degree cam with 4mm thick lever. Cabinet fixing brackets shall be of 2mm thickness. Note:- The cost of storage cabinet does not includes the cost of basic understructure, the cost of understructure shall be paid in Item No 1. (All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-incharge.) `Storage unit of Size 600mm(W) x 450mm(D) x 675mm(H) with 1 Drawer and 2 Shutters 89 `Providing and fixing Work bench Storage cabinets of required colour scheme as per following:- The storage cabinet shall be Welded body with load bearing members such as top, bottom and stiffeners made of 0.8mm thick CRCA Sheet. A drawer separator shall be provided made of 1.2mm thick CRCA sheet. The storage unit shall be provided with a shelf made of 0.8mm thick CRCA sheet which is adjustable to 6 slots of 4060mm. Each shelfshall have load carrying capacity of 40 kgs. Shutter providedis overclosing with 270 degree opening. It has a sandwich construction with profile as a sound dampener.The drawer shall be provided as per the manufacturers specifications and direction of Engineer -in-Charge. The complete storage unit shall bepowder coated with thickness of 40-60 microns and is suspended from tubular understructure, with an overlay shutter. The cabinet has a corrosion resistance magnetic strip as shutter catch, shutter and drawer are equipped with 180 degree cam lock. Semi recessed handle and five knuckle overlay hinge(SS-304) with 270 degree opening. Drawer and Shutter shall be provided with a lock 180 Degree cam with 4mm thick lever. Cabinet fixing brackets shall be of 2mm thickness. Note:- The cost of storage cabinet does not includes the cost of basic understructure, the cost of understructure shall be paid in Item No 1. (All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-incharge.) `Storage unit of Size 450mm(W) x 450mm(D) x 675mm(H) with 1 Drawer and 1 Shutter 90 `Providing and fixing Sink Units of size 600mm(W) which shall comprises of Sink Cabinet, Polypropylene Sink Unit and 1-Way Goose Neck 360 Degree revolving Faucet.as per following SINK CABINET`Sink cabinet. :- The Sink cabinet shall be Welded body with load bearing members such as top, bottom and stiffeners made of 0.8mm thick CRCA Sheet. The cabinet unit shall be provided with Pair of Shutters. Shutter has a sandwich construction with profile as a sound dampener. The complete unit shall be epoxy powder coated with thickness of 40-60 microns and is suspended from tubular understructure, with an overlay shutter. The cabinet has a corrosion resistance magnetic strip as shutter catch. Shutter shall be provided with semi recessed handle and five knuckle overlay hinge (SS-304) with 270 degree opening. Cabinet fixing brackets of 2mm thickness. The cost of sink cabinet does not includes the cost of basic understructure as the cost of understructure shall be paid in Item No 1. All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-incharge. `POLYPROPYLENE SINK ASSEMBLY`Providing and fixing Polypropylene Sink with PP Waste, Anti-Siphon Bottle Trap and Flexible Drainage Pipe. Sink bowl shall be Polypropylene Molded made up of 5mm thick high density and elastic poly propylene with good resistance to organic solvents. Standard bowl size shall 500mm(L) x 400mm(W) x 300mm(D). `1 WAY WATER FAUCET`Providing and fixing 1-Way 360 Degree Revolving Water Faucet. Faucet fittings shall be laboratory grade. Water faucet and valve bodies shall be cast red brass alloy or bronze forgings, all fittings shall be powder plated. Brass as perIS:319, Pipe as per : IS:407,O utlet nipple in PP construction. PP knob to be used. All gasket and O-ring of Nitrile Rubber make. Inlet connection 1/2`` BSP. Gooseneck spout with 360 degree rotation with 100000 life cycles. Pneumatic test at 250 psi, hydraulic test at 125 psi, bursting test at 500 psi. Coating to be glossy epoxy fusion bond. The Faucet shall be fixed to the existing water outlet by providing PVC connection with brass unions of required length. All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. 91 Providing and fixing 2 Tier Reagent Racks of size 1100mm(L) x 300mm(W) x 680mm(H):- Reagent Racks shall be complete modular design consisting of 2 stage horizontal storage shelves made of1.6 mm thick frame. Shelf : Fixed-Type reagent shelves have 1.6mm thickness consisting of 2 stage horizontal storage shelves made of1.6 mm thickframe of CRCA MS sheet withepoxy powder coating and shall have 4 nos. plates (containing 03 module each) for electrical switches and sockets including necessary wiring etc. It shall have provision for placing Granite pieces. Cutout for 3 module plate to be provided. All the members are knock down and can be restructured. Themetal part cutout shall be of 1.00mm thickness. The finish shall be coating of 40-60micron thickness. Load carrying capacity of 70kg for Island table. All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-incharge. 92 ELECTRICAL TRUNKINGProviding and fixing Bench Mounted Electrical Trunking. Electrical Trunking body cover shall be of minimum 1.2mm thickness. Used for housing electrical switches and sockets, data and voice points, its top panel, bottom panel of the trunking should be made from minimum of 0.8mm thick body.Bottom plate below trunking to avoid leakage made of 6mm thickness PP sheet It should be available in both, single sided and double sided configurations. It should be made from CRCA MS with pure epoxy powder coating with minimum 50 microns tickness . The front surface that houses the electrical points should have a slope. Size of each unit shall be 220 mm W x 86.5 mm D x 92.5 mm H. All the above items shall be as per photo, sketch specifications and direction of engineer-incharge. 93 Providing and Placing in position Lab Stools.Overall Sizes Diagonal LegDia 538 mmH470 min-655maxTop plate should made of SS 202 made sheet with spin section of thickness 1mm and should be non corrosive. It should have a diameter of 305mm,seat base should made of MS ring and rectangular tube.EN8 Screw having dia of 22 mm should be used for height adjustment of the seat base.The round hub should be made of MS ERW tube having dia of 38mm and thickness 2 mm.The Hub should be welded with the legs and it should accommodate and cover the lead screw mechanism.The understructure should consist of 4 legs made up ofMS ERW tube of diameter 25.4 mm and 1.6mm thick. The press formed pipe leg should give a round and clean look. All the legs should be provided with 4 nos of Nylon-6 bush.All metal componentsshould be pre treated with zinc phosphating in 9 tank porcess and then powder coated with anti microbialepoxy polyster powder coatingto fulfill the requirements for bacterial protection against at least 2 commonly found bacteria in Hospital environment [Gram positive and Gram Negative].Safe working load must be 135kg 94 Providing and Placing in position Reading Tables. Providing Desk based system that has been designed to give a richer experience. The system should cater to different work activities with well-equipped layouts and zones created by the system’s different elements.Worktop: Worktop shall be made of 25MM thick Pre-Laminated Board conforming to IS: 12823. All the edges of work surface shall be provided with machine pressed 2 mm thick PVC lipping glued with hot melt EVA glue. The worktop shall be complete with provisions for screen mounting as well as for wire management on the workstation. Provisions for fixing of the switches shall be on the wire tray/channel. Access flaps with soft closing technology shall be provided on the table tops to access the switch points on the tray. Understructure: The slanted legs shall be connected to the understructure with the help of PDC Connectors to provide a stable and sturdy base for the worktops. Modesty panel shall be of Acrylic (8 mm thick Acrylic both side frosted) or of Metal 1.2 mm thick CRCA. Wire Management: It shall be a part of the understructure and can be in the form of enclosed metal tray or 2 level enclosed channel to provide concealed wire management throughout the cluster formation. Wire riser leg or independent wire risers shall be provided as per the layout structure.Screen: Screen shall be provided as per the requirement of the design and layout. The screen shall be made of 3mm thick MDF Boardplusbatten made of 12 mm thick MDF Boardplus3 mm thick MDF Board. Honey comb blocks shall be used to fill in the void space. Groove of 3 mm shall be provided on the periphery to accomodate the fabric pasted on either side to be tucked in and allow a PVC flexible T-Mould to give clean edge. Recta - 1800 W mm x 900 D mm x 750 H mm 95 Providing and Placing in position Reading Tables. Providing Desk based system that has been designed to give a richer experience. The system should cater to different work activities with well-equipped layouts and zones created by the system’s different elements.Worktop: Worktop shall be made of 25MM thick Pre-Laminated Board conforming to IS: 12823. All the edges of work surface shall be provided with machine pressed 2 mm thick PVC lipping glued with hot melt EVA glue. The worktop shall be complete with provisions for screen mounting as well as for wire management on the workstation. Provisions for fixing of the switches shall be on the wire tray/channel. Access flaps with soft closing technology shall be provided on the table tops to access the switch points on the tray. Understructure: The slanted legs shall be connected to the understructure with the help of PDC Connectors to provide a stable and sturdy base for the worktops. Modesty panel shall be of Acrylic (8 mm thick Acrylic both side frosted) or of Metal 1.2 mm thick CRCA. Wire Management: It shall be a part of the understructure and can be in the form of enclosed metal tray or 2 level enclosed channel to provide concealed wire management throughout the cluster formation. Wire riser leg or independent wire risers shall be provided as per the layout structure.Screen: Screen shall be provided as per the requirement of the design and layout. The screen shall be made of 3mm thick MDF Boardplusbatten made of 12 mm thick MDF Boardplus3 mm thick MDF Board. Honey comb blocks shall be used to fill in the void space. Groove of 3 mm shall be provided on the periphery to accomodate the fabric pasted on either side to be tucked in and allow a PVC flexible T-Mould to give clean edge. Recta - 900 W mm x 600 D mm x 750 H mm 96 Providing and Placing in position Chair. The seat and back are made up of injection moulded high impact strength polypropylene polymer with indoor gate UV resistance. The dimensions of Back shall be 51.6cm. (W) X 40.5cm. (H) and of seat shall be 52.5cm. (W) X 53.2cm. (D). The Tubular welded frame is made of made of 3.5±0.03cm x 1.5±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk M.S. E.R.W.tube and welded connecting tube made of dia 2.22±0.03cm x 0.12±0.0128cm thk stainless steel 202 grade tube. The tubes are buff polished to give shiny finish. The shoes are made of high impact strength polypropylene polymer compound with indoor grade UV resistance and pressed fitted with tubular frame. An upholstery cover can be retro fitted on to seat and back. The seat cover is made from High abrasion resistance fabric with foam lamination and 2.5cm PU foam insert. The back cover is made from high abrasion resistance fabric with foam lamination and 0.1 cm PU foam insert. 97 Providing and Placing in position Double Sided Book Rack. Overall size of the rack shall be 1200 W mm x 600 D mm x 2078 H mm. Side panels, Frame and Cross L bracket shall be made using 0.8 mm CRCA. The assembly consists of 2 tie rods, 4 fixing brackets and 2 turnbuckles. The tie rods shall be fixed in a shape of ‘X’. The tie rods shall be made of 4mm diameter rods of MS while fixing brackets shall be made of 2mm thick CRCA. Wooden panel of 25mm thk PLT, E1-P2 grade board shall be provided on sides, edges shall be provided with machine pressed 2 mm thick PVC lipping glued with hot meltEVA glue. Under structure shall be made of 0.8m CRCA. Shelves used shall be 10 bend panel made of 0.8mm CRCA. Shelf panels shall be placed on shelf support and then fixed using nutand bolts from below. It consists of 6 loading levels formed by 5 no ofadjusted shelf. Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity per each shelf shall be 80 Kg maximum. All MS sheetmetal and metal frame components shall be powder coated with epoxy polyester powder to the min thickness of min 45 microns. 98 Providing and Placing in position Periodical Display Rack. Overall size of the rack shall be 900 mm (W) x 450 mm (D) x 1830 mm(H). Rigid Knockdown construction ,Panels shall be made from CRCA 0.6 mm thick and front frame shall be made from CRCA 0.8 mm thick . CRCA D grade as per IS 513 . There shall be 5 level racks , Display tray shall be suitable for fullscape size magazines,periodicals, aesthetically appealing metal tray at an angle for easy viewing . Receding facility to access the storage behind . Sliding on plastic rollers . Behind storage shelving each of 5 level has a behind storage shelf . Uniformly Distributed Load capacity per each shelf is 40 kg . Leveler shall be screw type with hex plastic base and finish shall be epoxy polyester powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns . 99 Providing and Placing in position Bookcase. Overall size of the bookcase shall be 914 mm (W) x 320 mm (D) x 1742 mm (H). The unique design provides the right rigidity to the Top hinged doors , which shall facilitate easy use. The Book Case shall be made from prime quality CRCA steel with anti rusting treatment. It shall have a Rigid Knock Down Construction. The Top Pannel, Back Pannel and Side Pannel are made from 0.7mm high yield CRCA and other components from 0.8mm CRCA.Each door shall have a 6 Lever Cam Lock with Common Key. 3mm thick glass should be used in each door for clear inside vision whih shall be secured in a metal frame through a rubber gasket. Scissor Mechanism should be provided in each door for receding inside the top of every compartment and it shall ensure parallel and smooth movement. Each door should be provided with plastic side end caps as handle which is easy to grip. Each compartment shall have a storage shelf with a UDL capacity of max 80 Kg. The 4 Door Book Case shall have metal inside top panel.The finishing shall include Epoxy powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns ( plus /- 10). 100 Providing and Placing in position Plain Almirah. Overall size of the Almirah shall be 916 mm (W) x 486 mm (D) x 1980 mm (H) with welded construction. It should have the shelf thickness of 0.7 mm, Back thickness of 0.8mm, Door thickness of 0.8mm (high yield strength) and all other components shall have a thickness of 0.9mm. These components shall be made of CRCA ‘D’ grade high yield strength as per IS:513. It should have a Mazak handle and Three way locking mechanism with Shooting Bolts. It should have a height wise adjustable shelf mounting which shall have a Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity of max 40 Kg. It shall have 4 no.s full shelves. A4 size box file(85 W x 285 D x 345 H mm) can be stored vertically on three shelves and the clear space above fourth shelf is 240mm. It should also have a M10 Screw type Leveller with Hex plastic base. The finishing shall include Epoxy powder coated to the thickness of 50 microns ( plus /- 10). There shall be 5 loading levels in the almirah. 101 Providing and Placing in position Visitors Chair. The cushioned seat assembly shall be made of injection moulded plastic outer and inner. Plastic inner is upholstered with stitched cover and moulded high resiliance polyurethane foam of density 45plus /- 2 kg/m³ and hardness load of 16plus /- 2 kgf for 25% compression. The stitched cover shall be made from spacer fabric and leatherette. Seat size shall be 47 cm W x 48 cm D. The cushioned back shall be made of PU foam with insitu molded MS ERW round tube of size 1.9plus /- 0.03 cm x 0.16plus /- 0.0128 cm. It shallm be upholstered with spacer fabric and leatherette. The back size shall be 45 cm W x 60.5 cm D. The tubular frame shall be powder coated and shall be cantilever type. It shall be made of Ø2.54 plus /-0.03 cm x 0.2 plus /-0.016 cm thick MS ERW Tube. Back shall be conected to the frame throug powder coated high pressure die casted connector piece.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 7
17.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #10191469 AOC
Furnishing Work Of Classrooms, Library And Laboratory, Equipments And Miscellaneous Work For The New University Campus Of Binod Bihari Mahato Koyalanchal University, Dhanbad- 1 Supplying Metal Exhaust Fan 300 mm Sweep-Supplying, erecting and testing of approved make 300 mm sweep Exhaust Fan heavy duty with mounting frame, blades AC 230-250 complete connection and including frame bolt/ Anchor hole fastners etc, complete finished of a as required. 2 Wall Demolition- Dismantling pucca brick or lime work including stacking serviceable materials in countable stacks within 15M. Lead and disposal of unserviceable materials with all leads all complete as per direction of E/I. 3 Taking down chaukhats in windows including stacking serviceable materials within 15M,. Lead and disposal of unserviceable materials with all leads all complete as per direction of E/I. 4 Taking down chaukhats in doors including stacking serviceable materials within 15M,. Lead and disposal of unserviceable materials with all leads all complete as per direction of E/I. 5 Taking sown chaukhats in windows including stacking serviceable materials within 15M,. Lead and disposal of unserviceable materials with all leads all complete as per direction of E/I. 6 Supplying, fitting and fixing 35mm thick solid core type decorative single leaf flush door shutter with both sides decorative veneered with black board core bended with high quality phenol formal dehydes synthetic resine of standard make with Aluminium fittings such as hinges, towerbolts, handle, cleat and sand blocks and taxes all complete as per building specification and direction of E/I. 7 Door Frame- Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames conforming to IS: 4351, manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet of 1.60 mm thickness, including hinges, jamb, lock jamb, bead and if required angle threshold of mild steel angle of section 50x25 mm, or base ties of 1.60 mm, pressed mild steel welded or rigidly fixed together by mechanical means, including M.S. pressed butt hinges 2.5 mm thick with mortar guards, lock strike-plate and shock absorbers as specified and applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre-treatment of the surface as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Profile C - Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb 8 Providing designation 125 mm thick reinforced designation 75A brick work in CM (1:4) in superstructure with approved quality of clean coarse sand of F.M. 2 to 25 including the cost of screening, carriage of materials, scaffolding , raking out joints to 15mm depth, curing, taxes and royalty (but excluding the cost of reinforcement) all complete as per building specification and direction of E/I. 9 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6mm dia. M.S. barsat every third course of half brick masonry. 10 Providing 12mm cement plaster (1:6) with clean coarse sand of F.M. 1.5 including screening, curing with all leads and lifts of water, scaffolding taxes and royalty all complete as per building specification and direction of E/I. 11 Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. 12 Providing two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved shade and make over a coat of cement primer over new surface including preparing plastered surface by rubbing smooth with pumice stone or fine sand paper, applying putty wherever required, scaffolding washing of floor and taxes all complete as per building specification and direction of E/I. 13 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills, facias and similar locations of required size,approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement,mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing,moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.-Granite stone slab colour black, Cherry/Ruby red-Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 14 Sink- Supplying fitting and fixing white glazed fires clay sink of approved make with overflow arrangements supported on C.I. Or R.S. Painted bracket 40mm. Dia C.P. Brass waste with C.P. Brass chain and rubber plug 40mm dia P.V.C. Waste pipe about 750mm long with brass coupling at one endand 15mm C.I. body brass spindle bib cock of approved quality of weight not less than 450grams including cutting wall and making good the same etc. all complete as per specification and direction of E/I. Size-600 mm x 450 mm x 250 mm ) 15 FULL HEIGHT WOODEN PARTITION WITH PARTLY GLAZING- Providing and fixing partitions made of 50 mm x 50 mm pine wood / 2nd class teak wood @ 600 mm c/c both ways with the help of Fasteners/Screws etc. to achieve desired strength. Providing & fixing Comm. grade 12 mm thick commercial Pty board on the frame on both the faces i/c exposed side edges of Frame & 1.0mm thk Laminate on both outer faces and exposed side edges of ply as per the directions. Partition shall also be provided with 8 mm thick clear float glass of approved size with Polished Edges of approved brands in Wooden Partition Openings as required, fixed from all four sides from both ways inside partition openings with 10mm.tk. T.W. beadings/12 mm thick MDF Board Lipping/D-Buttons of design as per approval and direction at site. Etching / Etching Film (50 Microns) is to be provided as per approved pattern on 8 mm thick clear float glass. All wooden exposed surfaces shall be melamine polished in approved shade and texture finished as per the directions and satisfaction of Engineer In charge, compelete.This work will 16 Frosted glass sheet of nominal thickness 4 mm- Providing and pasting frosted film on glass work including all materials tools, plants and labour complete as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge. 17 Supply & laying of PVC insulated and sheathed 1.1 kv grade twin twisted 1.5 sqmm cu flexible wire for speaker. 18 Providing & installation 1.5 Tr. 5 Star split A.C (Inverter Type) I91391-part-1 19 Copper refregerant pipe-Providing & installation Copper Tube of size 5/8 for split ac unit 1/1.5/2/3 tr capacity including nitride rubber insulation 20 Providing & installation 5 KVA wall mounted automatic voltage stablizer from range 140 V to 280V 21 Providing & installation Drain Pipe for AC 22 Non Schedule 23 * PROVIDING AND SUPPLYING MODERN DESIGN RECEPTION DESK IN ENGINEERED WOOD MAKE THE PRODUCTS UTILE AND A DELIGHT.TIMELESS DESIGN THAT ELEVATES YOUR OFFICE SPACE STRUCTURE OF SPACIOUS RECEPTION DESK,TABLETOP OFFERS YOU A GENEROUS LOOK FOR WORK SURFACE USE PREMIUM QUALITY MATERIALS OVER ALL SIZE IS 1800 MM(L)X 600 MM(D)X 750 MM(H) WHICH GIVE MORE SURFACE AREA FOR WORK ,TABLE TOP MADE OF25MM THICK ALSO TABLE TOP BASED ON SIDE PANELS MADE 18MM THICK PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST. * COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION OF RECEPTION DESK ABOVE TABLE TOP 18 MM THICK COUNTER TOP TO TABLE TOP HEIGHT IS @ 300MM ,OVERALL RECEPTION DESK HEIGHT IS @ 1050MM WITH COUNTER TOP,TABLE TOP MADE 25 MM THICK PRELAM PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH THE EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK PVC EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE FIXED WITH HOT MELT GLUE.ALONG WITH 18MM THK ADDITIONAL MODESTY PANEL SIZE IS 1350 MM (L) X 700 MM (H) MADE BY EXCLUSIVE FROSTY WHITE COLOUR WITH EPIC DESIGN & LOOK.1 MOBILEPEDESTAL (2 DRAWERS + 1 FILING CABINET )SIZE IS 450 MM(L)X 450 MM(D)X 725 MM(H) IN PROVIDED WITH CENTRAL LOCKS FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING & PEDESTALS MOVE ON NYLON CASTORS. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST 24 PROVIDING AND SUPPLYING * MEDIUM BACK 360° DEGRE REVOLVING CHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 580MM(L)X 670MM(D)X1110MM(H) ,*THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL UPHOLSTERY IN BLACK COLOUR .IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE .DETAILS :* ARMS : AMREST IS HAVING TWO ADJUSTMENT HEIGHTS (UP & DOWN) .* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) .* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT* MECHANISM : SINGLE LOCKING MECHANISM. SEAT MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 580MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 480MM & BACK HEIGHT FROM FLOOR MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 1110MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS1010MM* GAS LIFT 100 MM TELESCOPIC HAUDRAULIC * BASE : 650MM NYLON BASE WITH SMOOTH CASTORS . 25 PROVIDING AND SUPPLYING 3 Seater Public Place Seating Chair of mildsteel with arm and backrest WITHOUT CUSHION,THREE SEATERTYPE WAITING AREA CHAIR - MATERIAL : STAINLESS STEEL SIZE 1820MM(L)X 690MM(D)X 790MM(H) COLOUR : SILVER/WEIGTH OF PRODUCT : 34 KG APPROX,* SUPPLYING AND PLACING IN POSITION OF A STAINLESS STEEL VISITOR BENCH OF SIZE IS 1820MM(L)X 690MM(D)X 790MM(H). THE COMPLETE STAINLESS STEEL BENCH HAS SEAT & BACK SINGLE SECTION. PER SEAT LENGTH IS @ 520 MM &SEATING HEIGHT IS @ 430 MM FROM GROUND . OWING TO THE SMOOTH FINISH, DURABILITY AND TENSILE STRENGTH BEAM STAINLESS STEEL MADE BY 1.6MM THICK.SEAT IS MADE BY 1.2MM THICK STAINLESS STEEL BORDER WITH CHROME PLATING FOR EVERY SEAT & BACK ; STAINLESS STEEL HANDLES CHROME PLATED & DIE PRESSED LEGS AT THE END OF CHAIRS.GROSS WEIGHT OF REGULAR 3-SEATER WILL BE 34 KG.THE STEEL GRADE 202 HIGH YIELD STRENGTH AS PER IS:513 & IS:304 GRADE. 26 Supplying of Portrait/Landscape Not applicable Fabric Pin Up Notice Boards(Fabric Pin Up Notice Boards 3 X 6 FT GREEN),Specification-Width of Board in mm:900 mm,Colour(Front/ Display layer):Green,Height of Board in mm:1800mm,Rear panel material of Board:Laminated sheet,Overall pinability depth ofBoard in mm:9 millimeter,Core material thickness inmm:9 millimeter 27 PROVIDING AND SUPPLYING COLLEGE DESK TOMKINS MATERIAL : PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WITH M.S BASE UNIT SIZE : 590 MM(L) X 1090 MM(D) X 830 MM(H) PER SEAT SIZE- 590 MM X 375 MM X 450 MM/ONE SEATER DESK SIZE :1090 MM(L) X830 MM(H) COLOUR : AVAILABLE ON REQUEST/FINISH : EPOXY POLYESTER ,* PROVIDING & SUPPLYING TWO SEATER COLLEGE DESK TOMKINS COMBINATION OF THREE ROWS FIRST , MIDDLE AND LAST SCRATCHPROOF EASY WIPE TOP / DURABLE ,STRONG & SAFE,UNDERSTRACTURE MADE OF MAIN FRAME MDE OF CRCA POWDER COATED IS GRAD:304 M.S BLACK POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 50-60 MICRONS(+/-5 MICRON) EPOXY POLYESTER COATING.* TABLE TOP & MODESTY PANNEL MADE IN 18MM THICK PRELAMINATED PARTICAL BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST WITH MACHINE PRESSED EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE FIXEDDULY PASTED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF EDGE BANDING MACHINE AT 200 DEGREE CELSIUS.CHAIR WITH GAS LIFT ,A). BACK FRAME: 1.2MM COLD ROLLED STEEL/B). BACK BOARD: 10MM PLYWOOD, NO CUSHION C). SEAT BOARD: 15MM PLYWOOD, NO CUSHION/D). TIP-UP SYSTEM: SPRING MECHANISM E). 2. LEG: COLD-ROLLED STEEL, FIXING ON THE FLOOR BY SCREWS, 80 X 35 X 1.5MM THICK OVAL TUBE, BLACK POWDER SPRAYING.* THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD ( WOOD PRODUCT ) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST 28 Supplying of Material & Subtype Engineered Wood Table Top Material Engineered Wood Finish Matte Colour & Colour Family Brown - Classic Walnut Dimension (W)550mm X (D)550mm X (H)1200mm Size Compact Assembly Type Knock Down (Obelisk), 29 Suppling of Writing Board ( 4x10 Non-Magnetic) of material Top Surface materials (Used for white boardsurface)-Porcelain,Top surface material thickness -0.7 mm to 0.8 mm,Frame material -Anodized extruded aluminum alloy hollow section conforming to IS 733 (With latest amendment),Frame wall thickness-1.2 mm,Frame section front -20 mm,Frame section side -16 mm,Core material-MDF board grade-I conforming to IS 12406 (with latest amendment),Core material thickness -9 mm as per Department incharge 30 Supplying of 14 SEATER U -* PROVIDING & SUPPLYING U - SHAPE MODERN DESIGN CONFERENCE TABLE & IN BETWEEN U SHAPE TABLE TOP LENGTH IS @ 8850 MM, TABLETOP OFFERS YOU A GENEROUS WORKSPACE,DESK PRIMARY WORK SURFACE USE PREMIUM QUALITY MATERIALS OVER ALL SIZE IS 8850 MM(L)X 600MM(D)X 750MM(H) TABLE TOP MADE OF 36MM THICK WHICH GIVE MORE SURFACE AREA FOR WORK ,MACHINE MADE MODULAR FURNITURE MADE PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST, * CONSTRUCTION PROVISION OF CONFERENCE TABLETOP SUPPORTED WITH 18MM THICK SIDE PANNELS IN BROWN-BLACK OAK COLOUR MADE BY PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD AND BELOW THE TOP 18MM THICK PRELAM PARTICLE BOARD MODESTY PANEL.OUR WORK SURFACE FURNITURE IS FINISHED WITH EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE,FIXED WITH HOT MELT GLUE. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST, 31 Supplying of * HIGH BACK 360° DEGRE REVOLVING CHAIR SKU : MARVEL/HB/ECO ,* ALL OVER SIZE IS : 595MM(L)X 670MM(D)X1380MM(H) ,*THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL MESH IN BLACK COLOUR .IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH ABOUT STYLE TYPE IS MODREN.DETAILS :* * ARMS : FIXED PP ARMSREST .* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT).* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK :FRAME OF DESIGN SHALLBE CURVEDMADE OF TWO PIECES INJECTION MOULDED FRAME COVER WITH MESH .BACKREST SUPPORTADJUSTABLE LUMBAR SUPPORT* MECHANISM : SINGLE LOCKING MECHANISM . * ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 670MM(L)X 595MM(D)X470-570MM(H) , SEAT MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 570MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 470MM & BACK MAX HEIGHT IS @ 1380MM .* GAS LIFT 100 MM TELESCOPIC HAUDRAULIC * BASE : NYLON BASE IS 620MM PITCH CENTER DIA (660MM WITH CASTORS) . 32 Supplying ofMEDIUM BACK 360° DEGRE REVOLVING CHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 595MM(L)X 670MM(D)X1125MM(H) ,*THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL MESH IN BLACK COLOUR .IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH ABOUT STYLE TYPE IS MODREN.DETAILS :* * ARMS : FIXED PP ARMSREST .* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT).* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK :FRAME OF DESIGN SHALLBE CURVEDMADE OF TWO PIECES INJECTION MOULDED FRAME COVER WITH MESH .BACKREST SUPPORTADJUSTABLE LUMBAR SUPPORT* MECHANISM : SINGLE LOCKING MECHANISM .* ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 670MM(L)X 595MM(D)X470-570MM(H) ,SEAT MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 570MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 470MM & BACK MAX HEIGHT IS @ 1125MM .* GAS LIFT 100 MM TELESCOPIC HAUDRAULIC * BASE : NYLON BASE IS 620MM PITCH CENTER DIA (660MM WITH CASTORS) . 33 Supplying of Tte Mild Steel Pipe of diameter 19 mm and wall thickness 16gauge. Classroom Chairs, tte,Thickness-2mm to 45mm,Material-Mild Steel Weight-Depends upon the size,Outside Diameter-0.80 Inch to 36 Inch 34 Supplying of 1-Bay Sprocket Chain Drive Mechanism MobileStorage Compactors,Material-Mild Steel Product Type-1 Bay,Height -7 ft,Storage Capacity-50-80 kg Usage/Application office, Home, Hospital, Store Room, Warehouse 35 Supplying of -- Movable File StorageSystem (Compactor) 1-Bay Mechnized Drive Type(COMPACTOR 2 ( 04 BODY)) 36 Supplying of Methodex MS1-6MCMETHODEX(Methodex MS1-6MC),Accutec Mobile Storage System,Material SS,Usage/Application-Warehouse Height-8-10 Feet,No of Layers-5 37 Supplying of : METAL STORAGE OF SIZE 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 1980MM(H) BODY MADE OUT IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & DOOR 19 GAGUE(1 MM) CRCA SHEET. 4 ADJUSTABLE SHELVE IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & PEDESTAL 18 GAGUE 1.2 MM CRCA SHEET. HAVING FOUR SHELVES MAKING FIVE COMPARTMENT, UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CAPACITY OF EACH SHELF SHALL BE 60 KG MAXIMUM,FITTED WITH MS BODY LOCK & HANDLE. FINISHING WITH EPOXY POLYESTER POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 50-60 MICRONS(+/-5 MICRON)IN COLOR GREY-LIGHT GREY. 38 Supplying of : PREMIUM SUITESDIRECTOR TABLE STRUCTURE OF L-SHAPED DESK . PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 2400MM(L)X 2330MM(D)X 770MM(H) 45MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OF PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH RICH CHERRY FINISH SAME MATCHING EDGE BANDING MADE OF SAME RED CHERRY P.U POLISH.MODESTY IS DESIGNED WITH LEATHER PATCH.SIDE PANNEL IS MADE OF 36MM THICK . * PROVISION OF SIDE UNIT OF SIZE IS 1200MM(L)X 595MM(D)X 770MM(H) ,(COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION ON TABLE TOP WIRE MANAGEMENT 2 HOLE WITH SS GROOMENT & 1 HOLE WITH PVC GROOMENT ON TOP SIDE UNIT. BELOW TABLE TOP ONE KEYBOARD TRAY,IN SIDE UNIT BELOW THE TOP 1 KEY BOARD TRAY,1 OPEN BOX FILE ,1 DRAWER + 1 OPEANABLE DOOR SHELVE. * FIXED PEDESTAL OF SIZE450MM(L)X 400MM(D)X 690MM(H) , HAVING 3 EQUAL DRAWERS IN PROVIDED WITH CETNRAL LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING. OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF PEDESTAL IS 18 MM ALONG WITH FECIA OF DRAWERS. * ALL THE MDF BORAD ARE IS-14587-1998 WITH CONFIRM TO DIN 68861.ISO 9001- 2015 QUALITY CERTIFICATION CONFIRMING TO ASTM D 4499 STANDARDS FOR VISCOSITY AND THERMAL STABILITY . 39 Supplying of* HIGH BACK 360° DEGRE REVOLVING CHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 590MM(L)X 505MM(D)X1280MM(H) , *THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL LEATHERETTE IN BLACK COLOUR . IT WILL COMES IN MATTE BLACK FINISH FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE . DETAILS :* ARMS :CHROMEFINISH ARMS WITH PU PADDING . * USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) . * SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT * MECHANISM : KNEE TILT MECHANISM . * ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 505MM(L)X 505MM(D)X610MM(H) & THE BACK SIZE IS 590MM(L)X 710MM(H) SEAT MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 610MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 510MM & BACK HEIGHT FROM FLOOR MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 1280MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS1180MM * GAS LIFT 100 MM TELESCOPIC HAUDRAULIC * BASE : 650 MM CHROME BASE WITH SMOOTH CASTORS . 40 Supplying of* FIX CANTILEVER CHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 570MM(L)X 500MM(D)X940MM(H) , *THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL LEATHERETTE IN BLACK COLOUR . IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE . DETAILS : * ARMS : PADDED ARMREST. * USE OF PLY: SEAT & BACK PLYWOOD MADE OF 12 MM HOT PRESSED. * SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT * ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 570MM(L)X 500MM(D)X475MM(H) SEAT HEIGHT IS @ 940MM & BACK HEIGHT IS @ 475MM . * FIXED CANTILEVER CHAIR . * BASE : CHROME FINISH TUBLAR FRAME OF CANTILEVER TYPE . 41 * SUPPLYING AND PLACING FIVE SEATER (3+1+1) EXCLUSIVE PREMIUM LEATHERETTE MODERNIST CLASSIC DESIGN LOUNGE SEATING SOFA SIZE IS 3 SEATER- 1905MM(L) X890MM(D)X 870MM(H)SOFA SIZE IS 1 SEATER -(W)960mm X (D)890mm X (H)870mm ,WITH KILN-DRIED WOOD FRAMING MAKES IT WARP AND SCRATCH RESISTANT,COMFORTABLE SEAT DEPTH & HEIGHT DESIGNED KEEPING MODERN INDIAN LIFESTYLE IN MIND,WRAPPED IN BUTTERY-SOFT PREMIUM LEATHERETTE, THE PANELLED BACK AND CUSHIONED ARMRESTS ENCOURAGE LOUNGING,DESIGNED WITH MODERNITY & ELEGANCE, CHOOSE THE OPTION THAT SUITS YOUR HOME. * COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION STRUCTURE ARE MADE INMOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE LESS THAN (10-12)%. THICKNESS OF PLYWOOD USED (MM) SHALL BE 12 MM GRADE IS 303 INDIAN STANDARD FOR COMMERCIAL (COMMON) AND MOISTURE PROOF PLYWOOD (TENTATIVE).UNDERSTRUCTURE FRAME SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM 18 MM THICK KILN-DRIED GERMAN BEECH WOOD FRAMING IS HIGHLY DURABLE. THE COMPLETE STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED BY P.U.FOAM FIXED WITH ADHESIVE GLUE ,THE FRAME SHALL BE PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING 28 +/- 5 DENSITY IN SEAT IT SHALL BE STACK FOAM OF 50MM THIK,40MM THICK BACK FOAM HAVING 20 +/- 5 DENSITY FOAM USED ,THERE SHALL BE CUSHION ARM 40MM THICK PROVIDED PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING DENSITY 20 +/- 5. THE COMPLETE STACK FOAM STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED WITH PREMIUM LEATHERETTE IN BLACK-EERIE BLACK-COFFEE BROWN,BROWN-BURNT UMBER COLOUR, IT COMPLEMENTS THE MODISH LEGS ARE MADE BY ROUND SHAPE IN PVC MATERIAL. 42 Supplying of Material & Subtype Solid Wood - Beech Wood Table Top Material Clear Glass,Frame Material Solid Wood Leg Material Solid Wood,Finish Matte Colour & Colour Family Brown - Walnut,Dimension (W)1130mm X (D)630mm X (H)410mm,Number Of Recliners 1 Number Of Reclining Positions 3,Size Standard (HOPPER/CT), 43 Supplying of6 SEATER Rectangular MEETING TABLE DURIAN MODEL SMART/CON/6FT MADE OF PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WITHSLANTLEGS50X50 MM MS UNDERSTRUCTURE IN POWDER COATING 2TOP MADE OF25MMTHICK PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD IN FROSTY WHITE COLOR WITH MAIN TABLE SIZE1800MM(L)X 1050MM(D)X 750MM(H) (SMART/CON/6FT/A), 44 SUPPLYING & PROVIDING CAFETERIA CHAIR SIZE IS 381MM(L)X 419MM(D)X839MM(H) A COMBINATION OF SYNTHETIC FIBER WITH STAINLESS STEEL MAKE THE PRODUCTS UTILE AND A DELIGHT, THE COMPLETE STRUCTURE SHALL BE MADE UP OF 20% GLASS FILLED BLOW MOLDED HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ANDIS,THE FRAME STRUCTURE SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ( 2 STRAIGHT + 2 SLANT ) FOUR LEGS.THE TUBULAR WELDED FRAME IS MADE FROM DIA2.22 +/- 0.03CMX 0.12+/- 0.0128 CM AND 3.5+/- 0.03 CM X 0.12+/- 0.0128 AM STAINLESS STEEL 202 GRADE TUBE & THE TUBE ARE BUFF POLISHED TO GIVE SHINY FINISH.SEAT AND IN BACK GIVEN HANDLE TO HOLDARE MADE OF INJECTION MOULDED HIGH IMPACT STRENGTH POLYPROPYLENE POLYMER COMPOUND WITH INDOOR GRADE UV RESISTANCE AND PRESSED FITTED WITH LEGS.THE CHAIR IS EASY TO STORE WHEN NOT IN USE, SINCE YOU CAN STACK UP TO 6 CHAIRS ON TOP OF EACH OTHER. (COCO/SUR). 45 SUPPLING OF METAL STORAGE OF SIZE 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 1830MM(H) BODY MADE OUT IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & DOOR 19 GAGUE(1 MM) CRCA SHEET. 4 ADJUSTABLE SHELVE IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & PEDESTAL 18 GAGUE 1.2 MM CRCA SHEET.HAVING FOUR SHELVES MAKING FIVE COMPARTMENT, FITTED WITH MS BODY LOCK & HANDLE. WITH 2 NUMBERS OF GLASS DOOR SHUTTERS , THE GLASS USED SHALL BE 4MM THICK CLEAR. UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CAPACITY OF EACH SHELF SHALL BE 30 KG MAXIMUM.EACHRACKSHALLBEPROVIDEDWITHSTIFFENERATBOTTOMFOR STRENGTH.THE ENTIREBODYPANELAND SHELF SHALLBEMADEOF HIGHYIELD STRENGTH,THE COMPLETE STEEL STRUCTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY WELDING AND PROVIDE FINISHING WITH EPOXY POLYESTER POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 50-60 MICRONS(+/-5 MICRON)IN COLOR GREY-LIGHT GREY 46 SUPPLING OF DIRECTOR DESKDIRECTOR TABLE STRUCTURE OF L SHAPED DESK .PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 1500MM(L)X 750MM(D)X 750MM(H) 36MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OF PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITHWENGE FINISH, USING HOT MELT GLUE TO FIXING 2MM THICK PVC EDGE BANDING MADE OF SAME MATTE FINISH. SIDE PANNEL IS MADE OF 25MM THICK.*PROVISION OF SIDE RUNNER OF SIZE IS 750MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 760MM(H) ,( CONSTRUCTION IS FROM RIGHT SIDE OF SIDE UNIT TOP BASED ON FIXED PEDESTAL WITH SS STUD OF GRADE 304, ON TABLE TOP PVC GROMENT HOLEFOR WIRE MANAGEMENT .*FIXED PEDESTAL OF SIZE450MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 650MM(H) PER DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 136MM, FILLING DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 300MM HAVING (2 EQUAL DRAWERS + 1 FILLING DRAWER) IN PROVIDED WITH CETNRAL LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING.OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF PEDESTAL IS 18 MM ALONG WITH FECIA OF DRAWERS. *THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST , 47 SUPPLING OF* CANTILEVER CHAIR SKU : 70011/CN/A, * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 590MM(L)X 490MM(D)X980MM(H) , *THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL FABRIC INBLACK COLOUR . IT WILL COMES INFINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE . DETAILS :* ARMS : FIXED ARMS P.P. CONNECTED WITH SEAT AND BACK .* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) .* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32(±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT* BASE : M.S POWDER COATED TUBLAR FRAME OF CATILEVER TYPE . THE SELLER / COMPANY SHOULD BE ISO 9001:2015, ISO 50001:2018, ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018 CERTIFICATES OF THE MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED BY NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD OF CERTIFYING BODIES, IGBC, SEDEX, GREEN PRO, AIOTA, INDIAN DESIGN MARK, FSC CERTIFICATE. 48 SUPPLING OF OFFICE DESKDESK STRUCTURE OF L SHAPED DESK . PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 1500MM(L)X 600MM(D)X 750MM(H) 25MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OF PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH THE EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE WITH THE HOT MELT GLUE . MODESTY PANNEL 18MADE OF MM THICK . *PROVISION OF SIDE UNIT OF SIZE IS 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 750MM(H) ,(COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION WIRE MANAGEMENT HOLE WITH PVC GROOMENT ON TABLE TOP, LEFT SIDE TABLE TOP BASED ON A 18MM THICK SIDE PANNEL ENGINEERED WOOD & FROM RIGHT SIDE UNIT HAVE 2 SLIDING DOOR + 1 FIXED SHELVE . *SIDE UNIT SIZE900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 750MM(H), IN PROVIDED WITH LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING. OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF SIDE UNIT IS 18MM THICK ALONG WITH FECIA OF SLIDDING SHUTTERS. *THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST . 49 SUPPLING OF * FIX CANTILEVER ,* ALL OVER SIZE IS : 595MM(L)X 510MM(D)X875MM(H) ,*THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL LEATHERETTE IN BLACK COLOUR .IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE .DETAILS :* ARMS : PADDED ARMREST.* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) .* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT* ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 500MM(L)X 510MM(D)X455 MM(H) & THE BACK SIZE IS 440MM(L)X 595MM(H) , BACK HEIGHT IS @ 440MM .* BASE : 4 LEGS METAL POWDER COATED* THE SELLER / COMPANY SHOULD BE ISO 9001:2015, ISO 50001:2018, ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018 CERTIFICATES OF THE MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED BY NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD OF CERTIFYING BODIES, IGBC, SEDEX, GREEN PRO, AIOTA, INDIAN DESIGN MARK, FSC CERTIFICATE. THE BIDDER SHOULD BE A MEMBER OF BIFMA AND AT LEAST TWO PRODUCTS OF THE OEM SHOULD BE CERTIFIED AS BIFMA COMPLIANT AND AN OFFICIAL PRODUCT OFFICIAL LINK/SCREENSHOT OF THE PRODUCT LISTING MUST BE PROVIDED FROM WWW.BIFMA.ORG WARRANTY-5 YEARS MAKE-DURIAN /GODREJ/FEATHERLITE 50 * PROVIDING AND SUPPLYING PENTA WORKSTATIONLSHAPE SINGLE SEATER UNIT NON SHARING IN COMPLETELY KNOCK DOWN CONDITIONS WITH AN OVERALL SIZE 1500MM(L)X 600MM(D)X 1200MM(H) THAT IS TO BE ASSEMBLED AT SITE. THE WORKTOPSHALLHAVETHESIZE1490MM-1490MM (L) x 592(D) MADEUPOF25MMTHICKPRE- LAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST . OF IS LEVEL WITH APPROVED LAMINATE AND FINISH AS PER APPROVED SHADE. * THE PROFILE OF THE TOP SHALL BE IN RECTANGLE SHAPE AND THE EDGES SHALL BE SEALEDWITH 2MM THICK THIN STRIP OF IMPERMEABLEPVCTHAT IS CUT TO FIT THE SIZE OF BOARD PANEL AND DULY PASTED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF EDGE BANDING MACHINE AT 200 DEGREE CELSIUS. * THE TOP TRIM, TOP BAR, MID BAR, VERTICAL BAR, RACEWAY, SKIRTING SHALL BE MADE UP OF ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS (PRE-TREATED)AND DULY POWDER COATED WITH POLYESTER POWDER COATING 40P-60PTHICK . THE TRIMS SHALL HAVE THE SIZE 67MM X 19MM WITH 1.5MMTHICKCOVERED WITH DIE CAST END CAPS ON JOINTS 2 WAYS,3 WAYS& 4 WAYS(L-COVERFORCORNER,T-COVERFORMIDDLESECTIONWHEREVER REQUIRED).THEALUMINIUMRACEWAYSHALLBESITUATEDBELOWTHEWORKTOPWITHAN OVERALLSIZE149MM(H)X60MM(D)WITH1.4MMCOVERTHICKNESSAND2MMBACK THICKNESS AS PER REQUIREMENT OF INLAYING THE ELECTRICAL MANAGEMENT AND CARRYING THE WIRE HORIZONTALLY. *THE EXPOSED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTALFACES OF THE FRAMES SHALL BE SNAPFITTEDWITHTRIMS.THERESHALLBESOFT-BOARD(WITHFABRIC)ANDMARKERBOARD PROVIDED AT FRONT OF THE USER. LAMINATED TOP TILE AND BOTTOM TILE SHALL BE SITUATED AT BOTH SIDES OF THE USER AND BELOW THE WORK TOP RESPECTIVELY. THE PARTITION SHALL HAVE CONCEALED WIRE MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES AND SHOULD BE ENGAGED FOR RESPONSIVE AND SAFE OPERATIONSOF POWER,TELECOMMUNICATIONSANDDATA(LAN)AND HASSEPARATE COMPONENTS FOR ELECTRICAL, DATA AND TELEPHONE CABLES HAVING ADEQUATE CAPABILITY OF BOTH THE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL WIRE MOVEMENTS.SLOTS/CUT-OUTS SHOULD BE GIVEN ON RACEWAYSTOFIXALLELECTRICALANDDATAPOINTS.SINGLESIDEDPVCWIRE MANAGER SHOULDBE ENCLOSEDATTABLETOP.ADJUSTABLE LEVELLERSHOE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT BOTTOM OF THE PARTITION TO AVOID SCRATCHESON THE FLOOR.PARTICLE BOARD OF GRADE II OFISLEVEL. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD (WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST .* THE SELLER / COMPANY SHOULD BE ISO 9001:2015, ISO 50001:2018, ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018 CERTIFICATES OF THE MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED BY NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD OF CERTIFYING BODIES, IGBC, SEDEX, GREEN PRO, AIOTA, INDIAN DESIGN MARK, FSC CERTIFICATE. THE BIDDER SHOULD BE A MEMBER OF BIFMA AND AT LEAST TWO PRODUCTS OF THE OEM SHOULD BE CERTIFIED AS BIFMA COMPLIANT AND AN OFFICIAL PRODUCT OFFICIAL LINK/SCREENSHOT OF THE PRODUCT LISTING MUST BE PROVIDED FROM WWW.BIFMA.ORG WARRANTY-5 YEARS MAKE-DURIAN /GODREJ/FEATHERLITE 51 PROVIDING & SUPPLYINGFIXING OF TWO SEATER SCHOOL DESK WITH SHELF/STORAGE UNDER DESK WHICH ONE MADE BY CAST IRON,DESK TOP MADE BY 18MM THICK PRELAMINATED PARTICAL BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST,TWO SEATER CLASSROOM DESK CUM BENCH, TOTAL SIZE OF BENCH : 1050MM(L)X 950MM(D)X 760MM(H) DESK SIZE : 1050MM (W) X 400MM (D) X 760MM (H) BENCH SIZE : 1050MM (W) X 310MM (D) X 390 / 760MM (H) BACK SIZE : 1050MM (W) X 150 MM (H),TABLE TOP SHALL BE POLYPROPYLENE CO POLYMER (PPCP).BANDING UNDER STRUCTURE-BLACK 9005 ERW PIPE (AS PER IS:7138) : 25X25X1.2MM SQUARE MS PIPE, OF THICKNESS 1.2MM IN BLACK EPOXY POLYESTER POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 50-60 MICRONS(+/-5 MICRON) AT BASE WITH PLASTIC CAPS MADE OF PP COPOLYMER (3530 GRADE) ARE ALSO PROVIDED ON THE REAR FRAMES ADDING MORE AESTHETIC VALUE TO THE PRODUCT. * ADDITIONAL HORIZONTAL SUPPORTS OF M.S. C SECTIONS OF 1.5MM THICK ARE PROVIDED BELOW THE DESK & SEAT.SHELF: 0.8MM THICK POWDER COATED M.S. SHEET BELOW THE DESK & HOOKS ON EITHER SIDE OF DESK IN M.S. ROD OF DIA 6MM.TOP,SEAT AND BACK PANEL: 18MM THICK PRE LAMINATED BOARD WITH MACHINE PRESSED EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE FIXEDDULY PASTED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF EDGE BANDING MACHINE AT 200 DEGREE CELSIUS. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD ( WOOD PRODUCT ) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST.* 52 Suplying of Laboratory Steel Furniture Sidebench with rack and table top of specification,Size of side benches/Island benches (LxWxH):1800 mm X 1800 mm X 900 mm,Type of Frame for installation of bench:C type frame,C Type Fixed Under Bench Cabinet size:500 mm x 500 mm x 540 mm (having one door, one drawer and one adjustable/removable shelf) 53 Supplying of Laboratory Steel Furniture Island bench with table top Size of side benches/Island benches (LxWxH):900 mm X 1500 mm X 900 mm,Type of Frame for installation of bench:C type frame,C Type Fixed Under Bench Cabinet size:500 mm x 500 mm x 540 mm (having one door, one drawer and one adjustable/removable shelf) 54 Supplying ofPowder coated Round Classroom Stools Load of 50 Kg of stool of specification:Height Adjustment: Without Hydraulic,Frame and support made of CHROME PLATED MS TUBES,Chair Type:Non Revolving,Type of seating:Only seat,Pedestal base :Aluminium Die Cast 55 Suppling of Over Head Storage delite hi-tech of specification Material of Construction:ISI Marked, three layer Prelaminated particle Board conforming to Grade II Type III of IS 12823/2013 laminated with 0.6-0.8 mm thick lamination conforming to IS 2046/1995 and balancing lamination of 0.5 mm thick on the back side,Number of Shelves (Nos):2 Number of Doors (Nos) -2 ,Height in mm (±10 mm)-750,Depth in mm (±5 mm)-450 56 Suppling ofStainless Steel Name Plates, Monograms, Labels, As per BHEL ,Specifications :Stainless Steel Name Plates, Monograms, Labels, 57 Suppling of Aquaguard RO & UV both SS304 Drinking Water Coolers With Built In Water Purifiction System AquaguardR 58 Suppling ofStainless Steel External Branding Signage Boards, Size 22X6 Feet,Signage Printing-Single size vinyl print ,Material -Stainless steel ,Coating: Gloss or matte,Fabrication Specs-framing with one coat of red oxide & 2 coats of oil paint to avoid rusting 59 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING DIRECTOR DESKDIRECTOR TABLE STRUCTURE OF L SHAPED DESK .PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 2100MM(L)X 900MM(D)X 750MM(H) 50MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OF PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH CLASSIC WENGE BROWN FINISH 2MM THICK PVC EDGE BANDING MADE OF SAME MATTE FINISH. SIDE PANNEL IS MADE OF 50MM THICK* PROVISION OF SIDE RUNNER OF SIZE IS 1200MM(L)X 400MM(D)X 760MM(H) ,(CCOMBINATION ONSTRUCTION BELOW TABLE TOP 1 KEY BOARD TRAY IN PVC WITH TELESCOPIC CHANNEL ON RIGHT SIDE IS MOVABLESIDE RUNNERHAVING 1 OPENABLE DOOR WITH 1 FIXED SHELVE, 1 OPEN BOX WITH 1 FIXED SHELVE UPPER SHELVE HEIGHT IS @ 320MM BELOW SHELVE HEIGHT IS @324@ + 3 DRAWERS (2 EQUAL DRAWERS + 1 FILLING DRAWER)PER DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 184MM, FILLING DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 303MM HAVE CENTRAL LOCKAND HANDLES WITH CASTORS .* MOBILE PEDESTAL OF SIZE400MM(L)X 530MM(D)X 671MM(H) ,PER DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 186MM, FILLING DRAWER HEIGHT IS @ 195MM HAVING (2 EQUAL DRAWERS + 1 FILLING DRAWER) IN PROVIDED WITH CETNRAL LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING.OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF PEDESTAL IS 18 MM ALONG WITH FECIA OF DRAWERS. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST , 60 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING* FIX CANTILEVER CHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 610MM(L)X 505MM(D)X990MM(H) , *THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL LEATHERETTE IN BLACK COLOUR . IT WILL COMES IN MATTE BLACK FINISH FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE .DETAILS :* ARMS :CHROMEFINISH ARMS WITH PU PADDING .* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) . * SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORTbackrest support* ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 610MM(L)X 505MM(D)X485MM(H) & THE BACK SIZE IS 610MM(L)X 540MM(H) ,* BASE : CHROME FINISH TUBLAR FRAME OF CANTILEVER TYPE . 61 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING OFFICE DESK STRUCTURE OF RECTANGULAR SHAPE .PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 1200MM(L)X 600MM(D)X 750MM(H) 25MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OF 25MM THICK PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH THE EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE WITH THE HOT MELT GLUE . MODESTY PANNEL MADE OF 18MM THICK, WIRE MANAGEMENT HOLE WITH PVC GROOMENT ON TABLE TOP.*CONSTRUCTION RIGHT SIDE OF TABLE TOP IS BASED ON A FIXED PEDESTAL3 DRAWERS & FROM LEFT SIDE OF TABLE TOP IS BASED ON 18MM THK ENGINEERED WOOD PVC EDGE BANDING PEDESTAL BACK,TOP,BOTTOM & DRAWERS ARE MADE OF 18MM THICK WITH 1 CPU TROLLY MADE IN BLACK METAL POWDER COATED.*FIXED PEDESTAL:L:410MM(L)X 580MM(D)X 750MM(H) ,IN PROVIDED WITH CETNRAL LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING. OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF PEDESTAL IS 18 MM ALONG WITH FECIA OF DRAWERS. *THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823. 62 Suppling of Material & Subtype Solid Wood - Beech Wood Table Top Material Solid Wood,Leg Material Solid Wood Finish Glossy Colour & Colour Family Brown - Walnut Dimension (W)680mm X (D)530mm X (H)450mm Table Top Thickness 8mm,Size Compact, 63 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING ANGLE RACKOF SIZE 838MM(L)X 305MM(D)X 1676MM(H) STEEL BOOKCASE HAVING 4 DOORS AND K. TYPE OF LOCK: THREE WAYBOLTING DEVICE CONTROLLED BY LOCK, THICKNESS OF MS SHEET USED FOR SHUTTER: 0.7 MM, THICKNESS OF MS SHEET USED FOR SHELF: 0.7 MM, THICKNESS OF MS SHEET USED FOR TOP,BOTTOM, BACK AND SIDES: 0.7 MM, MATERIAL OF HANDLE: CAST BRASS, THICKNESS OF TRANSPARENT GLASS IN SHUTTERS: 4.0 MM, THE COMPLETE STEEL STRUCTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY WELDING AND PROVIDE FINISHING WITH EPOXY POLYESTER POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 60-80 MICRONIN COLOR GREY-LIGHT GREY. 64 Suppling of 3 Seater Public Place Seating Chair of mildsteel with arm and backrest WITHOUT CUSHION DURIAN,THREE SEATERTYPE WAITING AREA CHAIR -NIXON/SS/3 MATERIAL : STAINLESS STEEL,SIZE 1820MM(L)X 690MM(D)X 790MM(H)COLOUR : SILVER/WEIGTH OF PRODUCT : 34 KG APPROX,* SUPPLYING AND PLACING IN POSITION OF A STAINLESS STEEL VISITOR BENCH OF SIZE IS 1820MM(L)X 690MM(D)X 790MM(H). THE COMPLETE STAINLESS STEEL BENCH HAS SEAT & BACK SINGLE SECTION. PER SEAT LENGTH IS @ 520 MM &SEATING HEIGHT IS @ 430 MM FROM GROUND . OWING TO THE SMOOTH FINISH, DURABILITY AND TENSILE STRENGTH BEAM STAINLESS STEEL MADE BY 1.6MM THICK.SEAT IS MADE BY 1.2MM THICK STAINLESS STEEL BORDER WITH CHROME PLATING FOR EVERY SEAT & BACK ; STAINLESS STEEL HANDLES CHROME PLATED & DIE PRESSED LEGS AT THE END OF CHAIRS.GROSS WEIGHT OF REGULAR 3-SEATER WILL BE 34 KG.THE STEEL GRADE 202 HIGH YIELD STRENGTH AS PER IS:513 & IS:304 GRADE. 65 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING ANGLE RACKOF SIZE 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 1800MM(H) SLOTTED ANGLE RACK (OPEN TYPE) 6 SHELVES INCLUDING TOP & BOTTOM,ANGLES : 40MM X 40MM X 2MM(THICK).,SHELF : 36X15X1MM CRCA SHEET.IN COLOR GREY. 66 PROVIDING & SUPPLYING * FIX CANTILEVER CHAIR PROVIDING & SUPPLYING* ALL OVER SIZE IS : 590MM(L)X 490MM(D)X940MM(H) ,*THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL LEATHERETTE IN BLACK COLOUR .IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE .DETAILS :* ARMS : PADDED ARMREST.* USE OF PLY: SEAT & BACK PLYWOOD MADE OF 12 MM HOT PRESSED.* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT , * BACK : 35 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK . BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT* ONLY SEAT SIZE IS 590MM(L)X 490MM(D)X450MM(H) SEAT HEIGHT IS @ 450MM .* BASE : 2 CHROME LEGS + BACK SIDE BOTTOM CHROME IN METAL . 67 * SUPPLYING AND PLACING THREE SEATER EXCLUSIVE PREMIUM LEATHERETTE MODERNIST CLASSIC DESIGN LOUNGE SEATING SOFA SIZE IS 1650MM(L) X750MM(D)X 710MM(H) WITH KILN-DRIED WOOD FRAMING MAKES IT WARP AND SCRATCH RESISTANT,COMFORTABLE SEAT DEPTH & HEIGHT DESIGNED KEEPING MODERN INDIAN LIFESTYLE IN MIND,WRAPPED IN BUTTERY-SOFT PREMIUM LEATHERETTE, THE PANELLED BACK AND CUSHIONED ARMRESTS ENCOURAGE LOUNGING,DESIGNED WITH MODERNITY & ELEGANCE, CHOOSE THE OPTION THAT SUITS YOUR HOME.* COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION STRUCTURE ARE MADE INMOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE LESS THAN (10-12)%. THICKNESS OF PLYWOOD USED (MM) SHALL BE 12 MM GRADE IS 303 INDIAN STANDARD FOR COMMERCIAL (COMMON) AND MOISTURE PROOF PLYWOOD (TENTATIVE).UNDERSTRUCTURE FRAME SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM 18 MM THICK KILN-DRIED GERMAN BEECH WOOD FRAMING IS HIGHLY DURABLE. THE COMPLETE STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED BY P.U.FOAM FIXED WITH ADHESIVE GLUE ,THE FRAME SHALL BE PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING 25 +/- 5 DENSITY IN SEAT IT SHALL BE STACK FOAM OF 40MM THIK,40MM THICK BACK FOAM HAVING 25 +/- 5 DENSITY FOAM USED ,THERE SHALL BE CUSHION ARM 40MM THICK PROVIDED PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING DENSITY 25 +/- 5. THE COMPLETE STACK FOAM STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED WITH PREMIUM LEATHERETTE IN BROWN-CAMEL BROWN COLOUR, IT COMPLEMENTS THE MODISH SLEEK STEEL . ( SEAT : 545 MM(D) X 410MM(H) , ARMS HEIGHT @ 610 MM /BACK HEIGHT @ 290 MM). 68 SUPPLYING AND PLACING30 SEATER U - shape MEETING TABLE with table top of Three Layer Prelaminated ParticleBoards Of Grade-II Type-II Of IS:12823/Latest (for 14 seater rate devided by 30X24} 69 SUPPLYING AND PLACING PREMIUM SUITESDIRECTOR TABLE STRUCTURE OF L-SHAPED DESK .PRIMARY WORK SURFACE OVER ALL SIZE IS 2400MM(L)X 2330MM(D)X 770MM(H) 45MM THICK TABLE TOP MADE OFSUPPLYING AND PLACING PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD WORK SURFACE WITH RICH CHERRY FINISH SAME MATCHING EDGE BANDING MADE OF SAME RED CHERRY P.U POLISH.MODESTY IS DESIGNED WITH LEATHER PATCH.SIDE PANNEL IS MADE OF 36MM THICK .* PROVISION OF SIDE UNIT OF SIZE IS 1200MM(L)X 595MM(D)X 770MM(H) ,(COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION ON TABLE TOP WIRE MANAGEMENT 2 HOLE WITH SS GROOMENT & 1 HOLE WITH PVC GROOMENT ON TOP SIDE UNIT. BELOW TABLE TOP ONE KEYBOARD TRAY,IN SIDE UNIT BELOW THE TOP 1 KEY BOARD TRAY,1 OPEN BOX FILE ,1 DRAWER + 1 OPEANABLE DOOR SHELVE. * FIXED PEDESTAL OF SIZE450MM(L)X 400MM(D)X 690MM(H) , HAVING 3 EQUAL DRAWERS IN PROVIDED WITH CETNRAL LOCK FOR SECURITY AND HANDLES ARE PROVIDED FOR EASY OF OPENING. OVERALL CONSTRUCTION OF PEDESTAL IS 18 MM ALONG WITH FECIA OF DRAWERS. * ALL THE MDF BORAD ARE IS-14587-1998 WITH CONFIRM TO DIN 68861.ISO 9001- 2015 QUALITY CERTIFICATION CONFIRMING TO ASTM D 4499 STANDARDS FOR VISCOSITY AND THERMAL STABILITY . 70 SUPPLYING AND PLACING* HIGH BACK 360° DEGRE REVOLVINGCHAIR * ALL OVER SIZE IS : 673MM(L)X 508MM(D)X1270MM(H) , *THE CHAIR MADE OF FULL NATURAL LEATHER IN BROWN COLOUR . IT WILL COMES IN MATTE FINSIH EXTRA PADDED DESIGNED FOR MORE CONFIRMT AT WORKPLACE IN CONTEMPORARY STYLE . DETAILS :* ARMS : WOODEN ARMS WITH LETHER PADDING ARM REST ARE FITTED TO THE SEAT & BACK.* USE OF PLY: 12 MM THICK HOT PRESSED BWR PLYWOOD(IS GRADE - 303 FOR SEAT AND BACK) .* SEAT: 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN SEAT . * BACK : 40 ± 2 MM THICK POLYURETHANE FOAM WITH DENSITY 32 (±3) KG PER CU METER FOR BEST QUALITY CUSHIONING IN BACK .BACKREST SUPPORT FOAM DESIGN BASED ON SYMMETRICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT* MECHANISM : MULTI-LOCKING KNEE TILT MECHANISM .SEAT MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 580MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 500MM & BACK HEIGHT FROM FLOOR MAXIMUM HEIGHT IS 1270MM & MINIMUM HEIGHT IS 1219MM* GAS LIFT 80MM TELESCOPIC HAUDRAULIC * BASE : THE PRONG (BASE) IS MADE OF SOILD WOOD WITH POLISHEDAND FITTED WITH 5 NUMBERS. TWIN WHEEL CASTORS (CASTOR WHEEL DIA. 50MM) & 700MM PITCH CENTER DIA (740MM WITH CASTORS) . 71 SUPPLYING AND PLACING Material & Subtype Leather - Semi Aniline Leather,Metal - Stainless Steel,Frame Material Solid Wood Upholstery Material Leather,Seat Material Leather Leg Material Metal,Finish Matte,Colour & Colour Family Beige - Mushroom,Dimension (W)1140mm X (D)1000mm X (H)940mm Mechanism Click Clack Mechanism,Seating Capacity 1 Seater Seating Height 430mm,Function Adjustable Headrest Size Grand. 72 SUPPLYING AND PLACING Material & Subtype Leather - Semi Aniline Leather,Metal - Stainless Steel,Frame Material Solid Wood,Upholstery Material Leather,Seat Material Leather,Leg Material Metal,Finish Matte,Colour & Colour Family Beige - Mushroom,Dimension (W)2130mm X (D)1000mm X (H)940mm Mechanism Click Clack Mechanism,Seating Capacity 3 Seater Seating Height 430mm,Function Adjustable Headrest Size Grand. 73 SUPPLYING AND PLACING Rectangular CENTRE TABLE with Marble Top of 1219mmX711mm,(DAISY/CT (W)1300mm X (D)650mm X (H)450mm),Specifications:Number of storage under top No storage,Top material,Tempered glass,Frame material No frames,Dimension of Top (Length X Breadth, or Diameter) ±20mm,762mmX457mm,Height of centre table ±10mm,410,millimeter,Thickness of top material (+/-2 mm)- 8 millimeterThickness of frame material (+/- 1 mm)-10 millimeter 74 SUPPLYING AND PLACING 14 SEATER oval MEETING TABLE with table top of Three Layer Prelaminated Particle Boards Of Grade-II 75 SUPPLYING AND PLACING 6 Seater Sofa Material & Subtype-Premium Leatherette,Frame Material Solid Wood,Upholstery Material Premium Leatherette,Filling Material Foam,Silicone Fiber,Seat Material Premium Leatherette-Leg Material Solid Wood,Finish Matte,Colour & Colour Family Brown -Coffee Brown Dimension (W)4865mm X (D)960mm X (H)820mm,Seating -Capacity 3 Seater,seating Height 475mm,Size Standard 76 SUPPLYING AND PLACING9 SEATER U -* PROVIDING & SUPPLYING U - SHAPE MODERN DESIGN CONFERENCE TABLE & IN BETWEEN U SHAPE TABLE TOP LENGTH IS @ 4650 MM, TABLETOP OFFERS YOU A GENEROUS WORKSPACE,DESK PRIMARY WORK SURFACE USE PREMIUM QUALITY MATERIALS OVER ALL SIZE IS 4650 MM(L)X 600MM(D)X 750MM(H) TABLE TOP MADE OF 36MM THICK WHICH GIVE MORE SURFACE AREA FOR WORK ,MACHINE MADE MODULAR FURNITURE MADE PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATEST,* CONSTRUCTION PROVISION OF CONFERENCE TABLETOP SUPPORTED WITH 18MM THICK SIDE PANNELS IN BROWN-BLACK OAK COLOUR MADE BY PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD AND BELOW THE TOP 18MM THICK PRELAM PARTICLE BOARD MODESTY PANEL.OUR WORK SURFACE FURNITURE IS FINISHED WITH EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 2MM THICK EDGE BINDING TAPE OF MATCHING COLOUR AND SHADE,FIXED WITH HOT MELT GLUE. * THREE LAYER PRELAMINATED PARTICLES BOARD(WOOD PRODUCT) OF GRADE II TYPE III OF IS 12823/LATESt. 77 * SUPPLYING AND PLACING THREE SEATER EXCLUSIVE PREMIUM LEATHERETTE MODERNIST CLASSIC DESIGN LOUNGE SEATING SOFA SIZE IS 1650MM(L) X750MM(D)X 710MM(H) WITH KILN-DRIED WOOD FRAMING MAKES IT WARP AND SCRATCH RESISTANT,COMFORTABLE SEAT DEPTH & HEIGHT DESIGNED KEEPING MODERN INDIAN LIFESTYLE IN MIND,WRAPPED IN BUTTERY-SOFT PREMIUM LEATHERETTE, THE PANELLED BACK AND CUSHIONED ARMRESTS ENCOURAGE LOUNGING,DESIGNED WITH MODERNITY & ELEGANCE, CHOOSE THE OPTION THAT SUITS YOUR HOME.* COMBINATION CONSTRUCTION STRUCTURE ARE MADE INMOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE LESS THAN (10-12)%. THICKNESS OF PLYWOOD USED (MM) SHALL BE 12 MM GRADE IS 303 INDIAN STANDARD FOR COMMERCIAL (COMMON) AND MOISTURE PROOF PLYWOOD (TENTATIVE).UNDERSTRUCTURE FRAME SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM 18 MM THICK KILN-DRIED GERMAN BEECH WOOD FRAMING IS HIGHLY DURABLE. THE COMPLETE STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED BY P.U.FOAM FIXED WITH ADHESIVE GLUE ,THE FRAME SHALL BE PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING 25 +/- 5 DENSITY IN SEAT IT SHALL BE STACK FOAM OF 40MM THIK,40MM THICK BACK FOAM HAVING 25 +/- 5 DENSITY FOAM USED ,THERE SHALL BE CUSHION ARM 40MM THICK PROVIDED PADDED WITH HIGH RESILIENCE POLYURETHANE FOAM HAVING DENSITY 25 +/- 5. THE COMPLETE STACK FOAM STRUCTURE SHALL BE COVERED WITH PREMIUM LEATHERETTE IN BROWN-CAMEL BROWN COLOUR, IT COMPLEMENTS THE MODISH SLEEK STEEL . ( SEAT : 545 MM(D) X 410MM(H) , ARMS HEIGHT @ 610 MM /BACK HEIGHT @ 290 MM) 78 SUPPLYING AND PLACING Wooden Acoustic Wall Cladding/Panelling- Providing and fixing in position wood wall paneling of width 128mm, thickness of 16mm and length 2440 mm made up of high density fiber board with minimum density of 800 Kg/m3 substrate with a laminated facing/wood veneer as per the approved shade/species & finish with melamine balancing layer on the reverse side. The boards shall have a special perforation pattern of 2mm groove & 14mm pitch. The panels shall have fire resistance of Class 1, BS 476 part 7. The edges of the panels shall be tongued-and-grooved to receive special clips for installation. The back of the perforated panel shall have sound absorbing non-woven acoustical fleece and backed with 50mm thick glass wool layer as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The panel shall be mounted on special channels using clips as approved by the Engineer -in-charge. Install Gel stud of section 48X34X36 mm or as approved by the Engineer -in- Charge on the solid wall horizontalty using screws and plugs at spacing of 600mm centre-to-centre, Screw the aluminium channel (keel) vertically on channeled G.I stud 600mm 79 SUPPLYING AND PLACINGBlackout roller blind,Specifications-Mounting arrangement profile systems – clicked on hidden mounting clipsTypes of roller blind,Blackout roller blind-Shading solutionSingle roller blind – utilise one layer of fabric (called outer layer Operating mechanism-Side winders (that lock the manually adjustable blinds at different levels with the internal ratchet and tension adjusted by spring inside the tube) 80 Providing and Fixingof Drawers in Brown Finish ,Specification-Material : High QualityParticle board Dimensions (In Centimeters)-H 91 x W 90 x D 44 Dimensions (in Inches)-H 36 x W 35.5 x D 17.5 Primary Material-Engineered Wood as per Engineer incharge 81 Providing and FixingSTAGE - Providing & fixing raised stepped floor (Stage) Consisting ofMS Tabular frame work ofPipe Section (HOT ROLLED/COLD ROLLED) size 50mmx 50mmx2.0mm.tk. duly Painted with one coat of Red Oxide steel Primer, fabricated in module of 600 x 600 mm frame gid (as per Design or as instructed) with support of same section Legs /frame fixed on existing floor from base and raised at height minimum 150mm to max 200mm as required, from Existing floor. Vc providing and fixing 18mm thick heavy duty high density (1450 kg/cum) cement fiber Board fixed by SS. Screw on Horizontal & Vertical Surface on Existing Framework with one coated cement primer on Board and covering Board from top and sides by 2mm thick Vinyl flooring of approved make,colour and texture to be layed and fixed on sub floor smoothly finished and levelled by recommended adhesive cutting fixing and including covered raised portion of Board from all sides etc. complete,suitable for use up to the satisfaction of Engineer- in-charge.Design as approved by Engineer-In-charge. Base ofthe Vertical Legs of M.S. Frame (COLD ROLLED/HOT ROLLED) 82 Providing, fixing & installation MICROPHONE:-Flat frequency response across the vocal range for uncolored sound interchangeable cardioid, supercardioid, and omnidirec- tional cartridges that provide choices for applications Sleek, low-profile design for unobtrusive appearance Balanced transformerless output for increased immunity to noise over long cable runs-Compact Cinema Surround Speaker for Digital Applications:- Frequency range: 50 Hz to 20 kHz • High sensitivity: 91 dB SPL, IW @ 1m (3.3 ft) High power handling capability: 150 watts, continuous pink noise Internal Thermomaster• technology allows for unprecedented high frequency power in a compact, molded enclosure Convenient mounting design supports JBL QuickMountre, OmniMount• or APC multimount brackets Special cabinet shape incorporates 20• angled front baffle SMPTE/lS02969 Curve X high frequency de-emphasisMixer 8 input mono mixer XLR input switchable between mic and line level +/- 15dB gain trim control per input Input 1 is switchable to be pre/post master 24VDC or mains power operation Optional remote VCA/Tone generator/ Muting boards available • Whisper quiet operation 83 Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of microphone Delegate unit. 84 Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of microphone Chaiman unit, 85 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioning of Factory made 1.4HDMl Cable along with connector (15mtr length) 86 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioning of Factory made VGA along with Connectors.(15mtr length) 87 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioning of Factory made RCA along with Connectors.(15mtr length) 88 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioning 40W power Amplifier of following features:- Rated output wattage - 240W, amplifier output IOOV, 70V and 4-16 ohms transformer isolated speaker outputs, Supply input 0.775 v (OdB) unbalanced, 10k ohms, XLR and phone jack frequency 89 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioning10W wall mount speaker- Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 240W power amplifier with following features:- Rated output wattage- 240W, amplifier output 100V, 70V and 4-16 ohms transformer isolated speaker output, Supply input 0.775 v (0 db) unbalanced, 10k ohms, ZLR and phone jack frequency response 50 - 18000 Hz, +/- 1.5 dB, S/N ratio > 105 dB. 90 Supply , Installation , testing and commissioningCONFERENCE CONTROL UNIT, line Output 1 17.5V DC/3a Max.; -34dBV (20mV), line Output 2 17.5V DC/3a Max.; -34dBV (20mV), power Output 50w rMS at 2% THD, 90w Max. inputs 3xMic 0.65mV/4.7kQ Ixaux IOOmV/470kQ Frequency response 60-14,000Hz (± 3dB) 91 Supplying of Material & Subtype Engineered Wood Finish Matte,Colour & Colour Family Brown - Wenge Dimension (W)800mm X (D)384mm X (H)1970mm Size Standard,Style Contemporary,Assembly Type Knock Down 92 Supplying of Powder Coated Extruded Aluminium Sections Hybrid panel based system (combination of sliding & snap fit tiles) Modular Work Stations 93 Supplying of11 SEATER U - shape MEETING TABLE with table top of Three Layer Prelaminated Particle Boards Of Grade-II Type-II Of IS:12823 94 SUPPLYING AND PLACINGSLOTED ANGLE RACKOF SIZE 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 1800MM(H) SLOTTED ANGLE RACK (OPEN TYPE)6 SHELVES INCLUDING TOP & BOTTOM,ANGLES : 40MM X 40MM X 2MM(THICK).,SHELF : 36X15X1MM CRCA SHEET.IN COLOR GREY, 95 SUPPLYING AND PLACING : METAL STORAGE OF SIZE 900MM(L)X 450MM(D)X 1980MM(H) BODY MADE OUT IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & DOOR 19 GAGUE(1 MM) CRCA SHEET. 4 ADJUSTABLE SHELVE IN 22 GAGUE(0.8MM) & PEDESTAL 18 GAGUE 1.2 MM CRCA SHEET. HAVING FOUR SHELVES MAKING FIVE COMPARTMENT, UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CAPACITY OF EACH SHELF SHALL BE 60 KG MAXIMUM,FITTED WITH MS BODY LOCK & HANDLE. FINISHING WITH EPOXY POLYESTER POWDER COATED TO THE THICKNESS 50-60 MICRONS(+/-5 MICRON)IN COLOR GREY-LIGHT GREY. 96 Providing and fixing e Slimline Tower AC (2 Ton White),Availability of BIS/ISI Mark Certification for Split AC Floor type-Yes,Technology of air conditioner,Non Inverter AC-Nominal Marketing capacity as per BEE Star Rating Label (hint: 1 Ton = 3000 Kcal/Hr, Tolerance +/- 10%) (in Ton)-3 BEE Star rating of the product (Central Ministries/Departments while procuring shall ensure that the items carry 5 star (under normal conditions where annual usages is expected to be more than 1000 hrs),3 Star (where usage is Limited)or higher Star R NA- Star rating for the capacity of >10,465 Watts (>9,000 kcal/hour) 97 Providing & Fixing 2.0 mm thick homogenous single layered vinyl flooring. The flooring shall be laid in manner to provide comfortable and jerk free surfaces including material, adhesive, scaffloding and lead and lift at all floor level etc. complete as per direction and approval of Engineer-in-charge. 98 Providing & Fixing Wiring for Primary Raw Power point 2 sets of 6 Amp Switch-Socket Outlet with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insuate copperconductor wire in surface / recessed 25mm medium class PVC conduit, earthing the third point With 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor Wire. Including Providing and fixing 2 nos 6A Switch with Front plate and metal Box with all Accessroies for users. 99 Providing & Fixing Wiring for Secondry Raw Power point 2 sets of 6 Amp Switch-Socket Outlet with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor wire in surface / recessed 25mm medium class PVC conduit, earthing the third point with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor Wire. Including Providing and fixing 2 nos 6A Socket controlled by 1 nos 6A Switch with Front plate and metal Box with all Accessories. 100 Providing & Fixing Wiring for Primary Raw Power point 1 sets of 6 Amp Switch-Socket Outlet with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor wire in surface / recessed 25mm medium class PVC conduit, earthing the third point with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor Wire. Including Providing and fixing 1 nos 6A Socket controlled by 1 nos 6A Switch with Front plate and metal Box with allAccessories. 101 Providing & Fixing Wiring for Secondry Raw Power point 1 sets of 6 Amp Switch-Socket Outlet with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor wire in surface / recessed 25mm medium class PVC conduit, earthing the third point with 2.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor Wire. Including Providing and fixing 1 nos 6A Socket controlled by 1 nos 6A Switch with Front plate and metal Box with allAccessories. 102 Wiring for Primary Power point 6/16 Amp Switch-Socket Outlet with 4 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor wire in surface / recessed 25mm medium class PVC conduit, earthing the third point with 2.5 sq-mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor Wire. Providing and fixing 1 nos 6/16A Socket controlled by 1 nos 16A switch with front plate and metal box with allAccessories. 103 Providing & Fixing Standing Bathtubs Specifications:Size:1690x800x445/565mm Free Standing Bath Tub with Over Flow & Drain 104 Providing & Fixing Corazzin Garden Patio Seating Chair and Table Set Outdoor Balcony Garden Coffee Table Set Furniture with 1 Table and 4 Chairs Set (Black) 105 Providing & Fixing Reliable Drapes Cotton Plain Door Curtains Reliable Drapes,Cotton GSM Quality-220,Lining included-No, Pack of-1,Length (Ft)-8.5-9,Width (Ft)-3-3.5 106 Providing MattressDimension 1981 mm X 1829 mm,Thickness of Core Layer (Height of Spring) 200 mm,Thickness of Felt (±1 mm) for Bonnell Spring 12 mm,Thickness of Top Layer (±2 mm)-50 mm Thickness of Bottom Layer (±2 mm)50 mm,Type of Spring in Core Layer Bonnell Spring (with cotton felt),Material of Top Layer Visco Elastic PU Foam (Memory Foam) 107 ProvidingCotton Pillow 33 cm x 56 cm (COTTON PILLOW)of Specification-BIS Marking ( For Body Casing fabric )-No Logo Marking-No,type of Logo,Stitched ( Patch Logo ),Agree to provide 108 Providing240 centimeter x C1112M 135 centimeter (L x W) Printed Bed Sheets(BED SHEET ):Technical Specification of the Product-Sheeting, Tickings and Bedsheets (V2) as per IS 175 BIS Certifcation-No,VarietyVariety - 2,Process of colouring Dyed,Matching Pillow cover 109 Providing 25 liter 3 Star Water Heater,25 Ltr 5 Star Water HeaterCapacity litres (Litres),BEE Star Rating (Central Ministries/ Departments while procuring shall ensure that the items carry 5 star or higher Star Rating of BEE)-3,Availability of Type Test Report from Central Govt/NABL/ILAC accredited lab to prove conformity to specification-No,Material of Inner Container Vitreous enamelled inner tank conforming to IS-13273 110 Providing Wall Mount Mesh Filter T-Shapped Kitchen-Chimney Material of Blower Body-Aluminium,Material of Blower Blade Aluminium,Material of Exhaust pipe-pvc,Filter Material,Stainless Steel,ShapeT-Shapped,Filter Type,Mesh Filter,Control Panel Type Soft Touch,Mount Type,Wall Mount 111 Providing Potable Water Purification System With Inbuilt Water Cooler. RO UV Aquaguard(Hot & Cold uv+ ro) Specifications-Flow rate (Litres/hr.)-12,Cold water storage capacity (Litres)-11 liter,Cooling capacity (litres/hr.)-4,Hot water storage capacity (Litres)-1.5 liter,Heating capacity (litres/hr.)-1.5,Cooling power consumption (Watts)-230,Heating power consumption (Watts)-550. 112 Providing300 L 3 Star Frost Free Double Door Refrigerator, of specification Cooling type:Frost free,Exterior body built:steel,Shelf material -Toughened glass,Voltage Range-160-300V,frequency-50 Hz 113 Providing900 mm wide 2000 mm high Metal Shelving Racks,Specifications :Type-OPEN TYPE Number of Shelves/Compartments (Top / Ceiling Shelf - not to be counted)-4,Shelves Material-0.8 mm Thick MS Sheet Conforming to Commercial Quality CR-1, Grade 340 of IS 513,Depth in mm (±5 mm)-400,Width in mm (±5 mm)-900,Height in mm (±5 mm) 2000 114 Providing and fixing Drawers of Specification of Dimension (in cm)-H91 X W90 X D44in Brown Finish,primary material-Engineered wood,Weight 49.45kg 115 Providing and fixingDressing Table With cupboard and open shelves-Design of Dressing table With drawers,cupboard and open shelvesBase of dressing table Rectangular wooden frame Number of side mirror-1 number, Material specification-Prelaminated particle board of grade II type III of IS 12823/Latest.both side laminated. outer side laminated with shade matching with top shade and fascia shade and having balancing laminate of 0.5mm thick on other side Material thickness of complete body, Fascia and drawer/cupboard-19 millimeter,Material thickness for back, partition and drawer /cupboard bottom ± 2mm,19 millimeter 116 Providing and fixing Material & Subtype Solid Wood - Rubber Wood Table Top Material Solid Wood-Frame Material Solid Wood,Finish Glossy,Colour & Colour Family Brown - Walnut Dimension Of Table (W) 600mm X (D) 600 X (H) 610mm Dimension Of Chair (W)640mm X (D)530mm X (H)560mm Size Standard 117 Providing and fixing Wooden Double Bed Storage Box Opening From Material of Mattresses Panel-Other wood, Material of Bottom Panel of Storage Box-Three layer prelaminated particles board (Wood product) of grade II type II of IS 12823/Latest Material of Front, Back and side Panels Three layer prelaminated particles board (Wood product) of grade II type II of IS 12823/Latest Material of Headrest Three layer prelaminated particles board (Wood product) of grade II type II of IS 12823/Latest Material of Legrest-Three layer prelaminated particles board (Wood product) of grade II type II of IS 12823/Latest,Type of Bed-Wooden Double Bed Material of Bed Frame-Three layer prelaminated particles board (Wood product) of grade II type II of IS 12823/Latest 118 Providing and fixing 1 Seater Sofa With Leatherite Cover Sofa Set is Foldable to use as bed-No Backrest Cushion Material-Foam,density of Cushion of Backrest Material (Kg/Cubic M)-40 Covering Material for Seat and Backrest Fabric Frame Structure Material and size (±1 mm) Any other wood of minimum 25 mm thickness Seat Cushion MaterialFoam 119 Providing and fixing 8 SEATER Rectangular MEETING TABLE with table top of Three Layer Prelaminated Particle Boards Of Grade-II Type-II Of IS:12823/(Elanor Marble 8 Seater Dining Set) 120 Providing and fixing MODULAR TABLE L X D & H 2000 millimeter X 450 millimeter 700 millimeter (Alice TV Unit marble),Sprcification-Mode of Supply of modular table Knocked Down to be assembled at consignee site by the Seller Storage Provided one side,Number of storage unit-triple storage,Table Top material and thickness ±3mm-25mm thickness three layer pre-laminated Particle boards (Wood Product) of grade II Type II of IS 12823 Latest Gable end and modesty panel material and thickness-18 mm thickness three layers pre-laminated Particle boards (Wood Product) of grade II Type III of IS 12823 Latest 121 Supplying of Library Management Department. and NDL Softwares,Server Machines, Air-Condition Systems,Xerox Machines,Lamination Machines, CONNECTION)Binding Machines,Furniture/Furnishing. Computers, Printers,Computer System(with Internet Connection) 122 Supplying of Printer of Specification A Printing Technology Laser-Cartridge Technology,Composite Cartridge,Type of Printing Mono,Paper Size-A4 Print Speed per minutes per Department Incharge 123 Supplying of XEROX Machine(standard company) Type of MachineMultifunction Machine,Print Technology-Laser Type of Printing-Mono,Cartridge Technology Separate Drum and Toner (Dual Component) Platen/Flatbed Size-A3/A4,Paper Size (Original/Image)A3/A3 RAM size (MB)-4096as per Department incharge 124 Supplying of Determination of wavelength of He-Ne Laser light using Grating(Specification- Output Power: up to 15mW, CW - Wavelength: 632.8nm,* Mode Structure: TEM00 (>95%)* Beam size: <= 1mm* Beam Divergence: <= 1.5 mrad* Polarisation: Unpolarised, Vertical Polarisation. complete set up as per Department incharge 125 Supplying of Brewsters Law using spectrometer(Brewsters angle apparatus differ goniometer digital research bench polarizer analyser with rail type bench abron). complete set up as per Department incharge 126 Supplying of Determination of wavelength of Sodium light using Michelson interferometer(Power-3 kW,Usage-Physics Lab,Material-Mild Steel,Power Source,Electric Voltage 240 V). complete set upas per Department incharge 127 Supplying of Determination of wavelength of Sodium light using FabryPerot interferometer complete set up of Specification Flatness of Reflective Mirrors-λ/20 Diameter of Reflective Mirrors-30 mm Reflectance of Mirrors-95% Effective Travel of Preset Micrometer~ 3 mm Min Division Value of Preset Micrometer-0.01 mm Travel of Fine Adjustment of Movable Mirror-1.25 mm Resolution of Fine Adjustment-0.0005 mm Low-Pressure Sodium Lamp-20 W as per Department incharge 128 Supplying of Resolving Power of Telescope complete set up (specification Color-BlackMaterial-Plastic as per Department incharge) 129 Supplying of Resolving Power of Prism(Resolving power of telescope assists the user to know the basic principle of telescope. Fabricated using excellent quality metals, glass and plastic material, it is widely used instrument in scientific lab of colleges and research centers. It is known for accurate calculation and longer service life) complete set up as per Department incharge 130 Supplying of Production and analysis of Polarised light using half and quarter wave plate(Usage/Application Laboratory Voltage-230 V,Color-Black,Material-SS). Complete set up as per Department incharge 131 Supplying ofLogarithmic Amplifier(Built in power supply : +15V & -15V DC,Mains : 230V AC,Dimension : 27CMS X 17CMS [metal cabinet,Weight : 2KGS APPX) complete set up as per Department incharge as per Department incharge 132 Supplying of Zener diode characteristics & voltage stabilizer. Complete-Specification:(Voltage-240 V Frequency-60 Hz,Display Type -Analog)in all respect as per Department incharge 133 Supplying of FET characteristics complete up(Technical specifications-Inbuilt variable, overload & short circuit protected DC regulated power supplies of 0- 5 volt & 0- 15 volt.Voltmeter & ammeter are mounted on the front panel.One FET.Highly insulated front panel .Trainer helps to demonstrate the working principle of FET.Set of required number of patch cords.Multi - colored sockets are used.Housed in an elegant powder coated metal cabinet.Strongly supported by a comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details.LED indication for supply “ON” to work on 220V AC Mains.) as per Department incharge 134 Supplying of MOSFET characteristics complete set up(Specificaion:Power-AC Mains,Usage/Application-Laboratory Type-Analog,Material-plastic,Power Supply-ac mains, as per Department incharge 135 Supplying of UJT characteristics complete set up(Specification-Usage/Application-laboratory,Type-Analog,Display Type-Analog meters,Power Supply-ac mains)as per Department incharge 136 Supplying of Transistor biasing (CE mode)(Specificaion-Operating Power Supply-220VAC On Board Power Supply 0-1VDC & 0-10VDC Experiment Input & Output Char In CB & CE Mode OF PNP Tr.Meter Type Analog / Digital)set up as per Department incharge 137 Supplying of Characteristics of SCR(SpecificationUsage/Application-laboratory Type-Analog Automation Grade-Manual ,Power Supply-ac mainscomplete set up as per Department incharge 138 Supplying of Basic Logicgates and Universal gates. Operating Supply Voltage 230V,Logic Family-DIGITAL,Number of Inputs per Gate-2,Usage Laboratory,Material-ELECTRONIC Complete set up in all respect as per Department incharge 139 Supplying of Op-amp Integrator &Differentiator. Complete set up in all respect :Product Specification:Type-Analog Material-Metal,Automation Grade=-Manual,Color-black with multicolour PVC front panel,Power Supply-230,Capacity--5,connector Type-patch cord sas per Department incharge 140 Supplying of Half Adder, Full Adder and 4-bit binary Adder. Complete set up in all respect (Product Specification:Type-Digital,Display Type-Digital Interface--NO Material-ABS,Display-Digital,Pulse Generator-50Hz Variable Dc Output-no)as per Department incharge 141 Supplying of G. M. Counter for 6 digits GM counter with built in power supply complete set up(G.M.COUNTER: COMPLETE WITH INBUILT POWER SUPPLY EHT 250-1200v Workable on 220v. 50Hz., Power consumption 8W approx. STOP, START, RESET switches. Counts Capacity : 6 DIGIT COUNTING SYSTEM, Preset time : 3 DIGIT PROGRAMABLE TIMER WITH DIGITAL DISPLAY. 3 ½ Inbuilt Digital Volt Meter for GM TUBE Voltage. G.M.TUBE: END WINDOW G.M.TUBE MOUNTED IN ACRYLIC STAND. WITH ‘LEAD’ AND ‘ALUMINIMUM’ ABSORBENTS, Radioactive Source: ONE RADIOACTIVE SOURCE BETA or GAMMA (in Lead Container and wooden Box) SOURCE, . Dimensions : 460X370X230mm.(Complete instrument is HOUSED in corrugate box with Export Packaging) Wight : Total weight of the Instrument is 5.5kg.) as per Department incharge 142 Supplying of Measurement of Dielectric constants of solid and liquid samples complete set up(It Consists of following partsRF Generator (9-10MHz Approx) Micro Ammeter (Range 0-50mA) Potentiometer for Sensitvity Selection Fixed Capacity (Metal) Variable Gang Capacitor Socket for test Capacitor & Variable Capacitor brought out at front panel One Solid bakelite plate to be insert in gap of test capacitors)as per Department incharge 143 Supplying of Study of Dielectric constants and Curie temperature of ferroelectric ceramics Complete in all respect(Specifications Temperature Range : Ambient to 200°C,Display : 31/2 digit, 7 segment LED with autopolarity & decimal indicationResolution : 0.1°C,Accuracy : ±0.5°C (typical),Stability : ±0.1°C Power : 150W,(ii) Digital Capacitance MeterThis a compact direct reading Instrument for the measurement of capacitance of the sample. Specifications,Range : 50-6000 pf,Resolution : 1pf Display : 3½ digit, 7 segment LED, Typical results obtained with the above set-up are as shown in the graph) as per Department incharge 144 Supplying of Determining Optical constants of a metal by reflection of light Complete in all respect (Specification-Power-AC Mains,Usage/Application-Laboratory,Type-Digital Material-Metal,Automation Grade Manual,Color-White Power Supply-AC Mains,Display Type-Digital) as per Department incharge 145 Supplying of Lattice dynamics kit with frequency meter (Technical Specifications: Audio Oscillator 100 khz,Built in Power Supply and Output Stage to match the Impedance of Simulated Lattice,Lattice DynamicKit consists of Transmission line, which Simulates One-Dimensional Mono-AtomicandDi-atomicLattices,. LCD Based Frequency Counter is Provided on panel to Measure Frequencycomplete set up as per Department incharge 146 Supplying of BCD to seven segments complete set up(Specification:Built in power supply : +5V DC Mains : 230V AC Dimension : 27CMS X 17CMS [metal cabinet] Weight : 2KGS APPX) as per Department incharge 147 Supplying of Monostable Multivibrator using Oscilloscope (CRO) complete set up (Specification:Usage/Application Laboratory Packaging Type-Corrugated Box,Connector-2mm sockets Frequency Range -50Hz) as per Department incharge 148 Supplying of Bistable multivibrator using Oscilloscope(CRO))Technical Specification:(Built in power supply : +12V & -12V DC Mains : 230V AC,Dimension : 27CMS X 17CMS [metal cabinet] Weight : 2KGS APPX)complete set up as per Department incharge 149 Supplying of Pulse code modulation and demodulation complete setup (Product Specification,Type Laboratory Trainer Kit Usage/Application-Laboratory,Accuracy-+/- 10%,Frequency-50 Hz Input Voltage-220V,Packaging Type-Corrugated Box,Power Source-ElectricShape-Rectangular,Material-ABS or Metal Cabinet)as per Department incharge 150 Supplying of Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication using 8086 microprocessor(Product Specification,Usage/Application-LaboratoryType-Fully Automatic,Automation Grade-Semi-AutomaticClock Frequency-Yes,Color-Green,Display-Digital Packaging Type-Corrugated Box, Power-200-400 Weight 2 Kg) as per Department incharge 151 Supplying of Thevenin theorem, (THEVENIN’S AND NORTON’S THEOREM APPARATUS,Technical specifications Inbuilt fixed DC regulated power supply of 12 volt. Voltmeter & ammeter are mounted on the front panel. Resistive network is used in the circuit. Circuit diagram is printed on highly insulated front panel . Trainer helps to demonstrate the working principle & verification of Thevenin’s & Norton’s Theorem based on resistive circuit. Student can calculate & measure the value of current & voltage for different load circuits. Calculation of power consumed by the circuit. Facility for connecting external Power Supply. Set of required number of patch cords. Multi - colored test points are provided in the circuit to observe voltages at different points. Housed in an elegant powder coated metal cabinet. Strongly supported by a comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details. LED indication for supply “ON” to work on 220V AC Mains. Circuit protection through glass fuse)Complete set up as per Department incharge as per Department incharge 152 Supplying of Active filter set up(Product Specification Operating Temperature-0-50,Frequency (Hz) 50,Condition-New Temperature (deg. Celsius)-50,Usage/Application Industrial, Educational, Residential, Commercial) as per Department incharge 153 Supplying of A to D counter type complete set up (Product Description-M-32 AD M-16 AD,Input AD: 1/4 TRS jack and 25 pin D-sub, servo balanced, completely symmetrical audio path, Output AD: 4 x ADAT optical, 1 x MADI optical/coaxial,Dynamic Range AD: 113 dB RMS unweighted, 116 dBA,THD AD: < -110 dB (< 0.00032 %),THD+N AD: < -104 dB (< 0.00063 %) Crosstalk AD: > 130 dB,Input level for 0 dBFS: +24 dBu, +19 dBu, +13 dBu,Frequency response AD, -0.1 dB: 10 Hz - 23.2 kHz (sf 48 kHz),Frequency response AD, -0.5 dB: < 5 Hz - 45 kHz (sf 96 kHz) Frequency response AD, -1 dB: < 5 Hz - 80 kHz (sf 192 kHz) Sample rates: 44.1, 48, 88.2, 96, 176.4, 192 kHz, variable (Sync/WC),Jitter: Typical < 1 ns for internal, Word Clock, ADAT and MADI input Jitter sensitivity: all PLLs operate error-free even at 100 ns,Jitter suppression: > 30 dB (2.4 kHz),Power supply: Internal switching mode PS, 100V - 240V AC, 60 Watt Dimensions: (WxHxD) 483 x 88 x 200 mm)as per Department incharge 154 Supplying of Determination of Plancks constant(1. 1 0-2V D.C. at 20mA Variable Power Supply. 1.2 Digital Panel meter 3½ digits range 2mA. 1.3 Digital Panel meter 3½ digits range 2 volt 02 Lamp House: 100W Bulb with stand 03 Vacuum Type Photo Cell : Mounted in a Iron box. 04 Three different colour optical filters 05 Adequate no. of patch cords stackable 4mm spring loaded plug length 50cm. 06 Strongly supported by detailed Operating Instructions, giving details of Object, Theory, Design procedures, Report Suggestions and Book References.) as per Department incharge 155 Supplying of Determination of Energy Band Gap using Four Probe method(Product Specification:Type-Energy Band Gap Usage/Application-Laboratory,Connector-4mm Banana Socket Frequency-50Hz) as per Department incharge 156 Supplying of Determination of Hall coefficient and Hall angle in Hall-effect(Product Specification,Display Type-0-20V DC, 0-5 A, digit LED, Primary safety socket,4mm Electro Magnet Coils 500 T, Voltage resolution -0.1V,Current Resolution 0.1 A) as per Department incharge 157 Supplying of Determination of magnetic susceptibility using Guoys method(Usage/Application Physics Laboratory Type Of Instruments-Magnetic Susceptibility Gouys Balance Method Experiment Setup,Power-230V , 50Hz, +-10% Display Type-LED Type) as per Department incharge 158 Supplying of Study of absorption pattern of a given sample using FTIR spectrometer(Product Specification,Detector-High performance pyroelectric infrared detector,Weight-15 kg Software-1,Voltage-100-240V AC,Electronic System-24bit A/D converter at 500KHz, USB 2.0,Wavenumber Range-7800~350 cm-1Power-100-240V AC,50/60Hz,Signal Noise Ratio-30000:1 (resolution@4cm-1 , sample and background scan for 1 min@2100cm-1 ),Light source-Long life, steady state infrared emitter Beam splitter-coated KBr,Resolution-1 cm-1,Dimension-430mm x 360 x200) as per Department incharge 159 Supplying of LCD Projector and smart board (Product Specification,Projection Distance-<1 m Resolution-WXGA,Lamp Life-5000/9000/10000 HOURS Screen Size-100,Display Type-LCD,Dimensions-400X367X149MM Connectivity Type-Dual HDMI, HDMI,Brightness-2000-4000 Lumens Color-White) as per Department incharge 160 Supplying of Desktop(ntel Core I3/ 10th Gen/ 4GB RAM/ 1TB HDD/ DOS/ NO DVD/ 19.5 Inch Monitor/ 1 Year Warranty) as per Department incharge 161 Supplying of Printer(Product Specification,Printer Type-Ink Tank Color Output-Color,Print Speed-22 ppm,Paper Size-A4,Dimension-403 x 369 x 150 mm,Weight -6,Warranty-One Year or 50,000 pages which ever is earlier) as per Department incharge 162 Supplying of Printer (Product Specification Printer Type-Inkjet Color Output-Color | B&W,Print Speed-10,Paper Size-A4,Connectivity-USB,Dimension-377 x348 x179,Weight-3.9 Print Volume-any)as per Department incharge 163 Supplying of XEROX Machine (Product Specification,Functions-Photocopy,Supported Paper Size-A3,Supported OS-Windows 10 Color Output-Black & White,Number Of Trays-1,Item Color-Black & WhitePrint Speed-22 PPM,Weight-40 kg,Print Technology-Laser Input Tray Capacity-350 sheets,Warm-Up Time-5.6 Sec,Duty Cycle-80000 / Month,Resolution-600 x 600 dpi Connectivity-Ethernet & USB,Duplexing-Yes)as per Department incharge 164 Supplying of computer system with internet connection,PC Specifications to be followed :Processor Intel Core i5(10th Gereneration or newer ),RAM-8 GB or Higher HDD:512 GB,SSD,Monitor 24 LCD Monitor .OS:Windows 10 Professional ,Anti virus:User Licence for one year as per Department incharge 165 Supplying of Laptop (with Internet connection),Processor intel Core i5(11th Generation or newer),RAM 8 GB or higher HDD:512 GB,SSD Monitor 14 screen ,OS Windows 10 Professional ,Antivirus :User Licence for one year 166 Supplying of LCD Projector (Specification-Brightness:2000-4000 Lumens,Resolution-FULL HD 1080P,Connectivity Type-Dual HDMI, HDMI Display Type-DLP,Power Supply-100-240V Portable-Yes) as per Department incharge 167 Supplying of Smart Board (Frame Material-Aluminium Usage/Application-School, Education, etc,Effective Touch Area-72 x 48 inch Material-Ceramic Input Method-USB Power Consumption-150 - 220 W,Shape-Rectangular) as per Department incharge 168 Supplying of MS Suite Software(Specification-Microsoft Office Software,Operating System:For Windows,Brand:Microsoft )as per Department incharge 169 Supplying of Adobe Photoshop Software(Specification -Graphic Design and Photo editing,Licence-1 yea) as per Department incharge 170 Supplying of windows10 OS Software(Specification-License Duration-Life Time,Architecture-32/64 Bits,Operating System For WindowsAlso Provides,Windows Operating System,Provide Installation Service-Yes Support 24/7 (Live Rep)) as per Department incharge 171 Supplying of Laptop of 11th Generation intel core i3,1115G4 processor (6 MB Cache up to 4.1GHZ)windows 10 Home Single language English,intel UHD Graphics with shared graphics memory 8GB ,8 GBX1,DDR4,3200 MHZ,512 MB,2 PCLeNVMe Solid state drive pebble (Top colour is pebble colour,Base and palmrest are black colour as per department incharge 172 Supplying of Desktop of 10th Generation intel core i5-10500T (6 CORE,12MB Cache 2.3GHZ to 3.8GHz,35W ),Windows 10 Pro (64 Bit )English,intel integrated graphics),8GB ,1X8 GB,DDR4 non-EC0C Memory,2.5 inch TB 7200 RPM ,SATA Hatd disk drive 5480AJO 23.8 FHD 1920X10080 ips non touch,Antiglare camera,integrated graphics,Bronze 1505w PSU as per department incharge 173 Supplying of Printer (Specification:Item Weight-12 Kg,Package Dimensions-60 x 56.5 x 38 cm,Connectivity Type-Wi-Fi Operating System-Windows)as per department incharge 174 Supplying of Fumehood(Specification:Type-exhaust,LED-Tube fitting,Power-230 volt,Working Top-Granite ,MOC-GI with PU coated Storage includedas per department incharge 175 Supplying of electronic balance(Specification -Usage/Application-Laboratory,Accuracy-0.01%,Calibration-Fully Automatic,Type Of Weighing Scale-Digital,Voltage-110-220 V Mounting Type Desktop) as per department incharge 176 Supplying of Magnetic stirrer Magnetic stirrer Hot plate (Specification-Weight-2.3 kg,Timer -999 minutes,Temp. Accuracy-+-1 Deg.C(<100 Deg.C)+-3 Deg.C(<300 Deg.C),Dimensions LxWxH (mm)-230 x 180 x 120,Max.Temp. (Plate Surface) 300 Deg.C,Power supply-AC 220V / 50 Hz,Top Plate Size 135 x 135 mm,Display-LCD,Max. Volume (ml) 2000 ml,Speed (RPM)-1250 RPM Plate Material Steel per department incharge 177 Supplying of HOT Air oven of made inner material-stainless steel,Outer material -mild steel ,Surface treatement -Powered coated ,Sizes-Different sizes,Gravity conviction type-Double wall.Mechnical conviction -Triple wall as per department incharge 178 Supplying of colourimetry , Ery colour colorimeter industrial and research purpose stability( Product Specification:Material-Aluminium Alloy,Automation Type Automatic,Brand -DD-LAB ,Dimension-210 x 160 x 80 mm,Display Type-Dual Digital DisplayLight Source-Highly Accurate Laser Source,Stability- + 0.02 O.D. Per Hour Volume 1 ml. minimum,Filters layer-Built in 9 Digital filters 30,000 hours Life,Weight-1.5 Kg,Battery Backup-6 V Ni CD Re-chargeable Battery,Detector Silicon Photo-diode,Display Model Absorbance & Wavelength,Filter Wavelength 680 NM Country of Origin Made in India) as per department incharge 179 Supplying UV-Vis Spectrophotometer Fully touch screen portable UV Spectrophotometer shimadzu model name:UV 1900,Brand :shimadzu,Display =fully touch screen,Type-portable,size 450x501x244 as per department incharge 180 Supplying of potentiometer ,Range-0 to 1999.9mv,Resolution-1 mv,Repeatability -1mV,Accuracy +1 mv+ digit,Input impedency-10ohms,operating temperature 10 to 50 degree Celsius,Display 1/2 digit 0.5 seven segment LED Display indication,Power-230V+10,50hZ,Dimensions 76x275x170 mm,weihjt 2 kh as per department incharge 181 Supplying of Conductivity meter,LT 26 Deluxe conductivity meter,Product details:Model no-LT-26,Brand -Labtronics,Usage-Laborataty,Display type 3.5 Digit LEDas per department incharge 182 Supplying of Online COD/BOD Detector analyzer warer quality monitoring probe,Measure range-0-200/0-1000mg/l,Resolution -1 mg/l ,Accuracy +5%F.s ,Under pressure-1 bar,Power supply -12-24V DC ,Temperature range 0-45 degree ,Production leve;-IP68 as per department incharge 183 Supplying of melting point appratus,Temperature renge -2 degree above ,Readability 1 degree ,Display -3 Digit LED,Heating rate control-Electronic,Temperatre sensor PT-100as per department incharge 184 Supplying of Ph meter Labrtonics,Range:0-14pH,Resolution:0.01pH,Accuracy:0.01pH(Relative),Temp comp:Automatic wvith temp probe,Buffer:Manuals with keys as per department incharge 185 Supplying of Spectrum 3 FT-IR Spectrometer,Model no.-LI280127,Wave length -11000-30 cm-1 as per department incharge 186 Supplying of Stopwatch NIVIA 600 plastic(Product Specification:Color-Black,Usage/Application-Sports,Time Display 12/24 hour display for user option,Material-Plastic,Dial Shape-OvalMaximum Counting-23 hours 59 minutes 59 secondsas per department incharge 187 Supplying of Digital Bomb Calometer(Specification-Auto Off Automatic,Frequency-50 Hz,Voltage-230-280 V,Operating Time Per Test 10 minutes,Power Source Electric(Automatic) as per department incharge 188 Supplying of Microprocessor viscometer ,Product details: Measuring range-101x105mpa,,Spindles-4 Spildles,Rotor speed(rpm)-6/12/30/60 rotor speed rpm as per department incharge 189 Supplying of Flame photometer,Product details:Application-Laboratory use,industialuse,,weight 705kg ,Curve fit accuracy,Resolution-0.1ppm/meq as per department incharge 190 Supplying ofwater purification system,Resolution-18.2 M ohm cm at 25 degree C,Weight-19.5kg,Frequency-50-60Hz as per department incharge 191 Supplying of Refrigerator of 7.5kg fully Automatic Top Load washing machine (Hard water wash,Grey,5 star,10 years warranty as per department incharge 192 Supplying of water bath ,unstirred water bath s ,Digital info Water bathdigital,18L amb+5 tp 99 degree C includes clear lid and base trayas per department incharge 193 Supplying ofmini rotary shakers 50to 400RPM,features-220/230 V ac,Power supply-50-60Hzas per department incharge 194 Supplying of Magnetic stirrer- capacity 5 litre Spinit Digital Magnetic Stirrer Features-Type of Product-Magnetic stirreras per department incharge 195 Supplying of Digital ultrasonic cleaners (Specification: tank capacity 4 L, ultrasonic power 100W, Heating, Power-100W, time setting 1-99 min, heating temp up to 80 degree, in and out both in ss, with digital timer auto stop of sonication. 230V AC +-10% 50HZ. Tank size 300x150x100mm, overall size 330x180x240mm.supplied with basket and Lid.) as per department incharge 196 Supplying of Calomel electrode (Product Specification:Packaging Type-Box.,Length-120 mmUsage-Electrochemical Study(Laboratory))as per department incharge 197 Supplying of Pt-wire counter electrode (Product Specification Electrode Diameter-0.5 mm,Power Source-10A) as per department incharge 198 Supplying of UV-LAMP Cabinet(Product SpecificationSize/Dimension-15 X 12 X 10 (H) Light Source-3 NOS , SHORT WAVE -254nm-1no, LONG WAVE-365nm, VISIBLE LIGHT,Material-MILD STEEL,Voltage 230 V AC) as per department incharge 199 Supplying of Magnet (Magnet Grade-N48 Shape-Cup & Pot,Material Neodymium,Dimensional Tolerance+-0.05 mm,Plating / Coating-Ni-Cu-Ni Colour-red,Surface Gauss 3000 Gauss,Maximum Working Temperature (Deg. C)-230 Deg. C as per department incharge 200 Supplying of Micro Centrifuge tube(Specification: Usage/ApplicationLaboratory Analyzers,Material,Polypropylene Color-White,Pack Contains--20 Packet / carton & 500 pcs / packet,Shape-Conical,Length-4.1 cm,Inlet Diameter-1.3 cm Capacity2 ml)as per department incharge 201 Supplying of Micropiprtte(10-100uL),(Product Specification Capacity-10 ml,Volume Increment -0.1 microlitre Material-Glass,Autoclavable-Yes)as per department incharge 202 Supplying of Micropiprtte(10-1000uL),( Product Specification Material-Plastic,Capacity-Up to 1000ul,Color-Transparent Usage/application-Chemical Laboratory) as per department incharge 203 Supplying of printer-Black and white print ,scan,copy all in one printer Product Specification Print Speed-Up to 18ppm / 19ppmLaser Printer,Color Output-Black & White,Print Technology LaserjetUsage/Application-Printing,Supported Paper Size-A4 Compatible Operating Systems1,Windows 8,Windows 7,Windows Vista,Windows XP,Windows 2000,Mac OS X 10.4 - 10.8,Linux*3 Print Resolution-Up to 600 x 600DPI,1 200 (Equivalent) x 600DPI,Print Language-UFR II LT Dimension-372 x 371 x 254mm (With the Cassette Opened)Weight(W/O CRG)-7.6kg,Monthly Duty Cycle-8000 Pages Power Consumption 960W(Maximum),First Printout Time7.8s / 7.7s (A4 / LTR),Zoom 50 - 200% in 10% Increments Refill Type Toner Cartridge,Internal Memory 64 MB Printer Language UFR II LT (Host Based),Paper Weight 60 to 163g/m2 (Cassette),Copy Speed Up to 18 / 19Cpm (A4 / LTR) Halftones 256 levels,Copy Resolution 600 x 400 DPI Display 7 - Segment,1 - Digit LED as per department incharge 204 Supplying of printer-colour print ,scan,copy all in one printer (Specification :Functions-Print | Scan | Copy,Technology-Inkjet Color output-Color | B&W,Connectivity-Wireless(Wi-Fi) Usage-For Office ,Paper size-A4,Print speed upto 40 pages/min)as per department incharge 205 Supplying of photocopier branded fast print 50ppm high image resolution superior print quality,fast scan up to 50ppm A4 Monocolouras per department incharge 206 Supplying of LAN.Networking,cabling,switches,Wi-Fi points(10 points in each department) as per department incharge 207 Supplying of installation of Printer (Black and white),Printer( colour),Photocopier and LAN,Networking,Cabling,Switches,Wifi Points as per department incharge 208 Supplying of RS+ TT7519RS,RS75+ comes with 75 diagonal length with 3 GB RAM and 48 GB ROM,Slim Glare ,H7 touch surface hardness,Light weight for easy installation,Media suits for Annotation software Bundled with education apps,Office suits ,Great writing experience,Object recognition-First /palm /fine pen ,Touch points -20 points under andriod ,178 degree viewing angle ,IR Touch 15000 14-01-20241 contrast ratio as per department incharge 209 Supplying of Freightof RS+ TT7519RS,RS75+ comes with 75 diagonal length with 3 GB RAM and 48 GB ROM,Slim Glare ,H7 touch surface hardness,Light weight for easy installation,Media suits for Annotation software Bundled with education apps,Office suits ,Great writing experience,Object recognition-First /palm /fine pen ,Touch points -20 points under andriod ,178 degree viewing angle ,IR Touch 15000 14-01-20241 contrast ratio) as per department incharge 210 Supplying of wall mount (Dimension long:Telescopic Adjustable CCTV camera mounting bracket -Color: Beige Universal Camera Bracket, Heavyduty weatherproof iron bracket fits mostbrands of outdoor camera housing,Iron stand Platsic APPLICATION: Ideal for indoor outdoor dome cameras, Security Camera Mount Bracket, high quality with professional design,more stable and reliable.Hidden hole: Cable can feed thru L bracket tothe housing thus provide cable protection Outdoor and Indoor Use.)as per department incharge 211 Supplying of Camcorder Compact full HD ENG Camera with 20X zoom and 5 axis image stabilization. 20X optical zoom (26.8mm, F/1.8-576MM, F/2.;28.8MM, f/1.-576mm). 5 axis image stabilization. Support formats: full HD50P/60P, AVCHD/MP4;SD card slots 2 35mm film camera equivalent when dynamic IS is turned on with Tripod as per Department Incharge 212 Supplying of Video capture and video capture card (Product Specification:Converter type-USB,Material:Metal,Audio Jack:3.5 mm,HDMI Version:Hdmi-1.4,Audio:44100 AU,Video:Full HD Frame:48000 Resolutions)as per department incharge 213 Supplying of UPS(1KVa)(Product Specification: Type-Online UPS,Capacity-1 kVA,Configuration-1 Phase IN - 1 Phase OUT,Protection-OverVoltage,Form Factor-Tower Model Back Up Time-20- 30 Mins,Frequency-40 ~ 70 Hz (auto-sense) Usage/Application All) as per department incharge 214 Supplying of Studio light-125watt,5 LED BULBS consisting of 25watt bulb(Colour Temperature:5500 kelvin)as per department incharge 215 Supplying of Live streaming software for live streaming or live telecast as per department incharge 216 Supplying of Cables,installation,SSD Card(SAMSUNG VNAND SSD 850 EVO 2.5 250GB SATA III 3-D Vertical Internal Solid State Drive (SSD) MZ-75E250B/AM) as per department incharge 217 Supplying of complete making soundproof class(20*20 feet Room) as per department incharge 218 Supplying of RFID Tags RFID Book Lables(specification: Language ‏ : ‎ English,Simultaneous device usage ‏ : ‎ Unlimited Text-to-Speech ‏ : ‎ Enabled,Screen Reader ‏ : ‎ Supported Enhanced typesetting ‏ : ‎ Enabled,X-Ray ‏ : ‎ Not Enabled,Word Wise ‏ : ‎ Not Enabled) as per department incharge 219 Supplying of Anti theft stickers with the university logo(Polycarbonate 175 Microns Matt Finish) as per department incharge 220 Supplying of Middleware Application Desktop(writing and read tags) as per department incharge 221 Supplying of RFID Staff station or desktop reader (used for Tagging of books and circulation) operations through RFID as per department incharge 222 Supplying of Integration with software and Training of complete RFID System as per department incharge 223 Supplying of Data Encoding,Booking Tagging and Registration per book as per department incharge 224 Supplying of RFID Secuity Gates (2 pedestals - 1 gate),RFID Secuity Gate(Provide Installation Service-Yes,Support-24/7 (Live Reporting Language Support-English) as per department incharge 225 Supplying of Automated book drop box (ntegrated RFID Reader • Approx. 250 Books Receiving Cart (Movable) • Client Software for Checking-in Facility and communicating with LMS with provision for E-mail/SMS confirmation • Has automatic hutch which should open only on valid RFID tags and close once the book has been accepted to prevent the patrons from removing checked in books. • Communication with any LMS Software through SIP2/NCIP protocols • Compliant with internationally recognized standards for RFID based library self-services systems. • Book Drop can display item ID once item is returned. • Enabled with necessary items i.e.: Branded CPU etc. • 15” or higher LCD/LED Touch Screen Monitor. • Ethernet High Speed Receipt Printer (Reputed/Branded) • Customizable Design matching the library aesthetics; Contemporary and attractive. • Design is such that there is not damage to the dropped books. • Library Ethernet network and wireless network compliant. • Optional Features: Fingerprint Scanner, Smart Card Readers etc) as per department incharge 226 Supplying of 5KVA Invertor -online UPS with battery back up 100Mah battery (8 units)(Product Specification,Capacity-1100 Voltage-130V ,Rated Input Power-5 KVA,Display-Digital Type-Square Wave Inverter Country of Origin) as per department incharge 227 Supplying of LAN,Switches,Necessary cabling,casing,power supply port including cables as per department incharge 228 Supplying of Installation charges of RFID Tags,Anti-theft sticker,Middleware Application Desktop,RFID Staff statio,Integration of software,Data incoding books,RFID Secuirty Gates,Automated Book Drop Box,Cabling,Casing,Wiring,Switches,LAN as per department incharge 229 Supplying of Air conditioning 1.8Ton heavy duty AC (minimum 3 star rating,Coil material -copper,Power consumption-1950W,Power Requirement -AC 130-285V, 50Hz) as per department incharge 230 Supplying of Desktop,i5 processor ,7th Generation,500GB HDD,4GB RAM,23.8 INCH LED Backlit Monitor,Full HD IPS Panel(Brand-HP,Dell,Acer) as per department incharge 231 Supplying of Headphone with built in microphone,(Communication-Wired) as per department incharge 232 Supplying of 75 diagonal length with 3 GB RAM and 48 GB ROM ,Slim frame anti glare glass.3M Antiglare ,H7 Touch surface hardness,Light weight for easy installation as per department incharge 233 Supplying of Dedicated server-HPE Proliant DL 380,Gen 10 5218.2.3GHz 16core ,1P-32GB-R P408ianNC 8SFF 800WPS Server,Intel xeon G5218 Kit for DL 380,Gen 10 as per department incharge 234 Supplying of 5.5KVA Inverter with battery backup,Microtek inverter,online UPS ,65Mah battery(16 unit )-Exide as per department incharge 235 Supplying of Freight Transportation Charges of Desktop,Headphone,LAN Switches,4K-OPS,Dedicated server,5.5 KVA Inverter with battery back up and Air conditioner as per department incharge 236 Supplying of 86 Diagonal interactive display,3 GB RAM,48 GB ROM,4K Display Android model,Slim framenAnti glare Glass,H7 Touch Surface hardness ,Light weight for easy installation ,Media Suits for Annotation softwatr bundled with education Apps as per department incharge 237 Supplying of 4k OPS i5,7th Gen,8GB RAM,128 GB SSD as per department incharge 238 Supplying of play mounting including white board & Green board,Material post formed ply,Size 15ft(length)x7ft(ht) with green board for chalk,whiteboard for marker and cupboard as per department incharge 239 Supplying of UPS (1KVa,Phase-Single phase.Back up Time 10-20 min,Frequency-50Hz) as per department incharge 240 Supplying ofTraining and installation of 86 diagonal interactive display,4k-OPS,Play mounting including white board & Green board and UPS of 1KVA as per department incharge 241 Supplying of Digital Podium PTGN 500 Windows 8.1 LCD ,Electronic Lectern,On site OEM Warranty in 3 yearsas per department incharge 242 Supplying of PA System sound system with amplifier 350 watt ,30 watt speaker (4 nos) as per department incharge 243 Supplying of wireless mic Dual channel cordless microphone as per department incharge 244 Supplying ofTraining and installation of Digital Podium,86 Diagonal interactive display (4k display),4K-OPS,Play mounting including white board and green board,5KVA invertor,PA System and wireless mic as per department incharge 245 Supplying of Desktop :- 1).i5 Processor, 7th Generation, 500GB HDD, 4GB RAM, 2).23.8 inch. LED backlit Monitor Full HD IPS Panelas per Department Incharge 246 Supplying of 55 LED Display for CCTV Branded LED Display as per department incharge 247 Supplying of CCTV Camera IP based CCTV camera,2 TB Space with NVR with necessary accessories as per department incharge 248 Supplying of Stagmometer as per Department Incharge 249 Supplying ofViscometer as per Department Incharge 250 Supplying of Beaker-50ml as per Department Incharge 251 Supplying of Beaker-100ml as per Department Incharge 252 Supplying of Beaker-250ml as per Department Incharge 253 Supplying of Beaker-500ml as per Department Incharge 254 Supplying of Beaker-1000ml as per Department Incharge 255 Supplying of Buchner Funnel 3 as per Department Incharge 256 Supplying of Buchner Funnel 6as per Department Incharge 257 Supplying of Burette-50ml as per Department Incharge 258 Supplying of Chromatography column 1x18 with stop cock as per Department Incharge 259 Supplying of Conical flask-100ml as per Department Incharge 260 Supplying of Conical flask-250ml as per Department Incharge 261 Supplying of Conical flask-500ml as per Department Incharge 262 Supplying of Conical flask-1000ml as per Department Incharge 263 Supplying of Flat Bottomflask-500ml(Round) B-24 socket as per Department Incharge 264 Supplying of Round bottom flask-50ml Joint B-24 as per Department Incharge 265 Supplying of Round bottom flask-100ml Joint B-24 as per Department Incharge 266 Supplying of 3 neck RB flask B-29,B-19.as per Department Incharge 267 Supplying of Condenser Spiral B-24 and, B-19 as per Department Incharge 268 Supplying of Condenser Spiral B-24 and, B-24 as per Department Incharge 269 Supplying of T-type tube as per Department Incharge 270 Supplying of Rubber Cock No. 10 as per Department Incharge 271 Supplying of Specific Gravity hydrometer 800-1000 as per Department Incharge 272 Supplying of Specific Gravity hydrometer 100-1200 as per Department Incharge 273 Supplying of Universal hydrometer 1000-2000 as per Department Incharge 274 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-10ml as per Department Incharge 275 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-50ml as per Department Incharge 276 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-100ml as per Department Incharge 277 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-500ml as per Department Incharge 278 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-1000ml as per Department Incharge 279 Supplying of Measuring Cylinder-2000ml as per Department Incharge 280 Supplying of Measuring flask-100ml as per Department Incharge 281 Supplying of Measuring flask-500ml as per Department Incharge 282 Supplying of Measuring flask-1000ml as per Department Incharge 283 Supplying of Pipette-0.5ml as per Department Incharge 284 Supplying of Pipette-2ml as per Department Incharge 285 Supplying of Pipette-5ml as per Department Incharge 286 Supplying of Pipette-10ml as per Department Incharge 287 Supplying of Pipette-25ml as per Department Incharge 288 Supplying of Separating Funnel-250ml B-24/B-24 as per Department Incharge 289 Supplying of Spatula Flat Spoon 6as per Department Incharge 290 Supplying of Spatula Flat Spoon 5as per Department Incharge 291 Supplying of Stop Cork 2wayas per Department Incharge 292 Supplying of Silica crucible-15ml without Lid as per Department Incharge 293 Supplying of Silica crucible-25ml without Lid as per Department Incharge 294 Supplying of Stalagmometer Straight Graduated as per Department Incharge 295 Supplying of Chemical thermometer 10c-110c as per Department Incharge 296 Supplying of Chemical thermometer 0c-250c as per Department Incharge 297 Supplying of Tiration flask-100ml as per Department Incharge 298 Supplying of Tiration flask-250ml as per Department Incharge 299 Supplying of Tongs crucible S.S.8 as per Department Incharge 300 Supplying of Test tube holder as per Department Incharge 301 Supplying of Filter Flask-500ml as per Department Incharge 302 Supplying of Filter Flask-1000ml as per Department Incharge 303 Supplying of Watch glass 3 as per Department Incharge 304 Supplying of Watch glass 4 as per Department Incharge 305 Supplying of Watch glass 6 as per Department Incharge 306 Supplying of Wire gauge150x150mm as per Department Incharge 307 Supplying of Tripod stand 8 as per Department Incharge 308 Supplying of boiling Test tube 1x8as per Department Incharge 309 Supplying of boiling Test tube 2x8as per Department Incharge 310 Supplying of Reagent Stickers 2x1 as per Department Incharge 311 Supplying of Ordinary Filter paper as per Department Incharge 312 Supplying of Reagent bottles-250mlas per Department Incharge 313 Supplying of Rubber cork as per Department Incharge 314 Supplying of Rubber tube 6mm as per Department Incharge 315 Supplying of Solid Reagent bottle-125mlas per Department Incharge 316 Supplying of Stopwatch plastic body as per Department Incharge 317 Supplying of Test tube stand 12 holes as per Department Incharge 318 Supplying of Thermometer 360 as per Department Incharge 319 Supplying of Test Tube 6mmx15cmas per Department Incharge 320 Supplying of Test Tube 10mmx10cm as per Department Incharge 321 Supplying of China dish 3 as per Department Incharge 322 Supplying of China dish 4 as per Department Incharge 323 Supplying of Brushes for Test Tube as per Department Incharge 324 Supplying of Brushes for Burette as per Department Incharge 325 Supplying of Brushes for Conical flask as per Department Incharge 326 Supplying of LPG gas burner as per Department Incharge 327 Supplying of Condenser Coil 12 as per Department Incharge 328 Supplying of Receiving adopter with vacuum outlet as per Department Incharge 329 Supplying of Plastic Wash bottle-500mlas per Department Incharge 330 Supplying of Pastel and Mortar 3 as per Department Incharge 331 Supplying of Pastel and Mortar 4 as per Department Incharge 332 Supplying of Pastel and Mortar 6 as per Department Incharge 333 Supplying of China Clay 2 as per Department Incharge 334 Supplying of China Clay 3 as per Department Incharge 335 Supplying of China Clay 4 as per Department Incharge 336 Supplying of Petri Dish 3(Borosil) as per Department Incharge 337 Supplying of Petri Dish 4(Borosil) as per Department Incharge 338 Supplying of Distillation Set-Complete flask-500ml as per Department Incharge 339 Supplying of Distillation Set-Complete flask-1000ml as per Department Incharge 340 Supplying of Thermometer Pocket B-14 as per Department Incharge 341 Supplying of Sintered Glass Funnel-25ml as per Department Incharge 342 Supplying of Air Condenser 12 as per Department Incharge 343 Supplying of Burette Stand with Clamp as per Department Incharge 344 Supplying of Cork borer as per Department Incharge 345 Supplying of Capillary Tube for melting point as per Department Incharge 346 Supplying of Dessicators 6 as per Department Incharge 347 Supplying of Dessicators 8 as per Department Incharge 348 Supplying of Dropper with Rubber teats 6 as per Department Incharge 349 Supplying of Dropper 4(Borosilicate glass) as per Department Incharge 350 Supplying of Dropping bottle-125ml as per Department Incharge 351 Supplying of Funnel Stand as per Department Incharge 352 Supplying of Fusion Tubeas per Department Incharge 353 Supplying of Glass Rod as per Department Incharge 354 Supplying of Glass Tube as per Department Incharge 355 Supplying of Stopwatch Steel body as per Department Incharge 356 Supplying of Magnetic Stirrer as per Department Incharge 357 Supplying of Rubber Gloves as per Department Incharge 358 Supplying of Reagent as per Department Incharge 359 Supplying of Sandbath as per Department Incharge 360 Supplying of Tissue Paper(Local made) as per Department Incharge 361 Supplying of Double Beam PC Microprocessor UV-VIS Spectrophotomet erMake:Systroni cs Model: 2202 PC Based Double Beam Automatic source optimization ,Base line calibration & Cell optimization 200 - 1100 nm Range2. 0 nm Bandwidth%T. Abs. Conc . (K factor. Multi standard ). Multi component measuring modesSingle Wave length, Multi Wave length Scan (with multi scan facility). Time Scan. Kinetic scan operating modes Automatic 5 position sample changer Single Position 50 /100 mm Cuvette Holder (Optional) as per Department incharge 362 Supplying of Refrigerated Centrifuge,(Specification:Speed:- 20000 Max.,RCF:- 37570 Max.,Lowest Temp:- -8,Noise:- <-60db)as per Department incharge 363 Supplying of Refrigerated Centrifuge Essential accessories Required:. With angle Heads (with polypropylene tubes)Model- R-248M 24xl.5 ml as per Department incharge 364 Supplying of Refrigerated Centrifuge 2. Voltage stabilizer:- 03 KW Servo controlled Voltage Stabilizer, input 170 volts to 260 volts, output 220 volts to 240volts as per Department incharge 365 Supplying of PCR machine(Specification- Well block, Gradient, temp. range 4° - 99-irC, memory capacity 10000 protocols , display 7inch,volume capacity I 0- 100 μL , preloaded protocol, temperature accuracy ±0.2°C@99°C, with PCR wizard as per Department incharge 366 Supplying of SOS PAGE unit and Western Blot apparatus along with power bank -Mini-TBC electroph_oretic transfer cell, includes: Mini 01P-4 cell tank and lid with cables, buffer, Mini transfer module, gel holder cassettes, 4 fiber pads, cooling units, instructions, Western blot unit, compatible power bank as per Department incharge 367 Supplying of pH Meter With electrode(Type of PH Mater - Portable,Ph Range:0-14,Resolution-0.01pH,compensation-0 to 80 degree celsius) as per Department incharge 368 Supplying of Deep fridge(It is used to store chemicals and preserve samples at very low sub-zero temperatures or below)as per Department incharge 369 Supplying of Autoclave (Vertical)Size- 400 x 600mm ,;Capacity- 75Ltr as per Department incharge 370 Supplying of Hot air oven (Sterilization) as per Department incharge 371 Supplying of Incubator Shaker-Growth and enumeration of microbes (Broth cultures) as per Department incharge 372 Supplying of Horizontal Laminar air flow(Sterile environment Size 4X2)as per Department incharge 373 Supplying of Horizontal Agarose gel electrophoresis unit with gel caster and Power pack Separation of macromoleculeas per Department incharge 374 Supplying of Vortex mixture-To mix content of test tubes and microfuge tubes. as per Department incharge 375 Supplying of Ultrapure Water Purification System:MiliQ Water For distill wateras per Department incharge 376 Supplying of Micropipets - 0.1μL-2.5μL 0.5μL-10.0μL 10.0μL-l00μL 20.0μL-200μL l00μL-l000μL as per Department incharge 377 Supplying of Quebec Colony Counter -Count the microbial colonies as per Department incharge 378 Supplying of Light Microscope (General) 10X,20x, 45x, l00x Visualize microorganisms as per Department incharge 379 Supplying of Bifocal microscope with illuminators, Camera attachment and computer Visualize microorganisms and microgrphy as per Department incharge 380 Supplying of Magnetic stirwith Hotplate and magnetic beads To stir the liquids , preparation of solution as per Department incharge 381 Supplying of Heating mantle For heating round bottomed flask/distillation flask as per Department incharge 382 Supplying of Microwave oven To heat liquids instead of flaming. Samsung/ LG 20 Ltrs as per Department incharge 383 Supplying of Glass Dessicators Used for dessication as per Department incharge 384 Supplying of Fluorescence microscope A fluorescence microscope is an optical Microscope that uses fluorescence and phosphore scence instead of,or in addition to, reflection and absorption to study properties of organic or inorganic substances as per Department incharge 385 Supplying of Electronic Analytical Balance It is used to weigh small quantities of chemicals and samples precisely and quickly. Readability- 1 mg (0.001 g) Cap.- 420gm as per Department incharge 386 Supplying of Electronic Top pan Balance- Readability- 0.1 g Cap.- 2 kg.as per Department incharge 387 Supplying of Double Distillation Unit ,.Approx output: 2 Lit/hrs Wattage:3.3 .KW With safety Cutoff Device Water Stills are carefully designed to produce high purity pyrogen free distiiied water. The water still comprises ofborosilicates glass horizontal typeboiler, coil condenser, constant level device, silica sheathed heaters, along with stand and clamps. All parts are replaceable. pH/conductivity:6-7 / 1-2 μSiem forsingle, 6-7/0.8-lμS/cm for double distilled water as per department incharge 388 Supplying of Microtome-5286(Product Specification Minimum Setting Value-0.5 um,Object Feed-28 mm,Vertical Stroke-60 mm,Specimen Orientation X and Y Axis Universal 8 Degree Trimming Thickness Range-1 um-100 um Operation-Automatic. (Motorized Feed & sectioning and Emergency Stop Provided),Sectioning Speed-0-400 mm/sec.,Specimen-Orientation Z Axis-Upto 360 Degree,Retraction Value-Adjustable Max Specimen Size-50 x 50 mm,Section Thickness Range-0.5 um-60 um)Senior rotary microtome as per Department incharge 389 Supplying of Cryostat -(Product Specification Section Thickness Range-0.5 Micron to 100 Micron (with the increment of 0.5 Micron, 1 Micron, 2 Micron, 5 Micron) Power Supply-220v,Dimension-750mm x 750mm x 950mm (approx) Weight -123 kg (approx),Remote Control-Optional,Sectioning Mode-Single step mode/ Continuous mode Hand Wheel Control-Feather Touch Keypad/ Foot Switch/ Remote Control (optional),Sterilization-U.V-C Sterilization,Cooling down time Up to -30 DegreeC-2 Hour 30 Min Specimen Retraction setting Range-5 Micron to 100 Micron (with increment of 5 Micron),Compressor-Dual Compressor,Cryo Chamber Temp. Adjustable -1 DegreeC to -30 DegreeC Block Holder Head Temperature-Adjustable -1 DegreeC to -35 DegreeC Illumination-LED Lamp)Ultimate usico fully automatic cryostat as per Department incharge 390 Supplying of ELISA -Vet scientific(Specification-Product Specification Automation-Semi Automatic,Assays Performed-ELISAs, Immuno Assays Plate Format-96 well,Optical System Filter-based Detection Method-Absorbance,Number Of User Programs 42 Storage-100000 Results,Filter Positions-8 Display Type-Touch Screen Packaging Type-EXPORT QUALITY,Testing Speed-3 second Type Of Filter 405,450,492, 630,Power Source-115/230 V AC, 50Hz,Weight-9 Kg,Is It Portable-Non Portable, sample Type-Serum, Plasma, Urine, CSF, Whole Blood,sample Volume Range-10-100 Interface-RS232/ USB) as per Department incharge 391 Supplying of Calorimeter -A VI Digital (A VI Scientific,Frequrcy:50Hz,Voltage:230-280V,operating time per test-10 min) as per Department incharge 392 Supplying of HaemometerSahli type-Microsidd (Specification:Amber coloured glass bottle -1 No.,Glass Stirrer-1 No.,Dropper with teat -1 No.,Cleaning Brush -1 No.,Spare latex tubing one meter -1 No.Round tube haemoglobinometer) as per Department incharge 393 Supplying of Anti - theft Sticker with the University logo as per Department incharge 394 Supplying of Middleware Application Desktop(Write and Read Tags) as per Department incharge 395 Supplying of RFID Staff Station or desktop reader (Used for tagging of books and circulation {lssue/Return) operations through RFID) as per Department incharge 396 Supplying of Integration with Software and Training of Complete RFID System as per Department incharge 397 Supplying of RFIDSecurityGates (2 pedestals-1 gate) RFID Security Gate (Single Lane) as per Department incharge 398 Supplying of Automated Book drop Box as per Department incharge 399 Supplying ofCabling. Casing. Wiring , Switches as per Department incharge 400 Supplying of Freight Transportation of Miidle ware Application Desktop,RFID STAFF Station,Integration with software training,Automated Drop box ,Cabling,Casing,Wiring,Switches as per Department incharge 401 Supplying of LAN . Switches, Necessary Cabling, Casing , Power Supply port including cables as per Department incharge 402 Supplying of Dedicated serverGHZ 16 core 1P-32GB -RP408ia -NC8SFF800WPS Serverintel Xeon -G5218 Kit for DL 380 GEN-10-HPE 32GB 2RX4 PC-4 2933YR Smart kit ,HPE DL38x Gen 10-12 Gb SAS Expande,HPE DL 380Gen 10 Box 1/2 Cage Bkpin kit ,HPE 24TB SAS 12G 10K SFF SC 512eDS HDD .HPE 800 WFS Ht Plg LHPwr Sply kit,HPE 3 Year Fiundation care 24x7 DL 380 Gen 10 Serviceas per Department incharge 403 Supplying of RS 86+_TB619RS, 3GB RAM and 48 GB ROM,4K Display Android model,3 GB RAM And 48 GB ROM,slim frame,Anti Glare Glass,3M Anti glare H7 Anti touch surface hardness lightweight for easy installation,Media suits for Annotation,Software bundled with education apps,Office suits,Great writing experience,Object recognition -First pal,/Fine pen ,Touch Points-20 points under window and 10 points under android,178 degree viewing angle IR ,Touch 15000,1 contrast ratio,4 MS Response time 50000 hours life,Reduce clutter and bring efficiency for the faculty,Remote control,15 wattX2 speaker,Android 8.0,Newline cast,Display management,Newline broadcast including installation and Trainingas per Department incharge 404 Supplying of Deep Fridgeas(2 in 1 Converti Freezer & Cooler Corrosion Resistant Cooling Coil & PPGI for inner & outer body Heavy Duty Compressor & Tropicalised Design Approximately 14% Higher Net Capacity compared to competition Sleek Design with heavy duty performance) per Department Incharge 405 Supplying of Autoclave (Horizontal,Height X Dia: 450mm x 250mm Height x Dia: 18Inch x 10Inch,Capacity: 22 Ltr,Load: 2.0 KW) as per Department Incharge 406 Supplying of Autoclave (Vertical): size- 400x600mm, Capacity- 75Ltr as per Department Incharge 407 Supplying of Hot air oven(Standard double wall fabrication. Inner chamber made of highly polished stainless steel sheet. Exterior fabricated out of thick mild steel sheet duly finished in stove enamel off-white paint or paste mat finish colour combinations.Nichrome wire heating elements -provided on three sides attain quick and uniform heating in range of 50c to 250c + 1c controlled by capillary type thermostat.Inner Chamber Size 18x18x18 inch. made of Stainless Steel) : any Standard make as per Department Incharge 408 Supplying of Bacteriological incubator(Item Weight ‎10 kg Product Dimensions-30 x 30 x 30 cm; 10 Kilograms,Item model number-12X12,Item Height-30 Centimeters Item Width-30 Centimeters) as per Department Incharge 409 Supplying of Bacteriological shaking incubator as per Department Incharge 410 Supplying of BOD incubator as per Department Incharge 411 Supplying of Laminar air flow any Standard company as per Department Incharge 412 Supplying of Micropipettes with microtips :(1.0uL-10.0uL, 10.0uL-100uL, 100uL-1000uL, 20uL-200uL): A. Prime Variable Pipette, B. Fully Autoclaveable Variable Vol. Pipetteas per Department Incharge 413 Supplying of Colorimeters with cuvettes any Standard company as per Department Incharge 414 Supplying of Western Blot apparatus, as per Department Incharge 415 Supplying of Powerpack with wiresas per Department Incharge 416 Supplying of Homogeniser as per Department Incharge 417 Supplying of PCR machine Block Formats 96x0.2ml(A),54x0.5ml(B), 96x0.2ml +77x05ml©, 384well(D) Size(WxDxH,mm)-380x270x250 as per Department Incharge 418 Supplying of UV Transilluminator/UV chamber UV source: 365nm Wave Length Viewing area: 24x14cm Anti Slip rubber foot provided for base as per Department Incharge 419 Supplying of CO2 incubator as per Department Incharge 420 Supplying of pH meter and buffers: A.pH meter B. pH buffers as per Department Incharge 421 Supplying of Water bath (any Standard company ) as per Department Incharge 422 Supplying of Fume Hood: size- 3x3x2 wooden with Granite working area as per Department Incharge 423 Supplying of Soxlet apparatus with heating mantle and distillation set up as per Department Incharge 424 Supplying of Kjeldahl Apparatus as per Department Incharge 425 Supplying of Ultrapure Water Purification System: MiliQ water as per Department Incharge 426 Supplying of Quebee Colony Counter as per Department Incharge 427 Supplying of Light Microscope (general) 25x, 45x, 100x s as per Department Incharge 428 Supplying of Bifocal microscope with illuminators as per Department Incharge 429 Supplying of Magnetic stirrer with magnetic beads(any Standard company )as per Department Incharge 430 Supplying of Magnetic stirrer with hot plate (Remi) as per Department Incharge 431 Supplying of Heating mantleas per Department Incharge 432 Supplying of Microwave oven ((20Ltr) as per Department Incharge 433 Supplying of Glass Dessicators as per Department Incharge 434 Supplying of Computer : Core i9, 7th Gen. 20 LED Monitor, 4GB DDV, 1TB HDD, DV writer HP/Dell as per Department Incharge 435 Supplying of Culture room: Tissue culture Rack fitted with 16 tubes, 8 bulbs, 4UV & Timer as per Department Incharge 436 Supplying of Electronic Analytical Balance:- Readability- 1mg(0.001g) Cap.-420gm as per Department Incharge 437 Supplying of ElectronicTop-pan Balance:-Readability- 0.1g Cap- 2kgas per Department Incharge 438 Supplying of Electroporator:- as per Department Incharge 439 Supplying of Fermenter(7.5L)(any Standard company )as per Department Incharge 440 Supplying of Fluorescence Microscopeas per Department Incharge 441 Supplying of Hot air oven universalas per Department Incharge 442 Supplying of Distillation Unit as per Department Incharge 443 Supplying of Membrane filter assembly 5000 mlas per Department Incharge 444 Supplying of Fluorimeter as per Department Incharge 445 Supplying of Homogeniser: Remi model- RQT-127 A/D High speed homogenizer, with 1/8 HP Motor, Homogenizer Working Volume [H2O] 0.1-50ml (Dispersing shaft DS-160/5) WEIGHT 0.6KG Dimension[LxWxH] 46mmx55mmx230 operating environment 0-40degre, 85% rel. humidity as per Department Incharge 446 Supplying of ELISA reader and Microtitre plates: ELISA Wavelength range 400nm-800nm Accuracy- +-1% at 1.0OD, 450nm Dimension 450x350x197mm as per Department Incharge 447 Supplying of Liminar air flow : 4x2x2 feet, stainless steel as per Department Incharge 448 Supplying of Gel Documentationd system as per Department Incharge 449 Supplying of 5 KVA Inverter with Battery Backup. Microtek inverter, online UPS 65Mah Battery (16 units) -Exide as per Department Incharge 450 Supplying of 12V/26AH- Batteryas per Department Incharge 451 Supplying of Headphone with built in microphone (Brand) as per Department Incharge 452 Supplying of Furniture:- Computer Table & Chairs & Table- Chair for lab. Instructor and student (50 students per batch) as per Department Incharge 453 Supplying of Network:- LAN, Switches, Cabling, Casing Power Supply Port including Cables as per Department Incharge 454 Supplying of 5.5 KVA Inverter with Battery Backup. Microtek inverter, online UPS 65Mah Battery (16 units) -Exide as per Department Incharge 455 Supplying of RS86+ TT8619RS 3 GB RAM, 48 GB ROM 4K Display, Android Model Slim Frame, Anti-Glare Glass, 3M Anti-Glare, H7 touch surface hardness, Light weight for easy installation. Media Suits for Annotation Software. Bundle with Education Apps. Office Suits. Great Writing Experience. Object Recognition- Fist/Palm/Fine Pen, Touch Points-20 points under Android. 178 Degree viewing Angle, IR Touch. 15000:1 contrast ratio, 4MS Response Time, 50000 Hours life. Reduce cluster and bring efficiency for the faculty. Remote control, 15 watts x 2 speaker. Android 8.0, Newline Cast, Display Managemen, Newline Broadcast Including Installation and Training. as per Department Incharge 456 Supplying ofpH meter(Digital) :- pH range: 0-14, Temperature Range: 0.0 to 100 C (Manual Compensation) as per Department Incharge 457 Supplying ofNoise Level meter:- Auto/Manual ranging from 30 to 130dB in 6 ranges as per Department Incharge 458 Supplying ofWater analysis Kit:- They include; alkalinity, chloride, hardness, iron, and sulphate as per Department Incharge 459 Supplying ofHigh volume sampler:- 1)PM-2.5- Designed to meet International Standards for High volume air Sampling of PM2.5 particulates. 2)PM-10-U.S EPA FRM Designed for the determination of suspended of PM-10 particulates concentrations. (RFPS-1287-063) 3)TSP- Designed to meet U.S EPA reference method for determination of total suspended particulates(TSP) concentration as perDepartment Incharge 460 Supplying ofSoil testing kit (mrinda parikshan kit) : Use for micro and macro nutrients as per Department Incharge 461 Supplying ofSeive plate with shaker : 5mm,1mm,2mm) as per Department Incharge 462 Supplying ofUV/Visible spectrophotometer:- Spectral bandwidth 1 nm (190 to1100nm , Lamp Type 20-W halogen lamp and deuterium lamp as per Department Incharge 463 Supplying ofAutoclave : 10-15 litre Steam Sterilizer as per Department Incharge 464 Supplying ofLaminar hood (Horizantal) : Horizontal air flow cabinet, filter air blow across the work zone in horizontal direction. This constant flow of air provides material and product protection as per Department Incharge 465 Supplying ofHot plate(pic):-Temperature range: 350 C as per Department Incharge 466 Supplying ofShakeer incubator Compact Bench top shaker with temperature control range from Ambient +50C to 600C. Tray dimension : 420x420 , Speed 50-350 rpm with accuracy of +/- 2rpm as per Department Incharge 467 Supplying ofMuffle Furnaces (15x125x250)cm: Temperature upto 35C to 1400C as per Department Incharge 468 Supplying of Analytical Balances:Capacity 220gram as per Department Incharge 469 Supplying ofDigester : 1) vessel size : Dia 39 mm (Aprox.); Volume 160ml 2)Temperature : upto 200degC as per Department Incharge 470 Supplying ofDouble distilled water plant: Model- Vertical:- Distlled Water Output Capacity-2.5 Litres/Hours, Distillate water quality as per Department Incharge 471 Supplying ofOven:- Dry ovens- 30 to 1000 litre capacity. as per Department Incharge 472 Supplying of B.O.D Incubator: Volume 68 Litre as per Department Incharge 473 Supplying ofMagnus Microscope:- Magnification 4x,10x,40x, and 100x as per Department Incharge 474 Supplying ofDesiccators:- Contain: Silica Gel dimension;12x12 in (30.5x30.5 cm),Material Glass as per Department Incharge 475 Supplying ofRichter scale hardness tester Portable Rockwell/brinell vickers Hardness Testing Instrument Mold metal hardness meter display:-parameter- HRC Display Type, Digital Model Name/Number- ATedigiHR, Accuracy- 0.1 HRC Dimensions of Machine base (approx.) 150x425 mm as per Department Incharge 476 Supplying ofProctor Penetrometer: Proctor Penetrometer- Complete with set of needle points Weight, 2 kg as per Department Incharge 477 Supplying ofGas Chromatography Retention time repeatability-< 0.008% or 0.0008 min Area rpeatability -<1% RSD, using 2ng tetradecane as per Department Incharge 478 Supplying of Atomic Absorption Spectrometry(AAS):- aa-7000 SERIES OF Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometers features high- sensitivity analysis as per Department Incharge 479 Supplying ofWavelength range; 400 to710nm Wavelength selection: 8 in-built gelatin filters: 430,470,490,520,540,580,600 and 710 nm Measurement ranges; 0-100%T, 0-1.50Abs, 0.1 to 1000 Concentration. Resolution: 1%T, 0.01Abs, 0.1 to 1 Concentration as per Department Incharge 480 Supplying of Laptops(of Specification:Processor Corei5,RAM:4GB,Hard drive:500GB ,Screen size:12 inch):as per Department Incharge 481 Supplying of Desktops: i7 3rd Gen, 1TB HDD, 4GB RAM, Windos 10, MS office, Graphics card as per Department Incharge 482 Supplying of Xerox Machine(Product Specification:Functions Multi-Function:Supported Paper Size-A3,Supported OS-all,Color Output-Black & White,Number Of Trays-4,Item Color-white and blue Print Speed-up to 35 ppm,Weight 129 kg,Print Technology-Laser Warm-Up Time, As fast as 11 seconds (black and white) Duty Cycle-WorkCentre 5335: Up to 150,000 pages / month Resolution-200 x 1200 dpi) as per Department Incharge 483 Supplying of Air Conditioning:-1.5 Ton heavy duty AC (mimimum 3 Star rating) as per Department Incharge 484 Supplying of Luminous Cruze 3.5KVA Inverter with RC 18000 Battery (4 Batteries) as per Department Incharge 485 Supplying of Projector(Special Feature-portable,Connectivity Technology,Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, USB, HDMI,Display resolution 1920 x 1080,Display Type-LED) as per Department Incharge 486 Supplying of Godrej Lecture Hall Furniture as per Department Incharge 487 Supplying of Electronic Podium(Speaker type-Tweeter,Auxillary,wireless,floor standing) as per Department Incharge 488 Supplying of Smart board (Screen size-11 inches,Connecting technology-Wifi,Multimedia)as per Department Incharge 489 Supplying of Black board( Melamine Writing Surface (Chalk), Paper Honeycomb Core, 6063-T6 Alloy Aluminium Frame & Virgin ABS CornersMelamine Writing Surface (Chalk), Paper Honeycomb Core, 6063-T6 Alloy Aluminium Frame & Virgin ABS Corners) as per Department Incharge 490 Supplying of Glassware rack as per Department Incharge 491 Supplying of installation of Air conditioner,Luminous Cruze,Projector,Lecture Hall Furniture,Electronic podium,Smart board and black board as per Department Incharge 492 Supplying of Inductively coupled Plasma - Optical Emission Spectrometer with CID detector technology for multi-element analysis of geological petrogical etc. samples in ppb level as per Department Incharge 493 Supplying of Suppressed ion analysis system for anion and cation analysis in water, wastewater, environmental samples and also upgradable to combustion for determination of corrosive halogens and sulfur in Petrochemicals, gaseous samples, solid samples, and complex samples as per Department Incharge 494 Supplying of CHNS/O for the analysis of Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Sulfur and Carbon in organic matrices, soil, feed , plant samples, petroleum products, Coal, Coke, Biomass & Liquid Fuels as per Department Incharge 495 Supplying of Gas Analyzers for hydrocarbon and permanent gas analysis as per Department Incharge 496 Supplying of Benchotop XRD as per Department Incharge 497 Supplying of XRF Spectrometer as per Department Incharge 498 Supplying of Refrigereted Centifuge MakE-REMI, Model-C24 PLUS :- Max. Speed:20000, Max. RCF:3757, Max. Lowest Temp.:8, Noise:60db. Essential accessories Required: 01. Withangle Heads (with polypropulene tubes) Model-R-248M24x1.5ml 2)Voltage stabilizer:-03KW Servocontrolled Voltage Stabilizer, input 170volts to 260volts, output 220 to 240volts as per Department Incharge 499 Supplying of pH Meter compatible poer bank Make: REMI :- With eletrode as per Department Incharge 500 Supplying of Bench top Centrifuge Make: Tarson, : - SPINWIN MC-001 6 places Rotor for 1.5 ml tubeas per Department Incharge 501 Supplying of Deep Fridge: It is used to store chemicals and preserve samples at very low sub-zero tempertures or below as per Department Incharge 502 Supplying of Autoclave(Vertical) : size- 400x600mm capacity- 75Ltr as per Department Incharge 503 Supplying of Hot air oven : Sterilization as per Department Incharge 504 Supplying of Incubator Shaker: Growth and enumeration of microbes(Broth Cultures) as per Department Incharge 505 Supplying of Horizontal Laminar air flow:- Sterile environment size 4x2as per Department Incharge 506 Supplying of Ultrapure Water Purification System: MiliQ Water : for distil water as per Department Incharge 507 Supplying of Micropipets (Ependroff): 0.1uL-2.5uL, 0.5uL-10uL, 10.0uL-100uL, 100uL-1000uL each oo these 1pcs as per Department Incharge 508 Supplying of Light Microscope (general)10X, 20X, 45X, 100X, : Visualize microorganisms as per Department Incharge 509 Supplying of Bifocalcal Microscope with illuminators, Camera Attachment and comput: Visuallize microorganisms and micrography as per Department Incharge 510 Supplying of Magnetic stir with Hotplate and magnetic bead as per Department Incharge 511 Supplying of Heatingmant; for heatinground bottomed flask/distillation flask as per Department Incharge 512 Supplying of Microwave oven: To heat liquids instead of flaming. 20Ltrs as per Department Incharge 513 Supplying of kydroPro 100 handeld multiparameter water quality analiser: Turbedityas per Department Incharge 514 Supplying of Petrological Microscope: Study of Optical minrology as per Department Incharge 515 Supplying of Ore petrological microscope: Study of ore petrology as per Department Incharge 516 Supplying of Miscellaneous instruments as per Department Incharge 517 Supplying of glassware as per Department Incharge 518 Supplying of chemical as per Department Incharge 519 Supplying of Arc GIS(Latest) as per Department Incharge 520 Supplying of GCD Toolkits as per Department Incharge 521 Supplying of SURPAC Software as per Department Incharge 522 Supplying of Intergraph Edu Kit [GIS+RS] Version 2020 or latest(Software content as per list), 5 users for Erdas imagine Professional and 5 users for Geomedia professional Software as per Department Incharge 523 Supplying of Interactive Flat Panel as per Department Incharge 524 Supplying of 2 Virtual Class Room including capture, recording and streaming online, 1 Servers one per 05 classrooms per Department Incharge 525 Supplying of N-computing for smart classrooms including servers and clients as per Department Incharge 526 Supplying of Tagging of documents(books/hard-bound journals/CDs/technical films etc)in RFID Technology as per Department Incharge 527 Supplying of Sofwares, Server Machines, Air-Conditioning Systems,Xerox Machines, Lamination Machines, Binding Machines, Furniture/Furnishing, Computers, Printers etc as per Department Incharge 528 Supplying of Digital Podium, PTGN 500, Window & 1 LCD, Elecronic Lectern, on site OEM. Warranty 3years, 3GB RAM,4GB ROM as per Department Incharge 529 Supplying of Air Conditioning:-1.8 Ton heavy duty AC (mimimum 3 Star rating) as per Department Incharge 530 Supplying of Black/ White,Printer:- scan-copy all in printer- Branded as per Department Incharge 531 Supplying of CCTV set for floor: 55 LRD display for CCTV. CCTV Camera-1 P based CCTV camera 2TB space with NVR with necessary accessories as per Department Incharge 532 Supplying of 5KVA Inverter online UPS with battery backup 100Mah battery(8 units) as per Department Incharge 533 Supplying of Electrophoresis Apparatus as per Department Incharge 534 Supplying of Bacteriological Incubator as per Department Incharge 535 Supplying of Autoclave as per Department Incharge 536 Supplying of Centrifuge as per Department Incharge 537 Supplying of Rotar Head as per Department Incharge 538 Supplying of Rotar Head 25 as per Department Incharge 539 Supplying of Gel documentation system as per Department Incharge 540 Supplying of Spectrophotometers as per Department Incharge 541 Supplying of compoud Microscope as per Department Incharge 542 Supplying of Trinocular Microscope with camera as per Department Incharge 543 Supplying of Semi-Automated Microtonne as per Department Incharge 544 Supplying of DNA Sequencer as per Department Incharge 545 Supplying of Spectrophotometer as per Department Incharge 546 Supplying of Laminar air flow chamber as per Department Incharge 547 Supplying of Tissue culture rack as per Department Incharge 548 Supplying of PCR Apparatus as per Department Incharge 549 Supplying of Liquid nitrogen cylinder as per Department Incharge 550 Supplying of TLC apparatus kit as per Department Incharge 551 Supplying of TLC Visualizer/documentation as per Department Incharge 552 Supplying of HPLC System as per Department Incharge 553 Supplying of Scientific vortex mixer as per Department Incharge 554 Supplying of Soil Thermometer as per Department Incharge 555 Supplying of Scientific Digital Balance as per Department Incharge 556 Supplying Equipments for workshop,Seminar & Excrusion as per Department Incharge 557 Supplying Equipments for Non-Recurring(Research Equipment) as per Department Incharge 558 Supplying Equipments for Recurring(Chemical & Glassware) as per Department Incharge 559 Supplying of Furniture Bookshelves, Study Tables and Chairs for Readers as per Department Incharge 560 Supplying of Desktop i5 Processor, 7th Generations, 500GB HDD, 4GB RAM, 23.8 inch, LED backlit Monitor Full HD IPS Panel (Brand: HP/DELL) as per Department Incharge 561 Supplying of Headphone with built in microphoneas per Department Incharge 562 Supplying of Printer with scanner (Laser,Colour/B/W)as per Department Incharge 563 Supplying of Scanner(USB,25.2D x 36.8W x 4.3H Centimeters,Slide) as per Department Incharge 564 Supplying of Xerox Machine:- (,Platen cover & Toner, Resolution (DPI):1200 X 1200dpi, Duty Cycle:1.3 Sec) as per Department Incharge 565 Supplying of Lamination Machine(Paper size-A4,A3,FS,max laminating width-500mm,Laminating speed-1200mm)as per Department Incharge 566 Supplying of CCTV Camera(Full HD Picture,AI Powered Motion Detection,Infrared Night Vision; 360° Panorama,Talk Back Feature (2-Way Audio)Material Type: Plastic; Included Components: Camera, Power Adapter, Charging Cable, Wall Mounting Kit, User Manual; Specific Uses For Product: Surveillance) as per Department Incharge 567 Supplying of 75 inch diagonal length with 3 GB RAM, 48 GB ROM 4K Display, Slim Frame, Anti-Glare Glass, 3M Anti-Glare, H7 touch surface hardness, Light weight for easy installation. Media Suits for Annotation Software. Bundle with Education Apps. Office Suits. Great Writing Experience. Object Recognition- Fist/Palm/Fine Pen, Touch Points-20 points under Android. 178 Degree viewing Angle, IR Touch. 15000:1 contrast ratio, 4MS Response Time, 50000 Hours life. Reduce cluster and bring efficiency for the faculty. Remote control, 15 watts x 2 speaker. Android 8.0 Newline Cast Display Management including wall mount and installation. as per Department Incharge 568 Supplying of RS75+ TT7519RS RS 75+ comes with 75 inch diagonal length with 3 GB RAM, 48 GB ROM 4K Display, Android Model Slim Frame, Anti-Glare Glass, 3M Anti-Glare, H7 touch surface hardness, Light weight for easy installation. Media Suits for Annotation Software. Bundle with Education Apps. Office Suits. Great Writing Experience. Object Recognition- Fist/Palm/Fine Pen, Touch Points-20 points under Android. 178 Degree viewing Angle, IR Touch. 15000:1 contrast ratio, 4MS Response Time, 50000 Hours life. Reduce cluster and bring efficiency for the faculty. Remote control, 15 watts x 2 speaker. Android 8.0 Newline Cast Display Management. as per Department Incharge 569 Supplying of Wall Mount Kit(Material: SS,Max loading capacity-60 to 100kg) as per Department Incharge 570 Supplying of Live streaming software Software Software for Live Streaming or Live telecast as per Department Incharge 571 Supplying of 75 inch diagonal length with 3 GB RAM, 48 GB ROM 4K Display, Slim Frame, Anti-Glare Glass, 3M Anti-Glare, H7 touch surface hardness, Light weight for easy installation. Media Suits for Annotation Software. Bundle with Education Apps. Office Suits. Great Writing Experience. Object Recognition- Fist/Palm/Fine Pen, Touch Points-20 points under Android. 178 Degree viewing Angle, IR Touch. 15000:1 contrast ratio, 4MS Response Time, 50000 Hours life. Reduce cluster and bring efficiency for the faculty. Remote control, 15 watts x 2 speaker. Android 8.0 Newline Cast Display Management including wall mount and installation. as per Department Incharge 572 Supplying of Frieght Transportation of 4K Display,Wall mount kit,Live Streaming software as per Department Incharge 573 Supplying of cctv solutions for Department with 20 cameras(Image Sensor Type-CMOS,Image Sensor Size-0.357 inch,Camera Image Sensing capacity (Picture Mode)-2MP,Resolution-Full HD (1920 x 1080 Pixel)-Day/Night Capable-Yes,IR illumination Range(mtr) 200 Type of Camera HousingDOME CAMERA,IP Camera Yes) as per Department Incharge 574 Supplying of installation and commisioning of CCTV and other computer equipment as per Department Incharge 575 Supplying of 55 Tv for seeing all cctv in HOD room as per Department Incharge 576 Supplying of8 PORT EPBX as per Department Incharge 577 Supplying ofTELEPHONE as per Department Incharge 578 Supplying ofWIRE as per Department Incharge 579 Supplying of CRON BOX as per Department Incharge 580 Supplying ofSWITCHES FOR PORTS as per Department Incharge 581 Supplying of Workststion Table, Chairs, Desktop, UPS as per Department Incharge 582 Supplying of LAN, Switches, Necessary Cabling, Casing Power Supply Port including Cables as per Department Incharge 583 Supplying of Refrigerator(Storage & Interior Description : | Cooling Type ; Frost Free | Display Type ; Thermostat | Shelf Material ; Toughened Glass | Compressor Type ; Reciprocatory)as per Department Incharge 584 Supplying of Microwave(Special Features: Quartz Heater - Concealed Heating. Safer Cooking, Stainless Steel Cavity - More Hygienic. More Durable, Child Lock - Ensures complete safety especially for homes with young children, Interior light)as per Department Incharge 585 Supplying of Washing Machine( Fully automatic 6 kg) as per Department Incharge 586 Supplying of Sewing Machine(Motorised)as per Department Incharge 587 Supplying of Weighting Machineas per Department Incharge 588 Supplying of Blood Pressure Monitor as per Department Incharge 589 Supplying of Oximeter as per Department Incharge 590 Supplying of Gluco Meter as per Department Incharge 591 Supplying of Test Tube & Breakers as per Department Incharge 592 Supplying of RO Water Purifier as per Department Incharge 593 Supplying of Microscope(Student) as per Department Incharge 594 Supplying of Crockery Set as per Department Incharge 595 Supplying of Cocking Utensils set as per Department Incharge 596 Supplying of Cutlery Set as per Department Incharge 597 Supplying of Sofa Set + Centre Table as per Department Incharge 598 Supplying of A.C (Split 2 Ton,3 Star,Twin invertor HD Compressor)as per Department Incharge 599 Supplying of Stabilizer(Automatic Voltage Stabilizer,37.4 x 27.1 x 19.8 Centimeters,5 kg 700 g)as per Department Incharge 600 Supplying of Inveter with battery(Capacity -100AH,Battery Type-Tubular Battery,Warranty-1 years,Protection From Short Circuit, Over Temperature, Battery Deep -Discharge,Backup Time 8 Hrs Backup- 1 FAN ,28 Light , 8 Hrs Backup - 1FAN ,1 Light Battery Condition-New) as per Department Incharge 601 Supplying of Desktop Computer with UPS and Computer Tableas per Department Incharge 602 Supplying of Original operating system software window 10 with Antivirus as per Department Incharge 603 Supplying of Printer with scanner (inkjet,Colour/B/W)as per Department Incharge 604 Supplying of Dining Table Set as per Department Incharge 605 Supplying of Camera as per Department Incharge 606 Supplying of Mixer Grinder as per Department Incharge 607 Supplying of Iron as per Department Incharge 608 Supplying of Wall Clockas per Department Incharge 609 Supplying of Whole tailoring Equipments (Local) as per Department Incharge 610 Supplying of Knitting Equipments(Local) as per Department Incharge 611 Supplying of Flower Arrangement Equipments) (local) as per Department Incharge 612 Supplying of Aluminium Set as per Department Incharge 613 Supplying of Plastic Tub as per Department Incharge 614 Supplying of Dustbin(Big) as per Department Incharge 615 Supplying of Basket &Mug as per Department Incharge 616 Supplying of White Table Cloth(Big size)as per Department Incharge 617 Supplying of Wash Basin(Local)as per Department Incharge 618 Supplying of Gas Stove +Cylinderas per Department Incharge 619 Supplying of Curtains(Local) as per Department Incharge 620 Supplying of Floor Mats (Local) as per Department Incharge 621 Supplying of Tube Lightas per Department Incharge 622 Supplying of Fan as per Department Incharge 623 Supplying of Led Projector(New Edition)as per Department Incharge 624 Supplying of Smart Board(specification:white,power consumption<150w ,usage-school,Effective touch-65x46) as per Department Incharge 625 Supplying of Decorative Items(Local) as per Department Incharge 626 Supplying of Xerox Machine (Specification-Functions:Print | Scan | Copy,Technology -Laser,Print speed-upto 60 pages/min,Paper size-A4,Connectivity-Wireless(Wi-Fi),Color output-Color | B&W, Print Volume(per month) -above 15000 ppm,Features-Two-sided printing,Weight-25kg,Dimension-451 x 460 x 360mm,Scanner type Flatbed scanner multi as per Department Incharge 627 Supplying of Ceiling Fanas per Department Incharge 628 Supplying of Exhaust Fan as per Department Incharge 629 Supplying of Pedestal Fan as per Department Incharge 630 Supplying of Inveter with battery(Capacity -200AH,Battery Type-Tubular Battery,Warranty-3 years,Protection From Short Circuit, Over Temperature, Battery Deep -Discharge,Backup Time 14 Hrs Backup- 4 FAN , 8 Light , 14 Hrs Backup - 1FAN ,1 Light Battery Condition-New) as per Department Incharge 631 Supplying of Wooden Stool(Local) as per Department Incharge 632 Supplying of Wash Basin (Local) as per Department Incharge 633 Supplying of Register (Local) as per Department Incharge 634 Supplying of Stabilizer for ACas per Department Incharge 635 Supplying of Tubelightas per Department Incharge 636 Supplying of Dustbin (Local) as per Department Incharge 637 Supplying of Curtains (Window and Door) (Local)as per Department Incharge 638 Supplying of Door Mat(Local) as per Department Incharge 639 Supplying of Broadband(Wifi)as per Department Incharge 640 Supplying of Furniture Bookshelves, Study Tables and Chairs for attendant and students (30 students at a time) as per Department Incharge 641 Supplying of Wireless mic as per Department Incharge 642 Supplying of Weight Box(100g std.) :- Containing 10 cynlinders of the same size and shape but different in weight as per Department Incharge 643 Supplying of Weight Box(50g std.) :- Containing 10 cynlinders of the same size and shape but different in weight as per Department Incharge 644 Supplying of Kymograph :-with smoked paper, smoked Drum, Time marker as per Department Incharge 645 Supplying of Memory Drum :- Electrical operated as per Department Incharge 646 Supplying of Memory Drum :- Hand operated as per Department Incharge 647 Supplying of Metronome :- Mechanical as per Department Incharge 648 Supplying of Porteuz Maze Test as per Department Incharge 649 Supplying of Techisto-scope :- Fall Drop type as per Department Incharge 650 Supplying of Techisto-scope :-Electronic as per Department Incharge 651 Supplying of Verniers chronoscope :- Pendulum Type as per Department Incharge 652 Supplying of Ergograph/Smoke drum /smoke paper varshing tray and varnish :- Hand grip model as per Department Incharge 653 Supplying of Weight 6Kg as per Department Incharge 654 Supplying of Multiplication sheets(100sheet) as per Department Incharge 655 Supplying of Screen:- Wooden as per Department Incharge 656 Supplying of Ravens Progressive Matrices as per Department Incharge 657 Supplying of Weschlers Intelligence scale (Adult) as per Department Incharge 658 Supplying of Cattles 16 PF Questionnaire as per Department Incharge 659 Supplying of Jungs Word Association Test as per Department Incharge 660 Supplying of Thematics Apperception Test as per Department Incharge 661 Supplying of Zeigarnik Effect Test as per Department Incharge 662 Supplying of The Occupational Stress Index(OSI) Scale by A.K Shrivastawa and A.P. Singh as per Department Incharge 663 Supplying of Rorschach Test as per Department Incharge 664 Supplying of Coping Strategies Test by A.K. Shrivastava as per Department Incharge 665 Supplying of Job Satisfaction scale(JSS) by Amar Singh and T.R. Sharma as per Department Incharge 666 Supplying of Job Involvement Scale by A.K. Singh and R. Kapoor as per Department Incharge. 667 Supplying ofOrganizational Climate Scale by Somnath Chatopadhya and K.G. Agarwal as per Department Incharge 668 Supplying of Managerial Aptitude Scale(MAS) by Santosh Dhar, Upinder Dhar and Priyanka Sharma as per Department Incharge 669 Supplying of Employees Motivational Scale by A.K. Shrivastava as per Department Incharge 670 Supplying of Employees Mental Health Inventory (EMHI) by Jagdish as per Department Incharge 671 Supplying of Beck Depression Inventory by Arron Beck as per Department Incharge 672 Supplying of Aggration Scale (AS) by G.P. Mathur and Rajkumar Bhatnagar as per Department Incharge 673 Supplying of Ego Strength Scale by Q. Hassan as per Department Incharge 674 Supplying of Bells Adjustment Iventory by S.M. Mohsin and Shamshad as per Department Incharge 675 Supplying of Marital Adjustment Questionnaire by P. Kumar and kanchan Rohtagi as per Department Incharge 676 Supplying of Sacks Sentence Completion Test as per Department Incharge 677 Supplying of PGI Health Questionnaire N-1 (PGIHQN) by S.K. Verma, N.N. Wig and D. Prasad as per Department Incharge 678 Supplying of Rotters Locus of Control Scal by Anand Kumar and S.N Srivastava as per Department Incharge 679 Supplying of Self Concept Inventory by O.N Srivastava as per Department Incharge 680 Supplying of PGI Social Support Scale by S.K. Verma, P. Kulhara and Ritu Nehraas per Department Incharge 681 Supplying of Emotiobnal Maturity Scale(EMS) by R.R. Trtipathi as per Department Incharge 682 Supplying of Life satisfaction Scale(LSS) by Q.G. Alam and R. Srivastava as per Department Incharge 683 Supplying of PGI Quality of Life Scale by S.K Verma and A.C. Moudgil as per Department Incharge 684 Supplying of Environmental Awareness Scale (EAS) by Haseen Taj as per Department Incharge 685 Supplying of Jatota Test of Group Mental ability as per Department Incharge 686 Supplying of Weinsteins Noise Sensitivy Scale (WNSS)(Shore Samvedi Mapak) by P. Bhatia, S. Mohar and I.S Mohar as per Department Incharge 687 Supplying of State Traight Anxiety Test (STAT) as per Department Incharge 688 Supplying of Xerox Machines (Digital)(Product Specification:Copy | Print | Scan | Fax,Number Of Trays-2,Item Color-Black,Duty Cycle-20000,Print Technology-LaserPrint Speed-25 Paper Per Minute ) as per Department Incharge 689 Supplying of Binding Machine (Product Specification:Capacity-12-15 Sheets,Binding Style-Manual ,Max Binding Thickness<20 mm Max Binding Sheet Width 200-300 mm,Automatic Grade-Semi-Automatic,Weight-5.8Kgs Approx.,Dimension-375x230x150mm Approx.Automation Grade,Hole Size-3x8mm,Paper Size-A4 /Letter /A5 etc,Packaging Weight-375 mm,Handle Type-metal,Packaging Size-375x230x150mm Approx.Adjustable Margin-2.5/4.5/6.5mm,Usage/Application-Comb Binding Method Of Operation-Manual,No Of Punch Holes-21 holes Number Of Punch Slots-21 holes,Size-A4,Number Of Punch Holes-21 holes,Machine Dimension-375x230x150mm Approx.Is It Padded)as per Department Incharge 690 Supplying of Printers(Ink End Sensor-yes,paper storage capacity-100 sheets Paper Input, 50 sheets Paper Output-printing technology ink tank,connecter type-Wi-Fi, USB,special feature-Cost per print - 9 paise (Black & White), 33 paise (Colour) as per Department Incharge 691 Supplying of Furnishing (Book shelves:Study table and chair)as per Department Incharge 692 Supplying of Book Case(for Psychological Tests) as per Department Incharge 693 Supplying of Open Racks as per Department Incharge 694 Supplying of Inveter with battery(Capacity -150AH,Battery Type-Tubular Battery,Warranty-3 years,Protection From Short Circuit, Over Temperature, Battery Deep -Discharge,Backup Time 8 Hrs Backup- 2 FAN , 2 Light , 12 Hrs Backup - 1FAN ,1 Light Battery Condition-New) as per Department Incharge 695 Supplying of Inverter with Battery(Capacity-150,Battery Type-Tubular Battery,Warranty-3 years,Protection From Short Circuit Backup Time-5hrs,Battery Condition-New)as per Department Incharge 696 Supplying of Desktop(Product Specification:Hard Drive Capacity-320GB,Operating System-Window,Screen Size-17 inch Processor-i5,Display Type LCD Processor) as per Department Incharge 697 Supplying of Tally sofware (Multi User) as per Department Incharge 698 Supplying of Barcode Machine(Product Specification:Type-Thermal Printers,Max Printing Size-10 IPS,Resolution (dpi)-203dpi Model/Type-Citizen CLS-700,Automatic Grade-Fully Automatic Print Line-1~3 Lines) as per Department Incharge 699 Supplying of Server Machines(Product Specification:Memory-1x16 GB RAM/ Open Bay- 2.5 Hot Swap SAS/ SATA,Power Supply 220 V,Networking Type-LAN,Number Of Ports/Channels-8 USB Port-Yes Processor Speed Intel Xeon Silver 4114 (Deca Core) 2.2GHz Power Consumption 750 W) as per Department Incharge 700 Supplying of LAN connection between 7 computers as per Department Incharge 701 Supplying of Xerox Machine (Specification-Functions:Print | Scan | Copy,Technology -Laser,Print speed-upto 30 pages/min,Paper size-A4,Connectivity-Wireless(Wi-Fi),Color output-Color | B&W, Print Volume(per month) -above 10000 ppm,Features-Two-sided printing,Weight-16.8kg,Dimension-451 x 460 x 360mm,Scanner type Flatbed scannercannon image Class MF641CW multi as per Department Incharge 702 Supplying of Lamination Machine(Paper size-A4,A3,FS,max laminating width-330mm,Laminating speed-600mm)as per Department Incharge 703 Supplying of Binding Machine (Punches-43 holes,Hole distance-43 holes in A 11 SHEET,Binding sizes:Max 11) as per Department Incharge 704 Supplying of Computers (Processor -AMD Ryzen 3,RAM-8GB,HDD-512 GB,screen size-19.5 inches,Operating system:Windows 11 )as per Department Incharge 705 Supplying of Office Computer (Processor:i5 10th,HDD:1 TB,RAM-4 GB,GT730 4GB Graphics) as per Department Incharge 706 Supplying oflaser printer(Product Specification:Color Output-Black & White,Function-Print | Scan | Copy,Max. Print Speed (Black)-18 ppm Max. Print Speed (Color)-17 ppm,Connectivity-Ethernet,Paper Size-A4,Print Volume-Up to 500 pages/month) as per Department Incharge 707 Supplying of Smart class Board(Power consumption:220-300V,size/Dimension-65,Input type-finger Touch) per Department Incharge 708 Supplying of Double battery(capacity-250Ah,Over current protection) Inverter(Back up time-5 hrs) as per Department Incharge 709 Supplying of Desktop Computers :- HP 23.8-inch FHD All in One Desktop with Alexa Built-in(10th Gen Intel Core i3- 1005G1/8GB/512 GB SSD/Windows 10/MS Office 2019/Natural Silver), 24-dp0816in as per Department Incharge 710 Supplying of Printer, ScannerMulti-Function Direct Wireless Network Laser Printer (Print, copy, scan, Black) as per Department Incharge 711 Supplying of Networking (LAN, leased lines, wi-fi, switches etc.) TP-Link Archer C6 Gigabit MU-MIMO Wireless Router, Dual Band 1200Mbps Wi-Fi Speed, 5 Gigabit Ports, 4 External Antennas and 1 Internal Antenna WiFi Coverage with Access as per Department Incharge 712 Supplying of Back up support(UPS, Generator, Transformer):-600VA UPS for Desktop/PC/Computers(not for Routers) with Automatic Voltage Regulation as per Department Incharge 713 Supplying of Xerox Machine:- (IR2004 With Duplex, Platen cover & Toner, Resolution (DPI):600 X 600dpi, Duty Cycle:4.3 Sec) as per Department Incharge 714 Supplying of IBM SPSS(Statistics Package Latest Version) as per Department Incharge 715 Supplying of Nvovo(Package) as per Department Incharge 716 Supplying of LCD Projector:- 1)Project movies,images or data from your devices,most effective in dark settings 2)Projector, Lens Cover/Stand, Carrying Pounch, USB Cable 3) Connect via Wi-Fi to Android smartphones and tables or connect HDMI to iPhone or iPad as per Department Incharge 717 Supplying of Projector Screen:- 1)10 Feet x 6 Feet, 133 Dia, 16:9 Format, UHD-3D-4K 2)Comes with FULL HD 1080P 3D and 4K Viewing Technology, Anti UV coating as per Department Incharge 718 Supplying of DTH connection:- 1)HD Set Top Box 2)Recording facility as per Department Incharge 719 Supplying of Television Set:- 1) Smart LED TV-42 inches 2)4K UHD (Resolution:3840x2160) 3)Connectivity-Input:3*HDMI,3*USB 4)Audio:20W output 5) 4K HDR provides exceptional clarity 6)Smartphone connectivity : Photo sharing plus, screen mirroring as per Department Incharge 720 Supplying of as per Desktop:- Intel i7, 8th Gen, 4GB N-Vidia Geforce Graphics card, 16 GB RAM, Monitor, CPU, Mouse, key board partment Incharge 721 Supplying of Multifunction Laser Printer,Scanner, and Copier :- Functionality: Print, Scan,Copy Print Technology : Monochrome Laser Connectivity: Hi-speed USB, Compatible with USB 2.0 Specifications4as per Department Incharge 722 Supplying of Speaker 7.1 surround stereo(Power -100W,Play tme-11 hours,Voice Range-9m) as per Department Incharge 723 Supplying of Digital SLR Camera: 1)EOS full HD movie mode with movie service 2)18 megapixel CMOS)APS-(sensor 3)14-bit A/D conversion 4)ISO 100-12800)EXPANDABLE TO h:25600(5)Dual Lens camera 55-250mm IS II lens 6) Camera battery charger and bag 7)Wide strap USB cable, software CD. as per Department Incharge 724 Supplying of 24.2MP DigitalSLR Camera:- 1)100% Viewfinder Coverage 2)CMOS sensor with impressive high-resolution result 3)Camera battery, charger, and bag 4)Wide strap USB cable, software CD, manual as per Department Incharge 725 Supplying of Quark express as per Department Incharge 726 Supplying of Adobe Suite(CS6 Master Collection) as per Department Incharge 727 Supplying of Cool Edit Pro as per Department Incharge 728 Supplying of Turnitin as per Department Incharge 729 Supplying of Sound Forge as per Department Incharge 730 Supplying of 18-55mm normal lens as per Department Incharge 731 Supplying of 55-250mm Zoom lens as per Department Incharge 732 Supplying of 18-135mm lens as per Department Incharge 733 Supplying of 35mm prime lens as per Department Incharge 734 Supplying of 80mm macro lensas per Department Incharge 735 Supplying of Tripods as per Department Incharge 736 Supplying of DSLR:- 1)Powered by NP-F570 InfoLithium rechargeble battery pack 2)Records to MiniDV tape stock 3)16:9 widescreen recording 4)3CCD video camera 5)12x optical zoom lens 6)Records to MiniDV tape stock as per Department Incharge 737 Supplying of:- 1)3CCD video camera 2) Crystal Engine 3)Shoulder -Type Design 3)One Touch Navigation 4)Manual Focus Ring 5) 0 lux colour light view 6)10x optical zoom 6)500x digital zoom 7)Super image stabilizer 8) DV IN/OUT Terminal 8)5-mode programme AE: sports, portrait, low light, spot light, and surf &snow 9)SP/I.P recording 10)Back light compensation 11) Cinema mode )16:9 aspect ratio( 12)Infra-red remote controller as per Department Incharge 738 Supplying of Tripods:- 1)3-way head with adjustable pan 2)Steady rubberized legs 3)Multipurpose head with quick release 4)Multipupose head for DV cameras 5)Made from High Grade Aliminium Alloy 6)Quik flip leg locks 7)Fluid pan&tilt movement 8)Quik release plate& Bubble Level as per Department Incharge 739 Supplying of i-Mac(Product Specification,Storage Capacity-256 GB Display-24 inch,Memory Size-256gb ssd,assembled Product Dimensions L X W X H,461 mm x 547 mm x 130 mm, 4.48 kg Color-Silver & Blue,Graphics-8_core GPU,Video Support And Camera 4.5K,Bluetooth-Bluetooth 5.0,Weight-4.48kg,Operating System-macOS Big Sur,Processor- M1Echip,Line Voltage-100-240V AC) for Video Editing as per Department Incharge 740 Supplying of Photographic Design Flash Bender-Small Reflector:- 1) Make a bounce flash reflector, gobo, or snoot 2)Packs flat/great for travel 3)Attaches quickly & securely 4)Adjustable to fit all popular brands of accessory flash 5)For on-camera or off-camera flash as per Department Incharge 741 Supplying of Rim Collapsible softbox Diffuser with Rim :-1)Softbox 36 inches/90 Centimeters with Grey Rim and Bowens Mount, Portable and Quick Folding Softbox Diffuser for Photography Speedlites Flash Monolight 2)for 660 LED Panel-Outer 16.3x6.5 inches,Inner 9.8x8.7 inches Collapsible Light Reflector 3)with Stap Attachment and Carrying Bag for Photo Studio Portrait Video Shooting as per Department Incharge 742 Supplying of Handheld Camera Stabilizer with Quik Release for DSLR:- 1)Light weight, handheld video image stabilization 2)FlyCam 3000 video cam stabilizer accepts camera upto 3.5kg/7.7Ibs. 3)Easy attach a small LCD monitor with Flycam 3000 cam stabilizer when needed. 4)Precision Aluminum made 5)23 tall and just 207 Ibs without counter balance disc. as per Department Incharge 743 Supplying of Green/Blue matte screen )Chroma key( :- 1)8x12 ft Blackboard, perfect for television, video production and digital photography. 2)Rod pocket on each top edge allows to be draped or hung. 3)Finishing along all edges to prevent tears. 4)Made of 100 %pure cotton, good vertical sense and durable as per Department Incharge 744 Supplying of Professional Grade Backdrop Cum Light Stand of 8 Feet Height:- 1)Photography Backdrop Stand Kit. 2)Stand of 8 Feet Height 3)8x12 ft Blackboard, perfect for television, video production and digital photography. 4) Package Contents; 1Pcs White Backdrop , 1Pcs Black Backdrop and Set of Black Backdrop stand. 5)Bag to carry as per Department Incharge 745 Supplying of Video Mixer (Four Channel Digital Video Mixer With Effects, including installation and training):- 1) four channel video mixer by incorportating HDMI inputs/outputs, USB streaming, HDCP support, built-in touch multi-viewer, and audio embedding . 2)(3Input)SD HDMI/Composite +(1Input) Up to1080p HDMI/RGB/Component/Composite. 3) PGM Output) Up to 1080p HDMI + RGB/Component +Composite +(PVW Output)PVW/Multiviewer(. 4)480p/576p Progressive internal processing 5.) Built-in multi-viewer ith touch control 6). Built-in frame synchronizers on all inputs 7). Scalers on CH 4 and Output 8). 259 Transitions 148 Effects 9). HDCP Compliant 10) Audio Embedding 11) Audio Mixer & Delay -up to 4 Fframes 12) USB Streaming Out for web-streaming 13) Video Processing:4:2:2 )Y/b/Pr(8 bits)Internal Processing :480/59.94p when set to NTSC, 576/50p when set to PAL( 14) Input Formats :HDMIVideo: INPUT 1 to3 : reqyires 720x480/59.94p )when set to NTSC( 576/50p ) When set to PAL(15) Input Formats : HDMI and Component Video : INPUT 4:480/59.94p, 720/59.94p, 1080/59.94i, 1080/59.94p )when set to NTSC (576/50i, 576/50p, 720/50p, 1080/50i, 1080/50p )when set PAL( as per Department Incharge 746 Supplying of Studio Condenser Microphone :- 1)Professional, large-diaphragm condenser microphone for unsurpassed audio quality 2) Idea as Mian and support microphone for studio and live applications. 3) Cardioid pickup pattern for outstanding sound source separation and feedback rejection 4)Pressure-gradient transducer with shock-mounted capsule. 5)Ultra-low noise, transformerless FET inputeliminates low-frequency distortion. 6) LED indicates phantom power operation. 7)Swivel stand mount and transport case included. 8)Ultra-rugged construction with metal die-cast body 8)Gold-plated 3-pin XLR output connector for highest signal integrityas per Department Incharge 747 Supplying of Digital Monitor/Speaker System(in Pair) :- 1)Two-way active monitor system for multimedia workstations and keyboard monitoring 2)High-power woofers and tweeters powered provided a linear frequency response 3)optical and coaxial inputs to directly connect digital audio sources via S/PDIF interface 4)Two stereo analogue inputs featuring 1/8 TRS and stereo RCA connectors can be used simultaneously or mixed with a digital stereo source 5)Features 1/4 TRS headphone connector with auto-mute function easily accessible from the front panel 6)2x Stereo Anaog Inputs )TRS and Stereo RCA Connectors( 7) 1/4-inch TRS headphone connector with Auto-mute Loudspeaker Function 8)1/8-inch TRS and Stereo RCA connectors as per Department Incharge 748 Supplying of Lapel Clip-on Microphone for DSLRs Camcorders Video Cameras and Iphone Smart Phone :- 1)Omni directional lavalier microphone, designed for Smartphones, DSLR, Camcorders, Audio recorders PC etc, perfect for video use. 2) With Omni pickup pattern, for full 360A coverage, 3) minimum 6-meter )20(cable with 3.5mm 4-pole gold plug for smarty phone connection as per Department Incharge 749 Supplying of Micophone Stand:- Steel stands for hand held microphones in studio with a base supporting system as per Department Incharge 750 Supplying of MP3 Digital Voice IC Recorder LCD :- 1)Digital Voice IC Recorder 2)LCD Screen 3) 23hrs life with 4GB Memory as per Department Incharge
Contract Date: Jun 17, 2026 Contract Value : 78.07 Crore
Government Departments No of Bidders 9
18.
Educational and Research Institute #10140471 Price Bid
Supply Of Library Books Supply Of Library Bookssupply Of Library Books , Library Books , Introduction To Database Management System P.K. Yadav , Database Management Systemp.K. Yadav , Concepts Of Database System P.K. Yadav , Software Project Managementrajiv Chopra , Software Testing Rajiv Chopra , Software Testing And Quality Assurance Rajiv Chopra , An Integrated Approach To Software Engineering Rajiv Chopra , Internet Of Things (Iot) Rajiv Chopra , Object Oriented Software Engineeringrajiv Chopra , Introduction To Microprocessor Rajiv Chopra , Requrements And Estimation Techniques Rajiv Chopra , Fundamentals Of Computing Rajiv Chopra & Rishbh Anand , An Introduction To Automata Theory & Formal Languages Adesh K. Pandey , Introd. To Automata Theory & Formal Lang.Adesh K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Concepts Of Complier Designadesh K. Pandey , Concepts Of E-Commerceadesh K. Pandey , Internet Fundamentalsadesh K. Pandey , Network Security & Administrationadesh K. Pandey , Internet & Web Designingadesh K. Pandey &Er.Neha Dutta , Introduction To E-Commerce & Erpadesh K. Pandey , A Textbook Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Elements Of Compiler Designadesh K. Pandey , Theory Of Automata And Computationadesh K. Pandey , Theory Of Computationadesh K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Electronics Commerce Adesh K. Pandey , Internet Programming Using Javapandey & Pandey , Fundamentals Of Computer Programming In Cs.K.Jha , System Analysis & Designs.K.Jha , Programming In Cs.K.Jha , Pc Organization S.K.Chauhan , Pc Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble Shooting Guide , Neural Network & Fuzzy Logicvinoth Kumar And R.Saravana Kr. , Soft Computingk.Vinoth Kumar , Fundamentals Of Soft Computingk.Vinoth Kumar , Computer Concepts & Programming In Camit Kumar Mishra , Basic Computer Engineeringamit Kumar Mishra , Introduction To Computer Systemamit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , A Textbook Of Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer System And Programming In C Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Architecture & Organizationamit Kumar Mishra , Information Security And Cyber Laws Amit Kumar Mishra , Advanced Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Architecture Amit Kumar Mishra , Computer Programming Amit Kumar Mishra , Fundamentals Of Computer And Programming Amit Kumar Mishra , Software Engineeringbali And Bali , Fundamentals Of Software Engineeringbali And Bali , Thinking In C++ Rajesh Kocher & Sunil K. Pandey , Learn Autocadrajesh Kocher & Sunil K. Pandey , Fundamentals Of Computer Programming And Itsunil K. Pandey& V.K. Jain , Object Oriented Programing With C ++ Sunil K. Pandey& Rajesh Kochher , Programming Language Nitin Upadhyay , The Design & Analysis Of Algorithmsnitin Upadhyay , Data Structures And Algorithms Using C Nitin Upadhyay , Question Bank In Computer Sciencenitin Upadhyay, Pankaj Sharma , Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Elements Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Course In Computer Networksdr. Sanjay Sharma , Introduction To Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks-I Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Advanced Computer Networksdr. Sanjay Sharma , Computer Networks-Ii Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Principles Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Computer Network Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Computer Network Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Introduction To Web Technologypankaj Sharma , Fundamentals Of Web Technologypankaj Sharma , Artificial Intelligencepankaj Sharma , Working With Artificial Intelligencepankaj Sharma , Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , Manet And High Speed Networkspankaj Sharma , Computer Organization Pankaj Sharma , Computer Architecture & Organizationpankaj Sharma , System Programmingpankaj Sharma , Expert System Pankaj Sharma , Information Security & Cyber Lawspankaj Sharma , System Programming & System Admin. Pankaj Sharma , Rapid Application Devlop.Using Visual Basic & Visual C++Pankaj Sharma , Parallel Algorithms Pankaj Sharma , Pattern Recognitionpankaj Sharma , Web Developmentpankaj Sharma , Information Storage & Managementpankaj Sharma , Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , System Administration Pankaj Sharma , Information Security Pankaj Sharma , Cloud Computing Pankaj Sharma , Introduction To Web Engineering Pankaj Sharma , Web Administration Pankaj Sharma , Dot Net Framework With C# Programming Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented System With C++ Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented System With Javadr. Lalit Arora , Internet & Javadr. Lalit Arora , C# Using .Net Frameworkdr. Lalit Arora , Java Programming & Web Site Designdr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented Techniques Java Dr. Lalit Arora , Object Oriented Programing Using C ++Dr. Lalit Arora , It Skills And Technology Dr. Lalit Arora , Concept Of Programming And Oopsdr. Lalit Arora, Dr. Raj Kumar & Dr. Anjali , Computer Organization & Architecture Dr. Lalit Arora, Dr. Raj Kumar & Dr. Anjali , Computer Graphicsudit Agarwal , Introduction To Computer Graphicsudit Agarwal , Data Structures Using C Udit Agarwal , Data Structures Udit Agarwal , Software Engineeringudit Agarwal , Distributed Systems Udit Agarwal , Distributed Computing Udit Agarwal , Data Mining And Data Warehousingudit Agarwal , Computer Graphics And Multimedia Udit Agarwal , Programming For Problem Solving Udit Agarwal , Operating Systemvijay Shukla , Multimedia System, Technology & Communication Sujata Pandey , Data Mining & Data Ware Housing , Network Programmingkadambri Agarwal , Programming Languages Kadambri Agarwal , Network Technologykadambri Agarwal , System Network Administration Kadambri Agarwal , Graph Theoryk.Patrai , Discrete Structures & Graph Theoryk.Patrai , Mobile Computingvishnu Sharma , Advances Mobile Computingvishnu Sharma , “Operating System Internal And Design Principles”, N William Stallings, Pearson Education,7 Th Editio , “Operating System, Principles & Design”,Pal Chaudhury, Philearning, Firstedition , Operating System Concepts”Abraham Siberschatz Galvin, Gagne, Wileypublishers,9 Thedition, , “Operating Systems”,Harvey M. Deiteland Paul J.Deitel, David , Programming With Cbyron Gottfried. Schaum Series -Tmgh , Programming And Problem Solving Using Cisrd Group, Lucknow Tata Mc-Grawhill, Newdelhi , Let Us Cyashavent Kanethar Bpb Publication, 2005, New Delhi , Introduction To Data Structures With Applications.Trembley And Sorenson Tata Mc-Grawhill, Newdelhi , Fundamentals Of Data Structures In C Horowitz , Sahni Anderson- Freed University Press, Hyderabad , Introduction To Data Structuresbhagat Singh Tmgh, New Delhi , Data Structures And Algorithmsg.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai Tmgh, New Delhi , “Computer System Architecture”,M.Morris Mano, Prentice –Hall Of India Pvt Limited,Revised Third Edition. , “Computer Organization And Architecture Designing For Performance”,William Stallings, Pearson Publications, Eighth Edition. , “Computer Organization And Design:The Hardware/Software Interface”, David A. Patterson And John L.Hennessey, Morgan Kauffman / Elsevier, Fifth Edition, 2014. , “Computer Architecture And Organization”,John P. Hayes, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Thirdedition , Computer Organization And Embedded Systems”,Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky And Naraig Manjikian, Sixth Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2012 , “The Internet Book”, Prentice Hall. “Douglas E. Comer” , “Web Development And Design Foundations With Html5”, Pearson “Terry Felke-Morris” , “Html & Css:The Complete Reference”, Tata Mcgras-Hil “Thomas A. Powell, Fritz Schneider” , “Java Script: The Complete Reference”, Tata Mcgras-Hil “Thomas Powell, Fritz Schneider” , “Beginning Php6, Apache, Mysql, Web Development”, Wrox Publications “Timothy Boronczyk, Elizabeth Naramore, Jason Gerner, Yann Le Scouarnec, Jeremy Stolz, Michael K. Glass” , ,“Programming With Java”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Newdelhi E. Balagurusamy “ , “Java - The Complete Reference”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi “Herbert Schildt “, , “Java 2,J2se1.4 Complete”, Bpb Publications , “Database System Concepts”,Mc Graw Hill Education. Seventh Edition. “Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Forth, S.Sudarshan”, , “Murach’S Mysql”, Mike Murach & Associates, Inc. 3Rd Edition. “Joel Murach”, , “The Complete Reference Mysql” “Vikram Vaswami”, , “Mysql Developers Library”, Addison Wesley (4Th Edition) “Paul Dubois”, , Introduction To Computing And Problem Solving Using Python E.Balagurusamy , Learning Python Programmingjeffrey Elkner, Allan B. Downey, Chris Meyer , Taming Python By Programmingjeeva Jose , Python Programming , Mcgraw Hilleducation(India) Pvt. Ltd. 2018 5. Learn And Practiceashok Namdev Kamthane And Amit Ashok Kamthanepython Programming Swapnil S , A Course In Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Ij.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Iij.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Technology-Iiij.B Gupta , Generation & Economic Considerationsj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Powerj.B Gupta , A Course In Power Systems J.B Gupta , Theory & Performance Of Electrical Machinej.B Gupta , Utilization Of Electric Power & Electric Tractionj.B Gupta , Utilization Of Electrical Energy And Traction J.B.Gupta, R. Manglik, R. Manglik , Switchgear & Protectionj.B Gupta , A Course In Electrical Installation Estimating & Costingj.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B Gupta , Transmission & Distribution Of Electrical Powerj.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Basic Electricity J.B Gupta , Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instrumentsj.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ij.B Gupta , Electrical Machine - Iij.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Explanation/Solutions To An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering Volume I J.B Gupta , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering Volume Ii J.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineering Volume I J.B Gupta , Question Bank In Electrical Engineering Volume Ii J.B Gupta , A Text Book Of Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Electrical Science J.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversionj.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversion- Ij.B Gupta , Electromechanical Energy Conversion- Iij.B Gupta , Electrical Machines (Ac, Dc Machine)J.B Gupta , A Text Book Of Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , Electrical Machines & Automatic Controlj.B Gupta & Hasan , Elements Of Power Systems J.B Gupta , Power System Analysis J.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Switchgear & Protectionj.B Gupta , Electrical Engineering Materials & Semiconductor Devices J.B Gupta , Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ij.B Gupta , Electrical Machines-Ii J.B Gupta , Electrical Technologyj.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineeringj.B Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Elements Of Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , Basic Electrical Engineering J.B Gupta , A Textbook Of Electrical Science J.B Gupta , A Textbook Of Electrical Engineering Rajeev Manglik , Power System & Protectionn.K.Datta , Theory & Performance Of Electrical Machine Design Dr. N.K.Datta , Principles Of Electrical Machine Designr.K. Agarwal , Electrical Engineering Materialsrakesh Dogra , Electrical Engineering Drawing-Isurjit Singh , Electrical Engineering Drawing-Iisurjit Singh , Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instrumentsm.L.Anand , Basic Electrical Engineeringtarlok Singh , Installation Commissioning & Maintain. Of Elect. Equip.Tarlok Singh , Electrical Measurement & Measuring Instrumentstarlok Singh , Elements Of Electrical & Electronics Engineering Tarlok Singh , Utilization Of Electric Energytarlok Singh , Electrical Machine-Itarlok Singh , Electrical Machine-Iitarlok Singh , Electrical Power-Iitarlok Singh , Fundamentals Of Electrical Engineering Tarlok Singh , Electrical Science Tarlok Singh , Transmission & Distributiontarlok Singh , Modern Electric Traction Tarlok Singh , Energy Managementdr. Sanjeev Singh, Umesh Rathore , Basic Instrumentation System & Programmable Logic Controllerumesh Rathore , Industrial Instrumentationumesh Rathore , Programmable Logic Controller And Microcontrollers Umesh Rathore , A Textbook Of Electrical Workshop Practices Umesh Rathore, Naresh Kumar Sharma , A Textbook Of Energy Science & Engineering Umesh Rathore , Fundamentals Of Managementdr. R.C.Bhatia , Sub-Station Engineering Design, Concepts & Computer Applications Er. R.S.Dahiya , An Introduction To Electric Traction Sachidananda Mallik & Rupali G. Nazar , Fundamentals Of Managementrenu Rana , Special Electrical Machines Simmi P Burman , High Voltage Engineering Simmi P Burman & Nikita Gupta , Electrical Engineering Laboratory Practice P. Tiwari & S. Sairola , Ehv-Ac, Hvdc Transmission And Distribution Engineering Sanjay Kumar Sharma , Basic System Analysissyed Hasan Saeed & Faizan Arif Khan , Power Quality Simmi P. Burman & Bipin Singh , Scada And Energy Management System Er. Tanuj Kumar Bisht , Computer Aided Design Of Electrical Machines V.K. Maurya, Ritu Raj Jallan, Shasya Shukla , A Textbook Of Power System Operation And Control K. Nisha , Electromagnetic Field Theory Syed Hasan Saeed & Faizan Arif Khan , Installation Maintenance And Repair Of Electrical Machines And Equipments Madhvi Gupta , Electrical Engnineering Design, Drawing & Estimation Madhvi Gupta, Ankit Agarwal , Control Systems S.P. Meher , Fundamentals Of Smart Grid Technology Bharat Modi, Anu Prakash & Yogesh Kumar , Electric Vehicle Dr. Nitesh Tiwari , Ssc-Je-Question Bank In Electrical Engineering J.B.Gupta , Ace Academy Gate 2024 Ace Publication , Gate/Ese/Psus Electrical Handbook Ace Publication , Ace Academy Ese Vol 1And Vol 2 Ace Publication , Yct Electrical Engineering Je-Vol And Vol 2 Yct Publications , Yct Electrical Engineering Ae-Vol And Vol 2 Yct Publications , Basic Electrical Engineering Vol 1S Chand Publication,B L Theraja , Ac & Dc Machine Vol 2 S Chand Publication,B L Theraja , Transmission And Distribution Utilisation S Chand Publication,B L Theraja , Electronics Devices And Circuits S Chand Publication,B L Theraja , Power Electronics Khanna Publications,Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Fundamentals Of Electrical Circuits Mc Graw Hill,Charles K.Alexander , Objective Electrical Technology V.K.Mehta,Rohit Mehta , Principles Of Power System V.K.Mehta,Rohit Mehta , Principles Of Electrical Machines V.K.Mehta,Rohit Mehta , Control Of Machines New Age International , Sk Bhattacharya , Linear Integrated Circuits New Age International , Sk Bhattacharya , Programmable Logic Controllerpearson, John.R.Hackworth , Principles Of Electromagnetics Oxford,Sadiku & Kulkarni , A Course In Electrical & Electronics Measurements And Instrumentation Dhanpat Raj & Co ,A K Sawhney , Fundamentals Of Digital Circuits Phi, A.Anand Kumar , Power Electronics Devices Circuits And Applicationpearson, Muhammad H. Rashid , Electrical Power System C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International , Modern Power System Analysis Mc Graw Hill,D.P.Kothari , Electrical Machinery Khanna Publications,Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Generalized Theory Of Electrical Machines Khanna Publications,Dr. Ps Bhimbra , Electronics Devices And Circuits S.Salivahanan,Mc Graw Hill , Micro Controller Principles And Applications Ajit Pal,Eastern Economy Edition , Power Plant Engineering Mc Graw Hill,P K Nag , Power System Engineering Lp, R.K.Rajput , Non Conventional Energy G D Rai,Khanna Publication , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering Mc Graw Hill,D.P.Kothari , Repair And Maintenance Bpb Publications,Shashi Bhushan Sinha , Electrical Applications Haynes , Electronic Devices And Circuitsj.B.Gupta , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineeringj.B.Gupta , Linear Integrated Circuitsj.B.Gupta , Fundamentals Of Analog Electronicsj.B.Gupta , Basic Electronics J.B.Gupta , Electrical & Electronics Engineering J.B.Gupta , A Textbook Of Basic Electronics J.B.Gupta, Rajeev Manglik, Rohit Manglik , Analog Devices And Circuits J.B.Gupta , Fundamentals Of Electronics Devices & Circuits J.B.Gupta , Electronic Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog & Digital Electronicsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal & Systemsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronics Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Communications Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Electronic Devicesdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Principle Of Digital Signal Processingdr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog & Digital Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal & System Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Communication Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Communication Engineeringdr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics And Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Circuits & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communication Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Electronics & Design Aspects Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Devices Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signals & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Analog And Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Electronics Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Image Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Digital Image Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communication System Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Mobile Computing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Switching Theory And Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Data And Computer Communications Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Switching Theory & Logic Design Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Analog Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Data Communication And Computer Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Data Communication And Networks Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Essentials Of Wireless Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Wireless Communicationsdr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronic Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Digital Signal Processing Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Fundamentals Of Analog Communication Dr. Sanjay Sharma , A Textbook Of Signals & Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Solid State Devices & Circuits Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Electronics-I Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Signal Processing And Linear Systems Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Emerging Domain In Electronics Engineering Dr. Sanjay Sharma , Circuits & Systemsk.M.Soni , Circuit Analysis And Synthesis K.M.Soni , Advanced Control Systemsk.M.Soni , Network Analysis & Systhesisk.M.Soni , Network Analysisk.M.Soni , Network Theory K.M.Soni , Fundamentals Of Network Analysis & Synthesis K.M.Soni , Basic System Analysisk.M.Soni , Signals And Systems K.M.Soni , Digital Electronicsb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Consumer Electronicsb.R.Gupta , Power Electronicsb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Introduction To Electric Drivesb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Question Bank Electronics & Communicationengineeringb.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Fundamentals Of Electric Drives And Control B.R.Gupta And V.Singhal , Industrial Electronics & Instrumentationsunil Kumar , Optical Fiber Communicationsapna Katiyar , Satellite Communicationsapna Katiyar , Advanced Communication Systemsapna Katiyar , Electronic Switchingsapna Katiyar , Introduction To Optical Communicationsapna Katiyar , Telecommunication Networkssapna Katiyar , Fundamentals Of Optical Fiber Communicationsapna Katiyar , A Textbook Of Optical Fiber Communication Systems Sapna Katiyar , Introduction To Satellite Communcation Sapna Katiyar , Tv And Satellite Communications Sapna Katiyar , Vlsi (Technology,Design & Basics Of Microelectronics)Sapna Katiyar , 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded Systemsampath K. Venkatesh , Digital Circuit System Using Vhdlneelu Chaudhary And Shipra Gupta , Digital Logic & Design Pratima Manhas And Shaveta Thakral , Digital Electronicspratima Manhas And Shaveta Thakral , Vlsi Design Pratima Manhas & Shaveta Thakral , Introduction To Microprocessors & Interfacingaashutosh Gupta , Electromagnetic Fields & Wavesr.Gowri , Wireless Communicationaman Kundra And Amrita Sandhu , Trouble Shooting & Maintenance Of Elect. Equipmentsk.Sudeep Singh , Fundamentals Of Television & Radar Engineering K.K Sharma , Fundamentals Of Radar, Sonar & Navigation Engineering K.K Sharma , Fundamentals Of Data Communicationk.K Sharma , Digital & Analog Communicationk.K Sharma , Microwave & Radar Engineeringk.K Sharma , Antenna & Wave Propagation A.K.Gautam , Principle Of Communication Engineering A.K.Gautam , Communication System-Ia.K.Gautam , Microwave Engineering A.K.Gautam , Control System Hasan Saeed , Digital & Analog Communicationbrijesh Verma , Mobile Communicationbrijesh Verma , Telemetry & Data Transmissionr.N.Baral , Electronics Devices & Circuits-I M.L.Anand , Bio-Medical Signal Processing Rakesh Kumar , Medical Electronics O.N. Pandey & Rakesh Kr. , Instrumentation And Process Control O.N. Pandey , Electromagnetic Field Theory Parul Dawar , Digital Circuit And Systems Shipra Gupta , Vlsi Designc.P Verma , Introduction To Vlsi Circuits & Systems Deepak Garg , Vlsi Technology Deepak Garg , Fundamentals Of Vlsi Design Deepak Garg , Basics Of Vlsi Design With Vhdl Deepak Garg , Microprocessor & Interfacingn. Marriwala , Embedded System Design N. Marriwala & Ritu Khullar , Fundamentals Of Radar & Navigation Sachin Gupta , Optical Communication Sachin Gupta , Microwave And Radar Engineeringravi Garg & Ankaj Gupta , Antenna And Wave Propagation Prashant Pandey , Digital Electronics Preeti Sehrawat , Electronic Circuits M. Elangovan , Electromagnetics And Antennas H. Singh , Optoelectronics & Optical Communication Satyajit Das , Control Systems Engineering Dr. S. Panda, S. Padhy & S.R. Das , Microcontroller And Embedded Systems Ankaj Gupta , Microprocessors And Microcontrollers Ankaj Gupta , Fundamentals Of Microprocessors And Embedded Systems Ankaj Gupta , Microprocessors Shweta Goyal & Swati Gargust , Industrial Electronics And Control Of Drives Shweta Goyal & Swati Gargust , Engineering Economics And Industrial Management Dr. R.K. Singal & Er. Rishi Singal , Microwave & Radar Engineering Er. Rajesh Dhiman , Embedded Systems Anurag Arora , Wireless Sensor Networks Sunil Gupta & Dr. Harsh K. Verma , Probability, Random Variables And Stochastic Methods Himanshu Chaurasiya & Dr. K.M. Soni , Relational Database Management System Pooja Sharma & D.S. Sehrawat , Semiconductor Devices And Circuits C.S. Murlidharan Sharma , Industrial Power Electronics Partha K. Ganguly , An Insight To Matlab & Simulink Dr. Shailender Gupta & Bharat Bhushan , Fundamentals Of Optical Communication & Networks Shila Ghosh, Somali Sikder , Digital Image Processing Ketki Kshirsagar, Rajeshree Shinde , Embedded System & Microcontroller Manish Verma & K.B. Singh , Electronic Design Automation & Logic Synthesissarita Chauhan , Artificial Intelligence For Engineers Malvika Gupta, Medha Malik , Principles Of Electronics Dr. S.K. Bhattacharya , Machine Learning Dr. Himanshu Sharma , Strength Of Materials R.S.Khurmi S.Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi , Strength Of Materials S.Ramamirtham Dhanpat Rai , Engineering Mechanics R K Bansal Laxmi Publications Pvt.Ltd. , Building Materials P.C.Varghese Prentice-Hall Of India (P) Ltd., I Edition , Building Construction Dr. B.C. Punmia Laxmi Publications (P)Ltd New Delhi. , Building Construction S.C.Rangwala Charotar Publishing House, Vii Edition , Surveying Volume I Punmia.B.C. Ashok K.Jain & Arun K. Jain Lami Publications Private Limited, 16Th Edition , Surveying Volume Ii & Iii Punmia.B.C, Ashok Jain & Arun K. Jain Lami, Publications Private Limited., 15 Th Edition, , Fundamentals Of Surveying S. K. Roy Phi Learning Private Limited , Building Planning And Drawing Dr.N.Kumaraswamy Charotor Publishing House , Building Planning And Construction G. Vaidhyanathan, I. Kulasekaran, G. Sathish Kumar , A Guide To Civil Engineering Drawing V.R.Thothathri , Theory Of Structures S. Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi , Theory Of Structures B.C. Punmia, Ashok Jain & Arun Jain Laxmi Publications , Analysis Of Structures V.N. Vazirani & M.M. Ratwani , Fluid Mechanics R.K. Bansal Lakshmi Publications , Hydraulics,Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulics Machines S. Ramamirtham Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi , Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulics Machines K.R. Arora Standard Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi , Highway Engineering S.K.Khanna And C.E.G Justo Nem Chand And Bros, Roorkee. , Highway Engineering Rangwala Charotor Publishing House Pvt. Ltd , A Text Book Of Transportation Engineering S P Chandola S Chand & Company Ltd , Bridge Engineering Rangawala Charotor Publishing House , Reinforced Concrete Design N Krishnaraju New Age International Publications, 2012 , Is 456-2000 , Steel Structures Hand Book Sp16 , Limit State Design Of Reinforced Concrete B C Punmia Laxmi Publications,2007 , Design Of R C C And Structural Elements ( Rcc Vol I) S S Bhavikatti, New Age International Publications, 2011 , Environmental Engineering B C Punmia Lami Publications, 2010 , Waste Water Engineering B C Punmia ,Laxmi Publications, 2010 , Environmental Engineering A.Kamala,D.L.Kanthraotata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,New Delhi , Concrete Technologym.S. Shetty S.Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. , Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering B C Punmia Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2005 , Civil Engineering Drawings.C. Rangwala Charotor Publishing House , Construction Management Sanga Reddy. S Kumaran Publications, Coimbatore , Steel Structures Dr.Subramaniam , Town Planning S.C. Rangwala , Principles And Practice Of Town And Country Planninglewis B. Keeble Estates Gazette, University Of Michigan, 2010 , Estimating & Costing L.N.Dutta Dhanpat Rai & Sons , Estimating & Costingrangawala ,Charotor Publishing , Quantity Surveying & Valuation N.A.Shaw Khanna Publishers; , Civil Engineering Competitionsbooks R.Agor Khanna Publishers; , Civil Engineering (Objective Type) P Jaya Rami Reddy , Laxmi Publications , Reinforced Concrete Design S.Unnikrishna Pilla & Devadas Menon, Mc Graw Hill Publications , Limit State Design Of Steel Structures S K Duggal , Mc Graw Hill Publications , Basic And Applied Soil Mechanics , Gopal Ranjan & A S R Rao, New Age International Publications , Fluid Mechanics And Fluid Power Engineering Dr. D.S Kumar , Basics Of Mechanical Engineering Dr. D.S Kumar , Mechanical Engineering (Objectives) Dr. D.S Kumar , Refrigration And Air Conditioner Dr. D.S Kumar , Total Quality Management Dr.K.C.Arora , Engineering Drawing ,Ps Gill , Textbook Of Machine Drawing,Ps Gill , Geomatric Dimensioning And Tolerancing , Ps Gill , Computer Aided Drafting Using Autocad , Ps Gill , Learning Autocad , Ps Gill , Auto Cad 2D Design Fundamentals , Ps Gill , Auto Cad 3D Models Fundamentals Ps Gill , Operation Research ,Ap Verma , Textbook Of Industrial Management , Ap Verma & N.Mohan , Industrial Engineering And Management , Ap Verma , Stem Tables Rk Singal , Manufacturing Practices (Workshop Practices) Rk Singal , Engineering Metrology And Instrumention , Rk Rajput , Strength Of Materials , Rk Rajput , Textbook Of Material Science , Callister , Workshop Technology , Virendra Narula , Manufacturing Process , Virendra Narula , An Intoduction To Nc And Cnc , S.Vishal , Computer Aided Manufacturing, S.Vishal , Automobile Engineering , Km Moeed , Manufacturing Process I Sandy Khippal , Manufacturing Process Ii Sandy Khippal , Principals Of Powder Meatallurgy , Ps Gill , Inspection And Quality Control, Ap Verma , Automation Of Robotics, Khushdeep Goyal , Industrial Automation And Robotics, Khushdeep Goyal , Cnc Machines And Automation , Khushdeep Goyal , Production Planing And Control , Rk Singal , Theroy Of Machines , Rk Singal , Data Book For Designing Machine Elements , Arunkumar , Entreprenurship Development, Ranbirsingh , Unconventional Manufacturing Process , Rahul Jain , Mechanics Of Solids , Timoshenko , Engineering Mechanics , Timoshenko , Mechanics Of Solids , Egor P Popov , Fluid Mechanics And Fluid Power Engineering, Frank M White , Matlab For Dummies , John Mueller , Machine Learning For Dummies , John Mueller , Thermodynamics , Cengel , The Functional Aspects Of Communication Skills, Dr. P. Prasad , Professional Communication, Dr. P. Prasad , Universal English (In The Twenty-First Century) Dr. P. Prasad , Effectual Communication Skills , Bhupender Kaur , Engineering Physics, Dr. Abhijit Nayak , Essentials Of Physicsdr. Rakesh Dogra , Engineering Physics (Aicte) Dr. Rakesh Dogra , Applied Physics- Imanpreet Singh , Applied Physics -Iimanpreet Singh , Laser Systems & Applications, Dr. Rajesh Mishra , Engineering Physics-I, Dr. Rajesh Mishra , Fundamentals Of Polymer Science & Technology, Anshu Srivastava & Shakun Srivastava , Nuclear Science, Chanchal Garg , Petrochemicals, Anjana Srivastava , Impact Of Science Technology On Society, Ishwar Singh , Introduction To Bioscience , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Introduction To Bioscience Sweety Israni , A Textbook Of Nanoscience , Dr. Rakesh Kumar & Dr. Kamala Pati Tiwary , Professional Communicationdr. Raavee Tripathi , Technical Writing , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Engineering Economics , Dr. O.N. Pandey , Numerical Analysis Dr. Surbhi Gupta & Dr. Abhilasha Sharma , Business Environment ,Anita Sengar , Numerical Methods ,Girish Nayyar , Human Values And Professional Ethics , Smriti Srivastava , Discrete Mathematical Structures , Adesh K. Pandey & Rakesh Dube , Effective Technical Communication , Dr. Bharti Kukerja, Dr. Anupama Jain , Human Behaviour , Dr. Amit Jain , Organisational Behaviour , Er. Ishwar Singh, Dr. Bratpal Singh , Universal Human Values And Professional Ethics , Dr. Ritu Soryan , Soft Skills , Dr. Ritu Soryan , Communication Skills, Dr. Ritu Soryan , Constitution Of India , Richa Chaudhary, Arunima Mishra, Imran Khan , Concise Engineering Physics , Dr. Shiva Kant Pathak , Discrete Mathematicsanjana Gupta , Discrete Structures, Adesh K. Pandey , Discrete Structure, Kalika Patrai , Applied Mathematics- I, Dr. Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics- Ii, Anita Sachdeva & Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics- I, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Applied Mathematics- Ii, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Applied Mathematics- Iii, Dr. J.S.Bindra And K.S.Gill , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- I Dr. V.P. Mishra , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- Ii, Mishra & Mishra , Elements Of Engineering Mathematics- Iii, Mishra & Mishra , Engineering Mathematics-I , Mishra & Mishra , Question Bank In Engineering Mathematics , Mishra & Mishra , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-I, Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Ii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Iii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Applied Mathematics-Iv , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Engineering Mathematics-Ii , Dr. Hari Arora , A Textbook Of Engineering Mathematics-I (Calculus & Linear Algebra) , Dr. Hari Arora , Applied Mathematics-Ii (Previous Year Papers) Dr. Hari Arora , Numerical Methods And Optimization Dr. Hari Arora , Probability & Statistics Dr. Hari Arora , Differential Equations And Complex Analysis Dr. Hari Arora , Numerical Methods For Engineers And Scientists Dr. Hari Arora , Engineering Mathematics-Iii Amit Gupta , Mathematics (Cbse) (Class - Ix)Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics (Cbse) (Class - X) Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics (Cbse) (Class - Xi) Upadhyay & Upadhyay , Mathematics For Mechanical Engineering (A Solution Manual) Salman Hussien Omran, Laith Jaffer Habeeb , A Textbook Of Finite Element Method , Pushpam Kumar Sinha , Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Engineering Chemistry With Experiments , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Comprehensive Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Sunita Rattan , Experiments In Applied Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Theory & Practical Of Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Sunita Rattan , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Engineering Chemistry (With Experiments) , Dr. Sunita Rattan , Applied Chemistry- I, Dr. Raman Rani Mittal , Applied Chemistry- Ii, Dr. Raman Rani Mittal , Engineering Chemistry, Dr. Renu Gupta , New Course Engineering Chemistry, Dr. S.K. Bhasin , New Course Engineering Chemistry , Dr. S.K. Bhasin , Realm Of Space Science , Rajeev Garg , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Sunita Rattan , A Textbook Of Engineering Chemistry , Dr. Rajshree Khare , Applied Physics (Theory & Experiments) , Ritika Sorot Chauhan, Kavindar Tiwari , Applied Chemistry (Theory & Experiments) , Dr. Babita Bhardwaj , Junior English Revised , Haydn Richards => Limited
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 5
21.
Railways #9959339 AOC
Supply Of Distributed Power Wireless Control System [Dpwcs] For 3-Phase Freight Locomotivesdistributed Power Wireless Control System [Dpwcs] For 3-Phase Freight Locomotives,Distributed Power Wireless Control System (Dpwcs) For Three Phase Freight Locomotiv Es Without Brake Interface Unit (On Set Of Dpwcs Equipment Shall Comprise Equipment For Two Locomo Tives) As Per Specn No. Rdso/2019/El/Spec/0142,Rev.0 [ Warranty Period: 72 Months After The Date Of Delivery ] ] , Amc For Distributed Power Wireless Control System [Dpwcs] For 3-Phase Freight Locomo Tives To Clws Spec. No. Clw/Amc/C-D&D/02 Issued On August 2016. [ Warranty Period: 5 Years, A Mc Period: 3 Years, Rate Of Discounting: 10 % ] ] At (Location) Zonal Railways, Clw West Bengal 125.00 Set Group Group-2-Dpwcs [Dkae] 1 29171260 Goods (Y) Stock --- Yes Tpi Agency Inr (Group- 2) Distributed Power Wireless Control System (Dpwcs) For Three Phase Freight Locomotiv Es Without Brake Interface Unit (On Set Of Dpwcs Equipment Shall Comprise Equipment For Two Locomo Tives) As Per Specn No. Rdso/2019/El/Spec/0142,Rev.0 [ Warranty Period: 72 Months After The Date Of Delivery ] ] Page 1 Of 17 Run Date/Time: 02/01/2025 18:29:08Stores/Crj/Clw Tender Document Tender No 70241140 Closing Date/Time 29/01/2025 11:00 Consignee Smm/Dkae, Clw West Bengal 103.00 Set Inspection Stage Inspection Not Required Details 2 4390N002 Amc (Y) Non Stock --- Yes Consignee Inr (Group- 2) Amc For Distributed Power Wireless Control System [Dpwcs] For 3-Phase Freight Locomo Tives To Clws Spec. No. Clw/Amc/C-D&D/02 Issued On August 2016. [ Warranty Period: 5 Years, A Mc Period: 3 Years, Rate Of Discounting: 10 % ] ] At (Location) Smm/Dkae, Clw West Bengal 103.00 Set 3. T And C F.O.R Description Destination Delivery Period Description Delivery /Completion Rate Of Supply For All Items Commencement : On Or After 01-Apr-25, Completion : On Or Delivery To Before 31-Mar-26 Commence For 25% From 01/04/2025 And To Be Completed By 30/06/2025; Next 25% From 01
Contract Date: Apr 09, 2026 Contract Value : 1.73 Crore
Government Departments No of Bidders 1
West Bengal View Result →
22.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9943840 Technical Bid
tender for Furniture And Internal Fit-Out At Jnv, Kurung Kumey, Arunachal Pradesh , School Building , (A) Classroom , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mmx 930Mm X Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 930 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 450 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Ii) Classroom Desk Medium Size Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm X 890Mm X Height 690Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 890 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 890 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 400 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 890 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ss Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Powdered Coated Ms Legs With Connected Beams With Pipe Size 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick. , (Iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Teacher Board [Excluding Cost Of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (Ifpd)] Technical Specification For Smart Board With Double-Track Sliding System For Green And White Boards Fitted In An Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Cable Management And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning (Sitc) Of An Integrated Digital Teaching–Learning Solution Comprising: (A) Anodised Aluminium Frame, Double Track Sliding System For White & Green Board And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen With Concealed Cable Management, (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels. • Dimensions And Configuration: Total Width Of The Setup Is ~12 Feet And Height ~4.0 Feet From The Board Surface (Excluding The Width Of Aluminium Frame). • Material: Providing And Fixing Anodised Aluminium (Alloy 6063-T6) Framed Sliding System For Smart Board With Minimum 2.0 Mm Thick Extruded Sections, Anodised To Aa15 Grade As Per Is 1868, Mounted On A Heavy-Duty Top-Hung Aluminium Track (Min. 2.5 Mm Thick) With Sealed Ball-Bearing Nylon/Pu Rollers (Load Capacity Not Less Than 120 Kg Per Panel), Concealed Bottom Guide, Epdm Gaskets, Ss-304 Fasteners, Pelmet/Valance Cover, And Soft End-Stops/Soft-Close Mechanism, Including All Brackets, Fixings, Alignment, Cable Provisions, Commissioning, And Making Good Complete As Per Drawings And Engineer-In-Charge. • Design: One Slot To Fix Ifpd, Other Slot For Green & White Boards Sliding On Double Track System With Locking Facility On Sliding Frame To Keep The Ifpd Display Safe. • Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. • Back Side: The Backside Of The Smart Board, To Concealed The Wall Surface, Provided & Fixed With 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr Board Laminated (White Coloured Matte Finish) With 0.8 Mm, Edges Sealed With 1 Mm Pvc Edge Banding, Fixed To The Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Screws/Rivets, With Ventilation Slots As Required, And Shall Be Moisture, Termite And Borer Resistant. • Load Capacity: Safe To Hold Ifpd + White & Green Boards With =1.5× Safety Factor. • Cable Management: Built-In Channels For Power, Lan, Hdmi, Usb. • Safety: Rounded Edges, Tamper-Resistant Covers, Concealed Fixing. • Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. • Additional Requirements:(A) All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. (B) Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifpd (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). , (C) The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. (D) Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels: • Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminium/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. • Material: Vitrified Ceramic-Steel, Magnetic, Double-Coated. • Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 No. Green Board & 1 No. White Board. • Green Board Surface: Matte, Chalk-Friendly, Stain/Scratch Resistant. • White Board Surface: Glossy Surface, Dry-Erase Marker Friendly, Ghost-Free, Easy Clean. • Size: ~6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) (Each Board) With Thickness 8Mm. • Frame: Anodised Aluminium, Rounded Edges, Concealed Fasteners.Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (B) Principal And Vice-Principal Room , Table: Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Worktop-Worktopshallbemade25mmthickpre-Laminatedmdfboardwithdecorativelaminationononesideandbalancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front,Back Andmachine Pressedpvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mmx1.6Mm(Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S.Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft50-60Micron.Thelegsshallbefittedtothegroundwithm8screwlevelerwiththeheightadjustmentupto15mm.Thecross Membersshallbemountedbyendbracketsmadeof3mmthickcrcasteelsheetconfirmingis513:2008 Andfinishedwithepoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wiremanagement-Electricalwiresshallbecarriedfromhorizintal/Verticalduct Madeof0.7Mmcrca Steelsheet Confirmingtois 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (I) Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (Ii) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above. , (Iii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade,Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Iv) Principal Roomvisitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade, Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (C) Sofa Set , (I)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Ii)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iii)Sofa Foyer Three Seater Size In Mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (D) Staffroom , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Laminated Plywood Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50–60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (E)Library , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Bottom Storage Cabinets Alongwith The Complete Length Of Heght 600Mm As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image. , (Iii) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Iv)Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (F) Computer Lab , (I) Computer Work Station Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (Length, Actual Length May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirement) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Laminated Plywood With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Othersideconfirmingtois12823:1990With2mmthickmachinepressedpvcedgebandinggluedwithindustrialadhesiveand Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Oflaminated Plywood Gable Ends Of 18Mm Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. , (Ii) Computer Chair For Student Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Using Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class 3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Ss 202 Polsihed Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (G) Laboratories , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Physics Lab , Along The Wall Table:: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400 Mm(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750 Mm (W) × 900Mm H . Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 02 Nos Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table:The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900H . It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 04 Nos (02 Facing Each Side) Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Ii) Chemisty Lab , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss 304, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel 304 Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iii) Biology Lab Table , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Ofchairismadeof12mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithhighdensity Pufoam&Leatherette Upholstery,Back Ismade Of 12Mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpufoamd-40Kg/M3,H-20Seatandbackfixedthroughmetal Powdercoatedspine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree.Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Basemade Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Kitchen & Dining , (A) Dining Table Dining Table: Polished Finish Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size50mmx50mmx1.6Mm.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedormechanicallyfastenedtotheundersideofthetabletopframe.For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. Ss 304. , (B) Dining Bench Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr + Laminated , Finished With A 1 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Topsurface, Anda Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside Toensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, Andeasytoclean,Withalightwoodgrainorequivalentfinishasapproved.Thesupportingframeshallbefabricatedframeofsquare Hollow Section40mmx40mmx1.6Mmss 304 Grade Stainless Steel In Polished Finish.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedtothe Undersideofthebenchtopframe.Thebenchshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability.Thedesignshallprioritizeusersafetywithnosharpcornersoredges.Thebenchmustbestructurallysoundandcapableof Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. , Boys And Girls Dormitories , Beds/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Rcc Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 18Mm Hdhmr With With 1Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Rcc Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Staff Quarters , (A) Rooms Wardrobe , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge.[94 Room X 18 Sqft = 1692 Sqft] , (B) Modular Kitchen , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. +B69 (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closinginnotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80–100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2–3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos — Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Table’S Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (Iv) Sofa Set , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
Arunachal Pradesh View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 4.90 Lakh
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 3
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 4
25.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9811136 Technical Bid
tender for Furniture And Internal Fit-Out At Jnv, Dibang Valley, Anini, Arunachal Pradesh , School Building , (A) Classroom , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mmx 930Mm X Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 930 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 450 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Powdered Coated Ms Legs With Connected Beams With Pipe Size 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick. , (B) Principal And Vice-Principal Room , Table: Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Worktop-Worktopshallbemade25mmthickpre-Laminatedmdfboardwithdecorativelaminationononesideandbalancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front,Back Andmachine Pressedpvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mmx1.6Mm(Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S.Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft50-60Micron.Thelegsshallbefittedtothegroundwithm8screwlevelerwiththeheightadjustmentupto15mm.Thecross Membersshallbemountedbyendbracketsmadeof3mmthickcrcasteelsheetconfirmingis513:2008 Andfinishedwithepoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wiremanagement-Electricalwiresshallbecarriedfromhorizintal/Verticalduct Madeof0.7Mmcrca Steelsheet Confirmingtois 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (Ii) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above. , (Iii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade,Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade, Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (C) Sofa Set , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (D) Staffroom , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Laminated Plywood Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50–60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (E)Library , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Bottom Storage Cabinets Alongwith The Complete Length Of Heght 600Mm As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image. , (Iii) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (F) Computer Lab , (G) Laboratories , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Physics Lab , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel 304 Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Ii) Chemisty Lab , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iii) Biology Lab Table , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Ofchairismadeof12mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithhighdensity Pufoam&Leatherette Upholstery,Back Ismade Of 12Mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpufoamd-40Kg/M3,H-20Seatandbackfixedthroughmetal Powdercoatedspine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree.Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Basemade Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Kitchen & Dining , Boys And Girls Dormitories , Beds/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Rcc Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 18Mm Hdhmr With With 1Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Rcc Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Staff Quarters , (A) Rooms Wardrobe , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. [94 Rooms X 18 Sqft = 1692 Sqft] , (B) Modular Kitchen , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing.The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. +B69 (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closinginnotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80–100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2–3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos — Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Table’S Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (Iv) Sofa Set , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
Arunachal Pradesh View Result →
26.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9786076 Price Bid
Tender For Mow/Deposit Work Under Jail-3 Sub Dn, Pwd Bhopal-1 1.2 Transportation by manual labour including loading, unloading and stacking for lead up to 50 metre. 1.2.1 Lime, moorum, building rubbish 1.2.2 Earth 1.2.3 Manure or sludge 1.2.4 Excavated rock 1.2.5 Sand, stone aggregate below 40mm nominal size 1.2.6 Stone aggregate 40mm nominal size and above 1.2.7 Stone soling 1.2.8 Bricks 1.2.9 S.W. Pipes 1.2.9.1 100 mm dia 1.2.9.2 150 mm dia 1.2.9.3 200 mm dia 1.2.9.4 250 mm dia 1.2.9.5 300 mm dia 1.2.9.6 350 mm dia 1.2.9.7 400 mm dia 1.2.9.8 450 mm dia 1.2.9.9 500 mm dia 1.2.9.10 600 mm dia 1.2.10 R.C.C. pipes, Steel cylinder, R.C. pipes, C.I. pipes, and reinforced cement pipes 1.2.10.1 100 mm dia 1.2.10.2 125 mm dia 1.2.10.3 150 mm dia 1.2.10.4 200 mm dia 1.2.10.5 250 mm dia 1.2.10.6 300 mm dia 1.2.10.7 350 mm dia 1.2.10.8 400 mm dia 1.2.10.9 450 and 500 mm dia 1.2.10.10 600, 700, 750 and 800 mm dia 2 1.3 Add extra for every additional lead of 50 metre or part thereof. 1.3.1 Lime, moorum, building rubbish 1.3.2 Earth 1.3.3 Manure or sludge 1.3.4 Excavated rock 1.3.5 Sand, stone aggregate below 40mm nominal size 1.3.6 Stone aggregate 40mm nominal size and above 1.3.7 Stone soling 1.3.8 Bricks 1.3.9 S.W. Pipes 1.3.9.1 100 mm dia 1.3.9.2 150 mm dia 1.3.9.3 200 mm dia 1.3.9.4 250 mm dia 1.3.9.5 300 mm dia 1.3.9.6 350 mm dia 1.3.9.7 400 mm dia 1.3.9.8 450 mm dia 1.3.9.9 500 mm dia 1.3.9.10 600 mm dia 1.3.10 R.C.C. pipes, Steel cylinder, R.C. pipes, C.I. pipes, and unreinforced cement pipes 1.3.10.1 100 mm dia 1.3.10.2 125 mm dia 1.3.10.3 150 mm dia 1.3.10.4 200 mm dia 1.3.10.5 250 mm dia 1.3.10.6 300 mm dia 1.3.10.7 350 mm dia 1.3.10.8 400 mm dia 1.3.10.9 450 and 500 mm dia 1.3.10.10 600, 700, 750 and 800 mm dia 3 2.1 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in- equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m. in all kinds of soil. 2 2.2 Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brush wood, trees and saplings of girth up to 30 cm measured at a height of 1 m above ground level and removal of rubbish up to a distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area cleared. 5 2.3 Clearing grass and removal of the rubbish up to a distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area cleared. 6 2.4 Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above ground level) including cutting of trunks and branches removing the roots and stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material. 2.4.1 beyond 30 cm girth up to and including 60 cm girth 2.4.2 beyond 60 cm girth up to and including 120 cm girth 2.4.3 beyond 120 cm girth up to and including 240 cm girth 2.4.4 above 240 cm girth 7 2.5 Earth work in surface excavation not exceeding 30 cm in depth but exceeding 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan including disposal of excavated earth up to 50 m lead and lift up to 1.5 m, disposed soil to be levelled and neatly dressed, All kinds of soil 8 2.6 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas (exceeding 30cm in depth. 1.5m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottom disposal of excavated earth, lead up to 50m and lift up to 1.5m, disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed. (No extra lift is payable if work is done by mechanical means) All kinds of soil 9 2.7 Earth work in excavation/ by mechanical means (Hydraulic Excavator)/ manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottom disposal of excavated earth, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m, disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed. 2.7.1 Ordinary rock 2.7.2 Hard rock (requiring blasting) 2.7.3 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) 10 2.8 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic Excavator)/ manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift up to 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m. (No extra lift is payable if work is done by mechanical means)Note:-Excavation of hard rock shall be the property of the contractor subject to recovery. excavated material has to shift from site within 15 days after instruction issued by Engineer-InCharge otherwise after this penalty will imposed on contractor at the rate of Rs 50 per cum per day 2.8.1 Ordinary rock 2.8.2 Hard rock (requiring blasting) 2.8.3 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) 11 2.9 Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc. including excavation for sockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth up to 1.5 m including getting out layer by ramming, watering, etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m : (No extra lift is payable if work is done by mechanical means) in all kinds of soil 2.9.1 Pipes, cables etc., not exceeding 80 mm dia. 2.9.2 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia. 2.9.3 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600 mm. 12 2.10 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables etc. in all kinds of soil for depth exceeding 1.5 m, but not exceeding 3 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth up to 1.5 metre). 13 2.11 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc., in all kinds of soil for depth exceeding 3 m in depth, but not exceeding 4.5 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth up to 1.5 metre.) 14 2.12 Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc., including excavation for sockets, depth up to 1.5 m including including consolidating each deposited layers by ramming, watering etc. stacking serviceable material for measurements and disposal of unserviceable material as directed, within a lead of 50m : 2.12.1 Ordinary rock : 2.12.1.1 Pipes, cables etc. not exceeding 80 mm dia. 2.12.1.2 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia but not exceeding 300 mm dia. 2.12.1.3 Pipes, cables exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600mm dia 2.12.2 Hard rock (requiring blasting) 2.12.2.1 Pipes, cables etc. not exceeding 80 mm dia. 2.12.2.2 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia. 2.12.2.3 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600mm dia 2.12.3 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) 2.12.3.1 Pipes, cables etc. not exceeding 80 mm dia. 2.12.3.2 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia. 2.12.3.3 Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600mm dia. 15 2.13 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc. in ordinary/hard rock exceeding 1.5 m in depth but not exceeding 3 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth up to 1.5 metre.) 16 2.14 Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc. in ordinary/hard rock exceeding 3m in depth but not exceeding 4.5 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth up to 1.5 metre.) 17 2.15 Close timbering in trenches including strutting, shoring and packing cavities (wherever required) complete. (Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered). 2.15.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. 2.15.2 Depth exceeding 1.5 m but not exceeding 3 m. 2.15.3 Depth exceeding 3 m but not exceeding 4.5 m. 18 2.16 Close timbering in case of shafts, wells, cesspits, manholes and the like including strutting, shoring and packing cavities (wherever required) etc. complete. (Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered). 2.16.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. 2.16.2 Depth exceeding 1.5 m but not exceeding 3 m. 2.16.3 Depth exceeding 3 m but not exceeding 4.5 m. 19 2.17 Close timbering over areas including strutting, shoring and packing, cavities (wherever required) etc. complete. (Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered) : 2.17.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. 2.17.2 Depth exceeding 1.5 m but not exceeding 3 m. 2.17.3 Depth exceeding 3 m but not exceeding 4.5 m. 20 2.18 Extra for planking, strutting and packing materials for cavities (in close timbering) if required to be leftpermanently in position. (Face area of timber permanently left to be measured). 21 2.23 Extra rates for quantities of works, executed: 2.23.1 In or under water and/or liquid mud, including pumping out water as required. 2.23.2 In or under foul position, including pumping out water as required. Note: - The extra percentage rate is applicable in respect of each item but limited to quantity executed in difficult conditions. The depth shall be reckoned correct to 0.1 metre. 0.05 metre or more shall be taken as 0.1 metre and less than 0.05 metre ignored. 22 2.24 Filling available excavated earth (excluding hard rock/Ordinary rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. 23 2.25 Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part thereof in excavation. (No extra lift is payable if work is done by mechanical means) 2.25.1 All kinds of soil. 2.25.2 Ordinary or hard rock. 24 2.26 Supplying and filling in plinth with crusher stone dust / coarse sand under floors including, watering, ramming and compacting in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth and dressing complete Note: - Maximum thickness of this layer shall be 20 cm. 25 2.27 Supplying and filling in plinth under floors including watering ramming consolidating in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth and dressing complete. 2.27.1 With hard muram having CBR >12 % at under floors including watering, ramming and compacting (minimum compaction 95% of MDD) in layers not exceeding 20cm in thickness and dressing complete. (Note:- maximum thickness of this layer to be provided shall be 30cm) 2.27.2 Supplying and filing in plinth with soil (other then BC soil ) having MDD not less than 1.85 t/m3 under floors including watering, ramming and compacting (minimum compaction 95% of MDD) in layers not exceeding 15cm depth and dressing complete. 26 2.28 Excavating holes more than 0.10 cum & upto 0.5 cum including getting out the excavated soil, then refiling the soil as required in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, including consolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering etc., disposing of surplus excavated soil; as directed within a lead of 50 m and lift upto 1.5m. 2.28.1 All kinds of soil. 2.28.2 Ordinary rock 2.28.3 Hard rock (requiring blasting) 2.28.4 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) 27 2.29 Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers including delivery as specified. (Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane emulsifiable concentrate of 20%) 28 2.30 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST- CONSTRUCTIONAL anti-termite treatment (excluding the cost of chemical emulsion) : 2.30.1 Along external wall where the apron is not provided using chemical emulsion @ 7.5 liters / sqm of the vertical surface of the substructure to a depth of 300 mm including excavation channel along the wall and rodding etc. complete, with Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration. 2.30.2 Along the external wall below concrete or masonry apron using chemical emulsion @ 2.25 litres per linear metre including drilling and plugging holes etc. With Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration. 2.30.3 Treatment of soil under existing floors using chemical emulsion @ one litre per hole, 300 mm apart including drilling 12 mm diametre holes and plugging with cement mortar 1 :2 (1 cement : 2 sand) to match the existing floor, With Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration. 2.30.4 Treatment of existing masonry using chemical emulsion @ one litre per hole at 300 mm interval including drilling 10mm dia and 200mm deep holes at 45 degree and plugging them with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) to the full depth of the hole, with Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration. 2.30.5 Treatment at points of contact of wood work by chemical emulsion Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane (in oil or kerosene based solution) @ 0.5 litres per hole by drilling 6 mm dia holes at downward angle of 45 degree at 150 mm centre to centre and sealing the same. 29 2.31 Deduct for disposed soil not levelled and neatly dressed. 30 2.32 Preconstruction antitermite treatment to the building under construction by providing.Stage 1: Treatment should not be carried out when it is raining or when soil is wet with rain or subsoil water. This also applies to fill up soil within the plinth area before laying the subgrade for flooring. 31 2.33 Making bore holes for providing dowel bars at designed depth in rock foundation by drilling 40 mm dia bore hole in rock including necessary bending hooking, in position and grouting with cement slurry etc. complete as per drawing and specification. (Steel to be paid separately). 32 2.34 Excavation in soil using hydraulic excavator and including cutting and loading in tippers, trimming bottom and side slopes in accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross- section, and transporting to the appropriate ground contour, location and levelling and dressing earth neatly with all lifts and lead upto 1000 metre. 33 2.35 Earth work in rough excavation by any means and bankingfilling excavated earth in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, breaking clods, watering rolling each layer with 1/2 tonne in embankments for roads, flood banks, marginal bank and guide bank of filling up ground depression within campus, lead upto 50m and all lift. All kinds of soil. 34 2.36 Bankingfilling excavated earth in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, breaking clods, watering rolling each layer with 1/2 tonne roller or wooden or steel rammers etc. and rolling every 3rd and top-must layer with power roller of minimum 8 tonnes and dressing up, in embankments for roads, flood banks, marginal bank and guide bank etc. lead upto 50m and lift upto 1.5m. All kinds of soil. 35 2.37 Deduct for not rolling with power roller of minimum 8 tonnes for bankingfilling excavated earth in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth. 36 2.38 Deduct for not watering with the excavated earth for bankingfilling 37 2.39 Providing and laying of permanent piping technology anti-termite treatment before flooring work by installing LLDP (Low linear density polyethylene) tube of 8 mm O.D. & 6.4 mm I.D.with inbuilt pressure compensation chip at every 30 cm interval in the tube,. The contractor shall submit approved line plan for piping system and junction boxes dully approved by Engineer-in- charge with bond of 5 year warranty. 2.39.1 Permanent piping system with Junction boxes 2.39.2 Anti-termite chemical injected area 38 2.40 Ploughing the existing ground to a depth of 15 cm to 25 cm and watering the same. (All kinds of soil) 39 3.1 Cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement: 1 sand) 40 3.2 Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 sand). 41 3.3 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand). 42 3.4 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand). 43 3.5 Cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 sand). 44 3.6 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand). 45 3.7 Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 stone dust). 46 3.8 Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 marble dust). 47 3.9 White cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust). 48 3.10 Cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 marble dust). 49 3.11 White cement mortar 1:3 (1 white cement: 3 marble dust). 50 3.12 White cement mortar 1:5 (1 white cement: 5 marble dust). 51 3.13 Mortar in lime , surkhi (50% red and 50% light yellow) and marble dust 1:1.5:0.5 52 4.1 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering - All work upto plinth level : 4.1.1 With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate. 4.1.1.1 M-25 – Grade concrete 4.1.1.2 M-20 – Grade concrete 4.1.1.3 M-15 – Grade concrete 4.1.1.4 M-10Nominal (Mix-1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate ) 4.1.2 With 40mm nominal size graded stone aggregate. 4.1.2.1 M-15 - Grade concrete 4.1.2.2 M-10 Nominal (Mix -1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate) 4.1.2.3 M-7.5 Nominal Mix -1 Cement : 4 sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 4.1.3 With fly ash. 4.1.3.1 1:2:3½:9 (1 ordinary Portland cement : 2 Fly ash : 3½ sand: 9 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) 4.1.3.2 1:2½:4:11 (1 ordinary Portland cement : 2½ fly ash : 4 sand : 11 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) Note: No fly ash is to be added to Portland Pozzolona cement in any case which itself contains fly ash. 53 4.2 Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, columns, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills, fillets etc. upto floor two level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and finishing : 4.2.1 With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate 4.2.1.1 M-25 – Grade concrete 4.2.1.2 M 20 – Grade concrete 4.2.1.3 M 15 – Grade concrete 4.2.1.4 M-10 Nominal Mix -1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 4.2.2 With 40mm nominal size graded stone aggregate 4.2.2.1 M-15 - Grade concrete 4.2.2.2 M-10 Nominal Mix -1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 54 4.3 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form work for : 4.3.1 Upto plinth: Foundations, footings, bases for columns, plinth beams, curtain walls, columns below plinth. 4.3.2 above plinth: Retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, buttresses, and string courses fillets etc. 4.3.3 Above plinth: Columns, pillars, posts and struts. 55 4.4 Providing and laying cement concrete in kerbs, steps and the like at or near ground level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and finishing . 4.4.1 M-15 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.4.2 M-10 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) Nominal Mix -1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 56 4.5 Providing and fixing at or near ground level precast cement concrete in kerbs, edgings etc. as per approved pattern and setting in position with cement morta1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) on exposed surfaces complete.(With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 57 4.6 Providing and fixing upto floor two level precast cement concrete string or lacing courses, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks, plain window sills, shelves, louvers, steps, stair cases, etc. including cost of required centering, shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 sand) on exposed surfaces complete. 4.6.1 M-25 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.6.2 M-20 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.6.3 M-15 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.6.4 M-10 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) Nominal Mix -1 Cement: 3 sand: 6 graded stone aggregate. 58 4.7 Providing and fixing upto floor two level precast cement concrete solid block including hoisting and setting in position with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) on exposed surfaces complete : 4.7.1 M-15 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.7.2 M-10 (M 10) (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) Nominal Mix -1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 59 4.8 Providing and Fixing upto floor two level pre cast concrete hollow block including hoisting and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand), cost of required centering, shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) on exposed surfaces complete. 4.8.1 M-15 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) 4.8.2 M-10 (With 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) Nominal Mix -1 Cement: 3 sand: 6 graded stone aggregate. 60 4.9 Add extra for item no. 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8 above floor two level for every additional floor or part there of 61 4.10 Providing and laying damp-proof course 40mm thick with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size). 62 4.11 Providing and laying damp-proof course 50mm thick with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size). 63 4.12 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing material as per IS standard in cement concrete work quantity as prescribed by the manufacturer. 64 4.13 Applying a coat of residual petroleum bitumen of penetration 80/100 of approved quality using 1.7kg per square metre on damp proof course after cleaning the surface with brushes and finally with a piece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil. 65 4.14 Extra for concrete work in superstructure above floor two level for each floors or part thereof 66 4.15 Extra for laying concrete in or under water and/or liquid mud including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing slush etc. complete.Note for item No. 4.15:- The quantity will be calculated by multiplying. The depth of centre of gravity shall be reckoned correct to 0.1m. 0.05m or more shall be taken as 0.1m and less than 0.05m ignored. 67 4.16 Extra for laying concrete in or under foul positions. 68 4.17 Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete grade M10 over 75mm bed of dry metal ballast 40mm nominal size well rammed and consolidated and filled with sand including finishing the top smooth (with 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate.) 69 4.18 Extra for addition of synthetic polyester triangular fiber of length 12 mm, effective diameter 10-40 microns and specific gravity of 1.34 to 1.40 in cement concrete/RCC/Flooring/ Water retaining structures by using 125 gms of synthetic polyester triangular fibre for 50 kgs cement used as per directions of Engineer-in- Charge. 70 4.19 Precasting and placing in position 125 mm dia Bollards 600 mm high of required shape including providing M.S. Pipe welded at bottom and embedded 150mm in cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including necessary excavation of size 250x250x450mm deep for the same in bitumen/concrete pavement at specified spacing. 71 4.20 Providing and fixing up to floor two level precast cement concrete string or lacing courses, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks, and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required Centering complete. 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) : 3 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 72 4.21 Providing and fixing up to floor two level precast cement concrete solid block, including hoisting and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering, shuttering complete . 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) : 3 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 73 4.22 Providing and fixing up to floor two level precast cement concrete hollow block, including hoisting and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering, shuttering complete. 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) : 3 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 74 4.23 Providing and laying in position ready mixed plain cement concrete, using fly ash and cement content as per approved design curing, admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS : 9103 to accelerate/ retard setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.Note : (1) Fly ash conforming to grade I of IS 3812 (Part-1) only be used as part replacemen to be ensured in accordance with clauses 5.2 and 5.2.1 of IS: 456 -2000 in the items of BMC and RMC. 4.23.1 All works up to plinth level: 4.23.1.1 M-20 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 280 kg/cum) 4.23.1.2 M-15 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 240 kg/cum) 4.23.1.3 M-10 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 220 kg/cum) 4.23.2 All works above plinth and upto floor two level 4.23.2.1 M-20 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 280 kg/cum) 4.23.2.2 M-15 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 240 kg/cum) 4.23.2.3 M-10 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 220 kg/cum) 75 4.24 Providing and laying in position ready mixed plain cement concrete, with cement content as per approved design mix and manufactured in fully automatic batching plant and transported to site of work cost of centering, shuttering and finishing, including cost of curing, admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS : 9103 to accelerate/ retard setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer-in- charge. 4.24.1 All works up to plinth level: 4.24.1.1 M-20 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 280 kg/cum) 4.24.1.2 M-15 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 240 kg/cum) 4.24.1.3 M-10 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 220 kg/cum) 4.24.2 All works above plinth and upto floor two level 4.24.2.1 M-20 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 280 kg/cum) 4.24.2.2 M-15 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 240 kg/cum) 4.24.2.3 M-10 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 220 kg/cum) 76 4.25 Plum Cement concrete 1:2:4 with 75% graded metal of maximum size 40 mm and 25% plum of 150mm size. 77 4.26 Providing and laying cement concrete in Sunken floors of WC, Toilet, Wash Area, etc with 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand (zone-3) : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) excluding the cost of centering and shuttering 78 5.1 Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced cement concrete (with 20mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level : 5.1.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 5.1.2 M-15 Grade Concrete 79 5.2 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns, pillars, posts and struts etc. above plinth level and upto floor two level excluding cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement: 5.2.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 80 5.3 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in beams, suspended floors, roofs having slope of any degree landings, balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels, bands, plain window sills, staircases and spiral staircases above plinth level and upto floor two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement in concrete grade. 5.3.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 81 5.4 Providing and laying upto floor two level reinforced cement concrete (with20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in kerbs, steps and the like excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement with Concrete grade. 5.4.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 82 5.5 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in arches, archribs, domes, vaults, shells, folded plate above plinth level and upto floor two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement in Concrete grade. 5.5.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 83 5.6 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in chimneys, shafts, upto floor two level excluding the cost of centring, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement with 5.6.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 88 5.7 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in well-steining excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement with 5.7.1 M-20 Grade Concrete 84 5.8 Reinforced cement concrete work (with 20 mm nominal size graded stone aggregate) in vertical and horizontal fins individually or forming box louvers, facias and eaves boards up to floor two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement in M 20 –Grade Concrete 85 5.9 Centering and shuttering in cluding strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for: 5.9.1 Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for concrete upto plinth level 5.9.2 Walls (any thickness) in cluding attached pilasters butter esses, plinth beams and string courses etc. 5.9.2.1 Uptoplinthlevel. 5.9.2.2 Above plinth upto 3.6 m height from plinth level 5.9.2.3 Extra for additional height in centering, shuttering where ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc. including cost of de-shuttering and decentering at all levels, over a height of 3.6 m, for every additional height of 1 metre or part thereof. 5.9.3 Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access platform. 5.9.4 Shelves(Cast in situ) 5.9.5 Lintels, beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers 5.9.6 Columns, P i l l a r s , Piers, Abutments, Posts and Struts. 5.9.7 Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral- Staircases. 5.9.8 Spiral staircases (including landing). 5.9.9 Arches, domes,vaults upto 6m span 5.9.10 Extra for arches, domes, vaults exceeding 6 m span 5.9.11 Chimneys and shafts 5.9.12 Coffer/waffle slab of any size or shape as shown in the drawing. 5.9.13 Well steining 5.9.14 Vertical and horizontal fins individually or forming Box louvers band, facias and eaves boards. 5.9.15 Extra for shuttering in circular work or any other geometrical shape (20% of respective centering and shuttering items). 5.9.16 Small lintels not exceeding 1.5m clear span, mouldingas incornices, window, sills, courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks and the like. 5.9.17 Cornices and mouldings 5.9.18 Small surfaces such as cantilever ends, brackets and ends of steps, caps and bases to pilasters and columns and the like. 5.9.19 Weather shade, Chajjas, corbels etc., including Edges. 5.9.20 Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and Access platform. With water proof ply 12 mm thick. (item to be executed with prior permission of S.E. in case of B & R works and from Additional Project Director in case of PIU works) 5.9.21 Lintels, beams, columns, girders, bressumers and cantilevers with waterproof ply 12 mm thick (item to be executed with prior permission of S.E. in case of B&R works and from Additional Project Director in case of PIU works) 86 5.10 Extra for additional height in centering, shuttering where ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc. including cost of de-shuttering and decentering at all levels, over a height of 3.6 m, for every additional height of 1 metre or part thereof (Plan area to be measured) 5.10.1 Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and balconies (Plan area to be measured). 87 5.11 Providing, hoisting and fixing up to floor two level precast reinforced cement concrete in lintels, manhole cover, shelves and like including setting in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand), cost of required centering, shuttering and finishing with neat cement punning on exposed surfaces but excluding the cost of reinforcement with M 15 –Grade Concrete. 88 5.12 Providing precast cement concrete Jali 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 6mm nominal size) reinforced with 1.6 mm dia mild steel wire including centering and shuttering, roughening cleaning, fixing and finishing in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) etc. complete excluding plastering of the jambs, sills and soffits. 5.12.1 50 mm thick 5.12.2 40 mm thick 5.12.3 25 mm thick 89 5.13 Encasing rolled steel sections, in beams and columns, with cement concrete M 15 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including centering and shuttering complete but excluding cost of reinforcement. 80 5.14 Encasing rolled steel section in grillages with cement concrete M 15 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering and shuttering but excluding cost of expanded metal and hangers. 91 5.15 Extra for providing and fixing expanded metal mesh of size 20x60mm and strands 3.25mm wide 1.6mm thick weighing 3.64 kg per sqm for encasing of rolled steel sections in beams, columns and grillages excluding cost of hangers. 92 5.16 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding including cost of binding wire all wastages and overlaps, couplers (overlaps shall be provided as per requirement of IS 13920 for ductile detaling IS 456 RCC Design & SP 34 Reinforcement detailing ) etc. complete .(Note:-1. Spacer bars (chairs) shall be paid separately as shown in the drawing and as per direction of engineer in charge.2. No extra payment shall be done for overlaps and/or couplers.3.Couplers shall be conforming to IS code on “Reinforcement Couplers for Mechanical Splices of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement - Specification”) 5.16.1 Mild steel and Medium Tensile steel bars. 5.16.2 Hard drawn steel wire 5.16.3 Cold twisted bars (CTD) 5.16.4 Hot rolled deformed bars 5.16.5 Hard drawn steel wire fabric 5.16.6 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars. (TMT/TMX) FE 500 or more conforming to IS 1786 93 5.17 Add extra for providing reinforcement above Floor two level for every additional floor or part thereof. 94 5.18 Providing and fixing in position copper plate as per design for expansion joints. 95 5.19 Providing and filling in position, blown bitumen in expansion joints. 96 5.20 Providing and filling in position bitumen mix filler of Proportion 80 kg. Of hot bitumen, 1 kg. Of cement and 0.25 cubic metre of sand for expansion joints. 97 5.21 Providing and filling gap in expansion joint between RCC/ Stone/Ceramic tiles/Granite/ Marble by providing silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality weather sealant as per drawing and direction of engineer in charge up to 25mm width & 12 mm depth. 98 5.22 Providing and fixing in position bitumen impregnated fibre board conforming to IS: 1838 including cost of primer, sealing compound in expansion joints. 5. 22.1 12 mm thick 5. 22.2 25 mm thick 5. 22.3 50 mm thick 99 5.23 Providing and fixing sheet covering over expansion joints with iron screws as per design. 5. 23.1 Non-asbestos fibre cement board 6 mm thick as per IS: 14862. 5. 23.1.1 150mm wide. 5. 23.1.2 200mm wide. 5. 23.1.3 250mm wide. 5. 23.2 Aluminium fluted strips 3.15mm thick. 5. 23.2.1 150 mm wide. 5. 23.2.2 200 mm wide. 5. 23.2.3 250 mm wide. 5. 23.3 Stainless steel Grade 304 plate-1.0 mm thick 5. 23.3.1 150 mm wide. 5. 23.3.2 200 mm wide. 5. 23.3.3 250 mm wide. 100 5.24 Providing for plaster drip course/ groove in plastered surface or moulding to R.C.C. projections. 101 5.25 Extra for laying reinforced cement concrete in or under water and/ or liquid mud including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing slush etc., complete.Note- For Item No. 5.25:-The quantity will be calculated by multiplying the depth measured from the subsoil water level up to the centre of gravity The depth of centre of gravity shall be reckoned correct to 0.1 m. 0.05 m or more shall be taken as 0.1 m and less than 0.05 m ignored. No extra payment shall be made for placing reinforcement or centering & shuttering under sub – soil water condition 102 5.26 Extra for laying reinforced cement concrete in or under foul positions. 103 5.27 Providing and laying in position machine batched, machine mixed cement concrete (BMC) of M-25 grade for reinforced cement concrete work using cement content as per approved mix design concrete without impairing strength and durability as per direction of Engineer-in charge and pumping of concrete to site of laying and finishing but excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, and reinforcement. (Note: - Minimum cement content is 330 kg/cum) and no extra payment for extra cement used as per mix design. 5.27.1 All works upto plinth level. 5.27.2 All works above plinth level and upto floor five level. 5.27.3 Add extra for each floor for all works above floor five level. 104 5.28 Extra for providing richer mixes of BMC design mix as per item no 5.27 upto plinth level and at all floor levels. (No extra payment for using extra cement as per requirement of mix design.) 5. 28.1 Providing M-25 grade concrete instead of M- 20 grade.(Note : minimum cement content is @ 330 kg/cum) 5. 28.2 Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M- 25 grade.(Note : minimum cement content is @ 340 kg/cum) 5. 28.3 Providing M-35 grade concrete instead of M- 25 grade.(Note: : minimum cement content is @ 350 kg/cum) 5. 28.4 Providing M-40 grade concrete instead of M- 25 grade.(Note: minimum cement content is @ 360 kg/cum) 105 5.29 Providing and placing in position precast reinforced cement concrete waffle units square or rectangular as per design and shape for floors and roofs in M-20 –Grade Concrete (with graded stone aggregate 10mm nominal size. including provision of steel hooks for lifting and form work, handling, hoisting, centering and erection complete for all floor levels but excluding the cost of reinforcement. 106 5.30 Providing and laying in position ready mixed concrete (RMC) of M-25 grade for reinforced cement concrete work, using cement content as per approved design mix and manufactured in fully automatic batching plant and transported to site of work in transit mixer for all leads, having continuous agitated mixer, manufactured as per mix design of concrete, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer - in - charge.Note: Minimum cement content is @ 330 kg/cum. (No extra payment for using extra cement as per requirement of mix design.) 5.30.1 All works upto plinth level. 5.30.2 All works above plinth level and upto floor V level. 5.30.3 Extra for each additional floor for all works above floor five level 107 5.31 Extra for R.C.C. work above floor two level for each floors or part thereof. (except items 5.27 and 5.30) 108 5.32 Supplying and applying pre tested and approved water based concrete curing compound to concrete/ masonry surface, all as per manufacturer’s specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. 5.32.1 Non pigmented wet curing compound 5.32.2 Pigmented wet curing compound. 109 5.33 Providing and fixing in position factory made precast RCC M-40 doors, windows and ventilator frames having excellent smooth finish, as per IS: 6523 with 6mm dia main reinforcement each polymer block having at least four holes for passing one or adjacent rebates to hold fast grill or steel bar, ventilator frame provided with grooves for louvers at an angel of 45 degree at spacing to block direct vision etc. complete, as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. The cost of hold fast and cement concrete block of 1:3: 6 (1 Cement: 3 sand: 6 Graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) mix is also included in the item. 5. 33.1. Frame 125 mmx 60 mm (double rebate) 5. 33.2. Frame 100mmx 60 mm (Single rebate) 5. 33.3 Frame 85mmx 60 mm (Single rebate) 110 5.34 Smooth finishing of the exposed surface of RCC work with 6mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand). 111 5.35 Providing and fixing in position pre moulded compressible filler board made from polymer base in black color approved make conforming to the specifications having minimum density of 95 kg / cum, non- staining, with less than 1 percent water absorption and compression recovery of 93 percent minimum including cost of double sided adhesive tape, sealant etc. in expansion joints. 5. 35.1 12 mm thick 5. 35.2 25 mm thick. 5. 35.3 50 mm thick. 112 5.36 Providing and sealing the retaining wall expansion Joints with anodized aluminum extruded section of 135 mm × 3.1 mm confirm to alloy of 6063 T5/T6including fixing of an imported EPDM moisture Barrier conform to (American Society for Testing and Materials) 2240 & ASTM - G53 & 84 fixing with Epoxy adhesive confirm to ASTM C-881 complete in all respect as per manufacturer Drawing and specifications. With 5 year guarantee. 113 5.37 Providing and fixing sheet covering over expansion joints with iron screws as per design. Non- asbestos cement bonded particle board 6 mm thick as IS: 14276 5.37.1 150mm wide 5.37.2 200mm wide 5.37.3 250mm wide 114 5.38 Providing & laying in position Prestressing steel strands (low relaxation) on hollow core bed by using mechanical pulling arrangement like Rabbit/ Bed master including all accessories for Stressing &destressing operations as per approved make conforming to IS1343 & grade FY-1860 etc, complete as per drawings and direction of Engineer -in- charge. 115 5.39 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with floor location as per drawings and direction of Engineer-In- Charge. The joints system will be of extruded aluminum base members, self aligning / self centering arrangement and support plates etc. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have watertight joint is mandatory requirement all as per the manufactures design and as approved by Engineer - inCharge. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063). 5. 39.1 Floor Joint of 100 mm gap 5. 39.2 Floor Joint of 150 mm gap 5. 39.3 Floor Joint of 200 mm gap 116 5.40 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with wall joint (internal/ external) location as per drawings and direction of Engineer-In- Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminum base members, self aligning / centering amongst the components of the Joint System. The Joint System shall utilize light weight aluminum profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminum surfaces mechanically snap locking the multicellular to facilitate movement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063). 5. 40.1 Wall Joint of 100 mm gap 5. 40.2 Wall Joint of 150 mm gap 5. 40.3 Wall Joint of 200 mm gap 117 5.41 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system of approved make and manufactures for various roof locations as per approved drawings and direction of Engineer-In- Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminum base members with, self aligning and self centeringarragement support plates asper ASTM B221-02. . The Joint System shall resists damage or deterioration from the impact of falling ice, exposure to UV, airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic from maintenance personnel. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have water tight joint is mandatory requirement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063.) 5.41.1 Roof Joint for 100 mm gap 5.41.2 Roof Joint for 150 mm gap 5.41.3 Roof Joint for 200 mm gap 118 5.42 Providing and fixing Scaffolding net of required width made of high density Polyethylene UV stabilized knitted on warp knitting machines having density 100gm/sqm and shading coefficient minimum 75% around the construction site/ for vertical extension as per requirement including fastening/tying with building/scaffolding pipes or with any other fixtures etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (One time payment shall be made for providing Scaffolding net from start of work till completion of work including shifting if any. The Scaffolding net shall be the property of the contractor on completion of the work) 119 6.1 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls pattern trench kiln manufactured by ghol process, crushing strength not less than 40kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% in foundation and plinth i/c curing etc. complete. 6.1.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.1.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 120 6.2 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls patent trench kiln manufactured by ghol process ,crushing strength not less than 40kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level i/c curing etc. complete. 6.2.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.2.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 121 6.3 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls pattern trench kiln, crushing strength not less than 25kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in foundation and plinth i/c curing etc complete. 6.3.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.3.2 Cement Mortar 1:6 (1 cement:6 sand). 122 6.4 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls pattern trench kiln, crushing strength not less than 25kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level i/c curing etc complete. 6.4.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.4.2 Cement Mortar 1:6 (1 cement:6 sand). 123 6.5 Brick work with well brunt open bhatta, bricks, crushing strength not less than 25kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in foundation and plinth i/c curing etc complete. 6.5.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.5.2 Cement Mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand). 124 6.6 Brick work with well brunt open bhatta, bricks, crushing strength not less than 25kg / cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level i/c curing etc complete. 6.6.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.6.2 Cement Mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 125 6.7 Brick work with fly ash lime bricks (FALG Bricks) conforming to IS:12894-2002, in super structure above plinth level up to floor two level in : 6.7.1 Having 100 kg / cm2 average compressive strength. 6.7.1.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.7.1.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 6.7.2 Having 75 kg / cm2 average compressive strength. 6.7.2.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.7.2.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 6.7.3 Having 50 kg / cm2 average compressive strength. 6.7.3.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.7.3.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 126 6.8 Brick work with calcium silicate bricks machine moulded conforming to IS:4139, having 100 kg/cm2 average compressive strength in super structure above plinth level upto floor II level in : 6.8.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.8.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 127 6.9 Brick work with extruded burnt fly ash clay sewer bricks (Conforming to IS: 4885 ) in foundation and plinth : Cement Mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 sand) 128 6.10 Brick work with extruded burnt fly ash clay sewer bricks (conforming to IS: 4885) in archesin foundation and plinth including centering and shuttering complete in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand). 129 6.11 Extra for brick work in superstructure above floor two levels for each additional floor or part thereof respective item. 130 6.12 Providing half brick masonry with well burnt chimney bricks in bull patent trench kiln manufactured by ghol process crushing strength not less than 40 kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level. 6.12.1 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.12.2 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 131 6.13 Providing half brick masonry with well burnt chimney bricks in bull pattern trench kiln crushing strength not less than 25 kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level. 6.13.1 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.13.2 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 132 6.14 Providing half brick masonry with well burnt open bhatta bricks crushing strength not less than 25 kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 20% in superstructure above plinth level and up to floor two level 6.14.1 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.14.2 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 133 6.15 Half brick masonry with fly ash lime Gypsum bricks (FALG bricks) conforming to IS: 12894, in super structure above plinth and upto floor two level. 6.15.1 Having 100 kg/cm2 average compressive strength. 6.15.1.1 Cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.15.1.2 Cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.15.2 Having 75 kg/cm2 average compressive strength. 6.15.2.1 Cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.15.2.2 Cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 6.15.3 Having 50 kg/cm2 average compressive strength. 6.15.3.1 Cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 6.15.3.2 Cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 134 6.16 Extra for half brick masonry in superstructure, above floor two level for every floor or part thereof respective item. 135 6.17 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos. 8mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of in half brick masonry. 136 6.18 Honey-comb brick work 10 cm thick with well burnt chimney bricks manufactured by ghol process crushing strength not less than 40kg /sqcm and water absorption not more than 15% in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). 137 6.19 Extra for forming cavity 5cm to 7.5cm wide in cavity walls with necessary weep and vent holes including use of cores and cost of providing and fixing bitumastic coated M .S. Ties 300mm long of 25x3mm section at not less than 3 ties per sqm as per approved design 138 6.20 Brick work in plain arches in superstructure including centering and shuttering complete with chimney bricks having crushing strength not less than 40kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand). 139 6.21 Brick work in gauged arches in superstructure in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) including centering and shuttering complete, with chimney bricks having crushing strength not less than 40kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% 140 6.22 Providing half brick masonry with kiln burnt clay bricks of 40kg /cm2 and water absorption not more than 15% in cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 sand) in superstructure for closing cavity 5 to 7.5 cm wide in cavity wall complete with 10 cm wide bitumen felt type 3 grade 1. 141 6.23 Extra for laying brick work in or under water and/or liquid mud including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing slush etc. complete.NOTE: - The quantity will be calculated by multiplying the depth measured from sub - soil water level up to the centre of gravity of brick work in cum executed under the sub - soil water. The depth of centre of gravity shall be reckoned correct to 0.1 m. 0.05 m or more shall be taken as 0.1 m and less than 0.05 m ignored. 142 6.24 Extra for laying brick work in or under foul position. 143 6.25 Providing and laying cellular concrete blocks masonry having density ranging from 800kg/m3 in super structure above plinth level up to floor two level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) The nominal dimensions of the concrete blocks shall be as follows in additional block shall be of half lengths of 200, 250 or 300 mm to correspond to the full lengths. The size of the blocks specified other than those specified may also be used. 144 6.26 Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) blocks masonry, using AAC blocks (Size length 300, 400, 500, 600 mm Height 200, 250, 300 mm Width 100, 150, 200, 250 mm) conforming to IS 2185 PART 3, having compressive strength not less than 4 MPa (Grade II) in super structure, blocks jointed with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar as per ASTM international standard including raking out joints. Vertical bands shall be placed along jams (vertical member of chowkhats) and extend upto lintel levels to arrest cracking at corner openings. RCC bands shall be measured with AAC block masonry. Rates include all materials including steel bars, wastages, scaffolding and all labour etc. complete. 6.26.1 AAC Masonry in polymer modified mortar 145 6.27 Extra for AAC masonry work in superstructure above floor two level for each additional floor or part thereof 146 6.28 Providing hoisting & fixing precast Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) reinforced roof slabs, lintels and chhajjas as per IS: 6073 -2006 grade D specifications (dry density, without steel, 550 kg/m3 to 650 kg/m3 and minimum compressive strength 3.5 N/mm2) reinforcement steel provided inside AAC slab, lintel and chhajja shall be ascertained on the basis of manufacturer’s certificate and also by random destructive testing done by engineer-in-charge or his representative for which cost of samples and testing charges shall be borne by the contractor. Deflection & ultimate load test for AAC reinforced roof slab and lintel shall be as per annex. B of IS: 6073 -2006 and criteria for conformity and sampling shall be as per clause-13 of IS: 6073 -2006. 147 6.29 Precast autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) reinforced wall panels:- Providing hoisting & fixing precast Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) reinforced wall panels as per IS:6072 -1972 grade D (dry density, without steel, 550 kg/m3 to 650 kg/m3 and inside AAC panels. Quantity of reinforcement steel in AAC panels shall be ascertained on the basis of certificate of the manufacturer and also by random destructive testing by engineer-in- charge or his representative for which cost of samples and testing charges shall be borne by the contractor. Cost of reinforcement inside AAC panels shall be paid separately. 148 6.30 Add extra for AAC wall panels, roof slabs, lintels and chhajjas above floor two level for each additional floor as per item no 6.29 and 6.30. 149 6.32 Brick work with common burnt clay selected F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in exposed brick work including making horizontal and vertical grooves 10 mm wide 12 mm deep complete in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 6.32.1 From ground level upto plinth level 6.32.2 Above plinth level upto floor II level 150 6.33 Brick work with modular bricks of class designation 7.5 in exposed brick work including making horizontal and vertical grooves 10mm wide 12mm deep complete from ground level up to plinth level in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 6.33.1 From ground level upto plinth level 6.33.2 Above plinth level upto floor II level 151 6.34 Providing and laying Gypsum panel partitions 100 mm thick with water proof Gypsum panels of size 666x500x100 mm, made of calcite phosphor Gypsum fixed with tongue and groove, jointed with bonding plaster as per manufacturer’s specifications in superstructure above plinth level up to floor two level. Gypsum blocks will have a minimum compressive strength of 9.3 kg/cm2 152 6.35 Extra for Gypsum panel Partitions in superstructure above floor two level for every four floors or part thereof. 153 7.1 Random rubble masonry with hard stone in foundation and plinth including leveling up with cement concrete 1:6:12 (1 cement :6 sand : 12 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) at plinth level with : 7.1.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 154 7.2 Random rubble masonry with hard stone in superstructure above plinth level and upto floor two level, including leveling up with cement concrete 1:6:12 (1 cement : 6 sand : 12 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) at window sills, ceiling level and the like. 7.2.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1cement: 6 sand). 155 7.3 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone in superstructure above floor two level for every floors or part thereof 156 7.4 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone in : 7.4.1 Square or rectangular pillars 7.4.2 Circular pillars. 157 7.5 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone curved on plan for a mean radius not exceeding 6 m. 158 7.6 Coursed rubble masonry (1st or 2nd sort) with hard stone in foundation and plinth. 7.6.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 7.6.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 159 7.7 Coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second sort) in superstructure above plinth level and upto floor two level. 7.7.1 Masonry work (first sort) in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 7.7.2 Masonry work (second sort) , in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 160 7.8 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second sort) in superstructure above floor two level for every floors or part thereof 161 7.9 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second sort) in : 7.9.1 Square or rectangular pillars 7.9.2 Circular pillars. 7.9.3 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second sort) curved on plan for a mean radius not exceeding 6 m. 162 7.10 Stone work in plain ashlar masonry in super structure upto floor two level in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the sand stone shade : 7.10.1 One face dressed. 7.10.1.1 Red sand stone 7.10.1.2 White sand stone 7.10.2 Both face dressed. 7.10.2.1 Red sand stone. 7.11.2.2 White sand stone 163 7.11 Stone work plain ashlar masonry in arches in super structure upto floor two level in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) including centering, shuttering and pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the sand stone shade. 7.11.1 One face dressed. 7.11.1.1 Red sand stone 7.11.1.2 White sand stone 7.11.2 Both face dressed. 7.11.2.1 Red sand stone. 7.11.2.2 White sand stone 164 7.12 Stone work plain ashlar masonry in domes, in super structure upto floor two level in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) including centering, shuttering and pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the sand stone shade. 7.12.1 One face dressed 7.12.1.1 Red sand stone 7.12.1.2 White sand stone 7.12.2 Both face dressed. 7.12.2.1 Red sand stone. 7.12.2.2 White sand stone. 165 7.13 Stone work ashlar masonry punched (ordinary) in superstructure above plinth level and upto floor two level in cement mortar 1:6 (1 white cement: 6 sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the sand stone shade. 7.13.1 Red sand stone one face punched. 7.13.2 Red sand stone both face punched 7.13.3 White sand stone one face punched. 7.13.4 White sand stone double face punched 166 7.14 Extra for stone work, plain ashlar or ashlar punched above floor two level for every floor or part thereof. 167 7.15 Extra for plain ashlar or ashlar punched in : 7.15.1 Square or rectangular pillars 168 7.16 Extra for stone work; plain ashlar or ashlar punched in curved on plan with a mean radius not exceeding 6 m. 169 7.17 Extra for additional cost of centering for arches exceeding 6m span including all strutting, bolting, wedging etc. And removal (area of soffit to be measured). 170 7.18 Stone work sunk or moulded or sunk and moulded upto floor Two level in cement mortar 1:6 (1cement : 6 sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white : 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade : 7.18.1 Red sand stone 7.18.2 White sand stone 171 7.19 Extra for stone work sunk or moulded or sunk and moulded or carved in : 7.19.1 Triangular or Square or rectangular pillars 7.19.2 Circular or polygonal pillars 172 7.20 Extra for stone work sunk or moulded in cornices. 173 7.21 Stone work (machine cut edges) for wall lining etc. (veneer work) up to 10 meter height backing filled with a grout of 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade : (To be secured to the backing by means of clamps which shall be paid for separately): 7.21.1 Red sand stone - exposed face fine dressed with rough backing. 7.21.1.1 70 mm thick. 7.21.1.2 60 mm thick. 7.21.1.3 50 mm thick 7.21.1.4 40 mm thick. 7.21.1.5 30 mm thick. 7.21.2 Red sand stone - Exposed face machine cut and table rubbed with rough backing. 7.21.2.1 70 mm thick. 7.21.2.2 60 mm thick. 7.21.2.3 50 mm thick 7.21.2.4 40 mm thick. 7.21.2.5 30 mm thick. 7.21.3 White sand stone - exposed face fine dressed with rough backing. 7.21.3.1 70 mm thick. 7.21.3.2 60 mm thick. 7.21.3.3 50 mm thick 7.21.3.4 40 mm thick. 7.21.3.5 30 mm thick. 7.21.4 White sand stone - Exposed face machine cut and table rubbed with rough backing. 7.21.4.1 70 mm thick. 7.21.4.2 60 mm thick. 7.21.4.3 50 mm thick 7.21.4.4 40 mm thick. 7.21.4.5 30 mm thick. 174 7.22 Extra for stone work (veneer work) curved on plan with a mean radius not exceeding 6 m. 175 7.23 Providing and fixing stainless steel cramps of required size and shape for anchoring stone wall lining to the backing or securing adjacent stones in stone wall lining in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement :2 sand) including making the necessary chases in stone and holes in walls wherever required. 176 7.24 Providing and fixing stone dowels of size 10x5x2.5cm cut to double wedge shape as per design in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) including making the necessary chases 177 7.25 Providing and fixing copper pins 7.5 cm long 6 mm diameter for securing adjacent stones in stone wall lining in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) including making the necessary chases. 178 7.26 Providing and fixing sloping chajja of stone 40 mm thick and upto 80 cm wide beyond the wall as measured along the slope in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including pointing in cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade: 7.26.1 Red sand stone: With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg/cm2 compressive strength. 7.26.2 White sand stone: With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg/cm2 compressive strength. 179 7.27 Providing and fixing horizontal chajja of stone 40 mm thick and upto 80 cm projection in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade: 7.27.1 Red sand stone 7.27.2 White sand stone 180 7.28 30mm red sand stone sun-shade (chisel-dressed) supported on red sand stone brackets, fixed in walls with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) including finishing complete. 181 7.29 Providing and fixing red sand stone brackets 55x22.5x45cm sunk and moulded including providing and fixing with 4 Nos. gun metal cramp 25x6mm 30 cm long and dowel bars 7.5 cm long 6 mm dia as per design. 182 7.30 Stone work, plain in copings, cornices, string courses and plinth courses, upto 75 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade. 7.30.1 Red sand stone 7.30.2 White sand stone 183 7.31 Providing and fixing stone jali 40mm thick throughout in cement mortar 1:3 (1cement :3 sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1white cement: 2stone dust) with an admixture of pigment , matching the stone shade, jali slab without any chamfers etc. 7.31.1 Red sand stone 7.31.2 White sand stone 184 7.32 Extra for laying stone work in or under water and/or liquid mud including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing slush etc. complete.NOTE: - The quantity will be calculated by multiplying the depth measured from sub - soil water level up to the centre of gravity of stone work in cum executed under the sub - soil water. The depth of centre of gravity shall be reckoned correct to 0.1 m. 0.05 m or more shall be taken as 0.1 m and less than 0.05 m ignored. 185 7.33 Extra for laying stone work in or under foul position. 186 7.34 Wall lining butch work upto 10m height with red/ white sand stone 40 mm thick rough facing on the exposed surface with stone strips of minimum length 300 mm and required width 75mm thick strips i/c 12mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 sand) i/c ruled pointing in cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone complete as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. 187 7.35 Stone work ( machine cut edges) for wall lining upto 10 m height etc. (Veneer work) backing filled with a grout of 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 sand) and jointed with Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 marble dust) including rubbing and polishing complete. (To be secured to the backing by means of cramps which shall be paid for separately) 7.35.1 25mm thick Kota stone slabs exposed face dressed and rubbed. 7.35.2 25mm thick Dholpur stone slabs exposed face dressed and rubbed. 7.35.3 20 to 25mm thick kota stone slabs exposed slab not dressed and rubbed. 7.35.4 20 to 25mm thick Dholpur stone/shivpuri stone not dressed and rubbed. 188 7.36 Stone tile work with 8mm thick mirror polished and machine cut edge for wall lining upto 10 m height with special adhesive over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand), including pointing in white cement with an admixture of pigment to match the stone shade. 7.36.1 Granite stone of any colour and shade 7.36.2 Raj Nagar plain white marble/ Udaipur green marble/ Zebra black marble 189 7.37 Extra for stone work for wall lining on exterior walls of height more than 10 m from ground level for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof. 190 7.38 Providing and fixing dry stone cladding upto 10 metre height with 30mm thick gang saw cut stone with (machine cut edges) of uniform colour and/ or with the help of cramps, pins etc. And sealing the joints with approved weather sealant as per Architectural drawing and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (The steel frame work, stainless steel cramps and pins. shall be paid for separately.) 7.38.1 Red sand stone. 7.38.2 White sand stone 191 7.39 Providing and fixing structural steel frame (for dry stone cladding with 30 mm thick gang saw cut with machine cut edges sand stone) on walls at all heights using M.S. square/rectangular tube in the required pattern as per architectural drawing including including drilling necessary steel work will be given a priming coat of Zinc primer as approved by Engineer-in-charge and painted with two or more coats of epoxy paint (Shop drawings shall be submitted by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for approval before execution).The frame work shall be fixed in true horizontal and vertical lines/ planes. (Only structural steel frame work shall be measured for the purpose of payment, stainless steel clamps shall be paid for separately and nothing extra shall be paid.) 192 7.40 Providing and fixing adjustable stainless steel clamps of approved quality and of required shape and size adjustable with stainless steel nuts bolts and washer (total weight not less than 260 gms) for dry stone cladding fixed on frame 193 8.1 Providing and supplying aluminium extruded tubular and other aluminium sections frame work as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings, the aluminium quality as per grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super durable powder coated of 60-80 microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. (The item includes cost of material such as cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary for fabrication of extruded aluminium frame work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account). 194 8.2 Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in position semi (grid) unitized system of aluminium structural glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building for all heights and all levels.. (A) Structural analysis anddesign and preparation of shopdrawings for the specified designloads conforming to IS 875 partIII (the system must passed theproof test at 1.5 times design wind pressure without any failure), including functional design of the aluminum sectionsBfor fixing glazing panels of various thicknesses, aluminum cleats, sleeves and splice plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc., structural and weather silicone sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals,microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalisation and drainage andprotection against fire hazard including (B) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanised / Aluminum alloy of 6005 T5 brackets of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. toaccommodate 3 Dimentional movement for achieving perfect verticality and fixing structuralglazing system rigidly to the RCC/ masonry/structural steel framework of building structureusing stainless steel anchor fasteners/ bolts, nylon seperator to prevent bimetallic contactswith nuts and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in requirednumbers.(C) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone sealant and one partweather silicone sealant compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required bitesize in a clean and controlled factory / work shop environment, including double sided spacer tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and manufacture, as per the approved sealant design, within and all around the perimeter for holding glass.(D) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminum sheet 1 mm thick andof sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap between the building structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it watertight(E) Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that enters the curtain glazing systemto make it watertight, by incorporating principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary 195 8.3 Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-12- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units of size and shape as required and specified, comprising of an outer heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass processor. (Payment for fixing of IGU Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost of item No.8.2) For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels (excluding the areas of the grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be measured in sqm. 196 8.4 Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass panels (IGUs) including providing and supplying at site all accessories and hardwares for the openable panels as specified and of the approved make such as heavy duty stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -point cremone locking sets with stainless steel plates, handles, buffers etc. including necessary stainless steel screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers etc. all complete as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineerin- Charge. 197 8.5 Providing, fabricating and supplying shadow box of required size and shape, for fixing in the spandrel portion of the structural glazing, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building by providing semi - rigid, inorganic, non- combustible fibre glass wool insulation 50 mm thick having density 48 kg/m3, conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958 Part 5.The insulation layer shall have facing (factory bonded on surface # 1 of the fibre glass insulation layer), of black non- woven fibre glass tissue of nominal thickness 0.5 mm and nominal mass not less than 60 gm/sqm, made of randomly oriented glass fibres distributed in a binder by a wet-lay process including fixing 1.5 mm thick solid aluminum sheet backing using, 6 mm thick cement board including SS rivets, nuts, bolts, washers etc complete. 198 8.6 Providing and supplying Spandrel Glass Panels comprising of 6 mm thick heat strengthened monolithic float glass of approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and shade so as to match the colour and shade of the IGUs in the vision panels etc., included in cost of relevent Item). (i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2, having properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of performance glass shall be decided by technical sanctioning authority as per the site requirement. 199 8.7 Designing, fabricating, testing, installing and fixing in position Curtain Wall with Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP) Cladding, with open grooves for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building, for all heights and all levels etc. including: with aluminium composite panel cladding, having all the performance characteristics all complete, as per the Architectural drawings, as per item description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge. However, for the purpose of payment, only the actual area on the external face of the curtain wall with Aluminum Composite Panel Cladding (including width of groove) shall be measured in sqm. upto two decimal places. 8.7.1 4 mm thick alumminium composite pannel material consisting of 3 mm thick FR grade mineral core sandwiched between two alumminium sheets (each 0.5mm thick) 8.7.2 4 mm thick alumminium composite pannel material consisting of 3.5 mm thick FR grade mineral core sandwiched between two alumminium sheets (each 0.25mm thick) 8.7.3 3 mm thick alumminium composite pannel material consisting of 2.5 mm thick FR grade mineral core sandwiched between two alumminium sheets (each 0.25mm thick) 200 8.8 Design, supply and installation of suspended Spider Glazing system designed to withstand the wind pressure as pr IS 875 (Part- III). The Suspended System held with Spider Fittings of SS-316 Grade Steel of approved manufacturer with glass panel having 12 mm thick clear toughened glass held together with SS- 316 Grade Stainless steel Spider and other incidental charges including wastage, enabling temporary services all fitting fixers nut bolts, washer, Buffer plates, fastener, anchors, SS channel laminated glass etc. all complete.For the purpose of payment actual elevation area of Glazing including thickness of joints and the portion of Glass panel inside the SS channel shall be measured., 201 8.9 Providing and fixing aluminium magnesium alloy (FACADE) wall cladding system consisting of panels 200mm wide x 17mm deep x 0.5mm thick of maximum length of 6.0 mtr. coil coated on a continuous paint line double baked and roll formed from centre to centre at a distance of maximum 1.20 mtr. The stringer shall be fixed to a suitable rigid structure. All panels shall be achromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint, enamelled twice under high temperature one side with full primer and the other side (inner side) with a primer coat on a continuous paint line, and fixed as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 202 8.10 Providing and fixing Aluminium Magnesium alloy Plain Panel Sun Louvres of approved colour consisting of panel 84 mm wide x 16mm deep x 0.6mm thick with round edges panel length upto 6 mtrs coil coated on a continuos paint line double baked between metal and paint, enamelled twice under high temperature one side with full primer and finish, the other side (inner side) with a primer coat and Skin Coat on a Continuos Paint Line.Note: - 1. The cost of providing extruded aluminium frames, shadow boxes, extruded aluminium section capping for fixing in the grooves of the curtain glazing shall be paid for separately under relevant items under this subhead. However, for the purpose of payment, only the actual area of structural glazing (including width of grooves) on the external face shall be measured in sqm. upto two decimal places. 203 9.1 Providing wood work in frames of doors, windows, clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixed in position with hold fast lugs or with dash fasteners of required dia and length (hold fast lugs or dash fastener shall be paid for separately). 9.1.1 Second class teak wood 9.1.2 Sal wood 9.1.3 Kiln Head wood seasoned and chemically treated hard wood (Haldu, Kail, Bija wood.) 9.1.4 Factory made Kiln seasoned, chemically treated, finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50 cm, 2nd class hard wood. 9.1.4.1 Frame of size 100mmX60mm single or double rebate 9.1.4.2 Frame of size 120mmX60mm double rebate. 205 9.2 Providing laminated veneer lumber conforming to IS:14616 and TAD -15: 2001(Part-B) in factory made frames of doors, windows, clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixing in position with hold fast lugs or with dash fasteners of required dia and length ( hold fast lugs or dash fastener shall be paid for separately). 206 9.3 Providing wood work in frames of false ceiling, partitions etc. sawn and fixed in position ( with necessary stainless steel screw) 9.3.1 Sal wood 9.3.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated hardwood Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.3.3 Factory made Kiln seasoned, chemically treated, finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50 cm, 2nd class hard wood. 207 9.4 Extra for additional labour wood work in circular shape, such as in frames of fan light : 9.4.1 Second class teak wood 9.4.2 Sal wood 9.4.3 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.4.4 Factory made Kiln seasoned, chemically treated, finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50 cm, 2nd class hard wood. 208 9.5 Providing and fixing panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws excluding, panelling/glazing which will be paid for separately, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 9.5.1 Second class teak wood 9.5.1.1 35 mm thick shutters 9.5.1.2 30 mm thick shutters 9.5.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated hardwood Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.5.2.1 35 mm thick shutters 9.5.2.2 30 mm thick shutters 9.5.3 Kiln seasoned selected planks of sheesham wood. 9.5.3.1 35 mm thick shutters 9.5.3.2 30 mm thick shutters 9.5.4 Factory made Kiln seasoned chemically treated and finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50cm, 2nd class hard wood shutters 9.5.4.1 35 mm thick 9.5.4.2 30 mm thick 209 9.6 Providing and fixing panelling or panelling and glazing in panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows (Area of opening for panel inserts excluding portion inside grooves or rebates to be measured). Panelling for panelled or panelled and glazed shutters 25 mm to 40 mm thick: 9.6.1 Second class teak wood 9.6.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood 9.6.3 15mm thick Factory made Kiln seasoned, chemically treated and finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50cm, 2nd class hard wood. 9.6.4 Ply wood 5 ply, 9 mm thick : 9.6.4.1 Decorative plywood both side decorative veneer (Type - I) conforming to IS 1328 BWR type. 9.6.4.2 Decorative plywood one side decorative veneer and commercial veneer on other face (Type 1) conforming to IS 1328 BWR Type 9.6.5 Ply wood 7 ply, 9 mm thick : 9.6.5.1 Decorative plywood both side decorative veneer (Type- I) conforming to IS 1328 BWR type. 9.6.5.2 Decorative plywood one side decorative veneer and commercial veneer on other face (Type-1) conforming to IS 1328 BWR Type 9.6.6 Particle Board 12 mm thick 9.6.6.1 Plain particle board flat pressed, 3 layer or graded wood particle board medium density Grade I, IS: 3087 marked. 9.6.6.2 Veneered flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board with commercial veneering on both sides conforming to IS: 3097, grade I. 9.6.6.3 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on one side and balancing lamination on other side, Grade I, Type II IS: 12823 marked. 9.6.6.4 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both sides, Grade I, Type II, IS: 12823 marked. 9.6.6.5 Coir Veneer Board (conforming to IS 14842) 12 mm thick 9.6.7 Float glass panes 9.6.7.1 4 mm thick glass pane (weight not less than 10 kg/sqm) 9.6.7.2 5 mm thick glass pane (weight not less than 12.5 kg/sqm) 9.6.8 Fly proof stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge with 0.5 mm dia. Wire and 1.4 mm wide aperture with matching wood beading 9.6.8.1 4mm to 5mm thick integral PVC form sheet with Celluka finish surface on both side with density not less than 600 kg/cum 9.6.8.2 4mm to 5mm thick laminated PVC form sheet with density not less than 600 kg/cum, laminated on both sides by 0.12 mm thick laminated sheet with density not less than 1400 kg/cum 210 9.7 Providing and fixing 35 mm thick factory made laminated veneer lumber door shutter conforming to IS : 14616 and TADS 15:2001 (Part B) including ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws, all complete as per directions of Engineer-in- charge and panelling with panels of: 9.7.1 12mm thick plain grade - 1, medium density flat pressed three layer particle board FPT - I or graded wood particle board FPT - I IS : 3087 marked bonded with BWP type synthetic resin adhesive as per IS : 848 : 9.7.2 12 mm thick pre-laminated particle board (decorative lamination on both sides) grade - 1, medium density flat pressed, three layer particle board FPT - I or graded wood particle board FPT - I, conforming to IS : 3087 bonded with BWP type synthetic resin adhesive as per IS : 848 and pre- lamination conforming to IS : 12823 Grade 1, Type - II marked: 9.7.3 12 mm thick one side pre-laminated particle board (decorative lamination on one side and other sides balancing lamination) grade - 1 medium density flat pressed, three layer particle board FPT - I or graded wood particle board FPT-1 conforming to IS : 3087 bonded with BWP type synthetic resin adhesive as per IS : 848 and prelamination conforming to IS : 12823 Grade -1, Type II marked: 211 9.8 Providing and fixing glazed shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows using 4 mm thick float glass panes including ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws. 9.8.1 Second class teak wood 9.8.1.1 35 mm thick 9.8.1.2 30 mm thick 9.8.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood 9.8.2.1 35 mm thick 9.8.2.2 30 mm thick 9.8.3 Kiln seasoned selected planks of sheesham wood. 9.8.3.1 35 mm thick 9.8.3.2 30 mm thick 9.8.4 Factory made Kiln seasoned chemically treated and finger jointed at spacing not closer than 50cm, 2nd class hard wood 9. 8.4.1 30 mm thick shutters 9. 8.4.2 35 mm thick shutters 212 9.9 Providing and fixing factory made laminated veneer lumber glazed shutter conforming to IS: 14616 and TADS 15:2001 (Part B) , using 4mm thick float glass panes for doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI marked fixing with M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws as per directions of Engineer-in- charge. 30 mm thick shutters. 213 9.10 Extra for providing heavy sheet float glass panes instead of ordinary float glass in glazed doors, windows and clerestory window shutters. (Area of opening for glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be measured) 9.10.1 5 mm thick instead of 4 mm thick. 9.10.2 10 to 12 mm float glass 9.10.3 5.5 mm safety glass 9.10.4 10-12mm safety glass 214 9.11 Extra for providing frosted glass panes 4 mm thick instead of ordinary float glass panes 4 mm thick in doors, windows and clerestory window shutters. (Area of opening for glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be measured). 215 9.12 Deduct for providing pin headed glass panes instead of ordinary float glass panes 4 mm thick in doors, windows and clerestory windows, shutters (Area of opening for glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be measured). 216 9.13 Extra for S.S, hinges providing ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges instead of M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws. (Shutter area to be measured). 217 9.14 Deduct for not providing hinges in doors, windows or clerestory window shutters with : 9.14.1 Stainless steel butt hinges with stainless steel screws for 2nd class teak wood and other class of wood shutters. 9.14.2 ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size For 2nd class teak wood and other class of wood shutters. 218 9.15 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick Second class teak wood shutters using 4mm float glass for cup board etc. : 9.15.1 Panelled or panelled and glazed shutters : 9.15.1.1 Using ISI marked anodised aluminium butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.15.1.2 Using ISI marked nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 9.15.2 Glazed shutters : 9.15.2.1 Second class teak wood including ISI marked anodised aluminium butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.15.2. 2nd class teak wood including ISI marked nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 219 9.16 Providing and fixing flat pressed 3 layer particle board medium density exterior grade (Grade I) or graded wood particle board IS : 3087 marked to frame, backing or studding with screws etc. complete (Frames, backing or studding to be paid separately) : 9.16.1 12 mm thick 9.16.2 18 mm thick 220 9.17 Providing and fixing Pre-laminated flat pressed 3 layer (medium density) particle board or graded wood particle board IS : 3087 marked with one side decorative and other side balancing lamination Grade I, Type II exterior grade IS : 12823 marked in shelves with screws and fittings wherever required, edges to be painted with polyurethane primer (fittings to be paid separately). 9.17.1 18 mm thick 9.17.2 25 mm thick 221 9.18 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutter. 9.18.1 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.18.2 30 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.18.3 25 mm thick (for cupboard) including ISI marked nickel plated bright finished M.S. Piano hinges IS: 3818 marked with necessary screws. 222 9.19 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 9.19.1 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.19.2 30 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.19.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including ISI marked nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 223 9.20 Extra for Providing and fixing flush doors with decorative veneering instead of non decorative ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) On one side only. 224 9.21 Extra for providing lipping with 2nd class teak wood battens 25 mm minimum depth on all edges of flush door shutters (over all area of door shutter to be measured). 225 9.22 Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding 0.1 sqm in all type of flush doors (cost of glass excluded) (overall area of door shutter to be measured) : 9.22.1 Rectangular or square. 9.22.2 Circular. 226 9.23 Extra if louvers (not exceeding 0.2 sqm) are provided in flush door shutters (overall area of door shutters to be measured). 227 9.24 Extra for cutting rebate in flush door shutters (Total area of the shutter to be measured). 228 9.25 Providing and fixing wire gauze shutters using galvanised M.S. wire gauze of average width of aperture 1.4mm in both direction with wire of dia. 0.63 mm for doors, windows and clerestory windows with hinges and necessary screws: 9.25.1 35 mm thick shutters with ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size. 9.25.1.1 Second class teak wood. 9.25.1.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.25.1.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.25.2 35 mm thick shutters with ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges of required size. 9.25.2.1 Second class teak wood. 9.25.2.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.25.2.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.25.3 30 mm thick shutters with ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size. 9.25.3.1 Second class teak wood. 9.25.3.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.25.3.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.25.4 30 mm thick shutters with ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges of required size. 9.25.4.1 Second class teak wood. 9.25.4.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.25.4.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 229 9.26 Providing and fixing wire gauge laminated veneer lumber shutters conforming to IS : 14616, and as per TADS 15 :2001 (Part B) using galvanised wire gauge with average width of aperture 1.4 mm in both directions with wire of dia 0.63 mm as per IS :1568 for doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI marked M.S. pressed fixing with butt hinges bright finished of required size with necessary screws as per directions of Engineer-in-charge: 9.26.1 35 mm thick shutters 9.26.2 30 mm thick shutters 230 9.27 Providing 50x50x50mm 2nd class teak wood plugs including cutting brick work and fixing in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) and making good the walls etc. 231 9.28 Providing and fixing expandable fasteners of specified size with necessary plastic sleeves and galvanised M.S. screws including drilling holes in masonry work /CC/ R.C.C. and making good etc. complete. 9.28.1 25 mm long 9.28.2 32 mm long 9.28.3 40 mm long 9.28.4 50 mm long 9.28.5 60 mm long 232 9.29 Providing and fixing 2nd class teak wood plain lining tongued and grooved including wooden plugs complete with necessary screws and priming coat on unexposed surface. 9.29.1 40 mm thick. 9.29.2 25 mm thick. 9.29.3 20 mm thick 9.29.4 12 mm thick 233 9.30 Providing and fixing in wall lining flat pressed three layer (medium density) particle board or graded wood Pre- laminated one side decorative lamination on other side balancing lamination Grade I, Type II, IS : 12823 marked including priming coat on unexposed surface, with necessary fixing arrangement and screws etc. complete : 9.30.1 12 mm thick 9.30.2 18 mm thick 9.30.3 25 mm thick 234 9.31 Providing and fixing specified wood frame work consisting of battens 50x25mm fixed with rawl plug and drilling necessary holes for rawl plug etc. including priming coat complete. Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 235 9.32 Providing and fixing plywood 4 mm thick one side decorative veneer conforming to IS: 1328 (type-1) for plain lining / cladding with necessary screws, priming coat on unexposed surface with: Decorative veneer facings of approved manufacture. 236 9.33 Providing and fixing 4mm thick coir veneer board, ISI marked IS: 14842, plain lining with necessary screws, priming coat on unexposed surface etc., complete. 237 9.34 Providing and fixing skirting of Pre- laminated with (one side decorative and other side balancing lamination) flat pressed, 3 layer or graded particle board (medium density) Grade I, Type II, IS :12823 marked, with necessary fixing arrangements and screws including drilling necessary holes for rawl plugs etc. and priming coat on unexposed surface complete : 9.34.1 18 mm thick 9.34.2 25 mm thick 238 9.35 Providing and fixing wooden moulded beading to door and window frames with iron screws, plugs and priming coat on unexposed surface etc. complete : 9.35.1 2nd class teak wood 9.35.1.1 50x12 mm 9.35.1.2 50 x 20 mm 9.35.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.35.2.1 50x12 mm 9.35.2.2 50x20 mm 239 9.36 Providing and fixing plain jaffri of 35x10 mm laths placed 35 mm apart (frames to be paid separately) including fixing 50x12 mm beading complete with : Second class teak wood. 240 9.37 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick, 150 mm wide pelmet of flat pressed 3 layer or graded wood particle board medium density grade I, IS : 3087 marked,, including fixing with 25x3 mm M.S. flat 10 cm long fixed to pelmet with Haldu, Kail, Bija wood cleats of size 100 mm x 40 mm x 40 mm on both inner side of pelmet and rawl plugs 75 mm long etc. all complete. 241 9.38 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick, 150 mm wide pelmet of coir veneer board ISI marked IS: 14842, including top cover of 6 mm coir veneer board, nickle plated brackets, including fixing with 25x3 mm M.S. Flat 10 cm long fixed to pelmet with Haldu, Kail, Bija wood cleats of size 100 mm x 40 mm x 40 mm on both inner side of pelmet and rawl plugs 75 mm long etc. all complete. 242 9.39 Extra for using veneered particle board conforming to IS 3097 Grade I, in item of pelmet 18mm thick 150mm wide. 9.39.1 Non decorative veneer on both sides. 9.39.2 Particle board with decorative veneering on both sides. 243 9.40 Providing and fixing teak wood lipping of size 25x3 mm in pelmet. 244 9.41 Providing and fixing of 1.25 mm thick chromium plated brass plate, with two chromium plated curtain rods brass brackets fixed with C.P. brass screws and wooden plugs, etc., wherever necessary complete: 9.41.1 12 mm dia. 9.41.2 20 mm dia. 9.41.3 25 mm dia. 245 9.42 Providing and fixing nickel plated curtain rods M.S. pipe with nickel plated brackets : 9.42.1 20 mm dia (heavy type) 9.42.2 25 mm dia (heavy type) 246 9.43 Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required pattern in frames of windows etc. with M.S. flats, square or round bars etc. including priming coat with approved steel primer all complete. 9.43.1 Fixed to steel windows by welding. 9.43.2 Fixed to openings /wooden frames with rawl plugs screws etc. 247 9.44 Providing and fixing expanded metal 20x60 mm strands 3.25 mm wide and 1.6 mm thick for windows etc. including 62 x19 mm beading of II nd class teak wood and priming coat with approved steel primer all complete. 248 9.45 Providing and fixing hard drawn steel wire fabric 75x25 mm mesh of weight not less than 7.75 Kg per sqm to window frames etc. including 62x19 mm beading of second class teak wood and priming coat with approved steel primer all complete. 249 9.46 Providing and fixing fly proof galvanized M.S. wire gauge to windows and clerestory windows using wire gauge with average width of aperture 1.4 mm in both directions with wire of dia. 0.63 mm all complete. 9.46.1 With 2nd class teak wood beading 62x19 mm. 9.46.2 With 12 mm mild steel U beading. 250 9.47 Deduct for fixing 75x25 mm hard drawn steel wire fabric of weight not less than 7.75 Kg. per sqm in panelled and glazed door and window shutter instead of glass sheet 4 mm thick. 251 9.48 Providing 40x5 mm flat (iron hold fast 40 cm long) (0.628 kg) including fixing to frame with 10 mm diameter bolts, nuts and wooden plugs and embeddings in cement concrete block 30x10x15cm 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 252 9.49 Providing wooden beams including hoisting, fixing in position and applying wood preservative for the unexposed surfaces, etc. complete with : 9.49.1 Sal wood. 9.49.2 Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 253 9.50 Providing and fixing ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.50.1 125x65x2.12 mm 9.50.2 100x58x1.90 mm 9.50.3 75x47x1.70 mm 9.50.4 50x37x1.50 mm 254 9.51 Providing and fixing IS : 1341 marked M.S. heavy weight butt hinges with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.51.1 125x90x4.00 mm 9.51.2 100x75x3.50 mm 9.51.3 75x60x3.10 mm 9.51.4 50x40x2.50 mm 255 9.52 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. pressed butt hinges with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.52.1 125x65x2.12 mm 9.52.2 100x58x1.90 mm 9.52.3 75x47x1.70 mm 9.52.4 50x37x1.50 mm 256 9.53 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. pressed Parliamentary hinges with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.53.1 150x125x27x2.80 mm 9.53.2 125x125x27x2.80 mm 9.53.3 100x125x27x2.80 mm 9.53.4 75x100x20x2.24 mm 257 9.54 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. single acting spring hinges with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.54.1 150 mm 9.54.2 125 mm 9.54.3 100 mm 258 9.55 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. double acting spring hinges with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.55.1 150 mm 9.55.2 125 mm 9.55.3 100 mm 259 9.56 Providing M.S. Piano hinges ISI marked IS: 3818 finished with nickel plating and fixing with necessary screws etc., complete. 9.56.1 Overall width 35 mm. 9.56.2 Overall width 50 mm. 9.56.3 Overall width 65 mm. 260 9.57 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. sliding door bolts with nuts and screws etc. complete: 9.57.1 300x16 mm 9.57.2 250x16 mm 261 9.58 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. tower bolt black finish, (Barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.58.1 250x10 mm 9.58.2 200x10 mm 9.58.3 150x10 mm 9.58.4 100x10 mm 262 9.59 Providing and fixing ISI marked 85x42mm oxidised M.S. pull bolt lock conforming to IS: 7534 with necessary screws bolts, nut and washers etc. complete 263 9.60 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. door latches conforming to IS:5930 with screws etc. complete : 9.60.1 300x20x6 mm 9.60.2 250x20x6 mm 264 9.61 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. handles conforming to IS:4992 with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.61.1 125 mm 9.61.2 100 mm 9.61.3 75 mm 265 9.62 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. hasp and staple (safety type) conforming to IS : 363 with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.62.1 150 mm 9.62.2 115 mm 9.62.3 90 mm 266 9.63 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. casement stays (straight peg type) with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.63.1 300 mm weighing not less than 200 gms. 9.63.2 250 mm weighing not less than 150 gms. 9.63.3 200 mm weighing not less than 120 gms. 267 9.64 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. Safety chain with necessary fixtures for doors. (Weighing not less than 450 gms.) 268 9.65 Providing and fixing ISI marked stainless steel sliding door bolts with nuts and screws etc. complete: 9.65.1 300x16 mm 9.65.2 250x16 mm 269 9.66 Providing and fixing ISI marked stainless steel tower bolt black finish, (Barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.66.1 250x10 mm 9.66.2 200x10 mm 9.66.3 150x10 mm 9.66.4 100x10 mm 270 9.67 Providing and fixing ISI marked 85x42mm stainless steel pull bolt lock with necessary screws bolts, nut and washers etc. complete. 271 9.68 Providing and fixing ISI marked stainless steel door latches with screws etc. complete : 9.68.1 300x20x6 mm 9.68.2 250x20x6 mm 272 9.69 Providing and fixing ISI marked stainless steel handles with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.69.1 125 mm 9.69.2 100 mm 9.69.3 75 mm 273 9.70 Providing and fixing stainless steel hasp and staple (safety type) conforming to IS specification with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.70.1 150 mm 9.70.2 115 mm 9.70.3 90 mm 274 9.71 Providing and fixing stainless steel casement stays (straight peg type) conforming to IS specification with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.71.1 300 mm weighing not less than 200 gms. 9.71.2 250 mm weighing not less than 150 gms. 9.71.3 200 mm weighing not less than 120 gms. 275 9.72 Providing and fixing stainless steel safety chain with necessary fixtures for doors. Conforming to IS specification (Weighing not less than 450 gms.) 276 9.73 Providing and fixing IS : 12817 marked stainless steel butt hinges with stainless steel screws etc. complete : 9.73.1 125x64x1.90 mm 9.73.2 100X58X1.90 mm 9.73.3 75x47x1.80 mm 9.73.4 50x37x1.50 mm 277 9.74 Providing and fixing IS : 12817 marked stainless steel butt hinges (heavy weight) with stainless steel screws etc. complete : 9.74.1 125x64x2.50 mm 9.74.2 100x60x2.50 mm 9.74.3 75x50x2.50 mm 278 9.75 Providing and fixing 50 mm Stainless steel cup board or wardrobe knob with necessary screws (best make of approved quality) 279 9.76 Providing and fixing Stainless steel hanging type floor door stopper with necessary screws, etc. complete. 280 9.77 Providing and fixing bright finished brass butt hinges with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.77.1 125x85x5.5 mm (heavy type) 9.77.2 125x70x4 mm (ordinary type) 9.77.3 100x85x5.5 mm (heavy type) 9.77.4 100x70x4 mm (ordinary type) 9.77.5 75x65x4 mm (heavy type) 9.77.6 75x40x2.5 mm (ordinary type) 9.77.7 50x40x2.5 mm (ordinary type) 281 9.78 Providing and fixing bright finished brass parliamentary hinges with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.78.1 150x125x27x5 mm 9.78.2 125x125x27x5 mm 9.78.3 100x125x27x5 mm 9.78.4 75x100x20x3.2 mm 282 9.79 Providing and fixing bright finished brass tower bolts (barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.79.1 400x10 mm 9.79.2 250x10 mm 9.79.3 200x10 mm 9.79.4 150x10 mm 9.79.5 100x10 mm 283 9.80 Providing and fixing bright finished brass door latch with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.80.1 300x16x5 mm 9.80.2 250x16x5 mm 284 9.81 Providing and fixing bright finished brass handles with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.81.1 125 mm 9.81.2 100 mm 9.81.3 75 mm 285 9.82 Providing and fixing bright finished brass sliding door bolts with nuts and screws etc complete. 9.82.1 300x16mm 9.82.2 250x16mm 286 9.83 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 287 9.84 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock ISI marked with six levers and a pair of anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) aluminium lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved quality). 288 9.85 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch with one dead bolt and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 289 9.86 Providing and fixing bright finished brass night latch including necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 290 9.87 Providing and fixing special quality bright finished brass cupboard or wardrobe locks with four levers including necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality) : 9.87.1 40 mm 9.87.2 50 mm 9.87.3 65 mm 9.87.4 75 mm 291 9.88 Providing and fixing 50 mm bright finished brass cup board or wardrobe knob with necessary screws (best make of approved quality) 292 9.89 Providing and fixing bright finished brass hanging type floor door stopper with necessary screws, etc. complete. 293 9.90 Providing and fixing bright finished brass casement window fastener with necessary screws etc. complete. 294 9.91 Providing and fixing bright finished brass casement stays (straight peg type) with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.91.1 300 mm weighing not less than 330 gms 9.91.2 250 mm weighing not less than 280 gms 9.91.3 200 mm weighing not less than 240 gms 295 9.92 Providing and fixing bright finished brass hasp and staple (safety type) with necessary screws etc. complete: 9.92.1 150 mm 9.92.2 115 mm 9.92.3 90 mm 296 9.93 Providing and fixing Cromium plated brass hanging type floor door stopper with necessary screws, etc. complete. 297 9.94 Providing and fixing aluminium die cast body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand logo with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto 35 kg and door width upto 700 mm) with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete. 298 9.95 Providing and fixing aluminium extruded section body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand logo with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto 36 kg to 80 kg and door width from 701 mm to 1000 mm) with double speed adjustment with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete. 299 9.96 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 300 9.97 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 100 mm mortice latch with one dead bolt and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 301 9.98 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass night latch including necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved quality). 302 9.99 Providing and fixing special quality chromium plated brass cupboard locks with six levers including necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved quality) of : 9.99.1 Size 40 mm 9.99.2 Size 50 mm 9.99.3 Size 65 mm 9.99.4 Size 75 mm 303 9.100 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 50 mm cupboard or wardrobe knobs with nuts complete. 304 9.101 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass sliding door bolts ISI marked with nuts and screws etc complete. 9.101.1 300x16mm 9.101.2 250x16mm 305 9.102 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass tower bolts ISI marked with nuts and screws etc complete. 9.102.1 400X10mm 9.102.2 300x10mm 9.102.3 250x10mm 9.102.4 200x10 mm 9.102.5 150x10 mm 9.102.6 100x10 mm 306 9.103 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass door latch ISI marked with necessary screws etc complete. 9.103.1 300x16x5mm 9.103.2 250x16x5mm 307 9.104 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass night latch ISI marked with necessary screws etc complete. 308 9.105 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass handles with necessary screws etc. complete: 9.105.1 125 mm 9.105.2 100 mm 9.105.3 75 mm 309 9.106 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass casement window fastener with necessary screws etc. complete. 310 9.107 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass casement stays (straight peg type) with necessary screws etc. complete : 9.107.1 300 mm weighing not less than 330 gms 9.107.2 250 mm weighing not less than 280 gms 9.107.3 200 mm weighing not less than 240 gms 311 9.108 Providing and fixing ISI marked aluminium butt hinges anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS: 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete: Note:- Aluminum hinges shall not be used in wooden shutters. 9.108.1 125x75x4 mm 9.108.2 125x63x4 mm 9.108.3 100x75x4 mm 9.108.4 100x63x4 mm 9.108.5 100x63x3.2 mm 9.108.6 75x63x4 mm 9.108.7 75x63x3.2 mm 9.108.8 75x45x3.2 mm 312 9.109 Providing and fixing aluminium sliding door bolts ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS: 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with nuts and screws etc. complete: 9.109.1 300x16 mm 9.109.2 250x16 mm 313 9.110 Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete: 9.110.1 400X10mm 9.110.2 300x10 mm 9.110.3 250x10 mm 9.110.4 200x10 mm 9.110.5 150x10 mm 9.110.6 100x10 mm 314 9.111 Providing and fixing aluminium pull bolt lock anodised ISI marked (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with necessary screws bolts, nut and washers etc. complete. 315 9.112 Providing and fixing 50cm long aluminium kicking plate 100x3.15 mm anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS :1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete. 316 9.113 Providing and fixing aluminium handles ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete: 9.113.1 125 mm 9.113.2 100 mm 9.113.3 75 mm 317 9.114 Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor door stopper ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS: 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.114.1 Single rubber stopper 9.114.2 Twin rubber stopper 318 9.115 Providing and fixing aluminium casement window stays ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS: 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with necessary screws etc. complete. 319 9.116 Providing and fixing aluminium tee channels (heavy duty) with rollers, stop end in pelmets as curtain rod. 320 9.117 Providing and fixing aluminum U beading of required size to Pre-laminated /flush door shutter including fixing etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 321 9.118 Providing and fixing PTMT handles with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.118.1 125x34x24 mm weighing not less than 23 gms. 9.118.2 150x34x24 mm weighing not less than 26 gms. 322 9.119 Providing and fixing PTMT Butt hinges with necessary screws etc. complete. 9.119.1 75x60x10 mm fitted with 5.5 mm dia M.S. Bright Bar Rod weighing not less than 34 gms. 9.119.2 100x75x10 mm fitted with 5.5 mm dia MS Bright Bar Rod weighing not less than 53 gms. 323 9.120 Providing and fixing PTMT Tower Bolts with 12 mm one piece rod inside and necessary screws etc., complete. 9.120.1 152x42x18 mm weighing not less than 60 gms. 9.120.2 202x42x18 mm weighing not less than 78 gms. 324 9.121 Providing and fixing PTMT door catcher of length 72 mm and dia. of 42 mm with suitable washers weighing not less than 33 gms. 325 9.122 Providing and fixing PTMT hanging type floor door stoper with necessary screws etc complete. 326 9.123 Providing and fixing wire gauge shutters using stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge with wire of dia 0.5 mm and average width of aperture 1.4 mm in both directions for doors, windows and clerestory windows with necessary screws: 9.123.1 35 mm thick shutters with ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size. 9.123.1.1 Second class teak wood. 9.123.1.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.123.1.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.123.2 35 mm thick shutters with ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges of required size. 9.123.2.1 Second class teak wood. 9.123.2.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.123.2.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.123.3 30 mm thick shutters with ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright finished of required size. 9.123.3.1 Second class teak wood. 9.123.3.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.123.3.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 9.123.4 30 mm thick shutters with ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges of required size. 9.123.4.1 Second class teak wood. 9.123.4.2 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Haldu, Kail, Bija wood. 9.123.4.3 Kiln seasoned selected class of sheesham wood. 327 9.124 Providing and fixing fly proof stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge, to windows and clerestory windows using wire gauge with average width of aperture 1.4 mm in both directions with wire of dia. 0.50 mm all complete. 9.124.1 With 2nd class teak wood beading 62x19 mm. 9.124.2 With 12 mm mild steel U beading. 328 9.125 Providing and fixing Bamboo jaffery/ fencing consisting of superior quality 25mm dia (Average) half cut bamboo placed vertically and fixed together with three numbers horizontal running members of Haldu, Kail, Bija wood in scantling of section 50x25mm fixed with nails and G.I wire on existing support complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 329 9.126 Providing and fixing wooden moulded corner beading of triangular shape to the junction of panelling etc. with iron screws, plugs and priming coat on unexposed surface etc. complete 2nd class teak wood. 50x50mm (base and height). 330 9.127 Providing and fixing 2nd class teak wood lipping/ moulded beading or Taj beading of size 18x5mm fixed with wooden adhesive of approved quality and screws/ nails on the edges of the Pre-laminated particle board as per direction of Engineer- in-charge. 331 9.128 Providing and fixing bright finished 100mm mortice lock with 6 levers without pair of handles for aluminium door with necessary screws etc complete (Best make of approved quality) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 332 9.129 Providing and fixing magnetic catcher in cupboard / ward robe shutters including fixing with necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved quality). 9.129.1 Triple strip vertical type. 9.129.2 Double strip (horizontal type). 333 9.130 Providing and fixing magic eye in door shutters including fixing. Complete (Best make of approved quality). 334 9.131 Providing and fixing powder coated telescopic drawer channels with necessary screws etc. complete as per directions of Engineer-in-charge. 9.131.1 300mm long 9.131.2 450mm long 9.131.3 500mm long 335 9.132 Providing and fixing sliding arrangement in racks/ cupboards/cabinets shutter by P/F stainless steel rollers to run inside C or E aluminium channel section (The payment of C or E channel shall be made separately) 336 9.133 Providing and fixing 12mm thick panelling or panelling and glazing in panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows (area of opening for panel inserts excluding portion inside grooves or rebates to be measured). Panelling for panelled or panelled and glazed shutters 25mm to 40mm thick. 9.133.1 Marine plywood conforming to IS: 710 9.133.2 Fire retardant plywood conforming to IS: 5509. 337 9.134 Providing and Fixing decorative high pressure laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss / matt / suede finish with high density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S including cost of adhesive of approved quality. 9.134.1 1.5 mm thick. 9.134.2 1.0 mm thick. 338 9.135 Providing and fixing cup board shutters 25mm thick, with Pre-laminated flat pressed three layer particle board or graded wood particle board IS: 12823 marked exterior grade (Grade l Type ll) having one side decorative lamination and other side balancing lamination including IInd class teak wood lipping of 25mm wide x12 mm thick with necessary screws and bright finished stainless steel piano hinges complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 339 9.136 Providing and fixing cup board shutters with 25mm thick veneered particle board IS : 3097 marked exterior grade (Grade I) of approved make including IInd class teak wood lipping of 25mm wide x 12 mm thick with necessary screws and bright finished stainless steel piano hinges complete as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 9.136.1 With decorative veneering on one side and commercial veneering on other side. 9.136.2 With non decorative veneering on both sides. 340 9.137 Providing and fixing factory made shutters of 25 mm thick Pre-laminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board with one side decorative finish and other side balancing lamination conforming to IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, of approved design, and edges sealed with water resistant paint and lipped with aluminium U type edge beading all- round the shutter, including fixing with angle cleat, grip strip, cadmium plated steel screws including fixing of aluminium hinges 100x63x4 mm etc. complete as per architectural drawing and direction of Engineer-in-Charge (Cost of U beading and hinges will be paid for separately). 341 9.138 Providing and fixing in wall lining MDF board medium density fibre board IS: 14587:1998 marked, Pre-laminated one side decorative lamination and other side balancing lamination, with necessary fixing arrangement and screws etc. complete. 9.138.1 12 mm thick. 9.138.2 18 mm thick. 9.138.3 25 mm thick. 342 9.139 Providing and fixing 25mm thick pre- laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade(Grade-I) IS:14587:1998 marked one side decorative to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand including ISI marked nickeled plated bright finishing M.S. piano hinges IS:3818 marked with necessary screwed complete 343 9.140 Providing and fixing skirting with Pre- laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade (Grade-I) IS: 14587:1998 marked, with necessary fixing arrangements and screws, including drilling necessary holes for rawl plugs etc. and edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand complete. 9.140.1 18 mm thick 9.140.2 25 mm thick 344 9.141 Providing and fixing partition upto ceiling height consisting of G.I. frame and required board including providing and fixing of frame work made of special section power pressed/ roll form G.I. sheet to be provided at the horizontal joints of two boards, fixed to the studs using metal to metal flat head screws, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish with recommended jointing compound, jointing tape, angle beads at corner (25 mm x 25 mm x 0.5 mm), joint finisher and two coats of primer suitable for board as per manufactures specification and direction of engineer in charge all complete. 9.141.1 75mm overall thickness partition with 12.5 mm thick double skin fire rated glass reinforced gypsum (GRG) plaster board conforming to IS: 2095: part 3 1996 Board with BIS certification marks. 9.141.2 75mm overall thickness partition with 12.5 mm thick double skin tapered edged plain Gypsum plaster board conforming to IS:2095: part I 1996 Board with BIS certification marks. 9.141.3 66mm overall thickness Partition with 8mm thick double skin Calcium Silicate Board made with Calcareous and Siliceous materials reinforced with cellulose fiber manufactured through autoclaving process with Compressive Strength 225 kg/sq.cm, Bending Strength 100 kg./sq.cm. 9.141.4 66mm overall thickness partition using 8mm thick double skin non- asbestos multipurpose cement board reinforced with cellulose fibre manufactured through autoclaving process (High pressure steam cured) as per IS: 14862 with suitable fibre cement screw. 9.141.5 68mm overall thickness partition using 9mm thick Heavy Duty Fibre Cement Board double skin non asbestos, reinforced with cellulose fibre,manufactured through autoclaving proces(High presssure steam cured)Type A, Category 4 conforming to IS 14862:2000. (for wet areas) 9.141.6 70 mm overall thickness Partition using 10mm thick double skin non-asbestost multipurpose termite, fire & moisure resistance (acoustic 30db) cement bonded particle board as per IS: 14276 with suitable cement bonded board screw. 345 9.142 Providing and fixing, in position concealed G.I. section for wall paneling using board of required thickness fixed on the W profile (0.55mm thick ) having a knurled web of 51.55mm and two flanges of 26mm each with lips of 10.55 mm, placed @ 610mm C/C with fully threaded self- tapping dry wall screws. Board is fixed to the W profile with 25 mm countersunk ribbed head screws @ 200mm C/C., all complete as per the drawing and directions of engineer-in-charge the joints of the boards are finished with specially formulated jointing compound and 48mm wide jointing tape to provide seamless finish. 9.142.1 10 mm thick tapered edge calcium silicate board made with calcareous and siliceous materials reinforced with cellulose fibre manufactured through autoclaving process to give stable crystalline structure, with compressive strength 225 kg/sq.cm, Bending strength 100 kg/sq.cm. 9.142.2 12 mm thick Gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095 Part-I. 9.142.3 8 mm thick non-asbestost multipurpose termite, fire & moisure resistance cement bonded particle board as per IS: 14276 with suitable cement bonded board screw. 9.142.4 8mm Both side Factory Prelamianted cement bonded particle board as per IS: 15786. 9.142.5 9mm thick non asbestos,heavy duty fibre cement board reinforced with cellulose fibre manufactured through autoclaving process(High pressure steam cured) Type A,Category 4, conforming to IS 14862. 346 9.143 Providing and fixing frame work for partitions/ wall lining etc. made of 50x50x1.6mm hollow MS tube, placed along the walls, ceiling and floor in a grid pattern with spacing @ 60 cm centre to centre both ways (vertically and horizontally ) including making provision for opening for doors, windows, electrical conduits, switch boards etc., including providing with two coats of approved steel primer etc. complete, all as per direction of Engineer- in-charge. 347 9.144 Providing and fixing panelling or paneling and glazing in panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows (area of opening for panel inserts excluding portion inside grooves or rebated to be measured). Panelling for panelled and glazed shutters 25mm to 40mm thick: Pre-laminated with decorative lamination on both side exterior Grade - I MDF Board 12 mm thick confirming to IS:14587 348 9.145 Providing and fixing Pre -laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade (Grade-I) IS: 14587:1998 marked, to frame, backing or studding with screws etc. complete (Frames, backing or studding to be paid separately). 9.145.1 Board 12 mm thick 9.145.2 Board 18 mm thick 349 9.146 Providing and fixing Pre-laminated medium density fibre board IS: 14587:1998 marked, with one side decorative lamination other side balancing lamination Grade-I(exterior grade) in shelves with screws and fittings wherever required, edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand (fittings to be paid separately). 9.146.1 18 mm thick 9.146.2 25 mm thick 350 9.147 Providing and Installation of acoustical wall panelling fabric finish hardened square edge, FR grade fabric (colour as approved by Egnineer in charge) wrapped soft fibre core (glass fibre) panel having metal framing, of size 600x2100x25mm having density 100-120Kgs/ m3, weight 3.0kg/m2 NRC up to 0.9 installed by using impaling clip. Impaling clips are attached directly to the wall/frame work with the points extending outward. Then panels shall positioned and pressed into place. 351 9.148 Providing and installation of acoustical wall panelling wood finish Slats made out of HDF board , Melamine / veneer laminated finish, perforated wooden grooved slats (2mm grooves @ 8mm centers) / (2mm Slats @16mm pitch) / (2mm grooves @ 32mm centers) / (2mm grooves @ 64mm centers), Aluminium core cross channel having thickness 0.5mm, length 2400mm, web 15mm and 27mm, depth 18mm and flanges of 7mm with suitable edge and centre brackets is then fixed perpendicular to the cross channel with the help of fasteners at every 400mm centers. Contractor to Provide expansion joints of 3mm at every 5mts bothways. 352 9.149 Providing and installation of paintble acoustic wall panelling consisting of strand kerfed edge paint finished as approved by Engineer in charge. magnesite bonded wood fiber panels of size 600x2400x20mm having density 400kg/m3, weight 8- 20kg/m2 which is fixed to GI strut system. fastened to wall positioned horizontally in a regular manner at 600mm centers. PVC Vinyl core UV treated H-Spline having thickness 2mm and length 2400mm to be fixed perpendicular to the Cross channel at 600mm centers. The Kerfed edge panels shall be then inserted into the H-spline against wall to perfect fit. 9.149.1 Wt. 8.20 kg/m2 9.149.2 Wt. 4.2 kg/m2 353 9.150 Providing and fixing plain lining with necessary screws/nuts and bolts/ nails including a coat of approved primer on one face and fixed on wooden /steel frame work complete as per direction of Engineer-incharge. (Frame work shall be paid forseparately) 9.150.1 12mm thick commercial ply conforming to IS: 1328 BWR type. 9.150.2 18mm thick commercial ply conforming to IS: 1328 BWR type. 354 9.151 Providing and Installation of acoustic wall panelling consisting of Soak Coard of selected colours as approved by Engineer in charge. Kerf edge Fabric wrapped wood fiber panels of size 600x2400x20mm having density 400Kgs/m3, weight 4- 20kg/m2 installed by using GI strut system. PVC Vinyl core UV treated H-Spline having thickness 2mm and length 2400mm to be fixed perpendicular to the Cross channels at 600mm centers. Kerfed edge Fabric wrapped panels shall be then inserted into the H-spline against wall to perfect fit. 355 9.152 Providing and Installation of acoustic wall panelling consisting of Soak Cord of selected colours as approved by Engineer in charge, square edge Fabric wrapped wood fiber panels of size 600x1200x10mm having density 400Kgs/m3, weight 4- 20kg/m2 installed by using GI struts,Z bars. GI Z bars having 40mm height, thickness 1.2mm is first fixed behind the panels by identifying resin spots by using suitable fasteners.Clean exposed surfaces of wall and ensure walls are in plumb line before installing on wall (provide necessary packing shims if required). Soak cord square edge panels shall be slided into the Z bars fixed on wall. 356 9.153 Providing and installation of acoustic wall panelling consisting of Stretch NRC by using FR Grade NRC fabric of size 1700mm width, shall be stretched by using wooden base 10mm thick, rigid vinyl Stretch Tracks half wrap/ full wrap 25mm and Midseam 300mm centers. The fabric is stuck on the Align Tape (by removing the protective cover) at the same time as being stretched and tucked into the Stretch tracks and secure into the locking jaws so that it will be smooth, free of wrinkles with the tucking tools. Note -minimum 50mm additional fabric is required for tucking hence maximum module width would be 1600mm. 357 9.154 Providing and Installation of wall panelling consisting of Square edge Magnesia core panels of size 1100x2400x8mmmm having density 1000kgs/m3, weight 8kg/m2 installed by using GI Strut system. The GI struct system includes Cross channel having thickness 0.45mm, length 3600mm, knurled web 40, depth 10mm and equal flanges of 15mm is fastened to wall positioned horizontally in a regular manner at 600mm c/c. The panels to be fixed on the cross channel with suitable fasteners. 358 9.155 Supplying and installation of magnesia block 66 mm thick drywall partition including Framework includes Floor/ Head GI channels having thickness 0.5mm, length 3600mm, equal flanges of 32mm and web of 50mm fixed to floor and ceiling with suitable fasteners at 300mm centers staggered. Second layer of magenesia oxide block 8mm thick should be fixed other side of the frame work similar fashion as the first layer. 3mm gap should be maintained between boards.3 mm gap shall be filled with jointing compound. Magnesia oxide block shall have following physical charecterstics. 9.155.1 Using 8mm thick magnesia block 9.155.2 Using10mm thick magnesia block 9.155.3 Using12mm thick magnesia block 9.155.4 Using12mm thick magnesia block 359 9.156 Add extra for providing and fixing Thermal insulation by providing 50mm thick synth PF having dencity 1000 GSM within the cavity held in position by using chicken wire mesh/ cross bracing/ pasting to the wall. 360 9.157 Providing and laying Gypsum panel partitions 100mm thick with water proof Gypsum panels of size 666x500x100mm, made of calcite phosphor Gypsum fixed with tongue and groove, jointed with bonding plaster as per manufacturers specifications in superstructure above plinth level up to floor II level. Gypsum blocks will have a minimum compressive strength of 9.3 kg/cm2. 361 9.158 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC door frame made of UPVC extruded sections having an overall dimension as below (tolerance ±1mm), with wall thickness 2.0 mm (± 0.2mm), corners of the door frame to be Jointed with galvanized brackets and stainless steel screws, joints mitred and Plastic welded. The hinge side vertical of the frame reinforced by galvanized M.S. tube of size 19 X 19mm and 1mm (± 0.1 mm) wall thickness and 3 nos. stainless steel hinges fixed to the frame complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge: 9.158.1 Extruded section Profile size 48x40 mm. 9.158.2 Extruded section Profile size 42x50 mm. 362 9.159 Providing and fixing Panelled UPVC door shutter to existing door frames. 24 mm thick factory made UPVC door shutters made of styles and rails of a UPVC hollow section of size 59x24 mm and wall thickness 2 mm (± 0.2 mm) with inbuilt edging on both sides. The panels filled vertically and tie bar at two places by inserting horizontally 6 mm galvanised M.S. rod and fastened with nuts and washers, complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (For W.C. and bathroom door shutter). 363 9.160 Providing and fixing UPVC panelled door shutter UPVC 30 mm thick factory made PVC or UPVC door shutter made of styles and rails of a UPVC hollow section of size 60x30 mm and wall thickness 2 mm (± 0.2 mm), The panels filled vertically and tie bar at two places by inserting horizontally 6 mm galvanised M.S. rod and fastened with nuts and washers, complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. 364 9.161 Providing and fixing 25mm thick PVC flush door shutters made out of a one piece Multi chamber extruded PVC section of the size of 762mmx25mm or less as per requirement with an average wall thickness of 1mm (± 0.3mm). PVC foam end cap of size 23x10mm are provided on both vertical edges to ensure the overall thickness of 25mm. The Top and Bottom edges of the shutter are covered with an end-cap of the size 25mmx11mm. Door shutter shall be reinforced with special polymeric reinforcements as per required specification and direction of Engineer-in- charge to take up necessary hardware and fixtures. Stickers indicating the locations of hardware will be pasted at appropriate places. 365 9.162 Providing and fixing 37 mm thick factory made PVC door shutter, styles and rails made of PVC hollow section of size 100mmx37mm with wall thickness 2mm (±0.2mm), with inbuilt bead on one side, styles and rails mitered cut and joint at the corners by means of 2 nos. of plastic brackets of size 100mmx37mm, wall thickness 2mm (+0.2mm) will be fixed to the vertical styles. Providing with PVC snapfit beads and panel of size 100mmx20 mm, and inserting 2 nos. tie bar of 6 mm dia and fastening with nuts and washers complete, all as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. 366 9.163 Providing and Fixing, factory made, PVC door frame made of PVC extruded sections of size 75mmx53 mm, having wall thickness 2.0mm (±0.2mm). Both verticals sides of the frame reinforced with PVC profile of cross section size 28mm x 30mm x2mm thickness (± 0.2 mm) and 75mmx200 mm long, including reinforcing both ends of the top frame with PVC profile. PVC Door Frame and PVC reinforcement profile to be mitred cut jointed and fusion welded together, including providing and fixing 3 nos. of 125mm long stainless steel hinges to frame, fixing the frame with jamb with required nos. and sizes of anchor dash fastener, all complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of engineer-in-charge. 367 9.164 Providing and fixing 37 mm thick factory made PVC Door shutter, styles and rails made of PVC hollow extruded printed and laminated section having overall dimension 115mm x 37mm with wall thickness , panels of 100 x 20 mm printed and laminated and inserting 2 nos. 6 mm dia. bright steel rod horizontally with both side threaded and tightened with check nuts and washers complete, all as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 368 9.165 Providing and fixing factory made P.V.C. door frame of size 50x47mm with a wall thickness of 5mm, made out of extruded 5mm rigid PVC foam sheet, mitred at corners and joined with 2 Nos. of 150mm long brackets of 15x15mm M.S. square tube, the vertical door frame profiles to be reinforced with 19x19mm M.S. square tube of 19 gauge, EPDM rubber gasket weather seal to be provided through out the frame. The door frame to be fixed to the wall using M.S. screws of 65/100mm size, complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 369 9.166 Providing and fixing factory made 30 mm thick PVC door shutter consisting of frame made out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge thickness and size of 19mm x 19mm for styles and 15x15mm for top and bottom rails. M.S. frame shall have a coat of steel primers and joined together with solvent cement adhesive. An additional 5mm thick PVC strip of 20mm width is to be stuck on the interior side of the C Channel using PVC solvent adhesive etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Manufacturer’s specification and drawing. 9.166.1 Plain PVC door shutters. 9.166.2 Pre laminated PVC door shutters. 370 9.167 Providing and fixing factory made door frame (single rebate) made out of single piece extruded solid PVC foam profile with homogenous fine cellular structure having smooth outer integral skin having 62 mm width and 32 mm thickness, frame will be mitred and Jointed with self driven self tapping screws of size 38 mm x 4 mm and PVC solvent cement, including fixing the frame to wall with suitable dia and length anchor fastener as per manufacturer’s specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. 371 9.168 Providing and fixing factory made 30 mm thick door shutter made of solid PVC foam profile. The styles and rails shall be of size 75 mmx30 mm having wall thickness 5 mm. The styles, top and bottom rails shall have one side wall thickness of 15 mm integrally extruded in the middle of the lock rail and fixed with styles with the help of PVC solvent cement and self driven self tapping screws of size 100 mmx8 mm complete as per manufacturers specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge: 9.168.1 Non decorative finish. 9.168.2 Decorative finish (both side wood grained finish). 372 9.169 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC(Wood Polymer Composite) solid door/window/ceosetory windows and other frames/chowkhat comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60 of Class A category with property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixed in position with M.S. hold fast/lugs/S.S.dash fasteners of required dia and length complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (M.S. hold fast/lugs or S.S. dash fasteners shall be paid separately) 9.169.1 Single rebate (75 mm X 50 mm) 9.169.2 Single rebate (100 mm X50 mm) 9.169.3 Single or double rebate (125 mm X 65 mm) 373 9.170 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid plain flush door shutter of required size comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/ rice .husk/wheat husk) and non toxic additives property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixing with stainless steel butt hinges of required size with necessary full body threaded star headed counter sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of Engineer-InCharge. (Note: stainless steel butt hinges and necessary S.S screws shall be paid separately) 9.170.1 24 mm thick WPC (Wood polymer composite) solid plain flush door shutter 9.170.2 28 mm thick WPC (Wood polymer composite) solid plain flush door shutter 9.170.3 30 mm thick WPC (Wood polymer composite) solid plain flush door shutter 9.170.4 35 mm thick WPC (Wood polymer composite) solid plain flush door shutter 374 9.171 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid decorative type flush door shutter of required size comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60 of approved design pasted with hot melt adhesive on both faces of shutter and fixing with stainless steel butt hinges of required size with necessary full body threaded star headed counter sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of Engineer-InCharge. (Note: stainless steel butt hinges and necessary S.S screws shall be paid separately). 9.171.1 30 mm thick WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid decorative type flush door shutter 9.171.2 35 mm thick WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid decorative type flush door shutter 375 9.172 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid board one side white colour and other side of board laminated with PVC foil of minimum 14 micron thickness of approved design pasted with property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixing with stainless steel piano hinges/soft close clip on concealed hinges of required size with necessary full body threaded star headed counter sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge. (Note: stainless steel piano hinges/soft close clip on concealed hinges and necessary S.S screws shall be paid separately) 9.172.1 18 mm thick 9.172.2 25 mm thick 376 9.173 Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood polymer composite solid plain white color board for backing of cupboards and bathrooms/ kitchen cabinets etc. of required size comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60 (Suspension Grade), and screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) & 900 N (Edge), minimum compressive strength 50 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category with property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixing with stainless steel screws etc. all as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Note: stainless steel screws shall be paid separately) 9.173.1 6 mm thick 9.173.2 12 mm thick 377 9.174 Providing and fixing factory made 18 mm thick single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid plain white colour board Jali CNC (Computer numeric control) routed of approved design by Engineer-in -charge which are machine cut for duct/shaft covering, partitions and facades comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60 of approved steel primer, placed at grid made at 1.0 x 1.0 m or as per requirement at site with necessary stainless steel fasteners and SS screws etc., all complete as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge. (Note: M.S (mild steel) framework with priming coat and necessary SS fasteners and SS screws shall be paid separately. 378 9.175 Providing and fixing PVC Door Frame of size 50x47mm with a wall thickness of 5 mm (±0.2 mm) made out of single piece extruded PVC profile, with mitred cut joints and joint with 2nos of PVC bracket of size 40x20mm M.S. rectangular tube of 0.8 mm , including providing EPDM rubber gasket weather seal throughout the frame, including jointing 5mm PVC frame strip with PVC solvent cement on the back of the profile. The door frame to be fixed to the wall using 8x100mm long anchor fasteners complete, all as per manufacturer’s specification and direction of Engineer -in- charge. 379 9.176 35 mm thick factory made Solid panel PVC Door shutter made out of single piece extruded soild PVC profiles, 5mm (±0.2mm) thick, having styles and rails (except lock rail) of size 95 mmx 35 mm x 5 mm, out of which 75 mm shall be flat and 20 mm shall be tapered (on both side), having one side thickness of 15 mm solid core in middle of rail section integrally extruded, fixing the styles and rails with the help of solvent and self driven self tapping screws of 125 mm x11 mm, including providing 5mm Single piece solid PVC extruded sheet inserted in the door as panel, all complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in- charge. 9.176.1 Non decorative finish (matt finish). 9.176.2 Decorative finish (wood grained finish). 380 9.177 Providing and fixing PVC rigid foam sheet 1mm thick on existing door shutters (bathroom and W.C. doors) using synthetic rubber based adhesive. 381 9.178 Providing and fixing Fibre Glass Reinforced plastic (FRP) Door Frames of cross-section 90mm x 45mm having single rebate of 32mmx15mm to receive shutter of 30mm thickness .The laminate shall be moulded with fire resistant grade unsaturated polyester resin and chopped mat .Doorframe laminate shall be 2mm thick and shall be filled with suitable wooden block in all the three legs. The frame shall be covered with fibreglass from all sides. MS stat shall be provided 382 9.179 Providing and fixing to existing door frames. 30 mm thick glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) panelled door shutter of required colour and approved brand and manufacture, made with fire - retardant grade unsaturated polyester resin, moulded to 3 mm thick FRP laminate for forming hollow rails and styles, with wooden frame and suitable blocks of seasoned wood inside at required places for fixing of fittings, cast monolithically with 5mm thick FRP laminate for panels conforming to IS: 14856 including fixing to frames. 383 9.180 Providing and fixing door frame FRP 30mm thick fiberglass reinforced Plastic (F.R.P.) flush door shutter in different plain and wood inish made with fire retardant grade unsaturated polyurethane foam (PUF)/Polystyrene foam to be used as filler material throughout the hollow panel, casted monolithically with testing parameters of F.R.P. laminate conforming to table - 3 of IS: 14856, complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 384 9.181 Providing and fixing factory made Fibreglass Reinforced plastics (F.R.P.) chajja 4mm thick of required colour, size and design made by Resin Transfer Moulding (RTM) FRP Chajja should be manufactured using unsaturated Polyester resin as per IS: 6746 duly reinforced with fibre glass chopped strand mat (CSM) as per IS: 11551 complete with protective Gel coat U/V coating on Top for complete resistance from the extreme of temperature, weather and sunlight. 385 9.182 Providing and fixing fire resistant door frame of section 143x57 mm having built in rebate made out of 16 SWG G.I.sheet (zinc coating not less than 120 gm/sqm) duly filled with vermuculite based of size 10x4 mm (minimum) alround the frame and fixing with dash fastener of approved size and make, including applying a coat of approved brand fire resistant primer etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in- charge (Dash fastener to be paid for separately). 386 9.183 Providing and fixing 50 mm thick glazed fire resistant door shutters of 60 minutes fire rating conforming to IS:3614 (Part-II) tested and certified as per laboratory approved by Engineer-in-charge with suitable mounting on door frame, consisting of vertical styles, lock rail, top rail 100mm wide, bottom rail 200mm wide, made out of 16 SWG G.I.sheet (zinc coating not less than 120 gm/m2) duly filled FR insulation material and fixing with necessary stainless steel ball bearing hinges of approved make, including applying a coat of approved fire resistant primer etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (panneling to be paid for separately). 387 9.184 Providing and fixing glazing in fire resistant door shutters, fixed panels, ventilators and partitions etc., with G.I. beading of appropriate size made out of 20 SWG G.I.sheet (zinc coating not less than 120 gm/m2), fire resistant sealant, including applying a coat of approved fire resistant primer on G.I. beading etc. complete all as per direction of Engineer- in-charge. With clear fire resistant glass panes 6mm thick of approved brand, having minimum 60 minutes fire resistance. 388 9.185 Providing and fixing panic bar / latch (Double point) fitted with a single body, Trim Latch and Lock on back side of the Panic Latch of reputed brand and manufacture to be approved by the Engineer- in- charge, all complete. 389 9.186 Providing and Fixing factory made UPVC door frame made of UPVC exturded sections, of size 65 mmx55 mm with wall thickness 2.0 mm (±0.2 mm), corners of the door frame to be mitred cut and jointed with plastic brackets and stainless steel screws, reinforcing hinge side vertical of the frames with PVC profile of Size 28 mmx30 mm having wall thickness 2 mm (±0.2mm), including providing and fixing 3 nos. of 125 mm long stainless steel hinges to the frame, fixing the frame with jamb with required number and size of anchor dash fastners, all complete as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge. 390 9.187 Providing and Fixing, UPVC factory made, white colour casement/sliding window and door made of extruded profiles. Profiles of frames and sash will be mitered cut and fusion welded at all corners including drilling of holes for fixing hardware and drainage of water etc., making arrangement for fixing of hardware, EPDM gasket, 1.2 ± 0.2mm thick galvanised steel profile to be inserted in required profile, frame will be fixed to the wall with 8 mmx100 mm long fasteners, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, hardware hinges and fitting etc. to be paid separately.) 9.187.1 Casement Window (Outward/Inward opening) with hinge System. 9.187.1.1 Frame (50 mm x 50mm) 9.187.1.2 Sash (Style and Rail) (62 mm x 34 mm) 9.187.1.3 Mullion (intermediate Section) (66mm x 50 mm) 9.187.1.4 ‘T Profile (one vertical length in between two shutters) (24mm x 34.5mm) 9.187.1.5 Glazing bead (12mm x 18mm) 9.187.2 Casement Window (With friction hinge and outward opening) 9.187.2.1 Casement Frame (67mm x 62mm) 9.187.2.2 Casement Window Sash/Mullion (67mm x75mm) (style, rail and intermediate section) 9.187.2.3 Casement Glazing bead (35mm x 18 mm) 9.187.3 Sliding Window (Two Track, 2/4 Shutters) 9.187.3.1 Two Track Sliding Frame (67mm x 52mm) 9.187.3.2 Sliding window Sash (60mm x 44mm) 9.187.3.3 Sliding Interlock for Window (one vertical length in each shutter)(45.5 mm x 28 mm) 9.187.3.4 Sliding Glazing bead (35 mm x 18 mm) 9.187.4 Sliding Door (Two Track, 2/4 Shutters) 9.187.4.1 Two Track Sliding Frame (67mm x 52mm) 9.187.4.2 Sliding Door Sash (80mm x 44mm) 9.187.4.3 Sliding Interlock for Door (one vertical length in each shutter) (45.5 mm x 28 mm) 9.187.4.4 Sliding Glazing bead (35 mm x 18 mm) 391 9.188 Providing and fixing stainless steel (SS- 304 grade) friction hinges to the side/ top hung UPVC windows, of approved quality with necessary stainless steel screws etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 9.188.1 200 x 19 x 1.9 mm 9.188.2 250 x 19 x 1.9 mm 9.188.3 300 x 19 x 1.9 mm 9.188.4 350 x 19 x 1.9 mm 9.188.5 400 x 19 x 1.9 mm 392 9.189 Providing and fixing casement handle made of zinc alloyed (white powder coated) for UPVC casement window with necessary screws etc. complete. 393 9.190 Providing and fixing zinc alloyed (white powder coated) touch lock for UPVC sliding window with necessary screws etc. complete. 394 9.191 Providing and fixing steel roller for UPVC sliding window with necessary screws etc. complete. 395 9.192 Providing and fixing steel roller for UPVC sliding door with necessary screws etc. complete. 396 9.193 Providing and fixing steel (white powder coated) crescent lock for UPVC sliding window/ door with necessary screws etc. complete. 397 9.194 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC white colour casement/casement cum fixed glazed windows comprising of UPVC multi-chambered frame, sash and mullion (where ever required) extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section and of approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes and silicon sealant shall be paid separately) Note: For UPVC frame, sash and mullion extruded profiles minus 5% tolerancein dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.194.1 Casement window single panel with S.S. friction hinges (300 x 19 x 1.9 mm), made of (small series) frame 47 x 50 mm & sash 47 x 68 mm both having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glass pane glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window upto 0.75 sqm.) 9.194.2 Casement window double panels with S.S. friction hinges (300 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (small series) frame 47 x 50 mm, sash 47 x 68 mm & mullion 47 x 68 mm all having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 0.75 sqm upto 1.50 sqm). 9.194.3 Casement window double panels with top fixed with S.S. friction hinges (350 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (small series) frame 47 x 50 mm, sash 47 x 68 mm & mullion 47 x 68 mm all having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window upto 2.50 sqm). 9.194.4 Casement window single panel with S.S. friction hinges (400 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (big series) frame 67 x 60 mm & sash 67 x 80 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 0.75 sqm.) 9.194.5 Casement window duble panel with S.S. friction hinges (400 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (big series) frame 67 x 60 mm & sash 67 x 80 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 1.50 sqm.) 9.194.6 Casement cum fixed panel window having both and single casement panel, middle fixed panels and at top completely fixed ventilator with S.S. friction hinges (350 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (big series) frame 67 x 60 mm & sash 67 x 80 mm & mullion 67 x 80 all having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 3.00 sqm. Upto 5.00 sqm.) 398 9.195 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC white colour fixed glazed windows/ ventilators comprising of UPVC multi- chambered frame and mullion (where ever required) extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from roll forming process of required length (shape & size according to UPVC profile), UPVC extruded glazing beads of appropriate dimension, EPDM gasket, G.I fasteners 100 x 8 mm size for fixing frame to finished wall, plastic packers, plastic capsof approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes and silicon sealant shall be paid separately). Note: - For UPVC frame, sash and mullion extruede profiles minus 5% tolerance in dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.195.1 Fixed window / ventilator made of (small series) frame 47 x 50 mm & mullion 47 x 68 mm both having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area upto 0.75 sqm.) 399 9.196 Providing and fixing made UPVC white colour casement/ casement cum fixed glazed door comprising of UPVC multi- chambered frame, sash and mullion (where ever required) extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from roll forming process of required length of approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer- in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes and silicon sealent shall be paid separately). Note: - For UPVC frame, sash and mullion extruede profiles minus 5% tolerance in dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.196.1 Casement door with 3D hinges made of (big series) frame 67 x 64 mm & sash 67 x 110 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door upto 2.00 sqm). 9.196.2 Casement door with top hung ventilator with 3D and S.S. friction hinges (400 x 19 x 1.9 mm) made of (big series) frame 67 x 64 mm, sash 67 x 110 mm & mullion 67 x 80 mm all having wall thickness of 2.3 ±. 0.2 mm and single glazing bead /double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door upto 2.50 sqm). 400 9.197 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC white colour sliding glazed window upto 1.50 m in height dimension comprising of UPVC multi-chambered frame with in- built roller track and sash extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from roll forming process of required length of approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes, wire mesh and silicon sealent shall be paid separately) Note: - For UPVC frame, sash and mullion extruede profiles minus 5% tolerance in dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.197.1 Two track two panels sliding window made of frame 52 x 44 mm &sash 32 x 60 mm both having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window upto 1.75 sqm) 9.197.2 Three track three panels sliding window with fly proof SS wire mesh (Two nos. glazed & one no. wire mesh panels) made of frame 92 x 44 mm & sash 32 x 60 mm both having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead of appropriate dimension (Area of window upto 1.75 sqm). 9.197.3 Two track two panels sliding window made of frame 67 x 50 mm & sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension (Area of window above 1.75 sqm upto 2.50 sqm). 9.197.4 Three track three panels sliding window with fly proof S.S wire mesh (Two nos. glazed & one no. wire mesh panels) made of frame 116 x 45 mm & sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead/double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 1.75 sqm). 9.197.5 Three track three panels sliding window made of frame 116 x 45 mm & sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ±0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 1.75 sqm) 401 9.198 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC white colour sliding glazed window above 1.50 m in height dimension comprising of UPVC multi-chambered frame with in-built roller track and sash extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from roll forming process of required length of approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes, wire mesh and silicon sealent shall be paid separately). Note: - For UPVC frame, sash and mullion extruede profiles minus 5% tolerance in dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.198.1 Two track two panels sliding window made of frame 67 x 50 mm & sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 2.50 sqm upto 4.00 sqm). 9.198.2 Two track four panels sliding window made of frame 67 x 50 mm & sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of window above 4.00 sqm upto 8.00 sqm). 402 9.199 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC white colour sliding glazed door comprising of UPVC multi-chambered frame with in-built roller track and sash extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section madAfter fixing frame the gap between frame and adjacent finished wall shall be filled with weather proof silicon sealent over backer rod of required size and of approved quality, all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer- in-Charge. (Single / double glass panes, wire mesh and silicon sealent shall be paid separately).Note: - For UPVC frame and sash extruded profiles minus 5% tolerance in dimension i.e. in depth & width of profile shall be acceptable. Variation in profile dimension in higher side shall be accepted but no extra payment on this account shall be made. 9.199.1 Two track two panels sliding door made of frame 67 x 50 mm & sash 46 x 82 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door above 2.00 sqm upto 10.00 sqm). 9.199.2 Two track four panels sliding door made of frame 67 x 50 mm & sash 46 x 82 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door above 8.00 sqm upto10.00 sqm). 9.199.3 Three track three panels sliding door made of frame 116 x 45 mm & sash 46 x 82 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead/ double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door above 5.00 sqm) 9.199.4 Three track three panels sliding door with fly proof S.S wire mesh (Two nos. glazed & one no. wire mesh panels) made of frame 116 x 45 mm & sash 46 x 82 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm and single glazing bead / double glazing bead of appropriate dimension. (Area of door above 2.00 sqm upto 5.00 sqm) 403 9.200 Providing and fixing 30mm thick factory made solid panel prelaminated PVC internal door shutter consisting of frame made out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge thickness and size of 40mm x 20mm for styles top, lock and bottom rails. M.S. frame shall have a coat of steel primers of approved make and manufacture PVC beading as gap insert below top and bottom rail joined together using solvent cement adhesive. An additional 5mm thick Prelaminated PVC strip of 20mm width is to be stuck on the interior side of the ‘C’ channel using PVC solvent cement adhesive etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. Manufacturer’s specification and drawing. 30 mm thick pre laminated PVC door shutters. 404 9.201 Providing and fixing factory made integral PVC flush door shutter made from rigid PVC foam sheet (Single Extruded) with density not less than 600 kg/cum, conforming to IS: 2380 part 14 for screw holding strength with Celluka finish surfaces on both sides at the manufacturing process itself, manufactured by an ISO : 9001 -2000 certified company. 9.201.1 24 to 25 mm thick plain solid PVC flush door shutter 9.201.2 28 to 30 mm thick plain solid PVC flush door shutter 405 9.202 Providing and fixing factory made pre laminated solid PVC flush door shutters 28 to 30 mm thick made from co-extruded three layer rigid PVC foam sheet with density not less than 600 kg/cum, conforming to IS: 2380 part 14, for screw holding strength and outer layers laminated on both sides by laminated sheet with density not less than 1400 kg/cum, lamination shall be at the manufacturing process itself and manufactured by an ISO: 9001-2000 certified company. 9.202.1 1mm thick laminated sheet 9.202.2 0.12 mm thick laminated sheet 406 9.203 Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202(Part-I) laminated type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 2nd class hard wood battens with well matched 3mm thick commercial 3ply veneering consisting of vertical grains, cross bands withing frame of door/cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and conformity with IS: 2202. The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete and as per specification and dirction of Engineer-in-Charge. 9.203.1 35mm thick including 4 nos. 100mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.203.2 35mm thick including 3 nos. 100mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.203.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including 3 nos. 75mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 407 9.204 Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202(Part-I) non decorative type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 2nd class hard wood battens (strips) and frame of kiln seasoned and chemically treated, finger jointed cross bands including all material and labour complete as per specification and direction of engineer-in- charge. Spacing of finger joints in wood as above shall not be less than 50cm. Each shutter shall be factory made to the exact opening size within frame of doors/cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and confirmity with IS:2202. 9.204.1 35mm thick including 4 nos. 100mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless steel butt hinges with necessary. 9.204.2 30mm thick including 3 nos. 100mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.204.3 25mm thick including 3 nos. 100mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 408 9.205 Deduct for not providing 2nd class teak wood batten lipping in factory made shutters i.e. item no 9.203 and 9.204. 409 9.206 Providing & fixing acrylic solid surface in thickness 4/6/12 mm of approved colour made out of non-porous surfacing material homogeneously composed of ± 1/3 acrylic resin (also known as PolyMethyl Methacrylate -PMMA), and ± 2/3 NO extra shall be paid for joint adhesive, silicon or related accessories and for transportation. Item should cover 5 years, commercial warranty of product as per FCWS norms. The product should be UV protected for exterior applications & LGA hyginene tested anti bacterial for health care application areas. Area of application are Table Tops, Exterior facade cladding, health care areas like modular operation theater hospital scrubs, wash basins, partition & paneling, laboratory commercial show room, hotels, office & residential areas. 9.206.1 Acrylic Solid Surface sheet – Glacier white designer white 9.206.1.1 6 mm thick sheet 9.206.1.2 12 mm thick sheet 9.206.2 Acrylic Solid Surface sheet - Any Solid colours/Hospital use Medi Blue 9.206.2.1 6 mm thick sheet 9.206.2.2 12 mm thick sheet 9.206.3 Acrylic Solid Surface sheet - Any other 9.206.3.1 6 mm thick sheet 9.206.3.2 12 mm thick sheet 410 9.207 Providing and fixing of 8 mm thick non asbestos multipurpose board reinforced with cellulose fibers for wall cladding will consist of following operations:1. Fixing of a layer of 6mm Moisture/fire Resistance Heavy Duty fibre cement Boards over above mentioned 6 mm heavy duty fibre cement board with the help of 25mm self drilling, self tapping Fibre Cement screws @ 300mm c/c. All external corners are to be protected with the use of suitable corner profile of GI or PVC. All above operation is to be done in order and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.(frame work to be paid separately). 411 9.208 Providing and fixing IS marked factory made veneer High Density Fibre (HDF) flush door shutters conformity to IS: 15380(2003), eco-friendly, termite resistant, borer free, anti warping phenol formaldehyde (PF), decorative designe moulded or rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete as per specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. Material supply company’ gujcon, century, green shall be registered by Bureau of Indian Standards, Member of Indian Green Building Council, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 (Environment management system), National small industries corporation(NSIC), SME Rating Agency of Indian Ltd.(SMERA), Dun and Bradstreet (D&B). 9.208.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.208.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.208.3 25 mm thick ISI marked heavy weight nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with screws. 412 9.209 Providing and fixing IS marked factory made veneer High Density Fibre (HDF) flush door shutters conformity to IS:15380(2003), eco-friendly, termite resistant borer free, anti warping phenol formaldehyde (PF), non decorative designe moulded and labor complete as per specifications and direction of engineer-in- charge. Material supply company shall be registered by Bureau of Indian Standards, Member of Indian Green Building Council, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 (Environment management system), National small industries corporation(NSIC), SME Rating Agency of Indian Ltd.(SMERA), Dun and Bradstreet (D&B). 9.209.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.209.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws 9.209.3 25 mm thick ISI marked heavy weight nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with screws. 413 9.210 Providing and fixing IS marked factory made High Density Fibre (HDF) flush door shutters conformity to IS:15380(2003), eco-friendly, termite resistant borer free, anti warping phenol formaldehyde (PF), 2 and 4 Panel designe moulded or plain construction with particle board shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete as per specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. Material supply company shall be registered by Bureau of Indian Standards, Member of Indian Green Building Council, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 (Environment management system), National small industries corporation(NSIC), SME Rating Agency of Indian Ltd.(SMERA), Dun and Bradstreet (D&B). 9.210.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.210.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 414 9.211 HDF decorative prelaminated pine wood panel door with glass / wiremash:- Providing and fixing IS marked factory made veneer High Density Fibre (HDF) flush door shutters conformity to IS:15380(2003), eco-friendly, termite resistant borer free, anti warping phenol formaldehyde (PF), The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete as per specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. Material supply company shall be registered by Bureau of Indian Standards, Member of Indian Green Building Council, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 (Environment management system), National small industries corporation(NSIC), SME Rating Agency of Indian Ltd.(SMERA), Dun and Bradstreet (D&B). 9.211.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.211.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 415 9.212 Providing and fixing IS marked factory made veneer High Density Fibre (HDF) flush door shutters conformity to IS:15380(2003), eco-friendly, termite resistant borer free, anti warping phenol formaldehyde (PF), . The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete as per specifications and direction of engineer-in-charge. Material supply company shall be registered by Bureau of Indian Standards, Member of Indian Green Building Council, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 (Environment management system), National small industries corporation(NSIC), SME Rating Agency of Indian Ltd.(SMERA), Dun and Bradstreet (D&B). 9.212.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.212.2 32 mm thick including 3 nos 100 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5 mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.212.3 25 mm thick ISI marked heavy weight nickel plated bright finished M.S. Piano hinges with screws. 416 9.213 Non Decorative Pine Wood Flush Door:- Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) non decorative type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 1st class pine wood battens (strips) and chemically treated, finger jointed all material and labour complete as per specification and direction of engineer- in-charge. Spacing of finger joints in wood as above shall not be less than 50 cm. Each shutter shall be factory made to the exact opening size within frame of doors/ cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and conformity with IS:2202 9.213.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.213.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.213.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including 3 nos. 75 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 417 9.214 Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) laminated type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 1st class pine wood battens (strips) and frame of kiln seasoned sheet shall be as per IS: 2046 type S of approved quality. Each shutter shall be factory made to the exact size (opening) within frame of doors/ cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and conformity with IS:2202. The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete and as per specification and direction of engineer-in- charge. 9.214.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.214.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.214.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including 3 nos. 75 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 418 9.215 Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) laminated type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 1st class pine wood battens (strips) and frame of kiln seasoned within frame of doors/ cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and conformity with IS:2202. The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour complete and as per specification and direction of engineer-in-charge. 9.215.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.215.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.215.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including 3 nos. 75 mm long ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 419 9.216 Providing and fixing ISI marked factory made flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) veneer decorative type, core of block board construction with kiln seasoned and chemically treated 1st class pine wood battens (strips) s and commercial grade face veneers on both outer faces of shutters including kiln seasoned and chemically treated, finger jointed all material and labour complete as per specification and direction of engineer-in- charge. Spacing of finger joints in wood as above shall not be less than 50 cm. Each shutter shall be factory made to the exact opening size within frame of doors/ cupboards and shall be stamped by the manufacturer to display name of manufacturer, batch number of product and conformity with IS:2202. 9.216.1 35 mm thick including 4 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.216.2 30 mm thick including 3 nos. 100 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 9.216.3 25mm thick (for cupboard) including 3 nos. 75 mm long, ISI marked heavy weight (2.5mm thick) nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 420 9.217 Providing and fixing factory made solid Foam uPVC profile for kitchen cabinet frame (45 x 20 mm) of approved shade, quality and make. The profile shall be laminated on both sides,made from rigid foam sheets (Single extruded) having density 600 Kg/cum and the exposed edges sealed with PVC edge beading of same shade and colour. The frame shall be fire retardent with necessary screw holding capacity. Frame shall be fixed to wall using Expendable Fastne with necesary stainless steel screws, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 421 9.218 Providing and fixing factory made Kitchen Cabinet Shutter/Partition 20 mm nominal thickness of approved shade, quality and make, made from rigid foam sheets (Single extruded) having density 600 Kg/cum and laminated on both side by laminate Sheet/PVC foil lamination. The exposed edges shall be sealed with PVC edge beading of same shade and colour. The shutter shall be fire retardent having necessary screw holding capacity.Shutter shall be fixed to frame using approved hinges with necessary stainless steel screws, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 422 10.1 Structural steel work in single section fixed with or without connecting plate including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete. 423 10.2 Structural steel work using M.S. flats, angles, channels I-section, H-section etc. riveted, bolted or welded in built up sections, trusses and framed work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete. 424 10.3 Providing and fixing in position collapsible steel shutters with vertical channels 20x10x2mm and braced with flat iron diagonals 20x5mm size with top and bottom rail of T-iron 40x40x6mm with 40mm dia steel pulleys complete with bolts, nuts, locking arrangement, stoppers, handles, including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. Rate includes recess cutting in floor and making good the same wherever required. 425 10.4 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet sliding-shutters with frame and diagonal braces of 40x40x6mm angle iron, 3mm M.S.gusset plates at the junction and corners 25mm dia pulley,40x40x6mm angle and T-iron guide at the top and bottom respectively including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. 426 10.5 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet door with frame of 40x40x5mm angle iron and 3mm M.S. gusset plates at the junctions and corners, all necessary fittings complete, including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. 10.5.1 Using M.S. angels 40x40x6mm for diagonal braces 10.5.2 Using flats 30x6mm for diagonal braces and central cross piece. 427 10.6 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to I.S. 4454- part-1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters. 10.6.1 80x1.25mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover. 10.6.2 80x1.20 mm M.S. laths with 1.20 mm thick top cover. 10.6.3 80x0.90 mm M.S. laths with 0.90 mm thick top cover. 428 10.7 Extra for providing suitable mechanical device chain and crank operation for operating rolling shutters. 10.7.1 Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the area. 10.7.2 Exceeding 16.80 sqm in area. 429 10.8 Extra for providing grilled rolling shutters manufactured out of 8 mm dia. M.S. bar instead of laths as per design approved by Engineer-in-Charge. (Area of grill to be measured). 430 10.9 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters. 431 10.10 Providing and fixing factory made ISI marked glazed steel doors, windows and ventilators side /top /centre hung with beading and Z-section all members such as F7D, F4B, K11 B and K12 B and other tubular section member etc. complete of standard rolled steel sections, joints mitred and flash butt welded and sash bars tenoned and riveted, including providing and fixing of hinges, pivots, including priming coat of approved steel primer, but excluding the cost of other fittings, complete all as per approved design (sectional weight of only steel members shall be measured for payment). 10.10.1 Fixing with 15x3 mm lugs 10 cm. long embedded in cement concrete block 15x10x10 cm of Cement Concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size). 10.10.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.10.3 Extra for providing and fixing steel beading of size 10x10x1.6mm (box type) approved shape and section with screws instead of glazing clips and metal sash putty in steel doors, windows, ventilators and composite units. 432 10.11 Providing and fixing L-iron or T-iron frames for doors, windows and ventilators of mild steel L-section or T-sections, joints mitred and welded, including fixing of necessary butt hinges and screws and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. 10.11.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 433 10.12 Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames made of 1.6 mm thick steel profile conforming to IS: 4351 manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet including hinges, jamb, lock jamb, M.S. pressed butt hinges, with mortar guards, lock strike-plate and shock absorbers as specified filling the frame with Cement Concrete 1:3:6 at site before fixing (cost of concrete to be paid separately) fixing with adjustable lugs (200 mm long & 1.0 mm thick) and applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre-treatment of the surface as directed by Engineer-in- charge: 10.12.1 Profile B of 1.60mm thick single rebate of size 80mmx50mm 10.12.1.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.1.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.12.2 Profile C of 1.60mm thick single rebate of size 100mmx50mm 10.12.2.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.2.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.12.3 Profile E of 1.60mm thick double rebate of size 115mmx50mm 10.12.3.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.3.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.12.4 Profile B of 1.25mm thick single rebate of size 80mmx50mm 10.12.4.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.4.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.12.5 Profile C of 1.25mm thick single rebate of size 100mmx50mm 10.12.5.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.5.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 10.12.6 Profile E of 1.25mm thick double rebate of size 115mmx50mm 10.12.6.1 Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb. 10.12.6.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 434 10.13 Providing and fixing M.S. Tubular frames and shutters or frames only or shutters only for doors, windows, ventilators and cupboard with any sections, made of 1.60 mm or 1.25 mm thick M.S. Sheet, joints mitred, welded and grinded finish, with profiles of required size as per drawing, including fixing of necessary butt hinges, stays and screws and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer excluding cost of all fittings such as handles, tower bolts, sliding door bolts, latches etc. and panels. 10.13.1 Fixing with 15x3 mm lugs 10 cm. long embedded in cement concrete block 15x10x10 cm of Cement Concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size). 10.13.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and size (to be paid for separately). 435 10.14 Steel work in built up M.S. tubular section (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses/frame work etc. including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete. 10.14.1 Hot finished welded type tubes 10.14.2 Hot finished seamless type tubes 10.14.3 Electric resistance or induction butt welded tubes. 436 10.15 Design, supply, fabrication, taransportion and erection of structural steel/mild steel built-up sections for steel building in column, rafter, truss, floor joist, wind bracings, tie beam, foundation bolts, fasteners etc. Including two coats of Epoxy paint and one coat of primer. These structural steel/built-up sections shall be manufactured using advanced CNC Plasma/Oxy Acetylene cutter and H Beam Welding line. Welding shall be in full depth on both sides of the plate adopting relevant I.S Code. 437 10.16 Providing and fixing M.S. fan clamp type I or II of 16 mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape with hooked ends in R.C.C. slabs, beams during laying including painting the exposed portion of loop, all as per standard design complete. 438 10.17 Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast iron or M.S. sheet box for ceiling fan clamp of internal dia 140mm, 73mm height, top lid of 1.5mm thick M.S. sheet with its top surface hacked for proper bonding, top lid shall be screwed into the cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by means of 3.3mm dia. round headed screws, one lock at the corners. Clamp shall be made of 16mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per standard drawing. 439 10.18 Providing and fixing mild steel round holding down bolts with nuts and washer plates complete. 440 10.19 Providing and fixing bolts including nuts and washers complete. 441 10.20 Providing and fixing M.S. rivets of sizes in position. 442 10.21 Welding by gas or electric plant including transportation of plant at site etc. complete. 443 10.22 Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required. 10.22.1 In stringers, treads, landings etc. of stair cases including use of chequered plate wherever required, all complete. 10.22.2 In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates and similar works. 444 10.23 Providing and fixing hand rail of approved size by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing, staircase railing and similar works, including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. 10.23.1 M.S. tube. 10.23.2 E.R.W. tubes. 445 10.24 Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanised (minimum coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia double threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength 480 N/mm2), counter sunk head, comprising of 10 mm dia polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve, including drilling of hole in frame, concrete/ masonry, etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 10.24.1 10x60 mm 10.24.2 10x80 mm 10.24.3 10x120 mm 10.24.4 10x140 mm 10.24.5 10x160mm 446 10.25 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc. including welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete i/c fixing the railing with necessary accessories and stainless steel dash fasteners, stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer-in-charge. (For payment purpose only weight of stainless steel members shall be considered excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.) 447 10.26 Providing and fixing fly proof wire gauze to windows, clerestory windows and doors with M.S. Flat 15x3mm and nuts and bolts complete. 10.26.1 Galvanised M.S. Wire gauze with 0.63mm dia wire and 1.4 mm aperture on both sides 10.26.2 Stainless steel (grade 304) wire gauze of 0.5 mm dia wire and 1.4 mm aperture on both sides. 448 10.27 Providing and fixing glass panes/ steel sheet/ fibre sheet with putty and glazing clips in steel doors, windows, clerestory windows all complete. 10.27.1 With 4.0 mm thick glass panes 10.27.2 With 5.50 mm thick glass panes 10.27.3 With 1mm thick mild steel sheet i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 10.27.4 With 2mm thick fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) sheet i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 10.27.5 With 1mm thick Galvanised steel sheet i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 10.27.6 With 4mm thick cement fibre board conforming to IS 14862:2000 of category type A grade i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 10.27.7 With 6mm thick cement fibre board conforming to IS 14862:2000 of category type A grade i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 10.27.8 With 8mm thick cement fibre board conforming to IS 14862:2000 of category type A grade i/c 10x10x1.6mm box beading. 449 10.28 Add extra for providing and fixing froasted glass instead of float glass. 10.28.1 With 4.0 mm thick glass panes. 10.28.2 With 5.5 mm thick glass panes. 450 10.29 Supplying at site: 10.29.1 R.C.C. Standards post/ struts/rails/ poles of mix 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 sand : 3 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size) with wooden plugs or 6mm bar nibs wherever required as per direction of Engineer-in-charge including fixing (cost of earth works in excavation, concrete works in foundation to be paid separately). 10.29.2 Angle iron post and strut of required size including bottom to be split and bent at right angle in opposite direction for 10 cm length and drilling holes upto 10 mm dia. etc. complete. (cost of earth work in excavation and concrete work in foundation to be paid separately) 10.29.3 Supplying at site -Welded steel wire fabric of required width having rectangular mesh painted with two or more coats of enamel paint of approved shade over a coat of primer (Priming painting to be paid for separately). 451 10.30 Supplying and fixing turn buckles and straining bolts for barbed wire fencing. (Labour rate only). 452 10.31 Fencing with R.C.C. post placed at required distance, embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post one side between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. staples on wooden plugs or G.I. binding wire tied to 6 mm bar nibs fixed while casting the post (cost of R.C.C. posts, struts, earth work and concrete to be paid for separately) with GI barbed wire. 453 10.32 Fencing with barbed G.I. wire angle iron post placed fitted to at required distance embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. staples, turn buckles etc. complete. (Cost of posts, struts, earth work and concrete work to be paid for separately):- Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire used. 454 10.33 Fixing Welded steel wire fabric fencing with posts of specified material and of standard design placed and embedded in cement concrete blocks 45x45x60cm of mix 1:5:10 (1cement :5 sand :10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and struts embedded in cement concrete blocks 70x45x50cm of the same mix, provided with welded steel wire fabric fixed between the posts fitted and fixed with G.I. staples on wooden plugs or tied to 6 mm bar nibs with G.I. binding wire (cost of posts, painting, earth work in excavation and cement concrete to be paid for separately). (Labour rate only). 455 10.34 Providing and fixing G.I. or PVC coated G.I.wire chain link fabric fencing of required width and mesh size including strengthening with 2mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete with posts of specified material and of standard design placed and embedded in cement concrete blocks 45x45x60cm of mix 1:5:10 (1cement :5 sand :10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and struts embedded in cement concrete blocks 70x45x50cm of the same mix, as per the direction of Engineer- in-charge. (Cost of post, painting earthwork & c.c. to be paid separately) 10.34.1 Made of G.I. wire. 10.34.2 Made of G.I. wire, PVC coated to achieve outer dia. not less than 5mm in required colour and shade. 456 10.35 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 25x25 mm made of G.I. wire of dia. 3mm including strengthening with 2mm dia. wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete, with posts of specified material and of standard design placed and embedded in cement concrete blocks 45x45x60cm of mix 1:5:10 (1cement :5 sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and struts embedded in cement concrete blocks 70x45x50cm of the same mix, as per the direction of Engineer-in- Charge. (cost of post painting earth work & C.C. to be paid separately) 457 10.36 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length (total length 90 m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron Y shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core (2.5 mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately). 458 10.37 Providing and fixing of ISI marked insulated fire rated GI Sheet doors conforming to FD 120-PI classification of IS 3614:2021 with fire rating of 120 minutes integrity and 30 minutes insulation. The factory manufactured door frame and shutter assembly shall be made out of minimum 120 GSM coating as per IS: 277. Door and frame should be finished with powder coating in standard RAL shade finish having DFT of minimum 30 microns. The door should carry a minimum 500 Hrs of salt spray test. All accessories like hardware, vision panel, fire & smoke seal etc to be supplied by Fire door manufacturer only as per the guidelines laid down in IS 3614:2021.Every door must carry a label confirming to type of door & its fire rating. The Door frame shall be single rebate grooved profile of size minimum 125 mm x 75mm made out of 1.50mm minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Frames shall be butt / mitered joint and field assembled with bolting system. Frames to have inbuilt grooved to accommodate Intumescent fire seal strip. Frames to have inbuilt grooved to accommodate Intumescent fire seal strip of size 10x4mm. All provisions should be mortised & provided with necessary inbuilt reinforcement to receive appropriate hardware. Frames should be provided with back plate bracket for anchor fastner with 8-10 mm dia and minimum 80 mm long HDG fasteners, with Polyamide sleeves (Payable in extra item) for installation of frame in finished plastered masonary wall opening. Note:- For grouting of Steel frames in masonary installations ;cement slurry of 1:3 ratio by civil contractor/fire rated PU foam or such fire rated material may be recommended except head member(Payable in extra item). Door leaf should be minimum 60mm thick fully flush double skin door. Door leaf must be manufactured from minimum 1.2mm thick galvanised steel sheet. The infill material shall be mineral wool of minimum density 96 kg/cum. All doors shall befactory prepped for receiving appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement for hinges, locks, and door closers. The edges should be interlocked with a bending radius of 1.4mm. For double leaf doors integrated astragals has to be provided on the meeting stile for both active and inactive leaf.The shutters shall be mounted to the frame with SS 304 grade ball bearing type hinges of size 100x 89x3 mm along with all suitable hardware (Payable in extra item).Vision lite size 185x285 (max area up to 0.06sqm) wherever applicable should be provided with single layered clear fire rated glass panes as per guidelines laid down under IS 3614 : 2021 vide clause no. 7.2.7 table no. 2 with a clip on arrangement. The glass will be provided with fire rated ceramic tape of min. 2 mm thickness with min. 15mm width al around on either face. Every Glass pane must carry a permanent marking of its glass manufacturer 459 10.38 Providing and fixing of factory make air tight casement windows made of roll formed galvanized pre-painted steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick or powder coated with pure polyester powder up to 50-60 microns Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete. 10.38.1 Openable window 10.38.2 Fixed windows 460 10.39 Providing and fixing of factory make single rebate openable/fixed windows made of roll formed galvanized pre- pained steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick) heavy duty pivot hinges per shutter and window fitted without glazing including 10mm square bars welded to 6x12mm flat at a distance 150mm c/c (pitch) etc. Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in- charge complete. 10.39.1 Openable single rebate window 10.39.2 Fixed single rebate window 461 10.40 Providing and fixing of factory make double rebate windows made of roll formed galvanized pre-painted steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick or powder coated with pure polyester powder up to 50-60 microns thick, fitted using EPDM (Ethyl Propylene Diamine Monomer) gaskets including fixing windows in the concrete/masonry wall by means of self- expanding screws, including 10mm Square bars welded to 6x12mm flat at a distance 150mm c/c (pitch) etc. Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in- charge complete.. 10.40.1 Openable double rebate window 10.40.2 Fixed double rebate window 462 10.41 Providing and fixing of factory make fixed louvers fabricated from roll formed sections made of galvanized pre-painted steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick or powder coated with pure polyester powder up to 50-60 microns thick, colour coated/powder coated Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in- charge complete. (glazing shall be paid separately as per SOR rate) 463 10.42 Providing and fixing of factory make pre painted steel sliding window 2 track-2 panel sliding window fabricated from roll formed sections made of galvanized steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick or powder coated with pure polyester powder up to 50-60 microns The above frames should be fixed to the concrete/masonry walls by means of self-expanding screws. Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete. 464 10.43 Providing and fixing pre painted steel sliding window 3 fabricated from Roll formed sections made of galvanized Steel with epoxy primer of 5-7 microns thick, finish painted with a polyester paint of 12-16 microns thick and back coated with alkyd backer 5-7 microns thick or powder coated with pure polyester powder up to 50-60 microns The above frames should be fixed to the concrete/masonry walls by means of self-expanding screws. Including filling the gap upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width in between steel frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete. 465 11.1 40 mm thick Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate) 20mm nominal size stone aggregate in panels finished with a floating coat of neat cement including cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete.(Area of panel not to exceed 2.0 sqm) 466 11.2 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix: 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50kg of cement or as per manufacturers specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete. 467 11.3 62 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under layer 50 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) and top layer 12mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix: 2 graded stone aggregate, 6mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50kg of cement or as per manufactures specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete. 468 11.4 Cement plaster skirting 18 mm thick (upto 30 cm height) with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement. 469 11.5 Cement concrete pavement with Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including finishing complete. 470 11.6 Making chequers of approved pattern on cement concrete floors, steps, landing, pavements etc. 471 11.7 40 mm thick marble chips flooring rubbed and polished to granolithic finish, under layer 34 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size) and top layer 6mm thick with white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips of sizes from 1mm to 4mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix : 7 marble chips) by volume including cement slurry etc. complete : (Area of panel not to exceed 2.0 sqm) 11.7.1 Dark shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.7.2 Light shade pigment with white cement. 11.7.3 Medium shade pigment with 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.7.4 White cement without any pigment. 11.7.5 Light shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.7.6 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 472 11.8 40 mm thick marble chips flooring, rubbed and polished to granolithic finish, under layer 31mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size) and top layer 9mm thick with white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips of sizes from 4mm to 7mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder : 7 marble chips) by volume including cement slurry etc. complete. (Area of panel not to exceed 2.0 sqm) 11.8.1 Dark shade pigment with Ordinary cement. 11.8.2 Light shade pigment with white cement. 11.8.3 Medium shade pigment with 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.8.4 White cement without any pigment. 11.8.5 Light shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.8.6 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 473 11.9 40 mm thick marble chips flooring, rubbed and polished to granolithic finish, under layer 28 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size) and top layer 12mm thick with white, black, chocolate, grey yellow or green marble chips of sizes from 7mm to 10mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 2:3 (2 cement marble powder mix : 3 marble chips) by volume including cement slurry etc. complete : (Area of panel not to exceed 2.0 sqm) 11.9.1 Dark shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.9.2 Light shade pigment with white cement. 11.9.3 Medium shade pigment with 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.9.4 White cement without any pigment. 11.9.5 Light shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.9.6 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 474 11.10 Marble chips skirting (upto 30 cm height) 18 mm thick with under layer 12 mm thick in cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) : rubbed and polished to granolithic finish, top layer 6 mm thick with white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips of sizes from smallest to 4 mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix :7 marble chips) by volume : 11.10.1 Dark shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.10.2 Light shade pigment with white cement. 11.10.3 Medium shade pigment with 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.10.4 White cement without any pigment. 11.10.5 Light shade pigment with ordinary cement. 11.10.6 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 475 11.11 Extra for laying terrazo flooring on staircase treads not exceeding 30 cm in width including cost of forming, nosing etc. 476 11.12 Providing and fixing glass strips 40 mm wide and 4 mm thick in joints of terrazo/ cement concrete floors. 477 11.13 18 mm thick crazy marble stone white, black or as specified marble stone flooring, including filling the gaps with light shade pigment with white cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix : 7 white, black or white and black marble chips of sizes from 1mm to 4mm nominal size by volume), with under layer 25mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size), including rubbing, polishing and cement slurry etc.complete . 478 11.14 Precast terrazo tiles 22mm thick with graded marble chips of size upto12mm, laid in floors, and landings, jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and polishing complete, on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 sand) : 11.14.1 Light shade using white cement. 11.14.2 Medium shade using 50%white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.14.3 Dark shade using ordinary cement. 11.14.4 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 479 11.15 Extra if terrazo tiles are laid in treads of steps not exceeding 30 cm in width. 480 11.16 Precast terrazo tiles 22 mm thick with graded marble chips of sizes upto 12 mm in skirting and risers of steps not exceeding 30 cm in height on 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles, including rubbing and polishing complete with tiles of : 11.16.1 Light shade pigment using white cement. 11.16.2 Medium shades pigment using 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. 11.16.3 Dark shade pigment using ordinary cement. 11.16.4 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 481 11.17 Chequeredterrazo tiles 22 mm thick with graded marble chips of size up to 6 mm in floors jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and polishing complete on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 sand) : 11.17.1 Light shade pigment using white cement. 11.17.2 Medium shade pigment using 50% white cement, 50% ordinary cement. 11.17.3 Dark shade pigment using ordinary cement. 11.17.4 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 482 11.18 Chequered precast cement concrete tiles any finish, any size 22 mm thick IS:13810-1993 ISI mark in footpath and courtyard jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of tiles, 15mm thick screed bad in cement mortar 1:6 complete all as specified and directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 11.18.1 Light shade pigment using white cement. 11.18.2 Medium shade pigment using 50% white cement 50% Grey cement. 11.18.3 Dark shade pigment using ordinary cement. 11.18.4 Ordinary cement without any pigment. 483 11.19 Marble stone flooring with 18 mm thick marble stone (sample of marble shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge) laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sandand grey cement slurry, joints treated with white cement mixed with pigment to match colour of stone including rubbing and polishing complete with : (area of slabs over 0.5 sqm) 11.19.1 Makrana white second quality. 11.19.2 Raj Nagar plain. 11.19.3 Agaria White/Morgarh 11.19.4 Katni marble 11.19.5 Black Zebra. 11.19.6 Udaipur / Baroda green marble 11.19.7 Pink plain marble. 11.19.8 Jaisalmer Yellow 484 11.20 Marble stone 18 mm thick in riser of step, skirting, dado and pillar laid on 12 mm average thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand and laid with white cement slurry) joints treated with white cement mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab i/c rubbing and polishing complete. (area of slab over0.50sqm.) 11.20.1 Makrana white second quality. 11.20.2 Raj Nagar plain. 11.20.3 Agaria White/Morgarh 11.20.4 Katni marble 11.20.5 Black Zebra. 11.20.6 Udaipur / Baroda green marble 11.20.7 Pink plain marble. 11.20.8 Jaisalmer Yellow 485 11.21 Marble work gang saw cut (polished and machine cut) of thickness 18 mm for wall lining (veneer work), backing filled with a grout of average 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand), including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the marble shade (To be secured to the backing by means of cramps, which shall be paid for separately). (Area of slabs over 0.50 sqm.) 11.21.1 Makrana white second quality. 11.21.2 Raj Nagar plain. 11.21.3 Agaria White/Morgarh 11.21.4 Katni marble 11.21.5 Black Zebra. 11.21.6 Udaipur / Baroda green marble 11.21.7 Pink plain marble. 11.21.8 Jaisalmer Yellow 486 11.22 Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut mirror polished (premoulded and prepolished) machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) with joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing moulding and polishing to edge to give high gloss finish wherever required etc. complete at all levels. Samples approved by Engineer-in- Charge. 11.22.1 Raj Nagar plain/White Marble/Udaipur Green Marble /Zebra black 11.22.2.1 Granite fine grained dark crystal of other colours and various patterns 11.22.2.2 Granite coarse grained light black/ light red/white with crystal of other colours and various patterns 11.22.2.3 Granite grey/pink/brown with various patterns 11.22.3 Cuddpah stone 487 11.23 Extra for prefinished nosing to treads of steps of marble stone. 488 11.24 Extra for marble stone flooring in treads of steps and risers using single length upto 2.00 metre. 489 11.25 Extra for prefinished grooves to treads of steps of granite stone 490 11.26 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished, Italian Marble stone (18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab, Perlato, Rosso erona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadore etc.)work in flooring laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm including pointing with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the marble shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 491 11.27 Providing and fixing machine cut, mirror / eggshell polished , Marble stone work 18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab,Perlato, Rosso verona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadore etc. for wall lining (veneer work) including dado, skirting, risers of steps etc. thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade, including rubbing, curing, polishing etc. all complete as per Architectural drawings, and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 492 11.28 Italian marble flooring in required design and patterns 11.28.1 Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished Italian Marble stone 18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab,Perlato, Rosso verona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadoreetc flooring, in required design (Simple geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in combination with Italian marble stones of different colours, shades and finished surface texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all complete as per the architectural drawings, with 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) laid and jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4 kg/sqm including pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment to match the marble shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.Note – This item shall be executed only after the prior approval of Chief Engineer. 493 11.29 Granite work gang saw cut (polished and machine cut) of thickness 18mm for wall lining (veneer work), backing filled with a grout of average 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the marble shade: (To be secured to the backing by means of cramps, which shall be paid for separately). 111.29.1 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 11.29.1.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.29.1.2 Coarse grained granite light Black/light Red/ off White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.29.1.3 Gray/Pink/Brown or equivalent with various patterns 11.29.2 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 11.29.2.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.29.2.2 Coarse grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.29.2.3 Gray/Pink/Brown or equivalent with various patterns 494 11.30 Providing and laying gang saw cut 18 mm thick, mirror polished premoulded (wherever required) and pre polished machine cut granite stonework in flooring of required size shape of approved shade, color and texture in flooring laid over 20 mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 sand) including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments epoxy touch ups etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 11.30.1 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 11.30.1.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.30.1.2 Coarse grained granite light Black/light Red/ off White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.30.1.3 Gray/Pink/Brown or equivalent with various patterns 11.90.2 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 11.30.2.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.30.2.2 Coarsegrained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.30.2.3 Gray/Pink/Brown or equivalent with various patterns 492 11.31 Providing and laying gang saw cut 30 mm thick, mirror polished pre moulded and pre polished machine cut granite stone of required size and shape of approved shade, colour and texture in footpath, flooring in road side plazas and similar locations, laid over 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1cement: 4 sand) including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (area of slab more than 0.50 sqm) 11.31.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.31.2 Coarse grained granite light Black/light Red/ off White or equivalent with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11.31.3 Gray/Pink/Brown or equivalent with various patterns 495 11.32 Deduct for not polishing granite flooring (item no 11.29 & 11.30) 496 11.33 Providing and laying Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building all complete as per the architectural drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge Granite stone slab Dark Black. Dark Red, White or equivalent, 11.33.1 Flamed Finish Polish 11.33.2 Leather Finish Polish 497 11.34 Granite stone work 18mm thick of any colour in riser of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm average thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement:3 sand) and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of slab. 498 11.35 Providing and fixing 10x10x7.50 cm Granite stone block hand cut andchisel dressed on top, for paving in floors, drains etc. laid over 20mm thick base mortar 1:4 (1cement:4 sand) with joints 10mm wide filled with same mortar mixed with matching pigment including ruled pointing etc. complete as per direction of engineer-in charge. 499 11.36 Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 25 mm thick.(Area of slab to be over 0.25 sqm) 500 11.37 Deduction for using 20 mm thick slab instead of 25 mm thick slab of kota stone in item no 11.35 501 11.38 Kota stone slabs in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing complete. 502 11.38.1 10-12 mm thick 11.38.2 20 mm thick 503 11.39 Kota stone slab (area less than 0.5 sqm) rough chiseled dressed average 40 mm thick flooring for parking and open area of thickness over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry complete with base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Sand) 504 11.40 Providing edge moulding to 18mm thick marble stone counters, Vanities, window sills etc. including machine polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. complete as per design approved by Engineer-in-Charge. 11.40.1 Marble work 11.40.2 Granite work. 505 11.41 Extra for fixing marble /granite stone over and above corresponding basic item, in facia and drops of width upto 150 mm with epoxy resin based adhesive including cleaning etc. complete. 506 11.42 Extra for providing opening of required size and shape for wash basins/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counters and similar location in marble/Granite/stone work including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete. 507 11.43 Mirror polishing on marble work/Granite work/stone work wherever required to give high gloss finish complete. 508 11.44 Fine dressed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1cement : 5 sand) with joints finished flush. 11.44.1 Red sand stone 11.44.2 White sand stone 11.44.3 Grey lime stone 11.44.4 Kota stone 509 11.45 40 mm thick fine dressed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone. 11.45.1 Red sand stone 11.45.2 White sand stone 510 11.46 40 mm thick machine rubbed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 sand) with joints 3mm thick, side buttered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) mixed with pigment to match the shade of stone and pointing with same mortar 11.46.1 Red sand stone 11.46.2 White sand stone 511 11.47 Extra for pre finished nosing in treads of steps of Kota stone/ sand stone slab. 512 11.48 Extra for Kota stone/ sand stone in treads of steps and risers using single length upto 1.05 metre. 513 11.49 Providing and laying Ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300 mm or more (having thickness 6 to 7mm) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of approved make in any colours and shade laid on 20 mm thick Cement Mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc., complete. 514 11.50 Providing and fixing Ceramic glazed wall tiles 300x450 mm or more (having thickness 6 to 7 mm) of 1st quality conforming to IS: 15622 of approved make in all Colours& shades, except burgundy, bottle green, black laid on 12mm thick bed of Cement Mortar 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 sand)preprad same day when mortar is still green jointed with grey cement slurry @3.3 kg per sqm including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. 515 11.51 Providing and laying rectified Glazed Ceramic floor tiles 300x300 mm or more (having thickness 9 to 10mm) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of approved make in all colours white, ivory, grey, fume red brown laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. 516 11.52 Providing and laying rectified Glazed Ceramic wall tiles 300x450 mm or more (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of approved make in all colours white, ivory, grey, fume red brown laid on 12 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. 517 11.53 Providing and laying Antiskid floor tiles of any sizes, 12 mm thickness with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including grouting the joints with white cement with matching pigments etc., complete. 518 11.54 Deduct for not grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigment in the items of fixing of vitrified tiles. 519 11.55 Deduct for not using 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) bedding in laying of floor tiles. 520 11.56 Fixing glazed/ Ceramic/Rectified/ Vitrified floor tiles with cement based high polymer modified quick-set tile adhesive (Water based) conforming to IS: 15477, in average 3mm thickness. 521 11.57 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision impaired persons as per standards) of size 300x300x9.8mm having water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS: 15622 of approved make in all colours and shades for outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard, multi modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1cement : 4 sand) in all shapes and patterns including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 522 11.58 Providing and fixing Glass mosaic tiles at finished plain wall surface of size 20 mm x 20 mm x 4 mm in all colour, design, fixing in customize design as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. The glass mosaic tiles to be fixed on the wall surface with the help of approved adhesive applied at the rate of 2.5 kg per sqm and grouting of the same. The rate is inclusive of all operation, material and required pattern approved by Engineer-in-Charge: 523 11.59 Providing and laying 500x500x40mm thick Turf paver on 150mm thick sub grade of compacted bed of 20mm nominal size stone aggregate and base course with 50mm thick sand and filling joints with sand including spreading, well ramming, consolidating and finishing smooth etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer- in-charge. 524 11.60 Providing and fixing 10mm thick acid and/ or alkali resistant tiles of approved make and colour using acid and/ or alkali resisting mortar bedding and joints filled with acid and/ or alkali resisting cement as per IS : 4457 complete as per the direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 525 11.60.1 In flooring on a bed of 10 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 acid proof cement: 4 sand)Acid and alkali resistant tile. 526 11.60.2 In dado/skirting on 12 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 acid proof cement: 4 sand).Acid and alkali resistant tile. 527 11.61 8 mm thick.stones Tile work in skirting, risers of steps and dado (upto 2 m height) over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. 11.61.1 Marble tiles (polished) Raj Nagar. 11.61.2 Granite tile of any colour /shade 528 11.62 Providing and fixing cramps of required size and shape in RCC/ CC /Stone/ Brick masonry backing with cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement :2 sand) including drilling necessary hole in stones and embedding the cramp in the hole (fastener to be paid separately). 11.62.1 Gunmetal cramps. 11.62.2 Stainless steel cramps. 529 11.63 Providing and fixing expansion hold fasteners of wedge expansion type on C.C. / R.C.C./ Brick masonry surface backing including drilling necessary holes and the cost of bolt etc complete. 11.63.1 Fastener with threaded dia 6 mm. 11.63.2 Fastener with threaded dia 10 mm. 11.63.3 Fastener with threaded dia 12 mm. 530 11.64 Providing and fixing stone slab table rubbed on both faces edges rounded and polished of size as required and 1.8 cm thick fixed in urinal partitions by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase cutter and embedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout or with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) as per direction of Engineer-in- charge and finished smooth. 11.64.1 White Agaria Marble Stone. 11.64.2 Granite Stone of approved shade. 531 11.65 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer- in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product. 11.65.1 300 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH) 11.65.2 450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH). 532 11.66 Providing and laying factory made machine pressed precast cement concrete interlocking paver block of any shape and size conforming to IS:15658- 2006 and ISI marked of 60 mm thickness, M-30 grade with grey cement and pigment all as specified. Made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction, laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of stone dust, filling the joints with sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 533 11.67 Providing Epoxy flooring self leveling type on strong base in desired colour/design as approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Resin for epoxy is to be of floor grade type i/c appropriate hardner and filler material. with 5 year defect liability period (This item is to be used only for operation theaters in hospitals) 11.67.1 1 mm thick 11.67.2 2 mm thick 11.67.3 3 mm thick 534 11.68 Providing and fixing acoustic PVC (Poly Vinyl Flooring) EN (European Standard) over fiberglass mat PVC foam backing (EN 14904), total thickness is 3.25mm (EN 428/EN 427), wear layer is 0.85 mm thick (EN 429), anti-bacterial and anti-fungus surface treatment , chemical resistance test qualified (EN-423)-high resistance, thermal and underfloor heating test qualified (EN12524) - all vinyl sheets must be linked crosswise with a continuous copper strip and finally connected to earth for grounding electrostatic electrical charges. Suitable and slip resistant. Recommended to use in area like Lecturer room, Conference room, Kids area, School, colleges, Residential and all commercial official scope etc. 535 11.69 Providing and fixing 2 mm thick heterogeneous PVC (poly vinyl flooring) EN (European Standard) with wear layer is 0.55mm thick of PVC, total weight is 2300 g/m2 approx. PUR (polyurethane reinforced), residual indentation approx.0.05 mm, castor wheel test qualified, dimensional stability ≤0.10%, static electrical charge .The floor finish should termite free at the room perimeter passing over a concealed cove forming and continuing up on the wall upto100mm. Recommended to use in area like Patient rooms , Doctor room Lecturer room, Kids area, School, Colleges, Residential and all commercial official scope etc. 536 11.70 Providing and fixing 8mm and above thick laminated (wooden flooring) of AC4 and above grade product of approved made out of core high density fibre board (HDF), surface layer shall be high preasure laminated treated for abrasion, scratch, moisture protection, flame protection U.V resistant, layer of acrylic resin, aluminium oxide or similer layer having above properties, backing under layer on min 2 mm thickness shall provide as sound absorbent and moisture protection layer, The seamless impregenated decorative layer of specified size, design, colour and pettern, all bonded together under high temperature and pressure with eco-friendly. The material shall be applicable warranty formaldehyde free, eco- friendly and fully recyclable (eco-freindly) and matching shed and excluding quantity of skirting and profile. 537 11.71 Brick on edge flooring with bricks of class designation 7.5 on a bed of 12 mm cement mortar, 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) including filling the joints with same mortar, with common burntclay non modular bricks 11.71.1 100 mm thick 11.71.2 200mm thick 538 11.72 Providing and laying factory made chamfered edge Cement Concrete paver blocks of required colour strength, thickness pattern, surface texture (smooth/rough) and size/shape, conforming to 15658-2006 IS marked made by table vibratory method using PU mould, laid in required colour and pattern over 0.30 mm with courtyards, porch with M 15 cement concrete in footpath, parks, lawns, drive ways or light traffic parking etc. complete as per manufacturers specifications and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 11.72.1 80 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-35 grade 11.72.2 60 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-35 grade 11.72.3 60 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-30 grade 539 11.73 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in- Charge). 540 11.74 Providing and fixing at or near ground level factory made RCC pavement slab of M-30 grade of size 450x450x50 mm, including reinforcement with 6 mm dia M.S. bars 4 nos on each side(top & bottom), including setting in position in footpath to the required level and line over a bed of 20 mm average thick cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand), having joint thickness not more than 5mm except on curve, including filling of joints with same cement mortar and making grooves etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 541 11.75 Providing and fixing 16mm thick gang saw cut mirror polished premoulded and prepolished machine cut Granite of approved shade, colour and texture of Granite Door frame. in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 sand) Including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing edges to give high glossy finish and drilling of hole for fixing stainless steel hings, aldrop, towerboltetc complete at all levels as per instruction of Engineer-in-Charge. 11.75.1 Granite Door frame for 100mm thick wall Thickness. 11.75.2 Granite Door frame for 200mm thick wall Thickness. 542 11.76 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles (without soluble salt) or printed (with soluble salt) Nano polished (Glossy finish) in different sizes with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality in flooring laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11.76.1 Plain ivory light shade : Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 11.76.2 Dark shade (terracotta) : Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 543 11.77 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles (without soluble salt) or printed (with soluble salt) Nano polished (Glossy finish) in different sizes with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality in skirting laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4(1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 77.1 Plain ivory light shade : Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 11. 77.2 Dark shade (terracotta) : Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 544 11.78 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles Multi/Double charged (Minimum top layer thickness 2.0mm) Neno Polished self design, in different size with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, quality/ premium quality in flooring laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4(1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 78.1 In light shade glossy/ rustic /stain finished 11. 78.1.1 Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 78.1.2 Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 78.1.3 Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 78.2 In dark shade glossy/ rustic /stain finished 11. 78.2.1 (a) Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 78.2.2 (b) Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 78.2.3 (c) Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 545 11.79 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles Multi/Double charged (Minimum top layer thickness 2.0mm) Neno Polished self design, in different size with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality in skirting laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4(1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 79.1 In light shade glossy/ rustic /stain finished 11. 79.1.1 (a) Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 79.1.2 (b) Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 79.1.3 (c) Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 79.2 In dark shade glossy/rustic/stain finished 11. 79.2.1 (a) Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 79.2.2 (b) Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 79.2.3 (c) Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 546 11.80 Providing and laying vitrified floor-tiles Full Body Design Homogenous Body matt/rustic finish in different size with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality in flooring laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4(1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 80.1 In light colour and shades as ivory, beige blanco, grey etc. 11. 80.1.1 (a) Size 300X300 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 80.1.2 (b) Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 11. 80.1.3 (c) Size 600X600 mm thickness 11-12mm (to be used heavy duty indoor areas of non residencial buildings only such as schools, hostels, libraries hospitals, institutions, offices etc.) 11. 80.2 In dark colour and shade etc. 11. 80.2.1 (a) Size 300X300 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 80.2.2 (b) Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 11. 80.2.3 (c) Size 600X600 mm thickness 11-12mm (to be used in heavy duty indoor areas of non residencial buildings only such as schools, hostels, libraries hospitals, institutions, offices etc.) 547 11.81 Providing and laying vitrified floor-tiles Full Body Design Homogenous Body matt/rustic finish in different size with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality in skirting, riser laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4(1cement :4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 81.1 In light colour and shades as ivory, beige blanco, grey etc. 11. 81.1.1 (a) Size 300X300 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 81.1.2 (b) Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 11. 81.2 In dark colour and shades etc. 11. 81.2.1 (a) Size 300X300 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 81.2.2 (b) Size 600X600mm thickness 9-10mm 548 11.82 Providing and laying digital print random design(PGVT)/(GVT) vitrified tiles in different sizes with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality/ premium quality including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 82.1 For floor glossy/ rustic /stain/matt finished laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:4sand) 11. 82.1.1 Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 82.1.2 Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11.82.1.3 Size 800X1600 mm thickness 11-12mm 11.82.1.4 Size 1000X1000 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 82.1.5 Size 600X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 82.1.6 Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 82.1.7 Size 1200X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11.82.1.8 Size 1200X1800 mm thickness 11-12mm 11.82.1.9 Size 1200X2400 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 82.2 For wall stain / rustic finished laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement:3sand) prepared same day when mortar is still green i.e.within 6 hours, Size 300X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 82.3 For wall polished / Glossy finished laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement:3sand) prepared same day when mortar is still green i.e. within 6 hours, Size 300X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 549 11.83 Providing and laying digital print random design(PGVT)/(GVT) vitrified tiles in different sizes with water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours& shades, 1st quality / premium in skirting, riser laid our 12mm thick cement mortar 113 including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete 11. 83.1 For skirting, risers etc. glossy/ rustic /stain/matt finished in all colours and shades 11. 83.1.1 Size 600X600 mm thickness 9-10 mm 11. 83.1.2 Size 800X800mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 83.1.3 Size 600X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 11. 83.1.4 Size 800X1200 mm thickness 11-12mm 550 11.84 Granite work gang saw cut (polished machine cut) of thickness 12 mm for wall lining, skirting, risers of steps and dado (veneer work), back filling with a grout of average 12 mm thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the marble shade: (To be secured to the beaching by means of cramps, which shall be paid for separately). 11. 84.1 Area of tiles not less 0.18 sqm 11. 84.1.1 Fine granite dark Black/dark Red/ White with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11. 84.1.2 Course granite light Black/light Red/ off White with crystals of other colors and various patterns 11. 84.1.3 Gray/Pink/Brown with various patterns 551 11.85 Providing and laying gang saw cut 12mm thick, mirror polished pre moulded (wherever required) and pre polished machine cut granite stone of required size and shape of approved shade, colour and texture in flooring laid over 20mm thick base of cemnt mortar 1:4(1cement:4sand) including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments, epoxy touch ups etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 11. 85.1 Area of tiles not less 0.18 sqm 11. 85.1.1 Fine grained granite dark Black/dark Red/ White with self design/ pattern/crystals of other colors of glitter 11. 85.1.2 Coarse grained granite light Black/light Red/ off White with crystals of other colors and various patterns 11. 85.1.3 Gray/Pink/Brown with various patterns 552 11. 86 Providing and fixing artificial synthetic green long and fine yarns grass, UV/water resistant with SBR latex backing eco-friendly durable high density 100 % PP ( Poly Poplin ) anti UV fiber.denier 12000 dtex, stich rate 18 stiches per 10cm, stich density 16800 stiches/m2, tufted weight 1830g/sqm approx. 11. 86.1 Roll size will be 25.00m X 2.00m (25mm thick)- weight 150kg- per roll. 11. 86.2 Roll size will be 25.00m X 2.00m (40mm thick)- weight 180kg- per roll. 553 11.87 Providing and fixing laminated (engineered wooden flooring) of suitable thickness 10-14 mm of suitable grade category product of approved made out of core high density fibre board (HDF) &other component it treated for abrasion ,scratch ,moisture protection, flame protection,U.V resistant. backing with eco- friendly resins specified by the manufacturer .The material shall be applicable warranty formaldehyde free, eco friendly, highly recommended for high traffic area and fully recyclable and matching shed and excluding quantity of skirting and profile. 554 11.88 Providing and fixing single layer homogeneous (solid wooden flooring) of suitable thickness 14 - 18 mm of suitable grade category product of scratch protection, moisture protection, flame protection U.V. resistant, backing under layer on min 2 mm thickness The material shall be applicable warranty formaldehyde free, eco friendly ,highly recommended for high traffic area and fully recyclable and matching shade and excluding quantity of skirting and profile. 555 11.89 Providing and fixing tuffed 1/10” loop pile (carpet tile / Carpet). EN (Euorpean Standard) size 50cm x 50cm /roll Size of total thickness 5.5 mm and above with total mass of 4100g/m2approx and with polyester fleece primary backing with standard dimensional stability with impact sound / noise reduction and recommended for high traffic acoustical area. 556 11.90 Providing and fixing spc (stone plastic composite) virgin pvc water resistant proof vinyl flooring with a thickness between 4 to 8mmuv coated layer with a wear layer of 0.3 to 0.80mm with a SPC core layer of 2.00 to 5.00 mm with a SOP of heat resistant, voc free, easy to cut, anti microbial protection in the form of tiles, planks helpful in environmental of profection health. 557 11.91 Providing and laying pre mirror polished/ pre polished fine grain machine cut sand stone tile flooring 20mm thick (hardness should not be less than 7 and water absorption should not be more than 0.3%) of required size and shape of approved shade, flooring in plazas open staircase and similar locations, laid over 20 mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including grouting the joint with white cement mix with matching pigment etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 11. 91.1 300x300mm 11. 91.2 400x400mm 11. 91.3 600x600mm 558 11.92 Providing and laying pre mirror polished/ pre polished fine grain machine cut sand stone slab flooring 20mm thick (hardness should not be less than 7 and water absorption should not be more than 0.3%) of required size of area more then .50 sqm and shape of approved shade, flooring in plazas open staircase and similar locations, laid over 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including grouting the joint with cement mix matching pigment etc. complete as per direction of Engineer -in-Charge. 559 12.1 Providing corrugated G.S. Sheet roofing including vertical/ curved surface fixed with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8 mm diameter with bitumen and G.I. limpet washers or with G.I. limpet washers filled with white lead and including a coat of approved steel primer and two coats of approved paint on overlapping of sheets complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces) excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 12.1.1 1.00mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 12.1.2 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 12.1.3 0.63 mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 560 12.2 Straight cutting in G.S. sheet of any thickness roofing for making opening of area exceeding 40 sq. decimetre for chimney stacks, sky light etc. 561 12.3 Extra for circular cutting in C.G.S. sheet of any thickness roofing for making opening of area exceeding 40 square decimetre : 562 12.4 Providing ridges or hips of width 60 cm over all width plain G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8 mm dia. G.I. limpet and bitumen washers complete. 12.4.1 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 12.4.2 0.63mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 563 12.5 Providing valleys of 90cm wide overall in plain G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8mm dia. G.I. limpet and bitumen washers complete. 1.60 mm thick with zinc coating not less than 350gm/m² 564 12.6 Providing and Fixing of 40 cm over all width plain, G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts, G.I. limpet and bitumen washer complete, bent to shape and fixed in wall with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 sand). 1.00mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 565 12.7 Providing and fixing 15 cm wide 45 cm over all semicircular plain G.S. sheet gutter with iron brackets 40x3mm size, bolts, nuts and washers etc. including making necessary connections with rain water pipes complete. 12.7.1 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 12.7.2 0.63mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² 566 12.8 Providing reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres cement 6 mm thick corrugated sheets (as per IS: 14871) roofing up to any pitch and fixing with polymer coated J, or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8 mm dia.G.I. plain and bitumen washers or with self drilling fastener and EPDM washers etc. complete (excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses), including cutting sheets to size and shape wherever required. 567 12.9 Extra for straight cutting in reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres cement corrugated, semi corrugated 6 mm thick sheet roofing for making openings of area exceeding 40 square decimeter for chimney stacks, skylights etc.. 568 12.10 Extra for circular cutting in reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres cement corrugated/ semi corrugated 6 mm thick sheet roofing for making openings of area exceeding 40 square decimeter. 569 12.11 Extra for providing and fixing wind ties of 40x 6 mm flat iron section. 570 12.12 Providing and fixing ridges and hips in fibre cement reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres roofing with suitable fixing accessories or self drilling fastener and EPDM washer etc. complete. 12.12.1 Corrugated serrated adjustable ridges 12.12.2 Plain wing adjustable ridges 12.12.3 Close fitting adjustable ridges 12.12.4 Unserrated adjustable hips 571 12.13 Providing and fixing fibre cement reinforced by organic fibres and/or inorganic synthetic fibres roofing accessories in all colours with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts and or G.I. seam bolts and nuts, G.I. plain and bitumen washers or with self drilling fastener and EPDM washer etc. complete: 12.13.1 Corrugated apron pieces 12.13.2 Eaves filler pieces 12.13.3 North light curves 12.13.4 ventilator curves 12.13.5 Barge boards 12.13.6 Ridge finials 12.13.7 Special north light curves 12.13.8 S type louvers 572 12.14 Providing flat iron brackets 50x3mm size with necessary bolts, nuts washers etc. for fixing G.S. sheets gutters with purlins. 573 12.15 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm + 0.05 %, total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 gsm as per IS:277 in 240 mpa steel grade, 15-18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches while transportation and should be supplied in single length upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineer-in-charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self-drilling /self-tapping screws of size (5.5x 55mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 574 12.16 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised steel sheet roofing accessories 0.50 mm + 0.05 % total coated thickness, Zinc coating 120gsm as per IS: 277 in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns using self-drilling/ self- tapping screws complete : 12.16.1 Ridges plain (500 - 600mm). 12.16.2 Flashings/ Aprons.( Upto 600 mm) 12.16.3 North light curves. 12.16.4 Barge board (Upto 300 mm) 12.16.5 Crimp curve 12.16.6 Gutter. (600 mm over all girth) 575 12.17 Providing & fixing UV stabilised fiberglass reinforced plastic sheet roofing up to any pitch, including fixing with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts & nuts 8mm dia. G.I plain/bitumen washers complete but excluding the cost of purlins, rafters, trusses etc. The sheets shall be manufactured out of 2400 TEX panel rovigs incorporating minimum 0.3% ultra-violet stabiliser in resin system under approximately 2400 psi and hot cured. They shall be of uniform pigmentation and thickness without air pockets and shall conform to IS 10192 and IS 12866.The sheets shall be opaque or translucent, clear or pigmented, textured or smooth as specified. 12.17.1 2mm thick corrugated (2.5 or 4.2 or 6) or step-down (2or 3or 6) as specified. 12.17.2 2mm thick flat. 576 12.18 Providing and Fixing of sky lights consisting of Multi cell/tight cell Polycarbonate Panel System of approved colour, 16 mm thick (minimum) having uniform in color with an integral Tight-Cell core constructed not to exceed 4mmx4mm in a cross section, involved such as bolts nuts and screws etc. and labour for cutting bending to required profile, necessary scaffolding, hoisting in position etc. for proper completion of the work etc. complete as per specification drawings and direction of Engineer in charge. Finished surface area of roofing fixed over steel tubular structure shall be measured for payment. MS tabular frame work shall be measured separately for payment. 12.18.1 10mm thick 12.18.2 16mm thick 577 12.19 Providing sand stone slab 40 to 50 mm thick for roofing and laying them in cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 sand) over wooden karries or R.C.C. battens or structural steel sections (Karries or battens or structural steel sections to be paid separately) including pointing the ceiling joints with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand ) complete : 12.19.1 Red sand stone slab 12.19.2 White sand stone slab : 578 12.20 Painting top of roofs with residual type petroleum bitumen of grade VG 10 of approved quality @ 17kg per 10 sqm impregnated with a coat of sand at 60 cum per 10sqm including cleaning the slab surface with brushes and finally with a piece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil complete : 579 12.21 Providing and applying two coats of High Albedo paint having minimum Solar Reflective Index (SRI) 108 (with solar reflectance and thermal emittance tested as per ASTM) C 1549 and ASTM C 1371 respectively), VOC less than 10 cc/gm. The coating thickness and the methodology of application shall be strictly as per manufacturers specifications and as approved by engineer In charge. Surface preparation includes cleaning with metal wire brush to remove all dust, fungus etc., and washing with water all complete. The contractor shall give guarantee for the performance of SRI and also the durability of coating, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 580 12.22 Providing and fixing Heat Resistant Terrace Tiles (300 mm x 300 mm x 20 mm) with SRI (solar refractive index) > 78, solar reflection >0.70 and initial emittance >0.75 on waterproof and sloped surface of terrace, laid on 20 mm thick cement sand mortar in the ratio of 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) and grouting the joints with mix of white cement and marble powder in ratio of 1:1, including rubbing and polishing of the surface upto 3 cuts complete, including providing skirting upto 150 mm height along the parapet walls in the same manner. 581 12.23 Providing and laying pressed clay tiles (as per approved pattern 20 mm nominal thickness and of approved size) on roofs jointed with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) mixed with 2% integral water proofing compound laid over a bed of 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) and finished neat complete. 582 12.24 Providing and fixing on roof pressed clay tile (Mangalore tile) 20 mm nominal thickness and of approved size and as per approved pattern on steel frame work complete (steel frame work to be paid separately) 583 12.25 Providing and laying on roof pressed clay tile ridge (Mangalore tile) of 20mm thickness of approved pattern on steel frame work complete (steel frame work to be paid separately) 584 12.26 Providing gola 75x75 mm in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 stone aggregate 10mm and down grade) including finishing with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) as per standard design : In 75x75mm deep chase 585 12.27 Making khurras 45x45 cm (sunk area) with average minimum thickness of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1mx1mx400micron, finished with 12mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) and a coat of neat cement rounding the edge and making and finishing the outlet complete so as to receive rain water/ spillage water on roof in a sunk area and completely rain out in a near perfect strain meter motion into rain water pipe. 586 12.28 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamps of approved design to C.I. Or S.C.I. rain water pipes embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10x10x10cm of Cement Concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and cost of cutting holes and making good the walls etc. 12.28.1 100 mm diameter 12.28.2 150 mm diameter 587 12.29 Providing and fixing ISI marked sand cast iron rain water pipes. 12.29.1 100 mm dia minimum wall thickness 5mm 12.29.2 150 mm dia minimum wall thickness 5mm 588 12.30 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron rain water pipes and fittings : 12.30.1 100 mm dia. Pipe 12.30.2 150 mm dia. Pipe 589 12.31 Providing, fixing and embedding sand cast iron accessories for rain water pipes in the masonry surrounded with 12 mm thick cement mortar of the same mix, as that of masonry (lead caulking will be paid for separately) : 12.31.1 Sand cast iron bend : 12.31.1.1 100 mm diameter 12.31.1.2 150 mm diameter 12.31.2 Sand cast iron plain shoes : 12.31.2.1 100 mm diameter 12.31.2.2 150 mm diameter 590 12.32 Providing and fixing on wall face Rigid Unplasticised rigid PVC (upvc) Single socketed rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion. 12.32.1 75 mm diameter (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.32.2 110 mm diameter (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 591 12.33 Providing and fixing on wall face Unplasticised - UPVC moulded fittings/ accessories for Unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion. 12.33.1 Coupler 12.33.1.1 75 mm (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.1.2 110 mm (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 12.33.2 Single push fit Coupler : 12.33.2.1 75 mm (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.2.2 110 mm (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 12.33.3 Single tee with door 12.33.3.1 75x75x75 mm (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.3.2 110x110x110 mm (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 12.33.4 Single tee without door 12.33.4.1 75x75x75 mm (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.4.2 110x110x110 mm (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 12.33.5 Bend 87.5° 12.33.5.1 75 mm bend (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.5.2 110 mm bend (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 12.33.6 Shoe (Plain) 12.33.6.1 75 mm Shoe (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.33.6.2 110 mm Shoe (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 592 12.34 Providing and fixing unplasticised - PVC pipe clips of approved design to unplasticised - PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50 mm hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required length, including cutting brick work and fixing in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and making good the wall etc. complete. 12.34.1 75 mm (minimum wall thickness 1.8mm) 12.34.2 110 mm (minimum wall thickness 2.2mm) 593 12.35 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe fixing cast iron grating 15 cm diameter and weighing not less than 440 grams. 594 12.36 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe PTMT (an Engineering Thermoplastic) grating square (Slit) 150 mm square with a height of 8 mm and weighing not less than 100 gms. 595 12.37 Providing and fixing 100 mm/110 mm diameter and 60 cm long rain water spout in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 12.37.1 Stone ware spout 12.37.2 Upvc spout (Pipe dia.110 mm) 596 12.38 Providing and fixing of self-supported mechanically seamed roofing system, made of high quality steel, having 340 MPA yield strength, pre coated galvalume sheet as per ASTM A 792 M of base metal thickness from 0.8 mm to 1.6mm (tolerance ± 0.02mm). High grade steel sheet should have 55% aluminum and 45% zinc coating by hot-dip process of minimum 25 micron The rate includes supplying, fixing, loading unloading, hire charges of all plants machineries, anchors, fasteners, washers, bolts, epoxy, paint and all wastage etc. complete. Accessories and fixtures like hangers/clamps for installation of lighting /fixtures /utility/ duct as per requirement and ventilators, skylight can also be provided at crown/ridge by making cuts into the panels which is to be paid separately. This item shall be executed only by the agency which has all required manufacturing machineries and necessary expertise. 12.38.1 Base metal thickness 0.8mm up to span 15 meter 12.38.2 Base metal thickness 0.9mm , up to span 18 meter 12.38.3 Base metal thickness 1.0 mm, up to span 21 meter 12.38.4 Base metal thickness 1.1 mm, up to span 23 meter 12.38.5 Base metal thickness 1.2mm, up to span 25meter 12.38.6 Base metal thickness 1.3 mm, up to span 27 meter 12.38.7 Base metal thickness 1.4mm, up to span 29meter 12.38.8 Base metal thickness 1.5 mm, up to span 31 meter 12.38.9 Base metal thickness 1.6 mm, up to span 33 meter 12.38.10 Providing and fixing galvalume 1.0 mm thick clamps/hangers of size 75X140mm with saddle of 50mm dia, riveted at one side and nut and bolt at other side, to self-supported roofing system by mechanical seaming to suspend light fixture/cable stay/false ceiling/duct etc., at their location which should be planned earlier by engineer-in-charge. Clamps shall be fixed during seaming of panels. 12.38.11 Providing and fixing advanced type hurricane turbo ventilator to self- supporting roof having neck dia 600mm made of aluminum having 24 nos vertical vanes made of aluminum sheet. Ventilator should be fixed on 1 to 2mm thick G.I. ring which shall be fixed on 2mm thick polycarbonate sheet. Polycarbonate sheet shall have foam tap or rubber gasket under and over it and fixed by 1 to 2 mm thick aluminum angle 25X25mm with self- tapping screw to panels. All joints shall be sealed by silicon. Rates i/c of all material, labour fittings screw, rings, foam tap, aluminum angles etc. complete. Deduction shall not be made for cutting area of self-supported roof. 12.38.12 Providing and fixing of 2mm thick polycarbonate sheet to self-supported roofing system. The sheet shall have tensile strength and elongation as per ASTM D 638, refractive index as per ASTM D 592, light transmission as per ASTM D 1003 and specific gravity as per STM D 792. Polycarbonate sheet shall have foam tap or rubber gasket under and over it and fixed by 1 to 2 mm thick aluminum angle 25X25mm with self- tapping screw to panels. All joints shall be sealed by silicon. Rates include of all material, labour, fittings, screw, foam tap, aluminum angles etc. complete. Deduction shall not be made for cutting area of self-supported roof. 597 12.39 Supply, fabrication and erection of three-dimensional space frame steel structure consisting of support node, primary space frame members, space notes nodes, bolts, sleeves (nut), purlin stool, purlin etc. to support roof sheet in plain or curved shape. (Approximate zinc coating thickness 77 Microns) and shall not be less than 400 g/sqm (Approximate zinc coating thickness 56 microns). Bolts, sleeves and cones shall be electro-galvanized to ASTM B 633 Type 2, SC3. Shop drawings along with structural design analysis shall be provided by the manufacturer for approval of the engineer in charge. Rate shall include cost of design, all material, all lifts, labour, transport, storage, machines, tools and plants, wastages, erection and installation at site all necessary scaffolding etc. necessary to provide finished product but excluding cost of erection/construction of support shaft and roof sheet. 598 12.40 Providing and fixing roofing consist of 0.8 mm thick galvanized steel deck sheet confirming to IS 277:1992 used as permanent shuttering over which MS wire mesh 3mm laid at 100x100 mm grid including edge trim covered with concrete. This metal deck will be supported on structural steel beam with shear studs. (Structural steel like Beam, column, joists etc. & concrete of different grade as per design will be paid separately). 599 12.41 Providing and fixing in position roof tile under lay using 12mm thick(minimum) Moisture/fire Resistance heavy duty fibre cement board(High Pressure Steam Cured) Type A,Category 4 conforming to IS 14862:2000, fixed on Steel frame work of 610mmx610mm or 610mmx1220mm grid by counter sunk stainless screw @ 300mm C/C all complete as per the drawings. Tiles etc may be laid on the board substrate by sealing the joints properly with filler material or sealant to ensure no leakage through joints. All complete as per drawings, specification and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.Note - MS Section structure and roof tile like Shingles/Mangalorian Tiles etc cost will be paid seprately. 600 12.42 Providing and fixing thermal insulation of ceiling (under deck insulation) with Resin Bonded Fibre glass wool conforming to IS: 8183 density 24kg/m3, 50mm thick, wrapped in 200 G Virgin Polythene bags fixed to ceiling with metallic cleats (50x50x3 mm) @ 60 cm and wire mesh of 12.5mm x 24 gauge wire mesh, for top most ceiling of building. 601 12.43 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin Bonded Fibre glass wool conforming to IS : 8183, density 16kg/m3, 50mm thick, wrapped in 200G Virgin Polythene bags placed over existing false ceiling and held in position by criss-crossing GI wire. 602 12.44 Thermal Insulation of roofing with Expanded polystyrene fixed with suitable adhesive to the false ceiling as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge : 603 12.44.1 With Type N - Normal 50 mm thick 604 12.44.2 With Type SE - Self Extinguishing type 50 mm thick. 605 12.45 Providing and laying thermal insulation of roofing with 40 mm thick impervious sprayed, closed cell free Rigid Polyurethane foam over deck insulation conforming to IS - 12432 Pt. III (density of foam being 40-45 kg/cum), over a coat of polyurethane primer applied @ 6-8 sqm per litre, laying 400 G polythene sheet over PUF spray and providing a wearing course of 40 mm thick cement screed 1: 2 : 4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) in chequered rough finish, in panels of 2.5 mx2.5 m and embedding with 24 G wire netting and sealing the joints with polymerized mastic, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 606 12.46 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin Bonded Fibre glass wool conforming to IS: 8183 having density 24 kg/m3, 50 mm thick, wrapped in 200G Virgin Polythene Bags fixed to wall with screw, rawl plug and washers and held in position by criss crossing GI wire etc. complete as per directions of Engineer-in- Charge. 607 12.47 Providing and fixing thermal insulation of ceiling (under deck insulation) with Resin Bonded Rockwool conforming to IS: 8183, density 48 kg/ m3, 50 mm thick, wrapped in 200 G Virgin Polythene bags fixed to ceiling with metallic cleats (50x50x3 mm) @ 60 cm and wire mesh of 12.5mm x 24 gauge wire mesh, for top most ceiling of building. 608 12.48 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin bonded rock wool conforming to IS: 8183, density 48 kg/m3, 50 mm thick, wrapped in 200 G virgin Polythene bags placed over existing false ceiling and held in position by criss- crossing GI wire. 609 12.49 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin Bonded rock wool conforming to IS: 8183, having density 48 kg/m3. 50 mm thick, wrapped in 200 G Virgin Polythene Bags fixed to wall with screw, rawl plug and washers and held and in position by criss cossing GI wire etc.complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 610 12.50 Supply and application of 48kg/m3 density & 50 mm thick with a tolerance of -2 + 6mm of Rockwool RB slabs unfaced (Binder<3.5%); conforming to IS: 8183/ASTM C 612 latest edition with amendments. Non- combustible when tested as per BS 476 Part 4 or A1 when tested as per EN: 13501. Two random samples from each supplied batch will be test for shot content at the site. The melting point of the wool shall be more than 1000°C and wool shall be bio-soluble in accordance with EU directive 127/2008 or similar. All Above mentioned standard are as per latest edition with amendments. 611 12.51 Supply & Application of Rockwool RB slab 48kg density, 50mm thick wrapped in 200G vergine polythene bags for partition, ceiling (Under Deck insulation) conforming to IS: 8183 with tolerance of -2 +6mm of rock wool RB slabs unfaced (Binder <3.5%) conforming to IS: 8183/ASTM C 612 latest edition with amendments. Non-combustible when tested as per BS 476 Part 4 or Al when tested per EN 13501. . Two random samples from each supplied batch will be test for shot content at the site. The melting point of the wool shall be more than 1000°C and wool shall be bio-soluble in accordance with EU directive 127/2008 or similar. All Above mentioned standard are as per latest edition with amendments. 612 12.52 Supply & Application of Rockwool RB 2 slab 64kg /m3, 50mm thick, with GI wire netting 24 SWG; fixing for NRC Value 1.00 for Acoustics, thermal & fire purpose conforming to and IS: 8133, IS: 8183 with tolerance of -2 + 6mm of RB slabs unfaced (Binder < 3.5%); conforming to IS: 8183/ASTM C 612 latest edition with amendments. Two random samples from each supplied batch will be tested for shot content at the site. The melting point of the wool shall be more than 1000°C and wool shall be bio-soluble in accordance with EU directive 127/2008 or similar. All Above mentioned standard are as per latest edition with amendments. 613 12.53 Supply & Application of Rockwool building roll (1.1mx10m) 48kg density, 50mm thick with FSK (foil scrim Kraft) aluminium foil facing for HVAC duct & building underdeck purpose conforming to IS: 8183, IS: 8183 and IS:8183 a tolerance of -2 +6 mm of Rockwool RB slabs unfaced (Binder < 3.5%) ; conforming to IS: 8183; /ASTM C 612 latest edition with amendments. Non-combustible when tested as per BS: 476 Part 4 or Al when tested as per EN: 13501. Two random samples from each supplied batch will be test for shot content at the site. The melting point of the wool shall be more than 1000°C and it shall be bio-soluble in accordance with EU directive 127/2008 or similar. All Above mentioned standard are as per latest edition with amendments. 614 12.54 Supply & Application of Rockwool Building Roll (1.1mX10m) 48kg density, 50mm thick with ALG (Alu & glass) mixture of Aluminium & glass facing for building underdeck application below metal sheet also conforming IS: 8183, IS: 8183 and IS: 8183 a tolerance of -2+6mm of rockwool RB slabs unfaced (Binder < 3.5%); conforming to IS: 8183/ASTM C 612 latest edition with amendments. Non-combustible when tested as per BS 476 Part 4 or Al when tested as per EN 13501. The maximum service temperature shall be 700°C. Shot content should be less than 2% for 500 microns & less than 10% for 250 microns when tested as per standard IS: 3144. Two random samples from each supplied batch will be test for shot content at the site. The melting point of the wool shall be more than 1000°C and wool shall be bio-soluble in accordance with EU directive 127/2008 or similar. All Above mentioned standard are as per latest edition with amendments. 615 12.55 Providing and fixing of minimum 12mm thick, 5 layered bubble Reflective thermal insulation made of 12 microns aluminum foil with minimum 97% Reflectivity on both outer sides, under both aluminum foil 4mm thick FR bubble insulation with Low Emissivity - 0.032 (ASTM1371), Fire Class A (ASTM E84) All five layers of insulation shall be stick with each other by registered manufacturer using hot process without using any kind of adhesive. Insulation shall be supplied in 1.10m wide roll width with 50mm wide factory-made cuts at both sides to joint another roll by using general stapler in case of new shed and adhesive in case of existing or self-supported roof. 12.55.1 Fixing of insulation on new work by laying horizontally on the purlins and perpendicular to the direction of purlins and fixing by using self- tapping screws at equal distance. Place and align the second roll of insulation parallel to the first roll and overlaps the adjacent rolls. After Insulation is fixed over the purlins the metal sheet is placed over insulation and drilled with self-tapping screws with purlins etc. complete, including all material and scaffolding. 12.55.2 Installation of insulation in Old Sheds where the sheets have been already fixed over the purlins so insulation shall be fixed under the purlins covering the roof bottom. Insulation roll to be unfolded at the bottom of the purlin horizontally and parallel to the roof and fixed by using the self- tapping screw with a washer at equal distance etc. Complete, including all material and scaffolding. 12.55.3 Insulation of Self-Supported Roof shall be applied under the roofing by using stud welding to the self- supported roof at a distance not be more than 300 mm in both directions. At each stud insulation roll shall be pushed against the studs so that it gets punctured and then non-returning washer has to be applied at the stud etc. complete, including all material and scaffolding. 616 12.56 Providing and fixing 50 mm thick extruded polystyrene rigid insulation board (XPS) of required size over- deck on ceiling surface, complying with ASTM C 578 - type VI, having thermal conductivity of 0.0289 W/mK as per ASTM C 518, compressive strength of > 350 kPa listed as per ASTM C 1621, density of 34-36 kg/m³ as per ASTM D 1622, water absorption < 1% by volume as per ASTM C 272, oxygen index of minimum 24 as per ASTM D 2863 and Fire retardant property as per DIN 4102, with preferred stone or pre-cast tiles shall be laid over the XPS board with suitable grouting including providing pre-fabricated EPDM drain outlets (Cement Screed casting shall be done at the junction of roof and parapet walls), all as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge. 617 12.57 Providing and fixing 50 mm thick extruded polystyrene rigid insulation board of required size underdeck on ceiling surface, complying with ISO 4898:2008 & ASTM C 578-08b - type VI, having thermal conductivity of 0.0289 W/m K as per ASTM C 578 Fire retardant property as per DIN 4102, Part 1 of class B2 and as per ASTM E84 class A, fixed with suitable water based adhesive and fastener, complete in all respect as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 618 12.58 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, jointing tapes, finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with: 12.58.1 10mm thick plaster of Paris (gypsum anhydrous) sheet 10mm thick pop board 12.58.1.1 Flat surfaces 12.58.1.2 Curved surfaces 12.58.1.3 Sunk or raised mouldings 12.58.1.4 Extra for providing in the plaster of Paris (Gypsum anhydrous) ceiling above 5 metre height from floor level. 12.58.2 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum board 12.58.2.1 Plain board conforming to IS: 2095- Part I : 2011 (Board with BIS certification marks). 12.58.2.2 Fire resistant Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3) : 1996 (Board with BIS certification marks) 12.58.2.3 Gypsum moisture resistant board. 12.58.2.4 Fully Perforated Gypsum Plaster Board having approx. 15 % perforated area with perforation size and pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-charge and as per manufacturers specification, with all 4 side tapered and backed by acoustical tissue with NRC value not less than 0.60. 12.58.3 8 mm thick Calcium Silicate Board made with Calcareous and Siliceous materials reinforced with cellulose fiber manufactured through autoclaving process. 619 12.59 Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of specified materials of size 595x595 mm in true horizontal level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel sections ( galvanized @ 120 grams/ sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of mainT runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm spaced at 1200 mm center to center along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be pre- painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 12.59.1 GI Metal Ceiling Lay in plain Tegular edge Global white color tiles of size 595x595 mm, and 0.5 mm thick with 8 mm drop; made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending. 12.59.2 GI Metal Ceiling Lay in perforated Tegular edge global white color tiles of size 595x595 mm and 0.5 mm thick with 8 mm drop; made of GI sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and 20% perforation area with 1.8 mm dia holes and having NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient) of 0.5, electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending and perforation, and backed with a black Glass fiber acoustical fleece. 12.59.3 12.5 mm thick square edge PVC Laminated Gypsum Tile of size 595x595 mm, made of Gypsum plasterboard, manufactured from natural gypsum as per IS 2095 part I and laminated with white 0.16mm thick fire retardant PVC film on the face side and 12micron metalized polyester on the back side with all edges sealed with the face side PVC film which goes around and wraps the edges and is bonded to the edges and the back side metalized polyester film so as to make the tile a ompletely sealed unit. 12.59.4 12.5 mm thick fully Perforated Gypsum Board tile made from plasterboard having glass fibre conforming to IS: 2095 part I, of size 595x595 mm, having perforation of 9.7x9.7 mm at 19.4 mm c/c with center borders of 48 mm and the side borders of 30 mm, backed with non woven tissue on the back side, having an NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient) of 0.79, with 50 mm resin bonded glass wool backing. 12.59.5 Glass fiber Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with 16 mm thick tegular edge or micro look edge tiles of size 595x595mm.The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, NRC 0.5, Light Reflectance ≥83%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 and7) in module size of 600 x 600 x 16mm with Bio Block coating on the face of the tile, suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of 38 - 41%. The Tile and Grid system used together should carry a 15 year warranty. 12.59.6 8mm thick non-asbestos multipurpose termite, fire & moisture resistance cement bonded particle board as per IS: 14276, white primedcolour tiles of size 595X595 mm. 12.59.7 6mm thick non-asbestos multipurpose termite, fire & moisture resistance cement bonded particle board as per IS: 14276, white primed colour tiles of size 595X595 mm. 620 12.60 Providing and fixing GI Clip in Metal Ceiling System of 600x600 mm module which includes providing and fixing ‘C’ wall angle of size 20x30x20mm made of 0.5mm thick pre painted steel along the perimeter of the room with help of nylon sleeves and wooden screws at 300mm center to centre, suspending the main C carrier and in direction perpendicular to it at 600mm centers with help of suspension brackets. Wherever the main C carrier and spring T have to join, C carrier and spring T connectors have to be used. All sections to be galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) Fixing with clip in/swing down tiles into spring T with 12.60.1 GI Metal Ceiling Clip in /swing down plain Beveled edge global white color tiles of size 600x600 and 0.5mm thick with 25mm height, made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending. 12.60.2 GI Metal Ceiling Clip in /swing down plain Beveled edge global white color tiles of size 600x600 and 0.5mm thick with 25mm height, made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and 20% perforation area with 1.8mm dia holes and having NRC of 0.5, electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending and perforation. 621 12.61 Providing & Fixing of Unperforated Antibacterial Metal Tile Ceiling System comprising of Tile of 600mm wide and 600mm long manufactured out of 0.7mm thick aluminium alloy 3105 with beveled edge of 4.15mm width and height of 32mm. The Tile will be manufactured on advanced equipment that includes several levelling stages in the manufacturing process by approved certified manufacturers. The Tile shall be clipped into clip in rail of 0.5mm thick G.I. in form of a grid system using a cross connector. The clip in rail shall be supported from slab by means of rigid Suspension of 4mm G.I.Road, Hold on Clamp with Clip. (Rate include all materials and labour). 622 12.62 Providing and fixing board ceiling of approved quality with necessary nails etc. complete (frame work to be paid separately): 12.62.1 12mm thick insulating board 12.62.1.1 Natural colour insulating board 12.62.1.2 White face insulating board 12.62.1.3 Flame retardant face insulating board 12.62.2 Flat pressed 3 layer medium density particle board or graded particle board (Grade I) IS: 3087 12 mm thick marked in ceiling with necessary nails etc. complete 12.62.3 6 mm thick plain Multipurpose Cement board ( High Pressure steam cured ) as per IS : 14862, with suitable screws for fibre cement board in ceiling etc. complete 12.62.4 6mm thick High Pressure Steam Cured non asbestos, reinforced with cellulose fibres,Moistur& fire Resistance heavy duty fibre cement board, Type A,Category 4 conforming to IS 14862:2000.(for wet areas) 12.62.5 4 mm thick High Pressure Steam Cured non asbestos, pre-painted, self- embossed, designer cement boardType B, Category 3 conforming to IS 14862:2000 . of approved texture,design patterns 623 12.63 Extra for Circular cutting and wastages in ceiling with: board only (frame work) Natural colour insulating 12 mm thick board paid separately. 624 12.64 Extra for providing and fixing ceiling to curved surfaces in narrow widths 625 12.65 Providing and fixing false ceiling with 12 mm thick plain/ semi perforated or with design ceiling tiles of BWP type phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin bonded pressed particle board conforming to IS:3087, finished with a coat of aluminium primer on both sides and edges including two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality on exposed face, fixed to a grid made out of anodised aluminium (with 15 micron anodic coating) The frame work shall be suspended from ceiling by level adjusting hangers of 6 mm dia M.S rod fixed to roof slab by means of ceiling cleats and dash fastener. The suspenders shall be placed 600 x 1200 mm centre to centre including fixing to the frame with C.P brass screws and applying a priming coat of zinc chromate yellow primer (aluminium frame work shall be paid separately). 626 12.66 Providing and Fixing colour coated profile sheet of minimum 1015 mm effective cover width and nominal 28.5 mm deep ribs with subtle square fluting in the five pan at nominal 203 mm centre-to-centre. The end rib shall be designed for anti-capillary action, to avoid any seepage of water through the lateral overlap. The sheet shall have brand marking of the manufacturer giving product details on the back of the sheet at every 1 meter c/c for confirming genuinity of the material. The sheet shall be fixed using self- drilling /self-tapping screws of size (5.5x 55mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape 627 12.67 Extra for providing 3 mm thick translucent white acrylic plastic sheets of approved quality in false ceiling instead of 12 mm thick plain or design particle board ceiling tiles. 628 12.68 Providing and fixing expanded polystyrene (thermacol) false ceiling (frame work to be paid separately) : 12.68.1 With Type N - Normal 50 mm thick 12.68.2 With Type SE - Self Extinguishing type 50 mm thick 629 12.69 Providing and fixing false ceiling with fabric fixing with nail etc. (frame work and beading to be paid separately). 12.69.1 costing upto 70/- per metre, 12.69.2 Rs 70- 150 per meter 12.69.3 Upto 200 per meter 630 12.70 Providing and fixing perforated Aluminium panel ceiling of white/ natural satin colour supplied by approved manufacturers consisting of panel of standard size with bevel edge, panel length up to 6 m, coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line suitable for Interior application, double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance aluminium alloy AA 5050 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panel carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. threaded rod having 6 mm diameter at a distance of 1.5 mtr. Actual distance of threaded rod/carrier might vary and to be calculated based on the actual drawing and site condition. The Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns etc. 12.70.1 With panels of size 300mm wide X30mm deep X 0.7mm thick and panel carrier of size 40.5mm wide X 62mm deep X 0.9mm thick 12.70.2 With panels of size 150mm wide X 15.5 mm deep X 0.5mm thick and panel carrier of size 32mm wide X 39mm deep X 0.95mm thick 12.70.3 With panels of size 84mm wideX16mm deep X 0.5mm thick and panel carrier of size 62mm wide X 29mm deep X 0.95mm thick 631 12.71 Providing and fixing un-perforated Aluminium Panel ceiling Supplied by approved manufacturers of standard white/ natural satin shade consisting of panel 30 mm/80mm/130mm/180mm wide X 15 mm deep X 0.5mm /0.6mm thick respectively, with square edges having panel length up to 6 mtr, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 5050 (Al.Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. The Carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter, and a Galvanised suspension spring clip at a distance of 1.7mtrs centre to centre. Actual distance of threaded rod/carrier might vary and to be calculated based on the actual drawing and site condition. The Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns etc. 632 12.72 Providing and fixing U Baffle Aluminium panel ceiling of different colors and finish supplied by approved manufacturers, consisting of panel size 50 mm width X 100 mm deep using 0.6 mm thick, panel length upto 4 mtr, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium alloy AA 3005 (Al. Mg) for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Actual distance of threaded rod/carrier might vary and to be calculated based on the actual drawing and site condition. The measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffuses, columns etc. As an option, ceiling area above U Baffle can be painted by the contractor in black colour or any other colour as per the architect for better aesthetics before fixing this system. 12.72.1 Standard White / Natural Satin Shade 12.72.2 Wooden Finish 633 12.73 Supply & Fixing of perforated G.I false ceiling tile or plank using torsion spring fixing system supplied by approved manufacturer comprising of tile of 600 mm wide and 600 mm long manufactured out of 0.5 mm thick or plank of 600mm wide and 1200 mm long manufactured out of 0.6mm thick galvanised steel perforated with 2 mm dia. at a distance of 5mm centre to centre. Non-woven felt made of glass- reinforced fibre glued over the perforation at the back side of panels to provide noise reduction co efficient up to 0.7 NRc. “Tee” sections, 3.6m long, with factory punched flanges to receive torsion spring assembly. Main Tee on centre spacing to match panel length. Cross runners 24 mm deep, inverted “Tee” sections designed to interlock in to web of main tee section on designated spacing. Cross tee length to match panel length. Cross tees are spaced at a spacing of 600 mm on centre maximum. The measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns etc. 12.73.1 Tile of 600 mm wide ,600 mm long and 0.5 mm thick 12.73.2 Plank of 600mm wide ,1200 mm long and 0.6mm thick 634 12.74 Providing and fixing of composite perforated Gypsum board with Glass wool Fiber panel of Size 595x595x25 mm with 10mm square Perforation tiles false ceiling in true horizontal level suspended on interlocking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel section (Galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm both sides inclusive) consisting of main “ “T” runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted plates of size 27x37x25x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.50 mm dia and 40 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized butterfly level clips of size 85x30x0.80 mm spaced @ 1200mm centre to centre along with main T, bottom exposed width of 24mm of all T-sections shall be pre- painted with polyester paint all complete at all heights as per specifications and drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 635 12.75 Providing and fixing of Composite perforated MDF board with Glass wool Fiber panel of Size 595x595x18 mm 10mm Square Perforation tiles (Square /Tegular Edge) false ceiling in true horizontal level suspended on interlocking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel section (Galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm both sides inclusive) consisting of main “T” runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted plates of size 27x37x25x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.50 mm dia and 40 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized butterfly level clips of size 85x30x0.80 mm spaced @ 1200mm centre to centre along with main T, bottom exposed width of 24mm of all T-sections shall be pre- painted with polyester paint all complete at all heights as per specifications and drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 636 12.76 Providing and fixing of Perforated Gypsum board with Acoustical Glass Fiber Tissue faced panel of Size 595x595x12.5mm, Square 10mm Perforation tiles (Square Edge) false ceiling panels in true horizontal level suspended on interlocking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel section (Galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm both sides inclusive) consisting of main “T” runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted plates of size 27x37x25x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.50 mm dia and 40 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanized butterfly level clips of size 85x30x0.80 mm spaced @ 1200mm centre to centre along with main T, bottom exposed width of 24mm of all T-sections shall be pre- painted with polyester paint all complete at all heights as per specifications and drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 637 12.77 Providing and fixing mineral fibre false ceiling tiles at all heights of size 595X595mm of approved texture, design and pattern. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, Light Reflectance≥ 85%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 -0.057 w/m K, Fire Performance as per (BS 476 pt - 6 &7)in true horizontal level suspended on interlocking TGrid of hot dipped all round galvanized iron section of 0.33 mm thick (galvanized @120 gsm) comprising of main T runners of 15x32 mm of length 3000 mm, cross T of size 15x32mm of length 1200 mm and secondary intermediate cross T of size 15x32 mm of length 600 mm to form grid module of size 600x600 mm suspended from ceiling usinggalvanized mild steel item (galvanised@80gsm) 50 mm long 8mm outer diameter M-6 dash fasteners, 6 mm diameter fully threaded hanger rod up to 1000 mm length and L-shape level adjuster of size 85x25x2 mm, spaced at 1200 mm centre to centre along main ‘T’. The system should rest on periphery walls /partitions with the help of GI perimeter wall angle of size24x24X3000 mm made of 0.40 mm thick sheet, to be fixed to the wall with help of plastic rawl plug at 450 mm centre to centre & 40 mm long dry wall S.S. screws. The exposed bottom portion of all T-sections used in false ceiling support system shall be prepainted with polyester baked paint, for all heights. The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawings and as per directions of the engineer-incharge. With 16 mm thick beveled tegular mineral fibre false ceiling tile (NRC 0.55 to 0.6) 638 12.78 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all heights with 15 mm thick integral densified micro look edged non- cementitious light weight calcium silicate false ceiling tile reinforced with fibre and natural filler false ceiling tiles of Size 595x595 mm of approved texture, design The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.80 grams per sqm) i.e. 50 mm long, 12 mm outer diameter M-6 dash fasteners with the help of Z cleat of 27x37x27x2 mm, 6 mm dia fully threaded hanger rod upto 1000 mm length and L-shape level adjuster of size 85x25x25x2 mm. Galvanised iron perimeter wall angle of size 22x19x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on periphery wall / partition with the help of plastic rawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre and 40mm long dry wall S.S screws. The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. 639 12.79 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all heights with 15 mm thick integral densified mirolook edge with BIO SAFE coating as per ISO 7251:2005, ISO 20743:2007 and ISO 21527-1:2008, making the tiles resistant to bacterial growth in case of any external bacterial contact made onto the surface of tiles, non-cementitious light weight calcium silicate false ceiling tile reinforced with fibre and natural filler false ceiling tiles of Size 595x595 mm with the help of Z cleat of 27x37x27x2 mm, 6 mm dia fully threaded hanger rod upto 1000 mm length and L-shape level adjuster of size 85x25x25x2 mm. Galvanised iron perimeter wall angle of size 22x19x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on periphery wall / partition with the help of plastic rawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre and 40mm long dry wall S.S screws. The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. 640 12.80 Providing and fixing in position wall panelling at all heights with 15 mm thick fully perforated square/butt edge light weight calcium silicate panels/ tiles., non-cementitious, reinforced with fibre and natural filler, having NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient) of 0.10-0.20 for plain and designer 0.15-0.40 for pinhole texture and NRC 0.45-0.65 for fully perforated tiles as per IS 8225:1987, sound attenuation STA-32db. of 0.75 (minimum) as per IS 8225:1987, Light Reflectance of 85% (minimum), non-combustible as per BS:476 (part-4), 50-52% recycled content including fly ash, The joints between the panels are to be duly jointed and finished using recommended jointing calcium silicate based compound and fibre joint tape roll 50mm wide (90 metre) roll and two coats of primer suitable for panelling as per manufacturers specification as per direction of engineer-in-charge all complete. With 15 mm thick fully perforated square/butt edge light weight calcium silicate panels/ tiles. 641 12.81 Providing & fixing false ceiling at all heights with GRG (Glass Fibre Reinforced Gypsum) false ceiling tiles of Size 595x595 mm of approved texture, design and patterns having moisture content less than 2%, humidity resistance of 99%, NRC0.50 to 0.75 as per IS 8225:1987, Galvanised iron perimeter wall angle of size 24x24x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on periphery wall / partition with the help of plastic rawl plugs at 450 mm center to center and 40 mm long dry wall wood screws. The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-in- Charge. 12.81.1 With semi perforated 12mm thick micro tegular edged GRG false ceiling tiles. 12.81.2 With fully perforated 10mm thick square edged GRG false ceiling tiles for sound proof and acoustic. 642 12.82 Providing and Fixing 15 mm thick densified tegular edged eco friendly light weight calcium silicate false ceiling tiles of approved texture of size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped 387alvanized steel sections (387alvanized387 @ 120 grams per sqm including both side) consisting of main ‘T’ runner suitably spaced at joints to get required length and of size 24x38 mm made from 0.33 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced 1200 mm centre to centre, and cros‘T’, bottom exposed with 24 mm of all Tsections shall be pre-painted with polyster baked paint, for all heights, as per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer- in-Charge.Note :- Only calcium silicate false ceiling area will be measured from wall to wall. No deduction shall be made for exposed frames/ opening (cut outs) having area less than 0.30 sqm.The calcium silicate ceiling tile shall have NRC value of 0.50 (Minimum), light reflection > 85%, non- combustible as per B.S. 476 part IV, 100% humidity resistance and also having thermal conductivity 643 12.83 Providing and fixing upvc plank, Plank size (340 X 2700 ) mm as per approved shade, the panel shall be laser catted end of plank fixing j-trim fixed and corner edge of ceiling fixed u pvc clip same colour and providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 125 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts,other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular,j trim end clip includes in this item any other item not be paid sepratly complete in all respect as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. . 644 12.84 Providing & Fixing PVC ceiling system profile panel with click system interlock panel size 4000mmx340mmx1mm resistance to weather perfect finish in wood grain & solid colour maintenance free Resistance to weather truly anti bacterial. with edge profile J-trim on periphery & center profile T-trim in panel joint Complete System to be fixed on G.I. framework of ceiling section at 450 mm distance with enter section suspended by roof by G.I. angle hanger in proper line & level etc complete . PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: Meets or exceeds the standard specification of (ASTM D-4477) and its referenced documents. observed. (Tested at 50 LBS) Tensile strength, MPa: >37.0 Tensile modulus, MPa: >2000 Surface distortion: None at 120F Squareness: <1/8” of square Length: Within ¼” of specification Lock control: Complies Color Change: <2 grayscales (16 hrs under 1200W/m2 UV radiation at 50 degrees) 645 12.85 Design built, supply and erection of Tensile (fabric) structure system including designing and fabrication in M.S. steel tubular structure as per Indian standard section as per approved design and shape including base plate, dash fastener, clits etc. Cutting, patterning, plotting and wielding of fabric with the help of tensile structure software. Fabric should be wielded by high frequency PVC wielding in proper line with PVC cader to be fixed on end of the fabric and to be stretched & fixed on M.S. design structure with the help of. M.S. Flat bar with self-taping screw. M.S. structure to be painted with one coat of epoxy primer with MRF PUpaint of approved colour in desired shape. With 1050 GSM tensile fabric 12.85.1 With precontraint tensile membrane 1050 GSM (20 years Warranty) 12.85.2 With precontraint tensile membrane 1050 GSM (15 Years warranty) 646 13.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix : 13.1.1 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 13.1.2 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 647 13.2 15 mm cement plaster on the rough side of single or half brick wall of mix 13.2.1 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 13.2.2 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 648 13.3 20 mm cement plaster of mix : 13.3.1 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 13.3.2 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) 649 13.4 12 mm cement plaster finished with a floating coat of neat cement of mix : 13.4.1 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 13.4.2 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 650 13.5 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or half brick wall finished with a floating coat of neat cement of mix 13.5.1 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 13.5.2 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) 651 13.6 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) finished with a top layer 6mm thick cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). 652 13.7 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) and a top layer 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished rough with sponge. 653 13.8 6 mm cement plaster of mix : 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 654 13.9 6 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement and thick coat of Lime wash on top of walls when dry for bearing of R.C.C. slabs and beams. 655 13.10 Neat cement punning 656 13.11 Rough cast plaster upto 10m height above ground level with a mixture of sand and gravel or crushed stone from 6mm to 10mm nominal size dashed over and including the fresh plaster in two layers, under layer 12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) and top layer 10mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) mixed with 10% finely grounded hydrated lime by volume of cement. Finished with ordinary cement. 657 13.12 Pebble dash plaster upto 10m height above ground level with a mixture of washed pebble or crushed stone 6mm to 12.5mm nominal size dashed over and including fresh plaster in two layers under layer 12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) and top layer 10mm cement plaster with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) mixed with 10% finely grounded hydrated lime by volume of cement. 658 13.13 Providing sand faced plaster upto 10meter hight above ground level concrete or brick masonry surfaces in two coats, base coat of 13 mm thick in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand), clearing the surface by combing it and finishing coat of 8 mm. thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) and taking out surface grains by mechanical arrangement or applying second coat by mechanical means including cost of all material, labour, and T and P including all lead, lift and scaffolding etc. complete. 659 13.14 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing material in cement plaster work in proportion recommended by the manufacturers. 660 13.15 Extra for plastering 13.15.1 Exterior walls of height more than 10 m from ground for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof 13.15.2 Interior walls of height more than 6 m from floor level for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof 661 13.16 Extra for plastering on circular work not exceeding 6 m in radius: 13.16.1 In one coat 13.16.2 In two coats 662 13.17 Extra for plastering done on moulding cornices or architraves including neat finish to line and level: 13.17.1 In one coat 13.17.2 In two coats 663 13.18 Extra for plastering Spherical, Groined ceiling, Flewing soffits. 13.18.1 Spherical ceiling 13.18.2 Groined ceiling 13.18.3 Flewing soffits 664 13.19 Washed stone grit plaster on exterior walls of height upto 10 M. above ground level in two layers, under layer 12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand ) furrowing the under layer with scratching tool, applying cement slurry on the under layer @ 2 Kg of cement per square metre, top layer 15mm cement plaster 1:1/2:2 (1 cement : 1/2 sand : 2 stone chipping 10mm nominal size) in panels with groove all around as per approved pattern including scrubbing and washing, the top layer with brushes and water to expose the stone chippings,complete as per specification and direction of Engineer- in- charge (Payment for providing grooves shall be made separately). 665 13.20 Forming groove of uniform size 20 or 15 mm wide and 15 mm deep in the top layer of washed stone grit plaster as per approved pattern using wooden battens, nailed to the under layer including removal of wooden battens, repair to the edges of panels and finishing the groove complete as per specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-charge : 666 13.21 Extra for washed grit plaster on exterior/interior walls of height more than 10m from ground/floor level for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof. 667 13.22 Extra for washed stone grit plaster on circular work not exceeding 6m in radius (in two coats). 668 13.23 Forming groove of uniform size from 12x12mm and upto 25x15mm in the top layer of washed stone grit plastered surface as per approved pattern, including providing and fixing aluminum channels of appropriate size and thickness (not less than 2 mm), nailed to the under layer with rust proof screws and nails and finishing the groove complete as per specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 669 13.24 Extra for using white cement in place of ordinary cement in the top layer of the item of washed stone grit plaster. 670 13.25 Providing and applying 12 mm thick (average) premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight plaster having additives and light weight aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively conforming to IS: 2547 (Part -1 and II) 1976, applied on hacked/ uneven background such as bare brick/ block/ RCC work on walls and ceiling at all floors and locations,excluding in wall which may come in contact with dampness finished in smooth line and level etc. complete. 671 13.26 Extra for addition of synthetic Polyester triangular fibre of length 6mm, effective diameter 10-40 microns and specific gravity of 1.34 to 1.40 in cement plaster/mortar by using 125gms. Of synthetic Polyester triangular fibre for 50 Kgs. cement used in cement mortar as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 672 13.27 Providing and fixing mesh in vertical and horizontal junction of RCC and brick/AAC work including scaffolding and all lead and lift etc. complete 673 13.27.1 G.I. chicken mesh as per ISI specification and in the required width with 50mm long Bombay nails before plastering upt 10 meter height. 13.27.2 Providing and fixing fibre mesh of 145 GSM weight in required width with cement mortar before plastering upto 10m height. 674 13.28 12 mm thick plain cement mortar bands in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) : 13.28.1 Flush Band 13.28.2 Sunk Band 13.28.3 Raised Band 13.28.4 Moulded Band 675 13.29 18 mm thick plain cement mortar band in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand): 13. 29.1 Flush Band 13. 29.2 Sunk Band 13. 29.3 Raised Band 13. 29.4 Moulded Band 676 13.30 18 mm thick moulded cement mortar band in two coats under layer 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) top layer 6mm thick with cement mortar 1:4(1 cement : 4 sand). 677 13.31 Pointing on brick work or brick flooring with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) : 13.31.1 Flush / Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing. 13.31.2 Raised and cut pointing 13.31.3 Sunk pointing 678 13.32 Pointing on stone work with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand). 13.32.1 Flush/ Ruled pointing 13.32.2 Raised and cut pointing 679 13.33 Raised and cut pointing on stone work in white cement mortar 1:3 (1 white cement : 3 marble dust) 680 13.34 Pointing on stone slab ceiling with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand): Flush/ Ruled pointing 681 13.35 Extra for pointing on walls on the outside/inside at height more than 10 metre from ground/floor level for every additional height of 3 m or part there of. 682 13.36 Providing and fixing broken glass in cement mortar 1.3 including cost of mortar, over compound walls. 683 13.37 Providing and fixing writing board green writing with chalk (regular modified polyster coated steel surface). of sizes. 13.37.1 size 1200mmx1800mm 13.37.2 size 1200mmx2400mm 13.37.3 size 1200mmx3000mm 684 13.38 Providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 2 mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete 685 13.39 Providing and applying plaster of paris punning of 10 mm average thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. 686 13.40 Extra for lining out plaster to imitate stone or concrete blocks walling. 687 13.41 Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth i/c all cost of material, labour and scaffold etc in all position complete. Note : Putty shall be applied only on the internal walls, for application on the exterior walls prior permission of APD/Chief Engineer will be required. 688 13.42 Providing and applying special putty in two coats based materials varnish, Belgium chalk, turpentine oil, white paint, safeda including sand papering for making the surface smooth for applying any or vinyl paints including all cost of material and labouretc complete. 689 13.43 White washing with lime to give an even shade: New work (three or more coats) 690 13.44 Colour washing such as green, blue or buff to give an even shade: New work (two or more coats) with a base coat of white washing with lime. 691 13.45 Distempering with 1st quality acrylic distemper (ready mixed) having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 50 grams/ltr of approved manufacturer, of required shade and colour complete, as per manufacturers specification. Two or more coat on new work. 692 13.46 Wall painting by any mechanical or manual means with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work 693 13.47 Distempering by any mechanical or manual means with 1st quality acrylic distemper, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 50 grams/ litre, of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required, to achieve even shade and colour. 13.47.1 One coat. 13.47.2 Two coats. 694 13.48 Wall painting by any mechanical or manual means with acrylic emulsion paint, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 50 grams/ litre, of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required, to achieve even shade and colour. 13.48.1 One coat. 13.48.2 Two coats. 695 13.49 Wall painting by any mechanical or manual means with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 50 grams/ litre. of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade. 696 13.50 Finishing walls by any mechanical or manual means with water proofing cement paint of required shade: New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.84 kg/10 sqm). 697 13.51 Finishing walls by only mechanical or manual means with textured exterior paint of required shade: New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm) over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/10 sqm. 698 13.52 Finishing walls by any mechanical or manual means with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint (Economy Exterior) of required shade including all scaffolding. New work (Two or more coat applied @1.67ltr/10sqm over and including one coat undiluted exterior waterproofing coating @ 2.39 litre/10 sqm with crack bridging ability of upto 0.5mm on horizontal surfaces with an elongation of 150% and water proofing of upto 3 bars on vertical surface 699 13.53 Finishing walls by any mechanical or manual means with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint (Premium exterior) of required shade including all scaffolding. New work (Two or more coat applied @1.67ltr/10sqm over and including one coat undiluted exterior waterproofing coating @ 2.39 litre/10 sqm with crack bridging ability of upto 0.5mm on horizontal surfaces with an elongation of 150% and water proofing of upto 3 bars on vertical surface) 700 13.54 Finishing walls by any mechanical or manual means with Deluxe Multi surface paint system for interiors and exteriors using Primer as per manufacturers specifications : 13.54.1 Painting wood work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint of required shade. Two or more coat applied @0.90 ltr/10 sqm over an under coat of primer applied @0.75 ltr/ 10 sqm of approved brand or manufacture 13.54.2 Painting Steel work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint to give an even shade. Two or more coat applied @0.90 ltr/10 sqm over an under coat of primer applied @ 0.80 ltr/ 10 sqm of approved brand or manufacture. 13.54.3 Two or more coats applied on walls @ 1.25 ltr/10 sqm. Over and including one coat of Special primer applied @ 0.75 ltr / 10 sqm. 701 13.55 Painting with silicon and acrylic emulsion based water thinnable sealer of approved brand and manufacture on wet or patchy portion of plastered surfaces: 13.55.1 One coat 13.55.2 Two coats 702 13.56 Finishing with Epoxy paint (two or more coats) at all locations prepared and applied as per manufacturers specifications including appropriate priming coat, preparation of surface, etc. complete. 13.56.1 On steel work 13.56.2 On concrete work 703 13.57 Painting on G.S. sheet with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: New work (two or more coats) including a coat of approved steel primer but excluding a coat of mordant solution. 704 13.58 Applying a coat of mordant solution on G.S. sheet : 13.58.1 With a solution of 38 gms of copper acetate in a litre of soft water 13.58.2 With a solution made of 13 gms of hydrochloric acid in a solution of 13 gms each of copper chloride, copper nitrate and ammonium chloride dissolved in a litre of soft water. 705 13.59 Painting (two or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings with black anticorrosive bitumastic paint approved brand and manufacture over and including a priming of ready mixed zinc chromate yellow primer on new work : 13.59.1 75 mm diameter pipes 13.59.2 100 mm diameter pipes 13.59.3 150 mm diameter pipes 706 13.60 Painting (two or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture and required colour over a priming coat of approved steel primer on new work. 13.60.1 75 mm diameter pipes 13.60.2 100 mm diameter pipes 13.60.3 150 mm diameter pipes 707 13.61 Painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and manufacture: New work (two or more coats) 708 13.62 Providing and applying two coats of fire retardant paint on cleaned wood/ply surface @ 3.5 sqm per litre per coat including preparation of base surface as per recommendations of manufacturer to make the surface fire retardant. 709 13.63 Coal tarring two coats on new work using 0.16 and 0.12 litre coal tar per sqm in the first coat and second coat respectively. 710 13.64 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work. 711 13.65 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work over an under coat of suitable shade with ordinary paint of approved brand and manufacture. 712 13.66 Painting with synthetic enamel paint, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 150 grams/ litre, of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour. 13.66.1 One coat. 13.66.2 Two coats. 713 13.67 Applying priming coats with primer of approved brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content. 13.67.1 With ready mixed pink or grey primer on wood work (hard and soft wood) having VOC content less than 50 grams/ litre. 13.67.2 With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromatic on steel/ iron works having VOC content less than 250 grams/litre. 13.67.3 With water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having VOC content less than 50 grams/litre. 714 13.68 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade. Two or more coats on new work. 715 13.69 Painting with acid proof paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work. 716 13.70 Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work. 717 13.71 Floor painting with floor enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work 718 13.72 Varnishing with varnish of approved brand and manufacture: 13.72.1 Two or more coats of glue sizing with copal varnish over an under coat of flatting varnish. 13.72.2 Two or more coats glue sizing with spar varnish or an under coat of flatting varnish. 719 13.73 French spirit polishing: Two or more coats on new works including a coat of wood filler. 720 13.74 Polishing on wood work with ready mixed wax polish of approved brand and manufacture: New work. 721 13.75 Lacqer polishing on door windows by preparing the surface applying putty base course. Prepare the surface smooth by sand papering and then applying lacqer polish with air compressor. Two or more coats on new works including a coat of wood filler. 722 13.76 Mealamine polishing on door windows by preparing the surface applying putty base course. Prepare the surface smooth by sand papering and then applying mealamine polish with air compressor. Two or more coats on new works including a coat of wood filler. 723 13.77 Floor polishing on masonry or concrete floors with wax polish of approved brand and manufacture. 724 13.78 Lettering with black Japan paint of approved brand and manufacture. 725 13.79 Providing and applying flakes textured homogeneous wall finishing system consisting of a two component system of dry flakes (9.5kgs per/pack) made of a special grade of heat treated China clay with rigid homopolymer coated with fade resistant pigments and a 100% acrylic polymer Bonding agent (5kgs/pack) applied thickness of the coating being between 0.8-1.2mm, to be applied in single coat, on a cured, smooth level plaster surface without keying, as per the shades/ combinations approved, as per manufacturers directions for usage, to be applied by approved applicator of manufacturer, as per direction/ supervision of the engineers-in-charge inclusive of one coat of primer on the base at all heights etc all complete. 726 13.80 Providing and applying Granules homogeneous wall finishing system consisting of a two component system of dry granules (25 kgs/pack) made of 92% silica particles coated with fade resistant pigments and a 100% acrylic Polymer Bonding agent (5 kgs/pack) with the applied thickness of coating as required to be applied in single coat, on a cured. Smooth level plaster surface without keying as per the shades/combinations approved. As per the manufacturers directions for usage, to be applied by approved applicator of manufacturer, as per the directions/supervision of engineers in charge, all complete inclusive of primer on the base. 13.80.1 0.8-1.2mm thickness 13.80.2 2.0-2.5mm thickness 727 13.81 Providing and Applying Roto Wall finishing system being a dispersion of inorganic fillers, calcite, pure silica, quartz and broad spectrum fungicides stabilized by an acrylic co-polymer, to be applied by means of customized trowels (one for incorporating material on base and spreading and other for finishing) in single coat with a coating thickness of 2.0-2-2.5mm on a cured smooth level plaster without keying, by the approved applicator of manufacturer, of the approved shade as per directions for usage all inclusive including primer coat on the base. 728 13.82 Providing and plastering over AAC masonary wall with polymer modified cement based readymix factory controlled mortar with self curing, eco- friendly, wet premix in a mechanical mixer in thickness as specified below, and covering area of 2.04 kg per sqm/mm thickness. The Bulk density of ready mix plaster may vary from 1300 to 1600 Kg/cum, Water powder ratio (as per manufacture’s direction) may vary from 18-22 % by weight or as specified by the manufacturer and compressive strength may vary from 8-9 Mpa. 13.82.1 6 mm thick plaster for internal walls 13.82.2 8 mm thick plaster for external walls exposed to weather. 729 13.83 Providing and fixing including Designing and UV printing on aluminium composite material (ACM) sheet in different sizes with 720DPI (Dot per inch) 13.83.1 ACP sheet 2mm thick 13.83.2 ACP sheet 3mm thick 13.83.3 ACP sheet 4mm thick 730 13.84 Providing and fixing including designing and UV printing on pvc foam sheet of different size with 720 DPI (Dot per inch) 13.84.1 PVC foam sheet 3.0 mm thick 13.84.2 PVC foam sheet 5.0 mm thick 13.84.3 PVC foam sheet 8.0 mm thick 731 13.85 Finishing walls with 100% Premium acrylic emulsion paint having VOC less than 50 gm/litre and UV resistance as per IS 15489:2004, Alkali & fungal resistance, dirt resistance exterior paint of required shade (Company Depot Tinted) with silicon additives.New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 litre/ 10 sqm. Over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 0.90 litre/10 sqm. 732 13.86 Providing and fixing 50 mm thick extruded polystyrene rigid insulation board (XPS) of required size over outer wall surface, complying with ASTM C 578 - type VI, having thermal conductivity of 0.0289 W/mK as per ASTM and Fire retardant property as per DIN 4102, Part 1. XPS insulation of thickness 50mm shall be placed over brushed, algae free and levelled external wall by connecting the ship-laps joints and fixed by the washer and Self-Tapping Screw of suitable length at each corner and at distance 75mm from the edge and bitumen shall be applied over the joints and G.I. Expanded Mesh (Barfi Jali) shall be fixed over XPS board by a Self- Tapping Screw of suitable length at the centre of the board and 15mm PCC shall be applied over the board (paint of suitable choice can be used), all as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 733 13.87 Providing and fixing 50 mm thick extruded polystyrene rigid insulation board of required size between cavity wall, complying with ISO 4898:2008 & ASTM C 578-08b - type VI, having thermal conductivity of 0.0289 W/m K as per ASTM C 578 (measured as per IS 3346), compressive strength of > 350 kPa listed as per ASTM D 1621, density of 34-36 kg/cum as per ASTM D 1622, water absorption < 1% by volume as per ASTM D 2842, oxygen index of 24.1 to 28.1 listed as per ASTM D 2863, cell size 0.4 mm of dia (max) as per ASTM D 3576. Fire retardant property as per DIN 4102, Part 1 of class B2 and as per ASTM E84 class A, fixed with suitable water based adhesive and fastener, complete in all respect as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 734 13.88 Painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and manufacture: Old work (one or more coats) 735 13.89 Scrapping/sand papering of existing surface with the help of mechanized sanding machine (having mechanical vaccum machine with bag for dust collection to make surface even and smooth) as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 736 13.90 Providing and applying 1 coat of Triple booster primer-resist dampness, efflorescence, alkali & at the same time improve top coat coverage by 15-20% @1.0 lt/ 10 sqm, which confirms certfication of IS 109/1968. It can be applied by Brush/ Spray Machine and the work shall be carried out as per secification& the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. 737 13.91 Finishing walls with water based anti- germ paint of with VOC < 50 g/l, that kills disease causing germs, teflon based washability and Anti fungal properties in two or more coats @ 1.08 ltr / 10 sqm over priming coat of interior primer applied @ 1.08 ltr / 10 sqm of required shade including removing of all dust complete as per direction of Engineer- in-Charge and submission of challans of materials on enquiry. 738 13.92 Providing and applying in two coats of 250 micron thick each layer of epoxy coating on prepared surface (cost includes preparing the plastered surface smooth ready to receive epoxy coating) for operation theater walls in desired colour as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 739 14.1 Repairs to plaster of thickness 12mm to 20mm in patches of area 2.5 sq. metres and under including cutting the patch in proper shape, raking out joints and preparing and plastering the surface of the walls complete including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50metres lead : With cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). 740 14.2 Fixing chowkhats in existing opening including embedding chowkhats in floors or walls cutting masonry for holdfasts, embedding hold fasts in cement concrete blocks of size 15 x 10 x 10 cm with cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), painting two coats of approved wood preservative to sides of chowkhats and making good the damages to walls and floors as required complete including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 meters lead : 14.2.1 Door chowkhats 14.2.2 Window chowkhats 14.2.3 Clerestory window chowkhats 741 14.3 Fixing chowkhat in existing opening in brick / RCC wall with dash fasteners/ chemical fastener of appropriate size (3nos on each vertical member of door chowkhat and 2 nos. on each vertical member of window chowkhats) including cost of dash fasteners/ chemical fastener. 742 14.4 Making the opening in brick masonry including dismantling in floor or walls by cutting masonry and making good the damages to walls, flooring and jambs complete to match existing surface i/c disposal of mulba/ rubbish as directed by Engineer- in-charge. For door/ window/ clerestory window. 743 14.5 Renewing glass panes, with putty and nails wherever necessary including racking out the old putty: 14.5.1 Float glass panes of thickness 4 mm 14.5.2 Float glass panes of thickness 5.5 mm 744 14.6 Renewing glass panes with now wooden fillets wherever necessary: 14.6.1 Float glass panes of thickness 4 mm 14.6.2 Float glass panes of thickness 5.5 mm 745 14.7 Renewing glass panes and refixing existing wooden fillets: 14.7.1 Float glass panes of thickness 4 mm 14.7.2 Float glass panes of thickness 5.5 mm 746 14.8 Supplying and fixing new wooden fillets wherever necessary: 14.8.1 2nd class teak wood fillets 14.8.2 Haldu/Bija/Kail wood fillets. 747 14.9 Renewal of old putty of glass panes (length). 748 14.10 Refixing old glass panes with putty and nails. 749 14.11 Fixing old glass panes with wooden fillets (excluding cost of fillets). 750 14.12 Providing and fixing 16 mm M.S. Fan clamps of standard shape and size in existing R.C.C. slab including cutting chase, anchoring clamp to reinforcement bar, including cleaning, refilling, making good the chase with matching concrete, plastering and painting the exposed portion of the clamps complete. 751 14.13 Replacing sand stone slabs in roofing laid in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including necessary repairs and cement pointing with same mortar complete including disposal of rubbish to dumping ground within 50 metres of lead : 14.13.1 Red/ white sand stone slabs 30 to 50 mm thick. 752 14.14 Renewing wooden battens in roofs, including making good the holes in wall and painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and manufacture complete including removal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead : 14.14.1 Sal wood battens. 753 14.15 Renewing wooden beams in roofs including making good the holes in walls and painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and manufacture complete including removal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead : 14.15.1 Not exceeding 4.00 metres in length. 14.15.1.1 Sal wood beams 14.15.1.2 Haldu/Bija/Kail wood fillets. 14.15.2 Above 4.00 metres and upto 5.00 metres length. 14.15.2.1 Sal wood beams 14.15.2.2 Haldu/Bija/Kail wood fillets. 754 14.16 Raking out joints in lime or cement mortar and preparing the surface for re-pointing or replastering including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead. 755 14.17 Taking out wind ties from roof including cutting out rusted bolts, nuts etc. and removing materials to any distance within compound and stacking. 756 14.18 Fixing of old wind tie with new fittings including painting two or more coats with anticorrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacturer over and including priming coat of ready mixed zinc chromate yellow primer of approved brand. 757 14.19 Renewing bottom rail and/or top runner of collapsible gate including making good all damages and applying priming coat of zinc chromate yellow primer of approved brand and manufacturer. 758 14.20 Renewing Wrought iron or M.S. Wheel or roller of steel door or gate and fitting and fixing the same with necessary clamps, nuts and bolts/welding and erection etc. complete. 14.20.1 Wheel 50 mm dia. and below. 14.20.2 Wheel above 50 mm dia. 759 14.21 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick shutters for cupboard etc. : 14.21.1 Panelled or panelled and glazed shutters : 14.21.1.1 Superior class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 14.21.1.2 Ist class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 14.21.2 Glazed shutters : 14.21.2.1 Superior class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 14.21.2.2 Ist class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws. 760 14.22 Providing and fixing plain jaffri door and window shutters including bright or/and black enamelled M.S. butt hinges with necessary screws 35x10mm laths placed 35mm apart (frames to be paid separately) including fixing 50x12mm beading complete with: 14.22.1 Second class teak wood. 14.22.2 Hard wood, finger jointed 761 14.23 Providing and fixing curtain rods of 1.25mm thick brass plates with two brass brackets fixed with brass screws and wooden plugs etc. wherever necessary complete. 14.23.1 20 mm diameter. 14.23.2 25 mm diameter. 762 14.24 Providing and fixing M.S. round or square bars with M.S. flats at required spacing in wooden frames of windows and clerestory windows. 763 14.25 Providing joists (karries) including hoisting fixing in position and applying wood preservative on unexposed surface etc. complete with: 14.25.1 Sal wood. 14.25.2 Haldu/Bija/Kail wood. 764 14.26 White washing with lime old work to give an even shade : 14.26.1 two or more coats 14.26.2 one or more coats 765 14.27 Removing white or colour wash by scrapping and sand papering and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete. 766 14.28 Distempering with dry distemper of approved brand and manufacture (one or more coats) and of required shade on old work to give an even shade. 767 14.29 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Old work (one or more coats). 768 14.30 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete. 769 14.31 Painting on G.S. sheet with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: Old work (one or more coats). 770 14.32 Painting (one or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings with black anticorrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacture on old work : 14.32.1 75 mm diameter pipes 14.32.2 100 mm diameter pipes 14.32.3 150 mm diameter pipes 771 14.33 Painting (one or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture on old work : 14.33.1 75 mm diameter pipes 14.33.2 100 mm diameter pipes 14.33.3 150 mm diameter pipes 772 14.34 Painting (one or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture and required colour on old work : 14.34.1 75 mm diameter pipes 14.34.2 100 mm diameter pipes 14.34.3 150 mm diameter pipes 773 14.35 Painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and manufacture: Old work (one or more coats) 774 14.36 Wall painting with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: One or more coats on old work. 775 14.37 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: One or more coats on old work. 776 14.38 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: One or more coats on old work. 777 14.39 Painting with acid proof paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: One or more coats on old work. 778 14.40 Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: One or more coats on old work. 779 14.41 French spirit polishing: One or more coats on old work. 780 14.42 Mealamine polishing on wood work by preparing the surface applying putty base course. Prepare the surface smooth by sand papering and then applying Mealamine polish with air compressor. One or more coats on old work. 781 14.43 Lacquer polishing on wood work by preparing the surface applying putty base course. prepare the surface smooth by sand papering and then applying Lacquer polish with air compressor 14.43.1 One or more coats on old work. 782 14.44 Polishing on wood work with readymade wax polish of approved brand and manufacture : 14.44.1 Old work 783 14.45 Re-lettering with black Japan paint of approved brand and manufacture. 784 14.46 Painting (one or more coats) with black Japan paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade. 785 14.47 Providing and fixing C.P. brass chain and rubber plug complete for sink or wash basin : 14.47.1 32 mm dia 14.47.2 40 mm dia 786 14.48 Distempering with 1st quality acrylic washable distemper (ready mixed) of approved manufacturer and of required shade and colour complete. As per manufacturers specification. One or more coats on old work. 787 14.49 Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of required shade : 14.49.1 Old work (one or more coats applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) over priming coat of primer applied @ 0.80 liters/10 sqm complete including cost of Priming coat. 14.49.2 Old work (one or more coats @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) complete. 788 14.50 Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade : 14.50.1 Old work (Two or more coats on existing cement paint surface applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm. 14.50.2 Old work (One or more coats) applied @ 1.82 ltr/10 sqm. 789 14.51 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade : 14.51.1 Old work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing cement paint surface). 14.51.2 Old work (One or more coat applied @ 0.90 ltr/10 sqm). 790 14.52 Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint with Silicone additives of required shade 14.52.1 Old work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/ 10 sqm) over existing cement paint surface. 14.52.2 Old work (one or more coats applied @ 0.83 ltr/10 sqm). 791 14.53 Finishing walls with Deluxe Multi surface paint system for interiors and exteriors using Primer as per manufacturers specifications : 14.53.1 One or more coats applied on walls @ 0.85 ltr/10 sqm. 14.53.2 Painting wood work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint of required shade. One or more coat applied @0.70 ltr/10 sqm 14.53.3 Painting Steel work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint to give an even shade. One or more coat applied @0.70 ltr/10 sqm. 792 14.54 Varnishing with varnish of approved brand and manufacture: 14.54.1 One or more coats with copal varnish. 14.54.2 One or more coats with spar varnish. 793 14.55 Melamine polishing on wood work (one or more coat). Old work 794 14.56 Varnishing with flatting varnish of approved brand and manufacture one or more coats on old work. 795 14.57 Floor painting with floor enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade. One or more coat on old work. 796 14.58 40 mm thick stone flooring over 20 mm (average)thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone. Red sand stone / White sand stone) stone to be supplied by the department. 14.58.1 Rough chiseled dressed stone 14.58.2 Fine dressed stone 797 14.59 Coursed rubble masonry (second sort) with hard stone in Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) (Stone shall be supplied by the department) 798 14.60 Laying old cement concrete interlocking paver blocks of any design/shape laid in required line, level, curvature, colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of sand, filling the joints with sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Old CC paver blocks shall be supplied by the department free of cost). 799 14.61 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp curve, shall not be more than 5mm) including making drainage opening wherever required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. (Length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerb stones shall be supplied by the department free of cost). 800 14.62 Colour washing with lime to give an even shade: 14.62.1 (one or more coats) 14.62.2 (two or more coats) 801 14.63 Conducting adequate nos. of scanning to detect the steel reinforcement in existing RCC elements by using ground/ Wall penetrating radar system to avoid the cutting of Main bars during drilling for inserting bolts etc. complete. 802 14.64 Chipping, Removing, Carefully loose plaster and Concrete work by low impact Hammer, Breaker without damaging the structure as Instructed by Engineer-in-Charge. 803 14.70 Rebaring of TMT bars by drilling hole & embedding bars of different diameter using epoxy grouting compound including all tools and tackles complete. 14.70.1 8 mm dia bar 10 mm dia hole 14.70.2 10 mm dia bar 12 mm dia hole 14.70.3 12 mm dia bar 16 mm dia hole 14.70.4 16 mm dia bar 20 mm dia hole 14.70.5 20 mm dia bar 25 mm dia hole 14.70.6 25 mm dia bar 32 mm dia hole 14.70.7 32 mm dia bar 40 mm dia hole 804 14.71 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass butt hinges with necessary chromium plated brass screws etc. complete. 14.71.1 125x70x4 mm (ordinary type) 14.71.2 100x70x4 mm (ordinary type) 14.71.3 75x65x4 mm (heavy type) 14.71.4 75x40x2.5 mm (ordinary type) 14.71.5 50x40x2.5 mm (ordinary type) 805 14.72 Providing and fixing 85x42 mm chromium plated brass pull bolt lock with necessary chromium plated brass screws, nuts, bolts and washers etc. complete. 806 14.73 Repair to plaster of thickness 12mm to 20 mm in patches of area 2.5 sqm and under, including cutting the patch in proper shape, raking out joints and preparing plastering the wall surface with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar, including disposal of rubbish, all complete as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge. 807 14.74 Cleaning of terrace/loft water storage tank (inside surface area) upto 2000 litre capacity at all heights with coconut brushes, duster etc., removal of silt, rubbish from the tank and cleaning the tank with fresh water disinfecting with bleaching powder @ 0.5gm per litre capacity of f tank body with the help of stencil and paint and disposing of malba all complete as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. (The old date already written on tank should be removed with paint remover or black paint and if date is not written with the stencil or old date is not removed deduction will be made @ Rs. 0.10 per litre) (if during cleaning any GI fittings or ball cock is damaged that is to be repaired by contractor at his own cost and nothing extra will be paid on this account) 808 14.75 Cleaning and desilting of gully trap chamber, including removal of rubbish mixed with earth etc. and disposal of same, all as per the direction of Engineer- incharge. 809 14.77 Cleaning of reinforcement from rust from the reinforcing bars to give it a total rust free steel surface by using alkaline chemical rust remover of approved make with paint brush and removing loose particles after 24 hours of its application with wire brush and thoroughly washing with water and allowing it to dry, all complete as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge. 14.77.1 Bars upto 12 mm diameter 14.77.2 Bars above 12 mm diameter 810 14.78 Drilling suitable holes in reinforced or plain cement concrete with power driven drill machine to a minimum depth of 100mm upto 200mm in RCC beams, lintels, columns and slabs to introduce steel bars for sunshades/balconies including fixing the steel bars in position using epoxy resin anchor grout of approved make but excluding the cost of reinforcement, all complete as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge. 14.78.1 Upto and including 12mm dia 811 14.83 Providing and injecting approved grout in proportion recommended by the manufacturer into cracks/honey-comb area of concrete/masonry by suitable gun/ pump at required pressure including cutting of nipples after curing etc. complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. (The payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight of approved grout injected.) 14.83.1 Stirrer mixed Acrylic Polymer of approved make @ 2% of weight of cement used) modified Cement slurry made with non shrink compound in concrete/RCC work 14.83.2 Stirrer mixed SBR Polymer (of approved make) modified Cement slurry made with Shrinkage Compensating Cement in concrete/RCC work. 14.83.3 Epoxy injection grout in concrete/RCC work of approved make 812 14.85 Cleaning of exposed concrete surface of sticking material including loose and foreign material by sand blasting with coarse sand followed by and including cleaning with oil free air blast as per direction of Engineer in charge. 813 14.88 Providing and fixing hard drawn steel wire fabric of size 75 x25 mm mesh or other suitable size wire mesh to be fixed & firmly anchored to the concrete surface by means of L shaped mild steel shear key welded with existing reinforcement including the cost of materials, labour, tool & plants as approved by Engineer-incharge. 814 15.1 Demolishing lime concrete manually/by mechanical means and disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 815 15.2 Demolishing cement concrete manually/by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 15.2.1 Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 15.2.2 Nominal concrete 1:4:8 or leaner mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 816 15.3 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 817 15.4 Extra for cutting reinforcement bars manually/ by mechanical means in R.C.C. work (Payment shall be made on the cross sectional area of R.C.C. work) as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 818 15.5 Extra for scrapping, cleaning and straightening reinforcement from R.C.C. work. 819 15.6 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 820 15.6.1 In lime mortar with old mughal bricks. 15.6.2 In lime mortar. 15.6.3 In cement mortar. 821 15.7 Removing mortar from bricks and cleaning bricks including stacking within a lead of 50 m (stacks of cleaned bricks shall be measured) : 15.7.1 From brick work in lime mortar. 15.7.2 From brick work in cement mortar. 822 15.8 Demolishing stone rubble masonry manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge: 15.8.1 In lime mortar. 15.8.2 In cement mortar. 823 15.9 Dismantling dressed stone work ashlar face stone work, marble work or precast concrete work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge: 15.9.1 In lime mortar. 15.9.2 In cement mortar. 824 15.10 Removing mortar from and cleaning stones and concrete articles (net quantity of stacks of cleaned materials will be measured) : 15.10.1 In lime mortar. 15.10.2 In cement mortar. 825 15.11 Dismantling tile/ Kota stone/ Marble / Granite work in floors/walls and roofs laid in cement mortar including stacking material within 50 metres lead. 15.11.1 For thickness of tiles 10 mm to 25 mm. 15.11.2 For thickness of tiles above 25 mm and upto 40 mm. 826 15.12 Dismantling stone slab flooring laid in cement mortar including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead. 827 15.13 Taking out existing CC interlocking paver blocks from footpath/ central verge, including removal of rubbish etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground for which payment shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 828 15.14 Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc. complete and stacking within 50 metres lead : 15.14.1 Of area 3 sq. metres and below. 15.14.2 Of area beyond 3 sq. metres. 829 15.15 Taking out doors, windows and clerestory window shutters (steel or wood) including stacking within 50 metres lead: 15.15.1 Of area 3 sq. metres and below. 15.15.2 Of area beyond 3 sq. metres. 830 15.16 Dismantling wood work in frames, trusses, purlins and rafters upto 10 metres span and 5 metres height including stacking the material within 50 metres lead: 15.16.1 Of sectional area below 40 square centimetres. 15.16.2 Of sectional area 40 square centimetres and above. 831 15.17 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of wood work for every additional span of one metre or part thereof beyond 10 metres : 15.17.1 Of sectional area below 40 square centimetres. 15.17.2 Of sectional area 40 square centimetres and above. 832 15.18 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of wood work for every additional height of one metre or part thereof beyond 5 metres : 15.18.2 Of sectional area below 40 square centimetres. 15.18.1 Of sectional area 40 square centimetres and above. 833 15.19 Dismantling steel work in single sections including dismembering and stacking within 50 metres lead in: 15.19.1 R.S. Joists 15.19.2 Channels, angles, tees and flats 834 15.20 Dismantling steel work in built up sections with span upto 10 meter and hieght 5 meter in angles, tees, flats and channels including all gusset plates, bolts, nuts, cutting rivets, welding etc. including dismembering and stacking within 50metres lead. 835 15.21 Dismantling steel work manually/ by mechanical means in built up sections with span upto 10 meter and hieght 5 meter without dismembering and stacking within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 836 15.22 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of steel work for every additional span of one metre or part thereof beyond 10 metres 837 15.23 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of steel work for every additional height of one metre or part thereof beyond 5 metres. 838 15.24 Extra for marking of structural steel work required to be re- erected. 839 15.25 Removal of old Tarfelt i/c disposal as directed by Engineer in charge. 840 15.26 Demolishing brick tile covering in terracing including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead. 841 15.27 Dismantling roofing including ridges, hips valleys and gutters etc., and stacking the material within 50 metres lead of: 15.27.1 G.S. Sheet 15.27.2 Asbestos/ Non asbestors sheet 842 15.28 Dismantling stone slab roofing over wooden karries or R.C.C. battens (dismantling karries and battens to be paid for separately) including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead. 843 15.29 Dismantling tiled roofing with battens boarding etc. complete including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead. 844 15.30 Dismantling wooden ballies in posts and struts including stacking within 50 metres lead. 845 15.31 Dismantling and stacking within 50 metres lead, fencing posts or struts including all earth work and dismantling of concrete etc. in base of : 15.31.1 T’ or ‘L’ iron or pipe 15.31.2 R.C.C. 846 15.32 Cutting ballies or wooden posts of fencing at the point of projection above the concrete or ground and stacking the same within 50 metres lead. 847 15.33 Dismantling barbed wire or flexible wire rope in fencing including making rolls and stacking within 50 metres lead. 848 15.34 Dismantling wooden trellis work excluding frames but including stacking the serviceable material within 50 metres lead. 849 15.35 Dismantling expanded metal or I.R.C. fabrics with necessary battens and beading including stacking the serviceable material within 50 metres lead. 850 15.36 Dismantling wooden boardings in lining of walls and partitions, excluding supporting members but including stacking within 50 metres lead : 15.36.1 Upto 10 mm thick 15.36.2 Thickness above 10 mm upto 25 mm 15.36.3 Thickness above 25 mm upto 40 mm 851 15.37 Dismantling precast concrete or stone slabs in walls, partition walls etc. including stacking within 50 metres lead: 15.37.1 Thickness upto 40 mm 15.37.2 Thickness above 40 mm upto 75 mm 852 15.38 Dismantling cement asbestos or other hard board ceiling or partition walls including stacking of serviceable materials and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead. 853 15.39 Dismantling C.I. or asbestos rain water pipe with fittings and clamps including stacking the material within 50 metres lead : 15.39.1 75 to 80 mm dia pipe. 15.39.2 100 mm dia pipe 15.39.3 150 mm dia pipe 854 15.40 Dismantling G.I. pipes (external work) including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of pipes within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge : 15.40.1 15 mm to 40 mm nominal bore 15.40.2 Above 40 mm nominal bore 855 15.41 Dismantling C.I. pipes including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes manually/ by mechanical means, breaking lead caulked joints, melting of lead and making into blocks including stacking of pipes and lead at site within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge: 15.41.1 Upto 150 mm diameter 15.41.2 Above 150 mm dia upto 300 mm dia. 15.41.3 Above 300 mm diameter 856 15.42 Taking out C.I. cover with frame from R.C.C. top slab of manholes of various sizes including demolishing of R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means and stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 857 15.43 Taking out C.I. cover with frame from R.C.C. top slab of inspection chambers of various sizes including demolishing of R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means and stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 858 15.44 Dismantling of road gully chamber of various sizes including C.I. grating with frame including stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead including refilling the excavated gap. 859 15.45 Dismantling of flushing cistern of all types (C.I./PVC/Vitrious China) including stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead. 860 15.46 Dismantling of C.I. sluice valve including stacking of useful materials within a lead of 50 metres 15.46.1 Upto 150 mm diameter 15.46.2 Above 150 mm diameter 861 15.47 Dismantling of spindle fire hydrant including stacking of useful materials within 50 metres lead. 862 15.48 Dismantling old plaster or skirting raking out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead. 863 15.49 Dismantling aluminium/ Gypsum partitions, doors, windows, fixed glazing and false ceiling including disposal of unserviceable surplus material and stacking of serviceable material with in 50 meters lead as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. 864 15.50 Dismantling of old S.W. pipes including breaking of joints and bed concrete stacking of useful materials near the site within 50 m lead and disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps: 15.50.1 100 mm diameter 15.50.2 150 mm diameter 15.50.3 200 mm diameter 15.50.4 250 mm diameter 15.50.5 300 mm diameter 15.50.6 350 mm diameter 15.50.7 400 mm diameter 15.50.8 440 mm diameter 865 15.51 Dismantling of manhole including R.C.C. top slab, C.I. cover with frame including stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps within 50 m lead : 15.51.1 Rectangular manhole 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep 15.51.2 Rectangular manhole 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep. 15.51.3 Rectangular arch type manhole 140x90cm and 2.45m deep. 15.51.4 Circular manhole 122 cm diameter and 1.68 m deep 866 15.52 Extra for depth of manholes dismantled: 15.52.1 Rectangular manhole 90x80 cm and beyond 45 cm depth. 15.52.2 Rectangular manhole 120x90 cm and beyond 90 cm depth. 15.52.3 Rectangular arch type manhole 140x90 cm and beyond 2.45m deep (upto 4.25 m depth). 15.52.4 Circular manhole 122 cm diameter and beyond 1.68 m deep (upto 2.29 m depth). 867 15.53 Taking out existing kerb stones of all types from footpath/ central verge, including removal of mortar etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. 868 15.54 Demolishing dry brick pitching in floors, drains etc. including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead : 869 15.55 Demolishing mud phaska in terracing and disposal of material within 50 metres lead. 870 15.56 Dismantling jack arch roofing and floors including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead. 871 15.57 Demolishing R.B. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. 872 15.58 Dismantling manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in- charge : 15.58.1 Water bound macadam road 15.58.2 Bituminous road 873 15.59 Dismantling steel cylinder R.C. pipes including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes, manually/ by mechanical means breaking lead caulked joints, melting of lead and making into blocks including stacking of pipes & lead at site within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge : 15.59.1 Up to 600 mm diameter 15.59.2 Above 600 mm diameter 874 15.60 Dismantling asbestos cement pressure pipes including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes manually/ by mechanical means and stacking the pipes within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge 15.60.1 Up to 150 mm diameter 15.60.2 Above 150 mm diameter 875 15.61 Dismantling of R.C.C. spun vent shaft including excavating the cement concrete pit completely, taking out the shaft, refilling the excavated gap, stacking the useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead. 876 15.62 Dismantling of cement concrete platform along with curtain walls and base concrete etc. including stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead: 15.62.1 120 x 120 cm (outside to outside) 15.62.2 210 x 120 cm (outside to outside) 877 15.63 Dismantling of flexible pavement (bituminous courses) by mechanical means and disposal of dismantled material up to a lead of 1 kilometre, as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. 878 15.64 Disposal of building rubbish / malba / similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste materials by mechanical means, including loading, transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping ground or as approved by Engineer-in-charge, beyond 50 m initial lead, for all leads including all lifts involved. 879 17.1 Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C. pan) with 100mm sand cast Iron P or S trap, UPVC P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required : 17.1.1 White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440mm with integral type foot rests. 17.1.2 Stainless Steel AISI-304(18/8) Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 585x480 mm with flush pipe and integrated type foot rests. 880 17.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type W.C. pan) with seat and lid, 10 litre low level white P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with manually controlled device (handle lever), conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required : 17.2.1 W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid 17.2.2 W.C. pan with ISI marked black solid plastic seat and lid 17.2.3 Providing and fixing AISI-304 (18/8) European type WC instead of white vitreous china pedestal type water closet. 881 17.3 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type) with seat and lid, 10 litre low level white vitreous china flushing cistern and C.P. flush bend with fittings and C.I.brackets, 40mm flush bend, overflow arrangement with specials of standard make and mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required : 17.3.1 W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid. 17.3.2 W.C. pan with ISI marked black solid plastic seat and lid. 882 17.4 Providing and fixing vitreous china dual purpose closet suitable for use as squatting pan or European type water closet (Anglo Indian W.C pan) with seat and lid fixed with C.P. brass hinges and rubber buffers, 10 litre low level flushing cistern with fitting and brackets, 40mm flush bend, 20mm over flow pipe, with specials of standard make and mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design complete, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required White vitreous china dual purpose WC pan with white solid plastic seat and lid with 10 liter low level flushing cistern i/c C.P. flush bend. 883 17.5 Providing and fixing white vitreous china extended wall mounting water closet of size 780x370x690 mm of approved shape including providing and fixing white vitreous china cistern with dual flush fitting, of flushing capacity 3 litre/6 litre (adjustable to 4 litre/8 litres), including seat cover, and cistern fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket etc complete. 884 17.6 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350mm and 340x410x265 mm sizes respectively with automatic flushing cistern with standard flush pipe and C.P. brass spreaders with brass unions and G.I clamps complete, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required : 17.6.1 One urinal basin with 5 litre white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.6.2 Range of two urinal basins with 5 litre white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.6.3 Range of three urinal basins with 10 litre white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.6.4 Range of four urinal basins with 10 litre white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 885 17.7 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back half stall urinal of size 580x380x350mm with white PVC automatic flushing cistern, with fittings, standard size C.P. brass flush pipe, spreaders with unions and clamps (all in C.P. brass) with waste fitting as per IS : 2556, C.I. trap with outlet grating and other couplings in C.P. brass including painting of fittings and cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever require 17.7.1 Single half stall urinal with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.7.2 Range of two half stall urinals with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.7.3 Range of three half stall urinals with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.7.4 Range of four half stall urinals with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 886 17.8 Providing and fixing one piece construction white vitreous china squatting plate with an integral longitudinal flushing pipe, white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern, with fittings, standard size G.I. / PVC flush pipe for back and front flush with standard spreader pipes with fittings, G.I clamps and C.P. brass coupling complete including painting of fittings and cutting and making good the walls and floors etc. wherever required : 17.8.1 Single squatting plate with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.8.2 Range of two squatting plates with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.8.3 Range of three squatting plates with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 17.8.4 Range of four squatting plates with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. 887 17.9 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water less urinal of size 600x330x315 mm having antibacterial /germs free ceramic surface, fixed with cartridge having debris catcher and hygiene seal. 888 17.10 Providing and fixing white vitreous china battery based infrared sensor operated urinal of approx. size 610 x 390 x 370 mm having pre and post flushing with water ( 250 ml and 500 ml consumption), having water inlet from back side, including fixing to wall with suitable brackets all as per manufacturers specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 889 17.11 Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I. brackets, 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps,32 mm C.P. brass waste of standard pattern, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever require : 17.11.1 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a pair of 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps. 17.11.2 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 17.11.3 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 550x400 mm with a pair of 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps. 17.11.4 White Vitreous China Flat back wash basin size 550x400 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 17.11.5 White Vitreous China Angle back wash basin size 600x480 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 17.11.6 White Vitreous China Angle back wash basin size 400x400 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 17.11.7 White Vitreous China Flat back wash basin size 450x300 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 17.11.8 White Vitreous China Surgeon type wash basin of size 660x460 mm with a pair of 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps with elbow operated lever ISI marked. 17.11.9 White Vitreous China Surgeon type wash basin of size 660x460 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps with elbow operated levers ISI marked. 17.11.10 Oval shape wash basin over counter /under counter with 15 mm C.P brass pillar tap (Counter to be paid sepratly). 17.11.11 Stainless Steel AISI-304(18/8) Round basin 405x355 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap 17.11.12 Stainless Steel AISI-304(18/8) Wash basin 530x345 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap. 890 17.12 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal for wash basin completely recessed at the back for the reception of pipes and fittings. 891 17.13 Providing and fixing kitchen sink with C.I. brackets, C.P. brass chain with rubber plug, 40 mm C.P. brass waste complete, including painting the fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required : White glazed fire clay kitchen sink of size 600x450x250 mm. 892 17.14 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS 13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required : 17.14.1 Kitchen sink with drain board 17.14.1.1 510x1040 mm bowl depth 250mm. 17.14.1.2 510x1040 mm bowl depth 225mm. 17.14.1.3 510x1040 mm bowl depth 200mm. 17.14.1.4 510x1040 mm bowl depth 178mm. 17.14.2 Kitchen sink without drain board 17.14.2.1 610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm. 17.14.2.2 610x460 mm bowl depth 200 mm. 17.14.2.3 470x420 mm bowl depth 178 mm. 893 17.15 Providing and fixing white vitreous china laboratory sink with C.I. brackets, C.P. brass chain with rubber plug 40mm C.P brass waste and 40mm C.P. brass trap with necessary C.P. brass unions complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the wall wherever required : 17.15.1 Size450x300x150mm 17.15.2 Size600x450x200mm 894 17.16 Providing and fixing White glazed fire clay draining board of size 600x450x25mm with C.I. brackets including painting of brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required. 895 17.17 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting pan (Indian type) 17.17.1 Long pattern W.C. pan of size 580 mm 17.17.2 Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm 896 17.18 Extra for using coloured W.C. pan instead of white W.C. pan Orissa pattern W.C. pan 580x440 mm 897 17.19 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type (European type/ wash down type) water closet pan. 898 17.20 Extra for using coloured pedestal type W.C pan (European type) with low level cistern of same colour instead of white vitreous china W.C pan and cistern. 899 17.21 Providing and fixing a pair of white vitreous china foot rests of standard pattern for squatting pan water closet: 17.21.1 250x130x30 mm 17.21.2 250x125x25 mm 900 17.22 Providing and fixing P.V.C. low level flushing cistern with manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS: 7231, with all fittings and fixtures complete. 10 litre capacity 17.22.1 White 17.22.2 coloured 901 17.23 Providing and fixing controlled flush, low level cistern made of vitreous china with all fittings complete.10 litre (full flush capacity) 17.23.1 White 17.23.2 Coloured 902 17.24 Providing and fixing solid plastic seat with lid for pedestal type W.C. pan complete : 17.24.1 White 17.24.2 Black 17.24.3 Coloured (other than black and white) 903 17.25 Providing and fixing G.I. inlet connection for flush pipe connecting with W.C. pan. 904 17.26 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350mm or 340x410x265mm sizes respectively. 905 17.27 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back half stall urinal of size 580x380x350mm. 906 17.28 Providing and fixing white vitreous china squatting plate urinal with integral rim longitudinal flush pipe. 907 17.29 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings : 17.29.1 Flat back wash basin of size 630x450mm. 17.29.2 Flat back wash basin of size 550x400mm. 17.29.3 Angle back wash basin of size 600x480mm. 17.29.4 Angle back wash basin of size 400x400mm. 17.29.5 Flat back wash basin of size 450x300mm. 17.29.6 Surgeon type wash basin of size 660x460mm. 908 17.30 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings. White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250mm. 909 17.31 Providing and fixing white vitreous china laboratory sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings: 17.31.1 Size 450x300x150 mm. 17.31.2 Size 600x450x200 mm. 910 17.32 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes: 17.32.1 Sand cast iron socket and spigot (S&S) pipe as per IS: 1729 17.32.1.1 75 mm dia with wall thickness of 5 mm 17.32.1.2 100 mm dia with wall thickness of 5 mm 17.32.2 Spun cast iron socket and spigot (S&S) pipe as per IS: 3989 17.32.2.1 75 mm dia with wall thickness of 3.5 mm 17.32.2.2 100 mm dia with wall thickness of 4 mm 17.32.2.3 150mm dia with wall thickness of 5mm 17.32.3 Hubless Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipe epoxy coated in side & out side including complete coupling assembly (EPDM rubber gasket stainless steel claim and external metallic/ protective shield as per IS:15905) 17.32.3.1 75 mm dia with wall thickness of 3.5 mm 17.32.3.2 100 mm dia with wall thickness of 3.5mm 17.32.3.3 150mm dia with wall thickness of 4 mm 911 17.33 Providing and filling the joints with spun yarn cement slurry and cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2 sand) in S.C.I./ C.I. Pipes : 17.33.1 75 mm dia pipe 17.33.2 100 mm dia pipe 912 17.34 Providing and fixing M.S. holder-bat clamps of approved design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron (spun) pipe embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10x10x10cm of Cement Concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including cost of cutting holes and making good the walls etc. : 17.34.1 For 75 mm dia pipe 17.34.2 For 100 mm dia pipe 17.34.3 For 150 mm dia pipe 913 17.35 Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete. 17.35.1 150 mm dia 17.35.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5mm 17.35.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 5 mm 17.35.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3.5 mm 17.35.2 100 mm dia 17.35.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5mm 17.35.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 4 mm 17.35.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3 mm 17.35.3 75 mm dia 17.35.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5 mm 17.35.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 3.5 mm 17.35.3.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3 mm 914 17.36 Providing and fixing plain bend of required degree. 17.36.1 150 mm dia 17.36.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5mm 17.36.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 5 mm 17.36.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3.5 mm 17.36.2 100 mm dia 17.36.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5mm 17.36.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 4 mm 17.36.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3 mm 17.36.3 75 mm dia 17.36.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 minimum wall thickness 6.5mm 17.36.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 minimum wall thickness 3.5 mm 17.36.3.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 3 mm 915 17.37 Providing and fixing heel rest sanitary bend 17.37.1 100 mm dia 17.37.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.37.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.37.2 75 mm dia 17.37.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.37.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 916 17.38 Providing and fixing double equal junction of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete : 17.38.1.1 150X150X150X150 17.38.1.2 Sand cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.38.2 100x100x100x100mm 17.38.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.38.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.38.3 75x75x75x75mm 17.38.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.38.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 917 17.39 Providing and fixing double equal plain junction of required degree. 17.39.1 150X150X150X150 mm 17.39.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.39.2 100x100x100x100mm 17.39.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.39.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.39.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 17.39.3 75x75x75x75 mm 17.39.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.39.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.39.3.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 918 17.40 Providing and fixing single equal junction of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete. 17.40.1 150X150X150 mm 17.40.1.1 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.40.2 100x100x100 mm 17.40.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.40.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.40.3 75x75x75 mm 17.40.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.40.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 919 17.41 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree : 17.41.1 150X150X150 mm 17.41.1.1 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.41.2 100x100x100 mm 17.41.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.41.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.41.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 17.41.3 75x75x75 mm 17.41.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.41.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.41.3.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 920 17.42 Providing and fixing double unequal junction of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete :100x100x75x75 mm 17.42.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.42.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 921 17.43 Providing and fixing double unequal plain junction of required degree: 100x100x75x75 mm 17.43.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.43.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.43.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 922 17.44 Providing and fixing single unequal junction of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete : 100x100x75 mm 17.44.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.44.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 923 17.45 Providing and fixing single unequal plain junction of required degree : 100x100x75 mm 17.45.1 Sand cast iron as per IS – 1729 17.45.2 Spun cast iron as per IS – 3989 17.45.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 924 17.46 Providing and fixing double equal plain invert branch of required degree: 17.46.1 100x100x100x100 mm 17.46.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.46.1.2 Sand cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.46.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 17.46.2 75x75x75x75 mm 17.46.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.46.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 925 17.47 Providing and fixing single equal plain invert branch of required degree: 17.47.1 100x100x100 mm 17.47.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.47.1.2 Sand cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.47.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 17.47.2 75x75x75 mm 17.47.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.47.2.2 Sand cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.47.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 926 17.48 Providing and fixing double unequal invert branch of required degree : 100x100x75x75 mm 17.48.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.48.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 927 17.49 Providing and fixing single unequal plain invert branch of required degree : 100x100x75 mm 17.49.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.49.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.49.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 minimum wall thickness 928 17.50 Providing and fixing sand cast iron S&S off sets as per IS: 1729 17.50.1 76 mm off sets 17.50.1.1 With 75 mm dia pipe 17.50.1.2 With 100 mm dia pipe 17.50.2 114 mm off sets 17.50.2.1 With 75 mm dia pipe 17.50.2.2 With 100 mm dia pipe 17.50.3 152 mm off sets 17.50.3.1 With 75 mm dia pipe 17.50.3.2 With 100 mm dia pipe 929 17.51 Providing and fixing sand cast iron S&S off sets as per IS: 3989. 17.51.1 75 mm off sets 17.51.1.1 With 75 mm dia pipe 17.51.1.2 With 100 mm dia pipe 17.51.1.3 With 150 mm dia pipe 17.51.2 150 mm off sets 17.51.2.1 With 75 mm dia pipe 17.51.2.2 With 100 mm dia pipe 17.51.2.3 With 150 mm dia pipe 930 17.52 Providing and fixing door piece, insertion rubber washer 3mm thick, bolts and nuts complete : 17.52.1 100 mm 17.52.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.52.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.52.2 75 mm 17.52.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.52.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 931 17.53 Providing and fixing terminal guard: 17.53.1 150mm 17.53.1.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.53.1.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.53.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 17.53.2 100 mm 17.53.2.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.53.2.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.35.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS-15905 17.53.3 75 mm 17.53.3.1 Sand cast iron as per IS - 1729 17.53.3.2 Spun cast iron as per IS - 3989 17.53.3.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 932 17.54 Providing and fixing collar: 17.54.1 100 mm 17.54.1.1 Sand cast iron S & S as per IS - 1729 17.54.1.2 Sand cast iron S & S as per IS - 3989 17.54.2 75 mm 17.54.2.1 Sand cast iron S & S as per IS - 1729 17.54.2.2 Sand cast iron S & S as per IS- 3989 933 17.55 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and fittings of diameter: 17.55.1 150mm 17.55.2 100 mm 17.55.3 75 mm 934 17.56 Providing and fixing M.S. stays and clamps for sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes of diameter : 17.56.1 100 mm dia 17.56.2 75 mm dia 935 17.57 Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design with screwed down or hinged grating with or without vent arm complete, including cost of cutting and making good the walls and floors : 17.57.1 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet 17.57.1.1 Spun cast iron S & S as per IS: 3989. 17.57.1.2 Sand Cast iron S & S as per IS: 1729. 17.57.1.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS-15905 17.57.2 100 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet 17.57.2.1 Sand cast iron S & S as per IS - 3989 17.57.2.2 Spun Cast iron S & S as per IS- 1729. 17.57.2.3 Hubless cast(spun) iron as per IS- 15905 936 17.58 Providing and fixing unplasticised Rigid PVC soil and waste pipes conforming to IS: 13592 Type B including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion. Single socketed pipes for working pressure of 4 kg/sqcm. (minimum wall thickness 3.2mm) 17.58.1 75 mm diameter 17.58.2 110 mm diameter 937 17.59 Providing and fixing unplasticised PVC moulded fittings/ accessories for unplasticised Rigid PVC soil and waste pipes conforming to IS: 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion. 17.59.1 Coupler 17.59.1.1 75 mm 17.59.1.2 110 mm 17.59.2 Single pushfit Coupler 17.59.2.1 75 mm 17.59.2.2 110 mm 17.59.3 Single tee with door 17.59.3.1 75x75x75 mm 17.59.3.2 110x110x110 mm 17.59.4 Single tee without door 17.59.4.1 75x75x75 mm 17.59.4.2 110x110x110 mm 17.59.5 Bend 87.50 17.59.5.1 75 mm bend 17.59.5.2 110 mm bend 938 17.60 Providing and fixing Unplasticised - PVC pipe clips of approved design to Unplasticised - PVC soil and waste pipes by means of bombay nail of required length including and making good the wall etc. complete. 17.60.1 75 mm 17.60.2 110 mm 939 17.61 Providing and fixing UPVC trap of self cleaning design complete. Including cost of cutting and making good the wall and floors. 100 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet 940 17.62 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamp of approved design to sand cast iron/ cast iron (spun) pipes comprising of M.S. flat brackets made of 50x5mm flat of specified shape, projecting 75mm outside the wall surface and fixed on wall with 4nos, 6mm dia expansion hold fasteners including drilling necessary holes in brick wall/ CC/ RCC surface and the cost of bolts etc. The pipes shall be fixed to the already fixed brackets with the help of 30mm x1.6mm galvanised M.S. flats of specified shape and of total length 420mm and shall be fixed with M.S. nuts, bolts, and washers of size 25x6mm, one bolts on each side of the pipe. 17.62.1 Total bracket length 580mm of approved shape and design (for single, 100mm dia pipe). 17.62.2 Total bracket length 810mm of approved shape and design (for two, 100mm dia pipes). 17.62.3 Total bracket length 1040mm of approved shape and design (for three, 100mm dia pipes). 941 17.63 Cutting chases in brick masonry walls (clay brick/flyash brick/AAC blocks) for following diameter sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and making good the same with cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand :6 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size) including necessary plaster and pointing in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) : 17.63.1 100 mm dia 17.63.2 75 mm dia 17.63.3 50 mm dia 942 17.64 Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe for sink or wash basin including P.V.C. waste fittings complete. 17.64.1 Semi rigid pipe 17.64.1.1 32 mm dia 17.64.1.2 40 mm dia 17.64.2 Flexible pipe (only in residential & complaxes) 17.64.2.1 32 mm dia 17.64.2.2 40 mm dia 943 17.65 Providing and fixing 100 mm sand cast Iron grating for gully trap. 944 17.66 Providing and fixing in position 25mm diameter mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design. 945 17.67 Providing and fixing bevelled edge mirror of superior glass (of approved quality) complete with 6 mm thick hard board ground fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and washers complete. 946 17.68 Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass (of approved quality) and of required shape and size with plastic moulded frame of approved make and shape with 6 mm thick hard board backing 17.68.1 Circular shape 450mm dia. 17.68.2 Rectangular shape 453x357mm 17.68.3 Oval shape 450x350mm (outer dimensions) 17.68.4 Rectangular shape 1500x450 mm 947 17.69 Providing and fixing glass shelf with edges round of supported on anodised aluminium angle frame with C.P. brass brackets and guard rail complete fixed with 40 mm long screws, rawl plugs etc., complete. 948 17.70 Providing and fixing toilet paper holder: 17.70.1 C.P. brass 17.70.2 Vitreous china 949 17.71 Providing and fixing CP brass waste coupling of approved quality and make for sink and wash basin. 17.71.1 Waste coupling 31mm of 79mm length and 62mm breadth 17.71.2 Waste coupling 38mm of 83mm length and 77mm breadth 950 17.72 Providing and fixing CP brass bottle trap of approved quality and make for sink and wash basin. 951 17.73 Providing and fixing CP brass towel rail of approved quality and make 17.73.1 600x20mm 17.73.2 450x20mm 952 17.74 Providing and fixing CP brass towel ring of approved quality and make 200mm dia ring 953 17.75 Providing and fixing CP brass soap dish of approved quality and make 954 17.76 Providing and fixing CP brass Urinal spreader of approved quality and make 955 17.77 Providing and fixing C.P. brass soap container 109 mm wide, 125 high and 112 mm distance from wall of standard shape with bracket of the same material with all fittings etc. of approved quality and conforming to IS: specification. 956 17.78 Providing and fixing C.P. brass grating of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. 17.78.1 100 mm dia. 957 17.79 Providing and fixing PTMT Waste Coupling for wash basin and sink, of approved quality and colour. 17.79.1 Waste coupling 31mm dia of 79mm length and 62mm breadth weighing not less than 45gms. 17.79.2 Waste coupling 38mm dia of 83mm length and 77mm breadth, weighing not less than 60gms. 958 17.80 Providing and fixing PTMT Bottle Trap for Wash basin and sink. 17.80.1 Bottle trap 31mm single piece moulded with height of 270mm, effective length of tail pipe 260mm from the centre of the waste coupling 77mm breadth with 25mm minimum water seal, weighing not less than 260gms. 17.80.2 Bottle trap 38mm single piece moulded with height of 270mm, effective length of tail pipe 260mm from the centre of the waste coupling 77mm breadth with 25mm minimum water seal, weighting not less than 263gms. 959 17.81 Providing and fixing PTMT liquid soap container 109mm wide, 125mm high and 112mm distance from wall of standard shape with bracket of the same materials with snap fittings of approved quality and colour. Weighing not less than 105 gms. 960 17.82 Providing and fixing PTMT towel ring trapezoidal shape 215mm long, 200mm wide with a minimum distances of 37mm from wall face with concealed fittings arrangement of approved quality and colour. Weighing not less than 88 gms. 961 17.83 Providing and fixing PTMT towel rail complete with brackets fixed to wooden cleats with CP brass screws with concealed fitting arrangement of approved quality and colour. 17.83.1 450mm long towel rail with total length of 495mm, 78mm wide and effective height of 88mm, weighing not less than 170gms. 17.83.2 600mm long towel rail with total length of 645mm, width 78mm and effective height of 88mm, weighing not less than 190gms. 962 17.84 Providing and fixing PTMT shelf 440 mm long, 124 mm width and 36 mm height of approved quality and colour. Weighing not less than 300 gms. 963 17.85 Providing and fixing PTMT 15 mm Urinal spreader size 95x69x100 mm with 1/2 BSP thread and shapes. Weighing not less than 60 gms. 964 17.86 Providing and fixing PTMT urinal cock of approved quality and colour. 15 mm nominal bore, 80mm long. 42 mm high and 30mm wide with BSP female threads weighing not less than 48 gms. 965 17.87 Providing and fixing PTMT soap Dish Holder having length of 138mm, breadth 102mm, height of 75mm with concealed fitting arrangements. Weighing not less than 106 gms. 966 17.88 Painting C.I. cistern with bitumastic or any other anti-corrosive paint inside and white paint over a coat of zinc chromate yellow primer (of approved quality) on the outside surface of the cistern, flush pipe, other fittings, etc. complete for new work. 967 17.89 Re-painting C.I. cistern with bitumastic or any other anti-corrosive paint inside and white paint on the outside surface of the cistern, flush pipe, other fittings, etc. complete including polishing of wooden seat and lid and cleaning of W.C. pan with acid wherever necessary. 968 17.90 Repainting C.I. cistern with synthetic enamel paint of approved colour brand and manufacture on the outside surface of cistern flush pipe, other fittings etc. complete. 969 17.91 Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of any colour such as chocolate grey, or buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new work : 17.91.1 75 mm diameter pipe 17.91.2 100 mm diameter pipe 17.91.3 150 mm diameter pipe 970 17.92 Repainting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast iron (spun) iron, soil, waste, vent pipes and fittings with one coat of synthetic enamel paint of any colour such as chocolate, grey or buff etc : 17.92.1 75 mm diameter pipe 17.92.2 100 mm diameter pipe 17.92.3 150 mm diameter pipe 971 17.93 Repainting bath tub of size 1700x730x430mm with enamel paint. 972 17.94 Providing and laying Ceramic glazed half round pipe drain (having thickness 9 to 10mm) of approved make in colours such as White, Ivory, Grey, or any other colour, laid on 20 mm thick Cement Mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc., complete. 17.94.1 100 mm dia half round pipe 17.94.2 150 mm dia half round pipe 17.94.3 200mm dia half round pipe 973 17.99 Construction of manually operated fire based incinerator for girls-toilet i/c (i)   Fire and ash collection chamber 0.60x0.60 m, made of calcium silicate bricks, having 12mm dia steel bars grating @10 cm c/c, i/c MS mesh weldedon top including 300 mm x 450 mm MS openable door of half grill and half MS plate (3mm thick ).(ii)     0.40 m X 0.40 m duct made of 1.6 mm thick MS sheet for dropping napkins from the toilet opening.(iv) 150mm dia Class C heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS 3589/1239 for gas emission with cowel, up to 2.10 meter height above terrace level.(v) Opening in wall having MS flap (1.6mm thick) of size 0.25X 0.25 m, finished with granite.etc complete as per standard drawing no. 5313-B-NB4-9919- R1 dated 21.02.2017 17.99.1 For ground floor buildings. 17.99.2 For Ground floor & Ist floor buildings. 17.99.3 Add extra for every additional floor above Ist floor. 974 17.95 Providing and fixing coupler for PVC pipes & fittings waste/rain water/drainage disposal of superior Indian make (as approved by Engineer incharge) i/c jointing with rubber rings, adhesive, lubricant,solvent cement PVC clips or burried underground i/c making necessary chases and holes in walls, floors or trenching complete with making good or i/c excavation and refilling as per site requirement with testing etc.complete. FOR WASH BASIN CONNECTION (40mm diameter) 975 18.6 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot and cold water supply including all CPVC plain and brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes and fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 18.6.1 Internal work - Exposed on wall 18.6.1.1 15 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.6.1.2 20 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.6.1.3 25 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.6.1.4 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.6.1.5 40 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.6.1.6 50 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.6.2 Concealed work including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 18.6.2.1 15 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.6.2.2 20 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.6.2.3 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.6.2.4 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 976 18.7 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot and cold water supply including all CPVC plain and brass threaded fittings. This included jointing of pipes and fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement, trenching, refilling and testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. External Work 18.7.1 15 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.7.2 20 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.7.3 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.7.4 32 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.7.5 40 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 18.7.6 50 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. 18.7.7 62.50 mm nominal inner dia Pipes. 18.7.8 75 mm nominal inner dia .Pipes. 18.7.9 100mm nominal inner dia .Pipes. 18.7.10 150 mm nominal inner dia Pipes. 977 18.8 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. 18.8.1 Internal work - Exposed on wall 18.8.1.1 15 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.1.2 20 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.1.3 25 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.1.4 32 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.1.5 40 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.1.6 50 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.2 Concealed pipe including painting with anti corrosivebitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall. 18.8.2.1 15 mm dia nominal bore 18.8.2.2 20 mm dia nominal bore 18.8.3 External work : including trenching and refilling etc. 18.8.3.1 15 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.2 20 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.3 25 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.4 32 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.5 40 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.6 50 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.7 65 mm dia. nominal bore 18.8.3.8 80 mm dia. nominal bore 978 18.9 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel pipe and fitting of grade AISI 304 as per JIS standard 3448 complete with press type fitting (fitting shall be paid for separately) i/c fixing of the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing including cutting and making good the walls including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge. (The pipe length inserted in the fitting shall not be measured for payment) 18.9.1 Internal work - Exposed on wall 18.9.1.1 15.88 mm outer diapipe 18.9. 1.2 22.22 mm outer diapipe 18.9.1.3 28.58 mm outer diapipe 18.9.1.4 34.00 mm outer dia Pipe 18.9.1.5 42.70 mm outer dia Pipe 18.9.1.6 48.60 mm outer dia Pipe 18.9.2 Internal work - Concealed Pipe 18.9.2.1 15.88 mm outer dia .Pipes. 18.9.2.2 22.22 mm Outer diaPipes 979 18.12 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end) : 18.12.1 With C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end) 18.12.1.1 25 mm nominal bore 18.12.1.2 32 mm nominal bore. 18.12.1.3 40 mm nominal bore 18.12.1.4 50 mm nominal bore 18.12.1.5 65 mm nominal bore 18.12.1.6 80 mm nominal bore 18.12.2 With brass lever handle of approved quality. 18.12.2.1 25 mm nominal bore 18.12.2.2 32 mm nominal bore. 18.12.2.3 40 mm nominal bore 18.12.2.4 50 mm nominal bore 980 18.13 Providing and fixing CPVC gate valve with knob of approved quality. 18.13.1 25 mm nominal bore 18.13.2 32 mm nominal bore. 18.13.3 40 mm nominal bore 18.13.4 50 mm nominal bore 981 18.14 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quality, High or low pressure, with plastic floats complete : 18.14.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.14.2 20 mm nominal bore 18.14 3 25 mm nominal bore 982 18.15 Providing and fixing gun metal non- return valve of approved quality (screwed end) : 18.15.1 25 mm nominal bore 18.15.1.1 Horizontal 18.15.1.2 Vertical 18.15.2 32 mm nominal bore 18.15.2.1 Horizontal 18.15.2.2 Vertical 18.15.3 40 mm nominal bore 18.15.3.1 Horizontal 18.15.3.2 Vertical 18.15.4 50 mm nominal bore 18.15.4.1 Horizontal 18.15.4.2 Vertical 18.15.5 65 mm nominal bore 18.15.5.1 Horizontal 18.15.5.2 Vertical 18.15.6 80 mm nominal bore 18.15.6.1 Horizontal 18.15.6.2 Vertical 983 18.16 Providing and fixing brass ferrule with C.I. mouth cover including boring and tapping the main : 18.16.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.16.2 20 mm nominal bore 18.16.3 25 mm nominal bore 984 18.17 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC connection pipe with brass unions : 18.17.1 30 cm length 18.17.1.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.17.1.2 20 mm nominal bore 18.17.2 45 cm length 18.17.2.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.17.2.2 20 mm nominal bore 985 18.18 Constructing masonry Chamber 30x30x50 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 sand) for stop cock, with C. I. surface box 100x100 x75 mm (inside) with hinged cover fixed in cement concrete slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement :2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement :5 sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size ) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 sand) 12mm thick finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :- 18.18.1 With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg /sqcm compressive strength. 18.18.2 With well burnt flyash bricks of 50 kg/sqm compressive strength. 986 18.19 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x60x75 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) for sluice valve, with C.I. surface box 100mm. top diameter, 160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep ( inside) with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement :2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size ) , i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 12 mm thick finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design 18.19.1 With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg /sqcm compressive strength. 18.19.2 With flyash bricks of 50 kg/cm2 strength 987 18.20 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x60x75 cm, inside in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) for fire hydrants, with C.I. surface box 350x350 mm. top and 165 mm deep ( inside) with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) , i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 12 mm thick finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design : 18.20.1 With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg/cm2 compressive strength. 18.20.2 With flyash bricks of 50kg/cm2 strength. 988 18.21 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x45x50 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) for water meter complete with C.I. double flap surface box 400x200x200 mm (inside) with locking arrangement and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) , i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5 sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 12 mm thick finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design : 18.21.1 With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg /sqcm compressive strength. 18.21.2 With flyash bricks of 50kg/sqm compressive strength. 989 18.22 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint with two coats over a ready mixed priming coat, both of approved quality for new work : 18.22.1 15 mm diameter pipe. 18.22.2 20 mm diameter pipe. 18.22.3 25 mm diameter pipe. 18.22.4 32 mm diameter pipe. 18.22.5 40 mm diameter pipe. 18.22.6 50 mm diameter pipe. 990 18.23 Repainting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint of approved quality : 18.23.1 15 mm diameter pipe. 18.23.2 20 mm diameter pipe. 18.23.3 25 mm diameter pipe 18.23.4 32 mm diameter pipe 18.23.5 40 mm diameter pipe 18.23.6 50 mm diameter pipe 991 18.24 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality : 18.24.1 15 mm diameter pipe 18.24.2 20 mm diameter pipe 18.24.3 25 mm diameter pipe 18.24.4 32 mm diameter pipe 18.24.5 40 mm diameter pipe 18.24.6 50 mm diameter pipe 18.24.7 65 mm diameter pipe 18.24.8 80 mm diameter pipe 992 18.25 Providing and filling sand all-round the G.I. pipes in external work. 18.25.1 15 mm diameter pipe 18.25.2 20 mm diameter pipe 18.25.3 25 mm diameter pipe 18.25.4 32 mm diameter pipe 18.25.5 40 mm diameter pipe 18.25.6 50 mm diameter pipe 18.25.7 65 mm diameter pipe 18.25.8 80 mm diameter pipe 993 18.26 Providing and fixing G.I. Union in G.I. pipe including cutting and threading the pipe and making long screws etc. complete (New work) 18.26.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.26.2 20 mm nominal bore 18.26.3 25 mm nominal bore 18.26.4 32 mm nominal bore 18.26.5 40 mm nominal bore 18.26.6 50mm nominal bore 18.26.7 65mm nominal bore 18.26.8 80 mm nominal bore 994 18.27 Providing and fixing G.I. Union in existing G.I. pipe line, cutting and threading the pipe and making long screws including excavation, refilling the earth or cutting of wall and making good the same complete wherever required : 18.27.1 15 mm nominal bore. 18.27.2 20 mm nominal bore. 18.27.3 25 mm nominal bore. 18.27.4 32 mm nominal bore. 18.27.5 40 mm nominal bore. 18.27.6 50 mm nominal bore. 18.27.7 65 mm nominal bore. 18.27.8 80 mm nominal bore. 995 18.28 Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor levels) polyethylene water storage tank ISI : 12701 marked with cover and suitable locking arrangement and making necessary holes for inlet, outlet and overflow pipes but without fittings and the base support for tank 996 18.29 Providing and fixing brass bib cock of approved quality 18.29.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.29.2 20 mm nominal bore 997 18.30 Providing and fixing brass stop cock of approved quality : 18.30.1 15 mm nominal bore 18.30.2 20 mm nominal bore 998 18.31 Providing and fixing C.P. brass bib cock of approved quality conforming to IS: 8931, and weighing not less then 400 kg, 15 mm nominal bore. 999 18.32 Providing and fixing C.P. brass long nose bib cock of approved quality conforming to IS standards and weighing not less than 810 gm, 15 mm nominal bore. 1000 18.33 Providing and fixing C.P. brass long body bib cock of approved quality conforming to IS standards and weighing not less than 690 gm, 15 mm nominal bore 1001 18.34 Providing and fixing C.P. brass stop cock (concealed) of standard design and of approved make conforming to IS: 8931. 15 mm nominal bore. 1002 18.35 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer and geyser points of approved quality conforming to IS:893115 mm nominal bore 1003 18.36 Providing and fixing chrome plated brass battery based infrared sensor operated pillar cock, having foam flow technology. 15 mm nominal bore. 1004 18.37 Providing and fixing C.P. brass pillar cock approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. nd weighing not less than 650 gm,a15 mm nominal bore 125 mm long foam flow. 1005 18.38 Providing and fixing C.P. brass basin mixer of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification.15 mm nominal bore. 1006 18.39 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mixer of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. 15 mm nominal bore. 1007 18.40 Providing and fixing C.P. brass sink mixer of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. 15 mm nominal bore. 1008 18.41 Providing and fixing C.P. brass elbow operated bibcock of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. 15 mm nominal bore. 1009 18.42 Providing and fixing C.P. brass elbow operated pillar cock of approved quality and make conforming to IS: specification. 15 mm nominal bore. 1010 18.43 Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with 15 or 20 mm inlet : 18.43.1 100 mm diameter 18.43.2 150 mm diameter 18.43.3 200 mm diameter 1011 18.44 Providing and fixing PTMT bib cock of approved quality and colour 15mm nominal bore. 18.44.1 86 mm long weighing not less than 88 gm 18.44.2 122 mm long weighing not less than 99 gm 18.44.3 165mm long weighing not less than 110 gm 18.44.4 90mm long weighing not less than 93 gm 1012 18.45 Providing and fixing PTMT stop cock of approved quality and colour. 18.45.1 15 mm nominal bore, 86mm long. Weighing not less than 88 gms. 18.45.2 20mm nominal bore, 89mm long. Weighing not less than 88 gms. 18.45.3 Concealed stop cock, 15mm nominal bore, 108mm long. Weighing not less than 108 gms. 1013 18.46 Providing and fixing PTMT pillar cock of approved quality and colour. 18.46.1 15mm nominal bore, 107mm long. Weighing not less than 110 gms. 18.46.2 15mm nominal bore, 125mm long foam flow weighing not less than 120 gms. 1014 18.47 Providing and fixing PTMT, push cock of approved quality and colour. 18.47.1 15 mm nominal bore, 98mm long. Weighing not less than 75 gms. 18.47.2 15 mm nominal bore, 80mm long weighing not less than 46 gms. 1015 18.48 Providing and fixing PTMT grating of approved quality and colour. 18.48.1 Circular type. 18.48.1.1 100 mm nominal dia. 18.48.1.2 125 mm nominal dia with 25 mm waste hole. 18.48.2 Rectangular type with openable circular lid. 18.48.2.1 150 mm nominal size square 100 mm diameter of the inner hinged round grating. 1016 18.49 Providing and fixing PTMT angle stop cock 15 mm nominal bore. Weighing not less than 85 gms. 1017 18.50 Providing and fixing PTMT swivelling shower, 15mm nominal bore. Weighing not less than 40gms. 1018 18.51 Providing and fixing PTMT Ball cock of approved quality, colour and make complete with Epoxy coated aluminium rod with L.P./ H.P.H.D. plastic ball. 18.51.1 15 mm nominal bore, 105 mm long. Weighing not less than 138 gms. 18.51.2 20 mm nominal bore, 120 mm long. Weighing not less than 198 gms. 18.51.3 25 mm nominal bore, 152mm long. Weighing not less than 440 gms. 18.51.4 40mm nominal bore, 206mm long. Weighing not less than 690 gms. 18.51.5 50mm nominal bore, 242mm long. Weighing not less than 1240 gms. 1019 18.52 Providing and fixing Unplasticised P.V.C. connection pipe with PTMT Nuts collar and bush of approved quality and colour 15 mm nominal bore 18.52.1 30cm length. 18.52.2 45 cm length. 1020 18.53 Providing and fixing PTMT extension nipple for water tank pipe, fittings of approved quality and colour. 18.53.1 15 mm nominal bore.Weighing not less than 32 gms. 18.53.2 20mm nominal bore.Weighing not less than 40gms. 18.53.3 25mm nominal bore.Weighing not less than 62 gms. 1021 18.54 Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter (bulk type) conforming to IS: 2373 and tested by Municipal Board complete with bolts, nuts, rubber insertions etc. (The tail pieces if required will be paid separately) : 18.54.1 80 mm nominal bore 18.54.2 100 mm nominal bore 18.54.3 150 mm nominal bore 18.54.4 200 mm nominal bore 1022 18.55 Providing and fixing C.I. dirt box strainer for bulk type water meter with nuts, bolts, rubber insertions etc. complete conforming to IS : 2373 : 18.55.1 80 mm nominal bore 18.55.2 100 mm nominal bore 18.55.3 150 mm nominal bore 18.55.4 200 mm nominal bore 1023 18.56 Cutting holes upto 30x30 cm in walls including making good the same : With common burnt clay bricks of 25 kg /sqcmor flyash bricks of 50 kg/cm2compressive strength. 1024 18.57 Cutting holes upto 15x15 cm in R.C.C. floors and roofs for passing drain pipe etc. and repairing the hole after insertion of drain pipe etc. with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including finishing complete so as to make it leak proof. 1025 18.58 Making chases upto 7.5x7.5 cm in walls including making good and finishing with matching surface after housing G.I. pipe etc. 1026 18.59 Making hole upto 20x20 cm and embedding pipes upto 150 mm diameter in masonry and filling with cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including disposal of malba. 1027 18.60 Making connection of G.I. distribution branch with G.I. main of following sizes by providing and fixing tee, including cutting and threading the pipe etc. complete : 18.60.1 25 to 40 mm nominal bore 18.60.2 50 to 80 mm nominal bore 1028 18.61 Providing and fixing CP jet assembly to including connection etc complete. 1029 18.62 Providing and fixing ferro- cement water storage tank with cover, having minimum thickness of 10mm. The wall to be reinforced with two layers of double galvanized annealed square wooven wire mesh of 20 gauge wire spaced at 15mm for 300 litre capacity and 12mm for 450 to 2500 litres capacity finish with 3 layers of Cement mortar 1:2 duly modified with polymer based plastizers and hardening chemicals (Burogrout and Buroseal) The tank should conform to the specification prescribed by Structural Engineering Research Centre Roorkee/Gaziabad. The tanks to be painted with drinking water paint inside and aluminimum paint out side with provision of outlet, inlet, overflow and cleaning including hoisting and placing in position upto floor two level or 5 M. height. 1030 18.63 Add extra for additional floor lift beyond 5.0M.height. 1031 19.1 Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware pipes class SP-1 with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete : Excavation to be paid seperataly 19.1.1 100 mm diameter 19.1.2 150 mm diameter 19.1.3 200 mm diameter 19.1.4 230 mm diameter 19.1.5 250 mm diameter 19.1.6 300 mm diameter 1032 19.2 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design: 19.2.1 100 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.2.2 150 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.2.3 200 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.2.4 230 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.2.5 250 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.2.6 300 mm diameter S.W. pipe 1033 19.3 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) upto haunches of S.W. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design : 19.3.1 100 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.3.2 150 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.3.3 200 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.3.4 230 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.3.5 250 mm diameter S.W. pipe 19.3.6 300 mm diameter S.W. pipe 1034 19.4 Providing and laying below ground unplasticised PVC pipe to with stand working pressure of 4 kg/cm2 soild waste pipes confirming to IS:13592 and IS:4985 including jointing with seal ring confirming to IS :5282 leaving 10mm gap for thermal expansion all necessary fittings etc. complete. Excavation to be paid seperataly. 19.4.1 110 mm diameter OD (min. wall thickness 3.2mm) 19.4.2 160 mm diameter OD (min. wall thickness 4.0mm) 19.4.3 200 mm diameter OD (min. wall thickness 4.9mm) 19.4.4 250 mm diameter OD (min. wall thickness 6.2mm) 19.4.5 300 mm diameter OD (min. wall thickness 7.7mm) 1035 19.5 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) all-round PVC. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design: 19.5.1 110 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.5.2 160 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.5.3 200 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.5.4 250 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.5.5 300 mm diameter PVC pipe 1036 19.6 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) up to haunches of PVC. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design : 19.6.1 110 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.6.2 160 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.6.3 200 mm diameter PVC. pipe 19.6.4 250 mm diameter PVC. Pipe 19.6.5 300 mm diameter PVC pipe 1037 19.7 Providing and fixing square- mouth S.W. gully trap class SP1 complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover with frame of 300 x300 mm size (inside) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design : 19.7.1 100x100 mm size P type 19.7.1.1 With well burnt bricks 19.7.1.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 19.7.2 150 x 100 mm size P type. 19.7.2.1 With well burnt bricks 19.7.2.2 With sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 19.7.3 180x150 mm size P type 19.7.3.1 With well burnt bricks 19.7.3.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 1038 19.8 Providing and laying non- pressure NP2 class (light duty) R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete : 19.8.1 100 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.2 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.3 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.4 300 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.5 450 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.6 500 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 19.8.7 600 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 1039 19.9 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 sand ) R.C.C. top slab with Cement Concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) inside plastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design 19.9.1 Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal dimensions total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) : 19.9.1.1 With well burnt bricks 19.9.1.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 19.9.2 Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (medium duty) 500 mm internal diameter, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 116 kg (weight of cover 58 kg and weight of frame 58 kg) : 19.9.2.1 With well burnt bricks 19.9.2.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 19.9.3 Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (heavy duty) 560 mm internal diameter, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 208 kg (weight of cover 108 kg and weight of frame 100 kg) : 19.9.3.1 With well burnt bricks 19.9.3.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 1040 19.10 Extra for depth for manholes 19.10.1 Size 90x80 cm 19.10.1.1 With well burnt bricks 19.10.1.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 19.10.2 Size 120x90 cm 19.10.2.1 With well burnt bricks 19.10.2.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 1041 19.11 Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole 0.91m internal dia at bottom and 0.56m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand), inside cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size), and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering shuttering all complete. (Foot rests and 12mm thick cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid for separately) : 19.11.1 With well burnt bricks 19.11.2 With Sewer bricks conforming to IS : 4885 1042 19.12 Extra depth for circular type manhole 0.91m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 0.91m to 1.67m 19.12.1 With well burnt bricks 19.12.2 With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885 1043 19.13 Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.22m internal dia at bottom and 0.56m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 sand) inside cement plaster 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 including centering shuttering all complete. (Foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid for separately) 19.13.1 With well burnt bricks 19.13.2 With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885 1044 19.14 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.22m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 1.68 m to 2.29 m : 19.14.1 With well burnt bricks 19.14.2 With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885 1045 19.15 Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.52 m internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) inside cement plaster 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement all complete as per standard design : 19.15.1 2.30m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD-20 grade designation) 560mm internal diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including centering shuttering all complete. (Foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid for separately) : 19.15.1.1 With well burnt bricks 19.15.1.2 With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885 1046 19.16 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.52 m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 2.30 m : 19.16.1 With well burnt bricks 19.16.2 With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885 1047 19.17 Providing M.S. foot rests including fixing in manholes with 20x20x10 cm cement concrete blocks 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) as per standard design : 19.17.1 With 20x20 mm square bar 19.17.2 With 20 mm diameter round bar 1048 19.18 Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per IS : 10910 on 12mm dia steel bar conforming to IS : 1786 having minimum cross section as 23 mmx25mm and over all minimum length 263 mm as per standard drawing and suitable to withstand the bend test and chemical resistance test as per specifications and having manufactures permanent identification mark to be visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement concrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) complete as per design. 1049 19.19 Replacement of M.S. foot rests in manholes including dismantling concrete blocks and fixing with 20x20x10 cm cement concrete blocks 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size): 19.19.1 With 20x20 mm square bar 19.19.2 With 20 mm diameter round bar 1050 19.20 Supplying and fixing C.I. cover without frame for manholes : 19.20.1 455x610 mm rectangular C.I. cover (light duty) the weight of the cover to be not less than 23 kg. 19.20.2 500 mm diameter C.I. cover (medium duty) the weight of the cover to be not less than 58 kg. 19.20.3 560 mm diameter C.I. cover (heavy duty) the weight of the cover to be not less than 108 kg. 1051 19.21 Providing and fixing in position precast R.C.C. manhole cover and frame of required shape and approved quality 19.21.1 Light duty D- 2.5 19.21.1.1 Rectangular shape 600x450mm internal dimensions 19.21.1.2 Square shape 450mm internal dimensions 19.21.1.3 Circular shape 450mm internal diameter 19.21.2 Medium duty - 10 19.21.2.1 Square shape 450mm internal dimension 19.21.2.2 Circular shape 500mm internal diameter 19.21.3 Heavy duty D - 20 19.21.3.1 Circular shape 560 mm internal diameter 19.21.4 Extra Heavy Duty - 35 19.21.4.1 Circular shape 560 mm internal dia. 1052 19.22 Supplying and fixing C.I. cover 300x300 mm without frame for gully trap (standard pattern) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.5kg. 1053 19.23 Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing manhole including breaking into and making good the walls, floors with cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) cement plastered on both sides with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement and making necessary channels for the drain etc. complete : 19.23.1 For pipes 100 to 230 mm diameter 19.23.2 For pipes 250 to 300 mm diameter 19.23.3 For pipes 350 to 450 mm diameter 1054 19.24 Providing sand cast iron drop connection externally for 60 cm drop from branch sewer line to main sewer manhole including inspection and cleaning eye with chain and lid, sand cast iron drop pipe and bend encased all-round with cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) joints between sand cast iron tee and S.W. pipe, making required channels complete as per standard design and specifications : 19.24.1 100 mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection 19.24.2 150 mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection 1055 19.25 Extra for depths beyond 60 cm of sand cast iron drop connection complete : 19.25.1 For 100 mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection 19.25.2 For 150 mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection 1056 19.26 Raising manhole cover and frame slab to required level including dismantling existing slab and making good the damage as required (Brick work for Raising depth of manhole to be paid separately) : 19.26.1 Rectangular manhole 90x80 cm with rectangular cover 600x450 mm of grade LD - 2.5 19.26.2 Rectangular manhole 120x90 cm with circular cover 500 mm dia of grade MD - 10 19.26.3 Rectangular manhole 120x90 cm with circular cover 560 mm dia of grade HD - 20 19.26.4 Circular manhole 140 cm dia with circular cover 600 mm dia of grade Extra heavy duty HD -35 1057 19.27 Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber 50x45x60cm with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including 500x450 mm precast R.C.C. horizontal grating with frame complete as per standard design : 19.27.1 With well burnt bricks 19.27.2 With fly ash bricks 100 key/cm2 strangth 1058 19.28 Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber 45x45x77.5cm with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) with precast R.C.C. vertical grating complete as per standard design : 19.28.1 With well burnt bricks 19.28.2 With fly ash bricks 100 kg/cm2 strength 1059 19.29 Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber 110x50x77.5cm with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including 500x450 mm precast R.C.C. horizontal grating with frame and vertical grating complete as per standard design : 19.29.1 With well burnt bricks 19.29.2 With fly ash bricks 100 kg/cm2 strength 1060 19.30 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 metre deep with 45 x 45 cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks of class designation 75 and S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete as per standard design. 19.30.1 With well burnt bricks 1061 19.31 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20m filled with brickbats including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20m long complete as per standard design. 1062 19.32 Providing and fixing S.W. intercepting trap in manholes with stiff mixture of cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete : 19.32.1 100 mm dia 19.32.2 150 mm dia 1063 19.33 Providing, laying and jointing half round glazed stoneware pipes class SP-1 with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete : Excavation to be paid seperataly 19.33.1 100 mm dia 19.33.2 150 mm dia 19.33.3 200 mm dia 19.33.4 230 mm dia 19.33.5 250 mm dia 19.33.6 300 mm dia 1064 19.34 Providing and laying half round RCC pipes class (light duty) with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete : Excavation to be paid seperataly 19.34.1 100 mm dia. Half round R.C.C. pipe 19.34.2 150 mm dia. Half round R.C.C. pipe 19.34.3 250 mm dia. Half round R.C.C. pipe 19.34.4 300 mm dia. Half round R.C.C. pipe 1065 19.35.1 Deduct for not provide C.I. manhole cover with frame for item No. 19.9.1.1 & 19.9.1.2 19.35.2 Deduct for not provide C.I. manhole cover with frame for item No. 19.9.2.1 & 19.9.2.2 19.35.3 Deduct for not provide C.I. manhole cover with frame for item No. 19.9.3.1 & 19.9.3.2 1066 19.36 Providing & Fixing of Precast RCC drain cover of size 600x 450 x70mm (thickness) with 4 holes, manufactured by using M-30 grade of concrete reinforced with 8mm dia Tor Steel @100mm c/c both ways, manufactured by vibro compaction process using joint less FRP moulds, so at to achieve shuttering finish on five faces @top face will have broom finish etc complete. 1067 19.37 Providing & Fixing of Precast RCC drain cover of size 750x600 x70mm (thickness) with 6 holes, manufactured by using M-30 grade of concrete reinforced with 8mm dia Tor Steel @100mm c/c both ways, manufactured by vibro compaction process using joint less FRP moulds, so at to achieve shuttering finish on five faces @top face will have broom finish etc complete. 1068 19.38 Providing & Fixing of Precast RCC drain cover of size 900x450 x90mm (thickness) with 8 holes, manufactured by using M-30 grade of concrete reinforced with two layers of 8mm dia Tor Steel @100mm c/c both ways, manufactured by vibro compaction process using joint less FRP moulds, so at to achieve shuttering finish on five faces @ top face will have broom finish etc complete. 1069 19.39 Providing & Fixing of Precast RCC drain cover of size 1150x400 x100mm (thickness) with 10 holes, manufactured by using M-30 grade of concrete reinforced with two layers of 8mm dia Tor Steel @100mm c/c both ways, manufactured by vibro compaction process using joint less FRP moulds, so at to achieve shuttering finish on five faces @top face will have broom finish etc complete. 1070 19.40 Supplying and fixing of FRP/GRP composite manhole cover with frame of clear opening size 900X450mm rectangular having weight of (complete unit) (weight of frame 11.7 kg + weight of cover 43.76kg ± 10%) (HD/25MT) having load bearing capacity (Point load 25MT) as per testing code BSEN 124:1994. Having lifting arrangement should have an insertion of 5mm double sealed closed key hole and high strength plastic alloy/stainless steel socketed arrangement. 1071 19.41 Supplying and fixing of FRP/GRP composite manhole cover with frame of clear opening size 450X600mm rectangular having weight of (complete unit) (weight of frame 1.84kg + weight of cover 14.2kg ± 10%) (LD/2.5MT) having load bearing capacity (Point load 2.5MT) as per testing code BSEN 124:1994. having lifting arrangement should have an insertion of 5mm double sealed closed key hole and high strength plastic alloy/stainless steel socketed arrangement. 1072 19.42 Supplying and fixing of FRP/GRP composite manhole cover with frame of clear opening size 300X300mm (square) having weight of (complete unit) (weight of frame 1.12kg + weight of cover 4.1kg ± 10%) (LD/2.5MT) having load bearing capacity (Point load 2.5MT) as per testing code BSEN 124:1994. having lifting arrangement should have an insertion of 5mm double sealed closed key hole and high strength plastic alloy/stainless steel socketed arrangement. 1073 19.43 Supplying and fixing of FRP/GRP composite manhole cover with frame of clear opening size 600mm (round) having weight of (complete unit) (weight of frame 13.6kg + weight of cover 43.1kg + - 10%) (HD/25MT) having load bearing capacity (Point load 25MT) as per testing code BSEN 124:1994. having lifting arrangement should have an insertion of 5 mm double sealed closed key hole and high strength plastic alloy/stainless steel socketed arrangement 1074 19.44 Supplying and fixing of FRP/GRP composite manhole cover with frame of clear opening size 500mm (round) having weight of (complete unit) (weight of frame 11.2kg + weight of cover 41.78kg ± 10%) (HD/25MT) having load bearing capacity (Point load 25MT) as per testing code BSEN 124:1994. Having lifting arrangement should have an insertion of 5mm double sealed closed key hole and high strength plastic alloy/stainless steel socketed arrangement 1075 19.45 Deduct for not providing and installing FRP/GRP manhole cover size 19.45.1 900mmx450mm (weight of cover 43.76kg ± 10%) 19.45.2 450mmx600mm (weight of cover 14.2kg ± 10%) 19.45.3 300mmx300mm (weight of cover 4.1kg ± 10%) 19.45.4 600mm (weight of cover 41.78kg ± 10%) 19.45.5 500mm (weight of cover 43.1kg ± 10%) 1076 19.46 Providind, laying and jointing HDPE Double Wall corrugated (DWC) pipes (excavation to be paid seperately) 19.46.1 100 mm dia to 110 mm dia 19.46.2 150 mm dia to 160 mm dia 19.46.3 200 mm dia 19.46.4 250 mm dia 19.46.5 300 mm dia 1077 21.1 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) : 21.1.1 For fixed portion. 21.1.1.1 Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC15) 21.1.1.2 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) 21.1.1.3 Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron) 21.1.2 For shutters of doors, windows and ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately). 21.1.2.1 Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC15) 21.1.2.2 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) 21.1.2.3 Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron) 21.1.3 Deduct for not providing EDPM rubber/neoprene gasket all around. 1078 21.2 Providing and fixing 12mm thick Pre-laminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board conforming to IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling fixed in aluminium doors, windows shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc. complete as per architectural drawings and directions of engineer-in-charge. 21.2.1 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on one side and balancing lamination on other side. 21.2.2 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both sides. 1079 21.3 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item) : 21.3.1 With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10 kg/sqm) 21.3.2 With float glass panes of 5.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm ) 21.3.3 With float glass panes of 8 mm thickness (weight not less than 20 kg/sqm ). 1080 21.4 Add extra for providing and fixing froasted glass instead of float glass 21.4.1 With glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10 kg/sqm) 21.4.2 With glass panes of 5.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm ) 21.4.3 With glass panes of 8 mm thickness (weight not less than 20 kg/sqm ). 1081 21.5 Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved brand and manufacture conforming to IS : 6315, having brand logo embossed on the body /plate with double spring mechanism and door weight upto 125 kg., for doors, including cost of cutting floors , embedding in floors as required and making good the same matching to the existing floor finishing and cover plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge : 21.5.1 With stainless steel cover plate - minimum 1.25 mm thickness 21.5.2 With brass cover plate - minimum 1.25 mm thickness. 1082 21.6 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium work (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) consisting of tee/ angle sections, of approved make conforming to IS : 733 in frames of false ceiling including aluminium angle cleats with necessary C.P. brass/ stainless steel sunk screws, aluminium perimeter angles fixed to wall with stainless steel rawl plugs @ 450 mm centre to centre and fixing the frame work to G.I. level adjusting hangers 6 mm dia. with necessary cadmium plated machine screws all complete as per approved architectural drawings and direction of the Engineer-in-charge (level adjusting hangers, ceiling cleats and expansion hold fasteners to be paid for separately). 1083 21.7 Providing and fixing 6 mm dia. G.I. level adjusting hangers (upto 1200mm length), fixed to roof slabs by means of ceiling cleats made out of G.I. flat 40x3mm size 60 mm long and stainless steel expandable dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long, complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge. 1084 21.8 Providing and fixing machine moulded aluminium covering of approved pattern and design, made out of machine cut aluminium sheet and machine holed for receiving dash fastener, over expansion joints on vertical surfaces/ceiling floors, the fixing on plate in one row on one side of joint only shall be done with stainless steel dash fasteners of 8 mm dia and 75 mm long bolt including providing aluminium washers 2 mm thick and 15 mm dia, at a staggered pitch of 200mm centre to centre including drilling holes in the receiving surface and providing expandable plastic sleeves in holes etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge : 21.8.1 Anodised aluminium sheet 2.5mm thick (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) 21.8.2 Powder coated aluminium sheet 2.5mm thick (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) 1085 21.9 Filling the gap in between aluminium frame and adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete. Upto 5 mm depth and 5 mm width 1086 21.10 Extra for applying additional anodic coating AC 25 instead of AC 15 to aluminium extruded sections. For fixed portion & for shutters of doors, windows and ventilators 1087 21.11 Providing and fixing double glazed hermetically sealed glazing in aluminium windows, ventilators and partition etc. with 6 mm thick clear float glass both side having 12 mm air gap including providing EPDM gasket, perforated aluminium spacers, desiccants, sealant (Both primary and secondary sealant ) etc. as per specifications, drawings and direction of Engineer-in-Charge complete. 1088 21.12 Providing and fixing aluminium tubular handle bar 32 mm outer dia, 3.0 mm thick and length as required with SS screws etc complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 21.12.1 Anodized (AC 15 ) aluminium tubular handle bar 21.12.2 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium tubular handle bar. 21.12.3 Polyester powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium tubular handle bar. 1089 21.13 Providing and fixing Brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers without pair of handles (best make of approved quality) for aluminium doors including necessary cutting and making good etc. complete. 1090 21.14 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868. Minimum anodic coating of grade AC15) sub frame work for windows and ventilators with extruded built up standard tubular sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixed with dash fastener of required dia and size (Dash fastener to be paid for separately). 1091 21.15 Providing and fixing aluminium casement windows fastener of required length for aluminium windows with necessary screws etc. complete. 21.15.1 Anodized (AC15) aluminium 21.15.2 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium. 21.15.3 Polyester powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium. 1092 21.16 Providing and fixing aluminium round shape handle of outer dia 100mm with SS screws etc. Complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge 21.16.1 Anodized (AC15 ) aluminium 21.16.2 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium 21.16.3 Polyester powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium. 1093 21.17 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium grill (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868 with minimum anodic coating of grade AC15) of approved design/pattern, with approved standard section and fixed to the existing window frame with C.P. brass/ stainless steel screws @ 200mm centre to centre, including cutting the grill to proper opening size for fixing and operation of handles and fixing approved anodised aluminium standard section around the opening, all complete as per requirement and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Only weight of grill to be measured for payment). 1094 21.18 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless toughened glass door shutter of approved brand and manufacture, including providing and fixing top & bottom pivot & double action hydraulic floor spring type fixing arrangement and making necessary holes etc. for fixing required door fittings, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge (Door handle, lock and stopper etc.to be paid separately). 1095 21.19 Providing and fixing 50 micron thick reflective one way type heat /light control film to window/door glazing with complete accessories as per direction of Engineer-in-charge of approved brand and make. 1096 21.20 Providing and fixing 50 micron thick Frosted heat /light control film to window/door glazing with complete accessories as per direction of Engineer-in-charge of approved brand and make. 1097 21.21 Providing and fixing 25 micron thick Non reflective heat /light control film to window/door glazing with complete accessories as per direction of Engineer-in- charge of approved brand and make. 1098 21.22 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick toughened glass including all connectors and fixing accessories all complete for partitions, cubicals etc. As per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1099 21.24 Extra for froasted glass (with eching film) in item No. 21.22 1100 22.1 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water proofing on horizontal surface at all depth below ground level for under ground structures as directed by Engineer-in-Charge consisting of: (i)     Ist layer of 22mm to 25mm thick approved and specified rough stone slab over a 25mm thick base of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 in the recommended proportion over the levelling course ( levelling course to be paid separately). Joints sealed and grouted with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound. (ii)         2nd layer of 25mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportions. (iii)        Finishing top with stone aggregate of 10mm to 12mm nominal size spreading @ 8 cudm/sqm thoroughly embedded in the 2nd layer. (with 5 years service guarantee) Using rough Kota stone. 1101 22.2 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water proofing on the vertical surface by fixing specified stone slab 22 mm to 25mm thick with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in recommended proportions with a gap of 20mm (minimum) between stone slabs and the receiving surfaces and filling the gaps with neat cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound and finishing the exterior of stone slab with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 20 mm thick with neat cement punning mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportion complete at all levels and as directed by Engineer-in-charge (with 5 years service guarantee) Using rough Kota stone. 1102 22.3 Providing and laying water proofing treatment to vertical and horizontal surfaces of depressed portions of W.C., kitchen and the like consisting of : a)   Ist course of applying cement slurry @ 4.4 Kg/sqm mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS 2645 in recommended proportions including rounding off junction of vertical and horizontal surface. b)   IInd course of 20mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportion including rounding off junction of vertical and horizontal surface. c)    IIIrd course of applying blown or residual bitumen applied hot at 1.7 Kg. per sqm of area. d)      IVth course of 400 micron thick PVC sheet. (Overlaps at joints of PVC sheet should be 100 mm wide and pasted to each other with bitumen @ 1.7 Kg/sqm.) (with 5 years service guarantee) 1103 22.4 Providing and Placing in position suitable PVC water stops conforming to IS:12200 for construction/ expansion joints between two RCC members and fixed to the reinforcement with binding wire before pouring concrete etc. complete (with 5 years service guarantee) 22.4.1 Serrated with central bulb (225mm wide, 8- 11mm thick). 22.4.2 Dumb bell with central bulb (180mm wide, 8mm thick). 22.4.3 Kickers (320mm wide, 5mm thick). 1104 22.5 Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of WCs, bathroom etc., by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cement compound consisting of applying : a)  First layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours. b)  Second layer of slurry of cement @ 0.242 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.126 kg/sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with water curing for 48 hours. The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment and sealing of all joints, corners, junctions of pipes and masonry with polymer mixed slurry. 1105 22.6 Providing and laying water proofing treatment on roofs of slabs by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cement compound consisting of applying : a)     After surface preparation, first layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/sqm. b)    Laying second layer of Fibre glass cloth when the first layer is still green. Overlaps of joints of fibre cloth should not be less than 10 cm. c)   Third layer of 1.5 mm thickness consisting of slurry of cement @ 1.289 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.670 kg/sqm and sand @ 1.289 kg/sqm. This will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed by water curing for 48 hours. The entire treatment will be taken upto 30cm on parapet wall and tucked into groove in parapet all around. 1106 22.7 Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment including preparation of surface as required for treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc consisting of following operations: a)  Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg/sqm. of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS. 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300mm height including cleaning the surface before treatment. b)  Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-Charge over 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 sand ) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-Charge to required slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs. c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry using 2.75kg/ sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-Charge. d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm thick jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry and making pattern of 300x300 mm square 3mm deep. e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in order and as directed and specified by the Engineer-in- Charge: (with 5 years service guarantee) With average thickness of 120mm and minimum thickness at khurra as 65 mm. 1107 22.8 Providing and laying four courses water proofing treatment with bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first and third courses of blown bitumen 85/25 or 90/15 conforming to IS : 702 applied hot @ 1.45 Kg per square metre of area for each course, second course of roofing felt type 3 grade-I (hessian based self finished bitumen felt) and fourth and final course of stone grit 6mm and down size or pea-sized gravel spread at 6 cubic decimeter per square metre including preparation of surface but excluding grading complete with : (with five years service gurantee). Bitumen felt (hessian base) type 3 grade I conforming to IS: 1322. 1108 22.9 Providing and laying six courses water proofing treatment with bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth course of blown bitumen 85/25 or 90/15 conforming to IS : 702 applied hot @ 1.45, 1.20 and 1.45 Kg per square metre of area respectively, second and fourth courses of roofing felt type 3 grade I conforming to IS : 1322 (Hessian based self finished bitumen felt) conforming to IS : 1322 and sixth and final course of stone grit 6 mm and down size or pea sized gravel spread at 6 cubic dm per sqm including preparation of surface but excluding grading, complete. (With five years service gurantee). 1109 22.10 Providing and laying six courses water proofing treatment with bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth courses of blown or / and residual bitumen applied hot at 1.45, 1.20 and 1.70 kg per square metre of area respectively, second and fourth courses of roofing felt type 2 grade I (fibre base self finished bitumen felt) six and final courses of stone grit 6 mm and down size or pea sized gravel spread at 6cu.dm per sqm including preparation of surface, excluding grading, complete. (With five years service gurantee). 1110 22.11 Providing and laying six courses water proofing treatment with bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth courses of blow or/ and residual bitumen applied hot at 1.45, 1.20 and 1.70 kg per square metre of area respectively, second and fourth courses of roofing felt type 2 grade II (glass fibre base self finished bitumen felt) and sixth and final course of stone grit 6 mm and down size or pea sized gravel spread at 6 cubic dm per sqm including preparation of surface but excluding grading, complete. (With five years service gurantee) 1111 22.12 Deduct for omitting in water proofing treatment final course of spreading stone grit 6mm down size or pea sized gravel at 6 cudm per sqm. 1112 22.13 Supplying and applying bituminous solution primer on roof and or wall surface at 0.24 litre per sqm. 1113 22.14 Grading roof for receiving water proofing treatment with 22.14.1 Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) 22.14.2 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) 22.14.3 Cement mortar 1:4 (1cement : 4 sand) 1114 22.15 Providing and laying insitu six course water proofing treatment with APP (Atactic poly- propylene) modified Polymeric membrane over roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm,conforming to IS : 702, 3rd and 5th layers of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric membrane 1.5mm thick of 2.25 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five layers prefabricated with centre core as 20micron HMHDPE film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric mix is protected on both side with 20 micron HMHDPE film. (with 5 years service guarantee) 1115 22.16 Providing and laying in situ four course water proofing treatment with APP (Atactic Polypropylene) modified Polymeric membrane over roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm, conforming to IS : 702, 3rd layer of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric membrane 2.0mm thick of 3.00 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five layers prefabricated with centre core as 100micron HMHDPE film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric mix is protected on both side with 20micron HMHDPE film. (with 5 years service guarantee). 1116 22.17 Providing and laying in situ six course water proofing treatment with APP (Atactic Polypropylene) modified Polymeric membrane over roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm, conforming to IS : 702, 3rd and 5th layers of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric membrane 2.0mm thick of 3.00 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five layers prefabricated with centre core as 100 micron HMHDPE film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric mix is protected on both side with 20micron HMHDPE film. (with five years service gurantee). 1117 22.18 Providing and fixing APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer 2mm thick water proofing membrane for corrugated roof sheets, black finished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/ 5cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacture of membrane. (With five years service gurantee). 1118 22.19 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer, 3mm thick water proofing membrane, black finished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer of the membrane shall be as under:Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : (with 5 years service guarantee) 1119 22.20 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer 3mm thick water proofing membrane, black finished reinforced with non-woven polyester matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 ltr/sqm. by the same membrane manufacture of density at 23°C as 650/450N/5cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 300/250N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane: (with 5 years service guarantee). 1120 22.21 Extra for covering top of membrane with Geotextile, 120gsm non woven, 100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25mm bonded to the membrane with intermittent touch by heating the membrane by Butane Torch as per manufactures recommendation. [for item No. 22.18 to 22.20] 1121 22.22 Water proofing treatment over Roof, Wall, Chajjas,, Balcony with fibre glass mesh and Sealer coat at leakage/ seepage area consisting of (i)   Surface preparation roughening of surface, opening cracks in ‘V’ groove in size of 5mmX10mm (WXD), filling of cracks with putty with laying fiber glass mesh, Cleaning of surface by scrubbing with steel wire/Nylon brush. Removing all dust particles and washing with adequate water to clean completely. (ii)     Providing and applying 1st coat of fibre glass mesh (minimum thicknes 70-80 micron) and two component flexible waterproof and protective modified mortar, dry powder 80% chemical 20% acrylic resin having 30% solid contents) with mix proportion of part 1 and 2 with proper mixing with laying of fiber glass mesh (of weaving size of 10X10 yarn/inch duly coated with alkaline resistant polymer). Allow the coating to air cure for minimum 2 Hrs. After two hours of 1st coat applying 2nd coat (minimum thickness 100 micron) of fibre glass mesh of with mix proporation of part 1 and 2 with proper mixing. Allow the coating to air cure for minimum 2 hrs. Consumption of two component should be acrylic resin @17.90 kg for 10 sqm area or as per manufacture instructions. (After two coats of diamond shield, surface is to be cured properly minimum for 4 hrs. before application of third coat). (iii) Providing and applying 1st coat of sealer coat 50-60 micron (single component Hight build elastomeric, fixable pure acrylic waterproofing membrane having solid content of 65%) and allow it to air cure for 4Hrs. minimum. After two hours minimum of 1st coat applying 2nd and finals coat 120-140 micron of sealer coat and allow it to air cure for 4 Hrs mimimum. Consumption of Sealer coat should be @ 5.40 kg per 10 sqm area. (iv) The treated area should be cure with water for 48 hrs. by flooding the surface. (v) The final appearance of the coating will be milky white. All above operations to be done in order.(five years guarantee) 1122 22.23 Providing water proofing treatment over Roof, Wall, Chhajjas, Balcony with Rubberized elastomeric cold applied liquid waterproofing membrane blend of special resin and rubber with more than 1300% elongation (confirming ASTM-D2370-98), at leakage/seepage area consisting of the following operation. (i)Removal of damaged waterproofing treatment if any like bituminous membrane / plaster/ brick bat koba/screeding etc. (ii) Surface preparation: Roughening of surface by scrubbing with steel wire/ Nylon brush/ Removing all dust particles and washing with adequate water to clean completely, opening of cracks in V groove in size of 5mm x 10m (WxD), filling of cracks with elastomeric creak filler/PU sealent repair of potholes and holor making on roof surface by polymer mortar with adding SBR bonding agent. (iii) Providing and applying 1st coating of rubberized elastomeric liquid membrane as primer (ratio 1:2 1 part liquid membrane and 2 part water) by brush/ Roller/ Spray having minimum thickness of 70-80 micron. Allow the coating to set in natural air for minimum 2 hrs, then put reinforcement by laying 45gsm fibre glass mesh and applying 2nd coat of rubberized elastomeric liquid membrane (Ratio: 1 part membrane and 20% water) with minimum thickness 100-120 micron. Allow the coating to set in natural air for minimum 12 hrs. (iv) Providing and applying 3rd coat of rubberized elastomeric liquid membrane (Ratio: 1 part membrane and 10% water). Total DFT (Dry film thickness) thickness after 3rd coat must be 280-300 micron and consumption in three coats @ 6.5kg for 10sqm. (v) Providing and applying 4th and 5th coat of High quality waterproof membrane in white colour, single component special synthetic resin based flexible thixotropic white color coating with excellent UV resistance (SRI - 144) with more than 300% elongation (confirming ASTM D 412-98) in ratio: 1 part membrane and 10% water thickness of 200 micron DFT in two coats, with average consumption @ 5kg per 10 sqm. After application of fourth coat let it air dry for minimum 3 hrs before application of fifth coat. (vi) The treated area must be tested for water leakage/seepage by flooding with water for 48 hrs (vii) Application of membrane coating shall be got done by authorized applicator of manufacturer. (viii) 5 years of service guarantee to be provided.All above operations to be done in order as per direction on Engineer-in-Charge. 1123 22.24 Supplying and applying fibre reinforced, UV resistant elastomeric liquid applied waterproofing & Heat reflective coating coating with PU Hybrid polymers & acrylic fibers. The coating shall resist 10 bars of water pressure as per DIN 1048 standards, with elongation of 350% as per ASTM D412 & crack bridging of upto 2.5mm conforming to ASNZ standard. The operation shall be carried out after scrapping and properly cleaning the surface to remove loose particles with wire brushes, complete in all respect as recommended by the manufacturer’s specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1124 22.25 Supplying and applying two component elastomeric acrylic polymer modified cementitious waterproofing coating, having 80% elongation as per ASTM D412, resisting 5 bars hyrostatic pressure as per DIN 1048, reduction to rapid chloride shall be 70 as per DIN 1048, crack bridging upto 1.2mm as per ASTM 4548.5. The coating shall have food grade certificate from laboratories like CFTRI. The mixing ratio of the coating shall be 2 parts of powder & 1 part of liquid without any water addition in the mixing, etc., complete as per manufacturers specifications and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1125 22.26 Providing and applying UV Stable polyurethane liquid water proofing membrane having Sun Reflectivity Index (SRI) of 106 on top of concrete roof / Retainning wall / Old layer of bituminous surfaces / Polyurethane foam and metal surfaces in three or more coats @20kg/ 10 sqm consisting of a coat of two component epoxy primer in ratio of 1:3(one part of resin and 3 parts of hardner) at a consumption of 2kg/10sqm. the vital physical and chemical parameters shall be as under : Min Elongation at break of 600% as per ASTM D412 and tensile strength of 3.0 N/mm2 as per ASTM D412. The operation shall be carried out after scrapping and properly cleaning the surface to remove loose particles with wire brushes, complete in all respect as recommended by the manufacturer’s specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1126 22.27 Supplying & installing waterproofing treatment by using 1.2 mm thick HDPE membrane before casting of the base RCC slab. The pre-applied membrane gets bonded to the underneath of the poured concrete used as base slab. The membrane shall consist of a thick HDPE film, a highly aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive and weather resisting coating which bonds integrally to poured concrete of base slab. The membrane shall conforms to basement waterproofing protection to grades 2, 3 & 4 as defined in BS 8102:2009. The waterproofing membrane shall have following minimum properties: a)    Resist hydrostatic pressure of up to 70 m head of water as per ASTM D5385; b)      Puncture Resistance of 950 N (as per ASTM E154) c)      Elongation of >400 % (as per ASTM D412) d)    Peel Strength of concrete: >1500 N/m (as per ASTM D903) e)      Tensile strength of 28.2 MPA (as per ASTM D412). 1127 22.28 Providing and applying 2.0 mm thick twin colour flexible PVC waterproofing membrane. Flexibility under low temperatures as per EN 495-5 should be < - 20degC. On all horizontal surfaces Geotextile 300 Gsm to be laid over PCC, than laying PVC membrane over Geotextile and to be sealed with hot air welding method at all joints and over PVC membrane provide 300 Gsm Geotextile Then protection screed of suitable thickness. On all vertical surfaces Geotextile 300 Gsm to be laid along with Vertical wall, than laying PVC membrane over Geotextile and to be sealed with hot air welding method at all joints and over PVC membrane providing protection layer of Drain Board HDPE Dimple sheet before back filling of soil. 1128 22.29 Providing and applying waterproofing & Heat reflecting roof coating with 100% acrylic elastomeric polymers. Contains 30% Volume solid, tensile strength 8 kg/cm², crack bridging, VOC 30 ± 5 gm/ltr upto 2 mm. then applying two coats with forced coverage of 20 sqft/ltr/two coats. The operation shall be carried out after scrapping & propely clening the surface to remove loose particles with wire brush/Jet washer. Apply 1 coat @1 ltr/10 sqm & 3 undiluted coats @ 8 ltr/10 sqm with 4 hrs interval of each coat.The work shall be carried out as recommended by the manufacturer’s specification & the direction of the Engineer- in-Charge. 1129 22.30 Providing & applying crack fill paste for crack filling up to 5 mm cracks.Widen the crack by putty knife in V/U shape & apply 1st priming coat of crack fill paste diluted with water in 1:1 proportion over the crack by brush. Apply 2nd coat with filling of crack fill paste when the surface is tacky but not dried completely with putty knife & spatula.After 4 hours of application 2nd coat apply 3rd coat of Crack fill paste. The work shall be carried out as recommended by the manufacturer’s specification & the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge 1130 22.31 Providing & applying single pack component, solvent-free, cold applied, Polyurethane modified, elastomeric liquid applied waterproofing membrane- PU coat with excellent UV resistant capacity, The material shall meet the requirement as specified in ASTM D2370-98 of elongation at break of film>350% with geotextile fleece =50% approx.The work shall be carried out as recommended by the manufacturer’s specification & the direction of the Engineer- in-Charge. The product performance shall carry guaranteed for 5 year against any leakage. 22.31.1 For Horizontal surface (with Geotextile fleece) two coats without dilution & 1 Self priming coat- 50% dilution with water @ 10 kg/m2 22.31.2 For Horizontal surface (without Geotextile fleece) two coats without dilution & 1 Self priming coat- 50% dilution with water @ 10 kg/m2 1131 22.32 Providing and mixing integral crystalline admixture for water proofing treatment to RCC structures like basement raft, retaining walls, reservior, sewage & water treatment plant, tunnels / subway and Compared with control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure. The crystalline admixture shall be capable of self-healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage. 1132 22.33 Providing and applying integral crystalline slurry of hydrophilic in nature for waterproofing treatment to the RCC structures like retaining walls of the basement, water tanks, roof slabs, podiums, reservior, sewage & water treatment plant, tunnels / subway and bridge deck etc. The material shall meet the requirements as specified in ACI- 212-3R-2010 i.e by reducing permeability of concrete by more than 90% compared with control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on positive side. The crystalline slurry shall be capable of self- healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the engineer-in-charge. The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage. 22.33.1 For vertical surface two coats @ 0.70 kg per sqm 22.33.2 For horizontal surface one coat @1.10 kg per sqm. 1133 22.34 Providing and applying integral crystalline (dry shake) of hydrophilic in nature for waterproofing treatment to the RCC structures like basement raft, foundation slab, sewage & water treatment plant slab, warehouses floor, parking structures and water tank base slab etc. crystalline dryshake shall be capable of self-healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The product Performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage. 1134 22.35 Providing and applying crystalline mortar by mixing in the ratio of 4.5 : 1 (4.5 parts crystalline mortar : 1 part water) for the treatment of faulty construction joints, cracks, tie rod holes and spalled & honeycombed surface of RCC underground structures like basement, water tanks, bridge deck etc. to ensure water tightness. The crystallie mortar shall conform to the EN 1504-3 having compressive strength Class R4 > 45 MPa and adhesive bond strength Class R3 > 1.5 MPa. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-In-Charge.The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage. 22.35.1 For sealing cracks and faulty construction joints, routed out/making U-shape groove size 25x25mm and then primed the area with integral crystalline slurry @0.05kg/ running metre and while the surface is tacky filled the groove upto surface with crystalline mortar @1.50kg/ running metre. Once crystalline mortar is touch dry then finally applied two coats of integral crystalline slurry @0.05kg/running metre per coat. 22.35.2 For patching of tie rod holes, prepared tie rod hole surface and then primed the area with integral crystalline slurry @ 0.070 kg/sqm and while the surface is tacky repair and then filled the tie rod holes with crystalline mortar @ 0.040 kg per hole. The crystalline mortar should be tightly rodded into tie rod holes or packed tightly (For 25x25x25 mm tie rod hole, use 0.040 kg to fill the hole) 1135 22.36 Providing and applying of swellable type water stop tape, 19mm x 25mm thick in linear meter (expansive nature) for construction joints treatment of RCC structure such as raft slab, retaining walls, water storage tank and at the junctions of raft slab with the retaining walls etc. After cleaning the surface, one coat of required primer for swellable water stop tape shall be applied throughout the length of the joint @3.78 litre per 240 running meter. Over the primed surface swellable type water stop tape shall be placed. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-In-Charge. The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage. 1136 22.37 Providing and applying waterproofing treatment in bathroom or tiled balcony area without breaking or removing tiles, by using waterproofing sheets as per manufacturers data sheet instructions. Permitting use of bathroom/balcony after 24 hours of application of treatement, Complete with materials and labour and gurantee of leakage for a period of 5 year. 1137 23.11 Providing and fixing 2 mm thick homogeneous conductive PVC (Poly Vinyl Flooring) EN (European Standard), total weight is 3250 g/m2, approx. PUR (Polyurethane Reinforced ), abrasion group P: ≤2.00 mm, residual indentation approx. 0.03 mm, anti-bacterial and fungal resistance, castor wheel test qualified, dimensional Phthalate free, directional in design.The floor finish should be termite free at the room perimeter passing over a concealed cove forming and continuing up on the wall upto 100mm.Recommended to use in area like ICU , Post operative, Recovery rooms, OPD, Patient rooms, Corridors ,passages etc. 1138 23.12 Providing and fixing permanently static dissipative pressed homogeneous conductive PVC ( Poly Vinyl Flooring) EN (European Standard), anti static, wear layer thickness is 2mm (EN429), vinyl flooring having carbon backing with total weight 3000 g/m2 ESD approved, restorable properties, available in rolls. 100% recyclable (eco - freindly). Low VOC emission after 28days of installation (lower than ≤100μg/m3), Phthalate free non-directional in Design. Recommended to use in area like Operation theater, ICU, Server room, etc. 1139 23.13 Providing and fixing 0.92mm thick hetrogeneous compact PVC (Poly Vinyl Wall Covering) for Interior wall area, with wear layer thickness 0.12mm of PVC, EN(European Standard) total weight is 1500 g/m2, approx PUR (Polyurethane Reinforced), good resistance to chemical and fire, doesn’t favour in growth of fungi and bacterial, 100% recyclable (eco-freindly), low VOC emissions after 28 days of installation (lower than ≤10μg/m3), phthalate free, directional in design, The wall finish should termite free at the room perimeter. Recommended to use in area like OT,ICU, Corridors, Patient Room etc. 1140 23.14 Providing and fixing 1.3mm thick homogeneous PVC (Poly Vinyl Wall Covering) for interior area with wear layer thickness 1.3 mm of PVC, EN (European Standard) total weight is 2100 g/m2,approx. PUR (Polyurethane Reinforced), good resistant to chemical and fire, doesn’t favour in growth of fungi and bacterial, 100% recyclable (eco-freindly), low VOC emissions after 28days of installation (lower than ≤10μg/m3), phthalate free, directional in design.The wall finish should termite free at the room. Recommended to use in area like OT.ICU,Corridors, Passages , Patient Room Etc 1141 23.15 Supply and installation of 2mm thick homogeneous vinyl flooring, Highest abrasion wear rating Group T (EN660), binder content exceeds 55% of the flooring composition, no waste technology, consisting of PVC resin, plasticizers and stabilizers, type I. flooring ( (EN ISO 23997) max 0.4%, Abrasion group (MSZ EN 660-1) T, Fire resistance EN 13501-1 BF1-s1, Slip resistance DIN 51130 R9, EN 13893 DS, electrical resistance EN 1815 <2 kv, Chemical resistance EN ISO 26987, Castor chair resistance EN ISO 4918, Hygenie Bacterial resistant, Seaming method - hot welding, finishing complete . Recommended to use in area like Operation theater, ICU, Server room, etc. 1142 24.8 Supplying and installation of moisture resistant/fire resistant 6 mm thick Heavy duty fiber cement board (High pressure steam cured) conforming to IS 14862:2000 of category III type B as per standard sizes fixed with self- drilling / taping screws. Screws shall be of counter sunk rib head of 1.60mm to 4 mm thick of 8 to 10 gauge of length varying from 25 to 45 mm. 1143 24.9 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin Bonded glass wool conforming to IS: 8183, having density 48 kg/m3. 50 mm thick, wrapped in 200 G Virgin Polythene Bags fixed to wall with screw, rawl plug and washers and held and in position by crisscrossing GI wire etc. complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. 24.9.1 Providing and fixing insulation with resin bonded Glass wool 24.9.2 Providing and fixing insulation with resin bonded Rock wool 1144 24.11 Providing and fixing precoatedgalvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-Charge) 0.50 mm + 0.05 %, total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 gsmlength upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineer-in- charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self-drilling /self-tapping screws of size (5.5x 55mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 1145 24.12 Providing and fixing precoatedgalvanised steel sheet roofing accessories 0.50 mm + 0.05 % total coated thickness, Zinc coating 120gsm as per IS: 277 in 240 mpa steel grade, 5- 7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns using self-drilling/ self-tapping screws complete : 24.12.1 Ridges plain (500 - 600mm). 24.12.2 Flashings/ Aprons.( Upto 600 mm) 24.12.3 North light curves. 24.12.4 Barge board (Upto 300 mm). 24.12.5 Crimp curve 24.12.6 Gutter. (600 mm over all girth). 1146 25.1 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Water closet squatting pan with 100 mm sand cast Iron P and S- trap, and 7.2 liter Low level, dual flush, PP (Poly Propylene) made open slim wall hung cistern capacity 3 liter/6 liter flushing, with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.1.1 White Vitreous china Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer coated Orissa Pattern W. C. Pan of Size 440x575x250 mm With integral foot rests. (Premium Range) 25.1.2 White Vitreous china Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer coated Orissa pattern W. C. pan of size 410x515x255 mm with integral foot rests. (Premium Range) 1147 25.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Water Closet with soft closing seat cover, and 7.2 litre Low level slim dual flushing, PP (Poly Propeline) made 80 mm thick concealed flushing cistern, flushing capacity 3 litre/6 litre, with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.2.1 Anti-germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated (nano coating) European W. C. pan size 360x545x395 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 25.2.2 Anti-germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Water Closet European type W. C. pan size 360x545x395 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 1148 25.3 Providing and fixing white vitreous china European Wall hung Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated water closet of approved shape with soft closing seat cover, and 7.2 litre Low level slim dual flushing, PP (Poly Propylene) made 80 mm thick concealed flushing cistern, flushing capacity 3 litre/6 litre, with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.3.1 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated (Nano coating) Wall hung water closet Size 380x520x375 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 25.3.2 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated (Nano coating) Wall hung water closet size 390x570x365 mm with solid poly propelyne made, soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 25.3.3 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated (Nano coating) Wall hung water closet size 360 x 500x360 mm with solid poly propelyne made, soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 25.3.4 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated (Nano coating) Wall hung water closet size 360x500x330 mm or greater size with solid poly propelyne made, soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 1149 25.4 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated couple water closet flushing capacity 3 and 6 litre of approved shape with 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock and pvc connection pipe i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required with all fittings and fixtures etc. complete . 25.4.1 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated couple water closet Size 420x710x810 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover. (Premium Range) 25.4.2 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated couple water closet Size 380x610x805 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover. (Premium Range) 25.4.3 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated couple water closet Size 370 x 640 x 760mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover. (Premium Range) 25.4.4 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated couple water closet Size 375 x 650 x 800 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover. (Premium Range) 1150 25.5 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated single piece W.C. dual flushing capacity 3 and 6 litre of approved shape with 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock and pvc connection pipe i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required all fittings and fixtures etc. complete. 25.5.1 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Single Piece W.C. Pan Size 370x695x795 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover.(Premium Range) 25.5.2 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Single Piece W.C. Pan Size 395x710x730 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover.(Premium Range) 25.5.3 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Single Piece W.C. Pan Size 385 x 720 x 710mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover.(Premium Range) 25.5.4 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Single Piece W.C. Pan Size 360 x 640 x 685 mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover.(Premium Range) 1151 25.6 Providing and fixing white vitreous china made Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated extended wall hung type couple closet along with dual flushing cistern flushing capacity 3 & 6 litre approved shape with 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock and pvc connection pipe i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required all fittings and fixtures etc. complete. 25.6.1 Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated extended wall hung type couple closet Size 760X360X635mm with solid poly propelyne made soft closing seat cover (Premium Range) 25.6.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china made Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated extended wall hung type couple closet Size 380x650x730 mm along with dual flushing cistern flushing capacity 3 & 6 litre. (Premium Range) 1152 25.7 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin with C.I. Brackets, 15 mm C. P. wall mounted pressmatic pillar cock auto closing system (decol technology), 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock, 32 mm C.P. brass made waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C.P. Brass Made Bottle Trap size 200x300mm fittings and fixtures complete including Painting of fittings and cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.7.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin Size 595x435x185 mm with basin mounted pressmatic pillar cock auto closing system (decol technology). (Premium Range) 1153 25.8 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated counter top wash basin with 15 mm C. P. wall mounted pressmatic Pillar cock auto closing system (decol technology), 32 mm C.P. brass waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C.P. brass bottle trap size 200x300mm i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required all fittings and fixtures etc. complete. 25.8.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin Size 570x820x195 mm with wall mounted pressmatic pillar cock auto closing system (decol technology). (Premium Range) 25.8.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated counter top wash basin Size 570x820x195 mm with 15 mm C. P. wall mounted pressmatic Pillar cock auto closing system (decol technology). (Premium Range) 1154 25.9 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated counter top wash basin with 15 mm C. P. wall mounted single lever concealed basin mixture, (cartridge size 32 mm) 32 mm C. P. brass waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C. P. brass bottle trap size 200x300mm i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required, all fittings and fixtures etc. complete. (Premium Range) 25.9.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin Size 615x415x150mm with wall mounted single lever concealed basin mixture (cartridge size 32mm.) (Premium Range) 25.9.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated counter top wash basin Size 600x400x185 mm with 15 mm C. P. wall mounted single lever concealed basin mixture. (Premium Range) 1155 25.10 Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin with 15 mm Table mounted single lever Tall boy basin mixture, (cartridge size 32 mm) 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock, 32 mm C. P. brass made waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C.P. Brass Made Bottle Trap size 200x300mm fittings and fixtures complete including Painting of fittings and cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.10.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Wash Basin Size 595x435x185 mm with Table mounted single lever Tall boy basin mixture, (cartridge size 32mm.) (Premium Range) 25.10.2 White vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro- polymer coated counter top wash basin Size 530x420x140 mm with tall boy basin mixture, (cartridge size 32 mm). (Premium Range) 1156 25.11 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated urinal (Inbuilt spreaders, bottle trap and ceramic waste coupling) with 15mm brass pressmatic auto closing concealed urinal flush valve with wall flange (decol technology, 400000 operation warranted) i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required, all fittings and fixtures etc. complete . 25.11.1 White Vitreous China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal Size 340x325x650 mm. (Premium Range) 25.11.2 White Vitreous China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal Size 475x315x715 mm. (Premium Range) 25.11.3 White Vitreous China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal Size 385x325x635 mm. (Premium Range) 1157 25.12 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Flat Back Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated urinal (Inbuilt spreaders, Inbuilt Bottle trap and inbuilt ceramic Waste coupling)with sensotronic concealed type flushing valve for urinal complete set with installation box with control cock complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required . 25.12.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal Size 340x325x650 mm with sensotronic concealed type flushing valve for urinal complete set with installation box with control cock. (Premium Range) 25.12.2 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal size 385x325x635 mm with concealed sensotronic flushing valve for urinal complete set with installation box, (Premium Range) 1158 25.13 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Flat Back Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal (Inbuilt spreaders, Inbuilt Bottle trap and inbuilt ceramic Waste coupling) with 15mm Brass made pressmatic (Decol technology, 400000 operation warranted) concealed flushing Stop cock complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required . 25.13.1 White Vetrious China Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal Size 480x300x740 mm with 15mm Brass made pressmatic auto closing concealed urinal flush valve with wall flange (Decol technology, 400000 operation warranted). (Premium Range) 1159 25.14 Providing and fixing white vitreous china Flat Back Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal (Inbuilt spreaders, Inbuilt Bottle trap and inbuilt ceramic Waste coupling)with sensor complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required. 25.14.1 White Vetrious China made Flat Back Anti germ Fluoro-Polymer Coated Urinal (Inbuilt spreaders, Inbuilt Bottle trap and inbuilt ceramic Waste coupling) Size 340x325x650 mm with sensor (Premium Range) 25.14.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated Urinal size 7475x315x715 mm (Inbuilt spreaders, bottle trap and ceramic waste coupling) with inbuilt sensor for flushing. (Premium Range) 1160 25.15 Providing & Fixing 8mm thick froasted Urinal glass partition size 900x450mm brass made bracket with chrome plating. (Premium Range) 1161 25.16 Providing & Fixing 8mm thick froasted Urinal glass partition size height 900 mm top width 450mm and bottom width 300mm brass made bracket with chrome plating. (Premium Range) 1162 25.17 Providing & Fixing plain bath tub of size 180x80x47cm body made of PMMA (Poly Methyl metha acrylate) with 20mm wooden reinforcement. (Premium Range) 1163 25.18 Providing and fixing in position best Indian ( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. body thickness 2mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) Pillar cock. (Premium Range) 1164 25.19 Providing and fixing in position best Indian ( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. body thickness 2mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn)Bib cock. (Premium Range) 1165 25.20 Providing and fixing in position best Indian ( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. body thickness 2mm, nickel plating. 10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) Angular stop cock. (Premium Range) 1166 25.21 Providing and fixing in position best Indian (bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. body thickness 2mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) Concealed stop cock. (Premium Range) 1167 25.22 Providing and fixing in position best Indian ( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) Wall Mixer with 115mm bend. (Premium Range) 1168 25.23 Providing and fixing in position best Indian ( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) 3-in1 Wall Mixer .(Premium Range Sanitary Ware) 1169 25.24 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. brass made quarter turn (Ceramic disc Size 25mm) Flush Cock for Indian W. C. (Orissa Pan). (Premium Range) 1170 25.25 Providing and fixing in position best Indian single Lever Auto Mixing Wall Mixer (Cartridge Size 40mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron) for Shower area use only. (Premium Range) 1171 25.26 Providing and fixing in position best Indian single Lever Auto mixing Basin Mixer (Cartridge Size 32mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron) For Wash Basin area use only. (Premium Range) 1172 25.27 Providing and fixing in position best Indian single Lever Auto Mixing Diverter (Cartridge Size 47mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron) for Shower area use only. (Premium Range) 1173 25.28 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. brass made Spout (nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron). (Premium Range) 1174 25.29 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. brass made Shower Arm Length 300mm (nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron). (Premium Range) 1175 25.30 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. brass made Shower Arm Length 450mm (nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron).(Premium Range Sanitary Ware) 1176 25.31 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. brass made Shower Arm Length 600mm (nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron) .(Premium Range Sanitary Ware) 1177 25.32 Providing and fixing in position best Indian shower rose 300x300mm square body and face chrome plated, brass made body, Silicon based Rubbit cleaning nozzles.(Premium Range Sanitary Ware) 1178 25.33 Providing and fixing in position best Indian shower rose 150mm dia, body and face chrome plated, brass made body, Silicon based Rubbit cleaning nozzles.(Premium Range) 1179 25.34 Providing and fixing in position best Indian shower rose 200mm dia body and face chrome plated, brass made body, Silicon based Rubbit cleaning nozzles .(Premium Range) 1180 25.35 Providing and fixing in position best Indian shower rose 240mm body and face chrome plated, brass made body, Silicon based Rubbit cleaning nozzles.(Premium Range) 1181 25.36 Providing and fixing in position best Indian (bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. body thickness 2mm, nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) 2- way Bib Cock .(Premium Range) 1182 25.37 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Health Faucet with 8mm dia 1.20 meter long Flexible Tube and wall bracket with N. R. V. (non-return wall).(Premium Range Sanitary Ware) 1183 25.38 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing Pillar Cockdody with 65 mm extension (with DECOL cartridge) for wash basin use. (Premium Range) 1184 25.39 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing Bib Cock with built in control cock wihh wall flange (with DECOL cartridge) for common area use. (Premium Range) 1185 25.40 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing Urinal valve open type with built in control cock wihh wall flange (with DECOL cartridge) for urinal use only. (Premium Range) 1186 25.41 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing Urinal valve concealed type (with DECOL cartridge) for urinal use only. (Premium Range) 1187 25.42 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing wall mounted Pillar Cock (with DECOL cartridge) for wash basin use only. (Premium Range) 1188 25.43 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing 40mm Flush valve (for W. C. European and Wall Hung Type) concealed type (with DECOL technology/ cartridge). (Premium Range) 1189 25.44 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing 40mm Dual Flow (3.0/6.0 liter) Flush valve (for W. C. European and Wall Hung Type) concealed type (with DECOL technology/ cartridge). (Premium Range) 1190 25.45 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Auto Closing 32mm, Flush valve (for W. C. European and Wall Hung Type) concealed type (with DECOL technology/cartridge). (Premium Range) 1191 25.46 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Sensotronic Sensor Faucet for Wash Basin use only. (Premium Range) 1192 25.47 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Sensotronic Sensor battery & electrical oprated type (9V transformer) Faucet For Urinal use only. (Premium Range) 1193 25.48 Providing and fixing in position best Indian Sensotronic Sensor concealed type Faucet For Wall Mounted Water Closet use only. (Premium Range) 1194 25.49 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Single Towel Rail 300 mm long. (Premium Range) 1195 25.50 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Single Towel Rail 600 mm long. (Premium Range) 1196 25.51 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Swivel Towel holder Twin Type. (Premium Range) 1197 25.52 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Single Towel Ring Square. (Premium Range) 1198 25.53 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Soap Dish Holder. (Premium Range) 1199 25.54 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Soap Dispenser with Metallic Bottle. (Premium Range) 1200 25.55 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Tumbler Holder. (Premium Range) 1201 25.56 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Toilet paper holder with Flap. (Premium Range) 1202 25.57 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Toilet Roll Holder. (Premium Range) 1203 25.58 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Glass Self-size 600mm with toughened glass (Premium Range) 1204 25.59 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Double coat Hook. (Premium Range) 1205 25.60 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) Towel Rake 600 mm. (Premium Range) 1206 25.61 Providing and fixing in position best Indian C. P. Brass made (0.3 micron Chrome and 10 micron Nickel plated) W. C. Brush Holder. (Premium Range) 1207 25.62 Providing & Fixing 8mm thick froasted Urinal glass partition size 900x450mm brass made bracket with. (Premium Range) 1208 25.63 Wall Hung Basin: Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall mounted wash basin with C.I. brackets, C. P. brass single lever basin mixer, 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock, 32 mm C.P. brass waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C.P. brass bottle trap size 200x300mm i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required, all fittings and fixtures etc. complete . (Premium Range) 25.63.1 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall mounted wash basin size 620x480x185 mm. (Premium Range) 25.63.2 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall mounted wash basin size 570x470x190 mm. (Premium Range) 25.63.3 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall hung intergrated wash basin size 495x400x365 mm. (Premium Range) 25.63.4 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall hung intergrated wash basin size 500x440x385 mm. (Premium Range) 25.63.5 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall hung intergrated wash basin size 635x485x305 mm. (Premium Range) 1209 25.64 Wall Hung Basin ; Providing and fixing white vitreous china type Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall mounted wash basin with C.I. brackets, 15 mm C. P. brass pillar cock, 15mm quarter turn angular stop cock, 32 mm C.P. brass waste coupling length 130mm and 32 mm C.P. brass bottle trap size 200x300mm i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required, all fittings and fixtures etc. complete . (Premium Range) 25.64.1 white Vetrious china Anti germ fluoro-polymer coated wall mounted wash basin size 635x430x190 mm. (Premium Range) 1210 25.65 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, quarter turn table mounted sink mixer (bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron). (Premium Range) 1211 25.66 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, quarter turn wall mounted sink cock (bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron). (Premium Range) 1212 25.67 Shower Glass Cubical: Providing and fixing toughen glass shower enclosure conformed Is 2553 (part 1. 1990) or IS 14900. 2000 or IS 2835.1987 or IS 14450. 2000 with C. P. brass 5 Year warranted hardware, 19mm dia SS 304 grade stabilizer, all plastic Parts of food grade plastic and all glass shall be toughened at 700 degree Celsius and Anti lime scale treated including painting of fittings, cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required, all fittings and fixtures etc. complete. (Premium Range) 25.67.1 Providing and fixing corner entry 6 mm toughen glass made to measurement shower enclosure size 1200mm x1200mm x 1950mm with aluminum profile on sides, shower enclosure with door sliding on both sides. (Premium Range) 25.67.2 Providing and fixing 8 mm toughen glass wall to wall sliding shower enclosure with one fixed glass and one silding door with a Towel Rod Fixed on the fixed glass size Hight:2000 mm Width: 1500mm to 2000mm. (Premium Range) 25.67.3 Providing and fixing 8 mm toughen glass made to measurement door Openable (inside/outside) shower enclosure two parts Wall to Wall enclosure with one fixed glass and openable door fixed withwall with square hardware & profile glass size Hight: 2000mm Width 800mm to 1200mm. (Premium Range) 1213 25.68 Providing and fixing 8 mm toughen glass made to measurement door Openable (inside/outside) shower enclosure two parts Wall to Wall enclosure with one fixed glass and openable door fixed with wall with square hardware & profile glass size Hight: 2000mm Width 800mm to 1200mm. (Premium Range) 1214 25.69 providing and fixing white tempered glass showerpenal with special Surface body materials tempered glass with glass special surface PVC back. ABS Movable tops Shower, 4 moveable ABS body massage jets, Hand shower with fiexible hose,Brass Sout, shelf, Thermostatic mixer with diverter, 40 cm stainless steel braided hose, Minimum water pressure required 2 bar. 1215 25.70 Thermostat Mixer : Providing and fixing in position best Indian, concealed high flow bath and shower mixer with thermostatic control cartridge (standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function). (Premium Range) 1216 25.71 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, exposed wall mounted bath and shower mixer with thermostatic control cartridge with button attachment on spout with connecting legs and wall flange ( standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function) .(Premium Range) 1217 25.72 Providing and fixing in position best indian, eko exposed shower mixer (wall mounted) with thermostatic control cartridge, 115mm long bend pipe on lower side, connecting legs and wall flange (standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function) . (Premium Range) 1218 25.73 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, exposed shower mixer (tub mounted) with thermostatic control cartridge, with button attachment on spout with straight legs (standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function). (Premium Range) 1219 25.74 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, 4 - way diverter consisting of concealed body and wall flange for multiple shower working with one shut-off position and 3 outlets for body shower, head shower and spout ( standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function). (Premium Range) 1220 25.75 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, thermostatic concealed high flow control valve with wall flange ( standard temperature range 15 degree c to 60 degree c, cartridge made of high performance thermostatic Polymer material with Anti scaled function) . (Premium Range) 1221 25.76 Medical Faucets : Providing and fixing in position best indian, single lever surgical purpose elbow action basin mounted mixer with extended Operating lever without popup waste system with 450mm long braided hoses (cartage size32mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn). (Premium Range) 1222 25.77 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, surgical purpose elbow action pillar cock with extended Operating lever.( bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn) (Premium Range) 1223 25.78 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, surgical purpose elbow action wall mounted pillar cock with extended Operating lever and wall flange. (bonut size 24mm, ceramic disc size 19mm and min. nickel plating 0.10 micron and chrome plating 0.3 micron, quarter turn). (Premium Range) 1224 25.79 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, 692mm long, satin finish C. P. Brass grab bar made of 304 grade ss i/c all nuts and screw (0.3 micron chrome and 10 micron nickel plated). (Premium Range) 1225 25.80 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, satin finish, C. P. Brass grab bar with left/right 90 degree angle, made of 304 grade ss i/c all nuts and screws. (0.3 micron chrome and 10 micron nickel plated). (Premium Range) 1226 25.81 Providing and fixing in position best Indian, C. P. Brass grab bar vertical swing, 304 grade ss made all nuts and screws. (0.3 micron chrome and 10 micron nickel plated). (Premium Range) 1227 25.82 Providing and fixing 8mm thick frosted safety glass Urinal partition size 900mm height and 450mm width, fixed with C P brass bracket of appropriate size i/c cutting and making good the wall and floors wherever required with all fittings and fixtures etc. complete.(Premium Range) 1228 27.4 Providing and fixing Stainless steel plate 304 grade of 1.50mm thick, including writing with Embossing of letters of required size including fixing at required placed with studs, screws and rawl plugs etc. compete as per direction of Engineer- in-Charge. 1229 27.5 Providing and fixing of name plate for offices name of Stainless steel plate 304 grade of 1.50mm thick, including writing with computerized vinayle sheet letters of required size including fixing at required placed with studs, screws and rawl plugs etc. compete as per direction of Engineer- in-Charge. 1230 27.6 Providing and fixing Aluminum composite panels Silver colour with matte finish, 3mm thick, (0.25mm 2.5mm and 0.25mm) sheet for name plate including writing with computerized vinayle sheet letters of required size including fixing at required placed with 1.25m Chromium plated Steel Pipe 15mm dia, compete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1231 27.7 Providing and fixing Aluminum composite panels Silver colour with matte finish, 3mm thick, (0.25mm 2.5mm and 0.25mm) sheet for name plate including writing with computerized vinayle sheet letters of required size including fixing at required placed with studs, screws and rawl plugs etc. compete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1232 27.8 Providing and fixing stainless steel English (Capital) and Hindi letters in standard pattern bellow type made with 1.20 mm thick stainless steel (ASI Grade- 304 ) Depth of letter shall not be less than 30mm and rate includes welding/soldering of joints polishing, buffing and fixing on the wall, plate and beam surface at any height with necessary nut and bolts/fastener wherever is required complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1233 27.10 Providing and fixing of prestressed vertically casted concrete panels (both surfaces should be smooth and having grooves on both faces) of M-40 grade of concrete of size 2100x300x50 mm having minimum 4 nos of high tensile steel wire as per IS 6006:2014 of dia 3 mm placed horizontally in full length of panel with prestressed precast concrete column of M-40 grade of size 3000x150x150 mm having minimum 7 nos of high tensile steel wire as per IS 6006:2014 of dia 3 mm placed vertically in full length to erect precast boundary wall panels to height 2100 mm from GL including excavation of pit of size 750x750x900 mm in all kind of soil except rock for erection of columns and grouting the pit with M-20 grade of concrete. Manufacturing, transportation and installation at site all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 1234 27.11 Extra for every additional height of 0.3 m up to height of wall 3 m 1235 28.35 Providing and fixing of 3 seater stone bench made of 75mm thick stone slab finished by different numbers of ambry stone and two coats of 124 no sealer coat to prevent from weather including fixing on a pedestal (cost of pedestal to be paid separately)etc. complete as per direction of engineer in charge. Size: length 1500mm, width 600mm, legs height 500 mm, back support height 500mm. 1236 28.36 Providing and fixing of stone planter (bench) made of 75mm thick stone slab finished by different numbers of ambry stone and two coats of 124 no sealer coat to prevent from weather including fixing on a pedestal (cost of pedestal to be paid separately)etc. complete as per direction of engineer in charge. Size: length 1200mm, width 500mm, legs height 500 mm. 1237 28.37 Providing and fixing of stone table made of 75mm thick stone slab finished by different numbers of ambry stone and two coats of 124 no sealer coat to prevent from weather including fixing on a pedestal (cost of pedestal to be paid separately)etc. complete as per direction of engineer in charge. Size: length 1000mm, width 600mm, legs height 750 mm. 1238 28.38 Providing and laying C.C. pavement of mix M- 25 with ready mixed concrete from batching plant including centering and shuttering complete. The ready mixed concrete shall be laid and finished with screed board vibrator, vacuum dewatering process and finally finished by floating, with wire brush etc. complete as per specifications and directions of Engineer- in-Charge.Note: Cement content considered in this item is @ 330 kg/cum. 1239 29.1 Preparation of site plan and location plan with total station surveying showing all individual structures and features like trees, roads, culverts, nallas, electric poles, telephone poles, sewer lines, chambers, water supply lines, hand pumps, well etc. complete along with showing location of roads proposed in master plan. i/c Contours of entire area at 0.5 m. intervals using auto level, preparing of site plan in soft copy (using autocad) in suitable scale as desired by engineer-in-charge duly indicating north direction. Rate includes providing 1 digital copy and six hard copies, one print on tracing film, khasra map duly showing the land and location plan (index plan) and google image of the land. Rates are inclusive of transportation charges. (Work shall be got done through consultants duly empanelled with chief Architect MP P.W.D.) 29. 1.1 Upto 1 Hectare 29.1.2 1 Hectare to 2 Hectare 29.1.3 Add extra for each additional one Hectare or part there off 29.1.4 Excavation of trial pit of size 1.20 m X 1.20 m with minimum depth of 0.9 m and maximum depth of 3.5m as directed by the Engineer in Charge. Trial pit shall be taken at suitable location/ locations as directed by Engineer in charge and shall be indicated on the site plan showing details of soil strata. 1240 29.2 Preparation of double line plan after measurement of internal as well as external dimensions of existing buildings/structures and plotting the same in suitable scale as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 1241 29.3 Preparing of double line plan for planning of addition and alteration work after measurement of internal as well as external dimensions and details of existing door window, ventilator openings and partitions, addition /alteration done previously in buildings/structures and plotting the same separately showing sectional elevations (minimum two numbers) and all elevations along with all relevant details like doors, windows stairs etc in suitable scale as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The consultant shall also submit detailed condition survey report. 1242 29.4 Performing Plate Load Test (P.L.T.) for Determining soil bearing capacity (SBC) at site including submission of Geotechnical Report and recommending bearing capacity in accordance with IS-1888-1982 (Without Conveyance). 1243 29.5 Performing Standard Penetration Test for determining soil bearing capacity (SBC) in accordance with IS-2131-1981 and submission of Geotechnical Report on bearing capacity based on SPT in accordance with IS-6403-1981 (Without Conveyance) 1244 29.6 Transportation charges for transportation of Geotechnical testing equipments for plate load test or standard penetration test upto a distance of 100km. (upto 100km going and 100km returning from district H.Q. both way) Rates are inclusive of Loading and unloading of testing equipments and other incidental charges during both journeys to be paid only once for one set (separate for PLT or SPT) of testing. 29.6.1 Up to 100km (both way) 29.6.2 Add extra for distance beyond 100km and upto 150km. (both way) 29.6.3 Add extra for every additional km beyond 150km (both way) 1245 29.7 Preparation of detailed estimate on the basis of the working drawing supplied by the department and current SOR applicable, including computation of bill of quantities (BOQ) of material and supplying the same in six hard copies and one soft copy to the Engineer-in-Charge and if required revision of the same without any additional charges. (Work shall be got done through consultants duly empanelled with chief Architect MP P.W.D.) The estimate shall be prepared only in standard format prescribed as per appendix 14 of this SOR. 1246 29.8 Preparation of DPR including site visit to verify contours & soil reports and preparation of master plan of campus including architectural working drawings and estimates in prescribed format as per appendix 14 of this SOR to obtain AA; and there after architectural drawings for statutory approvals and detail drawings at construction stage; and as constructed drawings on completion of work the DPR. Bifurcation of professional fee payable in stages as per this item shall be in accordance with List-1, List-2 & List-3. Given in preambles of this chapter 3.All work such as preparation of DPR, working drawings, statuary drawings, details drawings and as constructed drawings shall be done by the same architect/consultant to ensure consistency in services, even if time required to complete all stages as per Activity sheet exceeds the contract period. 1247 29.9 Preparation of the structure design & drawings by a structural engineer empanelled with the Chief Architect MP PWD on the basis of architectural drawings supplied/approved by the department, in accordance with relevant codes/manuals and according to the Terms & Conditions, prescribed in Activity Sheet No-1, List-4 given in Annexure-14 appended with SOR. Design and drawing shall also include ‘Tables’ for the bar-bending schedules (BBS) and concrete/steel consumption. The design and drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge in six hard copies and one soft copy for execution. The payment shall be done in accordance with relevant stage in activity sheet and list. 29.9.1 First time design work 29.9.1.1 Built up area upto 500 sqm 29.9.1.2 Built up area more than 500 sqm and upto 3000 sqm 29.9.1.3 Built up area more than 3000 sqm. 29.9.2 Repetition of structural design of a structural design done by the structural himself or by any other structural engineer at different site, where S.B.C. or seismic zone is different.(only plinth area payment to be paid) 29.9.2.1 Plinth area upto 500 sqm 29.9.2.2 Plinth area more than 500 sqm and upto 3000 sqm 29.9.2.3 Plinth area more than 3000 sqm 1248 29.10 Assessment of load carrying capacity and structural soundness of existing building mainly comprising of R.C.C. structure using existing information such a existing drawing, design and footing details, if available. The consultant shall carry out destructive/non destructive testing of structure at site including site investigation which may require opening of footings by digging adjoining ground fill and restore backfill structure after testing is done. This work shall be performed by a structural engineer (proof checking) empanelled with the chief Architect MP PWD Bhopal or any government engineering college. The rate shall include all charges for labour, testing, consultation of geotechnical consultant and site visit to carry out site testing Per Sqm (built up area of wing/block of existing building where construction is proposed). 1249 29.11 Drafting structural drawing on the basis of the structural design supplied by the department in accordance with all relevant codes/manuals and as per IS: 1893- 2002 and IS: 13920-1993 with updation. The work shall include making revision/compliance if any and obtaining approval of drafting work, without any additional cost within time specified by the Engineer-in-Charge or from the competent authority. The drawings for approval shall be submitted to the Engineer- in- Charge in two hard copies (minimum size A-2) and there after fair drawings on 100 micron film along with seven copies of amonia prints (minimum size A-1) and one soft copy. Drawings shall be stamped and signed with the statement that Drafted by me as per structural design done or got done by the department. Note:- This work can be done only through a person having qualification of Diploma in civil engineering/BE (civil engineering) and having certificate in AutoCAD issued by AutoDesk or by its authorized institution.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 5
Madhya Pradesh View Result →
27.
Educational and Research Institute #9701605 AOC
Bids Are Invited For Custom Bid For Services - Staff Quarters Repair & Maintenance; 1 SCHOOL BUILDING (A) CLASSROOM (i) CLASSROOM DESK LARGE SIZESupply & installation Big Desk (for two persons)-The overall dimensions of desk will be 1066mm x 930mm x Height 760mm, complete as per Specifications enclosed and direction of Engineer-in- charge having the Table top shall be made up of 18.0 mm thick plywood IS 303 of MR Grade OSL (one side shall be laminated, and other side shall have balancer finish). Table top dimensions shall be W 930 mm x D 380 mm. Edge towards bench shall be post formed with round edge. The remaining three edges must be sealed with 2mmthick PVC edge banding tape. Edge band must be trimmed on edges and corners. The desk shall be have low chemical emission of VOCs (Voltage Organic Compounds) and carcinogens, contributing to a healthier room environment. Seat and back rest shall be made of 18mm thick plywood of MR Grade OSL (one side shall be laminated, and other side shall have balancer finish) except back rest. Back rest shall be have both sides colour lamination.Technical details of seat and back rest are mentioned below:Seating bench dimensions shall L 930 mm x W 300 mm x H 450 mm. Front side shall be rounded with post forming. Remaining three edges shall sealed with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape.Back rest dimensions shall L 930 x H 200 mm Upper side shall be rounded with post forming Remaining three edges shall be sealed with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape. Desk Shelve shall be made of prime quality 0.8mm thick CRCA sheet of H150mmxD300mm and side stiffeners of CRCA tube size 19mmx19mmx1mmthick. One vertical support (partition) of square tube size 25mm square x1.2mm thick must be provided at centre of tray . Upper modesty made of prime quality 0.8mm thick CRCA Sheet Powder Coated should be embossed with dimples in round shape, height will be 150mm, there should be Perforated lower modesty Made of prime quality 0.8 mm thick CRCA sheet of size H150mmXD21mm with square perforation, CRCA Tube of size 19x19x1mm thick to be inserted for full length at bottom of Jali . Bag hook should be provide on both side of piller made of minimum 4mm dia rod Side frame structure:- Made of prime quality CRCA pressed form section 165mmx25mmx1mm thick welded to 25mmx50mmx1.2mm thick CRCA tube , Seat and back side frame structure made of prime quality CRCA pressed form section 165mmx25mmx1mm thick welded to 25.4mm diameter x 1.6mm thick ERW-1pipe , there will be 8no. horizontal supports are 25mmx25mmx1.2mm thick CRCA pipes. .Bottom Rectangular tube 50x25x 1.2mm thick should be closed with PPCP cap bothside sand pipe dia. 25.4x1.6mm thick should be closed with metal (Backside) and other side (Undertheseat) PPCP cap, complete as per engineer incharge Desk should be in semi knock down form with the help 16 connecting pipes ; 8 pipes on each side : connecting pipe size will be 20x20x1.2mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly and conformity with regulations with CO2 Welding Shall Be Used , CRCA Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form a Layer Of Base Coating Of (iron phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) gm/m² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By a Drying Process In a Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 tank treatment with minimum 45-50 micron powder coating. (ii) CLASSROOM DESK MEDIUM SIZESupply & installation Medium Desk (for two persons)-The overall dimensions of desk will be 900mm x 890mm x Height 690mm, complete as per Specifications enclosed and direction of Engineer-in- charge having the Table top shall be made up of 18.0 mm thick plywood IS 303 of MR Grade OSL (one side shall be laminated, and other side shall have balancer finish). Table top dimensions shall be W 890 mm x D 380 mm. Edge towards bench shall be post formed with round edge. The remaining three edges must be sealed with 2mmthick PVC edge banding tape. Edge band must be trimmed on edges and corners.The desk shall be have low chemical emission of VOCs (Voltage Organic Compounds) and carcinogens, contributing to a healthier room environment. Seat and back rest shall be made of 18mm thick plywood of MR Grade OSL (one side shall be laminated, and other side shall have balancer finish) except back rest. Back rest shall be have both sides colour lamination. Technical details of seat and back rest are mentioned below:Seating bench dimensions shall L 890 mm x W 300 mm x H 400 mm. Front side shall be rounded with post forming. Remaining three edges shall sealed with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape. Back rest dimensions shall L 890 x H 200 mm Upper side shall be rounded with post forming Remaining three edges shall be sealed with 2mm thick PVC edge banding tape. Desk Shelve shall be made of prime quality 0.8mm thick CRCA sheet of H150mmxD300mm and side stiffeners of ss CRCA tube size 19mmx19mmx1mmthick. One vertical support (partition) of square tube size 25mm square x1.2mm thick must be provided at centre of tray . Upper moedsty made of prime quality 0.8mm thick CRCA Sheet Powder Coated should be embossed with dimples in round shape, height will be 150mm, there should be Perforated lower modesty Made of prime quality 0.8 mm thick CRCA sheet of size H150mmXD21mm with square perforation, CRCAT ube of size 19x19x1mm thick to be inserted for full length at bottom of Jali . Bag hook should be provide on both side of piller made of minimum 4mm dia rod Side frame structure:- Made of prime quality CRCA pressed form section 165mmx25mmx1mm thick welded to 25mmx50mmx1.2mm thick CRCA tube , Seat and back side frame structure made of prime quality CRCA pressed form section 165mmx25mmx1mm thick welded to 25.4mm diameter x 1.6mm thick ERW-1pipe , there will be 8no. horizontal supports are 25mmx25mmx1.2mm thick CRCA pipes. Bottom Rectangular tube 50x25x 1.2mm thick should be closed with PPCP cap bothside sand pipe dia. 25.4x1.6mm thick should be closed with metal (Backside) and other side (Undertheseat) PPCP cap, complete as per engineer incharge Desk should be in semi knock down form with the help 16 connecting pipes ; 8 pipes on each side : connecting pipe size will be 20x20x1.2mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly and conformity with regulations with CO2 Welding Shall Be Used , CRCA Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form a Layer Of Base Coating Of (iron phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) gm/m² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By a Drying Process In a Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 tank treatment with minimum 45-50 micron powder coating. (iii)TEACHER TABLE :Supplying and installation of knock down type Office Table made of Pre-laminated MDF board with decorative lamination on one side and balancing lamination on other side top of size 1200 X 600 X 750 mm. Worktop shall be rounded in all four corners and should have an overhung of 50mm alongwith one drawer unit made of 0.5mm thick CRCA Steel sheet. The table top shall be supported over legs consists of 4 Powdered coated MS legs with connected beams with pipe size 25x25x1.2 mm thick. (iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 x 600D ±10 x 890H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back Visitor chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat , Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3, Back of Medium back chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure with Mesh fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 x 470D±10 x 60Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 x 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed PP armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever frame made SS Polished Finish round pipe with Plastic bushes . Frame Material -SS 202 Polished Finish (v) TEACHER BOARD [Excluding cost of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (IFPD)]Technical Specification for Smart Board with Double-Track Sliding System for Green and White Boards fitted in an Anodised Aluminium Frame with concealed cable management and provision for mounting of Digital Screen:Supply, installation, testing, commissioning (SITC) of an integrated digital teaching–learning solution comprising: (a) Anodised Aluminium Frame, double track sliding system for white & green board and provision for mounting of digital screen with concealed cable management,(b) Vitrified magnetic ceramic-steel Green Board and White Board panels. • Dimensions and Configuration: Total Width of the Setup is ~12 feet and height ~4.0 feet from the board surface (excluding the width of aluminium frame).• Material: Providing and fixing anodised aluminium (alloy 6063-T6) framed sliding system for smart board with minimum 2.0 mm thick extruded sections, anodised to AA15 grade as per IS 1868, mounted on a heavy-duty top-hung aluminium track (min. 2.5 mm thick) with sealed ball-bearing nylon/PU rollers (load capacity not less than 120 kg per panel), concealed bottom guide, EPDM gaskets, SS-304 fasteners, pelmet/valance cover, and soft end-stops/soft-close mechanism, including all brackets, fixings, alignment, cable provisions, commissioning, and making good complete as per drawings and Engineer-in-Charge.• Design: One slot to fix IFPD, other slot for Green & White boards sliding on double track system with Locking facility on sliding frame to keep the IFPD display safe.• Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks shall be aligned and reinforced to ensure boards move easily and without wobble.• Back Side: The backside of the smart board, to concealed the wall surface, provided & fixed with 18 mm thick HDHMR board laminated (white coloured matte finish) with 0.8 mm, edges sealed with 1 mm PVC edge banding, fixed to the anodised aluminium frame with concealed screws/rivets, with ventilation slots as required, and shall be moisture, termite and borer resistant.• Load Capacity: Safe to hold IFPD + white & Green boards with ≥1.5× safety factor.• Cable Management: Built-in channels for power, LAN, HDMI, USB.• Safety: Rounded edges, tamper-resistant covers, concealed fixing. • Finish: Durable, corrosion-resistant coating suitable for indoor use.• Additional Requirements: (a) All boards and the structure must be securely fixed to the wall with appropriate fasteners.(b) Provision for cable management must be included for the IFPD (i.e., concealed conduit/path for power and data cables). (c) The unit must be free from sharp edges, splinters, or any protruding parts that could cause injury.(d) Installation height should ensure comfortable writing access for average adult and student height (typically bottom edge ~2.5 to 3 feet from the floor).(b) Vitrified magnetic ceramic-steel Green Board and White Board panels:• Function: Boards shall slide horizontally on a top and bottom aluminium/steel channel track to fully cover or reveal the IFP as needed.• Material: Vitrified ceramic-steel, magnetic, double-coated.• Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 no. Green board & 1 no. White board.• Green Board Surface: Matte, chalk-friendly, stain/scratch resistant.• White Board Surface: Glossy surface, Dry-erase marker friendly, ghost-free, easy clean.• Size: ~6 feet (W) × 4 feet (H) (Each Board) with thickness 8mm.• Frame: Anodised aluminium, rounded edges, concealed fasteners.Note - Dimensions mentioned are indicative. Actual may vary as per site requirements (B) PRINCIPAL AND VICE-PRINCIPAL ROOM TABLE:Supplying and installation of site knock down type Office Table as per approved design and directrion of Engineer-in-charge.Work Top - Work top shall be made 25mm thick Pre-laminated MDF board with decorative lamination on one side and balancing lamination on other side confirming to IS 12406:2003 with post forming on front, back and machine pressed PVC egde banding 2mm thick glued with industrial adhesive and diffused with board monolithically on other two sides. Table top shall have 75mm overhung on front and 25mm overhung on sides.Understructure- C-type leg shall be made of tubular section of 50mm x 50mm x 1.6mm (wall thickness) thick vertical member and 40mm x40mm x1.6mm (wall thickness) Horizontal M.S. pipe confirming IS-Grade 4932 shall be finished with epoxy polyster powder coated DFT 50-60 Micron. The legs shall be fitted to the ground with M8 screw leveler with the height adjustment up to 15mm. The cross members shall be mounted by end brackets made of 3mm thick CRCA steel sheet confirming IS 513: 2008 and finished with epoxy polyster powder coated DFT 50-60 Micron confirming IS 13871:1993.Wire management - Electrical wires shall be carried from horizintal/ vertical duct made of 0.7mm CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008. The switch plate or grommet depending upon requirement shall also be provided for electrical/LAN connection on table top.Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel of height 450mm shall be made of 1.5mm thick CRCA sheet sheet confirming to IS 513: 2008 and shall be finised with epoxy polyster powder coated DFT 50-60micron.Storage body- Storage top shall also be made of 25mm thick Pre-lam MDF board confirming to IS 12406:2003 with post forming on two sides and machine pressed PVC egde banding 2 mm thick glued with industrial adhesive and diffused with board monolithically on other two sides. The body of storage units shall be made of 0.8mm thick CRCA steel Sheet and skirting shall be of 1.2mm thick CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513: 2008 finished with epoxy powder coated of DFT 50-60 Micron confirming IS 13871:1993. Internal Shelves shall be also made up of 0.8mm CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513: 2008 and shall be mounted with the Metal shelf support pin made of 2mm thick CRCA Steel sheet with Nickel or Chrome plating. M10 screw leveler is given with height adjustment up to 12mm to 15mm. (i) PRINCIPAL ROOM TABLETable of Size 1800mm (W) x 900mm (D) x 750mm (H) with Side Storage of Size 900mm (W) x 450mm (W) X 750mm (H) and Back Storage 1800mm (W) x 450mm (D) x 750mm (H) as per specifications above (ii) VICE-PRINCIPAL ROOM TABLETable of Size 1650mm (W) x 900mm (D) x 750mm (H) with Side Storage of Size 900mm (W) x 450mm (W) X 750mm (H) and Back Storage 1650 mm (W) x 450mm (D) x 750mm (H) as per specifications above. (iii) PRINCIPAL ROOM CHAIRHigh Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 x 700D ±10 x 1210H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat,Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3 , Back of chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure upholstered with Mesh fabric , Adjustable Lumber support upholstered with fabric , Adjustable Headrest on back Upholstered with Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 x 460D ±10 x 70Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 x 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro tilt Mechanism ,Used gaslift of 90 mm size of Class-IV grade,Armrest:- PU padded adjustable armrest fixed with Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: SS 202 Polished finish Plated base consists of 5 prongs with 640±5 mm pitch circle diameter, 50mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin castor . (iv) Principal room Visitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 x 600D ±10 x 890H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back Visitor chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat , Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3, Back of Medium back chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure with Mesh fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 x 470D±10 x 60Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 x 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed PP armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever frame made SS Polished Finish round pipe with Plastic bushes . Frame Material -SS 202 Polished Finish (v) VICE-PRINCIPAL ROOM CHAIRHigh Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 x 700D ±10 x 1210H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat,Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3 , Back of chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure upholstered with Mesh fabric , Adjustable Lumber support upholstered with fabric , Adjustable Headrest on back Upholstered with Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 x 460D ±10 x 70Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 x 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro tilt Mechanism ,Used gaslift of 90 mm size of Class-IV grade, Armrest:- PU padded adjustable armrest fixed with Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: SS 202 Polished Finish base consists of 5 prongs with 640±5 mm pitch circle diameter, 50mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin castor . (vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 x 600D ±10 x 890H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back Visitor chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat , Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3, Back of Medium back chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure with Mesh fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 x 470D±10 x 60Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 x 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed PP armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever frame made SS Polished Finish round pipe with Plastic bushes . Frame Material -SS 202 Polished Finish (C) SOFA SET (i)SOFA FOYER ONE SEATER Size in mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & HD Foam 32 Softy. SS Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750mm . The rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W x 760D x 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W x 760D x 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W x 760D x 750H . 100mm High Legs. (ii)SOFA FOYER TWO SEATER Size in mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H)Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & HD Foam 32 Softy. SS Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750mm . The rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W x 760D x 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W x 760D x 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W x 760D x 750H . 100mm High Legs. (iii)SOFA FOYER THREE SEATER Size in mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H)Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & HD Foam 32 Softy. SS Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750mm . The rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W x 760D x 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W x 760D x 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W x 760D x 750H . 100mm High Legs. (iv) Coffee Table The coffee table measures 900 mm (W) × 600 mm (D) × 450 mm (H) and features a 10 mm thick clear tempered glass top and shelf supported on a Stainless Steel 202 frame made of 40×40 mm square tubes with a mirror-polished finish. All joints are argon-welded, ground, and buffed for a seamless look. The lower glass shelf for additional storage, and rubber pads or level adjusters are provided at the base for stability and floor protection. The table combines modern design, durability, and elegant finish, making it ideal for offices and reception areas. (D) STAFFROOM (i) TABLE (SEATING CAPACITY AS PER ACTUAL REQUIREMENT)Supplying and installation of a modular, knock-down center island table sized approximately 3600 mm in length (adjustable to actual requirements) by 1350 mm in width and 750 mm in height, constructed from high-quality 25 mm thick commercial grade plywood or BWR (Boiling Water Resistant) grade plywood with decorative lamination on visible faces and balanced lamination beneath for enhanced strength and moisture resistance. All edges are sealed with 2 mm thick machine-pressed PVC edge banding bonded with industrial adhesive to ensure a seamless, monolithic appearance. The gable ends are fabricated of the same 25 mm thick commercial grade plywood with decorative lamination on both sides and matching edge banding for consistent aesthetics and superior durability. Modesty 18mm matching laminate. The table shall have an underbody vertical support panel running continuously along its length to enhance stability and strength. The understructure uses precision-cut, laminated plywood panels assembled with knock-down fittings for ease of installation and future reconfiguration, ensuring superior load-bearing capacity and long-term durability. A concealed wire management system beneath the worktop integrates pre-laminated plywood cable trays or high-quality plastic trays fixed with durable brackets, complete with provisions for switch plates and grommets to facilitate safe, organized routing of electrical and data cables. All surfaces are finished for scratch and stain resistance with anti-fungal and moisture-resistant properties, and installation will follow best woodworking practices, with final dimensions and seating capacity determined by the actual site layout. (ii) WORK SPACE WITH IN-BUILT LOCKABLE OVERHEAD STORAGE SPACE FOR STAFFROOM (AS PER ACTUAL REQUIREMENT)Supplying and installation of site knock-down type modular wall-mounted workspace unit of approximate size 900W x 600D x 750H mm (for one staff), including working counter and lockable overhead storage cabinet of 900W x 450D x 650H mm. The structure shall be made of 18 mm thick BWP grade plywood with decorative laminate on external surfaces and balancing laminate on inner faces conforming to IS:303/IS:12406. All exposed edges shall be sealed with 2 mm PVC edge banding. The worktop shall be 25 mm thick Laminated Plywood board with post-formed front edge and machine-pressed PVC edge banding, securely fixed to the wall using concealed MS cleats and brackets. The overhead cabinet shall be fitted with soft-close concealed hinges, SS handles, and magnetic catchers of approved make, with one adjustable shelf and modular connectors for alignment and expansion to adjoining units.Each workspace shall include provision for electrical connectivity with 6A/16A modular sockets (as per requirement) positioned at approximately 450 mm above finished floor level for easy access. The worktop shall have a circular cable hole (50–60 mm diameter) with grommet for laptop and equipment wiring. All wiring, sockets, and conduits shall be concealed neatly within the table body, routed through internal PVC raceways to maintain a clean, clutter-free appearance. Junction boxes and ducts shall be integrated to provide safe, organized cable management without visible wiring.The entire unit shall be wall-mounted using heavy-duty MS brackets or suitable fasteners based on wall type, finished neatly with matching silicone sealant at all joints. All fittings and hardware, including soft-close hinges and handles, shall be of reputed make. The unit shall be termite-resistant, moisture-resistant, easy to maintain, and made from ISI-marked prime quality boards. The overall layout and detailing shall match the approved reference image, with actual dimensions finalized as per site requirements and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. (iii) ChairOverall Dimension:- W600±10 x 600D ±10 x 890H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back Visitor chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat , Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3, Back of Medium back chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure with Mesh fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 x 470D±10 x 60Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 x 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed PP armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever frame made SS Polished Finish round pipe with Plastic bushes . Frame Material -SS 202 Polished Finish (iv) PERSONAL LOCKER UNIT FOR PRINCIPAL AND VICE PRINCIPAL ROOMSupplying and installation of Metal Lockers with Cam Lock one unit consiting of 380mm (W) x 450mm (D) x 1800 mm (H) with 4 Lockers.Body-LH and RH Side and back panel is made up of 0.8mm thick CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008. Shelf hanging bracket is welded on both the side panel by spot welding. Shelf hanging bracket is made up of 0.8mm thick CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008. front frame, top and bottom part made up 0.8mm thick CRCA steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008 and horizontal part is made up 0.8 mm thick CRCA Steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008. On a front frame horizontally provision is given at a common distance to hold shutter bracket. Locker’s top is made up of 0.8mm thick CRCA Steel sheet confirming IS 513:2008 which is having standard dimension 375 x378mm. Shelf is also made up of 0.8 mm CRCA Steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008.Shutter- Is made up on 0.8mm thick CRCA Steel sheet confirming to IS 513:2008. All the shutter are hung on shutter pin and shutter bracket, louvers are given in shutter for air flow. PVC flush handle and name plate is used for handling and for name plate tagging. Standard locking arrangment is used for locking each shutter.The bodies including shelves are given anti-rust surface treatment & are powder coated with epoxy polyester powder coating of DFT 50- 60 Micron confirimg to IS 13871:1993. (E)LIBRARY (i) Supply and installation of Glass-door Storage of Size 915 mm (W) x 482mm (D) x 1980mm (H). It should have shelf thickness of 0.8mm, Back thickness of 0.8mm, Door thickness of 0.8mm (high yield strength) with clear glass of > 4.0 mm thick and all other components shall have a thickness of 0.8mm. These components shall be made of CRCA steel sheet ‘D’ grade high yield strength as per IS 513:2008 The glass door storwel shall have a SS handle and a Two-way locking mechanism with shooting bolt. It should have a height-wise adjustable shelf mounting which shall have a Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity of max 40 Kg. It should also have a M10 Screw type Leveller with Hex plastic base.All metal components would be epoxy polyster powder coated DFT 50-60 Micron confirimg to IS 13871:1993. (ii) Wall mounted built in open book shelf : Overall Size 900L (length may vary as per actual requirement) X300DX2100Hmm,Top made up of 18mm thick Postlam plywood with PVC edge banding ,Side panel made up of 18mm thick Postlam plywood with PVC edge bending , Skirting made up of 18mm thick Postlam plywood with PVC edge bending ,back panel made up of 18mm thick Postlam plywood , One number of Bottom Storage Cabinets alongwith the complete length of heght 600mm as per ref. image ,shelf made up of 18mm thick Postlam plywood with PVC edge bending, all Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With ISI Marked. Complete structure design should be as per reference image. (iii) TABLE (SEATING CAPACITY AS PER ACTUAL REQUIREMENT)Supplying and installation of a modular, knock-down center island table sized approximately 3600 mm in length (adjustable to actual requirements) by 1350 mm in width and 750 mm in height, constructed from high-quality 25 mm thick commercial grade plywood or BWR (Boiling Water Resistant) grade plywood with decorative lamination on visible faces and balanced lamination beneath for enhanced strength and moisture resistance. All edges are sealed with 2 mm thick machine-pressed PVC edge banding bonded with industrial adhesive to ensure a seamless, monolithic appearance. The gable ends are fabricated of the same 25 mm thick commercial grade plywood with decorative lamination on both sides and matching edge banding for consistent aesthetics and superior durability. Modesty 18mm matching laminate. The table shall have an underbody vertical support panel running continuously along its length to enhance stability and strength. The understructure uses precision-cut, laminated plywood panels assembled with knock-down fittings for ease of installation and future reconfiguration, ensuring superior load-bearing capacity and long-term durability. A concealed wire management system beneath the worktop integrates pre-laminated plywood cable trays or high-quality plastic trays fixed with durable brackets, complete with provisions for switch plates and grommets to facilitate safe, organized routing of electrical and data cables. All surfaces are finished for scratch and stain resistance with anti-fungal and moisture-resistant properties, and installation will follow best woodworking practices, with final dimensions and seating capacity determined by the actual site layout. (iv) Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 x 600D ±10 x 890H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back Visitor chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat , Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3, Back of Medium back chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure with Mesh fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 x 470D±10 x 60Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 x 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed PP armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever frame made SS Polished Finish round pipe with Plastic bushes . Frame Material -SS 202 Polished Finish (F) COMPUTER LAB (i) COMPUTER WORK STATIONSupplying and installation of knock down type Dual Computer Work Station of unit Size 1500mm (Length, actual Length may vary as per actual site requirement) x 600m (W) x 750mm (H) for two studentsWork Top- Work top shall be made 25mm thick Laminated Plywood with decorative lamination on one side and balancing lamination on other side confirming to IS 12823: 1990 with 2mm thick Machine pressed PVC edge banding glued with industrial adhesive and monolithically diffused with board on all sides.Understructure supporting frame consist of laminated Plywood Gable ends of 18mm Wire management-The Vertical /Electrical duct & Horizontal Cable tray ( wire carriers) are made of CRCA steel sheet & fixed to the understructure below worktop with specially designed brackets. Provision for fixing Switch plates are privided in the cable tray for easy access through wire mangaer or PVC grommet. (ii) COMPUTER CHAIR FOR STUDENTMedium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 x 700D ±10 x 1010H ±10 mm,Seat of Medium back chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed plywood pasted with PU Moulded foam with Fabric upholstery on Seat ,Used PU Moulded foam on Seat of D-45 kg/m3 , Back of chair is made of Injection moulded PP material structure combination of upholstered with Mesh fabric , Seat and back connected through metal powder coated plate having Adjustable Lumber support upholstered with fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 x 450D ±10 x 70Thick. ±5 mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 x640H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro tilt Mechanism ,Using gaslift of 90 mm size of Class 3 grade,Armrest: PU Padded Adjustable armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal SS 202 Polsihed Finish base consists of 5 prongs with 640±5 mm pitch circle diameter, 50mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin castor . (G) LABORATORIES (i) Supply and installation of Glass-door Storage of Size 915 mm (W) x 482mm (D) x 1980mm (H). It should have shelf thickness of 0.8mm, Back thickness of 0.8mm, Door thickness of 0.8mm (high yield strength) with clear glass of > 4.0 mm thick and all other components shall have a thickness of 0.8mm. These components shall be made of CRCA steel sheet ‘D’ grade high yield strength as per IS 513:2008 The glass door storwel shall have a SS handle and a Two-way locking mechanism with shooting bolt. It should have a height-wise adjustable shelf mounting which shall have a Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity of max 40 Kg. It should also have a M10 Screw type Leveller with Hex plastic base.All metal components would be epoxy polyster powder coated DFT 50-60 Micron confirimg to IS 13871:1993. (i) PHYSICS LAB ALONG THE WALL TABLE:: Supply and installation of Along-the-wall knock down type modular laboratory tables of size 1400 MM(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 750 MM (W) × 900MM H . Above the counter, with an internal conduit for all wiring. Modular switch plates and 02 nos of 220V/16A Switch socket (with individual circuit protection) will be CNC-mounted every 1 m (or per site layout). All conduits and components shall comply with applicable laboratory safety and performance standards. Dust-proof, removable access covers to permit maintenance and future upgrades, and outlets to be ergonomically positioned for seated and standing use. Additional switches and sockets shall be provided as required.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick powder coated CRCA with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg).The worktops shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. ISLAND TABLE:The laboratory table shall be provided as knock down type modular ISLAND laboratory tables units of overall size 8000(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 1500(W) × 900H . It shall be constructed in modular segments of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) mm each for ease of manufacture, handling, and installation. The worktops will include a powder-coated bus running their full length, above the counter, with an internal conduit for all wiring. Modular switch plates and 04 nos (02 Facing each side) of 220V/16A Switch socket (with individual circuit protection) will be CNC-mounted every 1 m (or per site layout). All conduits and components shall comply with applicable laboratory safety and performance standards. Dust-proof, removable access covers to permit maintenance and future upgrades, and outlets to be ergonomically positioned for seated and standing use. Additional switches and sockets shall be provided as required.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg).The worktops shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. (ii) CHEMISTY LAB ALONG THE WALL TABLE: Supply and installation of Along-the-wall knock down type modular laboratory tables of size 1400(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) mm × 1550H (two-tier). Four standard SS304 sinks shall be installed, each fitted with a 3-way SS 304 faucet of Premium make. Reagent racks made completely out of stainless steel shall be provided to cover the entire table length(along the wall) except the sink area. These racks shall be 300D × 700H and of complete modular design, consisting of two horizontal storage shelves made of stainless steel with suitable cutouts for electrical switches and sockets. Additional switches and sockets shall be provided as required.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick stainless steel sheet polished finish. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm SS legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick powder coated stainless steel sheet with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg).Reagent shelves shall be made of a SS 304, provided with electrical switches, sockets, and cutouts as required. The worktops shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. ISLAND TABLE: The laboratory table shall be provided as knock down type modular ISLAND laboratory tables units of overall size 8000(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) mm × 1550H (two-tier). It shall be constructed in modular segments of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) mm each for ease of manufacture, handling, and installation. Four standard SS304 sinks shall be installed, each fitted with a 3-way SS 304 faucet of Premier make. Stainless steel 304 reagent racks shall be provided across the entire table length in centre except the sink areas, with dimensions 300D × 700H. These racks shall also be of modular design with two horizontal stainless steel shelves, cutouts for switches and sockets, provision for electrical outlets, and accommodation for granite pieces.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm SS legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick powder coated Powder Coated CRCA with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg).Reagent shelves shall be made of a polished finish SS, provided with electrical switches, sockets, and cutouts as required. The worktops shall be of 19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. (iii) BIOLOGY LAB TABLE ALONG THE WALL TABLE: Supply and installation of Along-the-wall knock down type modular laboratory tables of size 1400(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) mm × 1550H (two-tier). Four standard SS304 sinks shall be installed, each fitted with a 3-way SS 304 faucet of Premium make. Reagent racks made completely out of stainless steel shall be provided to cover the entire table length(along the wall) except the sink area. These racks shall be 300D × 700H and of complete modular design, consisting of two horizontal storage shelves made of stainless steel with suitable cutouts for electrical switches and sockets. Additional switches and sockets shall be provided as required.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick stainless steel sheet polished finish. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm SS legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick powder coated stainless steel sheet with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg)..Reagent shelves shall be made of a SS, provided with electrical switches, sockets, and cutouts as required. The worktops shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. ISLAND TABLE: The laboratory table shall be provided as knock down type modular ISLAND laboratory tables units of overall size 8000(L) (Length may vary as per actual requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) mm × 1550H (two-tier). It shall be constructed in modular segments of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) mm each for ease of manufacture, handling, and installation. Four standard SS304 sinks shall be installed, each fitted with a 3-way SS 304 faucet of Premium make. Stainless steel reagent racks shall be provided across the entire table length in centre except the sink areas, with dimensions 300D × 700H. These racks shall also be of modular design with two horizontal stainless steel shelves, cutouts for switches and sockets, provision for electrical outlets, and accommodation for granite pieces.All base storage cabinets shall be of the design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA. Each storage box without granite shall be 600W × 570D × 713H, supported on 100 mm legs and shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The upper top shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, with all joints sealed using silicon sealant. The cabinet bodies shall be of over-closing design, fabricated entirely on CNC machines to ensure precision. The storage bodies shall be neatly jointed with accurately matched sides to avoid gaps. Shutters shall be made of 0.8 mm thick Powder Coated CRCA with handles, and drawers shall run on Soft close sliding channels (35-50kg)..Reagent shelves shall be made of polished finish SS, provided with electrical switches, sockets, and cutouts as required. The worktops shall be of 18-19 mm thick black granite, flushed with sink units and taps. Installation shall include all utility service outlets, accessory fittings, plumbing, electrical switches, and fittings shall be as per requirement.All metallic parts shall be with corrosion resistant coating and shall be welded strongly using CO₂ welding, conforming to safety regulations. Panels shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and riveting. (iv) LAB STOOLSupply and installation of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool with Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 x 410D ±10 x 820H ±10 mm,Seat of chair is made of 12mm thick hot pressed Plywood pasted with High Density PU foam & Leatherette upholstery, Back is made of 12mm thick hot pressed Plywood pasted with PU foam D -40 kg/m3 , H-20 Seat and back fixed through metal powder coated Spine covered with plastic cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10 x 400D ±10 x 75Thick. ±5 mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 x 240H ±10 x 50Thick. ±5mm, Ground to seat height-440-560mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree. Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking, Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With a Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used gaslift of 90 mm size of Class- IV grade with plastic bellow cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Base Made of polished finished SS 202 grade stainless steel, base consists of polished finished SS 202 grade stainless steel 5 prongs with 560±5 mm pitch circle diameter, Polished finished SS 202 grade stainless steel circular foot rest as per ref. image, 50mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin castor. 2 KITCHEN & DINING (A) DINING TABLEDining Table: Polished finish SS Dinning Table consists of Dinning Top is made up of 1 mm thickness Stainless steel sheet of SS 304 Grade with overall dimension of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The table top is reinforced with a 18 mm ply Board on Stainless steel frame of square section 40mmx40mmx1.6mm. Dinning top of stainless steel sheet shall be extended to the sides and a depth upto 40 mm under the table top in all directions including edge rounding, grinding and finishing etc. all complete. The Table top shall finish in such a manner to avoid any sharp edges. The table will be supported by four hollow legs made from SS 304 grade stainless steel. The hollow legs shall be of square type of size 50mmx50mmx1.6mm. These legs shall be securely welded or mechanically fastened to the underside of the tabletop frame. For additional structural stability, stainless steel cross supports shall be provided between the legs as shown in figure with 40mmx40mmx1.6mm SS square section. The table shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The design shall prioritize user safety with no sharp corners or edges. The table must be structurally sound and capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load of at least 250 kg. All materials used must conform to relevant IS standards, and the finished product should be free from burrs, dents, or deformities. SS 304. (B) DINING BENCHDining Bench: The Bench shall be of size 1800 mm in length, 300 mm in depth, and 450 mm in height, suitable for use in residential schools. The bench top shall be made of 18 mm thick HDHMR + Laminated , finished with a 1 mm thick decorative laminate on the top surface, and a balancing laminate backing on the underside to ensure dimensional stability. All exposed edges shall be sealed with PVC edge banding or machine-finished to prevent splinters and enhance durability. The plywood shall be scratch-resistant, water-resistant, and easy to clean, with a light woodgrain or equivalent finish as approved. The supporting frame shall be fabricated frame of square hollow section 40mmx40mmx1.6mm SS 304 grade stainless steel in polished finish. These legs shall be securely welded to the underside of the benchtop frame. The bench shall include rubber shoes at the bottom of each leg to prevent floor damage and ensure stability. The design shall prioritize user safety with no sharp corners or edges. The bench must be structurally sound and capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load of at least 250 kg. All materials used must conform to relevant IS standards, and the finished product should be free from burrs, dents, or deformities. 3 BOYS AND GIRLS DORMITORIES BEDs/ Partition wallIn Dormitory Hall, RCC Bed (900mmX1800mm) with 18mm HDHMR with with 1mm Matt-finish laminate on top of bed shall be provided. RCC partition wall cladding must be using 8mm Plywood covered with 2mm Matt-finish laminate all around corners and no sharp edges. With all fixtures fasteners adhesives etc all inclusive required for fixing. 4 STAFF QUARTERS (A) ROOMS WARDROBE Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In position Wardrobe of size 900 (L) x 1800 (H) x 600 (D). The unit comprises of Wardrobe including, a single drawer, Hanger Rod,in Pre laminated HDHMR board of 18mm thickness for carcase and shutters with 12mm thick back panel and drawer bottom. 2mm Edge banding matching the laminiate selected, Including all necessary fixing arrangement, glues, screws, magnetic catchers, handles, flush handles for drawer in wardrobe, hinges, telescopic sliding channel for drawers, as required. Colour may vary as per approval of engineer-in-charge. (B) MODULAR KITCHEN (i) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing in position the entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850mm) as per drawing.The unit comprises of Cabinets, shutters, profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass etc,. Basic structural framing with 18mm thick prelam HDHMR for shutters and carcase and its divisions and 12 HDHMR for back panel and bottom panel of drawers as mentioned in the drawing, edge banding to match the color of selected laminate, including all necessary fixing arrangement, nails, glues, screws, magnetic catchers, handles, Handles of required lengths as per the width of the Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing hinges and Soft Closing innotech sliding channel for drawers along with railings if required, fixing the furniture to the wall or to the floor as required. All works like fixing the unit to the floor or wall, laminates of specified thickness complete,other required hardware are included. Black Granite countertop, machine-cut, mirror polished, and neatly grouted, installed true to level with proper support structure.All framework intermittently for support and strength, All details to be followed as per the drawings and design provided and any addition required in detail should be incorporated in the shop drawing to ensure complete functionality and durability as intended. All HDHMR/Plywood and board will be both sides laminte. Nothing extra will be paid. All cooridnation works based on civil dimensions, integration of various appliances for the purpose of electrical wiring are to be considered in this item. Appliances like Chimney,sink etc to be paid seperatly. Natural stone counter top stone will be provided by the client and fixing will be done by the client appointed agency. However coordination will be the responsibility of this contractor.+B69(ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing in position the entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600mm) as per drawing. The unit comprises of Cabinets, shutters, profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass etc,. Basic structural framing with 18mm thick prelam HDHMR for shutters and carcase and its divisions and 12 HDHMR for back panel and bottom panel of drawers as mentioned in the drawing, edge banding to match the color of selected laminate, including all necessary fixing arrangement, nails, glues, screws, magnetic catchers, handles, Handles of required lengths as per the width of the Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing hinges and Soft Closing innotech sliding channel for drawers along with railings if required, fixing the furniture to the wall or to the floor as required. All works like fixing the unit to the floor or wall, laminates of specified thickness complete,other required hardware are included. All framework intermittently for support and strength, All details to be followed as per the drawings and design provided and any addition required in detail should be incorporated in the shop drawing to ensure complete functionality and durability as intended. All plywood and board will be both sides laminte. Nothing extra will be paid. All cooridnation works based on civil dimensions, integration of various appliances for the purpose of electrical wiring are to be considered in this item. Appliances like Chimney,sink etc to be paid seperatly. Natural stone counter top stone will be provided by the client and fixing will be done by the client appointed agency. However coordination will be the responsibility of this contractor. Colour may vary as per approval of Engineer-in-charge. GUEST HOUSE i) King Size BED: The king-size bed is constructed without a storage box and features robust materials for lasting durability. The frame, including the side panels and footboard, is made from 18 mm thick pre-laminated engineered wood with a melamine finish, offering a clean, wood-textured look. The mattress base is fabricated using 18 mm BWP-grade plywood, fully edge-banded to prevent warping and moisture damage. The overall dimensions of the bed are 2040 mm in length, 1980 mm in width, and 300 mm in height to the base, providing ample support for a standard king-size mattress (1980 mm × 1830 mm).The headboard stands 800 mm tall and is divided into two sections. The lower portion is made of laminated board, while the upper section includes a cushioned panel with 50 mm PU foam, upholstered in stitched premium leatherette for added comfort and aesthetics. The entire unit features a light oak melamine finish to match. The bed is supplied in knock-down condition with all necessary hardware, including cam locks, screws, dowels, and angle brackets. Assembly is straightforward with reinforced metal corners for added strength. ii) Side Table:The side table is constructed using high-grade plywood and finished in a light oak melamine laminate for a clean, natural appearance. It features a compact form with overall dimensions of 400 mm (width) × 400 mm (depth) × 490 mm (height). The unit has two lockable equally sized drawers, both equipped with soft-close telescopic channels for smooth, quiet operation.The design incorporates a handle-less front with a finger-pull recess at the top edge of each drawer for a sleek and minimalist look. Both drawers are lockable, enhancing functionality and security for personal storage. The surface is fully laminated for protection against wear and easy maintenance. iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The dining table shall be of solid sheesham wood (kiln-dried and chemically treated) with overall dimensions 1500 mm × 900 mm × 760 mm and a tabletop thickness of approx. 25 mm; the apron shall be 25 mm thick and legs shall be 80–100 mm square in section, all joined using mortise-and-tenon or equivalent reinforced joinery. A clear tempered (toughened) glass top shall be provided to cover the wooden top: 10 mm clear toughened glass is recommended for this size, with machine-polished edges (flat polish or small bevel) and corner radii for safety. The glass shall be supplied cut to size for a nominal 2–3 mm reveal from the top edge of the apron (or as directed), packed separately and fitted on site. Glass fixing shall use non-marking neoprene/rubber support pads (minimum 6 pads per table) and anti-slip silicone adhesive/dots to hold the glass in place without damaging the wood; stainless steel decorative clamps may be provided where a visible fixing is required but should not bear the primary load. Finish of the wood shall be a low-sheen natural polish or clear lacquer; table shall be supplied knock-down with all required fasteners and instructions for on-site assembly and final glass placement. The glass top protects the wood from scratches, heat and spills, gives a sleek aesthetic, and makes cleaning easier (wipe with standard glass cleaner while avoiding aggressive solvents on adjacent wood finish).Chairs 06 Nos — Each chair shall be of solid sheesham wood, finished to match the table’s low-sheen polish, with a slatted backrest and straight legs. Seat height shall be 450 mm from finished floor level. Seats shall be cushioned with medium-density foam and fully upholstered in durable synthetic leather (leatherette) in a neutral tone; foam shall be supported on a plywood board beneath the cushion. Chair dimensions (seat width/depth/backrest height) and leg sections shall be robust to match the table and shall be supplied knock-down with necessary assembly hardware. Upholstery shall be stain-resistant and maintainable (spot cleanable); wood and upholstery care instructions shall be provided with each unit. (iv) SOFA SET (a)SOFA FOYER ONE SEATER Size in mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & HD Foam 32 Softy. SS Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750mm . The rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W x 760D x 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W x 760D x 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W x 760D x 750H . 100mm High Legs. (b)SOFA FOYER TWO SEATER Size in mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H)Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & HD Foam 32 Softy. SS Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750mm . The rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W x 760D x 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W x 760D x 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W x 760D x 750H . 100mm High Legs. (c) Coffee Table The coffee table measures 900 mm (W) × 600 mm (D) × 450 mm (H) and features a 10 mm thick clear tempered glass top and shelf supported on a Stainless Steel 202 frame made of 40×40 mm square tubes with a mirror-polished finish. All joints are argon-welded, ground, and buffed for a seamless look. The lower glass shelf for additional storage, and rubber pads or level adjusters are provided at the base for stability and floor protection. The table combines modern design, durability, and elegant finish, making it ideal for offices and reception areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 2.51 Lakh
Government Departments No of Bidders 6
28.
Defence #9699197 AOC
Tender For Provision Of Deficient Md Accommodation For Dsc At Borgad Under Ge (Af) Ojhar.; 10 SCH A PART XI (MISC B/R & E/M ITEMS) Note:- Excavation and earthwork to the extent required for execution of relevant item under this schedule unless otherwise specified shall be measured and paid under relevant items of Schedule A Part-II. 11 INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY 12 Supply and fixing Health Faucet (ABS Body) mild steel chromium plated suitable for 15 mm dia fixing in pipe with 1.25 meter long flexible tube and ABS wall hook including making connection and fixed to 15 mm bore complete all as specified and as directed. 13 Supply and fixingangle valve of cast coper alloy chromium plated fancy type screwed down high pressure with crutchor butterfly handle screwed both ends for cpvc pipe or for unions and fixed to 15 mm diabore (concealed) complete all as specified and directed. 14 Supply and fixing 15mm dia. size Two way Bib taps, fancy type,,cast copper alloy with crutch or butterfly handle screwed down for CPVC pipe or for brass ferrule and fixed complete all as specified and as directed. 15 Supply and fixingBrass CP Mixer for mixing hot & cold water screwed down for CPVC Pipe of 15 mm dia bore and fixed all as specified and as directed. 16 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION 17 Supply and fixing switch modular type,2 module, 20 A DP Switch with indicator230 volts one way complete all as specified and directed.( For Acs) 18 Supply and fixenergy efficient LED lamp 5 watt capacity complete all as specified and directed 19 Supply and fixing energy efficient 20 watt (4.0 feet)LEDintegrated batten type luminairessuitable for wall or ceiling mounting with built in LED Chip & integral LED driver 20 watt,Aluminiumchannel housing & Polycarbonate diffuser of length 1200 mm (approx.),Color temperature 6500 K or as directed, CRI between 80-85,Low THD,PF-0.90(mimium),efficacy not less than 100 lumen/watt or total lumen output not less than 2000 lumen per 20 watt, operating range 200-270V ,surge protection of 2 kV,over voltage protection and other safety tests as per IS 15885 Part-2/Part-3,estimated life span of 25,000 hrs with all accessories, complete with fixing arrangement, fitting shall be internally prewired and conforming to LM 79 & LM 80 standard, making all connection using 1.5 sqmm copper conductor multistrand PVC insulated 3 core flexible cable from ceiling rose to fitting drawn through PVC flexible conduit complete fixed in position & connecting complete all as specified and directed by Engr–in-charge.Note: (i) LED fitting shall be provided for 3 years warranty. (ii) Location for Installation of LED fitting shall be as per approved drawing) 20 Supply and fixing energy efficient 10/12 watt (2.0 feet)LEDintegrated batten type luminairessuitable for wall or ceiling mounting with built in LED Chip & integral LED driver 10/12 watt,Aluminiumchannel housing & Polycarbonate diffuser of length 600 mm (approx.),Color temperature 6500 K or as directed,efficacy not less than 100 lumen/watt or total lumen output not less than 1000 lumen per 10 watt, operating range 200-270V ,surge protection of 2 kV,estimated life span of 25,000 hrs with all accessories, complete with fixing arrangement, fitting shall be internally prewired and conforming to LM 79 & LM 80 standard, making all connection using 1.5 sqmm copper conductor multistrand PVC insulated 3 core flexible cable from ceiling rose to fitting drawn through PVC flexible conduit complete fixed in position & connecting complete all as specified and directed by Engr–in-charge. Note:(i) LED fitting shall be provided for 3 years warranty. (ii) Location for Installation of LED fitting shall be as per approved drawing. 21 Supply and fixing LED Bulk Headtype with high out put , 10 watt ,220 V AC,Color temperature 6500 K or as directed,or as directed,efficacy not less than 100 lumen/watt or total lumen output not less than 1000 lumen/10 watt, estimated life span of 50,000 hrs with all accessories, complete with fixing arrangement, fitting shall be internally prewired and conforming to LM 79 & LM 80 standard ,IP 65 protection dust and water resistant ,surge protection up to 2.5kV, PC opal high efficiency diffuser , die cast aluminium housing with complete assembly, suitable for surface/wall mountedwith driver holder including connecting up using 1.5 sqmm copper conductor multistarnd PVC insulated with three core flexible copper conductor cable of suitable sizecomplete all as specified and directed. 22 Supply and Fix distribution board (DB), double door (CRCA sheet) dust and vermin proof SPN 8 way with appropriate Amps rated copper busbar, neutral bar,internalearth bar and cable ties for cable management,reversible door forIP 43 & IP 54,IK 09 impact resistance, single pole and neutral 250 Volts, flush to wall including chasescutting in wall for fixing DB and making good distributed wall surfaces to match with existing specification complete all as specified and directed.DB shall be designed with provision for MCB SPN as incomer &MCB SP as outgoing as per requirement. Cost of the DBs will be without MCBs complete all as specified and as directed .Note - Rates are inclusive for flush(Concealed ) mounting of DB SPN . 23 Supply and fixVerticalTPN distribution board (DB), double door type, as per as per IS 8623- 1 & 3 / IEC 61439- 1 & 3. made out of sheet metal enclosure (CRCA sheet) dust and vermin proof , TPN 4 way with inbuiltMCCB 125 amp 4 pole as incomer,suitableAmps rated copper busbar, 415 Volts suitable for TPN MCB/ 4 pole Isolator, 2 neutral bar and 2earth bar and blanking plates, IP 54 protection, IK 09 impact resistance, with detachable gland plate, terminal connectors and other required hardware & fasteners cable ties for cable management(Fully insulated busbar and shrouded neutral bars),reversible door for IP 43 & IP 54 ,flush mounted to wall complete.DB shall be designed with provision for MCCB as incomer & SP / SPN MCB as outgoing as per requirement. Cost of the DBs will be with MCCB complete all as specified and as directed.Note : Rates are inclusive for flush(Concealed ) mounting of Vertical DB TPN . 24 Supply and fixing 1200 mm sweep,BEE 5 star rated, ceiling fan with Brush Less Direct Current (BLDC) Motor, class of insulation: B, 3 nos.blades, 30 cm long down rod/down rod as per height available at site , 2 nos. canopies, shackle kit, safety rope, copper winding, Power Factor not less than 0.9, Service Value (CMM/W) minimum 6.0,Air delivery minimum 210 CMM,350 RPM (tolerance as per IS : 374-2019), THD less than 10%, remote or electronic regulator unit for speed control and all remaining accessories including safety pin,nut bolts, washers, temperature rise=75 degree C (max.), insulation resistance more than 2 mega ohm,suitable for 230 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC Supply etc , complete with fixing arrangement anchor tpe fastener hook including connection with 1.5 sqmm mutistrand copper conductor flexiblewire from ceiling rose to fan drawn through PVC flexible conduit complete including taking down old and deposited to MES store yard all as specified and directed. 25 Supply and Fix Exhaust Fanmade of sturdy Engineering plastic complete with louvers shutter, voltage 230V, 50 Hz,RPM 1200, Copper winding of sweep 250mm( for toilet),06 nos blades,with guard,opaque finish Aerodynamically designed & Blanced Blades,860 m³/h air delivery,Noise level less than 44db complete with outside louvers withnecessary fixing arrangment and making good to disturbed surface complete all as specified and directed . 26 Supply and Fix Exhaust Fanmade of sturdy Engineering plastic complete with louvers shutter, voltage 230V, 50 Hz,RPM 1200, Copper winding of sweep 300mm( for kitchen),06 nos blades,with guard,opaque finish Aerodynamically designed & Blanced Blades,860 m³/h air delivery,Noise level less than 44db complete with outside louvers withnecessary fixing arrangment and making good to disturbed surface complete all as specified and directed . 27 Supply and fixing LED building security Light fitting 60 watt, for opearting voltage between 140V to 270V system luminious efficacy not less than 100 lumen / watt ,PF-0.95 minimum, IP65/66 & IK 08 class ofprotection, 5700CCT(K),CRI between 80-85,confirming to LM79 and LM 80 standards or as per IS-16104:2012 and IS-16106:2012,for estimated life span ofminimum 50,000 hrs consisting of high / low voltage cut off, maintenance free isolated Electronic driver circuits SMPS based constant current supplywith phase to phase protection,over voltage protection , surge protection and other safety tests as per IS 15885 Part-2/Sec13, Low THD, PMMA grade high quality Transmittance lens, LED street optics LENS for uniform light distribution,weather proof gasket for lamp & driver compartment, Heat resistance toughened UV stabilized glass fitted in pressure die cast aluminium housing with SS screws with IP 65/66 protection, complete all as specified and asdirected by Engr-in-charge.Note: (i) LED fitting shall be provided for 3 years warranty. (ii) Location for Installation of LED fitting shall be as per approved drawing) 28 Supply,installation ,testing and commissioning of storage typeelectric water heater 25 Ltrs capacity , AC 240 volt, 50 Hz, 5 star rated, vertical wall mounting type made out of CRCA outer body, stainless steel storage tank, titanium enamelled heating element, thermostate, thermal cutout, glass wool incl 15mm, 450 mm long (cold water pipe) with copper cuch and 15mm 450 mm long armourd pipe (hot water pipe ) etc. complete including making necessary electrical and water connections with 2.5 sqmm 3 core copper (multistranded) cable with top indicator plug top 15 amp from geyser connnection to socket incl hold fast for fixing of new geyser and writing the MES No etc complete as specified and directed by Engr in charge. Note: (i) Cutting of wall and making good of disturbed surface in wall/roof shall be deemed to be included in the quoted rates. (ii) Wiringshall be independent from main DB to power socket located near the geyser whereas the controlled switch shall be placed outside the bath room shall be deemed to be included in quoted rates. 29 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY 30 Material and labour for construction of valve chamber of size 600x600mm deep dimensions (Over all internal dimension) with PCC Foundation,random rubble uncoarsed brick masonry walls, Plastering, PCC coping, white washing, mild steel chamber cover, painting to chamber cover including excavation and earthwork in any type of soil complete all as specified below : -Valve chamber shall be provided with the following specifications :-(i) Cement concrete for foundation (1:4:8) type D2 using 40 mm graded stone aggregate 150mm thick extnded up to 150mm beyond the outer face of brick masonry.(ii) Walls of valve chamber 23mm thick with precast cement concrete (1:5:8) (using 20mm graded stone aggregate) using brick masonry setting in CM 1:6 complete.(iii) Internal and exposed surfaces of valve chamber both concrete and brick masonry surface shall be plastered with CM(1:4), 15mm thick finished even and smooth. (iv) 50mm thick coping in PCC 1:3:6 type C1 over brick masonry wall.(v) Entire plastered surfaces shall be treated with 3 coat of white wash. (vi) Chamber cover shall be of 3.15mm thick MS sheet with 40x40x6mm size angle iron frame with hold fast and locking arrangement.Steel surface shall be painted with two coats of synthetic paint of fist quality over one coat of red oxide primer complete all a specified and as directed by Engr-in-Charge. 31 EXTERNAL ELECTRIC SUPPLY 32 Material and Labour for boring of holes under road, pavement, runway, taxi track, hard standing by trenches technology using ultrasound technique and necessary machine including HDPE pipe of 150 mm nominal dia PE 80 grade 0.4 Mpa working pressure for cable protection complete all as directed. Note : HDPE pipe shall be laid min 90 cm below the surface. 33 Material and Labour for Earthing complete with galvanised steel earth electrode plate of size 600x600x6mm thick, buried directly in ground(earth pit not less than 2.25m deep below normal ground level) with top edge of the plate not less than 1.50m below normal ground level, connected to galvanised iron strip of size 32 x 6 mm as earth lead up to test point with suitable GI nuts/bolts and brazed properly up to main board including earth pit in cement concrete 1:2:4 type B-1 using 20mm graded stone aggregates,40mm thick precast RCC cover in 1:2:4 reinforced with expanded metal(weight not less than 4 kg/sqm), and frame of angle iron 25x25x6mm with lugs 02 nos with 6mm dia MS bar handle made to shape, excavation and earth work in any type of soil and including medium grade GI watering pipe 20mm bore with funnel andwire mesh and medium grade GI earth wire protection pipe 40mm bore up to main board complete as shown in electrical plate no 3 of MES schedule Part-I , connected to earthing testing point and testing on completion complete all as specified anddirected by Engr-in-charge. Note: (i) The unit rate includes GI pipe up to 7.5m for protection of earth lead. For any additional length the same shall be adjusted through deviation order.(ii) The unit rate includesmain earthing lead/strip from earth electrode to test point up to 7.5 meter. (iii) In case measured value of earth resistance is recorded more than 1.0 ohms then the earthing shall be re done by the contractor without any extra cost to the department. 34 Supply,installation,testing and commissioning of LT Feeder pillar outdoor type confirming of IS 5039, CPRI approved, totally enclosed vermin proof suitably ventilated for 3 phase,wire 415 Volts, 50 Hz, AC supply, outer sheet shall be made out of 3.15mm thick CRCA sheet & MS angle section of suitable size for frames, factory fabricated, compartmentalized inner shell shall be made of out of 2.0 mm thick CRCA sheet for controlgear. Front and back door operating with locking arrangement at front. Panel shall be provided with proper ventilation arrangement from both sides including ventilation fan etc. Protection of enclosure IP 54 with pre-treatment through 7 tank hot chemical process prior to powder coated with minimum 50-70 micron of approved colour. The bottem of outer shell contains a detachable plate having provision for entry of armoured cable of adequate size. Computer cut self adhesive vinyl danger notice plate having conventional symbol of bones and skull to be provided. The panel shall be provided with manufacturer name plate, heavy duty SS cable glands of adequate size for incoming and outgoing cable. EPDM gasket of appropriate shape and size provided at all joints, door and covers including uitable size angle iron/flat iron frame work/support required with four legs 60cm long using angle iron 40x40x6mm duly painted with anti corrosive paint, air passing holes and locking arrangement at front with duplicate keys and making connection of incoming and outgoing cable using proper cable lug,4x legs 40 cm grouted in PCC 1:2:4 and making good disturbed surface complete and comprising of the following :- 35 (A) (i) TPN Aluminium electroytic grade bus bar of capacity 150 Amps for phases & 200 Amps for neutral and auxillary bus bar to support main bus bar duly suported on SMC/DMC, bus bar supports and insulated with colour coded heat shrinkable sleeve (ii) Digital muitifiunction meter (V,A,KW,KWH), 415 AC alongwith C.Ts of suitable ratio (set of three) complete (iii) Indication lamps LED type (RBY)= 01 set of three(iv) Internal wiring with suitable size of FRLS copper conductor cable. (B) Incomer(i) MCCB 100 Amps 4 pole confirming shall confirm to IS : 13947 (Part 3, 1993) and IEC- 60947 (Part-2), 36 KA, thermal magnetic release, adjustable overload release 64-100% of nominal current and adjustable short ckt release 3.5 to 10 in setting complete with phase separetor -01 nos.(C) Outgoing(i) MCCB 75 Amp 4 pole confirming shall conform to IS: 1394/(Part3, 1993) and IEC- 60947 (Part-2), 36 KA, thermal magnetic release, adjustable overload release 64-100% of nominal current and adjustable short ckt release 3.5 to 10 in setting complete with phase separetor -01 nos. (ii) MCB SPN 32 Amp -02 Nos. D)platform for feder pillar/LT Panel shall be of suitble size as directed, 450 mm height above ground level, the foundation shall be usingPCC 1:2:4 type B-1 , 15 cm thick, brick (sub class B) work in CM 1: 6on exposed surfaces and100 mm thick PCC 1:3: 6 type C1using20 mm graded stone aggregate as in padding on top and grouting legs of panel.Note- (i) Contractor shall subit the following Test report i.e. IP Test Report and verification of short circuit withstand test report issued by CPRI in respect of LT Panel (ii) contractor shall submit drawing for approval prior to place order. 36 Supply, installation and erection in true vertical position or to be planted a strut steel tubular swaged welded poles complete with MS base plate of 6mm thick of size 300mmx300mm at bottom duly welded and MS pole cap at top,pole shall made out of ERW MS tubing confirming to IS-1161 Part-II, type 410 SP-31 (9.0 m long) including drilling of holes of required size and nos for fixing of cross arms/clamps, pole shall be painted internally throughout using anto corrosive black bituminous paint conforming to IS: 158-1968 and externally painted with two coat of red oxide primer and two coats of aluminium paint for expose surface and two coats of black biuminous paint for portion embedded in concrete, painting three black/white bands at lower portion of pole each of 300mm height at 300mm spacing, writing pole no. with black paint in yellow paint circle 10cm dia at suitable height complete all as specified and directed by Engr-in-charge. Note : Earthwork, PCC 1:4:8 and PCC 1:2:4 shall be measured and paid seperately. 37 Supply and fixing hot pressed moulded glass reinforced polyester sheet moulding compound (SMC) junction box of dimensions 225mmx295mmx120mm, SMC confirming to IS- 13410:1992 Grade S1,IP 55, thickness of SMC sheet not less than 1.5mm, outdoor type, single door hinged with front side opening, weather proof, suitable locking arrangment at front, arrangement for incoming and outgoing cable entry at the bottom, earthing arrangement using one No. of earthing bolt of MS with 2 nuts and 2 washers provided on RH side of box,Earthing sign ha to be provided near to earthing blt complete all as pecified and comprising of the followings items as under :(a) Single phase and neutral bus bar uly colour coded of capacity 30 amps using aluminium strips of size 15mmx2mm mounted on epoxy resin base insulators, drilled holes for cable connection on bus bar including provision of PVC cable of suitable size and length from bus bar to MCB,nos cable glands. (b) MCB SP 06 Amps - 01 No.(c) Provision of clamp for monting on pole/wall,clamp made from 20mmx1.5mm flat iron of suitable shape and length duly fixed with nuts & bolts on the rear side of box. 38 Supply and fix LED street light fittings 60 watt for operating voltage between 140V to 270V system luminious efficacy not less than 110 lumen/watt, PF -0.95 minimum, IP66 protection, 5700CCT(K),CRI between 80-85 confirming to LM79 and LM 80 standards or as per IS:16104:2012 and IS:16106:2012 for estimated life span of minimum 50000 hrs consisting of high/low voltage cutt off,maintenance free isolated Electronic driver circuits SMPS based constant current supply with phase to phase protection , over voltage protection,surge protection and other safety tests as per IS:15885 Part-2/Sec13, Low THD, PMMA grade high quality transmittance lens, LED street optics LENS for uniform light distribution, weather proof gasket for lamp & driver compartment. Heat resistance toughened UV stabilized glas fitted in pressure die cast aluminium housing with SS screws with IP 65/66 protection, complete all as specified and as directed by Engr-in-Charge 39 SEWAGE DISPOSAL 40 Supply, laying in trenches and jointing of 200 mm dia bore double wall corrugated polyethelene (HDPE) pipe of stiffness class designation SN8 including all necessary jointing material and fittings such as couplers, connectors,bends, elbows ,Tees and end caps etc complete all as specified and as directed. 41 Total amount of Schedule A Part X carried over to General Summary 42 Blank 43 Blank 44 Blank 45 GENERAL SUMMARY 46 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractorfor “BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES” as listed inSchedule ‘A Part I representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part I on Srl Page No. 24 47 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractorfor “EXCAVATION,EARTHWORK & SITE CLEARANCE (FOR SCHEDULES OTHER THAN SCHEDULE A PART-I)” as listed inSchedule ‘A Part II representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part II on Srl Page No. 26 48 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part III representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part III on Srl Page No. 28 49 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION ” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part IV representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part IV on Srl Page No. 34 50 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “ROAD/ PATH/ CULVERT” as listed in Schedule ‘APart V representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part V on Srl Page No. 35 51 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part VI representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part VI on Srl Page No. 37 52 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part VII above/below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part VII on Srl Page No. 39 53 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “SEWAGE DISPOSAL ” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part VIII above/below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part VIII on Srl Page No. 41 54 Lumpsum price worked out by the contractor for “AREA DRAINAGE” as listed in Schedule ‘A Part IX representingabove / below the lumpsum price as inserted by MES for Schedule ‘A’ Part IX on Srl Page No. 43 55 Total amount of SCHEDULE A PART X (MISC ITEMS) (B/R & E/M ITEMS) brought forwarded from Serial Page No. 55
Contract Date: Feb 27, 2026 Contract Value : 1.84 Crore
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 3
Maharashtra View Result →
29.
Railways #9697230 AOC
Supply Of Distributed Power Wireless Control System (Dpwcs) For Three Phase Freight Locomotive With Brake Interface Unit For E-70 Brake System Only.Distributed Power Wireless Control System (Dpwcs) For Three Phase Freight Locomotive With Brake Interface Unit For E-70 Brake System Only.,Distributed Power Wireless Control System (Dpwcs) For Three Phase Freight Locomotive With B Rake Interface Unit For E-70 Brake System Only. (One Set Of Dpwcs Equipment Shall Comprise Equipment For Two Locomotives). Rdso Spec. No. Rdso/2019/El/Spec/0142, Rev. 0. Comprehensive Annual Maintenance For 03 (Three) Years Will Be As Per Clw Amc Condition No. Clw/Amc/C-D&D/02 Issued On August-2016. [ W Arranty Period: 72 Months After The Date Of Delivery ] ] Dee [Trs] Bsl, Cr Maharashtra 12.00 Set Div. Elect. Punjab 45.00 Set Engineer/Trs/Ludhiana, Nr Dme/Dsl/Bza, Scr Andhra Pradesh 10.00 Set Dme/Dsl/Tkd, Nr Delhi 20.00 Set Senior Section Engineer Gujarat 40.00 Set (Diesel) Vatva, Wr Senior Section Engineer Gujarat 12.00 Set (R/Stock) Vadodara Yard, Wr Senior Section Engineer Gujarat 48.00 Set (Stores) Valsad, Wr Sr.Dee/Els/Kzj, Scr Telangana 60.00 Set Sr.Dee/Trs/Jhs, Ncr Uttar Pradesh 7.00 Set Sr.Dme [D] Pa, Cr Maharashtra 3.00 Set Sr.Dme/Dsl/Bgkt, Nwr Rajasthan 31.00 Set Sr.Sec.Eng. (Stores) Trs Maharashtra 80.00 Set Ajni., Cr Sse(D)/Dls/Vskp, Ecor Andhra Pradesh 36.00 Set Sse(M)Trs/Bndm, Ser Odisha 15.00 Set Sse(S)/Els/Tata, Ser Jharkhand 12.00 Set Sse(Store)/Trs/Els/Asn, Er West Bengal 56.00 Set Sse/D/Mech./Mldt, Nfr West Bengal 32.00 Set
Contract Date: Feb 27, 2026 Contract Value : 24.12 Crore
Government Departments No of Bidders 1
West Bengal View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 94.81 Lakh
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 6
West Bengal View Result →
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : 1.59 Crore
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 5
West Bengal View Result →
32.
Educational and Research Institute #9661617 AOC
Library Books , Design Of Machine Elements , Bhandari.V.B;4 Ed; Tata Mcgraw Hill ; 2016 , Machine Design ; Sundaramoorthy; Latest; Anuradha Publications; 2003 , Dimensional Metrology; Dotson Connie; 1 Ed ; Thomson Delmar ; 2012 , Handbook Of Dimensional Measurements ; Mark Curtis, 5 Ed; Industrial Press; 2013 , Automation, Production System And Computer Integrated Manufacturing ; Mikell P.Groover; 4Ed; Phi; 2014. , Cad/Cam/Cim ; P.Radhakrishnan;3Ed; New Age Int; 2008 , Material Science And Metallurgy ; O.P.Khanna; Latest; Dhanpat Rai ; 2014 , Engineering Materials And Metallurgy;R.K. Rajput; Latest; S Chand , Material Science & Engineering ;William & Collister; Latest; Wiley; 2014 , Engineering Thermodynamics ;P.K Nag; 6Ed; Tata Mch; 2017 , Engineering Thermodynamics ;Natarajan.E;2Ed; Anuragam ; 2014 , Power Plant Engineering ; P.K Nag ; Latest ;Tata Mcg Hill:2008 , Text Book Of Power Plant Engineering;R.K. Rajput; Latest; S Chand ; 2016 , Engineering Mechanics ;Beer And Johnston; 12Ed; Tata Mcg Hill ; , Manufacturing Engineering And Technology;Kulpakjian;4Ed; Pearson India ; 2013 , Hydraulics And Fluid Mechanics ;Modi P.N & Seth;22Ed;Standard Book House;2019 , Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic; Jain A K; Latest; Khana 2014. , Practical Non Destructive Testing ;Baldev Raj Etc; 3 Ed; Alpha Science Int. 2002 , Surveying ;Dr.B.C. Punmia, Ashok K.Jain And Arunk.Jain ; (16Th Ed) Vol. I & Ii ; Lakshmi Publication Pvt. Ltd New Delhi; 2016. , Ground Improvement Techniques ; Dr.P.Purushothamaraj Lakshmi Publications , Ground Improvement Techniques ; P.Kavitha And K.Mohan; R-2021; Magnus Publications , Water Supply And Waste Water Engineering; S.Herald Lessly; Magnus Publication. , Water Supply Engineering (Environmental Engineering Vol I ) ; Khanna Publications. , Waste Water Engineering (Environmental Engineering Vol. Ii); S.K.Garg; Khanna Publishers. , Design Of Reinforced Concrete Structures (Is 456-2000); N.Krishnaraju; 3Rd Ed Cbs Publication And Distributors. , Hydrology And Water Resource Engineering (Irrigation And Water Power Engineering) Dr.B.C.Punmia, (16Th Ed) Lakshmi Publication Pvt Ltd New Delhi 2016 , Structural Dynamics And Earthquake Engineering (Structural Dynamics And Seismic Design) S.R.Damodarasamy, S.Kavitha, Phi Publication Pvt Ltd , “Engineering Mechanics – Statics And Dynamics” ; Vela Murali; Oxford University Press , 2018 , Vector Mechanics For Engineer: Statics And Dynamics ; Beer Ferdinand P, Russel Johnstanjr , David F Mazurek, Philip J Cornwell, Sanjeev Sanghi, 11Th Ed Mcgraw Higher Education , 2017. , Human Value And Ethics ; Research Methodology For Natural Science By Sokmitrabanarjee, Iisc Press, January 2022. , Research Methodology And Ipr Catherine J.Holland , “Inkelletual Property Patents, Trademarks, Copyright Trade Secrets”, Entrepreneur Press, 2007. , “Essentials At Bridge Engineers”, Johnson Victor. D ; 6Th Ed , Oxford And Ibh Publishing Co .New Delhi , 2018. , “Design Of Bridges” Krishnaraju N, 4Thed , Oxford And Ibh Publishing Co.Neew Delhi , 2018. , Construction Material Technology K.Arun, Dr.R.Saravanan, Suchitra Publications. , Concrete Technology - Theory And Practice, Shetty.M.S. Jain A K., S.Chand And Company, Eighth Ed, 2019. , Rehabilitation Of Concrete Structures ,B.Vidivelli,, Standard Publishes Distribution.1St Ed 2009. , Precast Concrete Structures, Alfred Steinle, Hubert Bachmann, Mathias Tillmann, Philip Thrift ., Ernst & Sohn, Berlin, 2019. , Precast Concrete- Materials, Manufacture, Properties And Usage , Lewitt,M., ,Crc Press, 2019. , ‘Estimating And Costing In Civil Engineering’ ,B.N Dutta, Twenty Eighth Revised Ed, , Cbs Publishers & Distributors (P) Ltd, 2020. , ‘Civil Engineering Contracts And Estimates’, B.S.Patil, , 7Th Ed, University Press, 2015. , Structural Analysis,Vol.1,& 2, Bhavikatti, S.S , Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.New Delhi-4, 2014. , Structural Analysis (Vol. I, Ii, Iii), Dr. R. Vaidyanathan;Dr. P. Perumal, 4Th Ed, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2023. , Theory Of Structures , Punmia.B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain & Arun Kumar Jain, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2004. , “Introduction To Geographic Information Systems”,Kang - Tsung Chang,2Nd Ed, 2011, Mcgraw Hill Publishing. , Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines, R.K.Bansal,9Ed,Lakxmi Purblication,2010 , Theory Of Machines, S.S. Rattan , 5 Ed, Mcg Hill, 2021 , Manufacturing Technology, P N Rao, 5 Ed, Mcg Hill,2023 , Engineering Mechanics (Short Questions And Answers), Sankar Asubramani A.N,3 Ed, S Chand,2000 , Engineering Thermodynamics, P.K. Nag , 8 Ed, Tata Mcg Hill,2017 , Transport Management, John Duke, 4 Ed, Mch Hill,2010 , Automotive Engines, John B.Heywood, 1 Ed, Mcg Hill,2017 , Engine And Vehicle Management Systems, Eric Chowanietz, 4 Ed, Sae Publication,2017 , Fundamentals Of Management, Stephen A. Robbins , 7 Ed, Pearson, 2016 , Industrial Engineering And Production Management, Martand Telsang, 1 Ed, S Chand, 2018 , Internal Combustion Engines, V. Ganesan, Ed 4, Tata Mcg Hill,2014 , A Text Book Of Machine Design, Khurumai & Gupta, Ed 25, Eurasia Publishing,2020 , Automobile Chassis Design, Dean Averns , 1 Ed, Liffe & Sons ,2009 , Two And Three Wheler, Thruv U Panchal, 1 Ed, Phi India,2015 , Mechatronics, Rk Rajput, Ed 16, Kanna,2017 , Automotive Electrical And Electronics Stystems, A K Babu, 16 Ed, Kanna,2016 , Non Conventional Energy Sources, Rai G D,4 Ed, Khanna,2021 , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering ;Kothari Dp And I.J Nagrath ; Second Edition ;Mcgraw Hill Education, 2020 , Basic Electrical And Electronics Engineering; S.K.Bhattacharya ; Second Edition, 2017 ; Pearson Education ; 2017 , A Textbook Book Of Applied Electronics ; Sedha R.S ;2008; S. Chand & Co; 2008 , Dorf’S Introduction To Electric Circuits ; James A .Svoboda, Richard C. Dor; 2018 ; Wiley ; 2018 , A Course In Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation ; A.K. Sawhney, Puneet Sawhney ; 2015 ; Dhanpat Rai And Co; , Principles Of Electromagnetics; Mathew N. O. Sadiku; 6Th ,2015; Oxford University Press; 2015 , Engineering Electromagnetics; William H. Hayt And John A. Buck; 2014; Mcgraw Hill Special Indian; 2014 , Electromagnetics With Applications; Kraus And Fleish; 5Th,2010; Mcgraw Hill International Editions ; 2010 , Digital Logic And Computer Design; Morris Mano.M; 3Rd,2005; Prentice Hall Of India; 2005 , Digital Principles And Design; Donald D.Givone; 1St,2003; Tata Mcgraw Hill; 2003 , Digital Fundamentals; Thomas L Floyd; 11Th,2018; Pearson Education Limited; 2018 , Microelectronic Circuits; Sedra And Smith; 7Th,2017; Oxford University Press; 2017 , Electric Machinery; P. S. Bimbhra; 2Nd,2021; Khanna Publishers; 2021 , Basic Concepts In Environmental Management; Mackenthun, K.M; 1998; Lewis Publication; 1998 , Engineering Applications In Sustainable Design And Development ; Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, A.O., Maria; 2015; Cengage Learning; 2015 , Power System Engineering; D.P.Kothari, I.J. Nagarath; 3Rd 2019; Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company; 2019 , Electrical Power Systems; C.L.Wadhwa; 7Th 2022; New Age International Ltd; 2022 , Electric Power Generation, Transmission And Distribution; S.N. Singh; 2Nd 2008; Prentice Hall Of India Pvt.Ltd; 2008 , Op-Amp & Linear Ics; David A. Bell; 3Rd 2011; Oxford; 2011 , Linear Integrated Circuits; D. Roy Choudhary; 4Th 2018; New Age; 2018 , Op-Amps And Linear Integrated Circuits; Ramakant A. Gayakward; 4Th 2021; Pearson Education; 2021 , Electronic Instrumentation; H.S. Kals; 2010; Tata Mcgraw-Hil; 2010 , Microprocessor Architecture Programming And Application; Ramesh S. Gaonkar; 6Th 2013; Pen Ram International (P)Ltd; 2013 , The 8051 Micro Controller And Embedded Systems; Muhammad Ali Mazidi & Janice Gilli Mazidi; 2Nd 2011; Pearson Education; 2011 , The Pic Micro Controller And Embedded Systems; Muhammad Ali Mazidi & Janice Gilli Mazidi; 2010; Pearson Education; 2010 , Electric Machinery; A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen. D. Umans, ; 6Th 2017; Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd; 2017 , Electric Machinery Fundamentals; Stephen J. Chapman; 4Th 2017; Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt.Ltd; 2017 , Electric Machines; D.P. Kothari And I.J. Nagrath; 5Th 2017; Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd; 2017 , Electrical Machinery; P.S. Bhimbhra; 2Nd 2021; Khanna Publishers; 2021 , Power System Analysis; John J. Grainger, William D. Stevenson, Jr; 2017; Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi; 2017 , Power System Engineering; Kothari D.P. And Nagrath I.J.; 3Rd, 2019; Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education; 2019 , Power System Analysis; Hadi Saadat; 21St Reprint, 2010; Tata Mcgraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi; 2010 , Power Electronics: Converters, Applications And Design; Ned Mohan, T.M.Undeland, W.P.Robbins; 3Rd (Reprint), 2009; John Wiley And Sons; 2009 , Power Electronics Circuits, Devices And Applications; Rashid M.H.; 3Rd Edition, 2004; Prentice Hall India, New Delhi; 2004 , Power Electronics ; Cyril. W. Lander ; 3Rd Edition 1993; Mc Graw Hill International; 1993 , Power Electronics; P.S.Bimbhra; Third Edition 2003; Khanna Publishers; 2003 , Elements Of Power Electronics; Philip T.Krein; 2013; Oxford University Press; 2013 , Power Electronics; P.C.Sen; .30Th Reprint, 2008.; Tata Mcgraw-Hill; 2008 , Automatic Control Systems; Benjamin C. Kuo; 7Th, 2010; Phi Learning Private Ltd; 2010 , Control Systems Engineering; Nagarath, I.J. And Gopal, M.; 2010; New Age International Publishers; 2010 , Power Quality Enhancement Using Custom Power Devices; Arindam Ghosh And Gerad Ledwich; First Edition,2002; Kluwer Academic Publishers; 2002 , Electric Power Quality; G.T.Heydt; Second Edition, 2011; Stars In A Circle Publications; 2011 , Power System Harmonics – Fundamentals, Analysis And Filter Design; George J. Wakileh; 2019; Springer – Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, New York; 2019 , Axial Flux Permanent Magnet Brushless Machines; Jacek F. Gieras, Dr. Rong-Jie Wang, Professor Maarten J. Kamper ; 2008; Springer Netherlands; 2008 , Switched Reluctance Motor Drives: Fundamentals To Applications; Bilgin, Berker Emadi, Ali Jiang, James Weisheng; 2019; Crc; 2019 , Permanent Magnet Synchronous And Brushless Dc Motor Drives; .Ramu Krishnan; 2009; Crc Press, Marcel Applications; 2009 , Stepping Motors And Their Microprocessor Controls; T.Kenjo; 2009; Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2000; 2009 , Brushless Magnet And Reluctance Motor Drives; T.J.E. Miller; 1989; Clarendon Press; 1989 , Switched Reluctance Motor Drives Modeling, Simulation, Analysis, Design, And Applications; R. Krishnan; 2017; Crc Press; 2017 , Arm System On Chip Architecture; Steve Furber; 2Nd, 2015; Addisonn Wesley; 2015 , Arm System Developer’S Guide Designing And Optimizing System Software; Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, John Rayfield; 1St, 2004; Elsevier; 2004 , Arm Assembly Language’ Fundamentals And Techniques; William Hohl; 2Nd Edition 2014; Crc Press; 2014 , Switchgear And Protection; Sunil S.Rao; 4Th Edition, 2010; Khanna Publishers; 2010 , Power System Protection And Switchgear; Badri Ram ,B.H. Vishwakarma; 2Nd Edition 2011; New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers; 2011 , Power System Protection And Switchgear; B.Rabindranath And N.Chander; 2Nd Edition, 2018; New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers; 2018 , Switch Gear And Protection; Arun Ingole; 2018; Pearson Education; 2018 , Electric Energy Systems Theory – An Introduction; Olle. I. Elgerd; 2Nd Edition, 2017; Mcgraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd; 2017 , Power Generation, Operation And Control; Allen. J. Wood And Bruce F. Wollen Berg; 3Rd Edition, 2013; John Wiley & Sons, Inc; 2013 , Power System Analysis Operation And Control; Abhijit Chakrabarti And Sunita Halder; 4Th Edition, 2018; Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd; 2018 , Hybrid Energy Systems; Bahman Zohuri; First Edition, 2018; Springer; 2018 , Wind Energy Conversion Systems; S.M Muyeen; First Edition, 2012; Springer; 2012 , Emerging Power Converters For Renewable Energy And Electric Vehicles; Md. Rabiul Islam,Md. Rakibuzzaman Shah,Mohd Hasan Ali;First Edition, 2021; Crc Press; 2021 , Thyristor Based Facts Controllers For Electrical Transmission Systems; R. Mohan Mathur, Rajiv K.Varma; 2002; Ieee Press And John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2002 , Understanding Facts-Concepts And Technology Of Flexible Ac Transmission Systems; Narain G.Hingorani; 2011; Standard Publishers Distributors,Delhi-110006,2011; 2011 , High Voltage Engineering; M.S.Naidu And V. Kamaraju; Fifth - 2013; Tata Mcgraw Hill; 2013 , High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals; E. Kuffel And W.S. Zaengl, J.Kuffel; Second - 2005; Newnes, Elsevier; 2005 , High Voltage Engineering; C.L. Wadhwa; Fourth - 2020; New Age International Publishers; 2020 , The Nonreligious: Understanding Secular People And Societies; Luke W. Galen; 2016; Oxford University Press; 2016 , Secularism: A Dictionary Of Atheism, Bullivant, Stephen; Lee, Lois; 2016; Oxford University Press; 2016 , The Oxford Handbook Of Secularism; John R. Shook; 2017; Oxford University Press; 2017 , The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes And Democracy In Five Nations; Gabriel A. Almond And Sidney Verba; 1963; Princeton University Press; 1963 , Research Methodology For Natural Sciences; Soumitro Banerjee; 2022; Iisc Press; 2022 , Smart Grids Advanced Technologies And Solutions; Stuart Borlase; Second Edition,2018; Crc; 2018 , Smart Grid: Technology And Applications; Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiriliyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama; 2012; John Wiley; 2012 , Smart Grid Fundamentals Of Design And Analysis; James Momoh; 2012; Ieee Press 2012; 2012 , Fundamentals And Applications Of Renewable Energy; Mehmet Kanoglu, Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, Cgraw Hill; First Edition (10 December 2020); Cgraw Hill; 2020 , Renewable Energy Sources And Emerging Technologies; Kothari; 2Nd Edition (1 January 2011); Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited; 2011 , Data Warehousing, Data Mining & Olap By Alex Berson And Stephen J. Smith, Tata Mcgraw – Hill Edition , The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide To Dimensional Modelling By Ralph Kimball, Edition 3, John Wiley & Sons , Block Chain Basics By Daniel Drescher, Edition 1, Apress , Solidity Programming Essentials: A Beginner’S Guide To Build Smart Contracts For Ethereum And Block Chain By Ritesh Modi , , Mastering Block Chain: Deeper Insights Into Decentralization, Cryptography, Bit Coin, And Popular Block Chain Frameworks By Bashir And Imran , The Nonreligious: Understanding Secular People And Societies By Luke W. Galen 2016 Oxford University Press , Secularism: A Dictionary Of Atheism By Bullivant, Stephen; Lee, Lois 2016 Oxford University Press , The Oxford Handbook Of Secularism By John R. Shook 2017 Oxford University Press , Research Methodology For Natural Sciences By Soumitro Banerjee January 2022 Iisc Press , The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes And Democracy In Five Nations By Gabriel A. Almond And Sidney Verba, Princeton University Press , Devops: A Software Architect‘S Perspective By Len Bass, Ingo Weber And Liming Zhu, Pearson Education , Learning Robotic Process Automation: Create Software Robots And Automate Business Processes With The Leading Rpa Tool– Uipath, By Alok Mani Tripathi, Packt Publishin , Operating System Concepts By Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin And Greg Gagne, 10Th Edition, John Wiley And Sons Inc , Distributed Systems: Principles And Paradigms By Tanenbaum A S, Van Steen M, Pearson Education , Robotic Process Automation: Guide To Building Software Robots,Automate Repetitive Tasks & Become An Rpa Consultant By Richard Murdoch, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited , Digital Design : With An Introduction To The Verilog Hdl, Vhdl, And System Verilog;M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti;6Th ; Pearson Education, 2018 , Computer Organization And Design, The Hardware/Software Interface; David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy;6Th;Morgan Kaufmann/Elsevier, 2020 , Introducing Data Science; David Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, And Mohamed Ali. Manning Publications, 2016 , Statistics: Robert S. Witte And John S. Witte11 Edition Willey2017 , Python Data Science Hand Book; Jake Vander Plas; ;O’Reilly, 2016 , Data Structures And Algorithm Analysis In C Mark Allen Weiss 2Nd Ed Ed,Pearson 2005 , Introduction To Data Structure In C; Kamthane1 Ed; Pearson 2007 , Java: The Complete Reference; Herbert Schildt;11Th;Mcgraw Hill Education,2019 , Introducing Java Fx 8 Programming; Herbert Schildt;1St;Mcgraw Hill Education,2015 , Introduction To Automata Theory, Languages And Computations; Hopcroft Je Motwani R & Ullman Jd 3Ed; Pearson 2008 , Introduction To Languages And The Theory Of Computation; John C Martin;4Th;Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2011. , Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach; Stuart Russell And Peter Norvig;4Th;Pearson Education, 2021. , Introduction To Machine Learning; Ethem Alpaydin;4Th; Mit Press,2020 , Machine Learning; Dr.S.Sridhar, Dr.M.Vijayalakshmi, 1Ed,Oxford University Press, 2021 , Database System Concepts : Abraham Silberschatz, Henery F Korth S.Sudharshan Mchill 2020 , Fundamentals Of Database System : Ramez Elmarsri Shamkant B Navathe 7Th Ed, Pearson, 2017 , Introduction To Algorithms;Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest And Clifford Stein;3Rd;Prentice Hall Of India, 2009 , Computer Algorithms/C++;Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran;2Nd;Orient Blackswan2019 , Operating System Concepts,Ll; Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin And Greg Gagne;10Th;John Wiley And Sons Inc., 2018 , Modern Operating Systems; Andrew S Tanenbaum;5Th;Pearson,2022 , ‘Handbook Of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances And Standards’, Vol. I And Ii;R.K. Trivedi;38Th;Enviro Media,2010 , Environmental Encyclopaedia; Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani; ;Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai, 2001 , Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring The Internet; James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross;8Th;Pearson Education, 2021 , Data Communications And Networking With Tcp/Ip Protocol Suite; Behrouz A. Forouzan;6Th; Tmh, 2022 , Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics And Legal Perspectives; Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure;1Th;Wiley India, 2011. , Distributed Computing: Principles, Algorithms And Systems; Kshemkalyani Ajay D, Mukesh Singhal; ;Cambridge Press, 2011. , Advanced Concepts In Operating Systems; Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G Shivaratri; ;Mcgraw Hill Publishers, 1994 , Hadoop Operations;Eric Sammer; ;O’Reilley, 2012. , Nosql Distilled;Sadalage, Pramod J; , Kamthane, Introduction To Data Structures In C, 1St Ed ,Pearson Education,2007. , Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest, Clifford Stein, Introduction To Algorithms, 4Th Ed , Mcgraw Hill, 2022. , Oppenheim, Willsky And Hamid, “Signals And Systems”, 2Nd Ed , Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2015.(Units I - V) , Simon Haykin,Barry Van Veen,“Signals And Systems”,2Nd Ed ,Wiley, 2002 , B.P.Lathi,“Principles Of Linear Systems And Signals”,2Nd Ed ,Oxford, 2009. , M. J. Roberts, “Signals And Systems Analysis Using Transform Methods And Matlab”, Mcgraw- Hill Education, 2018. , John Alan Stuller, “An Introduction To Signals And Systems”,Thomson, 2007. , Robert L.Boylestad And Louis Nasheresky,“Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory”, 10Th Ed , Pearson Education / Phi, 2008. , Adel .S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Micro Electronic Circuits, Oup, 7Th Ed , 2014. , Donald.A.Neamen,Electronic Circuit Analysis And Design, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 3Rd Ed , 2010. , D.Schilling And C.Belove, Electronic Circuits, Mcgraw Hill, 3Rd Ed , 1989 , Muhammad H.Rashid,Power Electronics, Pearson Education/Phi, 2004 , M.Gopal, “Control System – Principles And Design”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 4Th Ed , 2012 , J.Nagrath And M.Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 5Th Ed , 2007. , K.Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Phi, 5Th Ed , 2012. , S.K.Bhattacharya, “Control System Engineering”, Pearson, 3Rd Ed , 2013. , Benjamin. C.Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Prentice Hall Of India, 7Th Ed , 1995 , William I. Fletcher, An Engineering Approach To Digital Design, Prentice-Hall Of India,1980. , Charles H.Roth,Jr, ‘Fundamentals Of Logic Design’, Jaico Books, 4Th Ed , 2002. , Floyd T.L., Digital Fundamentals, Charles E. Merril Publishing Company, 1982. , John.F.Wakerly, Digital Design Principles And Practices, Pearson Education, 4Th Ed., , D.K. Cheng, Field And Wave Electromagnetics, 2Nd Ed., Pearson (India), 2002 2. M.N.O.Sadiku And S.V. Kulkarni, Principles Of Electromagnetics, 6Th Ed., Oxford(Asian Ed ), 2015 , Edward C.Jordan & Keith G.Balmain, Electromagnetic Waves And Radiating Systems, 2Nd Ed , Prentice-Hall Electrical Engineering Series, 2012. , W.H.Hayt And J.A.Buck, Engineering Electromagnetics, 7Th Ed. ,Mcgraw-Hill(India), 2006. , B.M. Notaros, Electromagnetics, Pearson: New Jersey, 2011 , William Stallings, Cryptography And Network Security, 7Th Ed , Pearson Education, 2017(Unit- Iv) , Bhunia Swarup, Hardware Security– A Hands On Approach, Morgan Kaufmann, First Ed , 2018.(Unit – V). , James.F.Kurose And Keith.W.Ross, Computer Networking – A Top – Down Approach, 6Th Ed , Pearson, 2017. , Doughlas .E.Comer, Computer Networks And Internets With Internet Applications, 4Th Ed , Pearson Education, 2008. , D.Roy Choudhry, Shailjain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New Age International Pvt.Ltd., 2018, 5Th Ed . (Unit I - V) , Sergio Franco, “Design With Operational Amplifiers And Analog Integrated Circuits”, 4Th Ed , Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2016 (Unit I – V) , Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amp And Linear Ics”, 4Th Ed , Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, 2015. , Robert F.Coughlin,Frederick F.Driscoll, “Operational Amplifiers And Linear Integrated Circuits”, 6Th Ed , Phi, 2001. , S.Salivahanan& V.S. Kanchana Bhaskaran, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, Tmh, 2Nd Ed , 4Th Reprint, 2016 , John G.Proakis And Dimitris G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing – Principles, Algorithms And Applications, 4Th Ed , Pearson Education / Prentice Hall, 2007. , V.Oppenheim ,R.W.Schafer And J.R.Buck,? Discrete-Time Signal Processing, 8Th Indian Reprint, Pearson, 2004. , Emmanuel C. Ifeachor & Barrie. W. Jervis, “Digital Signal Processing”, 2Nd Ed, Pearson Education / Prentice Hall, 2002. , Sanjit K.Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing – A Computer Based Approach”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2007. , Andreas Antoniou, “Digital Signal Processing”, Tatamcgrawhill, 2006. , Simon Haykins,”Communication Systems”,Wiley, 5Th Ed ,2009.(Uniti-V) , B.P.Lathi, “Modern Digital And Analog Communication Systems”, 4Th Ed , Oup, 2011. , Wayner Tomasi, Electronic Communication System, 5Th Ed , Pearson Education,2008. , D.Roody, J.Coolen, Electronic Communications, 4Th Ed Phi 2006 , B.Sklar, “Digital Communications Fundamentals And Applications”, 2Nd Ed Pearson Education 2007 , Hp Hsu, Schaum Outline Series- “Analog And Digital Communications” Tmh 2006 , Couch.L., Modern Communication Systems, Pearson,2001 , Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction To Environmental Engineering And Science’, 2Nd Ed , Pearson Education, 2004. , Allen, D. T. And Shonnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design And Case Studies, Prentice Hall. , Bradley.A.S;Adebayo,A.O., Maria, P. Engineering Applications In Sustainable Design And Development, Cengage Learning. , Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, Notification Of Government Of India, 2006. , Cunningham,W.P.Cooper,T.H.Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopaedia’, Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai, 2001. , Dharmendra S.Sengar, ‘Environmental Law’, Prentice Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2007. , Rajagopalan, R,‘Environmental Studies-From Crisisto Cure’, Oup, 3Rd Ed , 2015. , Erach Bharucha, “Text Book Of Environmental Studies For Undergraduate Courses” Orient Blackswanpvt.Ltd.201 , Kaveh Pahlavan, “Principles Of Wireless Networks”, Phi , 2008 , Vijay K.Garg, “Wireless Network Evolution - 2G & 3G”. Prentice Hall, 2008. , Clint Smith,P.E,Dannel Collins,“3G Wireless Networks” Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2Nd Ed , 2011. , Sassan Ahmadi,“Lte-Advanced– A Practical Systems Approach To Understanding The Gpp Lte Releases 10 And 11 Radio Access Technologies”, Elsevier, 2014. , Jonathan Rodriguez,Fundamentals Of 5G Mobile Networks, John Wiley, 2015. , Ekram Hossain, Dong In Kim, Vijayk.Bhargava, “Cooperative Cellular Wireless Networks”,Cambridge University Press, 2011. , Ekram Hossain, Vijay K.Bhargava (Editor), Gerhard P.Fettweis(Editor), “Green Radio Communication Networks”, Cambridge University Press, 2012. , F.Richard Yu,Yu,Zhang And Victor C.M.Leung“ Green Communications And Networking”, Crc Press, 2012. , Ramjee Prasad And Shingo Ohmori, Dina Simunic, “Towards Green Ict”, River Publishers,2010 , Jinsong Wu, Sundeep Rangan And Honggang Zhang, “Green Communications: Theoretical Fundamentals, Algorithms And Applications”, Crc Press, 2012 , Jan D Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, “Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective”, Phi, 2016.(Units Ii, Iii And Iv). , Neil He Weste , Kamran Eshranghian, “Principles Of Cmos Vlsi Design: A System Perspective,”Addison Wesley, 2009.(Units- I, Iv). , Michael J Smith,” Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Addison Wesley, (Unit-V) , Samir Palnitkar,”Verilog Hdl: A Guide To Digital Design And Synthesis”, 2Nd Ed, Pearson Education,2003.(Unit - V) , Parag K.Lala, ”Digital Circuit Testing And Testability”, Academic Press, 1997, (Unit-V) , D.A.Hodges And H.G.Jackson, Analysis And Design Of Digital Integrated Circuits, International Student Ed , Mcgraw Hill 1983 , P.Rashinkar,Paterson And L.Singh, System-On-A-Chip Verification-Methodology And Techniques, Kluwer Academic Publishers,2001 , Samiha Mourad And Yervant Zorian, “Principles Of Testing Electronic Systems”, Wiley2000 , M.Bushnell Andv.D.Agarwal, Essentials Of Electronictesting For Digital, Memory And Mixed-Signal Vlsi Circuits, Kluwer Academic Publishers,2000 , Reinhold Ludwig And Powel Bretchko, “Rf Circuit Design” – Theory Andapplications”, Pearson Education Asia, First Ed , 2001. , D. K. Misra, “Radio Frequency And Microwave Communication Circuits”- Analysis Anddesign, John Wiley & Sons, 2004. , Richard Chi-Hsili-,“Rf Circuit Design” –A John Wiley & Sons, Inc , Publications , W.Alan Davis, Krishna Agarwal,“ Radio Frequency Circuit Design” ,Johnwilly & Sons,2001100) , Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency &Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education Asia, 2Nd Ed , 2002 (Unit – V) , John D Ryder, “Networks Lines And Fields”, Prentice Hall Of India, New Delhi, 2005. (Unit I– Iv) , Annapurna Das, Sisir K. Das, “Microwave Engineering”, Mcgraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 3Rd Ed ,2000.(Unit – V) , Wireless Communication – Andrea Goldsmith, Cambridge University Press,2011 , Van Nee,R. And Ramji Prasad,-Ofd Mforwireless Multimedia Communications, Artech House, 2000. , David Tse And Pramod Viswanath,- Fundamentals Of Wireless Communication, Cambridge University Press, 2005. , Upena Dalal, Wireless Communication”, Oup, 2009. , Andreas.F.Molisch,?Wireless Communications”, John Wiley–India, 2006. , Edward C. Jordan & Keith G. Balmain,Electromagnetic Waves And Radiating Systems,2Nd Ed , Prentice-Hall Electrical Engineering Series, 2012. , W.H.Hayt And J.A.Buck, Engineering Electromagnetics,7Th Ed., Mcgraw - Hill(India), 2006 , B.M.Notaros, Electromagnetics, Pearson: New Jersey, 2011 , D.K.Cheng, Field And Wave Electromagnetics ,2Nd Ed., Pearson(India), 2002 , M.N.O.Sadikuand S.V.Kulkarni, Principles Of Electromagnetics, 6Th Ed.,O Xford (Asian Ed ),2015 , Holger Karl ,Andreas Willig, “Protocol And Architecture For Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley Publication, 2006. , Anna Forster, “Introduction To Wireless Sensor Networks”, Wiley,2017. , Zach Shel By Sensinode And Carsten Bormann, “6Lowpan: The Wireless Embedded , Hess W., “Introduction To Space Science”, Gordon & Breach Science Pub; Revised Ed.,1968. , Krishnaswami K.S.,“Astrophysics: Amodern Perspective”, New Age International, 2006. , Arnab Rai Choudhuri, “Astrophysics For Physicists”, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2010. , Krishnaswamik.S., “Understanding Cosmic Panorama”, New Age International, 2008. , Dan W.Patterson, “Introduction To Ai And Es”, Pearson Education,2007 , Deepak Khemani, Artificial Intelligence, Tata Mc Graw Hill 2013 , Christopher M. Bishop,“Pattern Recognition And Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006. , Tom Mitchell,“Machine Learning”, Mcgraw Hill, 3Rd Ed ,1997. , Mehryar Mohri, A Fshin Rostamizadeh, Ameet Talwalkar, “Foundations Of Machine Learning”, Mit Press, 2012. , Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction To Machine Learning”, Mit Press, 4Th Ed , 2020. , Mohammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispiemazidi, Rolind.Mckinlay, The 8051 Microcontroller And Embedded Systems Using Assembly And C, 2Nd Ed , Pearson Education, 2008.(Unit -I) , Marilyn Wolf, Computers As Components – Principles Of Embedded Computing System Design, 3Rd Ed , Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.(Unit – Ii,Iii) , Arshdeep Bahga,Vijay Madisetti, Internet–Of-Things– A Handson Approach, Universities Press, 2015.(Unit – Iv,V) , Mayur Ramgir,Internet–Of– Things, Architecture, Implementation And Security, First Ed , Pearson Education, 2020. , Lyla B.Das, Embedded Systems: Anintegrated Approach, Pearson Education 2013. , Jane.W.S.Liu,Real–Time Systems, Pearson Education,2003. , Trit.Ha,“Digital Satellite Communications”,2Nd Ed , Mcgrawhill Education, 2017. , Wilbur L.Pritchard, Hendri G.Suyderhoud, Robert A.Nelson, “Satellite Communications Systems Engineering” 2Nd Ed , Prentice Hall Pearson, 2013. , M.Richharia, “Satellite Communication Systems-Design Principles”, Macmillan, 1999. , Brian Ackroyd, “World Satellite Communication And Earth Station Design”,Bsp Professional Books, 1990. , Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communication”, 4Thed , Mcgraw Hill International,2017. , Bruce R. Elbert, “The Satellite Communication Applications”, Hand Book, Artech House Bostan London, 2003. , Timothy Pratt, Charles, W.Bostain,Jeremy E.Allnutt, Satellite Communication” ,3Rd Ed , Wiley Publications,2021. , Harold Koontzand Heinz Weihrich “Essentials Of Management” Tata Mcgraw Hill,1998. , Stephen P. Robbins And Mary Coulter, “Management”, Prentice Hall(India) Pvt. Ltd., 10Th Ed , 2009. , Robert Kreitner And Mamata Mohapatra, “Management”, Biztantra, 2008. , Tripathy Pc And Reddy Pn, “Principles Of Management”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 1999. , Doebelins Measurement Systems: 7Th Ed (Sie),Ernest O. Doebelin Dhanesh N.Manik Mcgraw Hill Publishers, 2019. , Robert Brandy, “Automotive Electronics And Computer System”, Prentice Hall, 2001 , William Kimberley,” Bosch Automotive Handbook”, 6Th Ed , Robert Bosch Gmbh, 2004. , Bosch Automotive Electrics And Automotive Electronics Systems And Components, Networking And Hybrid Drive,5Th Ed, 2007, Isbnno :978-3-658-01783-5. , James D Halderman,“Automotive Electrical And Electronics”, Prentice Hall, Usa,2013 , Tom Denton, “Automotive Electrical And Electronics Systems,”3Rd Ed , 2004, Sae International. , Patranabis.D,“Sensors And Transducers”,2Nd Ed , Prentice Hall India Ltd,2003 , William Ribbens, Understanding Automotive Electronics - An Engineering Perspective, 7Th Ed , Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann Publishers, 2012. , Ganesh.S.Hedge,”A Text Book Of Industrial Robotics”, Lakshmi Publications, 2006. , Mikell.P.Groover, “Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming And Applications” Mcgraw Hill 2Nd Ed 2012. , Fu K.S. Gonalz R.C. And Ice C.S.G.”Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision And Intelligence”, Mcgraw Hill Book Co. 2007. , Yoram Koren ,“Robotics For Engineers”, Mcgraw Hill Book,Co.,2002. , Janakiraman P.A., “Robotics And Image Processing”, Tata Mcgraw Hill 2005. , John.J.Craig, “Introduction To Robotics: Mechanics And Control” 2Nd Ed , 2002. , Jazar, “Theory Of Applied Robotics: Kinematics, Dynamics And Control”, Springer India Reprint, 2010. , The Non Religious: Understanding Secular People And Societies, Luke W.Galen Oup, 2016. , The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes And Democracy In Five Nations By Gabriel A. Almond And Sidney Verba, Princeton University Press, , Research Methodology For Natural Sciences By Soumitro Banerjee, Iisc Press, January 2022. , Gate 2026 : Civil Engineering - Study Guide | 3200+ Mcqs & Ntqs, Msq Question Bank | Includes Gate Solved Papers 2023-2025 | Gate Prep Guide | With Gate Flix Test Series: Gk Publication , Gate-2026: Civil Engineering : Made Easy Publication , Gate Tutor Civil Engineering Exam 2026 | With Solved Papers 2025-23 & 5 Mock Tests By Prashant Dixhit : Arihant Publication , Gate 2026 : Mechanical Engineering - Study Guide | 3750+ Mcqs, Ntqs, Msq Question Bank | Includes Gate Solved Papers 2023-25 : Gk Publication , Gate - 2026 : Mechanical Engineering : Made Easy Publication , Gate Tutor Mechanical Engineering Exam 2026 | With Solved Papers 2025-23 & 5 Mock Tests By Er. Dinesh Nath Goswami : Arihant Publication , Gate 2026 : Electrical Engineering - Study Guide | 3000+ Mcqs, Ntqs, Msq Question Bank | Includes Gate Solved Papers 2023-25 Gk Publication , Gate - 2026 : Electrical Engineering : Made Easy Publication , Gate Tutor Electrical Engineering Exam 2026 | With Solved Paper 2025-23 & 5 Mock Tests By Prashant Bharti, Er. Bhavin Juneja, Gaurav Goel :Arihant Publication , Gate 2026 : Electronics & Communication Engineering - Study Guide | 2800+ Mcqs, Ntqs, Msq Question Bank | Includes Gate Solved Papers 2023-25 Gk Publication , Gate - 2026 : Electronics Engineering : Made Easy , Gate Tutor Electronics & Communication Engineering Exam 2026 | With Solved Papers 2025-23 & 5 Mock Tests By Ankit Goel, Alka Singh :Arihant Publication , Gate 2026 : Computer Science & Information Technology – Study Guide | 3100+ Mcqs & Ntqs | Inside Solved Paper 2023-2025 | Msq Question Bankgk Publication | Gate Prep Guide Gk Publication , Gate - 2026 : Computer Science And Information Technology : Made Easy , Gate Tutor Computer Science & Information Technology Exam 2026 | With Solved Papers 2025-23 & 5 Mock Tests By Shanti Kirupani, Prachi Jain, Amrita Mishra: Arihant Publication , Business And Professional Communication: Keys For Workplace Excellence (5Th Ed.).Miller, K. Q., & Wahl, S. T. , Sage Publications, 2023 , English Language And Communication Skills For Engineers,Kumar, Sanjay & Pushpalatha.Oup,2018 , Communication Skills For Engineers And Scientists (2Nd Ed.),Sharma, S., & Mishra, B.Phi,2024 , English Language Skills For Engineers, Koneru Aruna, Mcgraw Hill,2020 , Communication For Business: A Practical Approach, Taylor, Shirley & Chandra. V.Pearson, 2010 , Listening: B2 (Collins English For Life: Skills),Ian Badger, Et Al., Collins, 2014 , Grammar In Use, Raymond Murphy, Cambridge, 2019 , You Can Win , Life Skills 101: A Practical Guide To Leaving Home And Living On Your Own , Personality Development & Soft Skills (3Rd Impression) , Life Skills For Engineers , Six Thinking Hats , Critical Thinking: What Is It And Why It Counts? , Thinking, Fast And Slow , Developing Management Skills , University Physics With Modern Physics, Young, H. D., & Freedman, R. A., Pearson, 2020. , Engineering Physics, Gaur, R. K., & Gupta, S. L.Dhanpat Rai, 2022 , Elements Of Properties Of Matter. Mathur, D. S., S Chand, 2010. , Introduction To Quantum Mechanics. Griffiths, D. J. Cambridge University Press, 2018 , Laser Fundamentals (2Nd Ed.).Silfvast, W. T.Cambridge University Press, 2008 , Elements Of Properties Of Matter. Mathur, D. S. S Chand, 2008 , Heat, Thermodynamics And Statistical Physics. Brij Lal, & Subramaniyan, N., S Chand, 2018 , Physical Metallurgy: Principles And Practice. Raghavan, V, Phi, 2009 , Materials Science And Engineering. Askeland, D.Brooks/Cole., 2010 , Modern Physics,R.Murugesan, S Chand, 2023 , Textbook Of Dynamics, Sigh, Kaushal Kumarphi,2011 , Quantum Mechanics, Sathay Prakash, 2016 , A Text Book Of Optics,Brij Lal, M N Avadhanulu & N Subrahmanyam, S Chand , 2012 , Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Anton, H., Bivens, I. C., & Davis, S.,Wiley, 2021 , Calculus: An Applied Approach,Ron Larson And David C. Falvo, Cengage, 2013 , Calculus,Stewart, J., Clegg, D., & Watson, S, Early Trans, 2019 , Thomas Calculus,Thomas, G. B., Jr., Weir, M. D., Hass, J., & Heil, C., Early Trans,2018 , Engineering Mathematics Through Applications.,Singh, K, Bloomsbury, 2019 , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Linear Algebra Friedberg, S. H., Insel, A. J., & Spence, L. E., Pearson, 2022 , Linear Algebra And Its Applications With Matlab, Lay, D. C., Lay, S. R., & Mcdonald, J. J., Pearson,2020 , Schaum’S Outline Of Matrix Operations, Bronson, R.Mcgraw Hill, 2011 , Linear Algebra And Its Applications, Strang, G., & Thomson, R., Brooks, 2005 , Schaums Outline Of Linear Algebra, Lipschutz, S., & Lipson, M.Mcgraw,2009 , Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Kreyszig, E. , Wilely, 2018 , Engineering Chemistry (17Th Ed),Jain,P.C., &Jain.M, Dhanbat Rai,2015 , A Text Book Of Engineering Chemistry, Dara,S.S, Chand, 2004 , Basics Of Nano Chemistry, Sachdeva,M.V., Anmol, 2011 , Engineering Chemistry ,Friedrich.Emedtech, 2014 , Engineering Chemistry,Palanna ,O.G,Mcgraw, Hill, 2009 , Emerging Materials For Energy Conversion And Storage,Cheong, K. Y., Impellizzeri, G., & Fraga, M. A. , Elsevier, 2018 , Composite Materials, Sharma, S. C, Naraso,2000 , Design And Manufacture Of Composite Structures, Eckold, G. , Woodhead,1994 , Fundamentals Of Analytical Chemistry.,Skoog, D. A., West, D. M., Holler, F. J., & Crouch, S. R.,Cengage, 2022 , Green Building Materials: A Guide To Product Selection And Specification,Spitzer, W. G., & Simonson, K. ,Wiley, 2011 , ????? ??????, ???????? ?????????,??.??. ??????,????????? ??????? ??????? ?????????? ?????? ????? , ????????????,?????????. ????????,?????? ???????? , ????? – ???? ???????????? ???? ??? ??? ????????,????????? ???? , ??????, ????????? ????????,????????? ???? , Social Life Of Tamils,Dr.K.K.Pillay,Tntb & Esc And Rmrl , Social Life Of The Tamils – The Classical Period, Dr.S.Singaravelu International Institute Of Tamil Studies , Historical Heritage Of The Tamils, Dr.S.V.Subaramanian, Dr.K.D. Thirunavukkarasu, International Institute Of Tamil Studies , The Contributions Of The Tamils To Indian Culture, Dr.M.Valarmathi, International Institute Of Tamil Studies , Keeladi – ‘Sangam City C Ivilization On The Banks Of River Vaigai’,Department Of Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book And Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu , Studies In The History Of India With Special Reference To Tamil Nadu,Dr.K.K.Pillay , Porunai Civilization,Department Of Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book And Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu , Journey Of Civilization Indus To Vaigai,R. Balakrishnan Rmrl
Contract Date: Mar 06, 2026 Contract Value : 10.20 Lakh
Statutory Bodies & Commissions/Committees No of Bidders 2
33.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9635723 Technical Bid
Tender For Supply Of Furniture And Internal Fitouts For Permanent Campus At Jnv Kondagaon (Chhattisgarh) , School Building , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mm * 930Mm * Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 900 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Restoration Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 - 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Ii) Classroom Desk Medium Size Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm W± 5 X 890Mm D± 5 X 688/420Mm H± 5 , Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 870 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Restoration Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 890 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 890 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ss Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 - 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Ss Legs With Connected Beams . Pipe Sixe 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick . Ss 304 Grade. , (Iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Ss Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss Polished Finish , (V) Teacher Board [Excluding Cost Of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (Ifpd)] Technical Specification For Smart Board With Double-Track Sliding System For Green And White Boards Fitted In An Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Cable Management And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning (Sitc) Of An Integrated Digital Teaching-Learning Solution Comprising: (A) Anodised Aluminium Frame, Double Track Sliding System For White & Green Board And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen With Concealed Cable Management, (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels. • Dimensions And Configuration: Total Width Of The Setup Is ~12 Feet And Height ~4.0 Feet From The Board Surface (Excluding The Width Of Aluminium Frame). • Material: Providing And Fixing Anodised Aluminium (Alloy 6063-T6) Framed Sliding System For Smart Board With Minimum 2.0 Mm Thick Extruded Sections, Anodised To Aa15 Grade As P Is 1868, Mounted On A Heavy-Duty Top-Hung Aluminium Track (Min. 2.5 Mm Thick) With Sealed Ball-Bearing Nylon/Pu Rollers (Load Capacity Not Less Than 120 Kg Per Panel), Concealed Bottom Guide, Epdm Gaskets, Ss-304 Fasteners, Pelmet/Valance Cover, And Soft End-Stops/Soft-Close Mechanism, Including All Brackets, Fixings, Alignment, Cable Provisions, Commissioning, And Making Good Complete As Per Drawings And Engineer-In-Charge. • Design: One Slot To Fix Ifpd, Other Slot For Green & White Boards Sliding On Double Track System With Locking Facility On Sliding Frame To Keep The Ifpd Display Safe. • Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. • Back Side: The Backside Of The Smart Board, To Concealed The Wall Surface, Provided & Fixed With 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr Board Laminated (White Coloured Matte Finish) With 0.8 Mm, Edg Sealed With 1 Mm Pvc Edge Banding, Fixed To The Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Screws/Rivets, With Ventilation Slots As Required, And Shall Be Moisture, Termite And Borer Resistant. •?Load Capacity: Safe To Hold Ifpd + White & Green Boards With =1.5× Safety Factor. •?Cable Management: Built-In Channels For Power, Lan, Hdmi, Usb. •?Safety: Rounded Edges, Tamper-Resistant Covers, Concealed Fixing. •?Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. •?Additional Requirements: (A) All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. (B) Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifpd (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). , (C) The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. (D) Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels: • Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminium/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. • Material: Vitrified Ceramic-Steel, Magnetic, Double-Coated. • Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 No. Green Board & 1 No. White Board. • Green Board Surface: Matte, Chalk-Friendly, Stain/Scratch Resistant. • White Board Surface: Glossy Surface, Dry-Erase Marker Friendly, Ghost-Free, Easy Clean. • Size: ~6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) (Each Board) With Thickness 8Mm. • Frame: Anodised Aluminium, Rounded Edges, Concealed Fasteners.Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , Table Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front, Back And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And 40Mm X40mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S. Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932 Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. The Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 15Mm. The Cross Members Shall Be Mounted By End Brackets Made Of 3Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513: 2008 And Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wire Management - Electrical Wires Shall Be Carried From Horizintal/ Vertical Duct Made Of 0.7Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Units Shall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating. M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (I) Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (Ii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 X 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest:- Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest Fixed With Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Iii) Principal Room Visitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Ss Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss Polished Finish , (Iv) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 X 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest:- Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest Fixed With Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss Polished Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Ss Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss Polished Finish , (I)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750Mm . The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460Mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs . Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Ii)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750Mm . The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460Mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs . Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Iii)Sofa Foyer Three Seater Size In Mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750Mm . The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460Mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs . Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 304 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 18 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 18 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength. The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti- Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50-60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Ss Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Lockers Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993 Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Drawer And Bottom Storage Cabinets As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image Only. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Iii) Table As Per Ref Image:Supply And Installation Of Library Table In Sizes Of 3600Mm (L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X 900Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) Consisting Of Follwing Specification:- Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990, Alongwith 2 Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On Exposed Edges. Understructure Supporting Frame Shall Consists Of 03 Metal C-Legs (Two At Either Ends And One In Middle Of Table) And Joined By Two Numbers Horizontal Connector Made Of Tubular Section 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Confirming To Is 4923:1997. The Entire Metal Frame Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. C-Typed Metal Legs Shall Be Kept 150 Mm Inside From From End Of Table. Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (Iv) Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Ss Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss Polished Finish , (I) Computer Work Station Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (L) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Prelam Particle Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990 With 2Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Of Plbp Gable Ends Of 18Mm Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cable Tray ( Wire Carriers) Are Made Of Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designed Brackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Plates Are Privided In The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. , (Ii) Computer Chair For Student Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Using Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class 3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Ss Polsihed Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993 Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , Along The Wall Table:: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400 Mm(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750 Mm (W) × 860Mm(H) Mm × 900Mm H . Each Unit Shall Have A Storage Box Of Size 1400W × 750D × 850H. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 02 Nos Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , Island Table:The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm × 900H . It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Storage Boxes Shall Be Of Size 1400W × 1500D × 850H. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 04 Nos (02 Facing Each Side) Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 860(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Each Unit Shall Have A Storage Box Of Size 1400W × 750D × 850H. Four Standard Ceramic Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Faucet Of Premier Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Storage Boxes Shall Be Of Size 1400W × 1500D × 850H. Four Standard Ceramic Sinks Of Size Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 860(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Each Unit Shall Have A Storage Box Of Size 1400W × 750D × 850H. Four Standard Ceramic Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Faucet Of Premier Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Storage Boxes Shall Be Of Size 1400W × 1500D × 850H. Four Standard Ceramic Sinks Of Size Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design 1 Drawer + 2 Shutters Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs And Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Innotech Technology Sliding Channels. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. Note: All Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative And May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirements , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With High Density Pu Foam & Leatherette Upholstery, Back Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Foam D -40 Kg/M3 , H-20 Seat And Back Fixed Through Metal Powder Coated Spine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10 X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree. Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking, Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Base Made Of Polished Finished Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , (A) Dining Table Dining Table: Polished Finish Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Including Edge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size 50Mmx50mmx1.6Mm. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded Or Mechanically Fastened To The Underside Of The Tabletop Frame. For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (B) Dining Bench Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr + Laminated , Finished With A 1 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Top Surface, And A Balancing Laminate Backing On The Underside To Ensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, And Easy To Clean, With A Light Woodgrain Or Equivalent Finish As Approved. The Supporting Frame Shall Be Fabricated Frame Of Square Hollow Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel In Polished Finish. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded To The Underside Of The Benchtop Frame. The Bench Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Bench Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. , Plyboard On Beds/Tables/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Reinforced Cement Concrete Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 8Mm Hdhmr With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Reinforced Cement Concrete Study Counter (600Mmx1200mm) With Granite On Top. Reinforced Cement Concrete Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended. All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Inside Laminate Thickness Will Be 0.8 Mm And Will Be Plain Color As Per The Selection, While The Outside Laminate Surface Will Be 1.0 Mm Thick As Per Selected Laminate. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended. All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Inside Laminate Thickness Will Be 0.8 Mm And Will Be Plain Color As Per The Selection, While The Outside Laminate Surface Will Be 1.0 Mm Thick As Per Selected Laminate. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table- The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80-100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2-3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos - Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Tables Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750Mm . The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460Mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seat Wooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height 750Mm . The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Look With The Pillowed Back . Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring . Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs . Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts . 3 Seater Sofa Seat Height From Ground 460Mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H , 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm & 1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 3
Chhattisgarh View Result →
35.
Petroleum and Natural Gas #9516187 Technical Bid
Tender For Maintenance Contract For Miscellaneous Civil Works At Jlpl Loni Region For A Period Of Three Years; 1 MAINTENANCE CONTRACTFOR MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL WORKS ATJLPL LONI REGION2026 - 2029.ARC CIVILWORKJLPL DELHI STATE 2 Carriage of Materials by Mechanical Transport including loading,unloading and stacking for building rubbish for lead upto 5 Km. 3 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator ) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m. 4 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth,sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth,consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. 5 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering,ramming, consolidating and dressing complete. 6 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m for all kind of Soil. 7 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super structure and coping if any. Ratio 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 Coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 8 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super str and coping if any. Ratio 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand:8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 9 Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced cement concrete, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level : 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources) 10 Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns,pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc. above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding cost ofcentering,shuttering, finishing andreinforcement :1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources 11 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Suspended floors roofs, landing, balconies and accesss platform. 12 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Shelves (cast in situ) 13 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumes and cantilevers, 14 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete, below and above plinth-TMT BARS-Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more 15 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 16 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 17 HALF BRICK MASONRY:Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level:- Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand). 18 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half brick masonry. 19 CEMENT PLASTER: 12 mm cement plaster1:4 (as per site requirement ) 20 CEMENT PLASTER: 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 fine sand) 21 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conferming to lS: 2202 (part l )decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of Ist class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 35mm thick including ISI maked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 22 P&F Galvanised wire mesh of average width of aperture 1.4 mm and nominal dia of wire 0.63 mm 23 Providingand laying ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) or Ist quality conforming to Is: 15622 of approved make in colours such as White. Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc. complete. 24 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. 25 Kota stone slab flooring ove 20mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shaee of the slab incluidng rubbing and polishing complete with base of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) of 25mm thick. 26 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels:Granite of any colour and shade 27 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.,complete Size ofvitrifiedTile 600x600mm 28 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 600x480 mm 29 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 400x400 mm 30 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting pan (Indian type) Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm 31 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type (European type/ wash down type) water closet pan. 32 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250 mm 33 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in- charge. 34 Demolishing cement concrete manually/ by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in - charge. Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 35 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.In cement mortar 36 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately) Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) 37 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10kg/sqm) 38 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm) 39 providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete interlockng paver block of M-30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction of approved size, design & shape laid n required color and pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc all comlete as per direction of engineer incharge 40 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.Pipes 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 41 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 42 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 43 Providing and fixing P.V.C, low level cistern with mannually controlled device (handle lever) confirming to IS : 7231 with all fittings fixtures complete. 10 litre capacity-white. 44 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 75 mm diameter 45 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 110 mm diameter 46 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 15 mm dia nominal bore 47 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps,including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 20 mm dia nominal bore 48 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 25 mm dia nominal bore 49 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 15 mm dia nominal bore 50 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 20 mm dia nominal bore 51 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 15 mm dia nominal bore 52 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 20 mm dia nominal bore 53 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge,Made of G.I. wire of dia 4 mm 54 Fencing with angle iron post placed at required distance embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and provided with horizontal lines and two diagonals interwoven with horizontal wires, of barbed wire weighing 9.38 kg per 100 m (minimum), between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. With G.I. barbed wire staples, turn buckles etc. complete. (Cost of posts, struts, earth work and concrete work to be paid for separately). Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire used. With G.I. barbed wire 55 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete. Hot finished welded type tubes 56 Providing services Extra Hours servicesofplumber/ Carpenter/ Mason/Painter etc on 08 hrs per day basis 57 Providing services Extra Hours of unskilled laboures/sweepers on 08 hrs per day basis 58 Hiring of JCB with driver and fuel ( rate for 08 hours) 59 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer, 3 mm thick water proofing membrane, black inished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 litre/sqm by the samemembrane manufactured of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/litre and viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane shall be laid using butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical parameters of the membrane shall be as under : Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5 cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : 3 mm thick 60 Providing and fixing of vertical blinds 100mm wide of approved colour and design including transportation etc complete. Brands of venetian blinds Vista or equvalent. 61 Providing and fixing 25mm thick pre-laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade ( Grade-I) IS:14587:1998 marked with one side decorative and other side balancing lamination for cupboard shutters edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand including ISI marked nickel plated bright finishing M.S.piano hinges conforming to IS:3818 marked with necessary screw etc all complete. 62 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with : 12.5 mm thick tapered edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3):1996 (Boards with BIS certification marks) 63 Providing and fixing in position low height cabins as per details to be provided during execution. Hollock wood fram 2X2 both in horizontal and vertical members and covering of sides along full length and height with 12mm thick commercial ply with lamination of 1 mm thick laminate of shade & make as approved including providing teak wood beading at top and sides including polishing rounding of edges all complete as directed by EIC. 64 Supply of welding machine,cutter.grinder with one welder and one helper along with consumable items like electrodes etc. 65 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90 m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron ‘Y’ shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00 m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately) 66 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches during transportation and should be supplied in single length upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineerin- charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws of size (5.5x 55 mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces, excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 67 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 metre deep with 45 x 45 cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks and S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete as per standard design: With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 68 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20 m filled with brickbats including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20 m long complete as per standard design. 69 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approvedby Engineer-in-charge). 70 Taking out existing kerb stones of all types from footpath/ central verge, including removal of mortar etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground, for which payment shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge 71 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp curve, shall not be more than 5 mm), including making drainage opening wherever required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerbstones shall be supplied by the department free of cost) 72 White washing with lime to give an even shade; New work (three or more coats) 73 White washing with lime to give an even shade : Old work (two or more coats) 74 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:New work (two or more coats) over and including water thinnable priming coat with cement primer 75 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and prepairing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete 76 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade : New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) 77 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shadeOld work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing cement paint surface 78 Applying priming coat: With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of approved brand and manufacture on steel galvanised iron/ steel works 79 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :Two or more coats on new work 80 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- Two or more coats on new work. 81 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- One or more coats on old work. 82 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres. 83 Supplying and stacking at site:63 mm to 45 mm size stone aggregate. 84 Laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregate of specified sizes to WBM specifications in uniform thickness, hand picking, rolling with 3 wheeled road/vibratory roller 8-10 tonne capacity in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of screening / binding material to fill up interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required density 85 Providing and laying Bitumen Penetration Macadam with hard stone aggregate of quality, size and grading as specified, with bitumen of suitable penetration grade, including required key aggregate as specified, spreading coarse aggregate with the help of self propelled/ tipper tail mounted aggregate spreader and applying bitumen by a pressure distributor and then spreading key aggregate with the help of aggregate spreader complete, including consolidation with road roller of minimum 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve specified values of compaction and surface accuracy : For 50mm compacted thickness using coarse aggregate of size 50-20 mm graded @ 0.60 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 12.5 mm graded @ 0.15 cum per 10 sqm. With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 50 kg/ 10 sqm. 86 Providing and laying bitumen mastic wearing course (as per specifications) with industrial bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of approved size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, including cleaning the surface, removal of debris etc. all complete. (Considering bitumen using 10.2% as per MORTH specification) of 25 mm thick 87 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of: (a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH). 88 Unforeseen items:Estimate cost of DSR-2023 items under this head is Rs 3,00,000/- GAIL at its discretion can execute any item which is not include in the SOR items 1 to 86 but covered in DSR-2023, at rates mentioned in the DSR-2023 +/- quoted percentage at which contractor is willing to execute these items at any location which covered under administrative control of GAILJLPL Loniregion office. The details of same is mentioned in scope of work under special condition of contracts. 89 MAINTENANCE CONTRACTFOR MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL WORKS ATJLPL LONI REGION2026 - 2029.ARC CIVILWORKJLPL HARYANA STATE 90 Carriage of Materials by Mechanical Transport including loading,unloading and stacking for building rubbish for lead upto 5 Km. 91 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator ) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m. 92 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth,sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth,consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. 93 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering,ramming, consolidating and dressing complete. 94 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m for all kind of Soil. 95 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super structure and coping if any. Ratio 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 Coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 96 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super str and coping if any. Ratio 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand:8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 97 Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced cement concrete, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level : 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources) 98 Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns,pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc. above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding cost ofcentering,shuttering, finishing andreinforcement :1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources 99 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Suspended floors roofs, landing, balconies and accesss platform. 100 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Shelves (cast in situ) 101 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumes and cantilevers, 102 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete, below and above plinth-TMT BARS-Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more 103 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 104 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 105 HALF BRICK MASONRY:Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level:- Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand). 106 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half brick masonry. 107 CEMENT PLASTER: 12 mm cement plaster1:4 (as per site requirement ) 108 CEMENT PLASTER: 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 fine sand) 109 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conferming to lS: 2202 (part l )decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of Ist class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 35mm thick including ISI maked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 110 P&F Galvanised wire mesh of average width of aperture 1.4 mm and nominal dia of wire 0.63 mm 111 Providingand laying ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) or Ist quality conforming to Is: 15622 of approved make in colours such as White. Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc. complete. 112 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. 113 Kota stone slab flooring ove 20mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shaee of the slab incluidng rubbing and polishing complete with base of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) of 25mm thick. 114 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels:Granite of any colour and shade 115 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.,complete Size ofvitrifiedTile 600x600mm 116 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 600x480 mm 117 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 400x400 mm 118 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting pan (Indian type) Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm 119 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type (European type/ wash down type) water closet pan. 120 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250 mm 121 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in- charge. 122 Demolishing cement concrete manually/ by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in - charge. Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 123 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.In cement mortar 124 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately) Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) 125 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10kg/sqm) 126 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm) 127 providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete interlockng paver block of M-30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction of approved size, design & shape laid n required color and pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc all comlete as per direction of engineer incharge 128 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.Pipes 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 129 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 130 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 131 Providing and fixing P.V.C, low level cistern with mannually controlled device (handle lever) confirming to IS : 7231 with all fittings fixtures complete. 10 litre capacity-white. 132 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 75 mm diameter 133 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 110 mm diameter 134 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 15 mm dia nominal bore 135 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps,including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 20 mm dia nominal bore 136 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 25 mm dia nominal bore 137 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 15 mm dia nominal bore 138 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 20 mm dia nominal bore 139 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 15 mm dia nominal bore 140 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 20 mm dia nominal bore 141 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge,Made of G.I. wire of dia 4 mm 142 Fencing with angle iron post placed at required distance embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and provided with horizontal lines and two diagonals interwoven with horizontal wires, of barbed wire weighing 9.38 kg per 100 m (minimum), between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. With G.I. barbed wire staples, turn buckles etc. complete. (Cost of posts, struts, earth work and concrete work to be paid for separately). Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire used. With G.I. barbed wire 143 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete. Hot finished welded type tubes 144 Providing services Extra Hours servicesofplumber/ Carpenter/ Mason/Painter etc on 08 hrs per day basis 145 Providing services Extra Hours of unskilled laboures/sweepers on 08 hrs per day basis 146 Hiring of JCB with driver and fuel ( rate for 08 hours) 147 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer, 3 mm thick water proofing membrane, black inished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 litre/sqm by the samemembrane manufactured of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/litre and viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane shall be laid using butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical parameters of the membrane shall be as under : Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5 cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : 3 mm thick 148 Providing and fixing of vertical blinds 100mm wide of approved colour and design including transportation etc complete. Brands of venetian blinds Vista or equvalent. 149 Providing and fixing 25mm thick pre-laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade ( Grade-I) IS:14587:1998 marked with one side decorative and other side balancing lamination for cupboard shutters edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand including ISI marked nickel plated bright finishing M.S.piano hinges conforming to IS:3818 marked with necessary screw etc all complete. 150 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with : 12.5 mm thick tapered edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3):1996 (Boards with BIS certification marks) 151 Providing and fixing in position low height cabins as per details to be provided during execution. Hollock wood fram 2X2 both in horizontal and vertical members and covering of sides along full length and height with 12mm thick commercial ply with lamination of 1 mm thick laminate of shade & make as approved including providing teak wood beading at top and sides including polishing rounding of edges all complete as directed by EIC. 152 Supply of welding machine,cutter.grinder with one welder and one helper along with consumable items like electrodes etc. 153 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90 m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron ‘Y’ shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00 m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately) 154 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches during transportation and should be supplied in single length upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineerin- charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws of size (5.5x 55 mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces, excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 155 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 metre deep with 45 x 45 cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks and S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete as per standard design: With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 156 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20 m filled with brickbats including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20 m long complete as per standard design. 157 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approvedby Engineer-in-charge). 158 Taking out existing kerb stones of all types from footpath/ central verge, including removal of mortar etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground, for which payment shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge 159 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp curve, shall not be more than 5 mm), including making drainage opening wherever required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerbstones shall be supplied by the department free of cost) 160 White washing with lime to give an even shade; New work (three or more coats) 161 White washing with lime to give an even shade : Old work (two or more coats) 162 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:New work (two or more coats) over and including water thinnable priming coat with cement primer 163 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and prepairing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete 164 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade : New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) 165 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shadeOld work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing cement paint surface 166 Applying priming coat: With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of approved brand and manufacture on steel galvanised iron/ steel works 167 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :Two or more coats on new work 168 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- Two or more coats on new work. 169 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- One or more coats on old work. 170 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres. 171 Supplying and stacking at site:63 mm to 45 mm size stone aggregate. 172 Laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregate of specified sizes to WBM specifications in uniform thickness, hand picking, rolling with 3 wheeled road/vibratory roller 8-10 tonne capacity in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of screening / binding material to fill up interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required density 173 Providing and laying Bitumen Penetration Macadam with hard stone aggregate of quality, size and grading as specified, with bitumen of suitable penetration grade, including required key aggregate as specified, spreading coarse aggregate with the help of self propelled/ tipper tail mounted aggregate spreader and applying bitumen by a pressure distributor and then spreading key aggregate with the help of aggregate spreader complete, including consolidation with road roller of minimum 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve specified values of compaction and surface accuracy : For 50mm compacted thickness using coarse aggregate of size 50-20 mm graded @ 0.60 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 12.5 mm graded @ 0.15 cum per 10 sqm. With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 50 kg/ 10 sqm. 174 Providing and laying bitumen mastic wearing course (as per specifications) with industrial bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of approved size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, including cleaning the surface, removal of debris etc. all complete. (Considering bitumen using 10.2% as per MORTH specification) of 25 mm thick 175 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of: (a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH). 176 Unforeseen items:Estimate cost of DSR-2023 items under this head is Rs 3,00,000/- GAIL at its discretion can execute any item which is not include in the SOR items 1 to 86 but covered in DSR-2023, at rates mentioned in the DSR-2023 +/- quoted percentage at which contractor is willing to execute these items at any location which covered under administrative control of GAILJLPL Loniregion office. The details of same is mentioned in scope of work under special condition of contracts. 177 MAINTENANCE CONTRACTFOR MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL WORKS ATJLPL LONI REGION2026 -2029.ARC CIVILWORKJLPL RAJASTHAN STATE 178 Carriage of Materials by Mechanical Transport including loading,unloading and stacking for building rubbish for lead upto 5 Km. 179 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator ) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m. 180 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth,sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth,consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. 181 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering,ramming, consolidating and dressing complete. 182 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m for all kind of Soil. 183 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super structure and coping if any. Ratio 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 Coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 184 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super str and coping if any. Ratio 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand:8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 185 Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced cement concrete, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level : 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources) 186 Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns,pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc. above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding cost ofcentering,shuttering, finishing andreinforcement :1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources 187 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Suspended floors roofs, landing, balconies and accesss platform. 188 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Shelves (cast in situ) 189 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumes and cantilevers, 190 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete, below and above plinth-TMT BARS-Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more 191 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 192 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 193 HALF BRICK MASONRY:Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level:- Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand). 194 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half brick masonry. 195 CEMENT PLASTER: 12 mm cement plaster1:4 (as per site requirement ) 196 CEMENT PLASTER: 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 fine sand) 197 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conferming to lS: 2202 (part l )decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of Ist class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 35mm thick including ISI maked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 198 P&F Galvanised wire mesh of average width of aperture 1.4 mm and nominal dia of wire 0.63 mm 199 Providingand laying ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) or Ist quality conforming to Is: 15622 of approved make in colours such as White. Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc. complete. 200 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. 201 Kota stone slab flooring ove 20mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shaee of the slab incluidng rubbing and polishing complete with base of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) of 25mm thick. 202 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels:Granite of any colour and shade 203 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.,complete Size ofvitrifiedTile 600x600mm 204 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 600x480 mm 205 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 400x400 mm 206 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting pan (Indian type) Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm 207 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type (European type/ wash down type) water closet pan. 208 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250 mm 209 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in- charge. 210 Demolishing cement concrete manually/ by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in - charge. Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 211 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.In cement mortar 212 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately) Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) 213 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10kg/sqm) 214 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm) 215 providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete interlockng paver block of M-30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction of approved size, design & shape laid n required color and pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc all comlete as per direction of engineer incharge 216 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.Pipes 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 217 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 218 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 219 Providing and fixing P.V.C, low level cistern with mannually controlled device (handle lever) confirming to IS : 7231 with all fittings fixtures complete. 10 litre capacity-white. 220 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 75 mm diameter 221 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 110 mm diameter 222 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 15 mm dia nominal bore 223 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps,including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 20 mm dia nominal bore 224 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 25 mm dia nominal bore 225 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 15 mm dia nominal bore 226 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 20 mm dia nominal bore 227 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 15 mm dia nominal bore 228 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 20 mm dia nominal bore 229 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge,Made of G.I. wire of dia 4 mm 230 Fencing with angle iron post placed at required distance embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and provided with horizontal lines and two diagonals interwoven with horizontal wires, of barbed wire weighing 9.38 kg per 100 m (minimum), between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. With G.I. barbed wire staples, turn buckles etc. complete. (Cost of posts, struts, earth work and concrete work to be paid for separately). Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire used. With G.I. barbed wire 231 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete. Hot finished welded type tubes 232 Providing services Extra Hours servicesofplumber/ Carpenter/ Mason/Painter etc on 08 hrs per day basis 233 Providing services Extra Hours of unskilled laboures/sweepers on 08 hrs per day basis 234 Hiring of JCB with driver and fuel ( rate for 08 hours) 235 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer, 3 mm thick water proofing membrane, black inished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 litre/sqm by the samemembrane manufactured of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/litre and viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane shall be laid using butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical parameters of the membrane shall be as under : Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5 cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : 3 mm thick 236 Providing and fixing of vertical blinds 100mm wide of approved colour and design including transportation etc complete. Brands of venetian blinds Vista or equvalent. 237 Providing and fixing 25mm thick pre-laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade ( Grade-I) IS:14587:1998 marked with one side decorative and other side balancing lamination for cupboard shutters edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand including ISI marked nickel plated bright finishing M.S.piano hinges conforming to IS:3818 marked with necessary screw etc all complete. 238 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with : 12.5 mm thick tapered edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3):1996 (Boards with BIS certification marks) 239 Providing and fixing in position low height cabins as per details to be provided during execution. Hollock wood fram 2X2 both in horizontal and vertical members and covering of sides along full length and height with 12mm thick commercial ply with lamination of 1 mm thick laminate of shade & make as approved including providing teak wood beading at top and sides including polishing rounding of edges all complete as directed by EIC. 240 Supply of welding machine,cutter.grinder with one welder and one helper along with consumable items like electrodes etc. 241 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90 m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron ‘Y’ shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00 m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately) 242 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches during transportation and should be supplied in single length upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineerin- charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws of size (5.5x 55 mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces, excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 243 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 metre deep with 45 x 45 cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks and S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete as per standard design: With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 244 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20 m filled with brickbats including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20 m long complete as per standard design. 245 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approvedby Engineer-in-charge). 246 Taking out existing kerb stones of all types from footpath/ central verge, including removal of mortar etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground, for which payment shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge 247 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp curve, shall not be more than 5 mm), including making drainage opening wherever required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerbstones shall be supplied by the department free of cost) 248 White washing with lime to give an even shade; New work (three or more coats) 249 White washing with lime to give an even shade : Old work (two or more coats) 250 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:New work (two or more coats) over and including water thinnable priming coat with cement primer 251 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and prepairing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete 252 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade : New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) 253 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shadeOld work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing cement paint surface 254 Applying priming coat: With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of approved brand and manufacture on steel galvanised iron/ steel works 255 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :Two or more coats on new work 256 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- Two or more coats on new work. 257 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- One or more coats on old work. 258 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres. 259 Supplying and stacking at site:63 mm to 45 mm size stone aggregate. 260 Laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregate of specified sizes to WBM specifications in uniform thickness, hand picking, rolling with 3 wheeled road/vibratory roller 8-10 tonne capacity in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of screening / binding material to fill up interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required density 261 Providing and laying Bitumen Penetration Macadam with hard stone aggregate of quality, size and grading as specified, with bitumen of suitable penetration grade, including required key aggregate as specified, spreading coarse aggregate with the help of self propelled/ tipper tail mounted aggregate spreader and applying bitumen by a pressure distributor and then spreading key aggregate with the help of aggregate spreader complete, including consolidation with road roller of minimum 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve specified values of compaction and surface accuracy : For 50mm compacted thickness using coarse aggregate of size 50-20 mm graded @ 0.60 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 12.5 mm graded @ 0.15 cum per 10 sqm. With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 50 kg/ 10 sqm. 262 Providing and laying bitumen mastic wearing course (as per specifications) with industrial bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of approved size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, including cleaning the surface, removal of debris etc. all complete. (Considering bitumen using 10.2% as per MORTH specification) of 25 mm thick 263 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of: (a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH). 264 Unforeseen items:Estimate cost of DSR-2023 items under this head is Rs 1,50,000/- GAIL at its discretion can execute any item which is not include in the SOR items 1 to 86 but covered in DSR-2023, at rates mentioned in the DSR-2023 +/- quoted percentage at which contractor is willing to execute these items at any location which covered under administrative control of GAILJLPL Loniregion office. The details of same is mentioned in scope of work under special condition of contracts. 265 1.0 MAINTENANCE CONTRACTFOR MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL WORKS ATJLPL LONI REGION2026 -2029.ARC CIVILWORKJLPL UTTAR PRADESH STATE 266 Carriage of Materials by Mechanical Transport including loading,unloading and stacking for building rubbish for lead upto 5 Km. 267 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator ) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m. 268 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth,sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth,consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. 269 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering,ramming, consolidating and dressing complete. 270 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m for all kind of Soil. 271 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super structure and coping if any. Ratio 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 Coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 272 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluidng the cost of centring and shuttering- Allwork in Sub/Super str and coping if any. Ratio 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand:8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 273 Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced cement concrete, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level : 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources) 274 Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns,pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc. above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding cost ofcentering,shuttering, finishing andreinforcement :1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural sources 275 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Suspended floors roofs, landing, balconies and accesss platform. 276 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Shelves (cast in situ) 277 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumes and cantilevers, 278 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete, below and above plinth-TMT BARS-Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500D or more 279 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 280 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 281 HALF BRICK MASONRY:Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level:- Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand). 282 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half brick masonry. 283 CEMENT PLASTER: 12 mm cement plaster1:4 (as per site requirement ) 284 CEMENT PLASTER: 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 fine sand) 285 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conferming to lS: 2202 (part l )decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of Ist class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 35mm thick including ISI maked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. 286 P&F Galvanised wire mesh of average width of aperture 1.4 mm and nominal dia of wire 0.63 mm 287 Providingand laying ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) or Ist quality conforming to Is: 15622 of approved make in colours such as White. Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 Coarse sand) including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc. complete. 288 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. 289 Kota stone slab flooring ove 20mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shaee of the slab incluidng rubbing and polishing complete with base of 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) of 25mm thick. 290 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels:Granite of any colour and shade 291 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.,complete Size ofvitrifiedTile 600x600mm 292 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 600x480 mm 293 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings Angle back wash basin of size 400x400 mm 294 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting pan (Indian type) Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm 295 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type (European type/ wash down type) water closet pan. 296 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all connections excluding cost of fittings White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250 mm 297 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in- charge. 298 Demolishing cement concrete manually/ by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in - charge. Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix). 299 Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.In cement mortar 300 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately) Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) 301 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness (weight not less than 10kg/sqm) 302 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene , gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirection of engineet-in-charge. With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/sqm) 303 providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete interlockng paver block of M-30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction of approved size, design & shape laid n required color and pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc all comlete as per direction of engineer incharge 304 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.Pipes 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 305 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 306 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes 307 Providing and fixing P.V.C, low level cistern with mannually controlled device (handle lever) confirming to IS : 7231 with all fittings fixtures complete. 10 litre capacity-white. 308 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 75 mm diameter 309 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single socketed pipes. 110 mm diameter 310 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 15 mm dia nominal bore 311 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps,including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 20 mm dia nominal bore 312 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. Internal work - Exposed on wall 25 mm dia nominal bore 313 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, including making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 15 mm dia nominal bore 314 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c making good the walls etc. concealed pipe, including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall : 20 mm dia nominal bore 315 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 15 mm dia nominal bore 316 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling etc.External work 20 mm dia nominal bore 317 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge,Made of G.I. wire of dia 4 mm 318 Fencing with angle iron post placed at required distance embedded in cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and provided with horizontal lines and two diagonals interwoven with horizontal wires, of barbed wire weighing 9.38 kg per 100 m (minimum), between the two posts fitted and fixed with G.I. With G.I. barbed wire staples, turn buckles etc. complete. (Cost of posts, struts, earth work and concrete work to be paid for separately). Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire used. With G.I. barbed wire 319 Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete. Hot finished welded type tubes 320 Providing services Extra Hours servicesofplumber/ Carpenter/ Mason/Painter etc on 08 hrs per day basis 321 Providing services Extra Hours of unskilled laboures/sweepers on 08 hrs per day basis 322 Hiring of JCB with driver and fuel ( rate for 08 hours) 323 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer, 3 mm thick water proofing membrane, black inished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 litre/sqm by the samemembrane manufactured of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/litre and viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane shall be laid using butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical parameters of the membrane shall be as under : Joint strength in longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5 cm. Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : 3 mm thick 324 Providing and fixing of vertical blinds 100mm wide of approved colour and design including transportation etc complete. Brands of venetian blinds Vista or equvalent. 325 Providing and fixing 25mm thick pre-laminated medium density fibre board exterior grade ( Grade-I) IS:14587:1998 marked with one side decorative and other side balancing lamination for cupboard shutters edges to be sealed with PVC edge bending tape 2.00 mm thick of approved brand including ISI marked nickel plated bright finishing M.S.piano hinges conforming to IS:3818 marked with necessary screw etc all complete. 326 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with : 12.5 mm thick tapered edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3):1996 (Boards with BIS certification marks) 327 Providing and fixing in position low height cabins as per details to be provided during execution. Hollock wood fram 2X2 both in horizontal and vertical members and covering of sides along full length and height with 12mm thick commercial ply with lamination of 1 mm thick laminate of shade & make as approved including providing teak wood beading at top and sides including polishing rounding of edges all complete as directed by EIC. 328 Supply of welding machine,cutter.grinder with one welder and one helper along with consumable items like electrodes etc. 329 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90 m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron ‘Y’ shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00 m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately) 330 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised iron profile sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm (+ 0.05 %) total coated thickness with zinc coating 120 grams per sqm as per IS: 277, in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns minimum to avoid scratches during transportation and should be supplied in single length upto 12 metre or as desired by Engineerin- charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws of size (5.5x 55 mm) with EPDM seal, complete upto any pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces, excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 331 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 metre deep with 45 x 45 cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks and S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete as per standard design: With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 332 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20 m filled with brickbats including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20 m long complete as per standard design. 333 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approvedby Engineer-in-charge). 334 Taking out existing kerb stones of all types from footpath/ central verge, including removal of mortar etc., disposal of unserviceable material to the dumping ground, for which payment shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge 335 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp curve, shall not be more than 5 mm), including making drainage opening wherever required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerbstones shall be supplied by the department free of cost) 336 White washing with lime to give an even shade; New work (three or more coats) 337 White washing with lime to give an even shade : Old work (two or more coats) 338 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:New work (two or more coats) over and including water thinnable priming coat with cement primer 339 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and prepairing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete 340 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade : New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) 341 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shadeOld work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing cement paint surface 342 Applying priming coat: With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of approved brand and manufacture on steel galvanised iron/ steel works 343 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :Two or more coats on new work 344 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- Two or more coats on new work. 345 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade:- One or more coats on old work. 346 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres. 347 Supplying and stacking at site:63 mm to 45 mm size stone aggregate. 348 Laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregate of specified sizes to WBM specifications in uniform thickness, hand picking, rolling with 3 wheeled road/vibratory roller 8-10 tonne capacity in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of screening / binding material to fill up interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required density 349 Providing and laying Bitumen Penetration Macadam with hard stone aggregate of quality, size and grading as specified, with bitumen of suitable penetration grade, including required key aggregate as specified, spreading coarse aggregate with the help of self propelled/ tipper tail mounted aggregate spreader and applying bitumen by a pressure distributor and then spreading key aggregate with the help of aggregate spreader complete, including consolidation with road roller of minimum 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve specified values of compaction and surface accuracy : For 50mm compacted thickness using coarse aggregate of size 50-20 mm graded @ 0.60 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 12.5 mm graded @ 0.15 cum per 10 sqm. With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 50 kg/ 10 sqm. 350 Providing and laying bitumen mastic wearing course (as per specifications) with industrial bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of approved size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, including cleaning the surface, removal of debris etc. all complete. (Considering bitumen using 10.2% as per MORTH specification) of 25 mm thick 351 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of:(a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug. (b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. (c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm mediumgrade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH). 352 Unforeseen items:Estimate cost of DSR-2023 items under this head is Rs 3,00,000/- GAIL at its discretion can execute any item which is not include in the SOR items 1 to 86 but covered in DSR-2023, at rates mentioned in the DSR-2023 +/- quoted percentage at which contractor is willing to execute these items at any location which covered under administrative control of GAILJLPL Loniregion office. The details of same is mentioned in scope of work under special condition of contracts.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 8
36.
Public Administrative Department #9500656 Price Bid
Tender For Renovation And Upgradation Work Of 3Rd And 6Th Floor Of Authority Office Building New Building - CIVIL-TOILET SANITARY FITTING WORK 2 Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc. complete and stacking within 50 metres lead: of area 3 sqm and below. 3 Dismantling Aluminium / Gypsum partitions, doors, Windows, fixed glazing and false ceiling including disposal of unserviceable material and stacking of serviceable material within 50 meters lead as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 4 Demolishing Brick work Manually / by mechanical means including stacking of Serviceable material and Disposal of Unserviceable material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.in Cement mortar. 5 Demolishing R.C.C. work Manually / by mechanical means including stacking of Steel bars and Disposal of Unserviceable material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 6 Extra for Cutting Reinforcement bars Manually by mechanical means R.C.C. or R.B. work (Payment shall be made on the cross sectional area of R.C.C. or R.B. work)as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 7 Dismantling tile work in floors and roofs laid in cement mortar including stacking material within 50 meters lead. For thickness of tiles 10 mm to 25 mm. 8 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete. 9 Dismantling old plaster or skirting raking out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 meters lead. 10 Disposal of building rubbish / malba / similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste materials by mechanical means, including loading, transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping ground or as approved by Engineer-in-charge, beyond 50 m initial lead, for all leads including all lifts involved. 11 Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level. Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) 12 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in : Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 13 12 mm thick cement plaster of mix: 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) 14 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 20 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 15 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 25 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 16 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. 32 mm nominal outer dia Pipes. 17 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS:13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required :Kitchen sink with drain board 510x1040 mm bowl depth 250 mm 18 Providing & Placing of Looking Mirror pasted on wall with the help of silicon having edges beveled, all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by the Architect/ Engineer -in-Charge. Customized 19 Providing & Fixing ofConcealed Stop Cock With Trims as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 20 Providing & Fixing ofFloor Drainer as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge.Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 21 Providing & Fixing ofWall hung Closet with Soft Close Seat Cover Fixed with Jumbo Bolts as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 22 Providing and fixing Urinal With Sensor Make-Kerovit,as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. 23 Providing and fixing Urinal Partition Make-Kerovit,as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. 24 Providing & Fixing of Concealed Cistern With Push Plate as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 25 Providing and fixing of Half/Full Pedestal Basin as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 26 Providing & fixing of Pillar Tap as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Jaquar/American Standard/Kerovit Eqivalent 27 Providing and fixing Sink Mixer as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 28 Providing and fixing 2 Way Bib Tap as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge.Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 29 Providing & fixing Health Faucet as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge.Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 30 Providing and fixing of Angle Cock as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 31 Providing and fixing of Bottle Trap as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 32 Providing and fixing of Toilet Paper Holder as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 33 Providing and fixing of Towel Ring as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 34 Providing and fixing of Soap Dispenser as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 35 Providing and fixing of Waste Coupling as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 36 Providing and fixing of Long Braided Hos Pipe as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. 37 Providing and fixing of 110mm dia pipe 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 38 Providing and fixing of 110mm dia Elbow 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 39 Providing and fixing of 110mm dia 45 Degree Elbow, 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 40 Providing and fixing of 110mm dia Socket, 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 41 Providing and fixing of 110mm dia Tee, 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 42 Providing and fixing of 110x110mm dia Nahani Trap, 6kg pressure of Supreme make or equivalent, including supply of all materials, labour and T&P etc. 43 CIVIL-INTERIOR WORK ESTIMATE 44 Providing & Fixing of at all height false ceiling including providing and fixing of frame made of special section power pressed from m.s. sheet and galvonised in accordance with zinc coatingof grade 350 as per IS 277and consisting of angle cleat 25x1.6mm with flanges of 27mm and 37mmat 1200mm c/c one flangedfix to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5mm dia and and 40mm long with 6mm dia boltto the angle hangers of 25x25x0.55 mm of required lengthened other end of angle hanger being fixed with nut and bolts to GI channel 45x15x0.90mm running at the rate of 1200 mm c/c to with the ceiling section 0.5mm thick button wedges of 80mm with tappered flenges of 26 mm each having clips of 10.5mm.at 450mmc/ cshall be fixed in direction perpendicular to GI channels with connecting clipsmade out of 2.64MM diax230mm longGI wire at every junction including fixing the gypsumboard with ceiling section and perimetre channels 0.50 mm thick 27mm high having flenges of 20mm and 30mm long ,perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall /partitionwith help of rawl plugs at 450mm c/c with 25 mm long drive all screws @230mm interval including jointing and fixingto a flush finish of tapperedend sq edge of board with recommended filler jointing and tapper finisher and two coat of primer suitable for board as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making of openning for light fittings grills diffusers cutouts made with frame of perimeter channelssuitably fixed all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge but excluding the cost of painting. 12.50mm thick tapered edge gypsum board. 45 Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with Dune (Bevelled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed GRID.The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, NRC 0.7, Light Reflectance ≥85%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x 600 x 15mm , suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of 63%.The tile shall be laid on Armstrong Suprafine 32 with 15 mm wide T - section flanges colour white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with a web height of 32mm and a load carrying capacity of 8.8 Kgs/M2 & pull out strength of 100Kgs. The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension system of Armstrong make. INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm centres securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong suspension system (specifications below) at 1200mm maximum centre.The First/Last Armstrong suspension system at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 450mm from the adjacent wall. Flush fitting 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at 600mm centre to form 1200 x 600 mm module.Cut cross tees longer than 600mm require independent support.600 x 600mm module to be formed by fitting 600mm long flush fitting cross tees centrally between the 1200 mm cross tees. Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size 3000x19x19mm, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centres. ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION SYSTEM - Armstrong make Anchor Fastener, Hanger Wire 2.5mm dia, Hook Clip with J Wire assembly. Approved Makes - Armstrong, Shera, Nitco. 46 Providing and fixing Gl Clip in Metal Ceiling System of 600x600 mm module which includes providing and fixing C wall angle of size 20x30x20 mm made of 0.5 mm thick pre painted steel along the perimeter of the room with help of nylon sleeves and wooden screws at 300 mm center to centre, suspending the main C carrier of size 10x38x10 mm made of G.I steel 0.7 mm thick from the soffit with help of soffit cleat 37x27x25x1.6 mm, rawl plugs of size 38x12 mm and C carrier suspension clip and main carrier bracket at 1000 mm c/c. Inverted triangle shaped Spring Tee having height of 24 mm and width of 34 mm made of Gl steel 0.45 mm thick is then fixed to the main C carrier and in direction perpendicular to it at 600 mm centers with help of suspension brackets. Wherever the main C carrier and spring T have to join, C carrier and spring T connectors have to be used. All sections to be galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive), fixing with clip in tiles into spring T with : GI Metal Ceiling Clip in plain Beveled edge global white color tiles of size 600x600 and 0.5 mm thick with 25 mm height, made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/ sqm (both sides inclusive) and 20% perforation area with 1.8 mm dia holes and having NRC of 0.5, electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending and perforation. 47 Providing and laying & Repairing Existiting vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. Size of Tile 600x600 mm 48 Grouting the joints of flooring tiles having joints using epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of organic coated filler of desired shade (0.10 kg of hardener and 0.20 kg of resin per kg), including filling / grouting and finishing complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 49 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills, facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels. Granite stone slab colour black, Cherry/Ruby red Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 50 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter and similar location in marble/ Granite/ stone work, including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete. 51 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wooden Wall Panelling made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with 12MM Ply & Finished with 1MM Laminateon One Side complete with painted or polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Architect/Engineer -in-Charge. 52 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wooden Wall Partition made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with 9MM Ply & Finished with 1MM Laminateon Both Side complete with painted or polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Architect/Engineer -in-Charge. 53 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wooden Wall Panelling made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with 4MM Veneer complete with Water Base PU Polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 54 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wooden Wall Panelling made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with Coloured Lacquered Glass as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 55 Providing & Fixing of 12MM Toughened Glass Door with all hardwareas per design with edge polish m/c top & bottom pivot and bottom lockwith handle all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 56 Providing & Fixing 12MM Toughned Glass Partition Modi float glass fixed edge to edge as per design and drawing and polished where required along with neccesary hardware all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. 57 Providing & fixing of 32MM Flush Door complete with all Fittings Like Hinges, Mortis lock, Door closer, Tower Bolt etc all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 58 Providing & Fixing of Plotter Cutted Designer Film of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 59 Providing & Fixing of Plotter Cutted Designer Coloured Vinyl of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 60 Supply&Fixingofwindowsmadefrommulti chambered UPVC profiles of minimum 60/108 mm thicknessof (Wintechmakeorequivalent)in natural from stailized for heat, light, impact & UV radiation. The UPVC profiles should be reinforced withgalzvanizedsteelprofilesofdesigned thickness.Floatglassofapprovedcolourin 5 mm shall be fixed with heveled beads. All openable / sliding sashes shall be having grey/black colored weather seal fitted in continuous lenghts made from bubble PTV Rubber & side Hung with 90L openin friction syats of rust proof stainless steel with provision of multipoint lockng system (casement only) made from Espag rods (coated steel) all handle shall be made from die Cast zinc alloy in white finish only as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 61 Providing & Fixing of Roller Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 62 Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. 63 Finishing with Deluxe Multi surface paint system for interiors and exteriors using Primer as per manufacturers specifications : Two or more coats applied on walls @ 1.25 ltr/10 sqm over and including one coat of Special primer applied @ 0.75 ltr /10 sqm 64 Providing & Making & Fixing of Storage Cabinet made of 19MM Board, having shelves & shutters & teak wood beading & finished surface of 1MM Laminate including all hardware like tower bolts, hinges, lock & handle as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer incharge. 65 ELECTRICAL WORK ESTIMATE 66 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required. Group A 67 Supply and fixing of Power point and Supply and fixing of power plug with 10 Amp./250 volt flush type modular switch and 5 pin 10A /250 volt flush type universal modular socket switch on concealed M.S. box including supply of all material, labour t&P etc. required for proper completion of work. 68 Supply and fixing of wire, Power point and Supply and fixing of power plug with 20 Amp./250 volt flush type modular switch and 5 pin 20 nA/250 volt flush typ[e universal modular socket switch on concealed M.S. box including supply of all material, labour t&P etc. required for proper completion of work. 69 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 70 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 2.5 sq. mm + 1 X 2.5 sq. mm earth wire 71 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 4.0 sq. mm + 1 X 4.0 sq. mm earth wire 72 Supplying & Drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm. solidcopper conductor, PE insulated] shielded with fine finned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in the existing surface/ recessed steel/PVC conduit as required. For T.V. Socket outlet 73 Providing Drawing Connecting And Testing Of Enhanced Categoey 4 Pair Lan Local Area Network Cable 24 AWG Conductor Performance Specifide 5E U L and CUL Listed In Existing PVC Conduit .(CAT-6 Network Cable) 74 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 20MM 75 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 25MM 76 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 32MM 77 Supplying & fixing of TV Antenna socket on Modular Plate & G.I Box including connections 78 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 1 or 2 Module 79 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 3 Module 80 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 4 Module 81 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 6 Module 82 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 8 Module 83 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 12 Module 84 Blank plate for modular plate type switch boards wherever required. 85 Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, 10 kA, “C” curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. 86 S&F of 125 Amp 4 pole MCCB (25 KA) Thermal Magnetic release 87 S & F surface/Flush mounting 12ways V TPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect, as directed at site by Engineer in charge. CAT-A 88 Supply and fixing of recess mounting round15 TO 18 Watt LED Down Lighter having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set complete in all respect. CAT-AAA 89 Supply and fixing of 36 Watt to 46 Watt above 3300 leumin indoor Recess mounting LED Square Fitting for Armstrong Ceiling having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing body with extended heat sink and diffuser of Special Polycarbonate meterial and driver set complete in all respect. CAT-AAA 90 Supply and fixing of 150mm Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton/Bajaj/Havels Equivalent 91 Supply and fixing of 400mm Wall Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton/Bajaj/Havels Equivalent 92 Supply & Fixing of LED Profile Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 93 Supply & Fixing of LED Profile Light Driver all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 94 Supply and Fixing of Deep Recess Mounting round 10 Watt COB LED Spot Light having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set complete in all respect. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 95 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Grand-6 96 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Gravity Grill For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Gravity Grill-6 97 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Air Valve For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton CAV-6 98 Supply & Fixing of 110MM Ceiling Mount Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton 99 Providing & Fixing of Call Bell Chimes all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-L&T 100 Providing & Fixing of 1200MM Designer Hanging LED Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledlum 101 Providing & Fixing of Modular plate type white RJ 45 CAT 6 Data/Talephone outlet / information outlets ETL verified to meet or exceed TIA / EIA category 6 requirements, universal wiring label permitting to either T568A or T568B, UL listed,for computer networkingcomplete in all respect with cover plate, grid plate, screws, MS box, etc with connections as required with RJ-45 Data outlet 102 FURNITURE WORK 103 Providing & Making & Fixing of Conference Table Made of 19MM Board, Topand Vertical drop 19MM ply board. All the surface to be cladded with 1.5 mm Mica & Having S.S Frame Square Section of 302 Grade. All the Edges to be lipped with 4MM Veneer which shall be Water Based PU Polished, all complete as per design approved by E/I & Architect Incharge. Customized 104 Providing & Fixing, Table of Size - COLLABORATE 1800 MM WITH SIDE STORAGE AND WITHOUT HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE EXTENSIONMAIN TABLE - 1800W X 900D X 750HTCOMPOSITE SIDE STORAGE - 1050W X 450D X 750HTThe Collaborate 1800 mm executive workstation is a thoughtfully designed compact desk setup ideal for modern office environments. The main desk measures 1800W x 900D x 750H mm and is crafted with a 25mm thick pre-laminated particle board tabletop, finished with 2mm PVC edge lipping to ensure long-term durability and impact resistance. The tabletop offers a clean and modern appearance suitable for executive and managerial spaces.The workstation is structurally supported by mild steel (MS) powder-coated loop legs, featuring a distinctive 55x55mm diamond profile. These are paired with die-cast metal connectors and reinforced with MS cross beams, ensuring superior strength and stability while adding a refined industrial aesthetic. A front modesty panel made of 18mm thick pre-laminated particle board with 2mm PVC edge lipping, and a standard height of 450mm, ensures privacy without compromising open design.For integrated electrical management, the desk features a 350mm wide metal flip-up cover with a soft closure mechanism, offering concealed access to switchboards and power/data outlets. The MS cable dump tray beneath the tabletop is designed to house switches and sockets efficiently. Additionally, a vertebra-type vertical wire manager (cable spine) is provided for seamless and organized cable routing from floor level to the desk, enhancing safety and aesthetic appeal. Accompanying the main desk is a composite side storage unit measuring 1050W x 450D x 750H mm, constructed from 18mm thick pre-laminated particle board for a consistent and coordinated look. This side unit offers a combination of closed storage and drawers for functional workspace organization. The configuration includes three drawers (2 box drawers + 1 file drawer) along with shuttered compartments, allowing versatile storage for office supplies, documents, and personal belongings. All shutters are equipped with auto-closing hinges to ensure smooth, silent operation. The drawers and shutters feature integrated finger groove handles for a clean, handle-less appearance, and the entire unit is fitted with a central locking system to ensure safety and security of stored materials. Adjustable shelves provide flexibility in internal space utilization, while levellers ensure stable placement even on uneven flooring. All essential hardware components are included, supporting ease of assembly and reliable daily usage.. Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 105 Providing & Fixing, Linear Workstation of Size:- NEO WORKSTATION -1200X600 Specifications - Partition system WITH PARTITION ON MAIN SPINE , INTERMEDIATE AND ENDS The NEO Workstation is a modern, modular workspace solution designed for efficient and ergonomic usage in collaborative office environments. Each workstation measures 1200W x 600D mm and is integrated with a structured partition system that provides defined workspaces with optimal privacy and utility. The system features partitions on the main spine, intermediate panels, and end panels, creating a consistent, enclosed workspace layout. The partition system stands at a total height of 1200mm and is built using a frame structure with top and side aluminium trims, offering a sleek, modern appearance while maintaining structural integrity. All vertical junctions and corners are finished with high-quality die-cast aluminium caps, ensuring clean detailing and long-term durability. The workstation surface consists of a 25mm thick pre-laminated particle board tabletop, finished on all exposed edges with 2mm PVC edge lipping, enhancing durability and resistance to everyday wear. The tabletop offers ample personal workspace, making it ideal for focused individual tasks within a shared environment. Support for the tabletop is provided through 18mm thick pre-laminated gable ends, offering solid lateral stability while maintaining a minimalist design. The gable ends match the tabletop in finish and style, ensuring a unified look across the workstation cluster. For efficient cable management, the workstation is equipped with a 65mm diameter grommet cap on the tabletop for cable entry. Beneath the surface, a metal raceway tile is provided for mounting electrical switches and sockets, ensuring clean and accessible power connectivity. A metal skirting tile is also included below table level, specifically designed for data cable routing along the main spine, ensuring complete segregation and safety of power and data lines. Tile finishes are thoughtfully planned to enhance both utility and aesthetics. Above table level, the partitions feature fabric tiles, offering tackable surfaces for personal pin-up needs. Each workstation includes one glass marker tile for easy jotting of notes and tasks, and one magnetic tile for pinning magnetic objects or accessories. Below the tabletop, pre-laminated tiles are used for durability and easy cleaning, while metal skirting tiles on the main spine facing the user provide a robust, high-utility finish with integrated cable routing., Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 106 Providing & Fixing, Linear Workstation of Size:- NEO WORKSTATION -1350X600 Specifications - Partition system WITH PARTITION ON MAIN SPINE , INTERMEDIATE AND ENDS The NEO Workstation is a modern, modular workspace solution designed for efficient and ergonomic usage in collaborative office environments. Each workstation measures 1350W x 600D mm and is integrated with a structured partition system that provides defined workspaces with optimal privacy and utility. The system features partitions on the main spine, intermediate panels, and end panels, creating a consistent, enclosed workspace layout. The partition system stands at a total height of 1200mm and is built using a frame structure with top and side aluminium trims, offering a sleek, modern appearance while maintaining structural integrity. All vertical junctions and corners are finished with high-quality die-cast aluminium caps, ensuring clean detailing and long-term durability. The workstation surface consists of a 25mm thick pre-laminated particle board tabletop, finished on all exposed edges with 2mm PVC edge lipping, enhancing durability and resistance to everyday wear. The tabletop offers ample personal workspace, making it ideal for focused individual tasks within a shared environment. Support for the tabletop is provided through 18mm thick pre-laminated gable ends, offering solid lateral stability while maintaining a minimalist design. The gable ends match the tabletop in finish and style, ensuring a unified look across the workstation cluster. For efficient cable management, the workstation is equipped with a 65mm diameter grommet cap on the tabletop for cable entry. Beneath the surface, a metal raceway tile is provided for mounting electrical switches and sockets, ensuring clean and accessible power connectivity. A metal skirting tile is also included below table level, specifically designed for data cable routing along the main spine, ensuring complete segregation and safety of power and data lines. Tile finishes are thoughtfully planned to enhance both utility and aesthetics. Above table level, the partitions feature fabric tiles, offering tackable surfaces for personal pin-up needs. Each workstation includes one glass marker tile for easy jotting of notes and tasks, and one magnetic tile for pinning magnetic objects or accessories. Below the tabletop, pre-laminated tiles are used for durability and easy cleaning, while metal skirting tiles on the main spine facing the user provide a robust, high-utility finish with integrated cable routing., Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 107 Providing & Fixing, MOBILE PEDESTAL 2D1F : 400W X 450D X 600HT The Mobile Pedestal is a compact and durable under-desk storage solution designed for efficient organization of office essentials. With an overall size of 400mm (W) x 450mm (D) x 600mm (H), the pedestal is manufactured from 0.6mm thick Cold Rolled Close Annealed (CRCA) steel sheets, which are powder coated to ensure a high-quality finish that resists corrosion, scratches, and general wear. This unit features a three-drawer configuration, consisting of two box drawers for storing stationery and smaller items, and one filing drawer capable of accommodating hanging files and larger documents. All drawers are mounted on smooth sliding channels, providing seamless and quiet operation during daily use.The pedestal is designed as a mobile unit, equipped with heavy-duty castors that allow for easy movement and repositioning under the workstation or within the workspace. Despite its mobility, the unit maintains structural stability and ergonomic accessibility.A central locking mechanism is integrated into the design, allowing all three drawers to be simultaneously locked with a single key, enhancing document security and user convenience. The compact size allows it to fit easily beneath most standard-height desks while providing ample storage space for individual user needs. This mobile pedestal is an ideal addition to any modern office setup, offering a balance of mobility, functionality, and secure storage. 108 Providing & Fixing, SIDE STORAGE METAL (900X450X1200HT)Supplying and installation of a robust steel almirah designed for office storage applications. The unit shall be installed in a perfectly upright and straight position to ensure alignment, stability, and optimal utility. The overall dimensions of the almirah are 900mm (Width) x 450mm (Depth) x 1200mm (Height), inclusive of integrated legs that elevate the unit off the floor for easy cleaning and enhanced air circulation. The almirah structure is fabricated using high-yield strength Cold Rolled Close Annealed (CRCA) steel sheets of grade D conforming to IS: 513 standards. The door panel is made from 1.0mm thick CRCA sheet, providing added rigidity and durability, while all other structural components are manufactured from 0.8mm thick CRCA sheet to balance strength and weight. For enhanced load-bearing performance, internal stiffeners are integrated within both the shelves and the door, ensuring long-lasting structural integrity and resistance to deformation. Internally, the almirah is equipped with two adjustable shelves, resulting in three loading compartments, each with a clear usable height of approximately 400mm, allowing versatile storage of files, documents, and supplies. The shelves feature a folded construction, which imparts intrinsic rigidity and enhances their load-carrying capacity, capable of supporting up to 40kg of uniformly distributed weight per shelf.The unit is fitted with a steel-hinged door, incorporating a three-way locking mechanism and secured with a 6-lever lock and key. A durable lever handle is provided for smooth and secure operation. All locking components ensure safety of contents and are suited for regular office use.The entire metal assembly undergoes a multi-stage surface treatment process, including iron phosphating for rust resistance, followed by electrostatic powder coating in a finish thickness of 60–80 microns, offering excellent adhesion, abrasion resistance, and aesthetic appeal., Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 109 Providing & Fixing, High Back Chairs Seat and back is made out of 12mm molded hot pressed plywood in ergonomic shape fitted with Imported T-nuts and revited in to the wood.Gaslift - Class 4 tested -ANSI BIFMA performance standards.Castors - Twin Castors 50mm dia castors compling to ANSI / BIFMA X 5.1 – 2002.The 640mm dia (26 inches) five pronged base is made out of GF nylon – Reinforced with bottom ribbing for additional buttress and strength.Tested prudently and rigorously as per ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2011 General Purpose Office Chair Standards.Upholstery: Seat Cushion with pre moulded foam having leatherette tapestery of 50 - 60 density Density -- 52 kg/m3 Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%.Distinctively and characteristically designed tilt mechanism offering a very smooth and fluidic reclining motion with tension adjust knob and importantly offering seat to back recline ratio of 3:7, optimal for good back support.Multilock mechanism is fabricated from CR Sheets, undergo through CO2 welding process imparting uniform surface finish and tensile strength. The components are processed with high degree of precision and care so as to assemble with other parts in perfect harmony to give smooth and effortless reclining experience. Tension springs are made out Grade II material conforming to Indian Standards. Also provided with release levers for locking mechanism and height adjustment of seat. Mechanism aides to operate the height adjustment, and has been equipped with 3 locking positions, back rest “ Return Prevention” function. Back Frame is inserted with leathertte tapestery cushion & Adjustable Lumbar Support.Tension control isbelow the Seat.Moulded polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel inserts for long Moulded self skinned polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel insets for long life. one way adjustable - Height Adjustable.Seat is duly upholstered with approved fabric. Chair will have adjustable headrestChair Should be BIFMA Certified.Seat: Depth- 51.5 cm Width- 44.5 cm Dimensions: Width- 51.5 cm Depth- 53.5 cm Minimum Height- 99.5 cm Maximum Height- 108.5 cm Minimum Seat Height- 44.5 cm Maximum Seat Height- 52.5 cm Width (Arm to Arm)- 66 MODEL, Chair should be BIFMA and Green Guard certified.:- AMAZE HB, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 110 Providing & Fixing, Medium Back Chairs Seat and back is made out of 12mm molded hot pressed plywood in ergonomic shape fitted with Imported T-nuts and revited in to the wood.Gaslift - Class 4 tested -ANSI BIFMA performance standards.Castors - Twin Castors 50mm dia castors compling to ANSI / BIFMA X 5.1 – 2002.The 640mm dia (26 inches) five pronged base is made out of GF nylon – Reinforced with bottom ribbing for additional buttress and strength.Tested prudently and rigorously as per ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2011 General Purpose Office Chair Standards.Upholstery: Seat Cushion with pre moulded foam having leatherette tapestery of 50 - 60 density Density -- 52 kg/m3 Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%.Distinctively and characteristically designed tilt mechanism offering a very smooth and fluidic reclining motion with tension adjust knob and importantly offering seat to back recline ratio of 3:7, optimal for good back support.Multilock mechanism is fabricated from CR Sheets, undergo through CO2 welding process imparting uniform surface finish and tensile strength. The components are processed with high degree of precision and care so as to assemble with other parts in perfect harmony to give smooth and effortless reclining experience. Tension springs are made out Grade II material conforming to Indian Standards. Also provided with release levers for locking mechanism and height adjustment of seat. Mechanism aides to operate the height adjustment, and has been equipped with 3 locking positions, back rest “ Return Prevention” function. Back Frame is inserted with leathertte tapestery cushion & Adjustable Lumbar Support.Tension control isbelow the Seat.Moulded polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel inserts for long Moulded self skinned polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel insets for long life. one way adjustable - Height Adjustable.Seat is duly upholstered with approved fabric. Chair Should be BIFMA Certified.Seat: Depth- 51.5 cm Width- 44.5 cm Dimensions: Width- 51.5 cm Depth- 53.5 cm Minimum Height- 99.5 cm Maximum Height- 108.5 cm Minimum Seat Height- 44.5 cmMaximum Seat Height- 52.5 cm Width (Arm to Arm)- 66 cm Arm Rest Height- 18- 27.5 cm Chair should be BIFMA and Green Guard certified. AMAZE MB, Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 111 Providing & Fixing, Fixed Leg Chair Made of The frame is made out of 25.4mm tube of 16 gauge tube confirming to IS-7138-1973, Welded by Co2 welding process for uniform surface finish and higher tensile strength perforation on the sheet is of uniform 2.5mm dimension and gives good ventilation.High quality hardware conforming to Hardness 38-44 and tensile strength – 1300 n/mm. IS 1363-1967.Seat is made out of 12mm molded hot pressed plywood in ergonomic shape fitted with Japanese T-nuts and riveted in to the plywood.Set and backUpholstery: Cushion with pre-moulded foam of 50 - 60kg/m3 density in the shape of plywood. Density -- 52 kg/m3 Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%.Injection moulded polypropylene armrests.Leatherette cusion Back on Frame. Back is injected moulded PP.Seat and back are duly upholstered with approved Leatherette. AMAZE VA, Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 112 Providing & Fixing, Single Seater Sofa of Size: 850L X 790D X 790H Seat Foam: the sofa is made up of fine quality leatherette.The structure is made up of silver wood and pine wood.The Seat is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu .mtrSeat is upholstered wuth Leatherite.Back Foam: The Back is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu, Backis upholstered with Leatherite.Unterstructure is made up of silver wood or pine wood , 4mm Dia zigzag Spring is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. Legs should be made up of stainless steel tubes/pipes, S-SERIES, Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 113 Providing & Fixing, CORNER TABLE @500 MM DIA, MODEL: CT-2105 MARBLE CORNER TABLE (0.5M), TOP - STONE , BASE - BLACK TIATANIUM. Supplying and installation of a contemporary center table designed to complement modern office and lounge interiors. The table has an overall dimension of 600mm (Length) x 600mm (Width) x 425mm (Height), offering a spacious and proportionate surface suitable for waiting areas, meeting lounges, or collaborative spaces. The tabletop is made from 12mm thick toughened glass, offering high impact resistance and durability. The glass is partially tempered, adding safety features to reduce the risk of sharp breakage. The top profile is square-edged with bevelled edges, enhancing the aesthetics while ensuring user safety through smooth contours and soft corners. The glass top is supported by high-quality vacuum suction caps, securely fixed over the underframe to ensure firm and stable placement without visible fasteners, contributing to a clean, floating appearance. The understructure consists of a stainless steel (SS) frame fabricated from SS 202 grade pipe, known for its corrosion resistance and strength. The pipes used in the frame have a diameter ranging from 20mm to 25.4mm and a wall thickness of 2mm, providing superior load-bearing capacity and structural stability. The frame is finished in a high-gloss chrome finish, offering a sleek, premium look suitable for modern interiors. To protect flooring surfaces and enhance stability, the table is equipped with high-quality PPCP (Polypropylene Copolymer) shoes at the base of each leg. These shoes prevent scratches and scuffs on delicate floors while also absorbing minor impact loads.This center table combines the durability of stainless steel with the elegance of toughened glass, making it a stylish, low-maintenance, and long-lasting addition to any office or hospitality environment., Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 114 Providing & Fixing 3 SEATER LEAF TANDOM CUSHION SEAT WITH ARMS Beam & Legs are from uniquely designed MS tubes, the foot are from high pressure diecast aluminium material comes with height adjustable levellers to take care even if there is a floor undulation upto 8-10mm. The Feet, Leg & Beam comes in flat pack, knock down condition and are fixed using zinc passivated best grade hardware. Seat is a plastic injection moulded part in PP material, can be offered with or without cushion & in multiple colours selected from Featherlite shade card based on MOQ. Product can be offered with or without the handle / arms. Arms are from Dia 25mm MS tube fixed with PP arm rest. All Metal & aluminium parts comes with powder coating finish of 60-80 micron thk., Make-Featherlite / Geeken / Hof / Ferris/ Equivalent 115 Providing & Fixing, Steel almirah for office purpose in perfectly upright and straight position. The overall size of the almirah shall be 900mm (W) X 450mm (D) X 2015mm (H) including legs. It should be supplied with 4 nos. of adjustable shelves i.e. 5 loading compartments. Each compartment shall be 400 mm high. Door shall be made of 1mm thick and all other components shall be made of 0.8mm thick high yield strength CRCA sheet of grade ‘D’ confirming to IS: 513. Proper stiffeners shall be provided in shelf & door. The steel hinged door shall be provided with lever handle & 3 way locking mechanism with 6 lever lock with Key. The shelves shall have folded constructions which have intrinsic rigidity and high load carrying capacity.Uniformly distributed load capacity per each shelf shall be 40kg maximum. Metal Part should be pre treated with Iron Phosphating with powder coating of 60-80mm thickness, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 116 Providing & Fixing of high bar stool. Specification : Gimlet of size 480(W)X535(D)X810(H)of Approximately 8 kg weight. Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent 117 FIRE ALARM WORK ESTIMATE 118 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of ionization smoke detector with builtin LED and mounting base complete with all connections etc. as required. 119 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of manual call boxes of MS construction in surface/recess with strainless steel chain & hammer assembly complete with glass and push button etc. as required. 120 supplying , installation , Testing & commissionin response indicator on surface/recess Ms box having two LEDs mettallic cover complete with all connections etc. as required. 121 supplying , installation , Testing & commissionin fire alarm sounder with facility to make announcement, mounted in M.S. box (16 SWG) with hinged cover plate & suitable for operation with amplifier i/c line matching trasformer etc. complete as required. 122 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of main controland indicating panel made out of 16 SWG MS sheet to accommodate the following items duly powder coated in approved colour with louvers for ventilation, locking arrangement , audio and visual indication for fire alarm and public adress system, monitoring system including connections, interconnections etc complete as required. 10 zone panel for fire alarm system 250 Watt amplifier racks suitable for operation on 230V AC/24V DC supply conforming to IEC-268-3 complete with all accessories as required-2 Nos. ( one to act asstanby) Talk back master stationwith LED PTT ( press to talk ) push button for operation on 230V AC/24 V DC supply conforming to IEC-268 for simplex mode of operation/ communication suitable for 20 Nos. talk back unit-1 set. Anouncement control desk suitable for selection of different zones selectively and on ALL CALL switch with visual indication etc. complete as required -1 set Amplifier change over switch for inter changing amplifier -1 No. Monitor panel for loudspeaker complete with output selector, ON/OFF switch, fuse, visual indications etc. complete as required-1 NO. Gooseneck microphone with stand and ON/OFF switch -1 N0. Main ON/OFF switch, fuse indication lamps, DC and AC voltmeter & ammeters , terminal blocks etc. complete as required-1 set Battery charger trickle cum boost to talk complete load of fire alarm PA system complete with all accessories including providing & fixing of 2 nos. 12 volt, 60 AH each sealed maintenanance free batteries-1 set. 123 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning ISI marked portable type fire extinguishers of 4.5 Kg capacity CO2 type as per IS- 15683complete as per specification and fixed / install as per site condition: 124 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning ISI marked portable type fire extinguishers of 5 Kg capacity ABC Dry Chemical powderas per IS- 15683complete as per specification and fixed / install as per site condition : 125 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of CI flanged butterfly valve complete with nuts, bolts & washers etc. conforming IS 780 - 100mm dia 126 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of CI flanged butterfly valve complete with nuts, bolts & washers etc. conforming IS 780 - 80mm dia 127 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of of ISI marked cost iron double flanged non return valve as per IS: 5312, Part-1 including transportation to work site, supply and fixing nuts, bolts. Gaskets & washers,etc. - 100mm dia 128 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of sprinkler heads, 25 mm dia conventional pattern, opera table at 68 129 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of copper cable 2 - core, 1.5 sqmm armoured cable. 130 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of of PVC insulated 4 core copper cable for connect main pannel to LCP & PA system 131 VRV AIR-CONDITIONING WORK ESTIMATE 132 Shifting of the present vrv connected ac& Fixing at the final location all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 133 Commissioning of VRV systems including topping R410A gas per site requirementsall complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 134 Supply & Fixing of 1.5 ton AC all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 135 CCTV SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM WORK ESTIMATE 136 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of IP fixed Cameras, Network TDN IR Indoor/Outdoor Camera, 1/3 CMOS, 2 MP, 3.6 mm Fixed, 24 IR LEDs,PoE,H.264complete. Make - Dahua 137 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 32 VMS channel NVR with Embedded enterprise grade linux processor, real-time H.265 Security baseline 2.1, 1080p@30 fps adaptive decoding, ONVIF and RTSP protocols, resolution HDMI 4K, AI Face detection, perimeter protection, IVS, people counting, heat map, and SMD, BW 160 Mbps, Audio PCM/G711A/G726/AAC, privacy masking, video loss, scene changing, PIR alarm, SATA III port up to 10 TB. Make Dahua/HikVision 138 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 6TB SATA Internal with 1M hours MTBF, 180 TB workload rate, write-intensive, low bit-rate, high stream-count, prioritized write-op. Make - WD/Seagate 139 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of HDBaseT Hdmi Extender Make - Milestone/Bluestream 140 Providing, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Hig Performance 1.4a standard HDMI 4K Cable. Make - Extron/Nedis/Logic/DC 141 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of wall mountable 55 high resolution LED monitor with HDMI port and commercial series suitable for 12x7 operation. All accessories for installation including wall mounting stand/ bracket. Make - Samsung/Sony 142 WIFI & NETWORKING SYSTEM WORK ESTIMATE 143 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 27 U Rack Make - Dlink/Comrack 144 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Rack Accessories For 27U Rack Make - Dlink/Comrack 145 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Metal Shelf Rack Make - Dlink/Comrack 146 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Horizontal Cable Manager Make - Dlink/Comrack 147 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Cat 6 patch panel, loaded. Make - Dlink 148 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of modular patch cables 1m 10/100/1000 Make - AMP/Molex/DC 149 Supply,Installation, testing and commissioning of 24 port POE switch 10/100/1000. Make - Dlink/Netgear 150 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Dual Band Wave Wifi 6 Access Points. Make - Grandstream 151 Supply,Installation, testing and commissioning of cat6 Informatio0n Outlets, non PCB Pyramid type. Make - Dlink/Amp/Molex 152 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Dual Face Plates with clear labeling. Make - Dlink/Amp/Molex 153 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of FDB LIU patch panel, loaded. Make - Syrotek 154 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of modular patch cables 5mMake - Syrotech/Dlink
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Local Bodies No of Bidders 3
Uttar Pradesh View Result →
37.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9485192 Technical Bid
Supply And Fixing (Installation) Of Furniture At Jnv Phase-A Howrah (W.B) , School Building , Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mm * 930Mm * Height 760Mm, Complete As Perspecifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Gradeosl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 850 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Benchshall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thickplywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sidescolour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 900 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded Withpost Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape.Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 900 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thickpvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Mscrca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Oftray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Heightwill Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm Withsquare Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section165mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mmthick Crca Pipes.Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal(Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly Andconformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages Andcleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of(Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating . , Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm W± 5 X 890Mm D± 5 X 688/420Mm H± 5 , Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 850 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination.Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 900 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 900 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ms Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . , Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge.Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front, Back And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S. Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932 Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. The Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 15Mm. The Cross Members Shall Be Mounted By End Brackets Made Of 3Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513: 2008And Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993.Wire Management - Electrical Wires Shall Be Carried From Horizintal/ Vertical Duct Made Of 0.7Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top.Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 750Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) , Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 750Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) , Office Table With Overall Size Of Desk 1350Mm (L) X 750Mm (W) X 750Mm (H)& Side Storage Unit Of Size 900Mm (L) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1199 X 590 X 735 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of Ms Erw Round Tube Of 25Mm Dia X 1.2Mm (Wall Thickness) And Cross Horizontal Members Including Leg Rest Of 25Mm Dia X 1.2Mm (Wall Thickness) M.S. Erw Tube. All Steel Components Be Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type 12 Seater Meeting Table Of Of Overall Size 3600 X 1350 (Maximum) X 750 Mm (Knock Down Type). Table Top Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Whereas The Gable Ends Shall Be Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On Bothside Alongwith 2Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused. Supporting Understructure Consists Of2 Metal C Legs On Either Ends Of Table Support Frame Made Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6 Mm (Wall Thickness) Ms Erw Tube And One Number Wire Carrier Leg At Middle Of 50Mm X 50Mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness), 4 Numbers Horizontal Connector Of 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm Thick Ms Pipe Between Supportingvertical Legs.All The Ms Pipes And Sheetshall Be Finished With Epoxy Powdercoated Of Dft 50-60Micron. The C Typed Metal Legs Shall Be Kept 150Mm Inside From Outer Edge Of Table Top. Agement -The Vertical (Stake) & Horizontal (Cable Tray) Wire Carriers Are Placed Below Worktop, Made Up Of Crca Steel Sheet With Epoxy Powder Coating & Fixed To The Understructure With Specially Designedbrackets, Includingprovision Of Placing Switch Plates/Grommet In The Cable Tray . , Supplyand Installation Of Library Table In Sizes Of 2400Mm (L)X 900Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) Consisting Of Follwing Specification:- Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990, Alongwith 2 Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On Exposed Edges.Understructure Supporting Frame Shall Consists Ofthree Metal C-Legs (Two At Either Ends And One In Middle Of Table) And Joined By Two Numbers Horizontal Connector Made Of Tubular Section 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Confirming To Is 4923:1997.The Entire Metalframe Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. C-Typed Metal Legs Shall Be Kept 150 Mm Inside From From End Of Table. Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (L) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Prelam Particle Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990 With 2Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Of 2 Metal C Legs On Either Ends Of Table Support Frame Made Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6 Mm (Wall Thickness) Ms Erw Tube And One Number Wire Carrier Leg At Middle Of 50Mm X 50Mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness), 4 Numbers Horizontal Connector Of 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm Thick Ms Pipe Between Supportingvertical Legs. The Ms Pipes Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Powdercoated With Dft Of 50-60 Micron Confirming To Is 13871:1993. The Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 15Mm. Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. Screens / Privacy Panel: - Screen Height Will Be 300Mm Above Work-Top Made Of Prelam Particle Board/White Board Alternatively As Approved By Engineer-In-Charge. In Addition Privacy Panel Of 300 Mm Height, On Work Top, Shall Be Provided Between Two Workstation. , Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 916 Mm (W) X 486Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.7Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of 3.0Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.9Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993 , Overall Size 900Wx300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Drawer As Per Ref.Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image Only. , Supply Adn Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With High Densitypu Foam & Leatherette Upholstery, Back Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Foam D -40 Kg/M3 , H-20 Seat And Back Fixed Through Metal Powder Coated Spine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm ,Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm,Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree .Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover,Chair Base & Wheels: Metal Chrome Plated Chair Basemade Of 2.5Mm Thick Metal Chrome Plated Steel Frame, Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 X 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest:- Pu Padded Adjustable Armrestfixed With Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ms Chrome Plated Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 720W ±10 X 720D ±10 X 1070H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of High Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure ,Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate, Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X605h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest Fixed On Frame,Chair Base & Wheels: Metal Chrome Plated Chair Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 650±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Fixed Visitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Powder Coating Ofround Pipe 14 Gauge Thickneess With Plastic Bushes . , Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Nylon Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 381Mm (W) X 381Mm (D) X 1831Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 1831 X380mm. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 1Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008.Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.7Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter.The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , 1.Dimensions And Configuration Total Width Of The Setup: Minimum 12 Feet. Height: Approximately 4 To 4.5 Feet From The Board Surface. 2.Sliding Boards: Quantity: 2 (Left And Right). Size (Each Board): 6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) 3.Material: Left: Green Chalkboard (Matte Surface, Suitable For Chalk) Right: Whiteboard (Glossy Surface, Suitable For Dry-Erase Markers) 4.Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminum/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. 5. Interactive Flat Panel (Ifp) Position: Centered Within The Frame And Between The Two Sliding Boards. Mounting: Wall-Mounted Securely Inside The Board Structure, With Space Allowance For Ventilation And Service Access. Ifp Opening Size: Sized Appropriately To The Ifp Being Installed (Contractor To Confirm Model And Dimensions). 6.Frame Material: Laminated Plywood Or Mdf With A Natural Wood Finish Or Laminated Color Finish (As Per Architect/Owner Approval). 7. Frame And Track System Material: Aluminum Or Powder-Coated Steel Tracks With Smooth Sliding Mechanism. Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. 8.. Additional Requirements All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifp (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). , Supply And Installation Of Physics Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850 . Physics Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850.Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ).Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent. The Material Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides. , Supply And Installation Of Chemistry Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Chemistry Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ) 0.8Mm Ms Sheet Powder Coated.Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent.The Material Used Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides , Supply And Installation Of Biology Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Biology Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ) 0.8Mm Ms Sheet Powder Coated.Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent. The Material Used Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides. , Kitchen & Dining , Dining Table: Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size 50Mmx50mmx1.6Mm. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded Or Mechanically Fastened To The Underside Of The Tabletop Frame. For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mmss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities , Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Plywood + Laminated , Finished With A 0.8 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Top Surface, And A Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside To Ensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, And Easy To Clean, With A Light Woodgrain Or Equivalent Finish As Approved. The Supporting Frame Shall Be Fabricated Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ms Pipe In Powder Coated. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded Or Mechanically Fastened To The Underside Of The Benchtop Frame. The Bench Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Bench Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities , Boys & Girls Dormitories , Providing And Installing 18 Mm Hdhmr Boards On Existing Rcc And Cement Plasterbrick Walls With The Help Of Counter Sink Fasteners In Plump And Level. All Edges To Be Rounded. 1Mm Laminated Should Be Pasted On All Visible Areas And Edges Polished To Match The Laminate Shade.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 5
West Bengal View Result →
38.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9485191 Technical Bid
Supply And Fixing (Installation) Of Furniture At Jnv Left Over Work Phase-Aand B, Sheohar (Bihar) , School Building , Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mm * 930Mm * Height 760Mm, Complete As Perspecifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Gradeosl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 850 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Benchshall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thickplywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sidescolour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 900 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded Withpost Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape.Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 900 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thickpvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Mscrca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Oftray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Heightwill Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm Withsquare Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section165mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mmthick Crca Pipes.Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal(Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly Andconformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages Andcleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of(Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating . , Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm W± 5 X 890Mm D± 5 X 688/420Mm H± 5 , Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 850 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination.Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 900 Mm X W 300 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 900 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ms Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . , Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge.Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front, Back And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S. Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932 Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. The Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 15Mm. The Cross Members Shall Be Mounted By End Brackets Made Of 3Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513: 2008And Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993.Wire Management - Electrical Wires Shall Be Carried From Horizintal/ Vertical Duct Made Of 0.7Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top.Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 750Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) , Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 750Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) , Office Table With Overall Size Of Desk 1350Mm (L) X 750Mm (W) X 750Mm (H)& Side Storage Unit Of Size 900Mm (L) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1199 X 590 X 735 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of Ms Erw Round Tube Of 25Mm Dia X 1.2Mm (Wall Thickness) And Cross Horizontal Members Including Leg Rest Of 25Mm Dia X 1.2Mm (Wall Thickness) M.S. Erw Tube. All Steel Components Be Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type 12 Seater Meeting Table Of Of Overall Size 3600 X 1350 (Maximum) X 750 Mm (Knock Down Type). Table Top Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Whereas The Gable Ends Shall Be Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On Bothside Alongwith 2Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused. Supporting Understructure Consists Of2 Metal C Legs On Either Ends Of Table Support Frame Made Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6 Mm (Wall Thickness) Ms Erw Tube And One Number Wire Carrier Leg At Middle Of 50Mm X 50Mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness), 4 Numbers Horizontal Connector Of 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm Thick Ms Pipe Between Supportingvertical Legs.All The Ms Pipes And Sheetshall Be Finished With Epoxy Powdercoated Of Dft 50-60Micron. The C Typed Metal Legs Shall Be Kept 150Mm Inside From Outer Edge Of Table Top. Agement -The Vertical (Stake) & Horizontal (Cable Tray) Wire Carriers Are Placed Below Worktop, Made Up Of Crca Steel Sheet With Epoxy Powder Coating & Fixed To The Understructure With Specially Designedbrackets, Includingprovision Of Placing Switch Plates/Grommet In The Cable Tray . , Supplyand Installation Of Library Table In Sizes Of 2400Mm (L)X 900Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) Consisting Of Follwing Specification:- Work Top - Work Top Shall Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Partical Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990, Alongwith 2 Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On Exposed Edges.Understructure Supporting Frame Shall Consists Ofthree Metal C-Legs (Two At Either Ends And One In Middle Of Table) And Joined By Two Numbers Horizontal Connector Made Of Tubular Section 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Confirming To Is 4923:1997.The Entire Metalframe Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron. C-Typed Metal Legs Shall Be Kept 150 Mm Inside From From End Of Table. Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (L) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Prelam Particle Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12823: 1990 With 2Mm Thick Machine Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Of 2 Metal C Legs On Either Ends Of Table Support Frame Made Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6 Mm (Wall Thickness) Ms Erw Tube And One Number Wire Carrier Leg At Middle Of 50Mm X 50Mm X1.6Mm (Wall Thickness), 4 Numbers Horizontal Connector Of 40Mm X 40Mm X 1.6Mm Thick Ms Pipe Between Supportingvertical Legs. The Ms Pipes Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Powdercoated With Dft Of 50-60 Micron Confirming To Is 13871:1993. The Legs Shall Be Fitted To The Ground With M8 Screw Leveler With The Height Adjustment Up To 15Mm. Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. Screens / Privacy Panel: - Screen Height Will Be 300Mm Above Work-Top Made Of Prelam Particle Board/White Board Alternatively As Approved By Engineer-In-Charge. In Addition Privacy Panel Of 300 Mm Height, On Work Top, Shall Be Provided Between Two Workstation. , Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 916 Mm (W) X 486Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.7Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of 3.0Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.9Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993 , Overall Size 900Wx300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Drawer As Per Ref.Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image Only. , Supply Adn Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With High Densitypu Foam & Leatherette Upholstery, Back Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Foam D -40 Kg/M3 , H-20 Seat And Back Fixed Through Metal Powder Coated Spine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm ,Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm,Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree .Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover,Chair Base & Wheels: Metal Chrome Plated Chair Basemade Of 2.5Mm Thick Metal Chrome Plated Steel Frame, Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 500W ±10 X 780H ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest:- Pu Padded Adjustable Armrestfixed With Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ms Chrome Plated Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 720W ±10 X 720D ±10 X 1070H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of High Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure ,Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate, Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 470D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X605h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-Iv Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest Fixed On Frame,Chair Base & Wheels: Metal Chrome Plated Chair Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 650±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Fixed Visitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat , Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Made Powder Coating Ofround Pipe 14 Gauge Thickneess With Plastic Bushes . , Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class-3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Nylon Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 381Mm (W) X 381Mm (D) X 1831Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 1831 X380mm. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 1Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008.Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.7Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter.The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , 1.Dimensions And Configuration Total Width Of The Setup: Minimum 12 Feet. Height: Approximately 4 To 4.5 Feet From The Board Surface. 2.Sliding Boards: Quantity: 2 (Left And Right). Size (Each Board): 6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) 3.Material: Left: Green Chalkboard (Matte Surface, Suitable For Chalk) Right: Whiteboard (Glossy Surface, Suitable For Dry-Erase Markers) 4.Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminum/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. 5. Interactive Flat Panel (Ifp) Position: Centered Within The Frame And Between The Two Sliding Boards. Mounting: Wall-Mounted Securely Inside The Board Structure, With Space Allowance For Ventilation And Service Access. Ifp Opening Size: Sized Appropriately To The Ifp Being Installed (Contractor To Confirm Model And Dimensions). 6.Frame Material: Laminated Plywood Or Mdf With A Natural Wood Finish Or Laminated Color Finish (As Per Architect/Owner Approval). 7. Frame And Track System Material: Aluminum Or Powder-Coated Steel Tracks With Smooth Sliding Mechanism. Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. 8.. Additional Requirements All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifp (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). , Supply And Installation Of Physics Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850 . Physics Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850.Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ).Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent. The Material Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides. , Supply And Installation Of Chemistry Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Chemistry Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ) 0.8Mm Ms Sheet Powder Coated.Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent.The Material Used Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides , Supply And Installation Of Biology Along The Wall Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 750(W) X 860(H)(9 No)With Specification As Under: Overall Size 1800W X 750D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 750D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Biology Island Lab Table Of Size1800(L) X 1500(W) X 860(H)(2 No)With Specification As Under:Overall Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H.Storage Box Size 1800W X 1500D X 850H1 X 1550H2 . 1 Nos. Reagent Racksize 1300W X 300D X 700H. Box Of Storage( 1D + 2S ) 0.8Mm Ms Sheet Powder Coated.Storage Per Box Size Without Granite600w X 570D X 713H Using 100Mm Pvc Leg Supported .Storage Upper Top 19Mm Thick Granite Top All Joints Will Be Filled With Silicon Sealent. The Material Used Must Be 18 Mm Plywood With Mica At All Sides. , Kitchen & Dining , Dining Table: Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size 50Mmx50mmx1.6Mm. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded Or Mechanically Fastened To The Underside Of The Tabletop Frame. For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mmss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities , Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Plywood + Laminated , Finished With A 0.8 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Top Surface, And A Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside To Ensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, And Easy To Clean, With A Light Woodgrain Or Equivalent Finish As Approved. The Supporting Frame Shall Be Fabricated Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ms Pipe In Powder Coated. These Legs Shall Be Securely Welded Or Mechanically Fastened To The Underside Of The Benchtop Frame. The Bench Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Bench Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supporting A Uniformly Distributed Load Of At Least 250 Kg. All Materials Used Must Conform To Relevant Is Standards, And The Finished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities , Boys & Girls Dormitories , Providing And Installing 18 Mm Hdhmr Boards On Existing Rcc And Cement Plasterbrick Walls With The Help Of Counter Sink Fasteners In Plump And Level. All Edges To Be Rounded. 1Mm Laminated Should Be Pasted On All Visible Areas And Edges Polished To Match The Laminate Shade.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 4
39.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9443197 Technical Bid
Tender For Repair/Renovation And Up-Gradation Work For Invest Up Office Of 4Th Floor Side-A, Miscellaneous Work At 2Nd And 6Th Floor At Picup Bhawan, Gomti Nagar, District-Lucknow (U.P.)., 1 Repair/Renovation and Up-gradation work for Invest Up Office of 4th Floor Side-A, Miscellenous work at 2nd & 6th Floor at PICUP Bhawan, Gomti Nagar, District-Lucknow (U.P.). 2 INTERIOR WORK 3 Providing & Fixing of at all height false ceiling including providing and fixing of frame made of special section power pressed from m.s. sheet and galvonised in accordance with zinc coatingof grade 350 as per IS 277and consisting of angle cleat 25x1.6mm with flanges of 27mm and 37mmat 1200mm c/c one flangedfix to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5mm dia and and 40mm long with 6mm dia boltto the angle hangers of 25x25x0.55 mm of required lengthened other end of angle hanger being fixed with nut and bolts to GI channel 45x15x0.90mm running at the rate of 1200 mm c/c to with the ceiling section 0.5mm thick button wedges of 80mm with tappered flenges of 26 mm each having clips of 10.5mm.at 450mmc/ cshall be fixed in direction perpendicular to GI channels with connecting clipsmade out of 2.64MM diax230mm longGI wire at every junction including fixing the gypsumboard with ceiling section and perimetre channels 0.50 mm thick 27mm high having flenges of 20mm and 30mm long ,perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall /partitionwith help of rawl plugs at 450mm c/c with 25 mm long drive all screws @230mm interval including jointing and fixingto a flush finish of tapperedend sq edge of board with recommended filler jointing and tapper finisher and two coat of primer suitable for board as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making of openning for light fittings grills diffusers cutouts made with frame of perimeter channelssuitably fixed all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge but excluding the cost of painting. 12.50mm thick tapered edge gypsum board. 4 Providing and fixing Gl Clip in Metal Ceiling System of 600x600 mm module which includes providing and fixing C wall angle of size 20x30x20 mm made of 0.5 mm thick pre painted steel along the perimeter of the room with help of nylon sleeves and wooden screws at 300 mm center to centre, suspending the main C carrier of size 10x38x10 mm made of G.I steel 0.7 mm thick from the soffit with help of soffit cleat 37x27x25x1.6 mm, rawl plugs of size 38x12 mm and C carrier suspension clip and main carrier bracket at 1000 mm c/c. Inverted triangle shaped Spring Tee having height of 24 mm and width of 34 mm made of Gl steel 0.45 mm thick is then fixed to the main C carrier and in direction perpendicular to it at 600 mm centers with help of suspension brackets. Wherever the main C carrier and spring T have to join, C carrier and spring T connectors have to be used. All sections to be galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive), fixing with clip in tiles into spring T with : GI Metal Ceiling Clip in plain Beveled edge global white color tiles of size 600x600 and 0.5 mm thick with 25 mm height, made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/ sqm (both sides inclusive) and 20% perforation area with 1.8 mm dia holes and having NRC of 0.5, electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending and perforation. 5 Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with Dune Max (Bevelled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed GRID.The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%, NRC 0.7, Light Reflectance ≥85%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x 600 x 20mm , suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of 63%.The tile shall be laid on Armstrong Suprafine 32 with 15 mm wide T - section flanges colour white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with a web height of 32mm and a load carrying capacity of 8.8 Kgs/M2 & pull out strength of 100Kgs. The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension system of Armstrong make. INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm centres securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong suspension system (specifications below) at 1200mm maximum centre.The First/Last Armstrong suspension system at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 450mm from the adjacent wall. Flush fitting 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at 600mm centre to form 1200 x 600 mm module.Cut cross tees longer than 600mm require independent support.600 x 600mm module to be formed by fitting 600mm long flush fitting cross tees centrally between the 1200 mm cross tees. Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size 3000x19x19mm, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centres. ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION SYSTEM - Armstrong make Anchor Fastener, Hanger Wire 2.5mm dia, Hook Clip with J Wire assembly. Approved Makes - Armstrong, Shera, Nitco. 6 Providing & fixing Armstrong Vertical Linear Baffle Ceiling made out of GI Extrusion in GI alloy grade. The baffle blade shall be in size of 100x 25 x 3600mm. The baffle blade shall be suspended using Slotted U-profile at on-center spacing in multiples of 25mm. longer lengths of Baffle to be connected by Baffle Joiner and the ends to be fixed with End caps.Installation of U-Grid: The U profile to be suspended at every 1200mm on-centre using 6mm threaded rod from the structural soffit using U-profile hanger. U-profile splice to be used to join more than one U profiles of length 3.75M. 1st U-Grid Channel must be no more than 400mm from the perimeter. as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of Architect/ Engineer -in-Charge. APPROVED MAKE - Armstrong/ HiSteel/Equivalent 7 Providing and Fixing Armstrong or equivalent SoundScapes - Acoustical clouds which are 30 mm thick, flat glass fiber panelswith Humidity ResistanceRH 90% & Recycled Content of minimum 30%, come in various shape options like Square / Convex / Concave / Circle / Hexagon / Trapezoid / Parallelogram (Left & Right) / Rectangle (Small & Large) and in standard Traffic White color with LR 90% or in the color specified by the Architect / Engineer incharge (White/ Shell/ Tangerine/ Cranberry/ Moss/ Kiwi/ Reef/ Lagoon/ RAL co-ordinated*) . The size and sound absorption details are as below:Sr. No. ShapeNominal SizeSound Absorption – Metric Sabin1. Square1200x1200mm2.482. Convex1200x1200mm2.283. Concave1200x1200mm1.944. Circle 1200x1200mm2.125. Hexagon1200x1200mm1.616. Trapezoid 1200x1200mm2.157. Left Parallelogram 1200x1200mm2.158. Right Parallelogram1200x1200mm2.15The back of each panel to have embedded square frame bracket system of 610x610mm in which provisions are already made for integration of installation system for suspension of individual or grouped panels. INSTALLATION: The panels to be suspended individually using the SoundScapes Deck hanging kit. Each kit to consist of gripper structure anchors with an outer diameter of 16mm and height 23mm, aircraft cables of 1.5mm dia 2.44 LM in length and bottom end cable adjusters of 8.9mm outer diameter.Each panel to be suspended using the aircraft cables which are suspended from the soffit using the gripper structure anchors and its other end passing through the bottom end cable adjuster which are screwed in the 4 corners of the frame bracket system. The height & level of the panels can be adjusted using the bottom end cable adjusters. APPROVED MAKE - Armstrong/ Saint Gobain/ SAS 8 Providing and fixing of 12 mm ThickLaminated wooden flooringrange grand illusion/studio Classification of Use 23/32 (Heavy Domestic/Domestic) with a Surface Abrasion Resistance of class AC3 (average 4500 cycles), Impact Resistance of IC2 (EN13329), Resistance to Cigarette Burn with a rating of 5 (EN 438-2:15), Swelling after 24 hrs in water of 15% (EN13329), Modulus of Rupture of 53.3 newton/mm2, Internal Bond 1.78 newton/mm2, Surface Soundness of 1.3 newton/mm2 (EN 13329:2000) with a 0.2mm thick wear layer on top of a High Density Fiber substrate core (density > 850 Kg/M3) of plank size 1212 mm X 137 mmhaving Uni fitlocking arrangement (lock strength > 1000 lbs/ft) with an underlayment made of natural colour foam , with accessories like End profile, Transition profile, reducer, etc. complete. The rate includes cost of all materials, accessories, labour, HOM, etc., complete at all levels. (The Shade, pattern etc., to be approved by Engineer in charge)Make-FloorMaster/Armstrong/Haro. all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by the Architect/ Engineer -in-Charge. Make-Armstrong,Mikasa,Luxe Equivalent 9 Supply & fixing of first radiant/first line/Japan carpet tile tufted 1/10” loop carpet tile100% PA6 solution dyed aquation backing back to back modified bitumen, 10% recycled content included,fire resistant EN-1350-1B,,S1,pile height Ca2.9 mm, total weight ca 4300 gm/m2,pile densityca 0.114gm/cm3,thermal resistant ISO8302.0.047m2 K/W,impact noise rating ISO10140(1000Hz) tile size should be (500 cm X 500 cm) duly installed on smooth and hard surface with company recommended adhesive. 10 Providing and laying of Double Charged floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. Size of Tile 600x1200mm 11 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. Size of Tile 600x600 mm 12 Grouting the joints of flooring tiles having joints using epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of organic coated filler of desired shade (0.10 kg of hardener and 0.20 kg of resin per kg), including filling / grouting and finishing complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 13 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills, facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels. Granite stone slab colour black, Cherry/Ruby red Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 14 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter and similar location in marble/ Granite/ stone work, including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete. 15 Providing & Making & Fixing of Commercial Wall Panneling made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with 12MM Ply complete with painted or polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 16 Providing & Making & Fixing of Commercial Wall Partition made with Aluminium Section of 2x1 @ 2CC frame work cladded with 9MM Ply on Both Side complete with painted or polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 17 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wall Panneling made with 1MM Laminate & 5.5MM MDF on Existing Surface complete with painted or polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 18 Providing & Making & Fixing of Wall Panneling made with Coloured Lacquered Glass on Existing Surface complete with Melamine Polishe.as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 19 Providing & Fixing of full height Single glazed partition using 10mm thick toughened Glass fixed with proprietary anodized aluminium sections of size 26x30mm (H) on top, bottom, horizontal & vertical. Rate to include required accessories as per the manufacturers specifications and shall be inclusive of all accessories like Gaskets. Glass to glass joints to be sealed with Double sided 2mm Thick transparent tape.The glasses to be butt jointed with 2 to 3mm edge chamfer & edge polishing all around.Achieving value of 31 dB. ( Rate is not included for door frames) Finish - Black Anodised, Partition Height - 2400mm, System - Micra I, Glass - 10mm Toughened Glas, Make - Liko-s 20 Providing & fixing of 12 mm Toughened Glass Door with all hardwareas per design with edge polish m/c top & bottom pivot and bottom lockwith handle all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 21 Providing, fabricating & placing single leaf single swing Solid flush door with Vision panel (Laminated finish) door with 40mm thick wooden leaf. The door frame of size 70 x 50mm shall be formed with heavy duty anodised aluminium door, fixed to dry wall partition. Rate to include providing & fixing in position necessary Geze make standard stainless steel brush finished hardwares Hinges: GEZE Flush HingesHandle: Mortise lever Handle Door Closer: TS3000V Exposed door closer Drop Seal:Concealed Dropseal Athmer Lock : Mortise Lock, Cylinder: Cylinder with both side keys (with 3 keys) Floor Stop:Door stopper, System - Micra I, Shutter- 40mm thk shutter with both side laminated, Make - Liko-s 22 Supply&Fixingofwindowsmadefrommulti chambered UPVC profiles of minimum 60/108 mm thicknessof (Wintechmakeorequivalent)in natural from stailized for heat, light, impact & UV radiation. The UPVC profiles should be reinforced withgalzvanizedsteelprofilesofdesigned thickness.Floatglassofapprovedcolourin 4/5/6/8 mm or as desired by the costumer shall be fixed with heveled beads. All openable / sliding sashes shall be having grey/black colored weather seal fitted in continuous lenghts made from bubble PTV Rubber & side Hung with 90L openin friction syats of rust proof stainless steel with provision of multipoint lockng system (casement only) made from Espag rods (coated steel) all handle shall be made from die Cast zinc alloy in white finish only as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 23 Providing & Fixing of Roller Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 24 Providing & Fixing of Zebra Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 25 Providing & Fixing of Plotter Cutted Designer Film of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 26 Providing & Fixing of Plotter Cutted Designer Coloured Vinyl of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 27 Providing & Fixing of Wall Paper of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 28 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint and the like by scrapping, sand papering and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete. 29 Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. 30 Finishing with Deluxe Multi surface paint system for interiors and exteriors using Primer as per manufacturers specifications : Two or more coats applied on walls @ 1.25 ltr/10 sqm over and including one coat of Special primer applied @ 0.75 ltr /10 sqm 31 Providing & Fixing of Square Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375Wx375Dx400HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 32 Providing & Fixing of Round Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375DIA X 375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 33 Providing & Fixing of Rectangular Shape Polmer Planter of Size (600Wx325Dx375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 34 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Polmer Planter of Size (325DIA X 500HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 35 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Polmer Tower Planter of Size (200DIA X 600HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 36 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Ceramic Tower Planter of Size (200DIA X 600HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 60Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 37 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1200WX450HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 38 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (600WX900HT) of Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 39 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1200WX750HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 40 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (500WX375HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 41 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (600WX600HT) of Uttar Pradesh Sarkar in Black & White/Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 42 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (650WX650HT) of Uttar Pradesh Sarkar in Black & White/Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 43 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (400WX400HT) of Shri Ram Mandirin Black & White Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 44 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (725WX725HT) of Sandwitched Flower in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 45 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (475WX1200HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 46 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (450WX600HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 47 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (400WX600HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 48 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1500 x 188)MM Made of 12mm Corian CNC Cut Letters & Fixed on Existing Wall Surface of INVEST UP, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 49 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1175 x 350)MM Made of Multi Layered Signage made with 5mm & 3mm Thick Acrylic & UV Prints on Base Acrylic & Acrylic Letters of INVEST UP LOGO, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 50 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (200 x 200)MM Made of Side Moulded Signages made with Premium Laminate & Acrylic Laser Cut Letters as per deisgn & Multi Layering with Wooden Finish as base of Male, Female Toilet & Pantry, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 51 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (450 x 200)MM Made of Side Moulded Signages made with Premium Laminate & Acrylic Laser Cut Letters as per deisgn & Multi Layering with Wooden Finish as base of Conference Hall, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 52 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (2400 x 1200)MM Made of UV Prints on Lacquered Glass with Pre Coat & 3 Layer Prinitng of Invest UP Logo, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 53 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (350 x 200)MM Made of 3 Layer Name Plates made with Black Acrylic as base & UV Prints on Clear Acrylic as 2nd Layer & 3rd Layer being Acrylic Letters of IIDC, CEO & ACEO Room, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 54 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (875 x 875)MM Made of 6mm Clear Acrylic Laser Cut with UV Prints from Back Side & Heavy White Ink as base & fixed with Spacers, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 55 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1200 x 600)MM Made of 3D Embossed Acrylic Letters with Multi Layering made with Acrylic & ACP & UV Prints of Invest UP Logo, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 56 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (600 x 150)MM Made of UV Prints on Clear Acrylic Sheet 3mm Black Acrylic Laser Cut Letters Invest UP, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 57 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (600 x 75)MM Made of UV Prints on Clear Acrylic Sheet 3mm Black Acrylic Laser Cut Letters 2nd, 4rth & 6th Floor, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 58 Furniture Work 59 Table of Size - 1800W X 900D X 750HT Having Side Storage of - 900W X 450D X 750HT & Back Storage of - 1350W X 450D X 750HT & 450 Extended Top Specifications Table Top: 25mm thick Pre laminate particle board with 2mm PVC edge Lipping on all exposed edges (Straight/Reverse waterfall edge) Support: End Legs : Powder coated Al die casted Enrich legs Modesty Panel: 18mm thk pre lam board with 2mm PVC edge lipping of 450mm Ht. Wire Management: 450mm Aluminium Flip Up and provision to mount swicthes and sockets on PVC cable dump and Vertical wire entry cover or vertebra for wire uptake from floor to cable dump The storage will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL (continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves 60 Table of Size - 1500W X 750D X 750HT Having Side Storage of - 900W X 450D X 750HT. The main table shall be made of 25mm thick PLB one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998. Soft closing access flap with in-built power box to be provided on work surface for wire management. Return table Work Surface should be made of 25mm thick PLB one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998. PLB will be E1-P2 grade and approved shade. Confirming to IS-12823:1990. 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification confirming to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edges should be PVC Edge banded with matching finish or have an option of reverse water fall edges.Modesty Panel shall be made of 18mm thick PLT both sides pre-laminate board confirming to IS-14587:1998.The height of modesty shall be 450 mm.The modesty panel will be connected to the main table by 2 nos special Aluminum extruded brackets. The modesty will be fixed 150 mm from the edge of the table. • Cable management: The table will be provided with suitable grommet hole. Legs and Supports:- The MS supports are made of 55 x55mm diamond shape loop leg ERW tubes- 16g with levelers to cater for floor undulations- +/- 20 mm. ERW Tube confirming to IS 4923 : 1997 – 16g. Main leg members will be connected through a horizontal member size 1.6mm thk, 60x40 cold formed ERW tube confirming to IS 4923: 1997. The vertical and the horizontal tubes will be welded with CO2 MIG welding process confirming to IS 816 and ISO 9692-2. The leg will be fabricated using Argon & Co2 gas mixture on a Robotic welding machine to ensure adequate welding strength with consistency.• The legs will be connected with Cross beams to take care of the bending stress catering up to 1800 mm length and up to 900 mm depth of the work surface. Finish:- All metal components & aluminum die cast parts will be powder coated by Nano ceramic surface treatment process compiled to a Bend test-ASTM D3451 – 06, Adhesion -DIN EN 14901 Salt spray test- DIN EN ISO 9227, which is non-hazardous, environmental friendly and will have uniform powder coating thickness of 50-60-micron thickness.Wire Management: 61 LINEAR WORKSTATIONSSIZE:- 1350W X 600D X 750HT AND 300HT HEIGHTSpecifications: Table Top - 25mm thick Pre Lam particle board with 2mm edge lipping on all exposed sides. Support - MS powder coated diamond shape leg of 55X55mm size with die cast connectors and supporting MS cross beams. Main Screen:- Aluminum anodised 30mm scree n with fabric magnetic and glass marker tiles. Privacy Screen:- 6mm thick acrylic screen on studs. Wiremanagement - 450mm metal flip up with provision to mount switches and sockets on MS cable tray and vertical wire entry cover between the intermeidate leg for power and data. 62 DUSCUSSION TABLE SIZE:- 1050DIA X 750HTSpecifications Table Top: 25mm thick Pre laminate particle board with 2mm PVC edge lipping on all exposed edges (Straight/Reverse waterfall edge) Support End Legs: Enrich Leg Intermediate Legs: MS podwer coated 60X40mm legs and supporting ms cross beams Wire Management:Continuous PVC Cable Tray with provision to mount switches and sockets as per client requirement. , Vertical wire entry cover for wire uptake from floor to cable tray and 450mm Aluminium Flip Up for swicth access.Make-Featherlite/Geeken/Hof/Equivalent 63 DISCUSSION TABLE SIZE:- 2400W X 1050D X 750HTSpecifications Table Top: 25mm thick Pre laminate particle board with 2mm PVC edge lipping on all exposed edges Support: End Legs: MS powder coated legs Intermediate Legs: MS podwer coated 60X40mm legs and supporting MS cross beams (40X20mm) Wire Management: Continuous PVC Cable Tray with provision to mount switches and sockets as per client requirement. Vertical wire entry cover for wire uptake from floor to cable tray and 450mm Aluminium Flip Up for swicth access. MODEL:-ENRICH,Make-Featherlite/Geeken/Hof/Equivalent 64 High Back Chairs Seat and back is made out of 12mm molded hot pressed plywood in ergonomic shape fitted with Imported T-nuts and revited in to the wood.Gaslift - Class 4 tested -ANSI BIFMA performance standards.Castors - Twin Castors 50mm dia castors compling to ANSI / BIFMA X 5.1 – 2002.The 640mm dia (26 inches) five pronged base is made out of GF nylon – Reinforced with bottom ribbing for additional buttress and strength.Tested prudently and rigorously as per ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2011 General Purpose Office Chair Standards.Upholstery: Seat Cushion with pre moulded foam having leatherette tapestery of 50 - 60 density Density -- 52 kg/m3 Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%.Distinctively and characteristically designed tilt mechanism offering a very smooth and fluidic reclining motion with tension adjust knob and importantly offering seat to back recline ratio of 3:7, optimal for good back support.Multilock mechanism is fabricated from CR Sheets, undergo through CO2 welding process imparting uniform surface finish and tensile strength. The components are processed with high degree of precision and care so as to assemble with other parts in perfect harmony to give smooth and effortless reclining experience. Tension springs are made out Grade II material conforming to Indian Standards. Also provided with release levers for locking mechanism and height adjustment of seat. Mechanism aides to operate the height adjustment, and has been equipped with 3 locking positions, back rest “ Return Prevention” function. Back Frame is inserted with leathertte tapestery cushion & Adjustable Lumbar Support.Tension control is below the Seat.Moulded polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel inserts for long Moulded self skinned polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel insets for long life. one way adjustable - Height Adjustable.Seat is duly upholstered with approved fabric. Chair will have adjustable headrestChair Should be BIFMA Certified.Seat: Depth- 51.5 cm Width- 44.5 cm Dimensions: Width- 51.5 cm Depth- 53.5 cm Minimum Height- 99.5 cm Maximum Height- 108.5 cm Minimum Seat Height- 44.5 cm Maximum Seat Height- 52.5 cm Width (Arm to Arm)- 66 MODEL, Chair should be BIFMA and Green Guard certified.:- AMAZE HB, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 65 Medium Back Chairs Seat and back is made out of 12mm molded hot pressed plywood in ergonomic shape fitted with Imported T-nuts and revited in to the wood.Gaslift - Class 4 tested -ANSI BIFMA performance standards.Castors - Twin Castors 50mm dia castors compling to ANSI / BIFMA X 5.1 – 2002.The 640mm dia (26 inches) five pronged base is made out of GF nylon – Reinforced with bottom ribbing for additional buttress and strength.Tested prudently and rigorously as per ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2011 General Purpose Office Chair Standards.Upholstery:Seat Cushion with pre moulded foam having leatherette tapestery of 50 - 60 density Density -- 52 kg/m3 Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%.Distinctively and characteristically designed tilt mechanism offering a very smooth and fluidic reclining motion with tension adjust knob and importantly offering seat to back recline ratio of 3:7, optimal for good back support.Multilock mechanism is fabricated from CR Sheets, undergo through CO2 welding process imparting uniform surface finish and tensile strength. The components are processed with high degree of precision and care so as to assemble with other parts in perfect harmony to give smooth and effortless reclining experience. Tension springs are made out Grade II material conforming to Indian Standards. Also provided with release levers for locking mechanism and height adjustment of seat. Mechanism aides to operate the height adjustment, and has been equipped with 3 locking positions, back rest “ Return Prevention” function. Back Frame is inserted with leathertte tapestery cushion & Adjustable Lumbar Support.Tension control isbelow the Seat.Moulded polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel inserts for long Moulded self skinned polyurethene Arms confirming to IS 7078 with steel insets for long life. one way adjustable - Height Adjustable.Seat is duly upholstered with approved fabric. Chair Should be BIFMA Certified.Seat: Depth- 51.5 cm Width- 44.5 cm Dimensions: Width- 51.5 cm Depth- 53.5 cm Minimum Height- 99.5 cm Maximum Height- 108.5 cm Minimum Seat Height- 44.5 cm Maximum Seat Height- 52.5 cm Width (Arm to Arm)- 66 cm Arm Rest Height- 18- 27.5 cm Chair should be BIFMA and Green Guard certified. AMAZE MB, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 66 Medium Back chair Having Base: Nylon Base- The 640mm dia (26 inches) five pronged base is made out of GF nylon – Reinforced with bottom ribbing for additional buttress and strength. Tested prudently and confirming to ANSI/BIFMA X5.1-2011 General Purpose Office Chair Standards. The base shall be 67 cm pitch-center diameter -77 cm with castors. MS ring will be insert molded for better grip in the swaged taper. Castors: Twin Castors 50mm dia complying to ANSI / BIFMA X 5.1 – 2002. Castors will be made in PP.The axle pin will be rust protected- Zinc pacified. The pin should be designed to have push fit with lock ring. RoHS compliant castors. Gas lift: Standard Gas lift 100 mm stroke with pneumatic height adjustment as per the seat height criteria.- Class 4 as per ANSI BIFMA performance standards. Possibility to increase the seat height if required with Gas lift stroke- 110 -125 mm. Mechanism:Centre Tilt Mechanism:compact and stable with 8″ x 6″ mount holes as per European Standard. Initial seat angle of 3 degrees and full recline angle of 20 degrees for ergonomic comfort. Provided with common leverfor locking and up/down adjustment and horizontal movement of the lever to engage and disengage lock at upright positionLever provided for rotational movementto operate gas lift and adjust chair height to user specification. Full length plastic knob provided to cover lever bar giving better aesthetical appeal to the mechanism. Knob provided to adjust spring tension to suit individual user in order to ensure maximum chair comfort. Arms:Fixed Arms Injected molded arms- polyurethane 20% GF nylon. The polypropylene arms will have steel inserts. The arm profile should blend with the back profile without gap. Seat: Seat Height- 450-540mm with hydraulic height adjustability of 90-100mm. Seat Width & Height- Size of the chair shall be -Back: 45.0cm. (w) x 59.0cm.(H) .Seat: 48.0cm (w) X 49.0cm.(D). Chair back should be connected to the Polyurethane arms for achieving comfortable seating posture.Effective back height from Seat - 560mm, Ply wood- 12 mm thick with 7 ply. Fire retardant type exterior grade phenol formaldehyde bonded. It will be hot pressed ply - conforming to I.S.I. 5509. The arm and back shall be fixed together to the seat with Allen bolts.The bolts will be screwed to the “T” nuts fixed to the plywood seat.Fabric: Upholstery:Seat & Back are duly upholstered with approved fabric. The back should have the option of mesh back AN-70 (black) and AN-75(grey). GSM for mesh 340. No flaming or progressive smolderingwithin one hour of placement of the cigarettes. Fire rated fabric confirming to BSEN 1021 and IS 15061-2012 Foam: Seat cushion with pre molded foam of 50 - 60 density in the shape of plywood.Density -- 52 kg/m3, Hardness -- 12.6kgf at 25%- Back cushion- density- 32g/sq in. Back:Mesh back on injected molded PP with 30% GF nylon. The back should have the option of mesh or fabric back. The mesh will be GSM 340 grade. . ALPHA MB, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 67 Single Seater Sofa of Size: 875 (W) x 750 (D) X 820 (H) Seat Foam: the sofa is made up of fine quality leatherette.The structure is made up of silver wood and pine wood.The Seat is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu .mtr Seat is upholstered wuth Leatherite.Back Foam: The Back is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu, Backis upholstered withLeatherite.Unterstructure is made up of silver wood or pine wood , 4mm Dia zigzag Spring is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. Legs should be made up of stainless steel tubes/pipes., CONVERSE, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 68 Two Seater Sofa of Size:1320 (W) x 750 (D) X 820 (H) Seat Foam: the sofa is made up of fine quality leatherette.The structure is made up of silver wood and pine wood.The Seat is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu .mtr Seat is upholstered wuth Leatherite.Back Foam: The Back is made of PU Foam with Density 32 to 40 +/- 2 kg/cu, Backis upholstered with Leatherite.Unterstructure is made up of silver wood or pine wood , 4mm Dia zigzag Spring is mounted in the understructure for support and additional cushioning purpose. Legs should be made up of stainless steel tubes/pipes., CONVERSE,Make-Featherlite/Geeken/Hof/Equivalent 69 Corner Table ofSIZE:- 550W X 550D X 400D Table top made out of stoneBase/ Understructure:- Made up of MSand will be powder coated by Nano ceramic surface treatment process compiled to a Bend test-ASTM D3451 – 06, Adhesion -DIN EN 14901 Salt spray test- DIN EN ISO 9227, which is non-hazardous, environmental friendly and will have uniform powder coating thickness of 50-60-micron thickness, CT-867, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 70 Side Storage of Size 900Wx450Dx1200HT will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 71 Side Storage of Size 900Wx450Dx750HT will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 72 Side Storage of Size 1200Wx450Dx750HT will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 73 Storage With Planter of Size 750W x 450D x 1050+150HT With storage will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 74 Storage With Planterof Size 900W x 450D x 1050+150HT With storage will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 75 Printer Table With Storageof Size 900W x 600D x 750HT With storage will be made in 18 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. The PLB will be confirming to E-1 Grade as per the JIS A 5905-2003 standards and approved shade confirming to IS-12823:1990.The back of storage will be made in 9 MM PLB (Pre laminated board) with the density of 680kg/m³ and 18 mm thick one side pre-laminate board confirming to IS 12406 : 2013. Surface: CPL ( continuous pressure laminate) in 0.5mm thickness in melamine finish. Storgage will be provided with edge banding 2 mm thick PVC edge band will confirm to DIN 68861 for resistance to clearers. The Hot melt glue used for fixing the PVC edge band should have ISO 9001- 2015 quality certification and confirm to ASTM D 4499 standards for viscosity and thermal stability. The edge band material should have Shore D hardness of 79± 4. storage will have two adjustable shelves making 3 compartments.The shutters are fitted with auto closing hinges.Central locking system , levellers & other necessary hardware are priovided.Handles will be hand grooved, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 76 Steel almirah for office purpose in perfectly upright and straight position. The overall size of the almirah shall be 900mm (W) X 450mm (D) X 2015mm (H) including legs. It should be supplied with 4 nos. of adjustable shelves i.e. 5 loading compartments. Each compartment shall be 400 mm high. Door shall be made of 1mm thick and all other components shall be made of 0.8mm thick high yield strength CRCA sheet of grade ‘D’ confirming to IS: 513. Proper stiffeners shall be provided in shelf & door. The steel hinged door shall be provided with lever handle & 3 way locking mechanism with 6 lever lock with Key. The shelves shall have folded constructions which have intrinsic rigidity and high load carrying capacity.Uniformly distributed load capacity per each shelf shall be 40kg maximum. Metal Part should be pre treated with Iron Phosphating with powder coating of 60-80mm thickness, Make-Featherlite/Geeken Equivalent. 77 Electrical Work 78 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required. Group A 79 Supply and fixing of Power point and Supply and fixing of power plug with 10 Amp./250 volt flush type modular switch and 5 pin 10A /250 volt flush type universal modular socket switch on concealed M.S. box including supply of all material, labour t&P etc. required for proper completion of work. 80 Supply and fixing of wire, Power point and Supply and fixing of power plug with 20 Amp./250 volt flush type modular switch and 5 pin 20 nA/250 volt flush typ[e universal modular socket switch on concealed M.S. box including supply of all material, labour t&P etc. required for proper completion of work. 81 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 82 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 2.5 sq. mm + 1 X 2.5 sq. mm earth wire 83 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit as required 2 X 4.0 sq. mm + 1 X 4.0 sq. mm earth wire 84 Supplying & Drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm. solidcopper conductor, PE insulated] shielded with fine finned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in the existing surface/ recessed steel/PVC conduit as required. For T.V. Socket outlet 85 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 20MM 86 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 25MM 87 Supply & Fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit alongwith accessories in sueface/recess including cutting the wall & making it good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. 32MM 88 Supply and fixing of recess mounting round15 TO 18 Watt LED Down Lighter having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set complete in all respect. CAT-AAA 89 Supply and fixing of 36 Watt to 46 Watt above 3300 leumin indoor Recess mounting LED Square Fitting for Armstrong Ceiling having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing body with extended heat sink and diffuser of Special Polycarbonate meterial and driver set complete in all respect. CAT-AAA 90 Supplying & fixing of TV Antenna socket on Modular Plate & G.I Box including connections 91 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 1 or 2 Module 92 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 3 Module 93 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 4 Module 94 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 6 Module 95 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 8 Module 96 Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc. as required, 12 Module 97 Blank plate for modular plate type switch boards wherever required. 98 Supply and laying of aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured served sheathed cables 1100 Volts grade at a depth of 750 mm below ground level over a cushion of 75 mm. thick sand all around and protected with burnt bricks on sides and on top. On surface the cable run shall be fixed on M.S. clamps etc. of suitable size or as directed by the Engineer-Incharge, complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth conductor by clamps etc. 25 Sqmm 3.5 core 99 Supply and laying of aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured served sheathed cables 1100 Volts grade at a depth of 750 mm below ground level over a cushion of 75 mm. thick sand all around and protected with burnt bricks on sides and on top. On surface the cable run shall be fixed on M.S. clamps etc. of suitable size or as directed by the Engineer-Incharge, complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth conductor by clamps etc. 35 Sqmm 3.5 core 100 Supply and laying of aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured served sheathed cables 1100 Volts grade at a depth of 750 mm below ground level over a cushion of 75 mm. thick sand all around and protected with burnt bricks on sides and on top. On surface the cable run shall be fixed on M.S. clamps etc. of suitable size or as directed by the Engineer-Incharge, complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth conductor by clamps etc. 70 Sqmm 3.5 core 101 Supply and fixing of brass nickle plated compression gland for PVC insulated & armoured served sheathed, underground cable including rubber ring etc. complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth as per direction of Engineer- Incharge. 25 sq. mm 3-1/2 core 102 Supply and fixing of brass nickle plated compression gland for PVC insulated & armoured served sheathed, underground cable including rubber ring etc. complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth as per direction of Engineer- Incharge. 35 sq. mm 3-1/2 core 103 Supply and fixing of brass nickle plated compression gland for PVC insulated & armoured served sheathed, underground cable including rubber ring etc. complete in all respect. The armouring of the cable shall be properly connected with the earth as per direction of Engineer- Incharge. 70 sq. mm 3-1/2 core 104 Supply and fixing of plain or pin type copper tin plated cable socket ( lug ) to the cable leads, insulating with tape and making connection etc. complete in all respect as per direction of the Engineer-Incharge. 25 sq. mm 105 Supply and fixing of plain or pin type copper tin plated cable socket ( lug ) to the cable leads, insulating with tape and making connection etc. complete in all respect as per direction of the Engineer-Incharge. 35 sq. mm 106 Supply and fixing of plain or pin type copper tin plated cable socket ( lug ) to the cable leads, insulating with tape and making connection etc. complete in all respect as per direction of the Engineer-Incharge. 70 sq. mm 107 Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, 10 kA, “C” curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. 108 S&F of 100 Amp 4 pole MCCB (25 KA) Thermal Magnetic release 109 S&F of 125 Amp 4 pole MCCB (25 KA) Thermal Magnetic release 110 S & F surface/Flush mounting 6ways VTPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect,as directed at site by Engineer in charge. 111 S & F surface/Flush mounting 8ways VTPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect,as directed at site by Engineer in charge. 112 S & F surface/Flush mounting 12ways V TPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect, as directed at site by Engineer in charge. CAT-A 113 Providing Drawing Connecting And Testing Of Enhanced Categoey 4 Pair Lan Local Area Network Cable 24 AWG Conductor Performance Specifide 5E U L and CUL Listed In Existing PVC Conduit .(CAT-6 Network Cable) 114 Supply & Fixing of LED Profile Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 115 Supply & Fixing of LED Profile Light Driver all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 116 Supply and fixing of 400mm Wall Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton/Bajaj/Havels Equivalent 117 Supply and fixing of 250mm Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton/Bajaj/Havels Equivalent 118 Supply and Fixing of Deep Recess Mounting round 10 Watt COB LED Spot Light having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set complete in all respect. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 119 Supply & Fixing of Hanging Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance/Ledos/Ledlum/Philips, Equivalent 120 Providing & Fixing of Modular plate type white RJ 45 CAT 6 Data/Talephone outlet / information outlets ETL verified to meet or exceed TIA / EIA category 6 requirements, universal wiring label permitting to either T568A or T568B, UL listed,for computer networkingcomplete in all respect with cover plate, grid plate, screws, MS box, etc with connections as required with 2nos RJ-45 Data outlet 121 Supply of 250 KVA Three Phase 415 V silent DG Set comprising of CUMMINS engine model qsb6.7g17 coupled to STAMFORD make 250 KVA Three Phase 415 V alternator both mounted on common base frame alongwith fuel tank, Manual panel, battery with lead, AVM Pads, Residential Silencer etc. which will be mounted on a reinforced steel base frame, the DG set is securely anchored to a strong concrete base engineered for specific site conditions and load requirements. The base frame features isolation mounts or pads for vibration dampening, ensuring smooth and quiet operation. and the price including loading & un-loading and installation and conections. 122 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of dust, damp and vermin proof cubicle free floor, indoor type factory built sheet steel enclosed modular bolted construction extendable type LT CUM AMF Panel, suitable for operation on 415 ±10%volts, 50 Hz AC 3 phase 4 wire supply system fabricated out of suitable sized square tubular section andcoveredwith CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work and 1.6mm covers (non load bearing), 2mm thick for gland plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having extensible type TPNAluminium bus bars of high conductivity, SMC bus bar supports, with bottom base channel of section not less than ISMC 75mm, fabrication shall be done in transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common G.I. earth bus bar to switch gears with required size of Alum. bus bars and inter-connectionwith solid copper conductor wires / aluminium strips, neutral links, including control wiring with 1.5 / 2.5sqmm. PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor Single Core cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, etc. necessary metering protections & indications and mounted with the following switch gears as per drawingandtechnical specifications etc. 123 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of dust, damp and vermin proof cubicle free floor, indoor type factory built sheet steel enclosed modular bolted construction APFC Panel, fabricated out of suitable sized square tubular section andcoveredwith CRCA sheet steel of 1.6mm thick for frame work and 1.6mm covers (non load bearing), 2mm thick for gland plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade. 124 LTDB 125 Supplying, Installation, Testing and commissioning of dust, damp and vermin proof cubicle free floor, indoor type factory built sheet steel enclosed modular bolted construction LTDB, fabricated out of suitable sized square tubular section andcoveredwith CRCA sheet steel of 1.6mm thick for Enclosure, 2mm thick for gland plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade. 126 CABLES 127 Supply and laying of aluminium conductor PVCinsulated armoured served sheathed cables 1100 Voltsgrade at a depth of 750 mm below ground level over acushion of 75 mm. thick sand all around and protectedwith burnt bricks on sides and on top. On surface the cablerun shall be fixed on M.S. clamps etc. of suitable size oras directed by the Engineer-Incharge, complete in allrespect. The armouring of the cable shall be properlyconnected with the earth conductor by clamps etc.. 185 sq. mm 3-1/2 core 128 Supply of 2.5SQMM 4 core copper flexible cable 129 Supply of 50SQMM 1 core copper flexible cable 130 END TERMINATION 131 185Sqmm End termination with materials 132 EARTHING 133 GI Earthing 134 Copper Earthing 135 Supply & Laying of 25X3 GI strip with nut bolt & washers 136 LABOUR CHARGE 137 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 138 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of smoke detector with builtin LED and mounting base complete with all connections etc. as required. 139 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of manual call boxes of MS construction in surface/recess with strainless steel chain & hammer assembly complete with glass and push button etc. as required. 140 supplying , installation , Testing & commissionin response indicator on surface/recess Ms box having two LEDs mettallic cover complete with all connections etc. as required. 141 supplying , installation , Testing & commissionin fire alarm sounder with facility to make announcement, mounted in M.S. box (16 SWG) with hinged cover plate & suitable for operation with amplifier i/c line matching trasformer etc. complete as required. 142 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of main controland indicating panel made out of 16 SWG MS sheet to accommodate the following items duly powder coated in approved colour with louvers for ventilation, locking arrangement , audio and visual indication for fire alarm and public adress system, monitoring system including connections, interconnections etc complete as required. 10 zone panel for fire alarm system 250 Watt amplifier racks suitable for operation on 230V AC/24V DC supply conforming to IEC-268-3 complete with all accessories as required-2 Nos. ( one to act asstanby) Talk back master stationwith LED PTT ( press to talk ) push button for operation on 230V AC/24 V DC supply conforming to IEC-268 for simplex mode of operation/ communication suitable for 20 Nos. talk back unit-1 set. Anouncement control desk suitable for selection of different zones selectively and on ALL CALL switch with visual indication etc. complete as required -1 set Amplifier change over switch for inter changing amplifier -1 No. Monitor panel for loudspeaker complete with output selector, ON/OFF switch, fuse, visual indications etc. complete as required-1 NO. Gooseneck microphone with stand and ON/OFF switch -1 N0. Main ON/OFF switch, fuse indication lamps, DC and AC voltmeter & ammeters , terminal blocks etc. complete as required-1 set Battery charger trickle cum boost to talk complete load of fire alarm PA system complete with all accessories including providing & fixing of 2 nos. 12 volt, 60 AH each sealed maintenanance free batteries-1 set. 143 supplying , installation , Testing & commissionin of main control and indicating panel made out of 16 SWG MS sheet to accommodete the following items duly powder coated in approved colour with louvers for ventilation, locking arrangement, audio and visual indication for fire alarm and public adress system, monitoring system including connections, interconnections etc complete as required. 6 zone panel for fire alarm system 100 watt amplifier racks suitable for operation on 230V AC/24V DC supply conforming to IEC-268-3 complete with all talk back master station with LED PTT ( press to talk ) push buttonfor operation on 230V AC/24 V DC supply conforming to IEC-268 for simplex mode of operation/ communication suitable for 20 Nos. talk back unit-1 set. annoucement control desk suitable for selection of different zones selectively and ON ALL CALL switch with visual indication etc, complete as required-1 set Amplifier change over switch for inter changing amplifier-1 No. Monitor panel for loudspeaker complete output selector ON/OFF switch, fuse visual indications etc. complete as required -1 No. Gooseneck microphone with stand and ON/OFF switch-1 No. Mains ON/OFF switch, fuse indication lamps, DC and AC voltmeters & ammeters terminal blocks etc. complete as required-1 set. Battery charger trickle cum boost to take complete load of fire alarm PA system complete with all accessories including providing & fixing of 2 nos. 12 volt, 30 AH each sealed mainenance free batteries-1 set. 144 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of fire fighter telephone handset complete as required. 145 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 146 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of 6 zone, voice alarm controller with USB, MP3 playaer ( including 6 zone button paging station ) with seamless intergration facility with main fire alarm panel for voice evacuation complete as required. 147 supplying , installation , Testing & commissioning of 1.5/3/6Wceiling/wall speakers complete as required. 148 CABLING & WIRING 149 supplying & laying of 2* 1.5 sqmm fire alarm armoured cable, 600/1000V rated with annealed copper conductor having XLPE insulation, steel wire armouring & FRLS outer sheath complete as required. 150 supplying & drawing of cable fire Retardant PVC insulated copper conductor cable in the existing surface / recessed steelconduit of following pairs, cores and size including connections and interconnections etc. as required speaker cable Two pair, 2-core , 1.5 sqmm 151 Supplying and fixing 25 mm dia MS flexible pipe with PVC coating along with all ancillaries and accessories like coupler etc. as required 152 Supply and fixing of C02 type fire extinguisher 4.5 kg. capacity (ISI Marked IS : 2878 & TAC approved) complete with initial charge and wall bracket, along with supply of all materials and labour for proper completion of work. 153 Supply and fixing of fire extinguisher, ABC Type 4.00 kg. capacity (ISI Marked IS : 15683 & TAC approved) complete with initial charge and wall bracket, along with supply of all materials and labour for proper completion of work. 154 Supply, Installation testing and commissioning of Ceiling mounted automatic fire extinguisher (Dry Chemical powder) of 10KG capacity including all fitting and accessories as per dwg and spec as complete required. 155 Supply,Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 3 Nos. G.I. sand buckets painted Red Color complete with suitable size G.I. stand duly painted Red Color of suitable size to hang 3 Buckets at a time as per required specifications. 156 CCTV SURVELLANCE SYSTEM 157 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of fixed Camers, 2 MP, 1/2.7 CMOS image sensor, low illuminance 2 MP (1920 x 1080) @ 25/30 FPS Output H 265 codec, IR LED 30m, DWDR, 3D NR HLX BLC digital watermarking, Abnormally detection: Motion detection, video tampering, 12 V DC/PoE power supply Network TDN IR Indoor/Outdoor complete 158 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 32 channel NVR with Embedded enterprises grade linux processor, rel time time H.265 Security baseline 2.1, 1080p@30 fps adaptive decoding, ONVIF and RTSP protocols, resolution HDMI 4K, AI Face detection, perimeter protection, IVS, people counting, heat map, and SMD, BW 160 Mbps, Audio PCM/G711A/G726/ AAC, privacy masking, video loss, scene changing, PIR alarm, SATA III port up to 10 TB. Make Dahua/HikVision 159 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 6TB SATA Internal with 1M hours MTBF, 180 TB workload rate, write-intensive, low bit-rate, high stream-count, prioritized write-op. Make - WD/Seagate 160 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of HDBaseT Hdmi Extender Make - Milestone 161 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of wall mountable 55 high resolution LED monitor with HDMI port and commercial series suitable for 12x7 operation. All accessories for installation including wall mounting stand/ bracket. Make - Samsung/Sony 162 TOILET WORK 163 Providing and fixing of Soap Dispenser as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 164 Supply&Fixingofwindowsmadefrommulti chambered UPVC profiles of minimum 60/108 mm thicknessof (Wintechmakeorequivalent)in natural from stailized for heat, light, impact & UV radiation. The UPVC profiles should be reinforced withgalzvanizedsteelprofilesofdesigned thickness.Floatglassofapprovedcolourin 4/5/6/8 mm or as desired by the costumer shall be fixed with heveled beads. All openable / sliding sashes shall be having grey/black colored weather seal fitted in continuous lenghts made from bubble PTV Rubber & side Hung with 90L openin friction syats of rust proof stainless steel with provision of multipoint lockng system (casement only) made from Espag rods (coated steel) all handle shall be made from die Cast zinc alloy in white finish only as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 165 Providing & Fixing of Translucent Zebra Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 166 Providing, fabricating & placing single leaf single swing aluminium stile door with 12mm thick toughened glass & stile size of 40mm x 90mm. The door frame of size 70 x 50mm shall be formed with heavy duty aluminium door, fixed to dry wall partition. Rate to include providing & fixing of Geze make standard stainless steel brush finished hardwares Hinges: flush door hinge -Geze-. Finis: Std finish Handle & lock: lever handle & Mortise lock set with both side key cylinder- Geze, Door Closer: Exposed door closer TS 3000V - Asymatric Rack and Pinion Door Closer with hold-open slide arm Closing force: 1-4 (adjustable) Tested according to EN 1154 for door width upto: 1100mm Door stopper: Half moon door stop Finish of profile- Black finish System - Micra I door Make - Liko-s 167 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (500WX650HT) of Invest UP in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 168 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (700WX400HT) of Invest UP in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 169 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (650WX650HT) of Invest UP in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 170 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1175WX650HT) of Invest UP in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 171 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1250WX775HT) of Invest UP in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 172 Providing & Fixing of Round Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375DIA X 375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 173 Providing & Fixing of Square Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375Wx375Dx400HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 174 Providing & Fixing of Rectangular Shape Polmer Planter of Size (600Wx325Dx375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 175 Providing & Fixing of Wooden Planter OF Size (1800L X 600W x 600HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With 55Nos Artificial Bamboo 60 Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 176 Providing & Fixing of Artificial Small Plants Inside Existing Wooden Planter of Size (900L X 450W x 150HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 177 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (8 x 8) Made of Side Moulded Signages made with Premium Laminate & Acrylic Laser Cut Letters as per deisgn & Multi Layering with Wooden Finish as base of Male, Female Toilet & Pantry, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 178 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (47 x 14) Made of Multi Layered Signage made with 5mm & 3mm Thick Acrylic & UV Prints on Base Acrylic & Acrylic Letters of INVEST UP LOGO, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 179 ELECTRICAL WORK 180 S&F of 63 Amp. TP MCB (10 KA) C Curve S.I.(1017) 181 S&F of 63 Amp. DP MCB (10 KA) S.I.(1011) 182 S&F surface/flush mounting 8ways SPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect, as directed by Engineer in charge. S.I.(1024A) 183 S&F of 160 Amp 4 pole MCCB (25 KA) Thermal Magnetic release S.I.(1021E) 184 S&F surface/flush mounting 16ways SPN distribution board with additional metal door without MCB complete in all respect, as directed by Engineer in charge. Make-Legrand MR 185 Supply and Fixing of Deep Recess Mounting round 12.5 Watt COB LED Spot Light having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set complete in all respect. Make-Ledos MR 186 Supply & Fixing of 50X70MM Black Body 4000K Customized LED Profile Hanging Light with LED Modules & Inbuilt Driver all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Customized MR 187 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Grand-6 MR 188 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Gravity Grill For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Gravity Grill-6 MR 189 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Air Valve For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton CAV-6 MR 190 Providing & Fixing of 13Watt LED Surface COB Light In Black Colour all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance MR 191 INTERIOR WORK 192 Providing & Fixing of Translucent Zebra Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 193 Providing & Fixing of Mat Roman Wooden Chick Blinds with Hand Rail of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 194 Providing, fabricating & placing single leaf single swing aluminium stile door with 12mm thick toughened glass & stile size of 40mm x 90mm. The door frame of size 70 x 50mm shall be formed with heavy duty aluminium door, fixed to dry wall partition. Rate to include providing & fixing of Geze make standard stainless steel brush finished hardwares Hinges: flush door hinge -Geze-. Finis: Std finish Handle & lock: lever handle & Mortise lock set with both side key cylinder- Geze, Door Closer: Exposed door closer TS 3000V - Asymatric Rack and Pinion Door Closer with hold-open slide arm Closing force: 1-4 (adjustable) Tested according to EN 1154 for door width upto: 1100mm Door stopper: Half moon door stop Finish of profile- Black finish System - Micra I door Make - Liko-s 195 Providing & Fixing of Square Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375Wx375Dx400HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 196 Providing & Fixing of Round Shape Polmer Planter of Size (375DIA X 375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 197 Providing & Fixing of Rectangular Shape Polmer Planter of Size (600Wx325Dx375HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 198 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Polmer Planter of Size (325DIA X 500HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 199 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Polmer Tower Planter of Size (200DIA X 600HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 36Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 200 Providing & Fixing of Oval Shape Ceramic Tower Planter of Size (200DIA X 600HT) With Thermocol Packing & Double Layer of Pabbles With Artificial 60Plants of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 201 Providing & Fixing of Artificial Vertical Garden Having Natural Look Like Grass of approved shade as per drawing & specificationas approved by Engineer -in-Charge.MR 202 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1200WX450HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 203 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (600WX900HT) of Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 204 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (1200WX750HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 205 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (500WX375HT) of Varanasi Picture in Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 206 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (600WX600HT) of Uttar Pradesh Sarkar in Black & White/Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 207 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (650WX650HT) of Uttar Pradesh Sarkar in Black & White/Coloured Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 208 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (400WX400HT) of Shri Ram Mandirin Black & White Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 209 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (725WX725HT) of Sandwitched Flower in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 210 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (475WX1200HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 211 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (450WX600HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 212 Providing & Fixing of Photo Frames Having Size (400WX600HT) of Invest UP in Colour Canvas Printswith wooden frame borders & Non Reflective glasscomplete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 213 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1500 x 188)MM Made of 12mm Corian CNC Cut Letters & Fixed on Existing Wall Surface of INVEST UP, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 214 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1175 x 350)MM Made of Multi Layered Signage made with 5mm & 3mm Thick Acrylic & UV Prints on Base Acrylic & Acrylic Letters of INVEST UP LOGO, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 215 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (200 x 200)MM Made of Side Moulded Signages made with Premium Laminate & Acrylic Laser Cut Letters as per deisgn & Multi Layering with Wooden Finish as base of Male, Female Toilet & Pantry, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 216 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (450 x 200)MM Made of Side Moulded Signages made with Premium Laminate & Acrylic Laser Cut Letters as per deisgn & Multi Layering with Wooden Finish as base of Conference Hall, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 217 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (2400 x 1200)MM Made of UV Prints on Lacquered Glass with Pre Coat & 3 Layer Prinitng of Invest UP Logo, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 218 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (975 x 700)MM Made of HP Latex Prints on Vinyl duly matt laminated & mounted on 5mm Sunboard of Invest UP Logo, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 219 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (350 x 200)MM Made of 3 Layer Name Plates made with Black Acrylic as base & UV Prints on Clear Acrylic as 2nd Layer & 3rd Layer being Acrylic Letters of IIDC, CEO & ACEO Room, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 220 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (875 x 875)MM Made of 6mm Clear Acrylic Laser Cut with UV Prints from Back Side & Heavy White Ink as base & fixed with Spacers, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 221 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (1200 x 600)MM Made of 3D Embossed Acrylic Letters with Multi Layering made with Acrylic & ACP & UV Prints of Invest UP Logo, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 222 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (600 x 150)MM Made of UV Prints on Clear Acrylic Sheet 3mm Black Acrylic Laser Cut Letters Invest UP, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 223 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (600 x 75)MM Made of UV Prints on Clear Acrylic Sheet 3mm Black Acrylic Laser Cut Letters 2nd, 4rth & 6th Floor, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 224 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (12000 x 2400)MM Made of Temporary MS Frame with Black Back Flex Prints of Invest-UP complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 225 Providing & Fixing of Signages of Size (10200 x 2400)MM Made of MS Structure with Black Back Flex Prints mounted on Water Tank Wall with back MS Supports, complete as per desigh, drawings, specification & as approved by Architect/Engineer Incharge. 226 ELECTRICAL WORK 227 S&F of 63 Amp. TP MCB (10 KA) C Curve S.I.(1017) 228 S&F of 63 Amp. DP MCB (10 KA) S.I.(1011) 229 S&F of 63 Amp 4 pole MCCB (25 KA) Thermal Magnetic release MR 230 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Grand-6 MR 231 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Gravity Grill For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton Gravity Grill-6 MR 232 Supply & Fixing of 150MM Air Valve For Inline Mixflow Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Rexton CAV-6 MR 233 Supply & Fixing of 110MM Ceiling Mount Fresh Air Fan all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Crompton MR 234 Providing & Fixing of 5KVA Online UPS Having 12V/26AH 15Nos Batteries & Battery Stand all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Aeon MR 235 Providing & Fixing of Call Bell Chimes all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-L&T MR 236 Providing & Fixing of 1800MM Linear Hanging LED Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledlum MR 237 Providing & Fixing of 2400MM Linear Hanging LED Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledlum MR 238 Providing & Fixing of 1200MM Designer Hanging LED Light all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledlum MR 239 Providing & Fixing of 900MM Dia & 300MM Ht Cloth Hanging Fitted with 10Nos LED Candle Light having 3 Colour Change all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvace MR 240 Providing & Fixing of 9Watt LED Surface COB Light In Black Colour all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Ledadvance MR 241 AIR CONDITIONING WORK 242 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Hi-Wall Cool Type Unit- 0.80 TR + Cordless Remote, Model-FTHT35TV16X + RHTall complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 243 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Hi-Wall Hot & Cool Type Unit- 1.0 TR + Cordless Remote, Model-FTHT35TV16X + RHTall complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 244 Supply & Fixing of Outdoor Stand all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 245 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of One Way Cassette Type Unit- 2.08TR + Corded Remote + Refnet, Model FXKQ63AV16all complete as per drawing, specification and directionas approved by Engineer -in-Charge. 246 PA SYSTEM WORK 247 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of DSP, studio-grade discrete preamps, 24bit Processor, 4 mic/line inputs with AEC, built-in usb for conferencing. Make - Clearone 248 VIDEO CONFERENCING SYSTEM WORK 249 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of professional-grade PTZ camera with 20x optical zoom lens, H.264/H.265 streaming, USB network, RS485 and RS232 interfaces to control and 1080p60 HDMI video Make - Clearone 250 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 2x8 Presentation Switcher HDMI Matrix. Make - Milestone 251 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 1X4 Presentation Switcher HDMI Matrix. Make - Milestone 252 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Ipad Docking Case with charging port accessory for Iport Base Station. Make - Iport 253 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of 1X4 USB Hub Matrix. Make - Quantum 254 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of TPC-IPAD Controller App License. Make - AMX 255 IP TELEPHONE SYSTEM WORK 256 Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Enterprise Portable WiFi sip Phone, Unified Firmware, extended battery. Make - Grandstream 257 TOILET WORK 258 Providing and fixing of Wash Basin With Half Pedestal as per the approveddesign all complete as per drawing, specification and direction of engineer incharge. Make-Kerovit/Equivalent 259 GST Extra as applicable
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
Uttar Pradesh View Result →
40.
Power #9415004 Technical Bid
Tender For Miscellaneous Civil Works For Server Room And Dps At Hwp(T); 1 Dismantling alumimium glazed partition with door, stacking of serviceable material and disposal of un-serviceable materialwithin 100 mts lead including scaffolding if required etc.., all complete at all heights as per drawings, specfications and as directed by the Engineer. 2 Dismantling false floor panel of size 600x600x32 mm medium grade including allied frame work, stacking of serviceable material and disposal of un-serviceable materialwithin 100 mts lead etc.., all complete as per drawings, specfications and as directed by the Engineer. 3 Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring300 mm finished floor height with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting ofa) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc., all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-chargec) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate B55is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product. 4 Fixing removable raised/false access flooring300 mm finished floor height with system and its components for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting ofa) Fixing at required spacing to form modular frame work, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mmx75mmx3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc., all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-chargec) Fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate B55is filled with Pyrogrip noncombustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.Note: All materials including frames dismantled vide item no.02 shall be used and additional frames if any required shall be scope of contractor. 5 Providing and fixing gypsum board tiled false ceilingof 8 mm thick,595x595 mm size, dew drop model, PVC laminated on face side and secured with MPL film on rear side of approved brand and shade in true horizantal level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel sections (galvanized @ 120 grams /sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of main T runner with suitably spaced joints to get required length and of size 24x32 mm made from 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet,spaced at 1200 mm center to center and cross T of size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long spaced between main T at 600 mm centre to centre to form a grid of 1200x600 mm and secondary cross T oflength 600 mm and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet to be inetrlocked at middle of the 1200x600 mm panel to form grids of 600x600 mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and laying false ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid including required cutting/making, opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc., mainT runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of size 27x37x25x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mmGI adjustables rods / support L section with galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85x30x.8 mm spaced at 1200 mm center to centre along main T ,bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be pre painted with polyester paintetc.., all complete at all heights as per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer. 6 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 and IS 1285,fixing with dash fasteners ofrequired diameter and size ,including necessary filling up the gaps at the junctions i.e. at top,bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth ,rust free straight, mitred,and joined mechanically wherever required including cleat angle,Aluminium snap beading for glazing/paneling, CP brass /Stainless Steel screws,scaffolding etc..,all complete at all heights as per drawings, specificatoins and as directed by the Engineer.6.1). For fixed Portion with powder coated Aluminium sections( minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) 7 For shutters of doorwith powder coated Aluminium sections( minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) including providing and fixing hinges/pivots and fixtures wherever required including the cost of door handles,stoppers,EPDM rubber/neoprene gasket required. 8 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick pre-laminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board with decorative laminations on both sides conforming to IS 12823 grade I type II in panneling fixed in aluminium doors and partition frames with CP brass /Stainless Steel screws etc.all complete at all heights as per drawings ,specifications and as directed by Engineer. 9 Providing and fixing5 mm thick float glass including garware brand frosted / sun control film panes in aluminium doors and partitions with EPDM rubber/neoprene gasket etc.., allcomplete at all levels as perdrawings, specifications and as directed by Engineer . 10 Providing and fixing door fittings of approved brand and model conforming to relevant IS specificationall complete as per specifications and as directed by Engineer.9.1).Bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch 6 levers without pair of handles for Aluminium doors. 11 Hydraulic door closer for Aluminum doors 12 Double action hydraulic floor spring for Aluminium doors. 13 Providing garware brand frosted / sun control film in glass panes of windows including removal of existing worn out film, cleaning, preparing the surface of panes suit to sun control filming etc.., allcomplete at all levels as perdrawings , specifications and as directed by Engineer. 14 Providing, fabricating, transporting, erecting and fixing in position structural steel members using MS square tube of size 40 mm (medium duty) af approved brand including cutting, grinding, welding, providing two or more coats of chlorinated rubber paint of approved quality / shade over a coat of primer including scaffolding etc., all complete at all levels as per the drawings, specifications and as directed by the Engineer. 15 Providing and laying 2 mm thick homogeneous Vinyl flooring / skirting of approved brand and shade on cement concrete floor using suitable adhesive including surface preparation, trimming / cutting, pressing uniformly for perfect fixing and cleaning etc.., all complete at all heights as per drawings,specfications and as directed by the Engineer. 16 Removing white wash by scrapping and sand papering manually, preparing the surface smooth including neccessary repairs to scratches, scaffolding, cleaning etc., all completeat all levelsas per drawings, specifications and as directed by the Engineer. 17 Providing and applying Birla wall care putty of average thickness1 mmover a coat of water thinnable interior cement primer of M/s Asian brandto give an even shade over the prepared surface of walls including scaffolding etc., all completeat all levelsas per drawings, specifications and asdirected by theEngineer. 18 Providing and applying two or more coats ofAsian interior gradeacrylic emulsion (ROYALE) of approved colour and shade onsurfaces of walls over a coat of water thinnable interior cement primer of M/s Asian brandto given an even shade including removing white or colour wash by scraping and sand papering and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to scratches, scaffolding, cleaning etc., all completeat all levelsas per drawings, specifications and asdirected by theEngineer.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
41.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9405095 Technical Bid
Supply of Furniture And Internal Fit-Out At Jnv, Anjaw, Arunachal Pradesh , School Building , (A) Classroom , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mmx 930Mm X Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 930 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 450 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Ii) Classroom Desk Medium Size Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm X 890Mm X Height 690Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 890 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 890 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 400 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 890 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ss Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Powdered Coated Ms Legs With Connected Beams With Pipe Size 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick. , (Iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Teacher Board [Excluding Cost Of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (Ifpd)] Technical Specification For Smart Board With Double-Track Sliding System For Green And White Boards Fitted In An Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Cable Management And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning (Sitc) Of An Integrated Digital Teaching–Learning Solution Comprising: (A) Anodised Aluminium Frame, Double Track Sliding System For White & Green Board And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen With Concealed Cable Management, (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels. • Dimensions And Configuration: Total Width Of The Setup Is ~12 Feet And Height ~4.0 Feet From The Board Surface (Excluding The Width Of Aluminium Frame). • Material: Providing And Fixing Anodised Aluminium (Alloy 6063-T6) Framed Sliding System For Smart Board With Minimum 2.0 Mm Thick Extruded Sections, Anodised To Aa15 Grade As Per Is 1868, Mounted On A Heavy-Duty Top-Hung Aluminium Track (Min. 2.5 Mm Thick) With Sealed Ball-Bearing Nylon/Pu Rollers (Load Capacity Not Less Than 120 Kg Per Panel), Concealed Bottom Guide, Epdm Gaskets, Ss-304 Fasteners, Pelmet/Valance Cover, And Soft End-Stops/Soft-Close Mechanism, Including All Brackets, Fixings, Alignment, Cable Provisions, Commissioning, And Making Good Complete As Per Drawings And Engineer-In-Charge. • Design: One Slot To Fix Ifpd, Other Slot For Green & White Boards Sliding On Double Track System With Locking Facility On Sliding Frame To Keep The Ifpd Display Safe. • Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. • Back Side: The Backside Of The Smart Board, To Concealed The Wall Surface, Provided & Fixed With 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr Board Laminated (White Coloured Matte Finish) With 0.8 Mm, Edges Sealed With 1 Mm Pvc Edge Banding, Fixed To The Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Screws/Rivets, With Ventilation Slots As Required, And Shall Be Moisture, Termite And Borer Resistant. • Load Capacity: Safe To Hold Ifpd + White & Green Boards With =1.5× Safety Factor. • Cable Management: Built-In Channels For Power, Lan, Hdmi, Usb. • Safety: Rounded Edges, Tamper-Resistant Covers, Concealed Fixing. • Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. • Additional Requirements:(A) All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. (B) Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifpd (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). , (C) The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. (D) Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels: • Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminium/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. • Material: Vitrified Ceramic-Steel, Magnetic, Double-Coated. • Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 No. Green Board & 1 No. White Board. • Green Board Surface: Matte, Chalk-Friendly, Stain/Scratch Resistant. • White Board Surface: Glossy Surface, Dry-Erase Marker Friendly, Ghost-Free, Easy Clean. • Size: ~6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) (Each Board) With Thickness 8Mm. • Frame: Anodised Aluminium, Rounded Edges, Concealed Fasteners.Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (B) Principal And Vice-Principal Room , Table: Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Worktop-Worktopshallbemade25mmthickpre-Laminatedmdfboardwithdecorativelaminationononesideandbalancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front,Back Andmachine Pressedpvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mmx1.6Mm(Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S.Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft50-60Micron.Thelegsshallbefittedtothegroundwithm8screwlevelerwiththeheightadjustmentupto15mm.Thecross Membersshallbemountedbyendbracketsmadeof3mmthickcrcasteelsheetconfirmingis513:2008 Andfinishedwithepoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wiremanagement-Electricalwiresshallbecarriedfromhorizintal/Verticalduct Madeof0.7Mmcrca Steelsheet Confirmingtois 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (I) Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (Ii) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above. , (Iii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade,Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Iv) Principal Roomvisitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade, Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (C) Sofa Set , (I)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Ii)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iii)Sofa Foyer Three Seater Size In Mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (D) Staffroom , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Laminated Plywood Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50–60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (E)Library , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Bottom Storage Cabinets Alongwith The Complete Length Of Heght 600Mm As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image. , (Iii) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Iv)Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (F) Computer Lab , (I) Computer Work Station Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (Length, Actual Length May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirement) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Laminated Plywood With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Othersideconfirmingtois12823:1990With2mmthickmachinepressedpvcedgebandinggluedwithindustrialadhesiveand Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Oflaminated Plywood Gable Ends Of 18Mm Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. , (Ii) Computer Chair For Student Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Using Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class 3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Ss 202 Polsihed Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (G) Laboratories , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Physics Lab , Along The Wall Table:: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400 Mm(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750 Mm (W) × 900Mm H . Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 02 Nos Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table:The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900H . It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 04 Nos (02 Facing Each Side) Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Ii) Chemisty Lab , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss 304, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel 304 Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iii) Biology Lab Table , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Ofchairismadeof12mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithhighdensity Pufoam&Leatherette Upholstery,Back Ismade Of 12Mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpufoamd-40Kg/M3,H-20Seatandbackfixedthroughmetal Powdercoatedspine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree.Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Basemade Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Kitchen & Dining , (A) Dining Table Dining Table: Polished Finish Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size50mmx50mmx1.6Mm.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedormechanicallyfastenedtotheundersideofthetabletopframe.For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. Ss 304. , (B) Dining Bench Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr + Laminated , Finished With A 1 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Topsurface, Anda Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside Toensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, Andeasytoclean,Withalightwoodgrainorequivalentfinishasapproved.Thesupportingframeshallbefabricatedframeofsquare Hollow Section40mmx40mmx1.6Mmss 304 Grade Stainless Steel In Polished Finish.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedtothe Undersideofthebenchtopframe.Thebenchshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability.Thedesignshallprioritizeusersafetywithnosharpcornersoredges.Thebenchmustbestructurallysoundandcapableof Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. , Boys And Girls Dormitories , Beds/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Rcc Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 18Mm Hdhmr With With 1Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Rcc Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Staff Quarters , (A) Rooms Wardrobe , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. [94 Room X 18 Sqft = 1692 Sqft] , (B) Modular Kitchen , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. +B69 (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closinginnotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80–100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2–3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos — Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Table’S Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (Iv) Sofa Set , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
Arunachal Pradesh View Result →
42.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9405091 Technical Bid
supply of Furniture And Internal Fit-Out At Jnv, Tirap, Arunachal Pradesh , School Building , (A) Classroom , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mmx 930Mm X Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 930 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 450 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Ii) Classroom Desk Medium Size Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm X 890Mm X Height 690Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 890 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 890 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 400 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 890 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mmxd300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ss Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Powdered Coated Ms Legs With Connected Beams With Pipe Size 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick. , (Iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Teacher Board [Excluding Cost Of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (Ifpd)] Technical Specification For Smart Board With Double-Track Sliding System For Green And White Boards Fitted In An Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Cable Management And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning (Sitc) Of An Integrated Digital Teaching–Learning Solution Comprising: (A) Anodised Aluminium Frame, Double Track Sliding System For White & Green Board And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen With Concealed Cable Management, (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels. • Dimensions And Configuration: Total Width Of The Setup Is ~12 Feet And Height ~4.0 Feet From The Board Surface (Excluding The Width Of Aluminium Frame). • Material: Providing And Fixing Anodised Aluminium (Alloy 6063-T6) Framed Sliding System For Smart Board With Minimum 2.0 Mm Thick Extruded Sections, Anodised To Aa15 Grade As Per Is 1868, Mounted On A Heavy-Duty Top-Hung Aluminium Track (Min. 2.5 Mm Thick) With Sealed Ball-Bearing Nylon/Pu Rollers (Load Capacity Not Less Than 120 Kg Per Panel), Concealed Bottom Guide, Epdm Gaskets, Ss-304 Fasteners, Pelmet/Valance Cover, And Soft End-Stops/Soft-Close Mechanism, Including All Brackets, Fixings, Alignment, Cable Provisions, Commissioning, And Making Good Complete As Per Drawings And Engineer-In-Charge. • Design: One Slot To Fix Ifpd, Other Slot For Green & White Boards Sliding On Double Track System With Locking Facility On Sliding Frame To Keep The Ifpd Display Safe. • Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. • Back Side: The Backside Of The Smart Board, To Concealed The Wall Surface, Provided & Fixed With 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr Board Laminated (White Coloured Matte Finish) With 0.8 Mm, Edges Sealed With 1 Mm Pvc Edge Banding, Fixed To The Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Screws/Rivets, With Ventilation Slots As Required, And Shall Be Moisture, Termite And Borer Resistant. • Load Capacity: Safe To Hold Ifpd + White & Green Boards With =1.5× Safety Factor. • Cable Management: Built-In Channels For Power, Lan, Hdmi, Usb. • Safety: Rounded Edges, Tamper-Resistant Covers, Concealed Fixing. • Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. • Additional Requirements:(A) All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. (B) Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifpd (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). , (C) The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. (D) Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels: • Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminium/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. • Material: Vitrified Ceramic-Steel, Magnetic, Double-Coated. • Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 No. Green Board & 1 No. White Board. • Green Board Surface: Matte, Chalk-Friendly, Stain/Scratch Resistant. • White Board Surface: Glossy Surface, Dry-Erase Marker Friendly, Ghost-Free, Easy Clean. • Size: ~6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) (Each Board) With Thickness 8Mm. • Frame: Anodised Aluminium, Rounded Edges, Concealed Fasteners.Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (B) Principal And Vice-Principal Room , Table: Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Worktop-Worktopshallbemade25mmthickpre-Laminatedmdfboardwithdecorativelaminationononesideandbalancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front,Back Andmachine Pressedpvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mmx1.6Mm(Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S.Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft50-60Micron.Thelegsshallbefittedtothegroundwithm8screwlevelerwiththeheightadjustmentupto15mm.Thecross Membersshallbemountedbyendbracketsmadeof3mmthickcrcasteelsheetconfirmingis513:2008 Andfinishedwithepoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wiremanagement-Electricalwiresshallbecarriedfromhorizintal/Verticalduct Madeof0.7Mmcrca Steelsheet Confirmingtois 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (I) Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (Ii) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above. , (Iii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade,Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Iv) Principal Roomvisitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade, Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (C) Sofa Set , (I)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Ii)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iii)Sofa Foyer Three Seater Size In Mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (D) Staffroom , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Laminated Plywood Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50–60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (E)Library , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Bottom Storage Cabinets Alongwith The Complete Length Of Heght 600Mm As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image. , (Iii) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Iv)Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (F) Computer Lab , (I) Computer Work Station Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (Length, Actual Length May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirement) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Laminated Plywood With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Othersideconfirmingtois12823:1990With2mmthickmachinepressedpvcedgebandinggluedwithindustrialadhesiveand Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Oflaminated Plywood Gable Ends Of 18Mm Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. , (Ii) Computer Chair For Student Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Using Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class 3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Ss 202 Polsihed Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (G) Laboratories , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Physics Lab , Along The Wall Table:: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400 Mm(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750 Mm (W) × 900Mm H . Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 02 Nos Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table:The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900H . It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 04 Nos (02 Facing Each Side) Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Ii) Chemisty Lab , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss 304, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel 304 Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iii) Biology Lab Table , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Ofchairismadeof12mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithhighdensity Pufoam&Leatherette Upholstery,Back Ismade Of 12Mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpufoamd-40Kg/M3,H-20Seatandbackfixedthroughmetal Powdercoatedspine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree.Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Basemade Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Kitchen & Dining , (A) Dining Table Dining Table: Polished Finish Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size50mmx50mmx1.6Mm.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedormechanicallyfastenedtotheundersideofthetabletopframe.For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. Ss 304. , (B) Dining Bench Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr + Laminated , Finished With A 1 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Topsurface, Anda Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside Toensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, Andeasytoclean,Withalightwoodgrainorequivalentfinishasapproved.Thesupportingframeshallbefabricatedframeofsquare Hollow Section40mmx40mmx1.6Mmss 304 Grade Stainless Steel In Polished Finish.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedtothe Undersideofthebenchtopframe.Thebenchshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability.Thedesignshallprioritizeusersafetywithnosharpcornersoredges.Thebenchmustbestructurallysoundandcapableof Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. , Boys And Girls Dormitories , Beds/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Rcc Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 18Mm Hdhmr With With 1Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Rcc Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Staff Quarters , (A) Rooms Wardrobe , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. [94 Room X 18 Sqft = 1692 Sqft] , (B) Modular Kitchen , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. +B69 (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closinginnotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80–100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2–3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos — Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Table’S Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (Iv) Sofa Set , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 3
Arunachal Pradesh View Result →
43.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9405088 Technical Bid
supply of Furniture And Internal Fit-Out At Jnv, Kurung Kumey, Arunachal Pradesh , School Building , (A) Classroom , (I) Classroom Desk Large Size Supply & Installation Big Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 1066Mmx 930Mm X Height 760Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 930 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners. The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 930 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 450 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 930 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crca Tube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Ii) Classroom Desk Medium Size Supply & Installation Medium Desk (For Two Persons)-The Overall Dimensions Of Desk Will Be 900Mm X 890Mm X Height 690Mm, Complete As Per Specifications Enclosed And Direction Of Engineer-In- Charge Having The Table Top Shall Be Made Up Of 18.0 Mm Thick Plywood Is 303 Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish). Table Top Dimensions Shall Be W 890 Mm X D 380 Mm. Edge Towards Bench Shall Be Post Formed With Round Edge. The Remaining Three Edges Must Be Sealed With 2Mmthick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Edge Band Must Be Trimmed On Edges And Corners.The Desk Shall Be Have Low Chemical Emission Of Vocs (Voltage Organic Compounds) And Carcinogens, Contributing To A Healthier Room Environment. Seat And Back Rest Shall Be Made Of 18Mm Thick Plywood Of Mr Grade Osl (One Side Shall Be Laminated, And Other Side Shall Have Balancer Finish) Except Back Rest. Back Rest Shall Be Have Both Sides Colour Lamination. Technical Details Of Seat And Back Rest Are Mentioned Below:Seating Bench Dimensions Shall L 890 Mm X W 300 Mm X H 400 Mm. Front Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming. Remaining Three Edges Shall Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Back Rest Dimensions Shall L 890 X H 200 Mm Upper Side Shall Be Rounded With Post Forming Remaining Three Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2Mm Thick Pvc Edge Banding Tape. Desk Shelve Shall Be Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of H150mm X D300mm And Side Stiffeners Of Ss Crca Tube Size 19Mmx19mmx1mmthick. One Vertical Support (Partition) Of Square Tube Size 25Mm Square X1.2Mm Thick Must Be Provided At Centre Of Tray . Upper Moedsty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8Mm Thick Crca Sheet Powder Coated Should Be Embossed With Dimples In Round Shape, Height Will Be 150Mm, There Should Be Perforated Lower Modesty Made Of Prime Quality 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Sheet Of Size H150mmxd21mm With Square Perforation, Crcat Ube Of Size 19X19x1mm Thick To Be Inserted For Full Length At Bottom Of Jali . Bag Hook Should Be Provide On Both Side Of Piller Made Of Minimum 4Mm Dia Rod Side Frame Structure:- Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25Mmx50mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Tube , Seat And Back Side Frame Structure Made Of Prime Quality Crca Pressed Form Section 165Mmx25mmx1mm Thick Welded To 25.4Mm Diameter X 1.6Mm Thick Erw-1Pipe , There Will Be 8No. Horizontal Supports Are 25Mmx25mmx1.2Mm Thick Crca Pipes. . Bottom Rectangular Tube 50X25x 1.2Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Ppcp Cap Bothside Sand Pipe Dia. 25.4X1.6Mm Thick Should Be Closed With Metal (Backside) And Other Side (Undertheseat) Ppcp Cap, Complete As Per Engineer Incharge Desk Should Be In Semi Knock Down Form With The Help 16 Connecting Pipes ; 8 Pipes On Each Side : Connecting Pipe Size Will Be 20X20x1.2Mm .All Metal Pieces Shall Be Welded Properly Strongly And Conformity With Regulations With Co2 Welding Shall Be Used , Crca Metal Shall Be Coated After Being Treated With At Least Three Stages And Cleaned From Oil , Grease , Dust And Other Dirt Using Special Thermal Control Coating For Metal Furniture To Form A Layer Of Base Coating Of (Iron Phosphating) (0.4 – 0.8) Gm/M² , Automatic Spray Coating Shall Be Applied To Be Followed By A Drying Process In A Thermal Furnace With Suitable Temperature And Time For The Process , Metal Pipe & 7 Tank Treatment With Minimum 45-50 Micron Powder Coating. , (Iii)Teacher Table :Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Office Table Made Of Pre-Laminated Mdf Board With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Other Side Top Of Size 1200 X 600 X 750 Mm. Worktop Shall Be Rounded In All Four Corners And Should Have An Overhung Of 50Mm Alongwith One Drawer Unit Made Of 0.5Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet. The Table Top Shall Be Supported Over Legs Consists Of 4 Powdered Coated Ms Legs With Connected Beams With Pipe Size 25X25x1.2 Mm Thick. , (Iv)Teachers Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Teacher Board [Excluding Cost Of Interactive Flat-Panel Display (Ifpd)] Technical Specification For Smart Board With Double-Track Sliding System For Green And White Boards Fitted In An Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Cable Management And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning (Sitc) Of An Integrated Digital Teaching–Learning Solution Comprising: (A) Anodised Aluminium Frame, Double Track Sliding System For White & Green Board And Provision For Mounting Of Digital Screen With Concealed Cable Management, (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels. • Dimensions And Configuration: Total Width Of The Setup Is ~12 Feet And Height ~4.0 Feet From The Board Surface (Excluding The Width Of Aluminium Frame). • Material: Providing And Fixing Anodised Aluminium (Alloy 6063-T6) Framed Sliding System For Smart Board With Minimum 2.0 Mm Thick Extruded Sections, Anodised To Aa15 Grade As Per Is 1868, Mounted On A Heavy-Duty Top-Hung Aluminium Track (Min. 2.5 Mm Thick) With Sealed Ball-Bearing Nylon/Pu Rollers (Load Capacity Not Less Than 120 Kg Per Panel), Concealed Bottom Guide, Epdm Gaskets, Ss-304 Fasteners, Pelmet/Valance Cover, And Soft End-Stops/Soft-Close Mechanism, Including All Brackets, Fixings, Alignment, Cable Provisions, Commissioning, And Making Good Complete As Per Drawings And Engineer-In-Charge. • Design: One Slot To Fix Ifpd, Other Slot For Green & White Boards Sliding On Double Track System With Locking Facility On Sliding Frame To Keep The Ifpd Display Safe. • Top & Bottom Rails: Tracks Shall Be Aligned And Reinforced To Ensure Boards Move Easily And Without Wobble. • Back Side: The Backside Of The Smart Board, To Concealed The Wall Surface, Provided & Fixed With 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr Board Laminated (White Coloured Matte Finish) With 0.8 Mm, Edges Sealed With 1 Mm Pvc Edge Banding, Fixed To The Anodised Aluminium Frame With Concealed Screws/Rivets, With Ventilation Slots As Required, And Shall Be Moisture, Termite And Borer Resistant. • Load Capacity: Safe To Hold Ifpd + White & Green Boards With =1.5× Safety Factor. • Cable Management: Built-In Channels For Power, Lan, Hdmi, Usb. • Safety: Rounded Edges, Tamper-Resistant Covers, Concealed Fixing. • Finish: Durable, Corrosion-Resistant Coating Suitable For Indoor Use. • Additional Requirements:(A) All Boards And The Structure Must Be Securely Fixed To The Wall With Appropriate Fasteners. (B) Provision For Cable Management Must Be Included For The Ifpd (I.E., Concealed Conduit/Path For Power And Data Cables). , (C) The Unit Must Be Free From Sharp Edges, Splinters, Or Any Protruding Parts That Could Cause Injury. (D) Installation Height Should Ensure Comfortable Writing Access For Average Adult And Student Height (Typically Bottom Edge ~2.5 To 3 Feet From The Floor). (B) Vitrified Magnetic Ceramic-Steel Green Board And White Board Panels: • Function: Boards Shall Slide Horizontally On A Top And Bottom Aluminium/Steel Channel Track To Fully Cover Or Reveal The Ifp As Needed. • Material: Vitrified Ceramic-Steel, Magnetic, Double-Coated. • Sliding Boards: Quantity: 1 No. Green Board & 1 No. White Board. • Green Board Surface: Matte, Chalk-Friendly, Stain/Scratch Resistant. • White Board Surface: Glossy Surface, Dry-Erase Marker Friendly, Ghost-Free, Easy Clean. • Size: ~6 Feet (W) × 4 Feet (H) (Each Board) With Thickness 8Mm. • Frame: Anodised Aluminium, Rounded Edges, Concealed Fasteners.Note - Dimensions Mentioned Are Indicative. Actual May Vary As Per Site Requirements , (B) Principal And Vice-Principal Room , Table: Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock Down Type Office Table As Per Approved Design And Directrion Of Engineer-In-Charge. Worktop-Worktopshallbemade25mmthickpre-Laminatedmdfboardwithdecorativelaminationononesideandbalancing Lamination On Other Side Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Front,Back Andmachine Pressedpvc Egde Banding 2Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. Table Top Shall Have 75Mm Overhung On Front And 25Mm Overhung On Sides. Understructure- C-Type Leg Shall Be Made Of Tubular Section Of 50Mm X 50Mm X 1.6Mm (Wall Thickness) Thick Vertical Member And40mm X40mmx1.6Mm(Wall Thickness) Horizontal M.S.Pipe Confirming Is-Grade 4932Shall Be Finished With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft50-60Micron.Thelegsshallbefittedtothegroundwithm8screwlevelerwiththeheightadjustmentupto15mm.Thecross Membersshallbemountedbyendbracketsmadeof3mmthickcrcasteelsheetconfirmingis513:2008 Andfinishedwithepoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Wiremanagement-Electricalwiresshallbecarriedfromhorizintal/Verticalduct Madeof0.7Mmcrca Steelsheet Confirmingtois 513:2008. The Switch Plate Or Grommet Depending Upon Requirement Shall Also Be Provided For Electrical/Lan Connection On Table Top. Modesty Panel -Modesty Panel Of Height 450Mm Shall Be Made Of 1.5Mm Thick Crca Sheet Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008And Shall Be Finised With Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60Micron. Storage Body- Storage Top Shall Also Be Made Of 25Mm Thick Pre-Lam Mdf Board Confirming To Is 12406:2003 With Post Forming On Two Sides And Machine Pressed Pvc Egde Banding 2 Mm Thick Glued With Industrial Adhesive And Diffused With Board Monolithically On Other Two Sides. The Body Of Storage Unitsshall Be Made Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet And Skirting Shall Be Of 1.2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 Finished With Epoxy Powder Coated Of Dft 50-60 Micron Confirming Is 13871:1993. Internal Shelves Shall Be Also Made Up Of 0.8Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513: 2008 And Shall Be Mounted With The Metal Shelf Support Pin Made Of 2Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet With Nickel Or Chrome Plating.M10 Screw Leveler Is Given With Height Adjustment Up To 12Mm To 15Mm. , (I) Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1800Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage 1800Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above , (Ii) Vice-Principal Room Table Table Of Size 1650Mm (W) X 900Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) With Side Storage Of Size 900Mm (W) X 450Mm (W) X 750Mm (H) And Back Storage1650 Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 750Mm (H) As Per Specifications Above. , (Iii) Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade,Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Plated Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Iv) Principal Roomvisitor Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (V) Vice-Principal Room Chair High Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1210H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Of D-45 Kg/M3 , Back Ofchair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Adjustable Headrest On Back Upholstered With Mesh Fabric ,Seat Size:- 470W ±10 X 460D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:500W±10X780h±10,Mechanism:-Thesynchrotiltmechanism,Usedgasliftof90mmsizeofclass-Ivgrade, Armrest:-Pu Paddedadjustable Armrestfixedwith Seat ,Chair Base & Wheels: Ss 202 Polished Finish Base Consists Of5 Prongs With 640±5Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (Vi) Vice Principal Visitor Chair: Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (C) Sofa Set , (I)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Ii)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iii)Sofa Foyer Three Seater Size In Mm - 1930(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (Iv) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas. , (D) Staffroom , (I) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Ii) Work Space With In-Built Lockable Overhead Storage Space For Staffroom (As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of Site Knock-Down Type Modular Wall-Mounted Workspace Unit Of Approximate Size 900W X 600D X 750H Mm (For One Staff), Including Working Counter And Lockable Overhead Storage Cabinet Of 900W X 450D X 650H Mm. The Structure Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Bwp Grade Plywood With Decorative Laminate On External Surfaces And Balancing Laminate On Inner Faces Conforming To Is:303/Is:12406. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With 2 Mm Pvc Edge Banding. The Worktop Shall Be 25 Mm Thick Laminated Plywood Board With Post-Formed Front Edge And Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding, Securely Fixed To The Wall Using Concealed Ms Cleats And Brackets. The Overhead Cabinet Shall Be Fitted With Soft-Close Concealed Hinges, Ss Handles, And Magnetic Catchers Of Approved Make, With One Adjustable Shelf And Modular Connectors For Alignment And Expansion To Adjoining Units. Each Workspace Shall Include Provision For Electrical Connectivity With 6A/16A Modular Sockets (As Per Requirement) Positioned At Approximately 450 Mm Above Finished Floor Level For Easy Access. The Worktop Shall Have A Circular Cable Hole (50–60 Mm Diameter) With Grommet For Laptop And Equipment Wiring. All Wiring, Sockets, And Conduits Shall Be Concealed Neatly Within The Table Body, Routed Through Internal Pvc Raceways To Maintain A Clean, Clutter-Free Appearance. Junction Boxes And Ducts Shall Be Integrated To Provide Safe, Organized Cable Management Without Visible Wiring. The Entire Unit Shall Be Wall-Mounted Using Heavy-Duty Ms Brackets Or Suitable Fasteners Based On Wall Type, Finished Neatly With Matching Silicone Sealant At All Joints. All Fittings And Hardware, Including Soft-Close Hinges And Handles, Shall Be Of Reputed Make. The Unit Shall Be Termite-Resistant, Moisture-Resistant, Easy To Maintain, And Made From Isi-Marked Prime Quality Boards. The Overall Layout And Detailing Shall Match The Approved Reference Image, With Actual Dimensions Finalized As Per Site Requirements And Direction Of The Engineer-In-Charge. , (Iii) Chair Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (Iv) Personal Locker Unit For Staffroom And One Each For Principal And Vice Principal Room Supplying And Installation Of Metal Lockers With Cam Lock One Unit Consiting Of 380Mm (W) X 450Mm (D) X 1800 Mm (H) With 4 Lockers. Body-Lh And Rh Side And Back Panel Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Welded On Both The Side Panel By Spot Welding. Shelf Hanging Bracket Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Front Frame, Top And Bottom Part Made Up 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008 And Horizontal Part Is Made Up 0.8 Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. On A Front Frame Horizontally Provision Is Given At A Common Distance To Hold Shutter Bracket. Locker’S Top Is Made Up Of 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming Is 513:2008 Which Is Having Standard Dimension 375 X378mm. Shelf Is Also Made Up Of 0.8 Mm Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. Shutter- Is Made Up On 0.8Mm Thick Crca Steel Sheet Confirming To Is 513:2008. All The Shutter Are Hung On Shutter Pin And Shutter Bracket, Louvers Are Given In Shutter For Air Flow. Pvc Flush Handle And Name Plate Is Used For Handling And For Name Plate Tagging. Standard Locking Arrangment Is Used For Locking Each Shutter. The Bodies Including Shelves Are Given Anti-Rust Surface Treatment & Are Powder Coated With Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating Of Dft 50- 60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (E)Library , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (Ii) Wall Mounted Built In Open Book Shelf : Overall Size 900L (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) X300dx2100hmm,Top Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Banding ,Side Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending , Skirting Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending ,Back Panel Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood , One Number Of Bottom Storage Cabinets Alongwith The Complete Length Of Heght 600Mm As Per Ref. Image ,Shelf Made Up Of 18Mm Thick Postlam Plywood With Pvc Edge Bending, All Wooden Panels Fix Joints With Minifix Dowels & Other Fitting Equipment , All Wooden Panels Prime Quality Board With Isi Marked. Complete Structure Design Should Be As Per Reference Image. , (Iii) Table (Seating Capacity As Per Actual Requirement) Supplying And Installation Of A Modular, Knock-Down Center Island Table Sized Approximately 3600 Mm In Length (Adjustable To Actual Requirements) By 1350 Mm In Width And 750 Mm In Height, Constructed From High-Quality 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood Or Bwr (Boiling Water Resistant) Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Visible Faces And Balanced Lamination Beneath For Enhanced Strength And Moisture Resistance. All Edges Are Sealed With 2 Mm Thick Machine-Pressed Pvc Edge Banding Bonded With Industrial Adhesive To Ensure A Seamless, Monolithic Appearance. The Gable Ends Are Fabricated Of The Same 25 Mm Thick Commercial Grade Plywood With Decorative Lamination On Both Sides And Matching Edge Banding For Consistent Aesthetics And Superior Durability.Modesty 18Mm Matching Laminate. The Table Shall Have An Underbody Vertical Support Panel Running Continuously Along Its Length To Enhance Stability And Strength.The Understructure Uses Precision-Cut, Laminated Plywood Panels Assembled With Knock-Down Fittings For Ease Of Installation And Future Reconfiguration, Ensuring Superior Load-Bearing Capacity And Long-Term Durability. A Concealed Wire Management System Beneath The Worktop Integrates Pre-Laminated Plywood Cable Trays Or High-Quality Plastic Trays Fixed With Durable Brackets, Complete With Provisions For Switch Plates And Grommets To Facilitate Safe, Organized Routing Of Electrical And Data Cables. All Surfaces Are Finished For Scratch And Stain Resistance With Anti-Fungal And Moisture-Resistant Properties, And Installation Will Follow Best Woodworking Practices, With Final Dimensions And Seating Capacity Determined By The Actual Site Layout. , (Iv)Chair, Overall Dimension:- W600±10 X 600D ±10 X 890H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Visitor Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpumouldedfoamwithfabricupholsteryonseat,Usedpumouldedfoamonseatofd-45 Kg/M3, Back Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure With Mesh Fabric, Seat Size:- 460W ±10X 470D ±10 X 60Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size:- 440W ±10 X 470H ±10,Armrest:- Fixed Pp Armrest ,Understructure:- Cantilever Frame Madess Polished Finish Round Pipe With Plastic Bushes . Frame Material -Ss 202 Polished Finish , (F) Computer Lab , (I) Computer Work Station Supplying And Installation Of Knock Down Type Dual Computer Work Station Of Unit Size 1500Mm (Length, Actual Length May Vary As Per Actual Site Requirement) X 600M (W) X 750Mm (H) For Two Students Work Top- Work Top Shall Be Made 25Mm Thick Laminated Plywood With Decorative Lamination On One Side And Balancing Lamination On Othersideconfirmingtois12823:1990With2mmthickmachinepressedpvcedgebandinggluedwithindustrialadhesiveand Monolithically Diffused With Board On All Sides. Understructure Supporting Frame Consist Oflaminated Plywood Gable Ends Of 18Mm Wire Management-The Vertical /Electrical Duct & Horizontal Cabletray ( Wire Carriers) Aremadeof Crca Steel Sheet & Fixed To The Understructure Below Worktop With Specially Designedbrackets. Provision For Fixing Switch Platesare Prividedin The Cable Tray For Easy Access Through Wire Mangaer Or Pvc Grommet. , (Ii) Computer Chair For Student Medium Back Revolving Chair, Overall Dimension:- 700W ±10 X 700D ±10 X 1010H ±10 Mm,Seat Of Medium Back Chair Is Made Of 12Mm Thick Hot Pressed Plywood Pasted With Pu Moulded Foam With Fabric Upholstery On Seat ,Used Pu Moulded Foam On Seat Ofd-45 Kg/M3 , Back Of Chair Is Made Of Injection Moulded Pp Material Structure Combination Of Upholstered With Mesh Fabric , Seat And Back Connected Through Metal Powder Coated Plate Having Adjustable Lumber Support Upholstered With Fabric , Seat Size:- 490W ±10 X 450D ±10 X 70Thick. ±5 Mm , Back Size: 525W ±10 X640h ±10,Mechanism:- The Synchro Tilt Mechanism ,Using Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class 3 Grade,Armrest: Pu Padded Adjustable Armrest,Chair Base & Wheels: Revolving Pedestal Ss 202 Polsihed Finish Base Consists Of 5 Prongs With 640±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor . , (G) Laboratories , (I) Supply And Installation Of Glass-Door Storage Of Size 915 Mm (W) X 482Mm (D) X 1980Mm (H). It Should Have Shelf Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Back Thickness Of 0.8Mm, Door Thickness Of 0.8Mm (High Yield Strength) With Clear Glass Of > 4.0 Mm Thick And All Other Components Shall Have A Thickness Of 0.8Mm. These Components Shall Be Made Of Crca Steel Sheet ‘D’ Grade High Yield Strength As Per Is 513:2008 The Glass Door Storwel Shall Have A Ss Handle And A Two-Way Locking Mechanism With Shooting Bolt. It Should Have A Height-Wise Adjustable Shelf Mounting Which Shall Have A Uniformly Distributed Load Capacity Of Max 40 Kg. It Should Also Have A M10 Screw Type Leveller With Hex Plastic Base.All Metal Components Would Be Epoxy Polyster Powder Coated Dft 50-60 Micron Confirimg To Is 13871:1993. , (I) Physics Lab , Along The Wall Table:: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400 Mm(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750 Mm (W) × 900Mm H . Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 02 Nos Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table:The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900H . It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. The Worktops Will Include A Powder-Coated Bus Running Their Full Length, Above The Counter, With An Internal Conduit For All Wiring. Modular Switch Plates And 04 Nos (02 Facing Each Side) Of 220V/16A Switch Socket (With Individual Circuit Protection) Will Be Cnc-Mounted Every 1 M (Or Per Site Layout). All Conduits And Components Shall Comply With Applicable Laboratory Safety And Performance Standards. Dust-Proof, Removable Access Covers To Permit Maintenance And Future Upgrades, And Outlets To Be Ergonomically Positioned For Seated And Standing Use. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Ii) Chemisty Lab , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss 304, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) ×900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1600(L) × 1500(W) × 860(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premier Make. Stainless Steel 304 Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg). Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iii) Biology Lab Table , Along The Wall Table: Supply And Installation Of Along-The-Wall Knock Down Type Modular Laboratory Tables Of Size 1400(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 750(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Reagent Racks Made Completely Out Of Stainless Steel Shall Be Provided To Cover The Entire Table Length(Along The Wall) Except The Sink Area. These Racks Shall Be 300D × 700H And Of Complete Modular Design, Consisting Of Two Horizontal Storage Shelves Made Of Stainless Steel With Suitable Cutouts For Electrical Switches And Sockets. Additional Switches And Sockets Shall Be Provided As Required. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Stainless Steel Sheet Polished Finish. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Ss Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Stainless Steel Sheet With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of A Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , Island Table: The Laboratory Table Shall Be Provided As Knock Down Type Modular Island Laboratory Tables Units Of Overall Size 8000(L) (Length May Vary As Per Actual Requirement) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm × 1550H (Two-Tier). It Shall Be Constructed In Modular Segments Of 1400(L) × 1500(W) × 900(H) Mm Each For Ease Of Manufacture, Handling, And Installation. Four Standard Ss304 Sinks Shall Be Installed, Each Fitted With A 3-Way Ss 304 Faucet Of Premium Make. Stainless Steel Reagent Racks Shall Be Provided Across The Entire Table Length In Centre Except The Sink Areas, With Dimensions 300D × 700H. These Racks Shall Also Be Of Modular Design With Two Horizontal Stainless Steel Shelves, Cutouts For Switches And Sockets, Provision For Electrical Outlets, And Accommodation For Granite Pieces. All Base Storage Cabinets Shall Be Of The Design “1 Drawer + 2 Shutters” Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca. Each Storage Box Without Granite Shall Be 600W × 570D × 713H, Supported On 100 Mm Legs Andshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability. The Upper Top Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, With All Joints Sealed Using Silicon Sealant. The Cabinet Bodies Shall Be Of Over-Closing Design, Fabricated Entirely On Cnc Machines To Ensure Precision. The Storage Bodies Shall Be Neatly Jointed With Accurately Matched Sides To Avoid Gaps. Shutters Shall Be Made Of 0.8 Mm Thick Powder Coated Crca With Handles, And Drawers Shall Run On Soft Close Sliding Channels (35-50Kg).. Reagent Shelves Shall Be Made Of Polished Finish Ss, Provided With Electrical Switches, Sockets, And Cutouts As Required. The Worktops Shall Be Of 18-19 Mm Thick Black Granite, Flushed With Sink Units And Taps. Installation Shall Include All Utility Service Outlets, Accessory Fittings, Plumbing, Electrical Switches, And Fittings Shall Be As Per Requirement. All Metallic Parts Shall Be With Corrosion Resistant Coating And Shall Be Welded Strongly Using Co2 Welding, Conforming To Safety Regulations. Panels Shall Be Secured With Nuts, Bolts, And Riveting. , (Iv) Lab Stool Supply And Installation Of Lab Stool Seat Revolving Stool With Backrest Overall Dimension: 410W ±10 X 410D ±10 X 820H ±10 Mm,Seat Ofchairismadeof12mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithhighdensity Pufoam&Leatherette Upholstery,Back Ismade Of 12Mmthickhotpressedplywoodpastedwithpufoamd-40Kg/M3,H-20Seatandbackfixedthroughmetal Powdercoatedspine Covered With Plastic Cover, Seat Size: 400W ±10X 400D ±10 X 75Thick. ±5 Mm, Back Size: 450W ±10 X 240H ±10 X 50Thick. ±5Mm, Ground To Seat Height-440-560Mm, Mechanism:- Machanism Design With Features Of Revolving At 360 Degree.Machanism Provided Upright Position Locking,Seating Height Can Be Adjusted With A Pneumatic Gas Lift,Gaslift: Lift -Used Gaslift Of 90 Mm Size Of Class- Iv Grade With Plastic Bellow Cover, Chair Base & Wheels: Chair Basemade Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel, Base Consists Of Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel 5 Prongs With 560±5 Mm Pitch Circle Diameter, Polished Finished Ss 202 Grade Stainless Steel Circular Foot Rest As Per Ref. Image, 50Mm Dia. Black Nylon - Twin Wheel Pin Castor. , Kitchen & Dining , (A) Dining Table Dining Table: Polished Finish Ss Dinning Table Consists Of Dinning Top Is Made Up Of 1 Mm Thickness Stainless Steel Sheet Of Ss 304 Grade With Overall Dimension Of 1800(L) X 700(D) X 750(H). The Table Top Is Reinforced With A 18 Mm Ply Board On Stainless Steel Frame Of Square Section 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm. Dinning Top Of Stainless Steel Sheet Shall Be Extended To The Sides And A Depth Upto 40 Mm Under The Table Top In All Directions Includingedge Rounding, Grinding And Finishing Etc. All Complete. The Table Top Shall Finish In Such A Manner To Avoid Any Sharp Edges. The Table Will Be Supported By Four Hollow Legs Made From Ss 304 Grade Stainless Steel. The Hollow Legs Shall Be Of Square Type Of Size50mmx50mmx1.6Mm.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedormechanicallyfastenedtotheundersideofthetabletopframe.For Additional Structural Stability, Stainless Steel Cross Supports Shall Be Provided Between The Legs As Shown In Figure With 40Mmx40mmx1.6Mm Ss Square Section. The Table Shall Include Rubber Shoes At The Bottom Of Each Leg To Prevent Floor Damage And Ensure Stability. The Design Shall Prioritize User Safety With No Sharp Corners Or Edges. The Table Must Be Structurally Sound And Capable Of Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. Ss 304. , (B) Dining Bench Dining Bench: The Bench Shall Be Of Size 1800 Mm In Length, 300 Mm In Depth, And 450 Mm In Height, Suitable For Use In Residential Schools. The Bench Top Shall Be Made Of 18 Mm Thick Hdhmr + Laminated , Finished With A 1 Mm Thick Decorative Laminate On The Topsurface, Anda Balancing Laminatebacking On The Underside Toensure Dimensional Stability. All Exposed Edges Shall Be Sealed With Pvc Edge Banding Or Machine-Finished To Prevent Splinters And Enhance Durability. The Plywood Shall Be Scratch-Resistant, Water-Resistant, Andeasytoclean,Withalightwoodgrainorequivalentfinishasapproved.Thesupportingframeshallbefabricatedframeofsquare Hollow Section40mmx40mmx1.6Mmss 304 Grade Stainless Steel In Polished Finish.Theselegsshallbesecurelyweldedtothe Undersideofthebenchtopframe.Thebenchshallincluderubbershoesatthebottomofeachlegtopreventfloordamageandensure Stability.Thedesignshallprioritizeusersafetywithnosharpcornersoredges.Thebenchmustbestructurallysoundandcapableof Supportingauniformlydistributedloadofatleast250kg.Allmaterialsusedmustconformtorelevantisstandards,Andthefinished Product Should Be Free From Burrs, Dents, Or Deformities. , Boys And Girls Dormitories , Beds/ Partition Wall In Dormitory Hall, Rcc Bed (900Mmx1800mm) With 18Mm Hdhmr With With 1Mm Matt-Finish Laminate On Top Of Bed Shall Be Provided. Rcc Partition Wall Cladding Must Be Using 8Mm Plywood Covered With 2Mm Matt-Finish Laminate All Around Corners And No Sharp Edges. With All Fixtures Fasteners Adhesives Etc All Inclusive Required For Fixing. , Staff Quarters , (A) Rooms Wardrobe , Fabricating, Supplying, Fixing & Placing In Position Wardrobe Of Size 900 (L) X 1800 (H) X 600 (D). The Unit Comprises Of Wardrobe Including, A Single Drawer, Hanger Rod,In Pre Laminated Hdhmr Board Of 18Mm Thickness For Carcase And Shutters With 12Mm Thick Back Panel And Drawer Bottom. 2Mm Edge Banding Matching The Laminiate Selected, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Flush Handles For Drawer In Wardrobe, Hinges, Telescopic Sliding Channel For Drawers, As Required. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge.[94 Room X 18 Sqft = 1692 Sqft] , (B) Modular Kitchen , (I) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Under Storage Counter (Height 850Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closing Innotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. Black Granite Countertop, Machine-Cut, Mirror Polished, And Neatly Grouted, Installed True To Level With Proper Support Structure. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Hdhmr/Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. +B69 (Ii) Fabricating, Supplying, Installation, Fixing & Placing In Position The Entire Modular Kitchen Over Head Storage Counter (Height 600Mm) As Per Drawing. The Unit Comprises Of Cabinets, Shutters, Profile Handles, Accessories, Hardware, Glass Etc,. Basic Structural Framing With 18Mm Thick Prelam Hdhmr For Shutters And Carcase And Its Divisions And 12 Hdhmr For Back Panel And Bottom Panel Of Drawers As Mentioned In The Drawing, Edge Banding To Match The Color Of Selected Laminate, Including All Necessary Fixing Arrangement, Nails, Glues, Screws, Magnetic Catchers, Handles, Handles Of Required Lengths As Per The Width Of The Drawer, Shutter, Cabinet, Soft Closing Hinges And Soft Closinginnotech Sliding Channel For Drawers Along With Railings If Required, Fixing The Furniture To The Wall Or To The Floor As Required. All Works Like Fixing The Unit To The Floor Or Wall, Laminates Of Specified Thickness Complete,Other Required Hardware Are Included. All Framework Intermittently For Support And Strength, All Details To Be Followed As Per The Drawings And Design Provided And Any Addition Required In Detail Should Be Incorporated In The Shop Drawing To Ensure Complete Functionality And Durability As Intended.All Plywood And Board Will Be Both Sides Laminte. Nothing Extra Will Be Paid. All Cooridnation Works Based On Civil Dimensions, Integration Of Various Appliances For The Purpose Of Electrical Wiring Are To Be Considered In This Item. Appliances Like Chimney,Sink Etc To Be Paid Seperatly. Natural Stone Counter Top Stone Will Be Provided By The Client And Fixing Will Be Done By The Client Appointed Agency. However Coordination Will Be The Responsibility Of This Contractor. Colour May Vary As Per Approval Of Engineer-In-Charge. , I) King Size Bed: The King-Size Bed Is Constructed Without A Storage Box And Features Robust Materials For Lasting Durability. The Frame, Including The Side Panels And Footboard, Is Made From 18 Mm Thick Pre-Laminated Engineered Wood With A Melamine Finish, Offering A Clean, Wood-Textured Look. The Mattress Base Is Fabricated Using 18 Mm Bwp-Grade Plywood, Fully Edge-Banded To Prevent Warping And Moisture Damage. The Overall Dimensions Of The Bed Are 2040 Mm In Length, 1980 Mm In Width, And 300 Mm In Height To The Base, Providing Ample Support For A Standard King-Size Mattress (1980 Mm × 1830 Mm). The Headboard Stands 800 Mm Tall And Is Divided Into Two Sections. The Lower Portion Is Made Of Laminated Board, While The Upper Section Includes A Cushioned Panel With 50 Mm Pu Foam, Upholstered In Stitched Premium Leatherette For Added Comfort And Aesthetics. The Entire Unit Features A Light Oak Melamine Finish To Match. The Bed Is Supplied In Knock-Down Condition With All Necessary Hardware, Including Cam Locks, Screws, Dowels, And Angle Brackets. Assembly Is Straightforward With Reinforced Metal Corners For Added Strength. , Ii) Side Table:The Side Table Is Constructed Using High-Grade Plywood And Finished In A Light Oak Melamine Laminate For A Clean, Natural Appearance. It Features A Compact Form With Overall Dimensions Of 400 Mm (Width) × 400 Mm (Depth) × 490 Mm (Height). The Unit Has Two Lockable Equally Sized Drawers, Both Equipped With Soft-Close Telescopic Channels For Smooth, Quiet Operation. The Design Incorporates A Handle-Less Front With A Finger-Pull Recess At The Top Edge Of Each Drawer For A Sleek And Minimalist Look. Both Drawers Are Lockable, Enhancing Functionality And Security For Personal Storage. The Surface Is Fully Laminated For Protection Against Wear And Easy Maintenance. , Iii) 06 Seater Dining Table— The Dining Table Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood (Kiln-Dried And Chemically Treated) With Overall Dimensions 1500 Mm × 900 Mm × 760 Mm And A Tabletop Thickness Of Approx. 25 Mm; The Apron Shall Be 25 Mm Thick And Legs Shall Be 80–100 Mm Square In Section, All Joined Using Mortise-And-Tenon Or Equivalent Reinforced Joinery. A Clear Tempered (Toughened) Glass Top Shall Be Provided To Cover The Wooden Top: 10 Mm Clear Toughened Glass Is Recommended For This Size, With Machine-Polished Edges (Flat Polish Or Small Bevel) And Corner Radii For Safety. The Glass Shall Be Supplied Cut To Size For A Nominal 2–3 Mm Reveal From The Top Edge Of The Apron (Or As Directed), Packed Separately And Fitted On Site. Glass Fixing Shall Use Non-Marking Neoprene/Rubber Support Pads (Minimum 6 Pads Per Table) And Anti-Slip Silicone Adhesive/Dots To Hold The Glass In Place Without Damaging The Wood; Stainless Steel Decorative Clamps May Be Provided Where A Visible Fixing Is Required But Should Not Bear The Primary Load. Finish Of The Wood Shall Be A Low-Sheen Natural Polish Or Clear Lacquer; Table Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With All Required Fasteners And Instructions For On-Site Assembly And Final Glass Placement. The Glass Top Protects The Wood From Scratches, Heat And Spills, Gives A Sleek Aesthetic, And Makes Cleaning Easier (Wipe With Standard Glass Cleaner While Avoiding Aggressive Solvents On Adjacent Wood Finish). Chairs 06 Nos — Each Chair Shall Be Of Solid Sheesham Wood, Finished To Match The Table’S Low-Sheen Polish, With A Slatted Backrest And Straight Legs. Seat Height Shall Be 450 Mm From Finished Floor Level. Seats Shall Be Cushioned With Medium-Density Foam And Fully Upholstered In Durable Synthetic Leather (Leatherette) In A Neutral Tone; Foam Shall Be Supported On A Plywood Board Beneath The Cushion. Chair Dimensions (Seat Width/Depth/Backrest Height) And Leg Sections Shall Be Robust To Match The Table And Shall Be Supplied Knock-Down With Necessary Assembly Hardware. Upholstery Shall Be Stain-Resistant And Maintainable (Spot Cleanable); Wood And Upholstery Care Instructions Shall Be Provided With Each Unit. , (Iv) Sofa Set , (A)Sofa Foyer One Seater Size In Mm - 880(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (B)Sofa Foyer Two Seater Size In Mm - 1460(L) X 755(D) X 750(H) Seatwooden Structure Uphostered With Leatherite & Hd Foam 32 Softy. Ss Chrome . Sofa S57 Max. Height750mm .The Rounded Armrests Provided Sleek And Stylish Lookwith The Pillowed Back .Arm Rest Leatherite Covered With Solid Wood Structure . Understructure Made By Solid Wood Structures With Heavy Quality Spring For Maximum Comfort , Taper Type 25Mm Round Spiral Spring. Legs Round Pipe Chrome Plated Legs. Understructure Made Of Base Frame Strongly Jointed Wooden Plywood Parts.3 Seater Sofaseat Height From Ground460mm .3 Seater Sofa 2020W X 760D X 750H, 2 Seater Sofa 1450W X 760D X 750H . Seat Height From Ground 460Mm&1 Seater Sofa 880W X 760D X 750H . 100Mm High Legs. , (C) Coffee Table The Coffee Table Measures 900 Mm (W) × 600 Mm (D) × 450 Mm (H) And Features A 10 Mm Thick Clear Tempered Glass Top And Shelf Supported On A Stainless Steel 202 Frame Made Of 40×40 Mm Square Tubes With A Mirror-Polished Finish. All Joints Are Argon-Welded, Ground, And Buffed For A Seamless Look. The Lower Glass Shelf For Additional Storage, And Rubber Pads Or Level Adjusters Are Provided At The Base For Stability And Floor Protection. The Table Combines Modern Design, Durability, And Elegant Finish, Making It Ideal For Offices And Reception Areas.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 2
Arunachal Pradesh View Result →
44.
Educational and Research Institute #9392647 Technical Bid
Supply Of Printed Books As Per Tender Document , Supply Of Printed Books , Heat Transfer/Binay K. Dutta/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-1625-6 , Stoichiometry And Process Calculations/K.V.Narayanan And B.Lakshmikutty/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-8120352896 , Elements Of Chemical Reaction Engineering/H. Scott Fogler/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-7502741006 , Chemical Reaction Engineering/Octave Levenspiel/Wiley/978-8126510009 , Mass Transfer Operations/Robert Treybal/Mcgraw Hill Education/N/A , Transport Processes And Separation Process Principles/Chistie John Geankoplis/Pearson Education India/N/A , Principles Of Mass Transfer And Separation Processes/Binay K. Dutta/Phi Learning Private Limited/N/A , Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals With Applications /Daniel Crowl , Joseph Louvar/Pearson Education India/N/A , Transport Phenomena/R. Byron Bird, Warren E. Stewart, Edwin N. Lightfoot/Wiley/N/A , Chemical Process Control: An Introduction To Theory And Practice/George Stephanopoulos/Pearson/N/A , Process Systems Analysis And Control/Steven E Leblanc Donald R. Coughanowr/Mcgraw Hill Education/N/A , Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice And Economics Of Plant And Process Design/Gavin Towler, Ray Sinnott/Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd/N/A , Plant Design And Economics For Chemical Engineers/Max Peters, Klaus Timmerhaus, Ronald West, Max Peters/Mcgraw Hill/N/A , Unit Operations Of Chemical Engineering/Warren Mccabe/Mcgraw Hill Education/N/A , Process Plant Simulation/B.V Babu/Oxford University Press/N/A , A Textbook Of Machine Design/R.S.Khurmi/S Chand/N/A , Mechanical Operations Fundamental Principles And Applications/Dr. Kiran D. Patil/Nirali Prakashan/N/A , Unit Operation -1/K. A. Gavhane/Nirali Prakashan/N/A , A Textbook Of Heat And Mass Transfer/Rk Rajput/S Chand/N/A , Numerical Methods For Engineers/Steven Chapra Raymond Canale/Mcgraw Hill Education/N/A , A Text Book Of Railway Engineering/Saxena S.C /Dhanpat Rai Publication/N/A , Adsorption Analysis: Equilibria And Kinetics (With Cd Containing Computer Matlab Programs): 2 (Series On Chemical Engineering)/ Duong D Do/Imperial College Press/978-1860941375 , Advanced Concrete Technology/Zongjin Li/John Wiley & Sons Ltd/978-0470437438 , Advanced Mechanics Of Solids/Srinath, L.S./Tata Mcgraw-Hill/978-0070139886 , Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design/Krishnaraju N/Cbs Publishers/978-8123929606 , Alkali-Aggregate Reaction And Structural Damage To Concrete /Geoffrey E Blight/Crc Press/978-1138073036 , An Introduction To The Finite Element Method/Reddy, J.N./Mcgraw Hill/978-9390385270 , Basic Structural Analysis/Reddy, C. S./Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-0070702769 , Classical And Computational Solid Mechanics/Fung,Tong And Chen/World Scientific Publishing Co Pte Ltd/978-0000988508 , Concrete Structures/Bhattacharjee J/Cbs Publishers/978-9385915901 , Concrete Structures Subjected To Impact And Blast Loadings And Their Combinations/Zhang Chunwei/Taylor & Francis Ltd/978-1032200514 , Concrete Technology/A M Neville/Pearson Education/978-8131705360 , Construction Materials Their Nature And Behaviour/Marios Soutsos, Peter Domone/Crc Press/978-1498741101864 , Design Of Reinforced Concrete Structures/Subramanian N/Oup India/978-0198086949 , Dynamics Of Structures/Clough,R.W. And Penzien, J/Mcgraw Hil/978-8123926636 , Elasticity And Plasticity: The Mathematical Theory Of Elasticity And The Mathematical Theory Of Plasticity/J.N. Goodier/Dover Publications Inc./ 978-0486806044 , Elements Of Strength Of Materials/Timosenko, S. P., And Young, D.H./Affiliated Eastwestpress Pvt. Ltd/978-8176710190 , Engineering Mechanics Of Solids/Popov, E.P./Pearson Education India/9332550216 , Environmental Engineering/Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9351340263 , Environmental Engineering (Vol. I) Water Supply Engineering/Santosh Kumar Garg/Khanna Publishers/978-8174091208 , Environmental Engineering (Vol. Ii) Sewage Waste Disposal And Air Pollution Engineering/Santosh Kumar Garg/Khanna Publishers/978-8174092304 , Finite Element Analysis: Theory And Programming/C. S. Krishnamurthy/Mcgraw Hill/978-0074622100 , Foundations Of The Theory Of Elasticity, Plasticity, And Viscoelasticity /Eduard Starovoitov And Faig Bakhman Ogli Naghiyev/Apple Academic Press Inc./978-1774631997 , Handbook Of Solid Waste Management/George Tchobanoglous, Frank Kreith /Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0071356237 , Highway Engineering/Khanna & Justo/Nemchand Publisher/8185240930 , Industrial Water Pollution Control/W Wesley Eckenfelder/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9339220433 , Integrated Design And Environmental Issues In Concrete Technology/K Sakai/Crc Press/978-0367864620 , Intermediate Structural Analysis/Wang, C.K./Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070702493 , Introduction To Solid Mechanics/Shames, H/Phi/978-9332549906 , Introduction To Traffic Engineering/R Srinivasa Kumar/The Orient Blackswan; South Asian Edition/9386235471 , Matrix And Finite Element Analysis Of Structures/Madhujit Mukhopadhay And Abdul Hamid Sheikh/Anebooks Pvt. Ltd./978-81-8052-075-4 , Microwave-Assisted Concrete Technology/Ong K.C. Gary/Crc Press/978-1138748897 , Prestressed Concrete /Krishnaraju N/Mcgraw Hill Education India/978-9387886209 , Principles Of Adsorption And Adsorption Processes/ Douglas M. Ruthven/Wiley-Interscience/978-0471866060 , Properties Of Concrete/A M Neville/Pearson Education/978-0273755807 , Random Vibrations Of Elastic Systems/Bolotin, V. V./Springer/978-9048182800 , Recent Trends In Solid Waste Management (Advances In Pollution Research)/Balasubramani Ravindran,Sanjay Kumar Gupta/Elsevier - Health Sciences Division/978-0443152061 , Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics And Design, Global Edition /Wight James/Pearson Education Limited/978-1292106007 , Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering - Geotechnical Engineering/K.R.Arora/Standard Publisher Dist/8180141128 , Solid Mechanics /Kazimi, S. M.A/Tata Mcgraw-Hill/978-0074517154: ? , Sprayed Concrete Technology/Simon Austin/Crc Press/978-0367865412 , Standard Methods For The Examination Of Water And Wastewater/William C. Lipps, Ellen Burton Braun-Howland, Terry E. Baxter/American Public Health Association/978-0875532998 , Statically Indeterminate Structures/Wang, C.K./Mcgraw Hill Book Company/978-9352604722 , Strength Of Materials/Srinath, L.S, Desayi./Macmillan Publishers India/978-0333923924 , Strength Of Materials, Part 1/Timoshenko, S/Mcgraw Hill/978-8123910307 , Strength Of Materials, Part 2/Timoshenko, S/Mcgraw Hill/978-8123910772 , Structural Dynamics/Mario Paz/Cbs Publications/978-8181287724 , Structural Dynamics- Theory And Application To Earthquake Engg/Anil K Chopra/Pearson Education/978-9353945251 , Structural Dynamics: Vibrations And Systems/Mukhopadhyaya, M./Ane Books /978-8180520907 , Sulfate Attack On Concrete/Jan Sklany/Taylor & Francis Ltd/978-0367447144 , Textbook Of Highway And Traffic Engineering/Saxena S.C /Cbs /978-8123924175 , The Finite Element Method Its Basis & Fundamentals/Zienkiewicz, Taylor And Zhu/Elsevier/978—81-312-118-2 , Theory Of Elasticstability/Timoshenko, S.P. And Gere, J. M./Tata Mcgraw Hill./978-0-07-0702417 , Theory Of Elasticity/Timoshenko And Goodier/Mcgraw Hill/978-0070701229 , Theory Of Elasticity And Plasticity: A Textbook Of Solid Body Mechanics/Antonina Molotnikova And Valentin Molotnikov /Springer Nature/978-3030666248 , Theory Of Plates And Shells/Timoshenko And Kriger/Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-0-07-070125-0 , Traffic & Highway Engineering/Nicholas J. Garber/Cengage India Private Limited/978-8131529430 , Traffic Engineering/R P. Roess (Author), Elena S. Prassas (Author), William R. Mcshane (Author)/Pearson Education/9353434858 , Wastewater To Water: Principles, Technologies And Engineering Design/Makarand M. Ghangrekar/Springer Verlag, Singapore/978-9811940507 , Soil Dynamics And Machine Foundations/Swami Saran/Galgotia Publication S Pvt. Ltd./978-8175157279 , Soil Mechanics And Foundation Engineering/K. R. Arora/Standard Publishers/978-8180141126 , Basic And Applied Soil Mechanics/Gopal Ranjan, Asr Rao/New Age International/9788122440393, , Design Of Steel Structures/N. Subramanian/Oxford University Press/978-0199460915 , Fundamental Concepts Of Earthquake Engineering /Roberto Villaverde/Crc Press/1420064959 , Civil Engineering Drawing /M Chakraborti// , Data Mining Concepts And Techniques /Jiawei Han, Jian Pei,Hanghang Tong/Elsevier/9788131267660 , Data Science In Practice/Tom Alby/Chapman & Hall/9781032505268 , Introduction To Data Science: Practical Approach With R And Python/B. Uma Maheswari, R. Sujatha/Wiley/9789354640506 , Transformers For Natural Language Processing And Computer Vision - Third Edition/Denis Rothman/Packt Publishing/9781805128724 , Generative Deep Learning/ David Foster/Oreilly Media/9781098134181 , Introduction To Machine Learning /Ethem Alpayd?N/Mit Press/9780262043793 , Data Mining With R/Luis Torgo/Taylor And Francis/9780367372453 , Bioinformatics And Functional Genomics/Jonathan Pevsner/Wiley Blackwell Pub/978-1118581780 , Bioinformatics Basics: Applications In Biological Science And Medicine/ Lukas K. Buehler/Crc Press/978-0367392598 , What Is The Name Of This Book?/Raymond M. Smullyan/Dover Publications Inc./978-0486481982 , The Lady Or The Tiger?/Raymond M. Smullyan/Dover Publications Inc./978-0486470276 , The Riddle Of Scheherazade: And Other Amazing Puzzles, Ancient And Modern./Raymond M. Smullyan/Knopf/978-0679446347 , Convex Optimization/Stephen Boyd, Lieven Vandenberghe/Cambridge University Press/978-0521833783 , Genetic Algorithms In Search, Optimization And Machine Learning/David E. Goldberg/Pearson/978-8131709931 , Steganography In Digital Media: Principles, Algorithms, And Applications/Jessica Fridrich/Cambridge/978-0521190190 , Deep Learning From Scratch: Building With Python From First Principles/Seth Weidman/Shroff/Oreilly/978-9352139026 , Wireless Communication Systems /Rajeshwar Dass./Wiley/978-9389583687 , Semiconductor Materials, Devices, And Fabrication, As Per Aicte/Parasuraman Swaminathan/Wiley/978-8126508624 , Introduction To 4G Mobile Communications/Juha Korhonen/Artech House Publishers/978-1608076994 , An Introduction To Lte/Cox Christopher/Wiley/978-1118818039 , Fourth Generation Mobile Communication/Curwen Peter/Springer International Publishing Ag/978-3319022093 , Advanced Wireless Communications: 4G Technologies/Savo G. Glisic/Wiley–Blackwell/978-0470867761 , 4G Wireless Communication Networks: Design Planning And Applications/Johnson I. Agbinya, Mari Carmen Aguayo-Torres, Ryszard Klempous/River Publishers/978-8792982711 , Fundamentals Of Lte/Rews, Rias Muhamed, Arunabha Ghosh, Jun Zhang, Jeffrey G./Pearson/978-9353062392 , 5G Mobile Communications/Wei Xiang, Kan Zheng, Xuemin (Sherman) Shen/Springer International Publishing Ag/978-3319342061 , 5G Mobile Core Network: Design, Deployment, Automation, And Testing Strategies/Rajaneesh Sudhakar Shetty/Springer India/978-1484283288 , 5G Mobile And Wireless Communications Technology/Afif Osseiran, Jose F. Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, Mischa Dohler, Takehiro Nakamura/Cambridge University Press/978-1107130098 , Towards 5G: Applications, Requirements And Candidate Technologies/Rath Vannithamby, Shilpa Talwar/Wiley/978-1118979839 , Fundamentals Of 5G Mobile Networks/Jonathan Rodriguez/Wiley/978-1118867525 , A Course In Electrical And Electronic Measurements And Instrumentation/A.K. Sawhney/Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Limited;/978-8177001006 , A Course In Electrical Machine Design/A.K. Sawhney/Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Limited /978-8177001013 , A Course In Electrical Technology (Basic Electrical Engineering Volume I)/J.B.Gupta/S.K. Kataria & Sons/81-85749-29-9 , A First Course On Electrical Drives/S.K.Pillai/New Age International Publishers/978-8122433616 , A Text Book Of Electrical Technology (Vol.1)/B.L.Theraja, A.K.Theraja/S.Chand Technical/9788121924405 , A Textbook Of Electrical Technology Volume Ii : Ac And Dc Machines/B.L.Theraja, A.K.Theraja/S Chand/978-8121924375 , Advanced Electrical Technology/H. Cotton/Reem Publications Pvt. Ltd. /978-8190630719 , An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering/J.B.Gupta/S.K. Kataria & Sons/9-789350143681 , An Introduction To Analog And Digital Communication Systems/ Simon Haykin, Michael Moher /Wiley/978-8126536535 , An Introduction To The Principles Of Digital Communications/N.B.Chakraborti, A.K.Datta/New Age International Publishers/978-8122420838 , Analog Communication Systems/Sanjoy Sharma/S.K. Kataria & Sons/978-9350143797 , Artificial Intelligence And Intelligent Systems/N.P. Padhy/Oxford University Press/978-0195671544 , Artificial Neural Networks/B. Yegnanarayan/Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi/ 978-8120312531 , Automatic Control System/ B. C. Kuo/ Prentice Hall Of India/9788120309685 , Automatic Control Systems (With Matlab Programs)/S. Hasan Saeed/Arihant Publisher/978-8190691925 , Basic Electrical Engg./D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath/Mcgraw-Hill/9780070146112 , Basic Electrical Engg./V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta/S.Chand /978-8121908719 , Basic Electrical Engineering/A.E Fitzgerald, David E. Higginbotham, Arvin Grabel/ Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070682566 , Circuit Theory (Analysis & Synthesis)/A.Chakraborti/Dhanpat Rai & Co./9788177000009 , Circuit Theory & Network/S. P. Ghosh And A. K. Chakraborty/Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education/9780071329040 , Communication Systems/Sekar, V. Chandra//978-0198078050 , Control System Engineering (Student Edition)/Norman Nise/John Wiley & Sons/978-8126537280 , Control Systems - I /S. Hasan Saeed/S.K. Kataria & Sons/978-9350141335 , Control Systems Engineering/I.J. Nagrath &M.Gopal/New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers/9789386070111 , Design And Applications Of Analog Integrated Circuits/Soclof/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-2552-4 , Digital Communications/Sanjoy Sharma/S.K. Kataria & Sons/978-9350142684 , Digital Control Engineering/M. Gopal/New Age International Publishers/978-8122436617 , Digital Control Systems/B.C.Kuo/Oxford University Press/978-0198083542 , Digital Design/M. Morris Mano/Prentice Hall/978-0132774208 , Digital Electronics /G.K.Kharate/Oxford University Press/9-780198061830 , Digital Integrated Electronics/H. Taub And D. L. Schilling/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070265080 , Digital Signal Processing/Monson H Hayes/Tata Mcgraw - Hill Education/978-0070153868 , Digital Signal Processing/P.Ramesh Babu/Scitech Publications/978-8183710817 , Digital Signal Processing/B. Kumar/New Age International Publishers/978-8122436099 , Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach/S. K. Mitra/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259098581 , Direct Energy Conversion/Kettani, M. Ali/Addison-Wesley/ 97-80201036633 , Direct Energy Conversion/Stanley W. Angrist/Allyn And Bacon/978-0205077588 , Distributed Generation: Induction And Permanent Magnet Generators/Loi Lei Lai, Tze Fun Chan/Wiley/978-0470062081 , Distributed Generation: The Power Paradigm For The New Millennium/Anne-Marie Borbely, Jan F. Kreide/Crc Press/978-1420042399 , Electric And Hybrid Vehicles/Tom Denton/Routledge/9781138842373 , Electric Circuits /David. A. Bell/Oxford University Press/9780195694284 , Electric Energy Systems Theory-An Introduction/Olle I. Elgerd/Tata Mcgraw Hill/9780070992863 , Electric Machines/ I. J. Nagrath And D. P. Kothari/Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-0070699670 , Electrical Circuit Analysis (Including Passive Network Synthesis)/C.L.Wadhwa/New Age International Publishers/978-8122418521 , Electrical Engineering Fundamentals/Vincent Del Toro/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-8120305991 , Electrical Engineering Materials/T.K.Basak/New Age International Publishers/978-8122427738 , Electrical Machinery/Dr. P.S.Bimbhra/Khanna Publishers/978-8174091734 , Electrical Machinery /S. K. Sen/Khanna Publishers /978-8174091529 , Electrical Machines/R.K.Rajput/Laxmi Publications(P) Ltd./978-8131804469 , Electrical Machines /S.K.Bhattacharya/Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education/978-9332902855 , Electrical Measurements And Measuring Instruments/ E.W Golding, F.C Widdis/Reem Publications Pvt. Ltd/978-8190630726 , Electrical Power System Quality/R.C.Dugan/Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education, 2003/978-1259005572 , Electrical Power Systems/Ashfaq Husain/Cbs Publishers & Distributors/978-8123914480 , Electromagnetic Fields & Waves96/Sarwate V.V./New Age/81-224-0468-5 , Electromagnetic With Application/J. D. Krauss/Tata Mcgraw Hill/9780070702400 , Electromagnetics/B.B.Laud/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430554 , Electromagnetism – Theory And Applications/Ashutosh Pramanik/Prentice-Hall Of India/978-8120319578 , Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory/R. Boylestad And L. Nashelsky/Prentice Hall Publishing Co/978-0132504577 , Electronic Devices And Circuits/J. Millman And C. C. Halkias/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070423800 , Electronic Instrumentation/H.S.Kalsi/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070702066 , Elements Of Advanced Quantum Theory/J.M. Ziman/Camridge University Press/521-07458-4 , Elements Of Electrical Power Station Design/M.V.Deshpande/Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited /978-8120336476 , Elements Of Photonics Vol-1 /Keigo Lizuka/Wiley-Interscince/0-471-83938-8 , Elements Of Power System Analysis/W.D. Stevenson/Mcgraw Hill Higher Education/978-0070665842 , Energy Economics: Concepts, Issues, Markets And Governance/Subhes C. Bhattacharyya/ Springer/978-1447174707 , Energy Science Principles, Technologies And Impact/J. Andrews, N. Jelley/Oxford University Press/978-0198755814 , Energy Technology - Nonconventional, Renewable & Conventional/S.Rao, Dr. B.B.Parulekar/Khanna Publishers/97-88174090401 , Energy Technology (Non Conventional, Renewable And Conventional)/Prof. Sunil S. Rao And Dr. B.B. Parulekar/Khanna Publishers/978-81-7409-040-9 , Engineering Circuit Analysis/W. H. Hayt , J. Kemmerly /Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259098635 , Engineering Electromagnetic/W. H. Hayt & J. A. Buck/Mcgraw-Hill/978-9353169725 , Engineering Electromagnetics/Hayat/Tmh/0-07-061223-4 , Engineering Optimization Theory And Practice/Singiresu S. Rao/New Age International Publishers/978-8122427233 , Engineering Thermodynamics/P.K.Nag/ Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9352606429 , Explanations / Solutions To An Integrated Course In Electrical Engineering (With About 15,000 Objective Type Questions & Answers) /J.B.Gupta/S.K. Kataria & Sons/978-9350146668 , Facts Controllers In Power Transmission And Distribution/K.R. Padiyar/New Age International Publishers/978-8122421422 , Fiber Optics Essentials/K. Thyagarajan & Ajoy Ghatak/Wiley-Interscince/978-0-470-09742-7 , Fiber Optics Through Experiments Paperback – 2011/Ajoy Ghatak, M. R. Shenoy /Viva Books (2011)/978-8130918112 , Fiber-Optic Communication Systems/Govind P. Agrawal/Wiley/978-8126513864 , Fibre Optics And Optoelectronics/R.P.Khare/Oxford University Press/9-780195669305 , Flexible Ac Transmission Systems/Yong Hua Song, Allan T. Johns/ Laxmi Publications /978-8190858809 , Fundamentals Of Digital Circuits/A. Anand Kumar/Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Limited/978-8120352681 , Fundamentals Of Electric Circuits/Charles K. Alexander, Matthew N. O. Sadiku/Mcgraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited/978-9355320162 , Fundamentals Of Microprocessors And Microcontrollers/B. Ram/Dhanpat Rai Publications (P) Ltd/978-9383182107 , Fundamentals Of Optical Wave Guides/Katsunari Okamoto/Elsevier/978-0-12-525-096-2 , Fundamentals Of Photonics /Bahaa E. A. Saleh, Malvin Carl Teich/ John Wiley & Sons, Inc./0-471-2-1374-8 , Fundamentals Of Power Electronics/Robert W. Erickson, Dragan Maksimovic/Springer Us/978-1-4757-0559-1 , Generation Distribution And Utilization Of Electrical Energy/C.L. Wadhwa/New Age International Publishers/978-8122428216 , Getting Started With Matlab/Rudra Pratap/Oxford University Press/978-0198069195 , Goldings Electrical Measurements And Measuring Instruments/Golding & Widdis/Medtech Publishers/978-9387210349 , Handbook Of Energy Conservation, Vol. 1/H.M. Robert, J.H. Collins/Cbs Publishers & Distributors/9-788123912066 , Handbook Of Energy Conservation, Vol. 2/H.M. Robert, J.H. Collins/Cbs Publishers & Distributors/9-788123912073 , High Voltage Engineering/C.L.Wadhwa/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430905 , High Voltage Engineering/M.S Naidu & V Kamaraju/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259062896 , High Voltage Engineering: Problems & Solutions/R.D. Begamudre/New Age International Publishers/978-8122426182 , Hvdc Power Transmission Systems/K.R. Padiyar/New Age International Publishers/978-8122437850 , Industrial Energy Conservation Techniques : Concepts, Applications And Case Studies /K. Nagabhushan Raju/Atlantic Publishers And Distributors (P) Ltd/978-8126907748 , Industrial Instrumentation/Donald P. Eckman/Cbs Publisher/978-8123908106 , Industrial Instrumentation/K.Krishnaswamy, S. Vijayachitra/New Age International Publishers/978-8122427509 , Industrial Instrumentation, Control And Automation/Mukhopadhay, Sen & Deb/Jaico Publishing House/978-8184954098 , Instrumentation And Control/Patranabis/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-4246-0 , Introduction To Digital Signal Processing/J.R. Johnson/ Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited /978-8120307605 , Introduction To Fiber Optics (English) 1St Edition/Ajoy Ghatak , K. Thyagarajan/Cambridge University Press-New Delhi/97-88175960626 , Introduction To Quantum Mechanics/David J. Griffiths/Prentice Hall/0-13-124405-1 , Introduction To Quantum Mechanics/A.C. Philips/John Wiley & Sons, Inc./0-470-85323-9 , Introduction To Solid State Physics/ Charles Kittel /Wiley & Sons/978-8126535187 , Lasers And Non-Linear Optics/B.B.Laud/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430561 , Linear Integrated Circuits/D. Roy Choudhury, Shail B. Jain/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430981 , Matrix Analysis Of Electrical Machines/Ashoke Kumar Mukhopadyhay/New Age International Publishers/978-8122432398 , Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/8088 Family/I. Liu, G. A. Gibson/ Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/978-8120304093 , Microelectronic Circuits: Theory And Applications/A.S. Sedra And K.C. Smith/Oxford University Press/978-0199476299 , Microelectronics/J. Millman And A. Grabel/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0074637364 , Microprocessor Architecture, Programming And Applications With The 8085A/8080A/Ramesh S. Gaonkar/Wiley Eastern Ltd./978-0852262979 , Microprocessors Interfacing/Douglas Hall/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259006159 , Modern Digital And Analog Communication Systems/B.P.Lathi/Oxford University Press/978-0198073802 , Modern Electronic Instrumentation And Measurement Techniques /A D Helfrick; W D Cooper/ Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/?978-9332556065 , Modern Power System Analysis/I.J. Nagrath And D.P. Kothari/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0071077750 , Modern Quantum Mechanics /J.J.Sakurai/Addison -Wesley Publishing Company/0-201-53929-2 , Network Analysis And Synthesis/S. P. Ghosh And A. K. Chakraborty/Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education/9781259081422 , Network Analysis And Synthesis/Franklin F. Kuo /Wiley/978-8126510016 , Network Analysis And Synthesis (Including Linear System Analysis)/C.L.Wadhwa/New Age International Publishers/978-8122420364 , Networks And Systems/D. Roy Choudhury/New Age International Publishers/978-8122427677 , Neural Networks In Computer Intelligence /F. Limin/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070532823 , Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic And Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis And Applications/S. Rajasekaran And G.A. Vijaylakshmi Pai,/Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi/978-8120321861 , Non Conventional Energy Resources/D.S. Chauhan, S.K.Srivastava/New Age Int.(P) Ltd/978-81-224-3399-9 , Non-Conventional Energy Resources/B.H. Khan/Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-0070142763 , Non-Conventional Energy Resources/D.S. Chauhan/New Age International Publishers/978-8122433999 , Non-Conventional Energy Sources/G.D. Rai/Khanna Publishers/9-788174090737 , Nonlinear Fiber Optics/Govind P. Agrawal/Optics And Photonics/N/A , Nonlinear Optics /Robert W. Boyd/Academic Press/0-12-121682-9 , Objective Electrical Technology/V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta/S. Chand Publishing/978-9355014467 , Op-Amps And Linear Integrated Circuits/Gayakwad/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-2058-1 , Operational Amplifiers And Linear Ics/David. A. Bell/Oxford University Press/978-0195696134 , Optical Electronics /A.K.Ghatak & K.Thyagarajan/Camridge University Press/0-521-30643-4 , Optical Waves In Crystals/Amnon Yariv & Pochi Yeh/Wiley-Interscince/0-471-09142-1 , Optimization Of Power System Operation/Jizhong Zhu/Wiley/978-1-118-85415-0 , Parker Smiths 500 Solutions Of Problems In Electrical Engineering (Part 1)/V.C Nateshan/Cbs /N/A , Performance And Design Of Ac Machines/M. G. Say/Cbs Publishers/978-8123910277 , Photonics/Amnon Yariv & Pochi Yeh/Oxford University Press/978-0-19-517946-0 , Power Electronics/Dr. P. S. Bhimbra/Khanna Publisher/978-81-7409-279-3 , Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, And Design/Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins/Wiley India/978-8126510900 , Power Electronics: Devices, Circuits And Applications/Muhammad H Rashid/Pearson Education/978-9332584587 , Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications/L. Umanand/Wiley/978-8126519453 , Power Generation, Operation, And Control/Allen J. Wood, Bruce F. Wollenberg/John Wiley & Sons/978-8126508389 , Power Plant Engineering/Arora & Domkundwar/Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Limited/978-8177001952 , Power Plant Engineering/A.K.Raja, Amit Prakash Srivastava, Manish Dwivedi/New Age International Publishers/978-8122418316 , Power Plant Technology/M.M.El-Wakil/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070702448 , Power System Analysis/J.J.Grainger, W.D.Stevenson/Tata Mcgraw-Hill/978-0070612938 , Power System Analysis: Operation And Control/ Abhijit Chakrabarti, Sunita Halder/Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd./ 978-8120340152 , Power System Optimization: Stability And Control/K. R. Padiyar/Anshan Ltd./978-1904798019 , Power System Optimization/D .P. Kothari And J.S Dhillon/Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/?978-8120340855 , Power System Prorection And Switchgear/B. Ravindranath And M. Chander/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430325 , Power System Protection/S. P. Patra, S. K. Basu, S. Choudhuri/Oxford & Ibh Publishing Co./N/A , Power System Protection And Communications/Akhter Kalam/New Age International Publishers/978-8122427417 , Power System Protection And Swichgear/B. Ravindranath, M. Chander/New Age International Publishers/978-8122430325 , Power System Restructuring And Deregulation/Loi Lei Lai/John Wiley & Sons Ltd /978-8126547234 , Power System Stability Vol-I/E.W.Kimbark/John Wiley & Sons/978-8126512577 , Power System Stability And Control/Prabha Kundur/Tata Mcgraw-Hill Education Private Limited/978-0070635159 , Power System Stability Vol-Ii/E.W.Kimbark/John Wiley & Sons/978-8126512577 , Power Systems Analysis/ Arthur Bergen, Vijay Vittal / Pearson/978-0136919902 , Principles Of Electromagnetics/Matthew N.O. Sadiku/Oxford University Press/9780198062295 , Principles Of Electronic Instrumentation/Patranabis/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-3355-0 , Principles Of Industrial Instrumentation/D. Patranabis/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070699717 , Principles Of Power Systems/V.K.Mehta, Rohit Mehta/S.Chand & Co./978-8121924962 , Principles Of Process Control/ D. Patranabis/Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-0071333252 , Principles Of Signal Processing And Linear Systems/B.P.Lathi/Oxford University Press/978-0198062288 , Problems And Solutions In Power Systems/Abhijit Chakrabarti /Abhijit Chakrabarti /978-9334032581 , Problems In Electrical Engineering(Power Engineering And Electronics With Answers Partly Solved In S.I. Units)/N. N. Parker Smith/Cbs Publisher/978-8123908588 , Process Control (Concepts, Dynamics & Applications)/S.K.Singh/Phi Learning Private Ltd./978-8120336780 , Process Control (Principles & Applications)/Surekha Bhanot/Oxford University Press/978-0195693348 , Process Dynamics And Control/D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar And D.A. Mellichamp/Wiley/978-8126541263 , Process Systems Analysis And Control/D.R. Coughanowr And L.B. Koppel/Mcgraw-Hill/978-0070851122 , Pulse Width Modulation For Power Converters: Principles And Practice/D. Grahame Holmes, Thomas A. Lipo/Wiley Ieee Press/978-0-471-20814-3 , Quantum Optics/Harry Paul/Camridge University Press/978-0-511-19475-7 , Reliability And Life Estimation Of Power Equipment/T.S.Ramu And Chakradhar Reddy/New Age International Publishers/978-8122426113 , Renewable Energy For Sustainable Future/Godfrey Boyle/Oxford University Press/978-0199681273 , Research Insights: A Handbook On Grant Writing And Program Management/ Rajiv K. Tayal/Atlantic Publishers And Distributors Pvt Ltd./978-8126935451 , Semiconductor-Laser Fundamentals/Weng W. Chow & Stephen W. Koch/Springer/3-540-64166-1 , Sensors And Transducers/Patranabis/Phi Learning Private Limited/978-81-203-3355-0 , Signals And Systems/H. P. Hsu/Mcgraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited/978-0070669185 , Signals And Systems/A.V. Oppenheim, Schafer, R. W, A.S. Willsky And I.T. Young/ Pearson Education India/9332550239 , Smart Grid Technology And Application/Janaka Ekanayake, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama And Nick Jenkins/Wiley Publications/978-0-470-97409-4 , Smart Grid: Concepts To Design/K. S. Manoj/Notion Press/9781646780006 , Smart Grid: Fundamental Of Design And Analysis/James Momoh/Wiley Publication/978-8126558124 , Solar Cell Device Physics/Stephen Fonash/Academic Press/978-0080912271 , Solar Cells: Operating Principles, Technology, And Systemapplications/Martin A. Green/Prentice-Hall/978-0138222703 , Solar Electricity Generation/S. Bhattacharjee/ Narosa Publishing House/97-88184874044 , Solar Energy/S.P. Sukhatme, J K Nayak/Tata Mcgraw Hill/978-9352607112 , Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies And Applications/Chetan Singh Solanki/Phi Learning/978-8120351110 , Solid State Physics/A.J. Dekker/ Macmillan/978-0333106235 , Solid State Physics/ S.O. Pillai /New Age International Private Limited/978-9389802313 , Sustainable Energy Management/Mirjana Radovanovi? (Golusin),Stevan Popov,Sinisa Dodic /Elsevier/978-0124159785 , Taubs Principles Of Communication Systems /H. Taub And D.L. Shilling/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070648111 , The 8051 Microcontroller And Embedded Systems/Muhammed Ali Mazidi And Janice Gillispie Mazidi/Pearson Education India/978-0138610227 , The Theory Of Optics/Paul Drude/Longmans, Green & Co./N/A , Theory & Performance Of Electrical Machines/J.B.Gupta/S.K. Kataria & Sons/978-9350142776 , Thermal Engineering/R.K.Rajput/ Laxmi Publications/978-8131808047 , Understanding Facts: Concepts And Technology Of Flexible Ac Transmission Systems/Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi/Wiley India Pvt Ltd./978-8126530403 , Signals And Systems /Ramesh Babu/Scitech Publications/978-81-8371-288-0 , Fundamentals Of Industrial Instrumentation /Barua/Wiley India/9788126528820 , Bioinstrumentation /Fulekar/Wiley India/9789389520286 , Wileys Gate Instrumentation Engineering Chapter-Wise Solved Papers (2000-2020)/Gupta/Wiley India/9788126558698 , Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation /Imam/Wiley India/9789389583021 , Electrical Measurements And Measuring Instruments/Kamakshaiah/Wiley India/9789389447521 , A Treatise On Instrumentation Engineering /Padmanabhan/Wiley India/9789389633832 , Instrumentation And Process Control /Prasad/Wiley India/9789389307191 , Biomedical Electronics And Instrumentation Made Easy /Sawhney/Wiley India/9789389795943 , Medical Instrumentation 5Ed: Application And Design, An Indian Adaptation /Webster/Wiley India/9789354249150 , Lasers And Optical Instrumentation /Nagabhushana/Wiley India/9789389698756 , Automatic Control Engineering /Gupta/Wiley India/9789389583748 , Power System Analysis: Operation And Control, 2Ed/Jena/Wiley India/9789389520415 , Process Control Engineering /Krishna/Wiley India/9789389633429 , Quality Control/Kulkarni/Wiley India/9788126519071 , Control Engineering/Kuttan/Wiley India/9789389520064 , Digital Control, W/Cd /Moudgalya/Wiley India/9788126522064 , Nises Control Systems Engineering, Wiley India Ed/Nise/Wiley India/9788126571833 , Control Systems /Padmanabhan/Wiley India/9789389633375 , Control Engineering/Ramachandran/Wiley India/9788126522880 , Power System: Operation & Control/Rao/Wiley India/9788126534418 , Matlab With Control System, Signal Processing And Image Processing Toolboxes, W/Cd /Sivanandam/Wiley India/9788126554751 , Statistical Quality Control: A Modern Introduction, 6Ed /Montgomery/Wiley India/9788126525065 , Robotics /Appu/Wiley India/9789389583281 , Fuzzy Sets And Fuzzy Logic With Engineering Applications, 4Ed, An Indian Adaptation /Rose/Wiley India/9788126502608 , Natural Language Processing/Kumar/Wiley India/9789389307597 , Optimization Techniques /Malik/Wiley India/9789389698725 , Artificial Intelligence For Dummies/Mueller/Wiley India/9788126576104 , Big Data Analytics Using Artificial Intelligence Technologies /Dixit/Wiley India/9789391029685 , Artificial Intelligence: Concepts And Applications /Goel/Wiley India/9788126519934 , Artificial Intelligence: Making A System Intelligent /Jain/Wiley India/9788126579945 , Artificial Intelligence/Kumar/Wiley India/9789389795134 , Process Dynamics And Control, 4Edan Indian Adaptation /Seborg/Wiley India/9789354248429 , Digital Control/Moudgalya/Wiley India/9788126522064 , An Advanced Approach To Data Interpretation For Competitive Examinations/R.S. Aggarwal/S Chand Publishing/978-9358702330 , Quantitative Aptitude For Competitive Examinations/R.S. Aggarwal/S Chand Publishing/978-9355012326 , Modern Approach To Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning/R.S. Aggarwal/S Chand Publishing/978-9355011534 , Objective General English/R.S. Aggarwal/S Chand Publishing/978-9355015075 , The Magic Of The Lost Temple/Sudha Murty/Penguin Books India/978-0143333166 , Samsara: Enter The Valley Of The Gods/Saksham Garg/Penguin/978-0143458289 , The Mountain Is You: Transforming Self-Sabotage Into Self-Mastery/Brianna Wiest/Amaryllis/978-9355434142 , I Dont Love You Anymore: Moving On And Living Your Best Life/Rithvik Singh/Ebury Press/978-0143469131 , Ancient India/Rs Sharma/Old Ncert/N/A , History Of Medieval India/Satish Chandra/Old Ncert/N/A , A Brief History Of Modern India/Spectrum Publications/Spectrum/N/A , India’S Struggle For Independence/Bipan Chandra/Penguin/N/A , Certificate Physical And Human Geography/G.C. Leong/Oxford University Press/N/A , India: A Comprehensive Geography/D.R. Khullar/Kalyani Publishers/N/A , Indian Polity/M. Laxmikanth/Mcgraw Hill/N/A , Indian Economy/Ramesh Singh/Mcgraw Hill/N/A , Environment/Shankar Ias/Shankar Ias Academy/N/A , Indian Art And Culture/Nitin Singhania/Mcgraw Hill/N/A , Disaster Management/R. Subramanian/Vikas Publishing/N/A , Internal Security/M.Karthikeyan/Tata Mcgraw Hill/N/A , Lexicon For Ethics, Integrity & Aptitude/Niraj Kumar/Pearson/N/A , Ethics, Integrity, And Aptitude/Subba Rao And P.N. Roy Chowdhury/Access Publishing/N/A , Principles Of Mathematical Analysis/Walter Rudin/Mcgraw-Hill Education/978-0070856134 , Real And Complex Analysis/Walter Rudin/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070619876 , Functional Analysis/Walter Rudin/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070619883 , Mathematical Analysis/Tom M. Apostol /Narosa/978-8185015668 , Real Analysis/Royden/Pearson Education India/978-9332551589 , Analysis I/Terence Tao/Hindustan Book Agency/978-9380250649 , Complex Analysis/Ahlfors L V/Mcgraw Hill/978-1259064821 , Complex Variables And Applications/James Ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill/Mcgraw Hill/978-9354600364 , Functions Of One Complex Variable I/John B. Conway/Springer/978-0387903286 , Algebraic Topology/Allen Hatcher /Cambridge University Press/978-0521795401 , Topology/James Munkres/Pearson Education/978-9353432775 , Introduction To Topology And Modern Analysis /George Simmons/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070597846 , Introduction To Analytic Number Theory/Tom M. Apostol /Springer/978-1-4419-2805-4 , Topology Of Metric Spaces/S. Kumaresan/Narosa/978-81848705 , Topics In Algebra/I.N. Herstein/Wiley/978-8126510184 , Algebra/M Artin/Pearson Education India/978-9332549838 , Abstract Algebra/David S. Dummit, Richard M. Foote/Wiley/978-8126532285 , A First Course In Abstract Algebra/J.B. Fraleigh/Narosa Publishing House Pvt Ltd/978-8185015705 , Contemporary Abstract Algebra/Joseph A Gallian/Cengage India Private Limited/978-9353502522 , Linear Algebra/Kenneth M Hoffman And Ray Kunze/Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/978-9332550070 , Matrix Analysis/Roger A. Horn, Charles R. Johnson/Cambridge University Press/978-0521548236 , Topics In Matrix Analysis/Charles R. Johnson, Roger A. Horn/Cambridge University Press/978-0521467131 , Matrix Analysis/Rajendra Bhatia/Springer/978-0387948461 , Introduction To Linear Algebra/Gilbert Strang /Wellesley-Cambridge Press/978-09802327-7-6 , Linear Algebra And Learning From Data/Gilbert Strang/Wellesley-Cambridge Press/978-06921963-8-0 , Linear Algebra: A Geometric Approach/S. Kumaresan/Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/978-8120316287 , Differential Equations/Shepley L. Ross /Wiley/978-8126515370 , Theory Of Ordinary Differential Equations/Earl Coddington, Norman Levinson/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070992566 , Differential Equations: Theory - Technique And Practice /George Simmons/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070616097 , Introduction To Graph Theory/West/Pearson Education India/978-9332549654 , Graph Theory/Frank Harary/Narosa Publishing House/978-8185015552 , Spectral Graph Theory/Fan R. K. Chung/American Mathematical Society/978-0821803158 , Graphs And Matrices/Ravindra B. Bapat/Springer London Ltd/978-1848829800 , Spectra Of Graphs/Andries E. Brouwer, Willem H. Haemers/Springer/978-1489994332 , The Feynman Lectures On Physics Vol 3/Richard P. Feynman/Addison-Wesley/978-8185015842 , Quantum Computation And Quantum Information/M. A. Nielsen And I. L. Chuagn/Cambridge University Press/978-1107619197 , Principles Of Quantum Computation And Information: A Comprehensive Textbook/Giuliano Benenti, Giulio Casati/World Scientific Publishing Co Pte Ltd/978-9813279995 , Quantum Computing Explained/David Mcmahon/Wiley-Ieee Computer Society Pr/978-0470096994 , Coding Theory: A First Course/San Ling/Cambridge English/978-1108717540 , Elements Of Information Theory/Joy A. Thomas Thomas M. Cover/Wiley/978-8126541942 , First Course In Information Theory/Raymond W. Yeung/Springer Low Price Edition/978-8184897036 , Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective/Kevin P. Murphy /The Mit Press/978-0262018029 , Introduction To Data Mining/Pang-Ning Tan Michael Steinbach Anuj Karpatne Vipin Kumar/Pearson/978-9354491047 , Data Warehousing: Fundamentals For It Professionals/Paulraj Ponniah/Wiley/978-8126537297 , An Introduction To Probability Theory And Its Applications Vol I/William Feller/Wiley/978-8126518050 , An Introduction To Probability Theory And Its Applications Vol Ii/William Feller/John Wiley & Sons Inc/978-8126518067 , A Textbook Of Algebra/Sudesh K Shah, Subhash Chand Garg/S.Chand/978-9352710829 , Introduction To Differential Geometry Of Space Curves And Surfaces/Taha Sochi/Create Space/1546735895 , Differential Geometry Of Manifolds/U. C. De, A. A. Shaiks/Narosa Publisher/ 978-8173197772 , Differential Geometry Of Manifolds/Lovett Stephen/Taylor & Francis Ltd/978-0367180461 , Adventures In Stochastic Processes/Sidney I. Resnick/Springer Science & Business Media/978-1461203872 , Statistical Methods/Kapil Sharma/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304693 , Statistics For Business And Economics/Dr. G.P. Yadav/Oxford Book Co./8185771545 , Statistics For Management /Ashish J. Dave/Oxford Book Co./978-9350300732 , Statistics For Management And Economics/Dr. G.P. Yadav/Oxford Book Co./978-8183765688 , Strategic Methods And Concepts Of Statistics/R.K. Jacob/Oxford Book Co./978-8183765800 , Vector Calculus/Dr. Rakesh Kumar Pandey/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304716 , A Course Of Mathematical Analysis/P K Mittal & /S.Chand/978-8121904728 , A Textbook Of Algebra/Subhash Chand Garg /S.Chand/978-9352710829 , A Textbook Of Discrete Mathematics/Dr. Swapan Kumar Sarkar/S.Chand/9788121922326 , A Textbook Of Vector Analysis/P K Mittal & /S.Chand/9788121922432 , A Textbook On Dynamics/M Ray & G C Sharma/S.Chand/9788121903424 , Advanced Differential Equations/Dr. M.D. Raisinghania/S.Chand/9788121908931 , Analytical Solid Geometry/P K Mittal & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121926614 , Applied Mathematics/N C Srinivas & Ch V Ramana Murthy/S.Chand/9788121920827 , Differential Calculus/Shanti Narayan & P K Mittal/S.Chand/9788121904711 , Differential Calculus For Competetions/Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/978-8121925136 , Dynamics/Dr. M.D. Raisinghania/S.Chand/978-8121926492 , Elementary Statistics/H C Saxena/S.Chand/978-8121909259 , Elements Of Real Analysis/Dr. M.D. Raisinghania & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121903066 , Experimental Statistics/Dr. K. Balaji/S.Chand/9788121935661 , Fourier Series And Integral Transforms/Dr. V. Ramesh Babu & S. Ranganatham/S.Chand/9789384319090 , Integral Calculus/P K Mittal & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121906814 , Integral Calculus For Competetion/P K Mittal & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121925358 , Integral Equations And Boundary Value Problems/Dr. M.D. Raisinghania/S.Chand/9788121928052 , Mathematical Statistics/J. N. Kapur & H.C. Saxena/S.Chand/9788121912464 , Mathematics For Degree Students/Dr. U.S. Rana/S.Chand/9788121941013 , Algebraic Topology: An Introduction/Naseer Khan/Oxford Book Co./978-9350303344 , Analysis On Manifolds: A Modern Approach To Mathematics & Physics/V.G. Gupta/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304242 , Applied Combinatorics /Luis J. Green/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304556 , Applied Partial Differential Equations/Dr. F.D. Wade/Oxford Book Co./978-8189473433 , Applied Statistics For Economics And Business/G.P. Gupta/Oxford Book Co./978-9350303825 , Basics Of Bioinformatics/Narayan Dubey/Oxford Book Co./978-9383096893 , Business Statistics For International Trade/Ashish J. Dave/Oxford Book Co./978-9383101030 , Calculus For Computer Graphics/Gopal Narayan/Oxford Book Co./978-9383096916 , Calculus With Vectors/Luis J. Green/Oxford Book Co./978-9383096053 , Computing Fundamentals/Gopal Narayan/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304624 , Elementary Bioinformatics/Dr. Satish Kumar Sinha/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304266 , Environmental Statistics With R/Dr. Manendra Kumar/Oxford Book Co./978-9350301333 , Essential Statistics For Business And Economics/Ashish J. Dave/Oxford Book Co./978-9383096176 , Essentials Of Bioinformatics/Dr. Ashish Gulwe/Oxford Book Co./978-9350303603 , Fuzzy Logic, Neural Network And Genetic Algorithms Handbook/Jan Bundschuh/Oxford Book Co./978-9383096039 , Handbook Of Bioinformatics/S.G. Sandhu/Oxford Book Co./978-8193470404 , Mathematical Logic/Dr. Savita Mishra/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304532 , Mathematical Modelling/Naseer Khan/Oxford Book Co./978-9382629733 , Mathematical Physics/Hilary D. Brewster/Oxford Book Co./978-9350303412 , Optimization Theory: Techniques Of Operation Research/V.G. Gupta/Oxford Book Co./978-9350304334 , Mechanics/Muthamizh Jayapragasam, Laxmi Duraipandian/S.Chand/9788121902724 , Ordinary And Partial Differential Equations/Dr. M.D. Raisinghania/S.Chand/9788121908924 , Probability And Quening Theory/P Kandasamy & /S.Chand/9788121923569 , Theory Of Functions Of A Complex Variable/P K Mittal & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121906395 , Vector Algebra/P K Mittal & Shanti Narayan/S.Chand/9788121909525 , Vector Analysis/Kayalal Pachaiyappa & P Duraipandian/S.Chand/9789384319694 , Statics/Md Motiur Rahman/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173810275 , Rigid Dynamics/Md Motiur Rahman/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173812248 , Higher Algebra[Classical And Modern]/Ram Krishna Ghosh/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173811043 , Numerical Analysis With Elements Of Computer Science/Apurba Narayan Das/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173817557 , Mathematical Analysis/Ajay Kumar Chaudhuri/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173817809 , Numerical Analysis/Kalyan Mukherjee/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173815201 , Linear Programming And Theory Of Games/Pyari Mohan Karak/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173814051 , Analytical Geometry And Vector Algebra/Ratan Mohan Khan/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./9788-173810169 , Analytical Dynamics Of A Particle Including Elements Of Statics/Shambhunath Ganguly/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./9788-173811630 , Differential Equations With Introduction To Laplace Transform/Apurba Narayan Das/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173816635 , Numerical Methods Practical/Shyamapada Dutta/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173815645 , A First Course On Operations Research And Information Theory/Sanat Kumar Mazumder/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173818844 , Advanced Business Mathematics And Statistics/Ram Krishna Ghosh/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173816741 , Engineering Mathematics/Rajkumar Roychoudhury/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173810909 , Analytical Dynamics Of A Particle/Sambhunath Ganguly/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173810497 , Integral Calculus/Kantish Ch Maity/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97-88173817328 , Introduction To Number Theory/Ajay Kumar Chaudhuri/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-73815867 , Mathematics And Statistics/Suranjan Saha/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-73811838 , Mathematical Probability/Kartick Chandra Pal/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173817816 , Differential Geometry/Fr F Goreux/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978-8173815669 , Introduction To Tensor Calculus/Fr F Goreux/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./9788-173818516 , Vector Analysis Tensor Analysis And Linear Vector Space/S P Kuila/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./9789-352550333 , Introduction To Discrete Mathematics/M K Sen/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-87134886 , Topics In Mathematics/Sandip Banerjee/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-87134466 , Advanced Linear Programming & Game/A Mukherjee/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97893-84294083 , Application Of Calculus/Debasish Sengupta/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-87134626 , Analytical Statics/S A Mollah/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97893-84294427 , Basic Concepts Of Numerical Methods, Probability And Statistics/Sandip Banerjee/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-87134947 , Numerical Analysis And Computational Procedures/S A Mollah/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97881-87134107 , An Introduction To Probability And Probability Distributions/Rajeshwar Singh/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978938-4294175 , Dynamics Of Rigid Bodies/S A Mollah/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978818-7134985 , Differential Geometry/M Majumdar/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978938-4294144 , Advanced Higher Algebra/A N Das/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./978938-4294021 , Introduction To Abstract And Linear Algebra/Ajay Kumar Chaudhuri/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97893-52550586 , Design Of Experiments And Sampling Methods/K C Bhuyan/New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd./97893-52550234 , Engineering Mathematics/T Veerarajan/Mcgraw Hill Education/ 97-0071328777 , Engineering Mathematics Ii/T Veerarajan/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9387432345 , Advanced Engineering Mathematics/Ravish R. Singh/Mcgraw Hill Education/97-89353161033 , Discrete Mathematics/T Veerarajan/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9353161606 , Business Mathematics And Statistics/N G Das, J. K. Das/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0071333399 , A First Course In Mathematics For Management/M. Raghavachari/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070965706 , Fundamentals Of Mathematical Analysis/G. Das, S. Pattanayak/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0074515730 , Introduction To Linear Algebra With Applications/James Defranza, Daniel Gagliardi/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259025587 , Numerical Methods With Programs In C/T Veerarajan, T Ramachandran/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070601611 , Ordinary And Partial Differential Equations With Laplace Transforms, Fourier Series And Applications/V. Sundarapandian/Khanna Publishers/978-1259004568 , Higher Engineering Mathematics/B.S. Grewal/Khanna Publishers/978-81-933284-9-1 , Discrete Mathematics And Its Applications/A. Tamilarasi And A.M. Natarajan/Khanna Publishers/978-81-7409-151-2 , Functions Of Complex Variables/A.K. Mukhopadhyay/Khanna Publishers/N/A , Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In C, C++ & Matlab/B.S. Grewal/Khanna Publishers/978-81-7409-248-9 , An Introduction To The Calculus Of Variation For Engineers And Economics/A.K. Mukhopadhyay/Khanna Publishers/978-81-7409-186-4 , Engineering Mathematics/Mukul Bhatt/Mcgraw Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd/9789390000000 , Convective Heat And Mass Transfer/Adrian Bejan/John Wiley And Sons/978-0-470-90037-6 , Perspective In Environmental Studies/Anubha Kaushik And C P Kaushik/New Age International Publishers/978-93-86418-63-0 , Engineering Mechanics (Statics And Dynamics)/Dr D S Kumar/S K Karatia And Sons/978-93-5014-292-9 , Fundamentals Of Acoustics/Lawrence E. Kinsler, Austin R. Frey, Alan B. Coppens, James V. Sanders/Wiley/978-0-471-84789-2 , Foundations Of Engineering Acoustics/Frank Fahy/Academic Press/Elsevier/978-0122476655 , The Theory Of Sound, Volume I/Lord Rayleigh & Robert B. Lindsay/Dover Publications Inc./978-0486602929 , Mechanical Vibration/S.S. Rao/Pearson Education India/978-8177588743 , Vector Mechanics For Engineers: Statics And Dynamics/Beer, Johnston, Cornw Ell& Sanghi/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-1259062919 , Entrepreneurship Development And Small Business Enterprises/Charantimath Poornima M./Pearson/9353066263 , Entrepreneurial Development/Khanka S.S./S Chand/8121918014 , Mechanical Vibrations/Debabrata Nag/Wiley/978-8126530908 , Design Of Machine Elements/Dr.G.K.Vijayaraghav An&Dr.S.Vishnupriyan/Laxmi Publications/8192048535 , Introduction To Dynamics/Amitabha Ghosh/Springer/978-981-10-6094-6 , Mechanics Of Laminated Composite Plates And Shells – Theory And Analysis/J.N. Reddy/Crc Press/978-0203502808 , Composites: Science And Technology/Dr. R. C. Prasad, Dr. P. Ramakrishnan/New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers/978-8122412512 , Product Design And Development/Karl Ulrich, Steven Eppinger And Maria C. Yang/Mc Graw Hill/978-1260043655 , Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems/K.P. Ramachandran, G.K. Vijayaraghavan, M.S.Balasundaram/Wiley India/978-8126518371 , Groovers Principles Of Modern Manufacturing Si Version/Mikell P. Groover/Wiley India/978-8126573059 , Manufacturing Science : Metal Cutting, Conventional And Non-Conventional Machine, Welding, Volume - Ii/G.S. Sawhney/Wiley India/97-89389520408 , Project Planning And Control With Pert And Cpm/Dr. B.C. Punmia, K.K. Khandelwal/Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd/978-8131806982 , Cad/Cam Theory And Practice/Ibrahim Zeid, R Sivasubramanian/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070151345 , Optimization For Engineering Design/Kalyanmoy Deb/Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited/978-8120346789 , Mechanical Vibrations /G Kgrover/Nem Chand And Brothers /978-81-85240-56-5 , Tribology: Friction And Wear Of Engineering Materials /Ian Hutchings And Philip Shipway/Elsevier/978-0-08-100910-9 , Business Statistics: Text And Problems - With Introduction To Business Analytics/Nd Vohra/?Mcgraw Hill Education /978-9390727063 , Statistics For Management/Richard I. Levin, Masood H. Siddiqui, David S. Rubin, Sanjay Rastogi, /?Pearson Education/978-8184957495 , Financial Accounting/Sn Maheshwari, Suneel K Maheshwari,Sharad K Maheswari/?Vikas Publishing House/978-9352718535 , Management Accounting Principles & Practice/Shashi K. Gupta , R.K. Sharma, Neeti Gupta /Kalyani Publishers/N/A , Organizational Behaviour /Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge , Neharika Vohra/?Pearson Education/978-9356064270 , Organisational Behaviour: Text, Cases & Games/K. Aswathappa/Himalaya Publishing House/978-93-5693-187-9 , Modern Microeconomics /A. Koustsoyiannis/?Palgrave Macmillan;/978-0333253496 , Business Law /Nd Kapoor /?Sultan Chand And Sons /978-9389174106 , Marketing Management /Phillip Kotler /?Pearson Education/978-9356062665 , Dominic Salvatore International Economics /Chandan Sharma /Wiley /978- 9354247170 , International Business /Charles W .L .Hill/?Mcgraw Hill/978-9355324771 , Strategic Management ( Concept & Cases )/Fred R David , Forest R David/Pearson Education/978-9332548930 , Production And Operations Management/Sn Chary/Mcgraw Hill/978-9353164812 , Production And Operations Management/E Anil Kumar , N Suresh/New Age International/978-8122421774 , E Commerce /Kenneth C. Laudon , Carol Guercio Traver/?Pearson Education/978-9356060647 , Entrepreneurship /Arya Kumar/Pearson Education /978-8131765784 , Corporate Finance /Ross , Westerfield ,Jaffe , Jordan /Mcgraw Hill /978-9390727926 , Security Analysis And Portfolio Management /Donald E. Fisher, Ronald J. Jordan, A.K . Pradhan /Pearson Education /978-9353066284 , Investment Analysis And Portfolio Management |/Prasanna Chandra /Mcgraw Hill /978-9354600074 , Advertising And Sales Promotion/Shh Kazmi, Satish Batra/Excel Books/978-8174466396 , Advertising And Sales Promotion ( An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective)/George E Belch, , Michael A Belch, Keyoor Purani/Mcgraw Hill /978-9354600807 , Strategic Brand Management/Kevin Lane Keller , Vanitha Swaminathan, Ambi Mg Parameswaran , Issac C Jacob /Pearson Education /978-9353946135 , Human Resource Management: Text And Cases/ K. Aswathappa , Sadhna Dash/Mcgraw Hill /978-9355323675 , Managerial Economics And Business Strategy/Micheal R. Baye , Jeffery T . Prince/Mcgraw Hill/978-9354600203 , Intellectual Property Law/Avtar Singh/Eastern Book Company/978-9350289853 , Law Relating To Intellectual Property Rights/V K Ahuja/Lexis Nexis/978-8131251652 , Intellectual Property Rights Manual/Sumeet Malik/Eastern Book Company/978-9351452300 , Law Relating To Intellectual Property/Dr. B.L. Wadehra/Universal Law Publishing/978-9350350300 , Consumer Behavior/Kumar Leon G., Schiffman;Joe, Wisenblit;S. Ramesh/Pearson Education/978-9353069834 , Purchasing And Inventory Control/K S Menon And Sarita Kulkarni/ Shroff Publishers/978-8184047066 , Production Systems: Planning, Analysis, And Control/James L. Riggs /? John Wiley & Sons/? 978-0471847939 , A Textbook Ofmanufacturing Technology (Manufacturing Processes)/R K Rajput/ Laxmi Publications/? 978-8131802441 , A Textbook Of Material Science And Metallurgy /O P Khanna/Dhanpat Rai /978-8189928315 , Atomic Physics/Max Born (Author) , J. M. Radcliffe (Translated) R. J. B-. Stoyle (Translated)/Dover Publications/978-0486659848 , Concepts Of Atomic Physics/S P Kuila /New Central Book Agency (Ncba)/978-9352550838 , Fundamentals Of Molecular Spectroscopy/Banwell/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-9352601738 , Introduction To Nuclear And Particle Physics/V.K. Mittal, R.C. Verma, S.C. Gupta /Phi Learning/978-9387472617 , Concepts Ofnuclear Physics/Bernard Cohen/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0070992498 , Nuclear And Particle Physics: An Introduction/B.R. Martin/Wiley/978-8126565078 , Introduction To Elementary Particle Physics/Alessandro Bettini/Cambridge University Press/978-1107050402 , Solid State Physics/Ashcroft, Mermin/Cengage Learning/978-8131500521 , Physics Of Semiconductor Devices/S.M. Sze, Kwok K. Ng /Wiley/978-8126517022 , Semiconductor Physics And Devices (Sie)/Donald Neamen (Author), Dhrubes Biswas/Mcgraw Hill Education/978-0071070102 , Liquid Crystal Sensors/Albert Schenning (Editor), Gregory P. Crawford (Editor), Dirk J. Broer (Editor)/Crc Press/978-1498729727 , Liquid Crystals: Experimental Study Of Physical Properties And Phase Transitions/Satyendra Kumar/Cambridge University Press/978-0521187947 , Liquid Crystals I/M.A. Athanassopoulou, M.A. Bates, Et Al./Springer/978-3662147160 , Dielectric Effect In The Isotropic Phase Of Liquid Crystal Materials/Mukherjee Prabir,Drozd-Rzoska Aleksandra,Rzoska Sylwester/Lambert Academic Publishing,/9783660000000 , Nanoscience With Liquid Crystals: From Self-Organized Nanostructures To Application/Quan Li/Springer/978-3319377124 , Fundamentals Of Mathematical Physics/A. B. Gupta/Books & Allied (P) Ltd/81-87134-23-2 , Higher Mathematical Physics/H. K. Das And Dr Rama Verma/S. Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd/978-93-83746-77-4 , Head Thermodynamics And Statistical Physics/Brij Lal, N. Subrahmanyam And P. S. Hemne/S. Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd/81-219-2813-3 , The Physics Of Solar Cells : Perovskites, Organics, And Photovoltaic Fundamentals/Juan Bisquert/Crc Press/9781138099968 , Nanomaterials And Nanocomposites: Synthesis, Properties, Characterization Techniques, And Applications/Rajendra Kumar Goyal/Crc Press/9781498761666 , Callisters Materials Science And Engineering./Balasubramaniam/Wiley India/9788126541607 , Introduction To Physics /Cutnell/Wiley India/9788126556021 , Physics, Vol 1, 5Ed , An Indian Adaptation /Halliday/Wiley India/9789354640384 , Physics, Vol 2, 5Ed, An Indian Adaptation /Halliday/Wiley India/9789354640438 , Principles Of Physics, 10Ed/Halliday/Wiley India/9788126552566 , Statistical Mechanics, 2Ed, An Indian Adaptation/Huang/Wiley India/9789354247736 , Classical Electrodynamics, An Indian Adaptation /Jackson/Wiley India/9789388991070 , Kittels Introduction To Solid State Physics, Wiley India Edition/Kittel/Wiley India/9788126578436 , Modern Physics, 4Ed, An Indian Adaptation /Krane/Wiley India/9789354244681 , Material Science: Nanotechnology And Applications /Kumar/Wiley India/9789390455317 , Introduction To Nanoscience And Nanotechnology, An Indian Adaptation /Poole/Wiley India/9789354240201 , Applied Solid State Physics/Rajnikant/Wiley India/9789354643309 , A Textbook Of Astronomy And Astrophysics /Sharma/Wiley India/9789389520903 , Tensors: Concepts And Applications With Scilab Programs/Soni /Wiley India/9789389633207 , Engineering Physics, As Per Aicte /Wiley Editorial Team/Wiley India/9788126521418 , A Textbook Of Applied Physics, Vol I/Jha/Wiley India/9789389307405 , A Textbook Of Applied Physics, Vol Ii/Jha/Wiley India/9789389520453 , Mathematical Methods In The Physical Sciences, 3Ed, An Indian Adaptation /Boas/Wiley India/9789354644252 , Fundamentals Of Fluid Mechanics/Sawhney/Wiley India/9789389698008 , Quantum Mechanics Concepts And Applications/Nouredine Zettili/Wiley India/978-0-470-02678-6 , Introductory Nuclear Physics/S. Krane Kenneth/Wiley India/978-8126517855 , Principles And Applications Of Ferroelectrics And Related Materials/M. E. Lines And A. M. Glass/Oxford University Press/978-0198507789 , A Modern Introduction To Quantum Field Theory/Michele Maggiore/Oxford University Press/978-0198520740 , The Physics Of Solids/J. B. Ketterson/Oxford University Press/978-0198742906 , Introduction To Spintronics/Supriyo Bandyopadhyay/Routledge/978-0367656447 , Perovskite Metal Oxide/Moharana/Elsevier/9780320000000 , Materials Characterization Techniques/Lin Li, Sam Zhang,Ashok Kumar/Crc Press/?978-1032064208 , Magnetic Measurement Techniques For Materials Characterization/Victorino Franco/Springer/978-3030704452 , Indentation Techniques In Ceramic Materials Characterization: Theory And Practice/Ahmad G.Solomah/Ceramics Transaction/978-1574982121 , Element Of X-Ray Diffraction/B D Cullity/Pearson Education India/9789332535169 , Introduction To Magnetic Materials/B D Cullity/Wiley-Ieee Press/978-0471477419 , Symmetry And Spectroscopy: An Introduction To Vibrational And Electronic Spectroscopy/Daniel C Harris/Dover Pubns/978-0486661445 , The Spectra And Structures Of Simple Free Radicals: Introduction To Molecular Spectroscopy/Gerhard Herzberg/Dover Pubns/978-0486658216 , An Introduction To Practical Infra-Red Spectroscopy/A D Cross/Dover Pubns/978-1489962744 , Handbook On The Physics And Chemistry Of Rare Earths: Optical Spectroscopy/Karl A.Gschneidner/North-Holland/978-0444521446 , Molecular Spectroscopy/Jackd.Graybeal/Mcgraw-Hill Education(Ise Edition)/978-0070243910 , Fundamentals Of Statistical And Thermal Physics/Frederick Reif/Sarat Book Distributors/9789380663142 , Thermodynamics And An Introduction To Thermostatistics/H. B. Callen/John Wiley & Sons Inc/9780471862567 , Introduction To Phase Transitions And Critical Phenomenon (International Series Of Monographs On Physics)/H. E. Stanley/Oxford University Press/9780195053166 , A Guide To Monte Carlo Simulations In Statistical Physics/David P. Landau And Kurt Binder/? Cambridge University Press;/9781139696463 , Statistical Mechanics/R. K. Pathria/Elsevier/9789351073970 , Computational Methods In Physics And Engineering/Samuel S M Wong/World Scientific/9810230435 , Mathematical Methods Of Physics/Jon Mathews And Robert L. Walker/?Pearson Addison-Wesley/805370021 , A Text Book Of Integrated Engineering Physics /Amal Chakraborty/Chhaya Prakashani Pvt Ltd/978-81-906486-1-5 , A Text Book Of Basic Engineering Physics/Amal Chakraborty/Chhaya Prakashani Pvt Ltd/978-8190648615
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Boards / Undertakings / PSU No of Bidders 11
45.
Public Administrative Department #9365571 Technical Bid
Tender For Rate Of ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING For Non SSR Rate For M C Parli V , Supplying And Erecting Integrated Led Posttop Light Fitting Min 40-45 Watt, The Lights Shall Be Die Cast Aluminum Housing With Spun Aluminum Top Cover Graphite Grey (Ral 7024), Along Decorative Crown Made Of Aluminum With Broom Golden Yellow (Ral 1032) ?Nished. The Luminiares Shall Come With Anti Corrosive Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated Graphite Grey / Black Finish, Uv Stabilized Clear Pc Diffuser Concealed With Ss Hardwares, Special Designed Die Cast Knob & 3Mm Thickness Ms Pole Mounting Bracket, The Lights Shall Be Highly Efficient Lm 80 Certified Smd Leds (> 150Lm/W) Mounted On Mcpcb, Pre-Wired With Constant Current Integrated Led Driver, Built In Surge 4Kv, The Fitting Shall Be Equiped With Additional Surge Protection Device 10Kv, Wide Operating Voltage Range 140 - 270V~, 50Hz, Driver Efficiency > 85% , Full Load Thdi < 10%, Working Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ + 50°C, Average Light Source Life (L70b50) 50,000Hrs, Instant Start Flicker Free Operation, Environment Friendly, Without Mercury, No Harmful Uv & Ir Radiation, Impact Resistance Ik08, Electrical Class 1 Impact Resistance Ik08, Cri = 70, Power Factory = 0.95, Color Temprature 3000K /4000K/6500K. Lumen Maintenance Data Shall Be Led Testing Per Iesna Lm-80-08 And Projected Per Iesna Tm-21-11 Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Integrated Led Posttop Light Fitting Min 90-100 Watt, The Lights Shall Be Die Cast Aluminum Housing With Spun Aluminum Top Cover Graphite Grey (Ral 7024), Along Decorative Crown Made Of Aluminum With Broom Golden Yellow (Ral 1032) ?Nished. The Luminiares Shall Come With Anti Corrosive Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated Graphite Grey / Black Finish, Uv Stabilized Clear Pc Diffuser Concealed With Ss Hardwares, Special Designed Die Cast Knob & 3Mm Thickness Ms Pole Mounting Bracket, The Lights Shall Be Highly Efficient Lm 80 Certified Smd Leds (> 150Lm/W) Mounted On Mcpcb, Pre-Wired With Constant Current Integrated Led Driver, Built In Surge 4Kv, The Fitting Shall Be Equiped With Additional Surge Protection Device 10Kv, Wide Operating Voltage Range 140 - 270V~, 50Hz, Driver Efficiency > 85% , Full Load Thdi < 10%, Working Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ + 50°C, Average Light Source Life (L70b50) 50,000Hrs, Instant Start Flicker Free Operation, Environment Friendly, Without Mercury, No Harmful Uv & Ir Radiation, Impact Resistance Ik08, Electrical Class 1 Impact Resistance Ik08, Cri = 70, Power Factory = 0.95, Color Temprature 3000K /4000K/6500K. Lumen Maintenance Data Shall Be Led Testing Per Iesna Lm-80-08 And Projected Per Iesna Tm-21-11 Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Wall / Floor Mounted Flush Type Light Fitting Min 3-5 Watt, The Housing Of Flush Type Light Shall Be Stainless Steel Aisi 316L, Diffuser: Toughened Glass Leds : Power Leds With High Efficacy (>120Lm/W), 3000, With Luminous Flux Maintenance Of 70% (L70 B20) At 50,000 Hrs. Mounting: Recessed Driver : Integral With Safety Diode To Protect The Led Module Against Voltage Peaks Up To 2Kv. P.F. > 0.5 Optics: Optics: 12Degree / 25 Degree Symetricsymmetric / 120° Wide /Diffused, Ambient Temperature Zone : -30 °C To +50°C Input Voltage Range : 100V – 280V Ac, 50-60 Hz. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erectingfloor Mounted Flush Type Lights 35-40 Watt Lights, Input Ac Voltage Shall Be 140V To 270V. Frequency 50/60Hz, Lumen Efficiency 60 To 100Lm/Watt, Cct(K), 3000K/ 4000K/ 5700K/ Single Color (R/ G/ B/ A)/ Rgbw, Optics Shall Be Symmetric: 10 °/ 15 °/ 30 °/ 40 °/ 60 ° Asymmetrical- Forward Asymmetric. The Luminaires Shall Be High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating, Recess Case Material- Abs/ Nylon, Frame Material- Ss316 And 8Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip67 Rating The Outer Housing Shall Be Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware, Brass Pg7 Cable Gland For Thermal Management. The Lum Shall Be Having Integral / Non Integral Driver. The Lum Shall Have Osram/ Cree/ Seoul/ Bridgelux 3535 Discrete Smd Leds, With Complete Lm80 Certified Chip. The Lum Shall Have Low Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumen Depreciation, Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20), The Lum Shall Have Outdoor Rated >85% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 15% & Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C, • Structured On High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc The Lum Shal Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015 Ip67, Ik10 As Per Iec-En 62262.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erectingfloor Mounted Flush Type Lights 18-24 Watt Lights, Input Ac Voltage Shall Be 140V To 270V. Frequency 50/60Hz, Lumen Efficiency 60 To 100Lm/Watt, Cct(K), 3000K/ 4000K/ 5700K/ Single Color (R/ G/ B/ A)/ Rgbw, Optics Shall Be Symmetric: 10 °/ 15 °/ 30 °/ 40 °/ 60 ° Asymmetrical- Forward Asymmetric. The Luminaires Shall Be High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating, Recess Case Material- Abs/ Nylon, Frame Material- Ss316 And 8Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip67 Rating The Outer Housing Shall Be Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware, Brass Pg7 Cable Gland For Thermal Management. The Lum Shall Be Having Integral / Non Integral Driver. The Lum Shall Have Osram/ Cree/ Seoul/ Bridgelux 3535 Discrete Smd Leds, With Complete Lm80 Certified Chip. The Lum Shall Have Low Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumen Depreciation, Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20), The Lum Shall Have Outdoor Rated >85% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 15% & Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C, • Structured On High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc The Lum Shal Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015 Ip67, Ik10 As Per Iec-En 62262.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erectingfloor Mounted Flush Type Lights 6-7 Watt Lights, Input Ac Voltage Shall Be 140V To 270V. Frequency 50/60Hz, Lumen Efficiency 60 To 100Lm/Watt, Cct(K), 3000K/ 4000K/ 5700K/ Single Color (R/ G/ B/ A)/ Rgbw, Optics Shall Be 12Deg / 25 Deg Symetric. The Luminaires Shall Be High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating, Recess Case Material- Abs/ Nylon, Frame Material- Ss316 And 8Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip67 Rating The Outer Housing Shall Be Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware, Brass Pg7 Cable Gland For Thermal Management. The Lum Shall Be Having Integral / Non Integral Driver. The Lum Shall Have Osram/ Cree/ Seoul/ Bridgelux 3535 Discrete Smd Leds, With Complete Lm80 Certified Chip. The Lum Shall Have Low Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumen Depreciation, Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20), The Lum Shall Have Outdoor Rated >85% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 15% & Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C, • Structured On High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc The Lum Shal Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015 Ip67, Ik10 As Per Iec-En 62262.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 15-22 Watt 300Mmlinear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation. The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumendepreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : 3000K / 4000K / 5700K Optics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 900Mm-1220Mm X 108Mm X 60Mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 36-45 Watt Min 1000Mm Linear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation. The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumendepreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : 3000K / 4000K / 5700Koptics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 900Mm-1220Mm X 108Mm X 60Mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 18-25 Watt 600Mm Linear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation. The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumen Depreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : 3000K / 4000K / 5700Koptics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 320X60x108mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Flood 75 Watt Flood Light.The Housing Shall Be Of High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating With Multiple Color Options, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation With 360° Cradle Movement For Omnidirectional Precise Focusing The Housing Shall Be With 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded & Extruded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Hosing Shall Come With Separate Integral Driver Compartment Ip 66. Hosing Shall Be Made Of Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Minimised Windage Area (0.0676M²) The Housing Designed With Thermal Managment Of Radiator Fins In Vertical Direction To Ensure Proper Air Convection. Their Shall Be Separate Integral Driver Compartment For Thermal Isolation & Not To Affect Led Compartment During Maintenance, Provided With Brass Pg9 Cable Gland. The Luminiar Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part5/ Sec.5) & Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262 With Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Leds Shall Be High Efficacy (>145Lm/W) Outdoor Illumination Grade Smd Leds, Luminous Flux Maintenance 80%, 50,000 Hrs (L80b20), High Color Rendering :Cri-70, Thevarious Cct 4000K/3000K. The Lum Shall Be Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current Drivers With Over Voltage (440V Ac)/Undervoltage, Short Circuit & Open Circuit Protection 4Kv / 5Kv / 6Kv Inbuilt Surge Protection With Optional 10Kv / 20 Kv External Spd And Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%. The Lum Shall Be Low Flicker :<3% With Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To 45°C. The Lum Shall Come With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc And All Photometric Design Data For All Optics Available. The Frequency Of Lum Shall Be In Range Of 50 / 60 Hz With Luminous Efficacy Up To 120 Lumens /Watt. The Lum Shall Come With Cct (K) Option Of 3000K / 4000K / Rgb / Rgbw /Single Colour. The Lum Shall Have Optics In Degree : Symmetric : 10° /25° /35° /50° /60° /90° Asymmetric : 20°X 90° Elliptical / Fn - Forward Asymmetric 45Deg.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting 15W/Mtr Ip67 Mono Flexible Strip Along With All Accessories. The Plane Profile Allows Installation And Application In Surface Mount Or Flush Mount. Uniform, Dot-Free And Smooth Lighting Performance Up To 5M[16.4Ft.],Compared With Traditional Fragile Glass And Harden/Yellowing Easily Pvc, Sheathing Material, Silicon Extrusion Technology Is An Advanced Process With High-Efficiency Production Capacity And Environmentally-Friendly Characteristics. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture.Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Constant Voltage Output- 24Vdc, Current O/P- 6.3A Max, High Power Factor >0.97(240Vac& Full Load),100-200Watt Thd<10%, Surge Immunity: Dm 6Kv, Cm 10Kv, Ip67. Approved Make Shall Be Philips, Moso, Invetronics, Bag, Or As Per Suitable Strip Light Manufacturer. , Supply & Installation Of Integrated Solar Poles With Decorative Post Top Type Led Luminiares Lights With Spun Almunium Housing Materials. Solar Poles Shall Be Included With Decorative Led Lights With 24 Watt (-/+5%) With Lumen Output Ofnot Less Then 2200 Lumens. The Led Light Shall Comes With Options Of Color Temperaturein Range Of 3000K / 4000K / 6500K. The Panel On The Pole Shall Be Made Of Solar Module High Efficiency Mono Crystallinewith Min 200W. The Complete Solar Module Efficiency >18%, Voc Of Solar Module Battery 17 V. Battery Used In The Pole Must Be Lithium Ferro Phosphate Battery 12.8 V 60Ah With Bis Approved Cell. The Poles Shall Come With 24 Hours With Dimming Back Up. Solar Charge Controller Type And Capacity Shall Be Mppt & 12.8 V 10 Amp. The Complete System Shall Support Dusk To Dawn Operation To Save Battery Life And Increase The Life Of System. The Poles Must Comes With Inbuilt Over-Charge Protection, Deep-Discharge Protection, Over-Current Protection, Short-Circuit Protection, Over- Voltage Protection. The Led Lumiare Shall Be Ip65 And & Ik 07 Rating. Height Of The Pole Shall Be 04 Meter Including Brackets. Column Cross-Section Shall Not Be More Then 158X158 Mm. Max Weight Of The Poles Shall Not Be More Then 75 Kg (±10%) And Shall Come With Powder Coated Paint. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Urbanspark, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of 10Watt Led Bollard With Extrused Aluminum And Die Cast Aluminum Housing With Uv Stabilized Translucent Pc Diffuser. The Bollard Shall Be Glare Controlled ?Tment For Smooth Illumination And Anti-Corrosive Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating ?Nish. The Bollard Shall Be Moulded Silicon Gaskets & Stainless Steel Fasteners And Must Have Energy Saving Upto 50% Compared To Conventional Luminaires. The Lum Shall Be Pre-Wired Built-In Constant Current Class 1 Led Driver And Eco-Friendly Without Any Harmful Uv & Ir Radiation. The Bollard Shall Be Of Graphite Da Grey (Ral 7024)With Impact Resistance Of Ik08 And Ingress Resistance Of Ip65. The Lum Shall Be Of Cri >70, With Lm80 Led Chip With Beam Angle Of 360 Degree. The Voltage Range Shall Be 140-270Vac. With System Lumens 850Lm. Driver Efficacy > 85%, Power Factor > 0.95 @ Fullload & Rated Voltage, Thd Shall Be < 10% @ Fullload & Rated Voltage With In Built Surge Protector 4Kv (Built-In), The Bollard Shall Have Avg Life Of 50000 Hrs (L70b50). Electrical Safety Classs I, Working Ambient Temp -10°C ~ + 50°C. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approvedmake Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supply Of 3100Mm Kedareshwar Frp Single / Double Arm Poles Made Of Marine Grade Composites (Marine Grade Corrosion Resistant & Hydrocarbon Solvent Resistant). The Inner Column Frame Made Of 60 Mm Od Mild Steel Pipe As Per Is: 1161 Or Is: 1239 Hot Dip Galvanized 65 Microns, Post Fabrication. The Gap Between Ms Pipe & The Frp Camouflaged Shall Be Filled With Pu Foam For Better Stability. The Pufoamis A Formulated, Cfc & Hcfc Free Polyether Polyol Blended With Zero Odp Blowing Agent Forexcelentflow Ability, Even Density Distribution, Good Dimensional Stability & Low Thermal Conductivity Properties. The Pu Foam Should Have 340 Mg Koh/Gm Oh Values, Viscocity@ 25°C Of 500 +/-50 Cps., Specific Gravity Of 1.0 To 1.15. Sections Is The Hdg Pipes & Cladded With Glass Reinforced Polymer Using Unsaturatedpolysterresin Along With 300 & 450 Gsm Emulsion Chopped Strand Mat Comprising Viscocity@ 25°C Should Be 300 To 400 Cps With Acid Value Of 25 Mg Koh/G. Volatile Content Of 35%. Specific Gravity 1.12 @25°C. Barcolhardness Of 40-42, Heat Deflection Temperature Of 60-63°C, Tensile Strength 525 Kg/Sqcm, Tensile Modulus Of 3000, Flexural Strength Of 1000 Kg/Sqcm, Flexural Modules Of 3200 Mpaformulated To Meet Speccphysical Requirements: Weatherability, Heat Resistance, Chemical Resistance, And Electrical Properties. The Glass Fibrescomplies With Din En-2.2 & Din En 10204-3.1. The Camouflaged Frp Grooved Column Is 90Mm Od. The Bracket Arm Is Hdg Post Fabrication, Further Fibrecoated & Given A Pu Paint Treatment For A Classic Surface Finish. All Hardware Is Of Stainless Steel. The Product Is An All Weather Proof & Maintenance Free. Its Self Colouredtextured Surface Finish With Scratch Resistant, Aliphatic Grade Uv. Stabilized Pu Paint With Uv Stable Polyurethane 120 S+/-5 Viscosity Aliphatic Paint, With Minimum Standing Life Of 05 Years. These Lamp Posts Are Individually Hand Crafted To Replicate Steel And Cast Iron. The Base Bollard Of The Lamp Posts Consist Of Access Door For Integral Fitment Of Electrical Accessories. The Base Pcd Is 250Mm With Adjustable Pattisof 50X6mm, Anchor Bolts Of Size M12x120mm, 4 Nos. The Base & Foundations Bolts Are Camouflaged With A Designer Detachablefrp Covering/Ring To Give It Appeasing Appearance. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only. , Supply Of Decorative Pole Of 7Mtr Height Trishul Single/Double Arm Pole Made Of Gi Sections Of 114.3 X 3.5 X 4000Mm And 89Mm X 3 X 3000Mm. Base Casting Of 700Mm Height With Base Plate Section Of 380Mm Dia. The Base Plate Shall Be Of 12Mm Thick And Shall Gradually Move Up To 120Mm Height And Shall Have 300Mm Dia That Shall Again Taper In To 100 Height With 2 Ring Design Of 15Mm Thick And 200Mm Dia. It Shall Again Taper Out With A Curve Unto 430Mm Height With 230Mm Dia And Top 143Mm Dia. The 430Mm Height Section Shall Have A Door Of Size 160Mm On Bottom And 100 On Top With An Height Of 235Mm. The Door Shall Have A Floral Design To Give And Aesthetic Look. Bracket Provided With Reducer/Expander For Holding The Single/Double Arm Bracket Length 1000Mm On Each Side. The Bracket Shall Have Fretwork Pattern Design On The Bracket Arm. 750Mm Which Shall Be In Position Perpendicular To Ground. Bracket Stem Shall Be Crowned At Top With A Frp Trishul Design Of 500Mm Height. The Bracket Shall Be With Provision For Placing Suspended Type Led Fixture Lights On Top. Pole Shall Have Aluminum Casting Ring Embellishments In Between The Pole Shaft. The Base Casting Shall Have Provision For Inbuilt Junction Box To Fix 32Amp Connectors & 6Amp Mcb Inside The Cut Window Of The Bottom. Mounting Steel Plate Have Hole Suitable For Foundation Bolts Of Size M16 X 600Mm. Gi Pole Shall Be Painted In 3 Coat Process (>50 Micron) 1St Coat With Etch Primer, 2Nd Coat With Epoxy Zinc Primer & 3Rd Final Coat With Pu Paint. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 15-22 Watt 300Mmlinear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation.The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumendepreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : Dmx Rgbw / Single Colour R/G/B/A Optics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 900Mm-1220Mm X 108Mm X 60Mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 36-45 Watt Min 1000Mm Linear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation. The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumendepreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : 3000K / 4000K / 5700Koptics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 900Mm-1220Mm X 108Mm X 60Mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Wall / Floor Mounted Type 18-25 Watt 600Mm Linear Lights. The Housing Of Lum Shall Be Of Extruded Aluminium Housing With Pressure Die Cast Aluminium End Caps And Shall Be Polyester Powder Coating Matt Black / Natural Oxidized Aluminium Anodised. Other Ral Shades Available On Request, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation, Adjustable Ss 316 Brackets For Mounting And Orientation. The Lum Shall Be Having 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Screen Printed Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Lum Shall Be Ofstainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Brass Pg7 Cable Gland, Radiator Fins Along The Extrusion Length For Improved Heat Dissipation. The Lum Shall Have Integral / Non Integral Driver And Make Of Leds Shall Be Of Cree / Seoul 3535 Discrete Smd Colour Leds, Lm80 Certified. The Lum Shall Havelow Junction Thermal Resistance For Long Life And Low Lumen Depreciation With Luminous Flux Maintenance 70%, 50,000 Hrs (L70b20),Excellent Colour Mixing With Various Beam Possibilities From 10° Spot To 90° Wide. The Lum Shall Have Electrical System Of Input Ac Voltage : 140 To 277V Ac, Frequency : 50 / 60 Hz Lum Efficacy : 80 To 100 Lumens/Watt, Cct (K) : 3000K / 4000K / 5700Koptics : Symmetric : 10° /15° / 5° X 20° / 25° /10° X 60° /15° X 45° Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current / Constant Voltage Drivers Integral / In Separate Ip66 Driver Box, Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%, Low Flicker : <3%, Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To +50°C. The Lum Shall Have Optical Properties Ofphotometric Beam Options For - Facade Lighting With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc. Photometric Design Data Optics Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part 5 / Sec.5) 2012 & 2015. The Lum Shall Be Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262. Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Dimension Shall Be 320X60x108mm. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Of Flood 75 Watt Flood Light.The Housing Shall Be Of High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating With Multiple Color Options, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation With 360° Cradle Movement For Omnidirectional Precise Focusing The Housing Shall Be With 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded & Extruded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Hosing Shall Come With Separate Integral Driver Compartment Ip 66. Hosing Shall Be Made Of Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Minimised Windage Area (0.0676M²) The Housing Designed With Thermal Managment Of Radiator Fins In Vertical Direction To Ensure Proper Air Convection. Their Shall Be Separate Integral Driver Compartment For Thermal Isolation & Not To Affect Led Compartment During Maintenance, Provided With Brass Pg9 Cable Gland. The Luminiar Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part5/ Sec.5) & Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262 With Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Leds Shall Be High Efficacy (>145Lm/W) Outdoor Illumination Grade Smd Leds, Luminous Flux Maintenance 80%, 50,000 Hrs (L80b20), High Color Rendering :Cri-70, Thevarious Cct Rgbw. The Lum Shall Be Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current Drivers With Over Voltage (440V Ac)/Undervoltage, Short Circuit & Open Circuit Protection 4Kv / 5Kv / 6Kv Inbuilt Surge Protection With Optional 10Kv / 20 Kv External Spd And Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%. The Lum Shall Be Low Flicker :<3% With Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To 45°C. The Lum Shall Come With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc And All Photometric Design Data For All Optics Available. The Frequency Of Lum Shall Be In Range Of 50 / 60 Hz With Luminous Efficacy Up To 120 Lumens /Watt. The Lum Shall Come With Cct (K) Option Of 3000K / 4000K / Rgb / Rgbw /Single Colour. The Lum Shall Have Optics In Degree : Symmetric : 10° /25° /35° /50° /60° /90° Asymmetric : 20°X 90° Elliptical / Fn - Forward Asymmetric 45Deg.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supply And Erectionand Programming Of 2Universe (1024Channels) Dmx Controller With Following Features & Specifications: Programmable With Software Offeringincredible Power With Multi-Zone, Extended Triggers And 16-Bit Channels Management. Intuitive Backlit Keyboard With 10 Presets And Zone Selection. With An Ethernet Connection And Wifi, The Scontroller Can Be Controlled Using Remote Apps From A Smartphone Or Tablet. This Is Built On The Latest Generation Of Lighting Controllers And Combines All Recent Innovations. 2X Dmx512 Universes In Live Mode (Computer/Tablet) • 2X Dmx512 Universes In Stand Alone Mode • Expandable From 2 To 4 Dmx512 Universes • Intuitive Backlit Keyboard With 10 Presets • 99 Scenes (Total) Across 5 Zones • Usb & Ethernet For Programming/Control • Multi-Zone Microsd Memory • 16 Dry Contact Trigger Ports Via 20-Pin Idc Socket • Clock And Calendar With Sunrise/Sunset Triggering • Network Communication. Control Lighting Remotely • Oem Customization, • Windows/Mac Software To Set Dynamic Colors/Effects, • Phone/Ipad/Android Remote And Programming Apps • Metal Bracket, Mount To A Wall Or Under A Desk, • Dmx In Or Out. Rdm Ready. • Extended Triggering Possibilities (Tca). Technical Data Input Power 5-5.5V Dc 0.6A Output Protocol Dmx512, Programmability Windows, Mac Os, Ios, Android Connections Type C Usb, Xlr3, Ethernet, 20-Pin (2X10) Male Idc Socket, Battery, Tcp Connections 2, Memory Microsd Sd & Sdhc (32Gb Max), Environment Ip20. 0°C - 50°C Buttons 10 Buttons For Direct Access 2 Buttons To Change Scene + 1 Button To Change Zone Dimensions: 160X90x45mm 268G , Supply And Erection Dmx/ Rdm Splitter/ Amplifier 1:4 Used In The Dmx/Rdm Lighting Control System. Automatically Recognize Dmx/Rdm Signals. 1 Channel Input, 4 Channels Distributed Output, There Is A Independently Photoelectricity Insulation Of >3Kv Between Input And Output Terminals, And Output Terminals Among 4 Channels, And 1 Bypass Channel, Bypass Function For Expanding Dmx Device Number. O/P Port- 3Pin Xlr-4, Relay Function For Amplifying Weak Dmx/Rdm Signals And Extending The Signal Transmission Distance. , Supply And Erection0.75 Sq Mm 3 Pin Jumper Cable Of 3Mtr Length For Dmx , Supply And Erection Dmx Cables 3 / 5 Core , Supply And Erectionof 6 Push Button Keypad/Panel Made Of Aluminium Brushed Cnc Style Modular With 6 Individual Push Buttons That Can Trigger The Dry Port Contacts. The Button Shall Be Quoted Along With Controllers Compatile With Dmx Controllers Protocal , Supply And Erection Of Underwater Light Rgb For Water Boies , Supply And Erection Of Decorative Pole Of 7Mtr Height Trishul Single/Double Arm Pole Made Of Gi Sections Of 114.3 X 3.5 X 4000Mm And 89Mm X 3 X 3000Mm. Base Casting Of 700Mm Height With Base Plate Section Of 380Mm Dia. The Base Plate Shall Be Of 12Mm Thick And Shall Gradually Move Up To 120Mm Height And Shall Have 300Mm Dia That Shall Again Taper In To 100 Height With 2 Ring Design Of 15Mm Thick And 200Mm Dia. It Shall Again Taper Out With A Curve Unto 430Mm Height With 230Mm Dia And Top 143Mm Dia. The 430Mm Height Section Shall Have A Door Of Size 160Mm On Bottom And 100 On Top With An Height Of 235Mm. The Door Shall Have A Floral Design To Give And Aesthetic Look. Bracket Provided With Reducer/Expander For Holding The Single/Double Arm Bracket Length 1000Mm On Each Side. The Bracket Shall Have Fretwork Pattern Design On The Bracket Arm. 750Mm Which Shall Be In Position Perpendicular To Ground. Bracket Stem Shall Be Crowned At Top With A Frp Bajrang Design Of 500Mm Height. The Bracket Shall Be With Provision For Placing Suspended Type Led Fixture Lights On Top. Pole Shall Have Aluminum Casting Ring Embellishments In Between The Pole Shaft. The Base Casting Shall Have Provision For Inbuilt Junction Box To Fix 32Amp Connectors & 6Amp Mcb Inside The Cut Window Of The Bottom. Mounting Steel Plate Have Hole Suitable For Foundation Bolts Of Size M16 X 600Mm. Gi Pole Shall Be Painted In 3 Coat Process (>50 Micron) 1St Coat With Etch Primer, 2Nd Coat With Epoxy Zinc Primer & 3Rd Final Coat With Pu Paint.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only. , Supply And Erection Of Decorative Pole Of 9Mtr Height Trishul Double Arm Pole Made Of Gi Sections Of 114.3 X 3.5 X 6000Mm And 89Mm X 3 X 3000Mm. Base Casting Of 700Mm Height With Base Plate Section Of 380Mm Dia. The Base Plate Shall Be Of 20Mm Thick And Shall Gradually Move Up To 120Mm Height And Shall Have 300Mm Dia That Shall Again Taper In To 100 Height With 2 Ring Design Of 15Mm Thick And 200Mm Dia. It Shall Again Taper Out With A Curve Unto 430Mm Height With 230Mm Dia And Top 143Mm Dia. The 430Mm Height Section Shall Have A Door Of Size 160Mm On Bottom And 100 On Top With An Height Of 235Mm. The Door Shall Have A Floral Design To Give And Aesthetic Look. Bracket Provided With Reducer/Expander For Holding The Single/Double Arm Bracket Length 1000Mm On Each Side. The Bracket Shall Have Fretwork Pattern Design On The Bracket Arm. 750Mm Which Shall Be In Position Perpendicular To Ground. Bracket Stem Shall Be Crowned At Top With A Frp Trishul Design Of 500Mm Height. The Bracket Shall Be With Provision For Placing Suspended Type Led Fixture Lights On Top. Pole Shall Have Aluminum Casting Ring Embellishments In Between The Pole Shaft. The Base Casting Shall Have Provision For Inbuilt Junction Box To Fix 32Amp Connectors & 6Amp Mcb Inside The Cut Window Of The Bottom. Mounting Steel Plate Have Hole Suitable For Foundation Bolts Of Size M16 X 600Mm. Gi Pole Shall Be Painted In 3 Coat Process (>50 Micron) 1St Coat With Etch Primer, 2Nd Coat With Epoxy Zinc Primer & 3Rd Final Coat With Pu Paint.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only. , Supply And Erection Of Decorative Pole Of 9Mtr Height Trishul Double Arm Pole Made Of Gi Sections Of 114.3 X 3.5 X 6000Mm And 89Mm X 3 X 3000Mm. Base Casting Of 700Mm Height With Base Plate Section Of 380Mm Dia. The Base Plate Shall Be Of 20Mm Thick And Shall Gradually Move Up To 120Mm Height And Shall Have 300Mm Dia That Shall Again Taper In To 100 Height With 2 Ring Design Of 15Mm Thick And 200Mm Dia. It Shall Again Taper Out With A Curve Unto 430Mm Height With 230Mm Dia And Top 143Mm Dia. The 430Mm Height Section Shall Have A Door Of Size 160Mm On Bottom And 100 On Top With An Height Of 235Mm. The Door Shall Have A Floral Design To Give And Aesthetic Look. Bracket Provided With Reducer/Expander For Holding The Single/Double Arm Bracket Length 1000Mm On Each Side. The Bracket Shall Have Fretwork Pattern Design On The Bracket Arm. 750Mm Which Shall Be In Position Perpendicular To Ground. Bracket Stem Shall Be Crowned At Top With A Frp Trishul Design Of 500Mm Height. The Bracket Shall Be With Provision For Placing Suspended Type Led Fixture Lights On Top. Pole Shall Have Aluminum Casting Ring Embellishments In Between The Pole Shaft. The Base Casting Shall Have Provision For Inbuilt Junction Box To Fix 32Amp Connectors & 6Amp Mcb Inside The Cut Window Of The Bottom. Mounting Steel Plate Have Hole Suitable For Foundation Bolts Of Size M16 X 600Mm. Gi Pole Shall Be Painted In 3 Coat Process (>50 Micron) 1St Coat With Etch Primer, 2Nd Coat With Epoxy Zinc Primer & 3Rd Final Coat With Pu Paint.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only , Supply And Erection Of Frp Designer Lighting Pole Made Of Marine Quality Composite. It Is Reinforced With Glass Fibre Chopped Strand Mat Emc450, With Area Weight Of =/- 7.5% As Per Iso3374, Moisture Content Of <20% As Per Iso3344, Size Content Of 3.7(1+31%) As Per Iso 1887 And Breakage Strength Of >140N As Per Iso 3342. Isophthalic Unsaturated Polyester Laminating Resin Having Medium Viscosity And Low Reactivity Based On Isophthalic Acid And Standard Glycols, Dissolved In Styrene Monomer Is Used In Making The Product. The Resin Has Viscosity At 25°C ( P ): 400 To 500, Acid Value (Mg Koh/Gm): 15-20, Specific Gravity At 25°C: :1.11‡0.02, Volatile Content (%): 38 +/-3, Gel Time At 30°C (Minutes), (With Resin = 100 Grams; Accelerator 3% Cobalt Octoate = 1.0 And Catalyst Mekp M-50= 1.5 Ml): 8 To 12.Curedclear Cast Resins Comes With The Following Properties: Barcol Hardness: 42, :42 Heat Deflection Temperature (°C): 94, Tensile Strength (Kg/Cm2): 600, Tensile Modulus Map Of 3100; Elongation At Break: 2.5%; Flexural Strength (Kg/Cm2): 1050, Flexural Modulus (Mpa) Of 3200, Water Absorption @25°C (Mg) (After 24Hours) Of 20. The Method Of Testing And The Tolerances Are As Prescribed In Is-6746-1994. The Product Is Weatherproof And Maintenance Free With Long Design Life. Pre-Paint Treatments It Is A Self-Coloured Textured Surface Finish With Scratch-Resistant, Aliphatic Grade U.V. Stabilized Pu Paint With Uv Stable Polyurethane With Viscosity Of 80(+/-3 Sec), Gravity 97(+/-3)Grams, Fineness Of Grind 3 Micron With Long-Standing Life. The Frp Is Of Minimum 2 Mm Thickness With 10% Tolerance. The Frp Pole Is 4000 Mm Ht & 1500 Mm Wide. The Pole Has 1 Pc Luminaire On Top Which Is Suitable For 50Wt Led& 4 Diya In Fountain Shapes At The Base Bollard. The Pole Has Metal Section Reinforced With Frp For Product Stability. The Pole Comes With A Base Plate To Mount It On The Floor Surface.. All Hardware Is Ss304. The Pole Should Be As Per Designed By Pmc And Approved By Engineer In Charge. With 2 Years Warranty.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only , Supply And Erection Of Lader Bollardthe Bollard Shall Be Customized Should Be As Per Designed By Pmc And Approved By Engineer In Charge. With 2 Years Warranty.Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse, Rewards Only , Supplying And Erecting Of Flood 200 Watt Flood Light.The Housing Shall Be Of High Pressure Die Cast Aluminium Alloy Housing With Polyester Powder Coating With Multiple Color Options, Robust, Sleek Design With Excellent Heat Dissipation With 360° Cradle Movement For Omnidirectional Precise Focusing The Housing Shall Be With 4Mm Thick Extra Clear Toughened Glass With Silicon Moulded & Extruded Gaskets For Ip66 Rating. The Hosing Shall Come With Separate Integral Driver Compartment Ip 66. Hosing Shall Be Made Of Stainless Steel - Aisi 304 Grade Hardware With Minimised Windage Area (0.0676M²) The Housing Designed With Thermal Managment Of Radiator Fins In Vertical Direction To Ensure Proper Air Convection. Their Shall Be Separate Integral Driver Compartment For Thermal Isolation & Not To Affect Led Compartment During Maintenance, Provided With Brass Pg9 Cable Gland. The Luminiar Shall Be As Per Is 10322 (Part5/ Sec.5) & Ip66, Ik08 As Per Iec-En 62262 With Surface Coating Resistant To Salt Spray Tests Pursuant To Standard Uni En Iso 9227. The Leds Shall Be High Efficacy (>145Lm/W) Outdoor Illumination Grade Smd Leds, Luminous Flux Maintenance 80%, 50,000 Hrs (L80b20), High Color Rendering :Cri-70, Thevarious Cct Rgbw. The Lum Shall Be Outdoor Rated >90% Efficiency Constant Current Drivers With Over Voltage (440V Ac)/Undervoltage, Short Circuit & Open Circuit Protection 4Kv / 5Kv / 6Kv Inbuilt Surge Protection With Optional 10Kv / 20 Kv External Spd And Low Current Harmonics : Thd < 10%. The Lum Shall Be Low Flicker :<3% With Ambient Temperature Range : -30°C To 45°C. The Lum Shall Come With High Performance Optical Grade Lenses In Pmma / Pc And All Photometric Design Data For All Optics Available. The Frequency Of Lum Shall Be In Range Of 50 / 60 Hz With Luminous Efficacy Up To 120 Lumens /Watt. The Lum Shall Come With Cct (K) Option Of 3000K / 4000K / Rgb / Rgbw /Single Colour. The Lum Shall Have Optics In Degree : Symmetric : 10° /25° /35° /50° /60° /90° Asymmetric : 20°X 90° Elliptical / Fn - Forward Asymmetric 45Deg.Sample Should Be Submitted For Concerned Engineer In Charge & Architect For Approval Of Light Fixture. Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erecting Integrated Led Posttop Light Fitting Min 140-150 Watt, The Lights Shall Be Die Cast Aluminum Housing With Spun Aluminum Top Cover Graphite Grey (Ral 7024), Along Decorative Crown Made Of Aluminum With Broom Golden Yellow (Ral 1032) ?Nished. The Luminiares Shall Come With Anti Corrosive Epoxy Polyester Powder Coated Graphite Grey / Black Finish, Uv Stabilized Clear Pc Diffuser Concealed With Ss Hardwares, Special Designed Die Cast Knob & 3Mm Thickness Ms Pole Mounting Bracket, The Lights Shall Be Highly Efficient Lm 80 Certified Smd Leds (> 150Lm/W) Mounted On Mcpcb, Pre-Wired With Constant Current Integrated Led Driver, Built In Surge 4Kv, The Fitting Shall Be Equiped With Additional Surge Protection Device 10Kv, Wide Operating Voltage Range 140 - 270V~, 50Hz, Driver Efficiency > 85% , Full Load Thdi < 10%, Working Ambient Temperature -10°C ~ + 50°C, Average Light Source Life (L70b50) 50,000Hrs, Instant Start Flicker Free Operation, Environment Friendly, Without Mercury, No Harmful Uv & Ir Radiation, Impact Resistance Ik08, Electrical Class 1 Impact Resistance Ik08, Cri = 70, Power Factory = 0.95, Color Temprature 3000K /4000K/6500K. Lumen Maintenance Data Shall Be Led Testing Per Iesna Lm-80-08 And Projected Per Iesna Tm-21-11 Approved Make Shall Be Philips Color Kinetics, Neri, Maplux, Lighting Technology Ltd, Zumtobel, Gva Lighting, Lumen Pulse Only. , Supplying And Erectingof 25M Trishul Mast With Shaft In Three Sections Suitable For 47M/Sec Wind Speed (As Per Is 875),Comprising Of Trishul Head And Damro On The Top Of The Mast. A. Base Dia. And Top Diameter (A/F) Top : 150 Mm / Bottom : 540 Mm Three Section Shall Be Of 520 B. Plate Thickness: Top : 4 Mm Middle : 4 Mm Bottom : 5 Mm. Cross Section Of Mast : 20 Side Polygon. Standard For Of Galvanisation : As Per Bs En Iso 1461 Size Of Opening And Door At Base : 1200 X 250 Mm Diameter Of Base Plate : 730 Mm Thickness Of Base Plate : 30 Mm Lightning Protection Finial : G.I Single Spike Max.Wind Speed : 50M/S As Per Is : 875 (Part - Iii) Number Of Foundation Bolts : 12 Nos. Pcd Of Foundation Bolts : 650 Mm Type / Diameter / Length Of Foundation Bolts : Ts 600 / 30 Mm Dia / 850 Mm Long. Material Construction : Hot Rolled Steel Plate Conform To Is 2062/Bsen 10025 Or Equivalent Grade. The Trishul Mast Should Be As Per Designed By Oem And Approved By Architect / Pmc /Engineer In Charge.Approved Make Bajaj, Valmont Philips Only , Supplying And Making Of Foundation Along With Foundation Bolts Manufactured From Special Steel Along With Nuts,Washers,Anchor Plate And Common Template With All Required Materials And Accessories As Per The Approval. The Foundation Design Shall Be As Per Designed Approved By Pmc And Engineer In Charge. , Supplying And Erecting Of Single Dome Aviation Obstraction Led Lamp Fixtures. , Supplying And Erectingof Outdoor Feeder Pillar With 32A Tpn Mcb Incomer, Single Dial Time Switch, 25A Tp Contactor For The Automatic Switching Of Luminaries, Power Tool Control With 2 No 9A Contactors And Raise/Lower Push Button, Incoming 35 Sq. Mm And Out Going 16 & 2.5 Sq. Mm Terminals. , Supplying And Erecting 24V, 240W, Ip67 Cv-Cc Driver Poweroutpur- 240W (±10%)Driver Featuring The Constant Power Mode. Power Sitc Should Operate From140~300Vac And Offers Models With Different Rated Current Ranging Between <3.1A At Full Load. High Efficiency Up To 80%, With The Fanless Design, Must Be Able To Operate At -0°C ~+45°C Case Temperature Under Free Air Convection. Output Parameters: I. Line Regulation: ±5% Ii. Load Regulation: ±5% Iii. Output Current Tolerance: ±5% Iv. Output Voltage Ripple: <3% Driver Protection: I. Input Voltage Protection: Cut-Off Voltage : >300Vac ± 15V , Cut-In Voltage : 290Vac ± 15V Ii. Output Short Circuit Protection: Auto Recovery - Hiccup Mode Iii. Output Open Circuit: Available Iv. Ouput Overload: Auto Recovery - Hiccup Mode V. Over Temperature: Shutdown & Auto Recovery Vi. Isolation B/W Input & Output: Withstand 1.5Kv For 1Minute Vii. Insulation Resistance : Between L & N To Dc Output:>10M? (To Be Measured With Test Voltage Of 500Vdc) Viii. Surge In Dm: 5Kv Driver Should Have En 61000-4-5 Approval For Surge Voltage Protection & Is 15885-2-13 For Bis Approval. Dimension: 219 X 63 X 35 Mm
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Local Bodies No of Bidders 3
Maharashtra View Result →
46.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9359483 Technical Bid
Tender For Supply, Installation And Commissioning Of Sophisticated Laboratory Equipment Fixtures With Gds System At Food And Drug Administration, Bkc, Mumbai.- 1 Instrument TableAcid & Chemical Resistant MobileModule :-16 Gauge Front Structure & 20 Gauge Body . Shutter Thickness 25 mm . 2 Nos Cabinet shutter will be in double skin construction and shall be provided with heavy duty, knuckle and barrel type SS hingeskand positive catch arrangement. Modules made up ofTata Galvano 0 Single Pass Skin sheet.Telescopic Hafele Germany Make ( Model No. - HA422.58.335 ). SS 304 Butt Hinges -2 inch 2 mm Thick . Make. Handle : - Aluminium Conceal type . It has an access space for utility . Several no. of electrical connections to fullfill highend requirments . power trench inbuilt and acts aswork top support . The under module shall be fabricated out of heavy gauge special grade Galvanized Iron sheet in weldless construction and shall be finished with pure 8 tank process Epoxy coating for extra ordinary corrosion resistance. Carbon Black Top . Dimesnison 3000mm L x 750mm D x 750 mm H . 2 Sink Unit With Eyewasher Peg Board & Faucet:- 750 mm height lab storage unit havingtwo shutters & a service cutout on the base panel for drainage system .Unit is also having 100mm toe space at bottom, complete unique mobile cabinet with castor wheels at the bottom can be accessible any where .Complete Tata Galvan O furniture is pretreated with 8 tank pickling process further Chemoxy coated by maintaining 70 to 80 micron film thickness. Unit Carrying Components Like PP Hose Pipe with Coupler made from high grade & highly chemical resistant PP material. PP Hose Pipes are available in black color at standard size is 40mm OD with 1 meter long.Brass Casted Faucet , Peg board & Brass Casted Eyewasher Fitting Accessories .T Joints, Brass casted, Elbow Brass Casted, Angle cock , Connector , Module Cutouts Drain Cutouts .Carbon BlackTop 18 MM THICK . 3 Lab Speccilised chairs :-Frame Material – plastic, Adjustable seat height, recline, seat lock, wheels, swivel, armrest, locking mechanism. Size : 49 cm W X 60 cm H, Upholstery type : Cushion/SS 304 4 Head Shower Eye Washer:-Valve: Made from G.I. Powder Coating. Through - Passage Valve which opens automatically when the lever is pushed, and the valve stays open until it is manually closed. Shower Head & Eyewash Bowl: In highly Visible Yellow ABS anti-corrosive plastic. Spray Head Assembly: Two high flow Sprays aerated at low pressure which bathe the eyes and face of the injured person, with automatic anti-dust cover, which operate when the Eye wash is used and it is made of with Brass Pipe. 5 Reagent Rack :-Multi stage multiutility rack Incuding the power trench . And can also hold upto three mobile storages . Top Stage Storage Racks with. Robist construction with easy openable panel . Having two slotted pillars for adjustable rack . fixte below granite complete non-visible screw structure .90 x 280 mm Cross Section Rectangled trench carring electrical & Data wires, holding switch & Sockets . Taper way to avoid wire plug bends MOunted. 6 Antivibration table :- Torsion Dampered Rubber multi Layered inbetween The Granite . Side Panel Covered With internal garanite fulfilled FrameStructure . 14 Gauge Frame Structure .Body Cover Made From Tata Galvano 0 Single Pass Skin sheetin weldless construction and shall be finished with pure 8 tank process Epoxy coating for extra ordinary corrosion resistance. SHOCK Absorbent Height & Gravity Adjustment Levelers .SIZE:- 750 MML X 600MM D X 900 MMH 7 Const. Bypass Bench Type Fume Hood Size :-1500MM L X 950MMD X 2300 H :-General Chemistry Fume Hood Type: Low Constant Volume; ELITE - Series 4 Feet having - Chemical Storage Base Cabinet- PRL Liner - Jet Black Granite WorkTop- Utility Valves = 1no )- Electrical Socket = 4nos 8 ChemicalStorage Unit: - Laboratory Chemicalstorage unit size 1000wx 450dx1950h .Made of 20 gauge Galvan O. PP Lining- 4 Nos Adjustable shelfs inside . Complete unit is pretreated with 8 tank pickling process further Chemoxy coated by maintaining 70 to 80 micron film thickness. Stainless Steel 304 Grade 270 degree openable hinges . . ALong With Volume Control Damper . 1.5 mm PP Lining . 9 Document Storage Cabinets :- Tall Storage Cabinets with MOC; 1 mm thk TATA galvano GPSP sheet with 1 fix and 4 adjustable shelf 2 doors with toughened Consealedglass view panel. complete unit is powder coated with epoxy Powder Coating with Performing 8 Tank Process.Hinges - with 6 nos. of nuckle type of hinges. Hettich/Haffeles Lock 10 Jus Rite Cabinets :- Features two patented, galvanized steel SpillSlope® shelves designed to direct spills to the back and bottom into a 2-in (51-mm) leak-tested sump that meets EPA requirements. Adjustable on 3-in (76-mm) centers, all SpillSlope shelves meet ANSI MH28.1 standards with a 350-lb (159-kg) safe allowable load. Welded shelf hangers interlock with the shelf to offer maximum stability with no flimsy brackets to lose. For replacement shelves, use model 29937.The cabinet also features dual vents with flame arresters, four adjustable self-leveling feet, and a built-in grounding connector. Its durable lead-free epoxy/polyester powder-coat finish provides excellent chemical resistance inside and out, as well as minimizes the effects of corrosion and humidity. 11 Apron Storage Unit: - Laboratory Document storage unit size 1050wx 450dx1950h .SS 304 Material Super Finish & Garin line Buffing . Swing doors perforated down and hinged on SS hinges which is not exposing inside. SS 304 Constrution .Stainless Steel 304 Grade 270 degree openable hinges . 150 mm Center to center distant , C-shaped designed Stainless steel 304 MOC handle, anti rust and 8mm thick diameter in cross section . View panels for modular wall panels with 5 mm Toughened glass with with all accessories like double adhesive tape , silicon sealant and silica gel with installation. Height adjustable levelers M8 bolted 30mm adjustaing height levelers , with a load carrying capacity of 100 kg per leveler. Bolt Head Moulded with Hard Plastic & PP nobe. 12 Open Storage Rack /1000/450/1900:- Stackable Racks With Slottle angle support . Height Adjustable Shelves .SS Nut & Bolts . Color coat on the material i.e. acid, chemical & alkali Resistant. Various shades over more than 100 are available .Rack can be fitted inverted aslo as a form of tray as per user requirement . Shelves have PP lining and 1.5 ft x 1.5 ft PP Trays . Dual Shade colors with Acid Rasistance PP Sheet Pasting . 13 Umbilicals :- Contains Tunnel for Wiring from ceiling to table is zero expose form . Open Box Runner Present In each Dropper for distribution .With Detachable Opening .Distribution board(Cutout onlys as per given sample ) .Highlighted Color Closing for astetic & Access Purpose Smart Nobs for open & Closing . 14 SS CANTEEN TABLE 1200X 900 :- Rubber Bush to Protect The flooring . The Total Construction is Sharpless. Withstand zero Decompositionof Dirt . SS 304 Platform with 100kg/mtr uniformly distributed load . The height of the table is 750 mm and seat is 450 mm totall ergonomical for all people. 15 Compactors(Sections 1000 x 2000 H x 450 D) : - Semi Open Racks Connected in sets of 3 .moved with the wheel mechanism .the Racks are rolled through chanel guide ba.sed on floor.total G.I. Powder Coated With 3 feet Space between the moving racks section.height for 2100mm . Slots on the trays are optional . 16 Spot Extractor :- Polypropelene Pipe Leak Proof Having Suction Capacity of 150-200 cfm . High End Durabale as well as Acid & Chemcial Resistance. It can be rotated 360 degree and dome can be revolved upto 750 mm radius from the last lever . Every joint is adjustable in regards to height and stability . 17 Gas Distribution System :- This includes various gases engage in fumehood activity like , Mixed Air , Nitrogen , Compress Air, vacuum , oxygen , LPG or CO2. This comes wih the monitoring gauge to check the pressure of such gases within limits . As those can be dangerous if not mainained in designated pressure . Also the MOC engage in piping of the gases is strictly SS 316 and Brass for Water . 18 PP FRP Ducting (5 mm ) :- 3mm PP Sheet acid & Chemical Resistance Sheet . PP Rod Welding the two adjacent Surfaces in optained leak proof joints. For making duct pipe . 2mm FRP Ling for Uniform surface , curved joints which reduces the frictional losses as an acid & chemical resistance material . Elbows Turn such as right angel, obtuse angle & Acute angle bends . Flanges Joining of to pipes with flange buy providing gastket/welding along with Nut Bolting . 19 WorK Station L Shaped:- Computer / Sitting desk compact size made for single person eronomicall well designed with one drawer one shutter pedestral . Table Top is MDF Laminated And Base Frame Made of CRCA ERW Pipe Powder Coated . One Legspace on module . 20 Turbo discharge With Foundation : -Casing PP Discgarger. Fan Impeller to Suck high static pressure air. Motor 1440 rpm 2 hpMotor to run the impeller.Fittings Base Frame , M.S. Angle Support Along With The foundation.Wiring Cable to connect Motor from Starter.Starter to Switch On & Off the blower holding the incomming supply .2mm Frp Lining Acid & Chemical Ressistance frp lining inside & Outside Blower .
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 3
Maharashtra View Result →
47.
Public Administrative Department #9337259 Technical Bid
Tender For Inverting Quotation For Non Csr Item For Installing Traffic Signal And Solar Blinker In The City- 1 Supply of 300mm dia LED Retrofit LED based comp site solid state laminate module using ultra bright low power LED with high conversion efficiency and multiple drive circuit streams to ensure fail back configurations and minimum failure consumiting of 10 watt eacpower having horizontal LED arrangement. 2 A) For Red luminous intensity of LED 160m cd min. viertical angle 70 degree min 3 B) For amber luminous intensity of LED cd min. vertical angle 24 degree min. 4 C) For Green luminous intensity of LED 120 cd min. vertical angle 24 degree min 5 D) For pedistitrain signal luminous intensity of LED 70 cd min. vertical angle 24 degree min. Aspect Red signal 6 E) For pedistitrain signal luminous intensity of LED 70 cd min. vertical angle 24 dgree min. Aspect Green signal 7 Supply of 300mm dia polycarbonate lamphead assemly 8 Mounting of 300mm dia FRP/polycarbonate traffic signal head on the pole and wiring the same the tag block in pole cap/junction with type plug termination etc complete (i) Cantilever polse(A) Signle aspect. 9 Supply of Microprocessor based automatic traffic signal controller housed in MS 16 SWG fabrication water proof, rust proof and dust light double walled cabinet and switch box with locking arrangements with lock and keys. Suitable for mounting on a pedestal incorporating the following Minimum 8 plans and 8-phase with manual controlling and blinker mode. Minimum 7 days clock and signal lines suitable for isolated type traffic junction 10 Supply of traffic signal pole assembly complete with 100mm inner dia, pipe (B Class) including providing M.S. base plate of size 200mm*200mm *100mm thick switch with bottom of the pole flanged FRP cap at top, the pole painted with 2 coats of zinc chromate primer and in addition bituminous painting for the bottom 1.5m, portion of pipe, providing cable entry hole etc. complete. 11 A) 6.00Mtrs. Loge Pole 12 B) Cantilever Pole 9meter long 13 Installing the controller on C.C. 1:2:4 pedestal 60cm above G.L. of suitable size testing and commissioning with any number of phases including providing earth station as per I.S. rules etc.complete. 14 Erection of traffic signal pole in 60cm * 60cm 1.00m deep pit with 11:5:3 cement concrete and C.C. plastering, curing. 15 A) Normal Pole (6mtr hight) 16 B) Cantilever Pole 17 Local earthing of signal / street light pole when use as traffic pole with 10m length of 10 SWG G.I. Wire loop being kept at minimum of 2m below G.I. etc. complete as per I.S. Rules 18 Painting of signal pole with 2coats of synthetic enamel paint approved colour 19 A) Normal Pole (6mtr hight) 20 B) Cantilever Pole 21 Supply and laying of multicore aurmourd Flexible/solid core copper conductor PVC insulated & sheatered cable 1 sq.mm. c/s area as per I.S. 22 A) 7Core (Approximate 23 B) 14Core (Approximate) 24 Excavation of trench 60cms wide and 1.00 deep 25 laying cable on side shoulder, including spreading sand providing bricks lining for cable protection refilling the trench, leveling, clearing the site etc. complete without top finishing and reinstatement 26 Exacavation of damber road 27 Providing and fixing MS 16 guage junction box with removable base plate with wooden plant inside for signal/three phase MSEDCL service connection with main switches, distribution board, indicators with necessary fixing accessories as per I.S. std etc. complete 28 Providing and fixing junction box on signal/street pole for cable connection including looping taking cable through G.I. pipe upto junction box from ground leave etc. complete 29 Supply of installation in material like condults reducer, coller, adopter B.T.W. wire flexible piper etc 30 Supply and Installation and commissioning of Digital traffic signal balance time indicator with Red, and Green Phase timing in second, with super bright LEDs seven segment of size 8 height 4 width, 3 digit Red LED display having 250 med Luminius output of each digit and leading zero super fine with red transparent acrylic in front side of M.S. 18 SWG 31 supply& laying of 50mm dia DWC pipe 32 Supply & Fixing of 50mm dia GI Pipe 33 Solar Blinker with pole 34 Supply of6mtr long traffic signal pole assembly complete with 100mm dia. Pipe class B including providing M.S.base plate of size 200mmx200mmx6mm thick welded with bottom of the pole painted with rubber paint below ground level and red oxide on exposed surface and finishing with traffic yellow enamel paint in two coats complete as required etc complete. 35 Supply of LED mounted digital traffic signal cantiliver pole of GI (ERW) rectangle type/round type including LED module fixtures, control, unit, driver relays, cables & wires necessary asccessories as required Vertical Pole shaft: 150mm x150 mm x 5 mm (Thickness) and 6.7 MT height withHorizontal Arm: 150 x 1 0 0 x 3 . 5 - 4 mm thick and 6.57M length. Fixture Arm for Aspects at Center: 80mm x 80mm x 3mm x 1300mm. Base Plate: 400 x400 x 20mm welded and painted in appropriate colour etc completre. 36 Installation and commissioning of control and LED module fixtures on above catiliver pole with fitting accssories as specified complete 37 Supply of 300 mm dia signal LED Retrofits consisting of High Efficiency, High reliability imported super brightness LEDs with light output brightness up to 256 cd with 10w. The operation voltage is 230 V AC ( +/- 15%)having on board driver & work in the range of 180 VAC to 270 VAC having operating temperature range 0 to 50 degree celsius. It is having fuse transient voltage supressor & short circuit over voltage & water leakage protection etc assembly with all materials. 38 a.Vehicular RED Round with more than 177 LEDs 39 b.Vehicular AMBERRound with more than 177 LEDs 40 c.Vehicular GREEN Arrow with more than 90 LEDs 41 d.pedstrian RED (Stopman) with more than 90 LEDs 42 e.pedstrian GREEN (Walkman) with more than 90 LEDs 43 Vehicular Amber Arrow with more than 90 LEDs 44 Supply of 300 mm dia polycarbonate lamp head assembly with polycarbonate visor lens, hood, extra polycarbonate back cover etc complete 45 Installation & mounting of lamp head assembly on thestraight 6m pole etc complete. 46 Installation & mounting of lamp head assembly on thestraight 13.27 m cantiliver pole etc complete. 47 Supply and laying of copper conductor appropriate PVC insulated 1.5 sq. mm. armoured cable in pre laid conduit as follow 48 a.2 Core Cable 49 3 core armoured shilded cable 50 Supply of Microprocessor basedATCS compatible traffic signal controller shall be equipped with GPS including providing of cabinet and other accessories etc complete with wired communicationtopology for distributed digital control of various node controllers installed on poles this features is required for using only twocable INSTEAD for traditional multi core cables etc complete 51 Installation of Master Controller 52 Supply ofNode controller on each pole for termination of control cables with topology base NODE card for lamp connection as digital distributed signal (DDC) microcontroller basedETC. COMPLETE. 53 Installation of Controller on pole with testing and commissioning with any no. of phases including providing earth station as per IS rules etc complete 54 Supply of COUNT DOWN TIMER (CDT) alfanumeric on traffice signal Pole of digit size 8 & should show verious TRAFFICE RELATED SLOGAN MESSAGES IN ENGLISH & MARATHI during the RED signal watting period 55 Installation testing and commissioning of CDT 56 Supply of installation material like conduits, reducer, collar, adoptor, BTW wire, flexible pipe etc complete 57 SupplyofMaster Controller - Innovative Traffic Controller having Master - Slave Configuration with Wireless (ISM Band), Working Voltage 12V DC-Solar Power Compatible, (inbuilt back up and auto charging facility) Wireless Operation with 16 lines per Master/Slave.System Clock with auto Time Correction Integrated Real Time Clock With GSM interface capable to communicate web monitoring, Inbuilt manual actuated auto flash provision, Pole Mountable, Lamp Intensity Control, Upgradable for cable less corridor synchronization, housed in MS 16 SWG fabricated box with powder coated finish in appropriate color, water proof, weather proof, dust tight, including all fittings with all features and facilitites as per technicalspecificationsetc complete 58 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Master Controller 59 Supply of Slave Controller - operate on command of Master Controller with required no. of optically isolated solid state lamp driving outputs, input provision for four optically isolated Vehicle detector interface. Working Voltage - 12 V DC - Solar Power Compatible with inbuilt back up & charging facility,housed in MS 16 SWG fabricated box with powder coated finish in appropriate color, water proof, weather proof, dust tight, including all fittings etc complete. 60 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of slave controllers 61 Supply of reverse countdown timer two & half digit, dual color (Green & Red) Red color for Red display and Green color for green display, character height 8, visible in day light from (300 meters and readable from 100 meters housed in powder coated MS box complete.) 62 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Count Down Timer 63 Supply and Connecting of multy core X0.5 sq. mm copper conductor tintedsolar cable inclusive of work of jointing &connecting with signal system (Slavecontrollers, Downcounters, traffic signalaspects & R/F modules). 64 Supply of medium gauge (class B) 6.00mtr Long std traffic signal pole assembly complete with 80mm Dia including base plate of size 200*200*10 mm thick welded at bottom as per I.S 1239 with approved synthetic enamel paint complete. 65 Supply of 200 mm dia LED blinker (Amber blow retrofit) with inbuilt flasher and battery charging unit, maximum power consumption upto 10W ± 10%, on board driver, universal input voltage facility, with inbuilt 7AH lithium battery backup provision so as to back up for 24 hours autonomy housed in Polycarbonate assembly with visor lens and required fittings etc complete. 66 Supply of 300 mm dia LED blinker (Amber blow retrofit) with inbuilt flasher and battery charging unit, maximum power consumption upto 10W ± 10%, on board driver, universal input voltage facility, with inbuilt 12AH lithium battery backup provision so as to back up for 24 hours autonomy housed in Polycarbonate assembly with visor lens and required fittings etc complete. 67 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of solar panel comprising high efficiency poly-crystalline / multi crystalline photovoltaic cell 30Wp, 12V with necessary clamps and elevated slanting structure for mounting frame should be made of MS angle 30mm*5mm with one coat of red oxide and two coats of synthetic enamel paint etc complete. 68 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of solar panel comprising high efficiency poly-crystalline / multi crystalline photovoltaic cell 50Wp, 12V with necessary clamps and elevated slanting structure for mounting frame should be made of MS angle 30mm*5mm with one coat of red oxide and two coats of synthetic enamel paint etc complete. 69 Erection of above pole incement concrete foundation including excavation ( 45 x 45 x 120 ) cm deep in 1:3:6 cement concrete, 20 to 25 mm stone metal, (45 x 45 x 45) cm / 45 cm dia. X 45 cm height plinth duly plastered, with necessary curing and finishing complete. (for 6 m pole) and installation, testing & commissioning of blinker with all accessories, local earthing to the pole, fittings etc complete. 70 Supply of LED mounted digital traffic signal cantiliver pole of GI (ERW) as required Vertical Pole shaft: 150mm x150 mm x 5 mm (Thickness) and 6.7 MT height withHorizontal Arm: 150 x 1 0 0 x 3 . 5 - 4 mm thick and 6.57M length. Fixture Arm for Aspects at Center: 80mm x 80mm x 3mm x 1300mm. Base Plate: 400 x400 x 20mm welded and painted in appropriate colour etc completre. 71 Making Horizontal Directional Drill / Bore of 150 mm dia and depth up to 1.5 mtr in soft soil and laying 150 mm HDPE pipe etc. complete as per specification
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Local Bodies No of Bidders 5
Maharashtra View Result →
49.
Public Administrative Department #9286614 Technical Bid
Expression Of Interest For Preparing Estimate For Establishment Of Cctv Surveillance System At Various Areas Of Saoner City- 1 Establishment Of Cctv Surveillance System At Various Areas Of Saoner City 2 1. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 1000Va Line Interactive Ups.Power Rating: 1000Va / 600W, Voltage: 230 Vac ± 10% ( Battery Mode ) , Frequency Range: 50 / 60 Hz ± 1 Hz, Waveform ( Batt. Mode ) : Simulated Sinewave, Receptacle: India Socket X 4, Battery Type & Number: 12V / 7 Ah X 2, Recharge Time: 4 ~ 6 Hours To 90%, Cold Start: Yes, Indicator: Led, Communication Interfaces: Usb Port X 1, Operating Temperature: 0 ~ 40ºc, Altitude: 0 ~ 1000M, Relative Humidity: 0 ~ 90% ( Non-Condensing ) , Audible Noise: < 40 Db, Safety: Bis. 3 2. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 8 Port Network Poe Switch.10 / 100 / 1000 Base-T, Poe Smart Switch Plus 1 Sfp Erected In Provided Rack Compliant With Ieee 802.3 Standards Complete. 4 3. Supplying And Fixing 6U Hybrid Ip66 Outdoor Mount Server Rack With Pole Mount Bracket ( Dimension-Dxwxh - 500X550x350 Mm ) As Per Specification No. Wg-Nas / Rak. 5 4. Supplying And Installing Outdoor Cat 6 Cable Fr Pvc Sheathed Aluminum Foiled Wrapped Over Alltinned Copper Braided Hdpe Insulated Copper Cat-6 Stp Cable Suitable For Networking Compliant With Ansi / Tia-568.2-D Standards In Provided Conduit / Casing-N-Capping As Per Specification Eccs Tape Armouring, Suitablewith Electro Magnetic Interference, High-Speed Transmission Of Data Such As Analog, Digital, Voice Or Video Signals, Features Uv Resistant Jacket With Mechanical Anti Rodent, Double Sheath Material, Follows International Standards Ansi / Tia-568-C.2 Standards And Iso / Iec 11801, Supports Gigabit Ethernet ( 1000 Base-T ) . 6 5. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 32Ch 4K Uhd Ai H.265+ Nvr User Interface: Graphic User Interface ( Gui ) Operating System: Embedded Linuxoperation Mode: Preview, Record, Playback, Backup, Network.Password Security: Multi-Level User Management.Onvif: Support.Video Input: 32Ch 5M / 16Ch4k / 16Ch1080p.Hdmi Output: Supports 2 ( Max: 4K ) .Vga Output: Supports 1 ( Max: 1080P ) .Audio Input: 1 Ch Audio Output:1 Ch, Rca Connector.Display: 1 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 9 / 10 / 13 / 16 / 25 / 32 Optional.Video Standard: Pal / Ntsc.Video Compression: H.265Ai / H.265+ / H.265 / H.264+ / H.264.Intelligent Functions: Trip Wire, Face Detection, Vehicle Detection, Ip Based Pa System, Line Draw.Video Encoding Resolution: 12Mp; 8Mp; 5Mp; 4Mp; 3Mp; 1080Psynchronous Playback 8Chvideo Frame Rate: Pal: 1-25 Fps Ntsc: 1-30Fpsvideo Bit Rate: 1536Kbps-3072Kbpsstream Type: Video & Audio / Videoaudio Compression G.711Arecording Mode: Always / Schedule / Alarm / Recording / Motion Detection Recording.Video Search: Time / Channel / Eventdisplay: Zoom Live Playback & Mobileaudio Bit Rate: 8—32Kbps, Dual-Stream Supportsmobile Monitoring Application For Android And Iphonerecording Resolution 32 Ch Realtime Recording.Hdd Port: 8 Sata Hdd Maximum Capacity: 12Tb For Each Sata Connector.Voice Talk Support, 1Ch Bnc Line In / 1Ch Rca Audio Out.Record Mode Audio & Video Recording Simultaneouslyremote Control Supportsnetwork Protocol Supports Ie / Pppoe / Ddnsincoming Bandwidth: 288Mbps Outgoing Bandwidth: 288Mbpsnetwork 2 Rj45 : 10M / 100M / 1000Musb Connector : 2 X Usb2.0 1 X Usb3.0Firmware Update Support Usb Update / Network Updatealarm Input 16, Alarm Output 4Intelligent Ai Feature Vehicle Detectionpower Supply Atxoperation Temperature -10?--+55?Operation Humidity 10%--90%Certifications Ce, Fcc, Rohs, Bis 7 6. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 5Mp H.265+ Ir Bullet Network Camera 80 Meter.Image Sensor 1 / 2.5 5 Megapixel Sony Cmosimage Pixels Max: 2592 X 1944 Pixels ( 5.0 Mega Pixels ) Min. Illumination 0.01Lux @ ( F1.2, Agc On ) , 0Lux With Irday / Night Auto ( Icr ) / Color / Black & Whitewdr =120Dbir Led Yesir Distance80 Meterslens Mount 12.0Mm Fixed Lensnetwork Interface 10 / 100 Mbps Rj45 Connectornetwork Protocol Http, Tcp, Arp, Rtsp, Rtp, Udp, Rtcp, Smtp, Ftp, Dhcp, Dns, Ddns, Pppoe, Ipv4 / V6, Snmp, Qos, Upnp, Ntpelectronic Shutter Speed Manual / Auto ( 1 / 25 ~ 1 / 100000 S ) Ddns Service Free Ddnsonvif Protocol Supportsvideo Encoding H.265+, H.265 And H.264Video Bitrate 128Kbps ~ 8Mbpsvideo Streams Main Stream : 2592 X 1944; Sub Stream 1: 720 X 576; Audio Input Yes 1 Channelaudio Output Yes 1 Channelaudio Bitrate 64Kbps ( G.711 ) / 16Kpbs ( G.726 ) Image Setup Mirror Image / Reverse / Color Settingsalarmmotion Detection, Human Detection, Video Loss, Ipc Alarmai ( Artificial Intelligence ) Vehicle Detection, Face Detection, Active Deterrence, Line Crossingoperation Temperature -10°C ~ +55°Coperation Humidity 0% ~ 90%Power Supply Dc12v / 2Amperespoe Poe ( Ieee802.3Af ) Power Consumption =3.5W ( Without Ir ) Material Metal Body / Abs Housingip Rating Ip67rj45 Connectorweatherproof Rj45 Connectorir Schedule Function Availablecertifications Ce, Fcc, Rohs & Bis 8 7. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 5Mp H.265+ Ir Varifocal Bullet Network Camera 30 Meter.Image Sensor 1 / 2.7“ Progressive Scan Cmosimage Pixels 2592 X 1944 Pixels ( 5.0 Mp ) Minimum Illumination Color: [email protected]; B / W: [email protected], Day / Night Auto ( Icr ) / Color / Black & White Wdr ( Wide Dynamic Range ) =140Dbir Led 4 Pcs High Power Led Array Ir Distance 30 ~ 100 Meters, Shutter Type Manual / Auto Shutter Speed 1 / 25S ~ 1 / 100000S Lens Mount 2.8Mm~12.0 / 6.0Mm~22.0Mm / 5~50Mmmotorized Auto-Focus Lenssd Card Supported ( Max: 512 Gb ) Network Interface 10 / 100 Mbps Rj45 Connectornetwork Protocol : Http, Tcp, Arp, Rtsp, Rtp, Udp, Rtcp, Smtp, Ftp, Dhcp, Dns, Ddns, Pppoe, Ipv4 / V6, Snmp, Qos, Upnp, Ntpvideo Encoding H.265Ai / H.265+ / H.265 / H.264+ / H.264Video Bitrate 128Kbps ~ 8Mbpsvideo Streams Triple Stream Video Stream Resolution Max : 2592 X 1944; 2304 X 1296; 1920 X1080; 720 X 576; 25 / 30 Fpsdigital Zoom Supported ( Max: 16X ) Audio Input Yes; 1Ch; 2Vp-P 1K?, Audio Output Yes; 1Ch; 16?Audio Compression G.711Aimage Setup Mirror Image / Reverse / Color Settingsalarm Yes, Intelligent Ai Feature Face Detection, Vehicle Detection, Human Detection, Active Deterrence, Line Crossing, Trip Wireoperation Temperature -10°C ~ +65°Coperation Humidity 0% ~ 90%Power Supply Dc12v, Poe ( Ieee802.3Af ) ( Class 0 ) Power Consumption =3.6W Without Ir; =8W With Irmultiple Browsers Supports ( Chrome, Mozilla, Edge, Opera ) Housing Material Aluminum + Absingress Protection Ip67certifications Ce, Fcc, Rohs, Bis. 9 8. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 5Mp 44X H.265+ Network Speed Dome Ptz Camera.Image Sensor 1 / 2.7 5Mp Progressive Scan Cmoslens 4.5Mm ~ 165Mm ( 44X Optical Zoom ) Iris Auto / Manual ; F1.6 ~ F4.8Shutter Auto / Manualshutter Time 1 / 2S ~ 1 / 20000Sminimum Illumination Color: 0.1 Lux B / W: 0.01 Lux ( Ir On: 0.0 Lux ) S / N Ratio = 50Dbday / Night Mode Ir-Cut Filter With Auto Switch ( Icr ) Ir Distance 300 Metersvideo Compression H.265+, H.265 & H.264Video Resolution 2592 X 1944 Pixels ( Max ) Video Streaming Triple Streams Osd Up To 8 Osdsprivacy Mask Up To 8 Areasdigital Zoom Supportsnetwork Protocols L2tp, Ipv4, Igmp, Icmp, Arp, Tcp, Udp, Dhcp, Pppoe, Rtp, Rtsp, Qos, Ntp, Ftp, Http, Snmp, Sipcompliance Onvifpan Range 360° Endlesspan Speed 0.02° / S~120° / Stilt Range -15° ~ +90° ( Auto-Reverse ) Tilt Speed 0.1° / S~160° / Sauto Flip Pan: 180°; Tilt: 93°A.I ( Artificial Intelligence ) Face Detection, Vehicle Detection, Line Crossing, Active Deterrencepresets 220 Presetsdwell Time 1S ~ 60S Selectable Guard Tours Minimum 3 Toursguard Points Min: 16 Points Per Tourpark Time 1 ~ 60 Minutesnetwork 10M / 100M Base-Tx Ethernetlocal Storage Micro Sd Card Upto 256Gbdigital Defog Availableworking Temperature -40°C ~ +65°Cworking Humidity =90% Rh ( Non Condensing ) Ingress Protection Ip67lightning Protection Transient Voltage 6000Vcertifications Ce, Fcc, Rohs & Bis 10 9. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 6Mp H.265+ Ir Dome Network Camera 50 Mtr.Image Sensor: 1 / 2.7“Progressive Scan Cmosimage Pixels: 3072 X 2048 Pixels ( 6.0Mp ) Minimum Illumination Colour: [email protected]; B / W: [email protected] / Night Auto ( Icr ) / Colour / Black & Whitewdr ( Wide Dynamic Range ) : =140Dbir Led: 24 Pcs Smd Ir Ledir Distance: 50 Metersshutter Type Manual: / Autoshutter Speed: 1 / 25S ~ 1 / 100000S Lens Mount: 2.8Mm~12.0 / 6.0Mm~22.0Mm / 5~50Mm Motorized Auto-Focus Lenssd Card: Supported ( Up To 512 Gb ) Network Interface: 10 / 100 Mbps Rj45 Connectornetwork Protocol: Http, Tcp, Arp, Rtsp, Rtp, Udp, Rtcp, Smtp, Ftp, Dhcp, Dns, Ddns, Pppoe, Ipv4 / V6, Snmp, Qos, Upnp, Ntpvideo Encoding: H.265Ai / H.265+ / H.265 / H.264+ / H.264Video Bitrate: 128Kbps ~ 8Mbpsvideo Streams: Triple Streamvideo Stream Resolution: Max: 3072 X 2048; 2592 X 1944; 1920 X 1080; 720 X 576; 25 / 30 Fpsdigital Zoom: Supported ( Max: 16X ) Audio Input: Yes; 1Ch; 2Vp-P 1K? Impedance Audio Output: Yes; 1Ch; 16? Impedanceaudio Compression: G.711A ( Optional ) Image Setup: Mirror Image / Reverse / Colour Settingsalarm: Yesintelligent Ai Feature: Face Detection, Vehicle Detection, Human Detection, Active Deterrence, Line Crossing, Trip Wireoperation Temperature: -10°C ~ +65°Coperation Humidity: 0% ~ 90%Power Supply: Dc12v, Poe ( Ieee802.3Af ) ( Class 0 ) Power Consumption: =3.6W Without Ir; =8W With Irmultiple Browsers: Supports ( Chrome, Mozilla, Edge, Opera ) Housing Material: Aluminiumingress Protection: Ip67certifications: Ce, Fcc, Rohs, Bis. 11 10. Supplying & Erecting 55 Professional Led Display With 1920 *1080 ( Full Hd ) Display, Suitable For 32 / 64 Channel Nvr And Following Features, Brightness: Minimum 500 Cd / M2contrast Ratio: Minimum 1000:1 Viewing Angle: 178 / 178 Deg.Response Time: Maximum 8 Ms, Inputs: Hdmi, Vga, Bnc, Usb, Audio In, Built-In Speakers Maximum 10 W, Suitable To Operate On 100-240 V 50 Hz Ac Supply And 24 / 7 Duty Cycle Duly Erected On Wall Or Table Top With Standard Accessories Like Wall Mount Stand And Wiring Connections Etc. Complete As Per Specifications. 12 11. Supplying & Erecting 4 Tb Internal Surveillance Hdd.Suitable For Sata Port Of Nvr, Interface Transfer Rate 6 Gb / S, Maximum Sustained Transfer Rate 150Mb / Sec To 180Mb / S. Drive Bay Supported 08+, Cameras Supported Up To 64, Cache ( Mb ) 64, Load / Unload Cycle -3000000, Work Load Rating Per Year 180Tb, Mtbf 1000000 Hrs. Https. Rohs, Ul, Ce Certified, Duly Erected In Position In Provided Nvr As Per Specification. 13 12. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Server With Video Management Software.The Unified Video Management Software ( Vms ) Shall Be Ip-Enabled Security & Safety Software Solution. The Vms Shall Support Industry Standard For The Interface Of Ip-Based Physical Security Products, Onvif And Shall Be Based On A Server / Client Model. The Vms Shall Be Based On A True Open Architecture That Shall Allow For Use Of Non-Proprietary Workstation And Server Hardware, Non-Proprietary Network Infrastructure And Non- Proprietary Storage. The Vms Shall Offer A Complete And Scalable Video Surveillance Solution Which Allows Cameras To Be Added On A Unit-By-Unit Basis. All Software And Firmware Upgrades Shall Be Free Of Charge During The Warranty Period. The Vms Should Support Multiple Recording Server Should Be Expandable To Unlimited Number Of Cameras Should Have Scalable Distributed Network Architecture Supporting Multiple Recording Servers Per Management Server. Vms Shall Be Open To Any Ip And Analog Cameras Integration. It Should Support Windows Operating System On Server Machine. The Vms Shall Consist Of A Role-Based Architecture; Roles Can Be Moved From One Server To Another Without Disturbing The Regular Operations. It Should Support Video Wall And Multiple Monitor Support For Scalable Video Display Of Large Number Of Cameras. ( 64 Cameras X 4 Screen ) It Should Support Four Plex Mode Via Live View, Recording And Playback Simultaneously. It Should Support E-Maps Showing Real Time Device Alarms With Option To View Live Or Recorded Video It Should Support Recording Of All Video Streams Supplied From Ip Cameras / Encoders. The Same Shall Be Digitally Encoded In Mpeg-4, Mpeg-2, Mjpeg, H.264 Or Compression Formats And Can Be Recorded Simultaneously In Real Time. It Should Support Recording Of All Video Streams Supplied From Ip Cameras / Encoders. The Same Shall Be Digitally Encoded In Mpeg-4, Mpeg-2, Mjpeg, H.264 Or Compression Formats And Can Be Recorded Simultaneously In Real Time. Vms Features The Software Should Have The Following Features Supported: Should Allow Configuration All Functionalities Of The Camera Once The Same Is Connected To The Software. Should Allow The Configuration Of The Following Camera Parameters As Mentioned Below: Discovery On Ip Network And Set Ip Address, Frame Rate, Resolution, Motion Detection Within Camera Or Server Based, Bit Rate, Key Frame Interval, Digital I / O, Audio Inputs / Outputs, Facilitate Update Of Camera Or Encoder Thru The Vms The Vms Shall Allow Independent Configuration Of Each Camera And It Shall Also Have A Configuration Tool To Copy A Specific Or All Configuration On Other Cameras. 14 13. Ip Based Public Address System With Existing Cctvweather Proof Horn Type Speaker ( 15 Watt ) Housing: Special Plastic / Die Cast Aluminium / Polyester Resin Armoured With Fibreglass / Equivalent Industrial Grade Material. Ingress Protection: Ip65 Rated Power: 15-Watt Frequency Range: 370Hz To 7000Hz Dispersion-6Db-: 140° / 40° 1 Khz / 4Khz. Indoor Speaker ( 10 Watt ) Housing: Special Plastic Ingress Protection: Ip32 Rated Power: 10-Watt Effective Frequency Range: 100 To 20000Hz. Zone Station Wireless Microphone Hands-Free, Wall Mounted / Desk Top, Dual Direct. • Location Indoor / Outdoor • Mounting Desk / Wall Mounted • Protection Corrosion Resistant & Pilfer Proof. • Protection Class Ip65 • Body Heavy Duty Grp. • Microphone Type Gooseneck ( >400Mm ) . • Volume Control Via Keypad. • Body Moulded Polyurethane • Operating Voltage 24 V Dc Distance 2Km ( Max. ) • Loudspeaker Output Yes. 15 14. Supplying And Erecting Lszh Armoured Multimode Optical Fiber Cable. With 6 Fibers, Core Dia 50 / 125 Μm ( Om4 ) , Suitable Upto 10 Gbps, Compliant To Iec 60793 / Iec 60794 Standards, On Wall / Ceiling Or Laid In Provided Pipe / Trench As Per Specification 16 15. Supplying And Installing 6 Port Single Mode Fiber Adapter Panel Suitable For Fc, Lc, Sc, St Adapters With Ss Plate Complete. 17 16. Supplying And Fixing 24 Ports Liu. Light Guide Unloaded Interconnect Unit, Wall Mounted Type, With Adapter Panel For Termination Of Optical Fiber Cables On Wall In Provided U Rack Complete As Per Specification 18 17. Supplying And Fixing Ip66 Abs Enclosure. For Fiber Splicing With Raised Hinged Splice Trays To House Upto 48 Fibers With Multiple Gland Entry Points Including Heat Shrink Splice Protectors Complete. 19 18. Supplying And Fixing 3 M Utp Patch Cord. 24 Awg Multi Stranded, Utp Patch Cord Of Enhanced Cat 6A Type, Compliant Ansi / Tia-568.2-D Standards In Position As Per Specification. 20 19. Supplying And Fixing Cat 6A 24 Port Patch Panel With Keystone Jacks Compliant With Ansi / Tia / Eia 568.C.2 & Iso / Iec 11810 Complete As Per Specification. 21 20. Supplying And Fixing 42U Floor Mount Server Rack ( Dimension-Dxwxh –800X1000x2070 Mm ) As Per Specification. 22 21. Supplying, Fixing And Configuring Media Converter.1000 Base-T To 1000 Base-Sx ( Sc ) Single Media Converter For Transmission Distance Upto 10 Km With Led Indication Complete As Per Specification. 23 22. Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring 10G Base -Lr ( Sfp+ ) Sm Transceiver Compliant With Ieee 802.3 Standards Erected In Provided Rack Complete. 24 23. Supplying And Installing Single Mode Simplex Pigtail With Sc / Lc Splicing Complete. 25 24. Supplying And Plugging 3 M Fiber Patch Cord Lc-Lc Mm ( 50 ) Om4 Lszh Duplex, Compliant To Iec 60793 / Iec 60794 Standards, Complete As Per Specification. 26 25. Supplying And Fixing Poe Adaptor To Provide Dc Supply To Ethernet Devices As Per Specification. 27 26. Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring Of 24 Port Layer 3 Switch. 20 ( 1G-Rj45 ) Ports + 4 Combo 1G Ports + 4 10G ( Sfp+ ) Ports, Layer 3 Switch, 6Kv Surge Protection On Ethernet Port And Console Port For Management & Support Ospf, Bgp, Mpls, Policy Based Routing Compliant With Ieee 802.3 Standards Erected In Provided Rack Complete. 28 27. Providing & Erecting 6 M High Pole. ( Clear Height ) Galvanised Octagonal Pole With Foundation Bolts Having Bottom Of 130 Mm A / F, Top 70 Mm A / F On Provided Foundation As Per Specification. 29 28. Supply, Installing, And Testing Of Maintenance Free Earthing.Comprising Of Electrode Of 17.2 Mm Diameter Low Carbon Steel With 250 Micron Molecular Copper Bonded Earthing Rod Of Length 3M Along With Carbon Based Environment Friendly Back Fill Ground Enhancing Compound Required To Fill Up The Excavated Earth With Required Quantity ( Min. 125Kg ) Complete, And Recording The Results Specification. 30 29. Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 3 Kva Capacityon Line Pure Sine Wave, Pwm, Igbt Based Ups With 0.8 To Unity Output Pf , Single Phase Input & 1 Phase Output Complete With All Protections As Per Specification ( Without Batteries ) . 31 30. Supplying And Erecting 12 V / 65Ah Smf Battery With Battery Terminal Wire, Duly Charged Complete With 24 Months Warranty Complete. 32 31. Supplying And Fixing Power Distribution Unit For Networking Rack Comprises Of 6 / 16A ( 6 Nos. Sockets ) , 16A Modular Mcb, Appropriate Rating, Enclosed In Black Powder Coated Metal With Necessary Arrangement For Fixing Complete. 33 32. Supplying, Erecting & Terminating 25 M Hdmi Cord Low Voltage Grade Minimum 4K Compliant To Be Laid In Provided Conduits With Male / Female 19Pin Hdmi Connectors Complete. 34 33. Supplying, Installing And Testing Utp Connector ( Rj-45 ) As Per Specification. 35 34. Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring Broadband Router With All Accessories On Provided Rack. 36 35. Making Trench In Hard Murum / Tar Road Having 0.9M Depth And Minimum 0.3M Width For Laying Provided Cables Of Voltage Range 3.3Kv To 11Kv Complete As Per Specification. 37 36. Ptz Joystick Cintroller Support Onvif 2.4, Back-End Ptz Is Not Limited By Manufacturers, Easily Achieve Cruise, Pattern Scan And Etc. Plug And Play Without Any Setting, Automatically Add And Distribute Ip Address Support 3D Control, Support 1-64 Level Speed Limit Function , Precise Positioning, Control Agility Improve Operation Speed &Channel Switching Speed Support English Osd Menu, Support 5 Inch Led, Hd Lcd Screen, Control Equipment, Real Time Images Display Support Unlimited Number Of Dome Cameras Insert Support Usb & Hdmi Output, Automatic Matrix Switch Function Support H.265 Decoding, High Compatibility Increase Rocker Vector Control And Control Of The Speed Of The Platform According To The Amplitude Of The Rocker The Key Is Change To The Big And Soft Key , And The Feeling Is More Comfortable. 38 37. Supplying And Laying Of Hdpe Pipe.50 Mm Outside Dia. Double Wall Corrugated Pipes ( Dwc ) Of Hdpe For Enclosing Cable Below Ground / Road Surface, Complete.
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Local Bodies No of Bidders 3
Maharashtra View Result →
50.
Housing Urban and Rular Development #9285076 Technical Bid
Miscellaneous Works A ) Edge Devices ( Cameras End, Node End, Poles, Juction Side ) , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Bullet Camera 5Mp Ir Vari-Focal Bulletnetwork Camera > 5-Mp 1 / 2.7 Cmos Image Sensor, Low Luminance, And High Definition Image.Outputs Max. 5 Mp ( 2592 × 1944 ) @20 Fps, And Supports 4 Mp ( 2688 × 1520 ) @25 / 30 Fps. Interoperability Storage Ftp; Sftp; Micro Sd Card ( Support Max. 256 Gb ) ; Nas Onvif ( Profile S / Profile G / Profile T ) ; Cgi; P2p; Milestone; Genetech.265 Codec, High Compression Rate, Ultra-Low Bit Rate.Built-In Ir Led, And The Max. Illumination Distance Is 60 M.Roi, Smart H.264+ / H.265+, Flexible Coding, Applicable To Vrious Bandwidth And Storage Environments.Rotation Mode, Wdr, 3D Nr, Hlc, Blc, Digital Watermarking, Applicable To Various Monitoring Scenes.Intelligent Monitoring: Intrusion And Tripwire ( The Two Functions Support The Classification And Accurate Detection Of Vehicle And Human ) .Abnormality Detection: Motion Detection, Video Tampering, Scenehanging, Audio Detection ( Only - Zas Supports ) , No Sd Card, Sd Card Full, Sd Card Error, Network Disconnection, Ip Conflict, Illegal Access, And Voltage Detection.Alarm: 1 In, 1 Out ( Only - Zas Supports ) ; Audio: 1 In, 1 Out ( Only - Zas Supports ) .Supports Max. 256 G Micro Sd Card.12 Vdc / Poe Power Supply, Easy For Installation.Ip66 Protection. > Smd Plus. Network Network Portrj-45 ( 10 / 100 Base-T ) Sdk And Apiyesnetwork Protocolipv4; Ipv6; Http; Tcp; Udp; Arp; Rtp; Rtsp; Rtcp , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 5Mp Ir Vari-Focal Dome Network Camera > 5Mp, 1 / 2.7” Cmos Image Sensor, Low Illuminance, High Image Definition Outputs Max. 5Mp ( 2592 × 1944 ) @20 Fps, And Supports 2688 ×1520 ( 2688 × 1520 ) @25 / 30 Fps Support Triple Stream Lens Type Motorized Vari-Focal Gain Controlauto / Manualnoise Reduction3d Dnrmotion Detectionoff / On ( 4 Areas, Rectangular ) Region Of Interest ( Roi ) Yes ( 4 Areas ) H.265 Codec, High Compression Rate, Ultra-Low Bit Ratebuilt-In Ir Led, Max Ir Distance: 40 M Roi, Smart H.264+ / H.265+, Flexible Coding, Applicable To Various Bandwidth And Storage Environments Rotation Mode, Wdr, 3D Nr, Hlc, Blc, Digital Watermarking, Applicable To Various Monitoring Scenesintelligent Detection: Intrusion, Tripwire Abnormality Detection: Motion Detection, Video Tampering, No Sd Card, Sd Card Full, Sd Card Error, Network Disconnected, Ip Conflict, Illegal Access, Voltage Detectionalarm: 1 In, 1 Out; Audio: 1 In, 1 Out; Supports Max. 256 Gb Micro Sd Card12v Dc / Poe Power Supply Video Video Compression H.265; H.264; H.264B; Mjpeg Smart Codecsmart H.265+ / Smart H.264+Ip67, Ik10 Protection Grade Audioaudio Compressiong.711A; G.711Mu; G.726; Aacnetworknetworkrj-45 ( 10 / 100 Base-T ) Protocolipv4; Ipv6; Http; Tcp; Udp; Arp; Rtp; Rtsp; Rtcp; Rtmp; Smtp; Ftp; Portaudio Input1 Channel ( Rac Port ) Audio Output1 Channel ( Rac Port ) Alarm Input1 Channel In: 5Ma 5Vdc , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Ptz Camera 4Mp 32X Starlight Ir Wizsense Network Ptz Camera 1 / 2.8 4Megapixel Starvis™ Cmospowerful 32X Optical Zoommax. 25 / 30 Fps@4M Ir Distance Up To 150 M Deep-Learning-Based Auto Tracking And Perimeter Protection Smd Plus Poe+Ip67, Ik10face Detectionfocal Length 4.8 Mm–154 Mm Max. Aperture F1.6–F4.0Field Of Viewoptical Zoom 32×Focus Controlauto; Semi-Auto; Manualclose Focus Distance0.8 M–5.0 M ( 2.62 Ft–16.40 Ft ) Iris Controlauto; Manual Ptzpan / Tilt Rangepan: 0° To 360° Endless Tilt: –15° To +90°, Auto Flip 180°Manual Control Speedpan: 0.1°–300° / S Tilt: 0.1°–200° / Spreset Speedpan: 400° / S; Tilt: 300° / S Preset300tour8 ( Up To 32 Presets Per Tour ) Pattern5scan5power-Off Memoryyes Intelligencesmart Capturesupport Human, Motor Vehicle And Non-Motor Vehicle Image Capture.Ivs ( Perimeter Protection ) Tripwire And Intrusion. Support Alarm Triggering By Target Types ( Human And Vehicle ) . Support Filtering False Alarms Caused By Animals, Rustling Leaves, Bright Lights, Etc.Face Detectionyesauto Trackingyessmd Plusyes Porttwo-Way Audioyes Videovideo Compressionsmart H.265+; H.265; Smart H.264+; H.264B; H.264M; .264H; Mjpeg ( Sub Stream ) Streaming Capability3 Streamsresolution4m ( 2560 × 1440 ) ; 3M ( 2048 × 1536 ) ; 1080P ( 1920 × 1080 ) ; 720P ( 1280 × 720 ) ; Video Frame Ratemain Stream: 4M / 3M / 2M / 1.3M / 720P ( 1-25 / 30 Fps ) Network Portrj-45 ( 10 / 100 Base-T ) Network Protocolhttp; Https; Ipv4; Rtsp; Udp; Smtp; Ntp; Dhcp; Dns; Ddns; Ipv6; 802.1X;Interoperabilityonvif Profile S&G&T; Cgistreaming Methodunicast; Multicas , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Anpr Camera 4 Mp Aicamera 1 / 1.8 4 Mp Starlight Cmos Sensor.Video Compression Standards: H.265, H.264M, H.264H And Mjpeg. Maximum Resolution: 2688 × 1520@25 Fps.Motorized Vari-Focal Lens: 10 Mm-50 Mm.Max Anpr Ir Distance: 30 M.Protection: Ip67, Ik10 Rated.Under Recommended Installation And Lighting Conditions: Capture Rate > 99% Lpr Accuracy > 98%Lens Motorized Vari-Focalfocal Length 10 Mm–50 Mmmax. Aperturemax. F1.33 Intelligencetarget Detectionmotor Vehicle; Motorcycleanpradopts Developed Algorithms To Recognize License Plate Numbers And Lettersvehicle Type Recognitionvehicle Head: Suv, Large Bus, Sedan, Light Truck, Pickup, Heavy Truck, Medium Truck, Van, Medium Bus, Mpvvehicle Tail: Suv, Large Bus, Sedan, Light Truck, Pickup, Heavy Truck, Medium Truck, Vanvehicle Color Recognitionwhite, Pink, Black, Red, Yellow, Gray, Blue, Green, Dark Orange, Purple, Brown, And Silver Gray Network Port1 × Rj-45 Ethernet Port, 10 / 100 / 1000 M Network Transmissionsdk And Apiyessecurity Authorized Username And Password, Mac Address Binding, Https Encryption, And Network Access Controlprotocolipv4; Ipv6; Http; Tcp; Ip; Udp; Ntp; Dhcpinteroperabilityonvif ( Profile S / Profile G / Profile T ) Portstorage1, Supports Maximum 512 Gb Tf Card Local Storagers-4852, Connects To Devices Such As Radarsrs-232, Con Is Used For Serial Debugging And R T G Is For Connecting To Radarsaudio Input1 Channelaudio Output1 Channelalarm Input3 Channelsalarm Output2 Channels. 2 For Relay , Camera Brackets Enclousers Hosing Box Secure Outdoor Weatherproof Heavy Duty Aluminium Cctv Security Surveillance Camera Housing Mount Enclosure. The Mx Outdoor Camera Housing With Back Opening Is Made Of Heavy-Duty Stainless Steel That Makes The Unit Strong And Durable. You Can Easily Access The Camera Via The Front Hinged Cover And Back Which Prevents Unauthorized Access. Adjustable Camera Tray And Top Swings Open Make For Easy Installation And Service. Cctv Camera Stand Will Hold A Camera Up To 25 Kg Without Introducing Unwanted Resonance To Its Video. , Supplying, Installing And Testing Utp Connector ( Rj-45 ) As Per Specification No. Wg-Nas / Utpc. , Rj45 Junction Cat5e Connector Wall Port Desktop Extension Cable Box Adapter Lan Ethernet Network Modules Accessories , Supplying And Installing Cat-6 Outdoor Stp Cable Suitable For Cable For Security Camera Networking 4-Pair Shielded Twisted Pair Cable, High Density Polyethylene Insulation, Fr Pvc Jacket With Neccessary Support Of Wire Rope. , Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring 8-Ports Managed Gigabit, Layer-2 Switch, 10 / 100 / 1000 Base-T, Poe+ Smart Switch Plus 2 Sfp Erected In Provided Rack Complete. , Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning Of 1000 Mbps Sfp Module For Level 2 Managable Switch Includingstandards And Protocols Ieee 802.3Z, Csma / Cd, Tcp / Ip Wave Length 1310 Nm Power Supply 3.3 V Safety & Emission Fcc, Ce Cabel Single-Mode Fiber Fiber Type 9 / 125 ?M Single-Mode Max. Cable Length 10Km Data Rate 1.25 Gbps Port Type Lc Duplex Environment Operating Temperature: 0–70 °C ( 32–158 °F ) Storage Temperature: -40–85 °C ( 40–185 °F ) Operating Humidity: 10–90% Rh, Non-Condensingstorage Humidity: 5–90% Rh, On Site Warrenty , 1M Length, Utp Patch Cord Of Enhanced Cat 6 Type With 4-Connector Channel, Performance Test Report As Per Ansi / Tia-568.2-Din Position As Per Specification No. Wg-Coc / Pc , Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring 8-Ports Managed Gigabit, Layer-2 Switch, 10 / 100 / 1000 Base-T, Poe+ Smart Switch Plus 2 Sfp Erected In Provided Rack Complete. , Outdoor Wall Mount / Pole Mount Ip65 Outdoor Rackenclosure Provides Protection From Level Of Harmful Dust And Provide Protection From Low Pressure Water Jet And Complete Protection From Rain Water Usability-Network Switches, Telecom, Surveillance, Network & Surveillance Backup, Fiber Management System Front Door-Lockable Steel Door With Gasket Sealing, 2 Fan Option For Hot Air Execution Cable Entry Cut-Through Pg Ip Glands2 Pair Heavy Duty ( 1.5Mm ) Verticalmounting Rail For Equipment Mounting, Height As Per Rack Unitcooling Option-2 Ac / Dc Fan Provision Mounted On Front Door Galvanized Steelconstruction 1.2Mm Thick Load Bearing Angles Are 1.6 Mm , Supplying And Installing 6 Port Single Mode Fibre Adapter With Plate Complete. , Supplying And Fixing Ip66 Enclosure, Joint Box Sleevs, Fiber Fusion Splicing Complete. , Providing & Fixing, Erecting Cctv Octagonal Pole6 M High Galvanised Octagonal Pole With Foundation Bolts Having Min 70 Mm A / F On Provided Foundation For Camera Mounting On The Pole With Necessary Accessories , Cantilever On New / Existing Pole 50 Dia Mm / Or As Per Requirements, Min 6 Feet Or As Per Requirements 40 For Camera Mounting On The Pole, Fabrication And Brackets And Etc , Supplying And Erecting Mains With 3X 1.5 Sq.Mmfrlsh Copper Pvc Insulated Wire Laid In Provided Conduit / Trunking / Inside Pole / Overhead Cctv Camera / Anpr System , Supplying And Fixing Power Distribution Unit For Networking Rack Comprises Of 6 / 16A , 25 A Modular Mcb, Appropriate Rating Fuse, Earthing And Indicator Lamp, With Necessary Arrangement For Fixing At Above Camera Junction Locations Ready For-Msedcl Connection , Supplying Laying And Erectingarmoured Multimode Optical Fibre Cable With 6 / 12 Fibres, Core Dia 50 / 125 ?M ( Om3 ) , Suitable Up To 10 Gbps Ethernet Distance At 850 Nm Of Wavelength With Necessary Support Of Ms Wire / Rope. , 256 Gb Sd Card Supply Installation Of Surveillance Grade 128 Gb Storage Disk, Range150mb / S Rcompatible With Wifi Camera, Operating Temp 0ºc To 70ºc, Storage Temperature -40ºc To 70ºc Including Segate, Ultra-Strong Adaptability­ Waterproof, Shockproof, X-Ray Proof, Wide Temperature , Ir Illuminator - 50 Meter Material Aluminiumled Type 9Pcs 2W Dot-Matrix Ir Led Panel High Light Transmittance Toughened Glass Beamangle 60° Day And Night Switch Auto ( Build In Photocell ) Ir 50 Mtr. Voltage Poe Ieee 802.3At Operating Temperature -40°C To 50°C Power Consumption 22W ( 850Nm ) Cable Length Ip66 Rj45 Jack With Cat .5E 50Cm Weatherproof Standard Ip66 & Ik10 , B ) Data Center Infrastructure Servers, Storage, Application Software, Etc. At Control Room , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 32Ch 3U 16Hdds Network Video Recorder Supports Smart H.265+, H.265, Smart H.264+, H.264 And Mjpeg Decoding Formats. Max. Decoding Capability: 32 × 1080P@30 Fps. Max. 1280 / 1280 / 1024 Mbps Incoming / Recording / Outgoing Bandwidth. Supports Acupick With Up To 32 Channels.Ai By Recorder Supports 8-Channel Face Detection And Recognition, Up To 40 Face Databases And 300, 000 Face Images; 8-Channel Metadata; 32-Channel Perimeter Rotection; 32-Channel Smd Plus. Ai By Camera Supports Face Detection And Recognition, Perimeter Protection, Smd Plus, Metadata, Anpr, Stereo Analysis, Heat Map, And People Counting. Supports N+M Cluster, Raid 0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10, Iscsi, Drawer-Like Chassis Design Allows For Hdd Hot Swapping. Supports Eptz, One-Click Arming & Disarming. Security Baseline 2.3 Network Protocol Http; Https; Tcp / Ip; Ipv4 / Ipv6; Udp; Snmp; Ntp; Dhcp; Dns; Smtp; Upnp; Ip Filter; Pppoe; Ftp; Ddns; Alarm Server; Multicast; P2p; Auto Registration;Iscsi Mobile Phone Access Ios; Android Interoperability Onvif 22.06 ( Profile T; Profile S; Profile G ) ; Cgi; Sdk Network Mode Multi-Address; Load Balance; Fault Tolerance Storage Disk Group Yes Raidraid 0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10Hot Swapping Yes Audio Input 1-Channel Rcaaudio Output 2-Channel Rca Alarm Input 32 Channels Alarm Output 16 Channels Hdd Interface 16 Sata Ports, Each Disk Can Contain Up To 20 Tb. This Limit Varies Depending On The Environment Temperature. Esata 1 Rs-232 1 Rs-485 2 ( 1 Port For Half-Duplex Serial Communication, 1 Port For Full-Duplex Serial Communication ) Usb 4 ( 2 Front Usb 2.0 Ports, 2 Rear Usb 3.0 Ports ) Hdmi 4 Vga2 Network Port 4 Wizmind ( 10 / 100 / 2500 Mbps Ethernet Port, Rj-45 ) , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of 64Ch 3U 16Hdds Wizmind Network Video Recordersupports Smart H.265+, H.265, Smart H.264+, H.264 And Mjpeg Decoding Formats. Max. Decoding Capability: 32 × 1080P@30 Fps. Max. 1280 / 1280 / 1024 Mbps Incoming / Recording / Outgoingbandwidth.Supports Acupick With Up To 64 Channels. Ai By Recorder Supports 8-Channel Face Detection And Recognition, Up To 40 Face Databases And 300, 000 Face Images; 8-Channel Metadata; 32-Channel Perimeter Protection; 32-Channel Smd Plus.Ai By Camera Supports Face Detection And Recognition, Perimeter Protection, Smd Plus, Metadata, Anpr, Stereo Analysis, Heat Map, And People Counting.Supports N+M Cluster, Raid 0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10, Iscsi, Drawer-Like Chassis Design Allows For Hdd Hot Swapping.Supports Eptz, One-Click Arming & Disarming. Security Baseline 2.3. Ystem Main Processorindustrial-Grade Processor Operating Systemembedded Linux Operating Interfaceweb, Local Gui Aiai By Recorderface Detection; Face Recognition; Video Metadata ( Human, Motor Vehicles, And Non-Motor Vehicles ) ; Perimeter Protection; Smd; Anprai By Cameraface Detection; Face Recognition; Video Metadata ( Human, Motor Vehicles, And Non-Motor Vehicles ) ; Perimeter Protection; Smd; Stereo Analysis, Crowd Distribution; People Counting; Anpr; Heat Map; Ppe Detectionacupick Ai By Camera + Recorder Max. 64-Channel, 1 Combined Event Per Channel / Svideo Metadatametadata Performance Of Ai By Recorder ( Number Of Channels ) 8 Channels, 23 Attributes Extraction.Metadata Performance Of Ai By Camera ( Number Of Channels ) 64Channels People Attributes9 Human Body Attributes Motor Vehicle Attributes9 Attributesnon-Motor Vehicle Attributes4 Attributeshttp; Https; Tcp / Ip; Ipv4 / Ipv6; Udp; Snmp; Ntp; Dhcp; Dns; Smtp; Upnp; Ip Filter; Pppoe; Ftp; Ddns; Alarm Server; Ip Search; Multicast; P2p; Auto Registration;Iscsimobile Phone Accessios; Androidinteroperability Onvif 22.06 ( Profile T; Profile S; Profile G ) ; Cgi; Sdk Multi-Address; Load Balance; Fault Tolerance Ortaudio Input1-Channel Rcaaudio Output2-Channel Rca Alarm Input32 Channelsalarm Output16 Channels Hdd Interface16 Sata Ports, Each Disk Can Contain Up To 20 Tb. This Limit Varies Depending On The Environment Temperature.Esata1rs-2321Rs-4852 ( 1 Port For Half-Duplex Serial Communication, 1 Port For Full-Duplex Serialcommunication ) Usb4 ( 2 Front Usb 2.0 Ports, 2 Rear Usb 3.0 Ports ) Hdmi4vga2network Port 4 ( 10 / 100 / 2500 Mbps Ethernet Port, Rj-45 ) , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Survilliance Grade 10 Tb Hdd Compatible With Nvr, Interface Sata Transfer Rate Up To 175Mb / S Disk Speed ( Rpm ) Recording Technology Cmr 256 Mb Cache, Operating Temp 0ºc To 70ºc, Storage Temperature -40ºc To 70ºc Including Segate, Western Digital On Site Warrenty , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Display Unit65resolution: 4K Ultra Hd ( 3840X2160 ) | Panel Technology Edge Led Blu 3840 X 2160 Brightness 350 Nitcontrast Ratio ( Typical ) 4000:1 Contrast Ratio ( Dynamic ) Mega Viewing Angle ( H / V ) 178 / 178 Response Time 8Ms ( Typ. ) Connectivity Input Rgb: Dvi-D Video: Hdmi 2.0 ( 2 ) Hdcp: Hdcp 2.2 Audio: Stereo Mini Jack, Dvi / Hdmi / Audio ( Common ) Usb: Usb 2.0 X 2Output Audio: Stereo Mini Jackexternal Controlrs232c ( In / Out ) Thru Stereo Jack, Rj45 Sensor Ir Powerpower Supply Ac 100 - 240 V~ ( + / - 10 % ) , 50 / 60 Hzhardware: Temperature Sensor, Pivot Display, Clock Battery ( 168Hrs Clock Keeping ) , Built In Speaker ( 10W 2Ch ) , Ip5x Rating, Wi-Fi / Bt Software: Auto Source Switching & Recovery, Lfd Home Ui, Button Lock, Hot Key Option, Plug&Play ( Initial Setting ) Smart Signage Platform Yesplug & Play Yeswi-Fi Yesspeaker Type Built In Speaker ( 10W + 10W ) Internal Playerprocessor Coretex A72 1.7Ghz Quad-Core Cpu On-Chip Cache Memory L1 Instruction Cache : 48Kb L1 Data Cache : 32Kb L2 Cache : 2Mbclock Speed 1.7Ghzmain Memory Interface 2.5Gb Lpddr4 1.5Ghz 64Bitgraphics Graphic Resolution : 1920 X 1080 Output Resolution : 3840 X 2160 ( Scale Up From Graphic Processing Result ) Storage 8Gb ( 3.88Gb Occupied By O / S, 4.12Gb Available ) Multimedia Video Decoder: Mpeg-1 / 2 / 4, H.263, H.264 / Avc, Uhd H.264 / Avc, Vc-1, Avs+, Hevc, Jpeg, Png, Vp8, Vp9 Audio Decoder: Ac3 , Matrix Controler With One Card 4Ch Hdvm Input & Outputmulti-Service Video Management Platform > 19” Standard 4U Atca Industry Box > Easy And Flexibleonfiguration With Pluggable Card Module Design > 40Ch@1080P Signal Encoding ( Full Configured ) > 20Ch@32Mp Or 80Ch@8Mp Or 320Ch@1080P Or 720Ch@720P Or 1280Ch@D1 Signal Decoding ( Full Configured ) > Support 240@D1 Nonstandard Stream Signal Decoding ( Ful Configured ) > Support 240@D1 Nonstandard Stream Ignal Decoding ( Full Configured ) > Support Max 60 Screens Splicing > Support Analog / Digital Video Signals Input And Matrix Output > Support Sd / Hd Video Signal Matrix Switch And Output > Support Non-Compressed Digital Signal Encoding Output > 6 Rj-45 Gigabit Network Ports For Matrix Control, Preview And Online Central Storage > Supportip / Rtp / Rtsp / Rtcp / Tcp / Udp / Dhcp / Pppoe And Etc. Network Protocols > Remote Cast Analog / Digital Video Onto The Video-Wall > Remote Reboot / Upgrade / Default Setting And Etc. Operations , Network Control Keyboard Joystick Four Dimensional Joystick Control Of Ptz Functions Rs232, Rs485 And Network Connections ( Wi-Fi ) Preset Position, Auto Scan, Auto Pan, Auto Tour & Pattern Control Support 4K Decoding Live View Support 4Ch Hdmi Output Support Snapshot And Recording To U-Disk Support Video-Wall Display Control And Bidirectional Talkauxiliary Functions, Osd And Operation Guides Control Keyboard Keypanel Electromechanical Joystick Four Dimensional Keyboard Communication 1 Rs485, 2 Rs232, 1 Rs422 Direct Mode Interface: Rs232 / Rs485 Power Source Dc12v, 4A , Supplying And Fixing Floormount Server Rack 42U Network Enclosure Frame-800X1000-Steel Nos 1Casters Set Of 4 Nos 1 Adjustable Levelers Set Of 4 Nos 119 Reduced Channel - Loop Type Nos 1Glass Door-800-42U Nos 1Metal Door-800-42U-Vented Dual Nos 1 Side Panels-1000-42U-Vented ( Set Of 2 ) Set 1 Mounting Hardware- ( Pack Of 20 ) Set 5 Shelf Nos 2Shelf Support Angles Nos 419Earthing Kit Nos 1 Fhu With 4 Fan 360Cfm Nos 1 2U Horizontal Power Distribution Unit With 6 X 5 / 15Asockets Round & Flat Pin, 230 Volts Ac, 16 Amp With Plugnos 3 Horz. Cable Manager-1U-Loop Nos 1 , 32U Network Enclosure Frame-800X1000-Steel Nos 1 Castors Set Of 4 Nos 1 Adjustable Levelers Set Of 4 Nos 1 19” Reduced Channel- Loop Type Nos 1 Glass Door-800-32U Nos 1 Metal Door-800-32U-Vented Dual Nos 1 Side Panels-1000-32U-Vented ( Set Of 2 ) Set 1 Mounting Hardware- ( Pack Of 20 ) Set 5 Shelf Nos 2 Shelf Support Angles Nos 419Earthing Kit Nos 12U Horizontal Power Distribution Unit With 6 X 5 / 15A Sockets Round & Flat Pin, 230 Volts Ac, 16 Amp With Plug Nos 3 Fhu With 4 Fan 360Cfm Nos 1 Horz. Cable Manager-1U-Loop Nos 1 19Earthing Kit Nos 1 , Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning Ofvideo Management Software System Analytic Software With Distributed Architecture To Collect, Manage And Present Video From All The Cameras And Supports Emerging Technologies In The Industry, Like 4K Resolution, H.265 Video Compression Codec, Multi-Imager / Lens Cameras And 360° Fisheye Cameras. N+1 Recording Server Failover To Be Considered For Increased System Reliability. Vms Shall Support Recording Servers From A Multiple Location Licenced For 128 Cameras & 2 Users Clients, Licenses Should Expandable Upto 1000 Cameras & 10 User Clients Without Any Additional Version Upgrade. The Vms Should Support Network Joystick Controller, Gpu Rendering Support For H.264 And H.265 Decoding , Video On Demand, Adaptive Video Throttling, Rule Engine, Operatore Role Management, Server Based Video Motion Detection ( Vmd ) , Edge Storage Backfill Support, Bookmark With Manual Comment, Bookmark Based Search, Timeline Search, Preview Search, Synchronous Playback From All Recorderss, Monitor Wall Support, Surrounding Camera Mode, Cybersecured With Features Such As Digital Signing, General Data Protection Regulation ( Gdpr ) Compliance, Https & Ssl Base, Smart Web Client, Secured Firewall Configuration, Password Expiry, Non-Recoverable Password; Support Android & Ios Phones, Seamless Integration With Intgegrated Security Platform Which Provides Hsdk&Api For Further Integration With 3Rd Party Systems.The Vms Shall Be Complete System For Satisfactory Surveillance Operations With All Necessary Softwares, Licenses, Required Pc Hardware, Storage, Accessories Etc., Civil, Electrical Works & Peripheral Items, As Required As Per Specification, At Site Of Work Inline With The Engineer In Charge Instructions.S.Lifetime Validity , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning Of Display Unit65resolution: 4K Ultra Hd ( 3840X2160 ) | Panel Technology Edge Led Blu 3840 X 2160 Brightness 350 Nitcontrast Ratio ( Typical ) 4000:1 Contrast Ratio ( Dynamic ) Mega Viewing Angle ( H / V ) 178 / 178 Response Time 8Ms ( Typ. ) Connectivity Input Rgb: Dvi-D Video: Hdmi 2.0 ( 2 ) Hdcp: Hdcp 2.2 Audio: Stereo Mini Jack, Dvi / Hdmi / Audio ( Common ) Usb: Usb 2.0 X 2Output Audio: Stereo Mini Jackexternal Controlrs232c ( In / Out ) Thru Stereo Jack, Rj45 Sensor Ir Powerpower Supply Ac 100 - 240 V~ ( + / - 10 % ) , 50 / 60 Hzhardware: Temperature Sensor, Pivot Display, Clock Battery ( 168Hrs Clock Keeping ) , Built In Speaker ( 10W 2Ch ) , Ip5x Rating, Wi-Fi / Bt Software: Auto Source Switching & Recovery, Lfd Home Ui, Button Lock, Hot Key Option, Plug&Play ( Initial Setting ) Smart Signage Platform Yesplug & Play Yeswi-Fi Yesspeaker Type Built In Speaker ( 10W + 10W ) Internal Playerprocessor Coretex A72 1.7Ghz Quad-Core Cpu On-Chip Cache Memory L1 Instruction Cache : 48Kb L1 Data Cache : 32Kb L2 Cache : 2Mbclock Speed 1.7Ghzmain Memory Interface 2.5Gb Lpddr4 1.5Ghz 64Bitgraphics Graphic Resolution : 1920 X 1080 Output Resolution : 3840 X 2160 ( Scale Up From Graphic Processing Result ) Storage 8Gb ( 3.88Gb Occupied By O / S, 4.12Gb Available ) Multimedia Video Decoder: Mpeg-1 / 2 / 4, H.263, H.264 / Avc, Uhd H.264 / Avc, Vc-1, Avs+, Hevc, Jpeg, Png, Vp8, Vp9 Audio Decoder: Ac3 , 28-Port Layer-2 Managed Gigabit Switch 1000M Sfp Interface 24 10G Sfp+ Interface 4 Auto Mdi / Mdix Yes ( Copper Ports ) Console Port Yes Switching Capacity 128 Gbps Max. Packet Forwarding Rate 95.24 Mpps Power Input 100 - 240 Vac Cpu Speed 400Mhz Dram Size 256Mb Flash Memory Size 32Mb Packet Buffer Size 448K Bits Fan 2 Dc Fan , Supplying And Plugging 3 M Fibre Patch Cord Lc-Sc Mm ( 50 ) Om3 Lszh Duplex Complete As Per Specification No. Wg-Coc / Fpc , Supply, Configuring Testing And Commissioning Of 10 Gbps Sfp Module For Level 2 Managable Switch Standards And Protocols Ieee 802.3Ae, Tcp / Ipwave Length 1310 Nm Power Supply 3.3V Fiber Type 9 / 125Um Single-Modemax. Cable Length 10 Km Data Rate 10 Gbps Port Type Lc Duplex Safety & Emission Fcc, Ce Environment Operating Temperature: 0–70 °C ( 32–158 °F ) Storage Temperature: -40–85 °C ( -40–185 °F ) , Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring Min. 580 Watt Redundant Power Supply System Erected In Provided Rack Complete. , Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring Broadband Adsl Dual Band Gigabit Wi-Fi 6 Router R With All Accessories Next-Gen Gigabit Wi-Fi 6 Speed—2402 Mbps On 5 Ghz And 574 Mbps On 2.4 Ghz Band Ensure Smoother Streaming And Faster Downloads. Connect More Devices—Ofdma Technology Increases Capacity By 4 Times To Enable Simultaneous Transmission To More Devices. Ultra-Low Latency—Enables More Responsive Gaming And Video Chatting. , Supplying, Installing, Testing & Commissioning Ac Split Type Variable Speed Inverter Technology Compressor, Room Air Conditioning Unit 2.0Tr Capacity Having Iseer Minimum A.C. Supply Having 1 No Of Air Handling Unit Hi-Wall / Floor Mounting Type Complete With Refrigerant R32 Having Copper Condenser, Minimum 2.5Pm Filter, Self Diagnosis Feature, Stabilizer Free Operation & Temperature Display On Indoor Unit, Clean Copper Pipe With Rohs Compliant Suitable For Refrigeran , Supplying & Erecting On Line Upspure Sine Wave Of 6 Kva Capacity 6Kva 1 / 1 With Inbuilt Isolation Transformer Along With 65Ah X 12 Nos Of Battery For 60Min Backup Along With Battery Rack + Connectors + Installation Warranty : 2 Yrs On Ups And Battery Both , Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning Ofworkstation As Per Following Specifications:Intel® Core™ Intel Core I7-13700, Os -Genuine Microsoft Windows® 1064-Bit, Ram -32Gb, Hard Drives -1Tgb 7200Rpm Sata3, 512Gb Ssd Video Adaptor - Integrated Intel Uhd Graphics 630 And Nvidia T1000, Network Connection - 1 Gbit / Sec Or Greater, Two ( 2 ) Pci-Express Expansion Slots 2 / 4 Usb, Cd / Dvd Rom, Usb Keyboard And Mouse, Associated Cables Etc Complete As Required , Data Storage Site All Installation Feettings, Infrastructure Furniture, Panneling, Partion Connections Alldevices Pvc Surface Modular, Computing Setup, Pvctrunking With Accessories / Port Patch Panel With Tool-Less Keystone Jacks, Spmcb Power Distribution And Protection , Supplying And Erecting 15M Hdmi Cord Low Voltage Grademinimum 4K Compliant To Be Laid In Provided Conduits With Male / Female 19 Pin Hdmi Connectors Complete. , Supplying And Erecting 15M Audio Video Cord Low Voltage Grade As Per Specificationwith Required 3Rca X 3Rca Connector Complete. , Supplying & Erecting Hdmi Extenderover Rj45 Ethernet Cable Cat 6, 60M / 200Ft Complete. , Supplying, Installing, Testing & Commissioning Of Dvi To Hdmi Convertor High-Speed Category, Supporting Full Hd 1080P, 2K And 4K Video Up To 30 Ft Length, 3D Having 24K Gold-Plated 19-Pin Type-A Connectors With High-Flex Cl3-Rated Jacket, Rohs Compliant Complete. , Automatic Number-Plate Recognition ( Anpr ) Software To Each Camera Multilingual Recognition Recognizeshigh Recognition Rate With Alphanumeric Number Plates Fast Recognition - The Full Reading Process , Supplying, Fixing, And Configuring Media Convertor 1000 Base-T To 1000 Base-Sx Sc Multi-Mode Media Converter ( 550M ) Complete. , Ip Horn Speaker Poe Powered Outdoor Weather Proof Ip Horn Speake Power Source Poe+ ( Ieee802.3At Class 4 ) , Poe ( Ieee802.3Af Class 3 ) Amplifier Rated Output 20W-25 W ( At Poe+ Powered ) Sensitivity 112 Db ( 1 W, 1 M ) Network I / F 100Base-Tx, Mdi / Mdi-X, Rj-45 Network Protocol Tcp / Ip, Udp, Http, Rtp, Rtsp, Arp, Icmp, Igmpv3, Ntp, Sip ( Rfc3261 ) Broadcasting Mode Pcmu / Pcma / G.722, Control Input 2 Channels, No-Voltage Make Contact Inputs, Open Voltage: 5 V Dc, Short-Circuit Current: 2 Ma Or Less, Removable Terminal Block ( 3 Pins ) Dust / Water Protection Ip66 , Ip Audio Gateway Embedded With Software Cpu 2.4 Ghz Intel Processor Ram 4Gb Ddr3l Storage 128Gb Ssdethernet Interface 1 X 10 / 100Mbps Rated Input Voltage 220-240V / 50Hz Endpoints 50 Interface Rj45 10Base-T / 100Base-Tx Installation Environment Indoor The Backbone Is Designed And Tested 24*7 In Extreme Industrial Environments For Rugged Usagethe Operating System Is Designed On Unix Platform To Work Seamlessly For Virus Free And Crash Free Usage , Announcement Console 7 Tft Lcd Full Colour Touch Panel Zone Selection, Announcement And Control Prority Annoucement Ethernet Interface Full Duplex Comunication Intercom Function High Quality Gooseneck Microphone And Builtin Loudspeaker ( 5W ) Support G.711, G.722, G.726, G.727, G.729, Mp3 Audio Codec And Aac+ Decoder Automatic Gain Control On Microphone Input , Supplying, Erecting, Testing & Commissioning 1 Tbexternal Ssdfast Nvme Technology For Simple, Quick Backup Password Enabled 256-Bit Aes Hardware Encryption Shock And Vibration Resistant — Drop Resistant Up To 6.5Ft ( 1.98M ) Capacity Connector Usb-C Compatibility Windows® 10+ Operating Systems Macos 11+ Sequential Read Performance 1050Mb / S Sequential Write Performance 1000Mb / S Usb 3.2 Gen 2 Warranty 5-Year Limited Warranty , Annual Fully Comprehensive Maintaenance Per Year Ofall Cameras, System And Fiber Networking Trughout The City
Contract Date: Ref. Documents Contract Value : Ref. Document
Government Departments No of Bidders 3
Maharashtra View Result →
TenderDetail
Loading tenders